Title 42, Chapter 6
The Public Health and Welfare — 549 active sections, 66 inactive
Table of Contents (615 sections)
- § 0 National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Laboratory
- § 1 WTC Health Program Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee; WTC Health Program Steering Committees
- § 1a Recovery of expenditures under certain conditions
- § 1b Use of allotments for rape prevention education
- § 1c Prevention of traumatic brain injury
- § 1d National program for traumatic brain injury surveillance and registries
- § 1e Repealed. Pub. L. 115–377, § 2(3) , Dec. 21, 2018 , 132 Stat. 5114
- § 1f Prevention of falls among older adults
- § 2 Education and outreach
- § 2a Peer support technical assistance center
- § 3 Uniform data collection and analysis
- § 3a Grants to public sector agencies
- § 3b Contaminant standards or treatment technique guidelines
- § 3c National assistance program for water infrastructure and watersheds
- § 3d Water supply cost savings
- § 4 Clinical Centers of Excellence and Data Centers
- § 4a Supplemental grants for additional preventive health services
- § 4b Children’s Preparedness Unit
- § 4d Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(1) –(3), Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829
- § 4e Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(4) , Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829 ; Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(3)(D) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3694
- § 4f Research relating to preterm labor and delivery and the care, treatment, and outcomes of preterm and low birthweight infants
- § 4g Repealed. Pub. L. 113–55, title I, § 104(a) , Nov. 27, 2013 , 127 Stat. 643
- § 5 Definitions
- § 5a Alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans
- § 5b Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
- § 6 Comprehensive health insurance coverage
- § 6a Individual offices of minority health within the Department
- § 6b Strategic National Stockpile and security countermeasure procurements
- § 6c Repealed. Pub. L. 113–5, title II, § 205 , Mar. 13, 2013 , 127 Stat. 179
- § 6d Targeted liability protections for pandemic and epidemic products and security countermeasures
- § 6e Covered countermeasure process
- § 7 Prohibition on excessive waiting periods
- § 7a Youth prevention and recovery
- § 7b Coordination of Federal asthma activities
- § 7c Tuberculosis
- § 7d Security for countermeasure development and production
- § 7e Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority
- § 7f Collaboration and coordination
- § 7g National Biodefense Science Board and working groups
- § 8 Coverage for individuals participating in approved clinical trials
- § 9 Repealed. Pub. L. 112–240, title VI, § 642(a) , Jan. 2, 2013 , 126 Stat. 2358
- § 9a Better diabetes care
- § 10 Coordination of preparedness for and response to all-hazards public health emergencies
- § 10a Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise
- § 10b National Advisory Committee on Children and Disasters
- § 10c National Advisory Committee on Seniors and Disasters
- § 10d National Advisory Committee on Individuals With Disabilities and Disasters
- § 10e Advisory Committee Coordination
- § 11 Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology
- § 11a Cancer survivorship programs
- § 11b Best practices for long-term follow-up services for pediatric cancer survivors
- § 12 Health Information Technology Advisory Committee
- § 13 Setting priorities for standards adoption
- § 13a Screening and treatment for maternal depression
- § 14 Process for adoption of endorsed recommendations; adoption of initial set of standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria
- § 14a Health services for Indians and domestic agricultural migratory and seasonal workers
- § 15 Application and use of adopted standards and implementation specifications by Federal agencies
- § 15a Provision of additional information
- § 16 Voluntary application and use of adopted standards and implementation specifications by private entities
- § 17 Federal health information technology
- § 18 Transitions
- § 19 Miscellaneous provisions
- § 19a Electronic health record reporting program
- § 19b Information on prescription drugs
- § 19c Study on intractable water systems
- § 19d Review of technologies
- § 19e Water infrastructure and workforce investment
- § 20 Authorization of appropriations
- § 21 Identification of WTC responders and provision of WTC-related monitoring services
- § 22 Treatment of enrolled WTC responders for WTC-related health conditions
- § 23 National arrangement for benefits for eligible individuals outside New York
- § 24 Grants for home- and community-based care
- § 24a Activities regarding women’s health
- § 25 Standards relating to benefits for mothers and newborns
- § 25a Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
- § 25b Programs to reduce underage drinking
- § 25c Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
- § 25d Centers of excellence on services for individuals with fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects and treatment for individuals with such conditions and their families
- § 25e Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
- § 25f Prevention and education programs
- § 25g Awareness campaigns
- § 26 Parity in mental health and substance use disorder benefits
- § 26a Repealed. Pub. L. 116–94, div. N, title I, § 604(c) , Dec. 20, 2019 , 133 Stat. 3127
- § 27 Required coverage for reconstructive surgery following mastectomies
- § 27a Spousal notification
- § 28 Coverage of dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence
- § 29 Technical assistance
- § 29a Supplemental grants
- § 30 Emerging communities
- § 31 Identification and initial health evaluation of screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors
- § 31a Timeframe for obligation and expenditure of grant funds
- § 31b Authorization of appropriations
- § 32 Followup monitoring and treatment of certified-eligible WTC survivors for WTC-related health conditions
- § 33 Followup monitoring and treatment of other individuals with WTC-related health conditions
- § 34 Competitive grants to States and Indian tribes for the development of loan programs to facilitate the widespread adoption of certified EHR technology
- § 35 Demonstration program to integrate information technology into clinical education
- § 36 Information technology professionals in health care
- § 36a Suicide prevention for youth
- § 36b Mental health and substance use disorder services on campus
- § 36c National Suicide Prevention Lifeline program
- § 36d Treatment Referral Routing Service
- § 37 General grant and loan provisions
- § 37a Recommendations for reducing incidence of perinatal transmission
- § 38 Authorization for appropriations
- § 39 Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
- § 40 Establishment of Office
- § 40a Microbicide research
- § 40b Advisory Council; coordinating committees
- § 40c Comprehensive plan for expenditure of appropriations
- § 41 Payment of claims
- § 42 Administrative arrangement authority
- § 43 Certification of coverage
- § 44 State flexibility in individual market reforms
- § 45 Relief for high risk pools
- § 46 Definition
- § 50 Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title III, § 301(a) , Oct. 20, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1345
- § 51 Research regarding certain health conditions related to September 11 terrorist attacks
- § 52 World Trade Center Health Registry
- § 53 Prohibition of health discrimination on the basis of genetic information
- § 54 Coverage of dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence
- § 55 Authorization of appropriations
- § 56 Prohibitions regarding receipt of funds
- § 57 Nondiscrimination
- § 58 Technical assistance and provision of supplies and services in lieu of grant funds
- § 59 Plans for performance partnerships
- § 60 Rule of construction regarding delegation of authority to States
- § 61 World Trade Center Health Program Fund
- § 62 Preemption and application
- § 63 General exceptions
- § 64 Additional required agreements
- § 65 Requirement of submission of application containing certain agreements and assurances
- § 66 Provision by Secretary of supplies and services in lieu of grant funds
- § 67 Use of funds
- § 68 Joint applications
- § 71 Grants for coordinated services and access to research for women, infants, children, and youth
- § 72 Promoting poison control center utilization
- § 73 Maintenance of the poison control center grant program
- § 74 Rule of construction
- § 81 Coordination
- § 82 Audits
- § 83 Public health emergency
- § 84 Prohibition on promotion of certain activities
- § 85 Privacy protections
- § 86 GAO report
- § 87 Severity of need index
- § 87a National HIV/AIDS testing goal
- § 88 Definitions
- § 91 Definitions
- § 92 Regulations
- § 93 Health insurance consumer information
- § 94 Ensuring that consumers get value for their dollars
- § 95 Uniform fraud and abuse referral format
- § 101 Special projects of national significance
- § 111 HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers
- § 121 Minority AIDS initiative
- § 131 Infectious diseases and circumstances relevant to notification requirements
- § 132 Routine notifications with respect to airborne infectious diseases in victims assisted
- § 133 Request for notification with respect to victims assisted
- § 134 Procedures for notification of exposure
- § 135 Notification of employee
- § 136 Selection of designated officers
- § 137 Limitation with respect to duties of medical facilities
- § 138 Miscellaneous provisions
- § 139 Injunctions regarding violation of prohibition
- § 140 Applicability of part
- § 191 Bureau established
- § 192 Chief of bureau; investigations and reports
- § 193 Assistant chief
- § 194 Quarters for bureau
- § 201 Definitions
- § 202 Administration and supervision of Service
- § 203 Organization of Service
- § 204 Commissioned Corps and Ready Reserve Corps
- § 204a Deployment readiness
- § 205 Appointment and tenure of office of Surgeon General; reversion in rank
- § 206 Assignment of officers
- § 207 Grades, ranks, and titles of commissioned corps
- § 208 Repealed. Feb. 28, 1948, ch. 83, § 5(a) , 62 Stat. 40
- § 209 Appointment of personnel
- § 209b Omitted
- § 209c Repealed. Pub. L. 87–649, § 14b , Sept. 7, 1962 , 76 Stat. 499
- § 209d Appointment of osteopaths as commissioned officers
- § 210 Pay and allowances
- § 210a Repealed. Pub. L. 87–649, § 14b , Sept. 7, 1962 , 76 Stat. 499
- § 210b Professional categories
- § 211 Promotion of commissioned officers
- § 211a Repealed. Pub. L. 93–222, § 7(b) , Dec. 29, 1973 , 87 Stat. 936
- § 211b Repealed. Pub. L. 94–412, title V, § 501(f) , Sept. 14, 1976 , 90 Stat. 1258
- § 211c Promotion credit for medical officers in assistant grade
- § 212 Retirement of commissioned officers
- § 212a Repealed. Pub. L. 93–222, § 7(b) , Dec. 29, 1973 , 87 Stat. 936
- § 212b Repealed. Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 211, § 5(d) , 70 Stat. 117
- § 213 Military benefits
- § 213a Rights, benefits, privileges, and immunities for commissioned officers or beneficiaries; exercise of authority by Secretary or designee
- § 214 Presentation of United States flag upon retirement
- § 214a Repealed. Sept. 1, 1954, ch. 1211, § 5 , 68 Stat. 1130
- § 215 Detail of Service personnel
- § 216 Regulations
- § 217 Use of Service in time of war or emergency
- § 217a Advisory councils or committees
- § 217b Volunteer services
- § 218 National Advisory Councils on Migrant Health
- § 218a Training of officers
- § 224 Transferred
- § 225 Repealed. July 12, 1955, ch. 328, § 5(4) , 69 Stat. 296
- § 227 Transferred
- § 227a Omitted
- § 229d Transferred
- § 230 Repealed. Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 211, § 5(e) , 70 Stat. 117
- § 231 Service and supply fund; uses; reimbursement
- § 232 National Institute of Mental Health; authorization of appropriation; construction; location
- § 233 Civil actions or proceedings against commissioned officers or employees
- § 234 Health care professionals assisting during a public health emergency
- § 235 Administration of grants in multigrant projects; promulgation of regulations
- § 236 Orphan Products Board
- § 237 Silvio O. Conte Senior Biomedical Research and Biomedical Product Assessment Service
- § 237a Health and Human Services Office on Women’s Health
- § 238 Gifts for benefit of Service
- § 238a Use of immigration station hospitals
- § 238b Disposition of money collected for care of patients
- § 238c Transportation of remains of officers
- § 238d Availability of appropriations for grants to Federal institutions
- § 238e Transfer of funds
- § 238f Availability of appropriations
- § 238g Wearing of uniforms
- § 238h Biennial report
- § 238i Memorials and other acknowledgments for contributions to health of Nation
- § 238j Evaluation of programs
- § 238k Contract authority
- § 238l Recovery
- § 238m Use of fiscal agents
- § 238n Abortion-related discrimination in governmental activities regarding training and licensing of physicians
- § 238o Restriction on use of funds for assisted suicide, euthanasia, and mercy killing
- § 238p Recommendations and guidelines regarding automated external defibrillators for Federal buildings
- § 238q Liability regarding emergency use of automated external defibrillators
- § 239 General provisions
- § 239a Determination of eligibility and benefits
- § 239b Smallpox vaccine injury table
- § 239c Medical benefits
- § 239d Compensation for lost employment income
- § 239e Payment for death
- § 239f Administration
- § 239g Authorization of appropriations
- § 239h Relationship to other laws
- § 239l Establishment
- § 241 Research and investigations generally
- § 242 Studies and investigations on use and misuse of narcotic drugs and other drugs; annual report to Attorney General; cooperation with States
- § 242a Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXII, § 3201(b)(1) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1190
- § 242b General authority respecting research, evaluations, and demonstrations in health statistics, health services, and health care technology
- § 242c Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(A) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
- § 242d Transferred
- § 242e Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
- § 242j Transferred
- § 242k National Center for Health Statistics
- § 242l International cooperation
- § 242m General provisions respecting effectiveness, efficiency, and quality of health services
- § 242n Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(B) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
- § 242o Health conferences; publication of health educational information
- § 242p National disease prevention data profile
- § 242q Task Force on Aging Research; establishment and duties
- § 242r Improvement and publication of data on food-related allergic responses
- § 242s Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Office of Women’s Health
- § 242t CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma
- § 243 General grant of authority for cooperation
- § 244 Public access defibrillation programs
- § 244a Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
- § 245 Public access defibrillation demonstration projects
- § 245a Repealed. Pub. L. 94–484, title V, § 503(b) , Oct. 12, 1976 , 90 Stat. 2300
- § 246 Grants and services to States
- § 246a Bureau of State Services management fund; establishment; advancements; availability
- § 247 Assisting veterans with military emergency medical training to meet requirements for becoming civilian health care professionals
- § 247a Family support groups for Alzheimer’s disease patients
- § 247b Project grants for preventive health services
- § 247c Sexually transmitted diseases; prevention and control projects and programs
- § 247d Public health emergencies
- § 247e National Hansen’s Disease Programs Center
- § 248 Control and management of hospitals; furnishing prosthetic and orthopedic devices; transfer of patients; disposal of articles produced by patients; disposal of money and effects of deceased patients; payment of burial expenses
- § 248a Closing or transfer of hospitals; reduction of services; Congressional authorization required
- § 248b Transfer or financial self-sufficiency of public health service hospitals and clinics
- § 248d Repealed. Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title VII, § 727(a)(1) , (2), Sept. 23, 1996 , 110 Stat. 2596
- § 249 Medical care and treatment of quarantined and detained persons
- § 250 Medical care and treatment of Federal prisoners
- § 250a Transfer of appropriations
- § 251 Medical examination and treatment of Federal employees; medical care at remote stations
- § 252 Medical examination of aliens
- § 253 Medical services to Coast Guard, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and Public Health Service
- § 253a Medical services to retired personnel of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
- § 253b Former Lighthouse Service employees; medical service eligibility
- § 254 Interdepartmental work
- § 254a Sharing of medical care facilities and resources
- § 254b Health centers
- § 254c Rural health care services outreach, rural health network development, and small health care provider quality improvement grant programs
- § 254d National Health Service Corps
- § 254e Health professional shortage areas
- § 254f Corps personnel
- § 254g Charges for services by entities using Corps members
- § 254h Provision of health services by Corps members
- § 254i Annual report to Congress; contents
- § 254j National Advisory Council on National Health Service Corps
- § 254k Authorization of appropriations
- § 254l National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program
- § 254m Obligated service under contract
- § 254n Private practice
- § 254o Breach of scholarship contract or loan repayment contract
- § 254p Special loans for former Corps members to enter private practice
- § 254q Authorization of appropriations
- § 254r Grants to State Offices of Rural Health
- § 254s Native Hawaiian Health Scholarships
- § 254t Demonstration project
- § 254u Public health departments
- § 254v Clarification regarding service in schools and other community-based settings
- § 255 Home health services
- § 256 Grants to strengthen the effectiveness, efficiency, and coordination of services for the uninsured and underinsured
- § 256a Patient navigator grants
- § 256b Limitation on prices of drugs purchased by covered entities
- § 256c Bulk purchases of vaccines for certain programs
- § 256d Breast and cervical cancer information
- § 256e Program of payments to children’s hospitals that operate graduate medical education programs
- § 256f Designated dental health professional shortage area
- § 256g Grants for innovative programs
- § 256h Program of payments to teaching health centers that operate graduate medical education programs
- § 256i Community-based collaborative care network program
- § 257 Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
- § 257a Transferred
- § 258 Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
- § 258a Transferred
- § 261a Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
- § 262 Regulation of biological products
- § 262a Enhanced control of dangerous biological agents and toxins
- § 263 Preparation of biological products by Service
- § 263a Certification of laboratories
- § 263b Certification of mammography facilities
- § 264 Regulations to control communicable diseases
- § 265 Suspension of entries and imports from designated places to prevent spread of communicable diseases
- § 266 Special quarantine powers in time of war
- § 267 Quarantine stations, grounds, and anchorages
- § 268 Quarantine duties of consular and other officers
- § 269 Bills of health
- § 270 Quarantine regulations governing civil air navigation and civil aircraft
- § 271 Penalties for violation of quarantine laws
- § 272 Administration of oaths by quarantine officers
- § 273 Organ procurement organizations
- § 273a National living donor mechanisms
- § 273b Report on the long-term health effects of living organ donation
- § 274 Organ procurement and transplantation network
- § 274a Scientific registry
- § 274b General provisions respecting grants and contracts
- § 274c Administration
- § 274d Report
- § 274e Prohibition of organ purchases
- § 274f Reimbursement of travel and subsistence expenses incurred toward living organ donation
- § 274g Authorization of appropriations
- § 274i Eligibility requirements for Stephanie Tubbs Jones Gift of Life Medal
- § 274k National Program
- § 274l Stem cell therapeutic outcomes database
- § 274m Authorization of appropriations
- § 275 Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(a) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
- § 280b Research
- § 280c Establishment of program
- § 280d Transferred
- § 280e National program of cancer registries
- § 280g Children’s asthma treatment grants program
- § 280h Grants to promote childhood nutrition and physical activity
- § 280i Developmental disabilities surveillance and research program
- § 280j National strategy for quality improvement in health care
- § 280k Oral healthcare prevention education campaign
- § 280l Technical assistance for employer-based wellness programs
- § 280m Young women’s breast health awareness and support of young women diagnosed with breast cancer
- § 281 Organization of National Institutes of Health
- § 282 Director of National Institutes of Health
- § 282a Authorization of appropriations
- § 282b Electronic coding of grants and activities
- § 282c Public access to funded investigators’ final manuscripts
- § 282d Transferred
- § 283 Triennial reports of Director of NIH
- § 283a Annual reporting to increase interagency collaboration and coordination
- § 283b Repealed. Pub. L. 106–525, title I, § 101(b)(2) , Nov. 22, 2000 , 114 Stat. 2501
- § 283c Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research
- § 283d Children’s Vaccine Initiative
- § 283e Plan for use of animals in research
- § 283f Requirements regarding surveys of sexual behavior
- § 283g Muscular dystrophy; initiative through Director of National Institutes of Health
- § 283i Transferred
- § 283j Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. A, title II, § 2042(f)(1) , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1073
- § 283k Biomedical and behavioral research facilities
- § 283l Construction of regional centers for research on primates
- § 283m Sanctuary system for surplus chimpanzees
- § 283n Shared Instrumentation Grant Program
- § 283o Next generation of researchers
- § 283p Population focused research
- § 283q Eureka prize competitions
- § 284 Directors of national research institutes
- § 284a Advisory councils
- § 284b Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(1)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
- § 284c Certain uses of funds
- § 284d Definitions
- § 284e Research on osteoporosis, Paget’s disease, and related bone disorders
- § 284f Parkinson’s disease
- § 284g Expansion, intensification, and coordination of activities of National Institutes of Health with respect to research on autism spectrum disorder
- § 284h Pediatric Research Initiative
- § 284i Autoimmune diseases
- § 284j Muscular dystrophy research
- § 284k Clinical research
- § 284l Enhancement awards
- § 284m Program for pediatric studies of drugs
- § 284n Certain demonstration projects
- § 284o Activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research on paralysis
- § 284p Activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research with implications for enhancing daily function for persons with paralysis
- § 284q Pain research
- § 284r Basic research
- § 284s Tick-borne diseases
- § 285 Purpose of Institute
- § 285a National Cancer Program
- § 285b Purpose of Institute
- § 285c Purpose of Institute
- § 285d Purpose of Institute
- § 285e Purpose of Institute
- § 285f Purpose of Institute
- § 285g Purpose of Institute
- § 285h Purpose of Institute
- § 285i Purpose of Institute
- § 285j Purpose of Institute
- § 285k National Institute of General Medical Sciences
- § 285l Purpose of Institute
- § 285m Purpose of Institute
- § 285n Purpose of Institute
- § 285o Purpose of Institute
- § 285p Purpose of Institute
- § 285q Purpose of Institute
- § 285r Purpose of the Institute
- § 285s Purpose of Institute
- § 285t Purpose of Institute
- § 286 National Library of Medicine
- § 286a Board of Regents
- § 286b Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title XIV, § 1402(b) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 171
- § 286c Purpose, establishment, functions, and funding of National Center for Biotechnology Information
- § 286d National Information Center
- § 287 National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences
- § 287a Cures Acceleration Network
- § 287b General purpose
- § 287c Transferred
- § 287d Office of Research on Women’s Health
- § 288 Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards
- § 288a Visiting Scientist Awards
- § 288b Studies respecting biomedical and behavioral research personnel
- § 289 Institutional review boards; ethics guidance program
- § 289a Peer review requirements
- § 289b Office of Research Integrity
- § 289c Research on public health emergencies
- § 289d Animals in research
- § 289e Use of appropriations
- § 289f Gifts and donations; memorials
- § 289g Fetal research
- § 289h Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(b)(2) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
- § 290 National Institutes of Health Management Fund; establishment; advancements; availability; final adjustments of advances
- § 290a Victims of fire
- § 290aa Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
- § 290b Establishment and duties of Foundation
- § 290bb Center for Substance Abuse Treatment
- § 290dd Substance abuse among government and other employees
- § 290ee Opioid overdose reversal medication access and education grant programs
- § 290ff Comprehensive community mental health services for children with serious emotional disturbances
- § 290gg Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIII, § 3301(c)(4) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1209
- § 290hh Children and violence
- § 290ii Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain facilities
- § 290jj Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain non-medical, community-based facilities for children and youth
- § 290kk Applicability to designated programs
- § 290ll Fellowships
- § 291 Congressional declaration of purpose
- § 291a Authorization of appropriations
- § 291b State allotments
- § 291c General regulations
- § 291d State plans
- § 291e Projects for construction or modernization
- § 291f Payments for construction or modernization
- § 291g Withholding of payments; noncompliance with requirements
- § 291h Judicial review
- § 291i Recovery of expenditures under certain conditions
- § 291j Loans
- § 291k Federal Hospital Council
- § 291l Conference of State agencies
- § 291m State control of operations
- § 291n Repealed. Pub. L. 90–174, § 3(b)(1) , Dec. 5, 1967 , 81 Stat. 535
- § 291o Definitions
- § 292 Statement of purpose
- § 292a Scope and duration of loan insurance program
- § 292b Limitations on individual insured loans and on loan insurance
- § 292c Sources of funds
- § 292d Eligibility of borrowers and terms of insured loans
- § 292e Certificate of loan insurance; effective date of insurance
- § 292f Default of borrower
- § 292g Risk-based premiums
- § 292h Office for Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction
- § 292i Insurance account
- § 292j Powers and responsibilities of Secretary
- § 292k Participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs
- § 292l Determination of eligible students
- § 292m Repayment by Secretary of loans of deceased or disabled borrowers
- § 292n Additional requirements for institutions and lenders
- § 292o Definitions
- § 292p Authorization of appropriations
- § 292q Agreements for operation of school loan funds
- § 292r Loan provisions
- § 292s Medical schools and primary health care
- § 292t Individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds
- § 292u Administrative provisions
- § 292v Provision by schools of information to students
- § 292w Procedures for appeal of termination of agreements
- § 292x Distribution of assets from loan funds
- § 292y General provisions
- § 293 Centers of excellence
- § 293a Scholarships for disadvantaged students
- § 293b Loan repayments and fellowships regarding faculty positions
- § 293c Educational assistance in the health professions regarding individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds
- § 293d Authorization of appropriation
- § 293e Grants for health professions education
- § 293j Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(2) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
- § 293k Primary care training and enhancement
- § 293l Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry
- § 293m Rural physician training grants
- § 293p Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(4) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3539
- § 294 General provisions
- § 294a Area health education centers
- § 294b Continuing educational support for health professionals serving in underserved communities
- § 294c Education and training relating to geriatrics
- § 294d Quentin N. Burdick program for rural interdisciplinary training
- § 294e Allied health and other disciplines
- § 294f Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages
- § 294g Repealed. Pub. L. 111–148, title V, § 5306(a)(1) , Mar. 23, 2010 , 124 Stat. 626
- § 294h Repealed. Pub. L. 113–4, title V, § 501(b)(2) , Mar. 7, 2013 , 127 Stat. 101
- § 294i Program for education and training in pain care
- § 294j Demonstration program to integrate quality improvement and patient safety training into clinical education of health professionals
- § 294k Training demonstration program
- § 294n Health professions workforce information and analysis
- § 294o Advisory Council on Graduate Medical Education
- § 294p Pediatric rheumatology
- § 294q National Health Care Workforce Commission
- § 294r State health care workforce development grants
- § 295 General provisions
- § 295a Public health training centers
- § 295b Public health traineeships
- § 295c Preventive medicine and public health training grant program
- § 295d Health administration traineeships and special projects
- § 295e Authorization of appropriations
- § 295f Investment in tomorrow’s pediatric health care workforce
- § 295h Loan repayment program for substance use disorder treatment workforce
- § 295j Preferences and required information in certain programs
- § 295k Health professions data
- § 295l Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 106(a)(2)(C) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3557
- § 295m Prohibition against discrimination on basis of sex
- § 295n Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 101(b)(1) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
- § 295o Matching requirement
- § 295p Definitions
- § 296 Definitions
- § 296a Application
- § 296b Use of funds
- § 296c Matching requirement
- § 296d Preference
- § 296e Generally applicable provisions
- § 296f Technical assistance
- § 296g Prohibition against discrimination by schools on basis of sex
- § 296j Advanced education nursing grants
- § 296m Workforce diversity grants
- § 296p Nurse education, practice, quality, and retention grants
- § 297a Student loan fund
- § 297b Loan provisions
- § 297c Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 123(3) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3562
- § 297d Allotments and payments of Federal capital contributions
- § 297e Distribution of assets from loan funds
- § 297f Repealed. Pub. L. 94–63, title IX, § 936(e)(1) , July 29, 1975 , 89 Stat. 363
- § 297g Modification of agreements; compromise, waiver or release
- § 297h Repealed. Pub. L. 99–92, § 9(a)(1) , Aug. 16, 1985 , 99 Stat. 400
- § 297i Procedures for appeal of terminations
- § 297n Loan repayment and scholarship programs
- § 297o Eligible individual student loan repayment
- § 297t National Advisory Council on Nurse Education and Practice
- § 297x Repealed. Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title III, § 3404(a)(12) , Mar. 27, 2020 , 134 Stat. 394
- § 298 Comprehensive geriatric education
- § 298d Authorization of appropriations
- § 299 Mission and duties
- § 299a General authorities
- § 299b Health care outcome improvement research
- § 299c Advisory Council for Healthcare Research and Quality
- § 300 Project grants and contracts for family planning services
- § 300a Formula grants to States for family planning services
- § 300b Repealed. Pub. L. 97–35, title XXI, § 2193(b)(1) , Aug. 13, 1981 , 95 Stat. 827
- § 300cc Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(2)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
- § 300d Establishment
- § 300e Requirements of health maintenance organizations
- § 300ee Use of funds
- § 300f Definitions
- § 300ff Purpose
- § 300g Coverage
- § 300gg Fair health insurance premiums
- § 300h Regulations for State programs
- § 300hh Public health and medical preparedness and response functions
- § 300i Emergency powers
- § 300ii Definitions
- § 300j Assurances of availability of adequate supplies of chemicals necessary for treatment of water
- § 300jj Definitions
- § 300k Establishment of program of grants to States
- § 300kk Data collection, analysis, and quality
- § 300l Requirement of matching funds
- § 300m Requirements with respect to type and quality of services
- § 300mm Establishment of World Trade Center Health Program
- § 300n Additional required agreements
- § 300q Loan and loan guarantee authority
- § 300r Grants for construction or modernization projects
- § 300s General regulations
- § 300t Development grants for health systems agencies
- § 300u General authority of Secretary
- § 300w Authorization of appropriations
- § 300x Formula grants to States
- § 300y Data infrastructure development
- § 300z Findings and purposes
§ 290aa–0. National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Laboratory
- (a) There shall be established within the Administration a National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Laboratory (referred to in this section as the “Laboratory”).
- (b) The Laboratory shall—
- (1) continue to carry out the authorities and activities that were in effect for the Office of Policy, Planning, and Innovation as such Office existed prior to December 13, 2016 ;
- (2) identify, coordinate, and facilitate the implementation of policy changes likely to have a significant effect on mental health, mental illness, recovery supports, and the prevention and treatment of substance use disorder services;
- (3) work with the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality to collect, as appropriate, information from grantees under programs operated by the Administration in order to evaluate and disseminate information on evidence-based practices, including culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appropriate, and service delivery models;
- (4) provide leadership in identifying and coordinating policies and programs, including evidence-based programs, related to mental and substance use disorders;
- (5) periodically review programs and activities operated by the Administration relating to the diagnosis or prevention of, treatment for, and recovery from, mental and substance use disorders to—
- (A) identify any such programs or activities that are duplicative;
- (B) identify any such programs or activities that are not evidence-based, effective, or efficient; and
- (C) formulate recommendations for coordinating, eliminating, or improving programs or activities identified under subparagraph (A) or (B) and merging such programs or activities into other successful programs or activities;
- (6) issue and periodically update information for entities applying for grants or cooperative agreements from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in order to—
- (A) encourage the implementation and replication of evidence-based practices; and
- (B) provide technical assistance to applicants for funding, including with respect to justifications for such programs and activities; and
- (7) carry out other activities as deemed necessary to continue to encourage innovation and disseminate evidence-based programs and practices.
- (c)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b)(3), the Laboratory—
- (A) may give preference to models that improve—
- (i) the coordination between mental health and physical health providers;
- (ii) the coordination among such providers and the justice and corrections system; and
- (iii) the cost effectiveness, quality, effectiveness, and efficiency of health care services furnished to adults with a serious mental illness, children with a serious emotional disturbance, or individuals in a mental health crisis; and
- (B) may include clinical protocols and practices that address the needs of individuals with early serious mental illness.
- (A) may give preference to models that improve—
- (2) In carrying out this section, the Laboratory shall consult with—
- (A) the Chief Medical Officer appointed under section 290aa(g) of this title ;
- (B) representatives of the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, on an ongoing basis;
- (C) other appropriate Federal agencies;
- (D) clinical and analytical experts with expertise in psychiatric medical care and clinical psychological care, health care management, education, corrections health care, and mental health court systems, as appropriate; and
- (E) other individuals and agencies as determined appropriate by the Assistant Secretary.
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b)(3), the Laboratory—
- (d) The Laboratory shall begin implementation of this section not later than January 1, 2018 .
- (e)
- (1) The Assistant Secretary, in coordination with the Laboratory, may award grants to States, local governments, Indian tribes or tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in section 5304 of title 25 ), educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations to develop evidence-based interventions, including culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appropriate, for—
- (A) evaluating a model that has been scientifically demonstrated to show promise, but would benefit from further applied development, for—
- (i) enhancing the prevention, diagnosis, intervention, and treatment of, and recovery from, mental illness, serious emotional disturbances, substance use disorders, and co-occurring illness or disorders; or
- (ii) integrating or coordinating physical health services and mental and substance use disorders services; and
- (B) expanding, replicating, or scaling evidence-based programs across a wider area to enhance effective screening, early diagnosis, intervention, and treatment with respect to mental illness, serious mental illness, serious emotional disturbances, and substance use disorders, primarily by—
- (i) applying such evidence-based programs to the delivery of care, including by training staff in effective evidence-based treatments; or
- (ii) integrating such evidence-based programs into models of care across specialties and jurisdictions.
- (A) evaluating a model that has been scientifically demonstrated to show promise, but would benefit from further applied development, for—
- (2) In awarding grants under this subsection, the Assistant Secretary shall, as appropriate, consult with the Chief Medical Officer, appointed under section 290aa(g) of this title , the advisory councils described in section 290aa–1 of this title , the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, as appropriate.
- (3) There are authorized to be appropriated—
- (A) to carry out paragraph (1)(A), $7,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2018 through 2020; and
- (B) to carry out paragraph (1)(B), $7,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2018 through 2020.
- (1) The Assistant Secretary, in coordination with the Laboratory, may award grants to States, local governments, Indian tribes or tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in section 5304 of title 25 ), educational institutions, and nonprofit organizations to develop evidence-based interventions, including culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appropriate, for—
§ 300mm–1. WTC Health Program Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee; WTC Health Program Steering Committees
- (a)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the WTC Health Program Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee (in this subsection referred to as the “Advisory Committee”) to review scientific and medical evidence and to make recommendations to the Administrator on additional WTC Program eligibility criteria and on additional WTC-related health conditions.
- (2) The WTC Program Administrator shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee and shall include at least—
- (A) 4 occupational physicians, at least 2 of whom have experience treating WTC rescue and recovery workers;
- (B) 1 physician with expertise in pulmonary medicine;
- (C) 2 environmental medicine or environmental health specialists;
- (D) 2 representatives of WTC responders;
- (E) 2 representatives of certified-eligible WTC survivors;
- (F) an industrial hygienist;
- (G) a toxicologist;
- (H) an epidemiologist; and
- (I) a mental health professional.
- (3) The Advisory Committee shall meet at such frequency as may be required to carry out its duties.
- (4) The WTC Program Administrator shall provide for publication of recommendations of the Advisory Committee on the public Web site established for the WTC Program.
- (5) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Advisory Committee shall continue in operation during the period in which the WTC Program is in operation.
- (6) Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Advisory Committee shall be subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act.
- (b)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall consult with 2 steering committees (each in this section referred to as a “Steering Committee”) that are established as follows:
- (A) One Steering Committee, to be known as the WTC Responders Steering Committee, for the purpose of receiving input from affected stakeholders and facilitating the coordination of monitoring and treatment programs for the enrolled WTC responders under subpart 1 of part B.
- (B) One Steering Committee, to be known as the WTC Survivors Steering Committee, for the purpose of receiving input from affected stakeholders and facilitating the coordination of initial health evaluations, monitoring, and treatment programs for screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors under subpart 2 of part B.
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) The WTC Responders Steering Committee shall include—
- (I) representatives of the Centers of Excellence providing services to WTC responders;
- (II) representatives of labor organizations representing firefighters, police, other New York City employees, and recovery and cleanup workers who responded to the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks; and
- (III) 3 representatives of New York City, 1 of whom will be selected by the police commissioner of New York City, 1 by the health commissioner of New York City, and 1 by the mayor of New York City.
- (ii) The WTC Responders Steering Committee shall initially be composed of members of the WTC Monitoring and Treatment Program Steering Committee (as in existence on the day before January 2, 2011 ).
- (i) The WTC Responders Steering Committee shall include—
- (B)
- (i) The WTC Survivors Steering Committee shall include representatives of—
- (I) the Centers of Excellence providing services to screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors;
- (II) the population of residents, students, and area and other workers affected by the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks;
- (III) screening-eligible and certified-eligible survivors receiving initial health evaluations, monitoring, or treatment under subpart 2 of part B and organizations advocating on their behalf; and
- (IV) New York City.
- (ii) The WTC Survivors Steering Committee shall initially be composed of members of the WTC Environmental Health Center Survivor Advisory Committee (as in existence on the day before January 2, 2011 ).
- (i) The WTC Survivors Steering Committee shall include representatives of—
- (C) Each Steering Committee may recommend, if approved by a majority of voting members of the Committee, additional members to the Committee.
- (D) A vacancy in a Steering Committee shall be filled by an individual recommended by the Steering Committee.
- (A)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall consult with 2 steering committees (each in this section referred to as a “Steering Committee”) that are established as follows:
§ 300s–1a. Recovery of expenditures under certain conditions
- (a) If any facility with respect to which funds have been paid under this subchapter shall, at any time within 20 years after the completion of construction or modernization—
- (1) be sold or transferred to any entity (A) which is not qualified to file an application under section 300s–1 or 300t–12 of this title or (B) which is not approved as a transferee by the State Agency of the State in which such facility is located, or its successor, or
- (2) cease to be a public health center or a public or other nonprofit hospital, outpatient facility, facility for long-term care, or rehabilitation facility,
- (b) The transferor of a facility which is sold or transferred as described in subsection (a)(1), or the owner of a facility the use of which is changed as described in subsection (a)(2), shall provide the Secretary written notice of such sale, transfer, or change not later than the expiration of 10 days from the date on which such sale, transfer, or change occurs.
- (c)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount the United States shall be entitled to recover under subsection (a) is an amount bearing the same ratio to the then value (as determined by the agreement of the parties or in an action brought in the district court of the United States for the district for which the facility involved is situated) of so much of the facility as constituted an approved project or projects as the amount of the Federal participation bore to the cost of the construction or modernization of such project or projects.
- (2)
- (A) After the expiration of—
- (i) 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b) in the case of a facility which is sold or transferred or the use of which changes after July 18, 1984 , or
- (ii) thirty days after July 18, 1984 , or if later 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b), in the case of a facility which was sold or transferred or the use of which changed before July 18, 1984 ,
- (B) The period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the period beginning—
- (i) in the case of a facility which was sold or transferred or the use of which changed before July 18, 1984 , thirty days after such date or if later 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b). 1 1 So in original. The period probably should be a comma.
- (ii) in the case of a facility with respect to which notice is provided in accordance with subsection (b), upon the expiration of 180 days after the receipt of such notice, or
- (iii) in the case of a facility with respect to which such notice is not provided as prescribed by subsection (b), on the date of the sale, transfer, or changes of use for which such notice was to be provided,
- (A) After the expiration of—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(1) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that the entity to which the facility was sold or transferred—
- (A) has established an irrevocable trust—
- (i) in an amount equal to the greater of twice the cost of the remaining obligation of the facility under clause (ii) of section 300s–1(b)(1)(K) of this title or the amount, determined under subsection (c), that the United States is entitled to recover, and
- (ii) which will only be used by the entity to provide the care required by clause (ii) of section 300s–1(b)(1)(K) of this title ; and
- (B) will meet the obligation of the facility under clause (i) of section 300s–1(b)(1)(K) of this title .
- (A) has established an irrevocable trust—
- (2) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(2) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that there is good cause for waiving such rights with respect to such facility.
- (1) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(1) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that the entity to which the facility was sold or transferred—
- (e) The right of recovery of the United States under subsection (a) shall not constitute a lien on any facility with respect to which funds have been paid under this subchapter.
§ 280b–1b. Use of allotments for rape prevention education
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award targeted grants to States to be used for rape prevention and education programs conducted by rape crisis centers, State, territorial or tribal sexual assault coalitions, and other public and private nonprofit entities for—
- (1) educational seminars;
- (2) the operation of hotlines;
- (3) training programs for professionals;
- (4) the preparation of informational material;
- (5) education and training programs for students and campus personnel designed to reduce the incidence of sexual assault at colleges and universities;
- (6) education to increase awareness about drugs and alcohol used to facilitate rapes or sexual assaults; and
- (7) other efforts to increase awareness of the facts about, or to help prevent, sexual assault, including efforts to increase awareness in underserved communities and awareness among individuals with disabilities (as defined in section 12102 of this title ).
- (b) The Secretary shall, through the National Resource Center on Sexual Assault established under the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, provide resource information, policy, training, and technical assistance to Federal, State, local, and Indian tribal agencies, as well as to State sexual assault coalitions and local sexual assault programs and to other professionals and interested parties on issues relating to sexual assault, including maintenance of a central resource library in order to collect, prepare, analyze, and disseminate information and statistics and analyses thereof relating to the incidence and prevention of sexual assault.
- (c)
- (1) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $50,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2014 through 2018.
- (2) Of the total amount made available under this subsection in each fiscal year, not less than $1,500,000 shall be available for allotment under subsection (b).
- (3) A minimum allocation of $150,000 shall be awarded in each fiscal year for each of the States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. A minimum allocation of $35,000 shall be awarded in each fiscal year for each Territory. Any unused or remaining funds shall be allotted to each State, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico on the basis of population.
- (d)
- (1) Amounts provided to States under this section shall be used to supplement and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public funds expended to provide services of the type described in subsection (a).
- (2) A State may not use more than 2 percent of the amount received by the State under this section for each fiscal year for surveillance studies or prevalence studies.
- (3) A State may not use more than 5 percent of the amount received by the State under this section for each fiscal year for administrative expenses.
§ 280b–1c. Prevention of traumatic brain injury
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may carry out projects to reduce the incidence of traumatic brain injury. Such projects may be carried out by the Secretary directly or through awards of grants or contracts to public or nonprofit private entities. The Secretary may directly or through such awards provide technical assistance with respect to the planning, development, and operation of such projects.
- (b) Activities under subsection (a) may include—
- (1) the conduct of research into identifying effective strategies for the prevention of traumatic brain injury;
- (2) the implementation of public information and education programs for the prevention of such injury and for broadening the awareness of the public concerning the public health consequences of such injury; and
- (3) the implementation of a national education and awareness campaign regarding such injury (in conjunction with the program of the Secretary regarding health-status goals for 2020, commonly referred to as Healthy People 2020), including—
- (A) the national dissemination of information on—
- (i) incidence and prevalence; and
- (ii) information relating to traumatic brain injury and the sequelae of secondary conditions arising from traumatic brain injury upon discharge from hospitals and emergency departments; and
- (B) the provision of information in primary care settings, including emergency rooms and trauma centers, concerning the availability of State level services and resources.
- (A) the national dissemination of information on—
- (c) The Secretary shall ensure that activities under this section are coordinated as appropriate with other agencies of the Public Health Service that carry out activities regarding traumatic brain injury.
- (d) For purposes of this section, the term “traumatic brain injury” means an acquired injury to the brain. Such term does not include brain dysfunction caused by congenital or degenerative disorders, nor birth trauma, but may include brain injuries caused by anoxia due to trauma. The Secretary may revise the definition of such term as the Secretary determines necessary, after consultation with States and other appropriate public or nonprofit private entities.
§ 280b–1d. National program for traumatic brain injury surveillance and registries
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants to States or their designees to develop or operate the State’s traumatic brain injury surveillance system or registry to determine the incidence and prevalence of traumatic brain injury and related disability, to ensure the uniformity of reporting under such system or registry, to link individuals with traumatic brain injury to services and supports, and to link such individuals with academic institutions to conduct applied research that will support the development of such surveillance systems and registries as may be necessary. A surveillance system or registry under this section shall provide for the collection of data concerning—
- (1) demographic information about each traumatic brain injury;
- (2) information about the circumstances surrounding the injury event associated with each traumatic brain injury;
- (3) administrative information about the source of the collected information, dates of hospitalization and treatment, and the date of injury; and
- (4) information characterizing the clinical aspects of the traumatic brain injury, including the severity of the injury, outcomes of the injury, the types of treatments received, and the types of services utilized.
- (b) Not later than 18 months after April 28, 2008 , the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Director of the National Institutes of Health and in consultation with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, shall submit to the relevant committees of Congress a report that contains the findings derived from an evaluation concerning activities and procedures that can be implemented by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to improve the collection and dissemination of compatible epidemiological studies on the incidence and prevalence of traumatic brain injury in individuals who were formerly in the military. The report shall include recommendations on the manner in which such agencies can further collaborate on the development and improvement of traumatic brain injury diagnostic tools and treatments.
- (c) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may implement concussion data collection and analysis to determine the prevalence and incidence of concussion.
§ 280b–1e. Repealed. Pub. L. 115–377, § 2(3) , Dec. 21, 2018 , 132 Stat. 5114
§ 280b–1f. Prevention of falls among older adults
- (a) The Secretary may—
- (1) oversee and support a national education campaign to be carried out by a nonprofit organization with experience in designing and implementing national injury prevention programs, that is directed principally to older adults, their families, and health care providers, and that focuses on reducing falls among older adults and preventing repeat falls; and
- (2) award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, for the purpose of organizing State-level coalitions of appropriate State and local agencies, safety, health, senior citizen, and other organizations to design and carry out local education campaigns, focusing on reducing falls among older adults and preventing repeat falls.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may—
- (A) conduct and support research to—
- (i) improve the identification of older adults who have a high risk of falling;
- (ii) improve data collection and analysis to identify fall risk and protective factors;
- (iii) design, implement, and evaluate the most effective fall prevention interventions;
- (iv) improve strategies that are proven to be effective in reducing falls by tailoring these strategies to specific populations of older adults;
- (v) conduct research in order to maximize the dissemination of proven, effective fall prevention interventions;
- (vi) intensify proven interventions to prevent falls among older adults;
- (vii) improve the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabilitation of elderly fall victims and older adults at high risk for falls; and
- (viii) assess the risk of falls occurring in various settings;
- (B) conduct research concerning barriers to the adoption of proven interventions with respect to the prevention of falls among older adults;
- (C) conduct research to develop, implement, and evaluate the most effective approaches to reducing falls among high-risk older adults living in communities and long-term care and assisted living facilities; and
- (D) evaluate the effectiveness of community programs designed to prevent falls among older adults.
- (A) conduct and support research to—
- (2) The Secretary, either directly or through awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, may provide professional education for physicians and allied health professionals, and aging service providers in fall prevention, evaluation, and management.
- (1) The Secretary may—
- (c) The Secretary may carry out the following:
- (1) Oversee and support demonstration and research projects to be carried out by qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, in the following areas:
- (A) A multistate demonstration project assessing the utility of targeted fall risk screening and referral programs.
- (B) Programs designed for community-dwelling older adults that utilize multicomponent fall intervention approaches, including physical activity, medication assessment and reduction when possible, vision enhancement, and home modification strategies.
- (C) Programs that are targeted to new fall victims who are at a high risk for second falls and which are designed to maximize independence and quality of life for older adults, particularly those older adults with functional limitations.
- (D) Private sector and public-private partnerships to develop technologies to prevent falls among older adults and prevent or reduce injuries if falls occur.
- (2)
- (A) Award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, to design, implement, and evaluate fall prevention programs using proven intervention strategies in residential and institutional settings.
- (B) Award 1 or more grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to 1 or more qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, in order to carry out a multistate demonstration project to implement and evaluate fall prevention programs using proven intervention strategies designed for single and multifamily residential settings with high concentrations of older adults, including—
- (i) identifying high-risk populations;
- (ii) evaluating residential facilities;
- (iii) conducting screening to identify high-risk individuals;
- (iv) providing fall assessment and risk reduction interventions and counseling;
- (v) coordinating services with health care and social service providers; and
- (vi) coordinating post-fall treatment and rehabilitation.
- (3) Award 1 or more grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, to conduct evaluations of the effectiveness of the demonstration projects described in this subsection.
- (1) Oversee and support demonstration and research projects to be carried out by qualified organizations, institutions, or consortia of qualified organizations and institutions, specializing, or demonstrating expertise, in falls or fall prevention, in the following areas:
- (d) In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary may give priority to entities that explore the use of cost-sharing with respect to activities funded under the grant, contract, or agreement to ensure the institutional commitment of the recipients of such assistance to the projects funded under the grant, contract, or agreement. Such non-Federal cost sharing contributions may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary may conduct a review of the effects of falls on health care costs, the potential for reducing falls, and the most effective strategies for reducing health care costs associated with falls.
- (2) If the Secretary conducts the review under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, not later than 36 months after April 23, 2008 , submit to Congress a report describing the findings of the Secretary in conducting such review.
§ 300mm–2. Education and outreach
The WTC Program Administrator shall institute a program that provides education and outreach on the existence and availability of services under the WTC Program. The outreach and education program—
- (1) shall include—
- (A) the establishment of a public Web site with information about the WTC Program;
- (B) meetings with potentially eligible populations;
- (C) development and dissemination of outreach materials informing people about the program; and
- (D) the establishment of phone information services; and
- (2) shall be conducted in a manner intended—
- (A) to reach all affected populations; and
- (B) to include materials for culturally and linguistically diverse populations.
§ 290ee–2a. Peer support technical assistance center
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall establish or operate a National Peer-Run Training and Technical Assistance Center for Addiction Recovery Support (referred to in this section as the “Center”).
- (b) The Center established under subsection (a) shall provide technical assistance and support to recovery community organizations and peer support networks, including such assistance and support related to—
- (1) training on identifying—
- (A) signs of substance use disorder;
- (B) resources to assist individuals with a substance use disorder, or resources for families of an individual with a substance use disorder; and
- (C) best practices for the delivery of recovery support services;
- (2) the provision of translation services, interpretation, or other such services for clients with limited English speaking proficiency;
- (3) data collection to support research, including for translational research;
- (4) capacity building; and
- (5) evaluation and improvement, as necessary, of the effectiveness of such services provided by recovery community organizations.
- (1) training on identifying—
- (c) The Center established under subsection (a) shall periodically issue best practices for use by recovery community organizations and peer support networks.
- (d) In this section, the term “recovery community organization” has the meaning given such term in section 290ee–2 of this title .
- (e) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $1,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 300mm–3. Uniform data collection and analysis
- (a) The WTC Program Administrator shall provide for the uniform collection of data, including claims data (and analysis of data and regular reports to the Administrator) on the prevalence of WTC-related health conditions and the identification of new WTC-related health conditions. Such data shall be collected for all individuals provided monitoring or treatment benefits under part B and regardless of their place of residence or Clinical Center of Excellence through which the benefits are provided. The WTC Program Administrator shall provide, through the Data Centers or otherwise, for the integration of such data into the monitoring and treatment program activities under this subchapter.
- (b) Each Clinical Center of Excellence shall collect data described in subsection (a) and report such data to the corresponding Data Center for analysis by such Data Center.
- (c) The WTC Program Administrator shall provide for collaboration between the Data Centers and the World Trade Center Health Registry described in section 300mm–52 of this title .
- (d) The data collection and analysis under this section shall be conducted and maintained in a manner that protects the confidentiality of individually identifiable health information consistent with applicable statutes and regulations, including, as applicable, HIPAA privacy and security law (as defined in section 300jj–19(a)(2) of this title ) and section 552a of title 5 .
§ 300j–3a. Grants to public sector agencies
- (a) The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall offer grants to public sector agencies for the purposes of—
- (1) assisting in the development and demonstration (including construction) of any project which will demonstrate a new or improved method, approach, or technology for providing a dependably safe supply of drinking water to the public; and
- (2) assisting in the development and demonstration (including construction) of any project which will investigate and demonstrate health and conservation implications involved in the reclamation, recycling, and reuse of wastewaters for drinking and agricultural use or the processes and methods for the preparation of safe and acceptable drinking water.
- (b) Grants made by the Administrator under this section shall be subject to the following limitations:
- (1) Grants under this section shall not exceed 66⅔ per centum of the total cost of construction of any facility and 75 per centum of any other costs, as determined by the Administrator.
- (2) Grants under this section shall not be made for any project involving the construction or modification of any facilities for any public water system in a State unless such project has been approved by the State agency charged with the responsibility for safety of drinking water (or if there is no such agency in a State, by the State health authority).
- (3) Grants under this section shall not be made for any project unless the Administrator determines, after consultation, that such project will serve a useful purpose relating to the development and demonstration of new or improved techniques, methods, or technologies for the provision of safe water to the public for drinking.
- (c) There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of this section $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1978.
§ 300j–3b. Contaminant standards or treatment technique guidelines
- (1) Not later than nine months after October 18, 1978 , the Administrator shall promulgate guidelines establishing supplemental standards or treatment technique requirements for microbiological, viral, radiological, organic, and inorganic contaminants, which guidelines shall be conditions, as provided in paragraph (2), of any grant for a demonstration project for water reclamation, recycling, and reuse funded under section 300j–3a of this title or under section 300j–3(a)(2) of this title , where such project involves direct human consumption of treated wastewater. Such guidelines shall provide for sufficient control of each such contaminant, such that in the Administrator’s judgement, no adverse effects on the health of persons may reasonably be anticipated to occur, allowing an adequate margin of safety.
- (2) A grant referred to in paragraph (1) for a project which involves direct human consumption of treated wastewater may be awarded on or after the date of promulgation of guidelines under this section only if the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the project—
- (A) will comply with all national primary drinking water regulations under section 300g–1 of this title ;
- (B) will comply with all guidelines under this section; and
- (C) will in other respects provide safe drinking water.
- (3) Guidelines under this section may, in the discretion of the Administrator—
- (A) be nationally and uniformly applicable to all projects funded under section 300j–3a of this title or section 300j–1(a)(2) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title;
- (B) vary for different classes or categories of such projects (as determined by the Administrator);
- (C) be established and applicable on a project-by-project basis; or
- (D) any combination of the above.
- (4) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit or delay the award of any grant referred to in paragraph (1) prior to the date of promulgation of such guidelines.
§ 300j–3c. National assistance program for water infrastructure and watersheds
- (a) The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency may provide technical and financial assistance in the form of grants to States (1) for the construction, rehabilitation, and improvement of water supply systems, and (2) consistent with nonpoint source management programs established under section 1329 of title 33 , for source water quality protection programs to address pollutants in navigable waters for the purpose of making such waters usable by water supply systems.
- (b) Not more than 30 percent of the amounts appropriated to carry out this section in a fiscal year may be used for source water quality protection programs described in subsection (a)(2).
- (c) As a condition to receiving assistance under this section, a State shall ensure that such assistance is carried out in the most cost-effective manner, as determined by the State.
- (d)
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1997 through 2003. Such sums shall remain available until expended.
- (2) In addition to amounts authorized under paragraph (1), there are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1997 through 2003, provided that such authorization shall be in effect for a fiscal year only if at least 75 percent of the total amount of funds authorized to be appropriated for such fiscal year by section 300j–12(m) of this title are appropriated.
- (e) Assistance provided with funds made available under this section may be used for the acquisition of lands and other interests in lands; however, nothing in this section authorizes the acquisition of lands or other interests in lands from other than willing sellers.
- (f) The Federal share of the cost of activities for which grants are made under this section shall be 50 percent.
- (g) In this section, the following definitions apply:
- (1) The term “State” means a State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
- (2) The term “water supply system” means a system for the provision to the public of piped water for human consumption if such system has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves at least 25 individuals and a draw and fill system for the provision to the public of water for human consumption. Such term does not include a system owned by a Federal agency. Such term includes (A) any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under control of the operator of such system and used primarily in connection with such system, and (B) any collection or pretreatment facilities not under such control that are used primarily in connection with such system.
§ 300j–3d. Water supply cost savings
- (a) The Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, shall—
- (1) develop a technology clearinghouse for information on the cost-effectiveness of innovative and alternative drinking water delivery systems, including wells and well systems; and
- (2) disseminate such information to the public and to communities and not-for-profit organizations seeking Federal funding for drinking water delivery systems serving 500 or fewer persons.
- (b) In any application for a grant or loan for the purpose of construction, replacement, or rehabilitation of a drinking water delivery system serving 500 or fewer persons, the funding for which would come from the Federal Government (either directly or through a State), a unit of local government or not-for-profit organization shall self-certify that the unit of local government or organization has considered, as an alternative drinking water supply, drinking water delivery systems sourced by publicly owned—
- (1) individual wells;
- (2) shared wells; and
- (3) community wells.
- (c) Not later than 3 years after December 16, 2016 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report that describes—
- (1) the use of innovative and alternative drinking water delivery systems described in this section;
- (2) the range of cost savings for communities using innovative and alternative drinking water delivery systems described in this section; and
- (3) the use of drinking water technical assistance programs operated by the Administrator and the Secretary of Agriculture.
§ 300mm–4. Clinical Centers of Excellence and Data Centers
- (a)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall, subject to subsection (b)(1)(B), enter into contracts with Clinical Centers of Excellence (as defined in subsection (b)(1)(A))—
- (A) for the provision of monitoring and treatment benefits and initial health evaluation benefits under part B;
- (B) for the provision of outreach and retention activities to individuals eligible for such monitoring and treatment benefits, for initial health evaluation benefits, and for followup to individuals who are enrolled in the monitoring program;
- (C) for the provision of counseling for benefits under part B, with respect to WTC-related health conditions, for individuals eligible for such benefits;
- (D) for the provision of counseling for benefits for WTC-related health conditions that may be available under workers’ compensation or other benefit programs for work-related injuries or illnesses, health insurance, disability insurance, or other insurance plans or through public or private social service agencies and assisting eligible individuals in applying for such benefits;
- (E) for the provision of translational and interpretive services for program participants who are not English language proficient; and
- (F) for the collection and reporting of data, including claims data, in accordance with section 300mm–3 of this title .
- (2)
- (A) The WTC Program Administrator shall enter into contracts with one or more Data Centers (as defined in subsection (b)(2))—
- (i) for receiving, analyzing, and reporting to the WTC Program Administrator on data, in accordance with section 300mm–3 of this title , that have been collected and reported to such Data Centers by the corresponding Clinical Centers of Excellence under subsection (b)(1)(B)(iii);
- (ii) for the development of monitoring, initial health evaluation, and treatment protocols, with respect to WTC-related health conditions;
- (iii) for coordinating the outreach and retention activities conducted under paragraph (1)(B) by each corresponding Clinical Center of Excellence;
- (iv) for establishing criteria for the credentialing of medical providers participating in the nationwide network under section 300mm–23 of this title ;
- (v) for coordinating and administering the activities of the WTC Health Program Steering Committees established under section 300mm–1(b) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title; and
- (vi) for meeting periodically with the corresponding Clinical Centers of Excellence to obtain input on the analysis and reporting of data collected under clause (i) and on the development of monitoring, initial health evaluation, and treatment protocols under clause (ii).
- (B) The medical providers under subparagraph (A)(iv) shall be selected by the WTC Program Administrator on the basis of their experience treating or diagnosing the health conditions included in the list of WTC-related health conditions.
- (C) In carrying out subparagraph (A)(ii), a Data Center shall engage in clinical discussions across the WTC Program to guide treatment approaches for individuals with a WTC-related health condition.
- (D) A contract entered into under this subsection with a Data Center shall require the Data Center to make any data collected and reported to such Center under subsection (b)(1)(B)(iii) available to health researchers and others as provided in the CDC/ATSDR Policy on Releasing and Sharing Data.
- (A) The WTC Program Administrator shall enter into contracts with one or more Data Centers (as defined in subsection (b)(2))—
- (3) A contract entered into under this subsection with a Clinical Center of Excellence or a Data Center may be with respect to one or more class of enrolled WTC responders, screening-eligible WTC survivors, or certified-eligible WTC survivors.
- (4) Any contract under this subchapter between the WTC Program Administrator and a Data Center or a Clinical Center of Excellence may be in the form of a cooperative agreement.
- (5) Not later than July 1, 2011 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the feasibility of consolidating Data Centers into a single Data Center.
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall, subject to subsection (b)(1)(B), enter into contracts with Clinical Centers of Excellence (as defined in subsection (b)(1)(A))—
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “Clinical Center of Excellence” means a Center that demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the Center—
- (i) uses an integrated, centralized health care provider approach to create a comprehensive suite of health services under this subchapter that are accessible to enrolled WTC responders, screening-eligible WTC survivors, or certified-eligible WTC survivors;
- (ii) has experience in caring for WTC responders and screening-eligible WTC survivors or includes health care providers who have been trained pursuant to section 300mm–23(c) of this title ;
- (iii) employs health care provider staff with expertise that includes, at a minimum, occupational medicine, environmental medicine, trauma-related psychiatry and psychology, and social services counseling; and
- (iv) meets such other requirements as specified by the Administrator.
- (B) The WTC Program Administrator shall not enter into a contract with a Clinical Center of Excellence under subsection (a)(1) unless the Center agrees to do each of the following:
- (i) Establish a formal mechanism for consulting with and receiving input from representatives of eligible populations receiving monitoring and treatment benefits under part B from such Center.
- (ii) Coordinate monitoring and treatment benefits under part B with routine medical care provided for the treatment of conditions other than WTC-related health conditions.
- (iii) Collect and report to the corresponding Data Center data, including claims data, in accordance with section 300mm–3(b) of this title .
- (iv) Have in place safeguards against fraud that are satisfactory to the Administrator, in consultation with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (v) Treat or refer for treatment all individuals who are enrolled WTC responders or certified-eligible WTC survivors with respect to such Center who present themselves for treatment of a WTC-related health condition.
- (vi) Have in place safeguards, consistent with section 300mm–3(d) of this title , to ensure the confidentiality of an individual’s individually identifiable health information, including requiring that such information not be disclosed to the individual’s employer without the authorization of the individual.
- (vii) Use amounts paid under subsection (c)(1) only for costs incurred in carrying out the activities described in subsection (a), other than those described in subsection (a)(1)(A).
- (viii) Utilize health care providers with occupational and environmental medicine expertise to conduct physical and mental health assessments, in accordance with protocols developed under subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii).
- (ix) Communicate with WTC responders and screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors in appropriate languages and conduct outreach activities with relevant stakeholder worker or community associations.
- (x) Meet all the other applicable requirements of this subchapter, including regulations implementing such requirements.
- (C) The WTC Program Administrator shall to the maximum extent feasible ensure continuity of care in any period of transition from monitoring and treatment of an enrolled WTC responder or certified-eligible WTC survivor by a provider to a Clinical Center of Excellence or a health care provider participating in the nationwide network under section 300mm–23 of this title .
- (A) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “Clinical Center of Excellence” means a Center that demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the Center—
- (2) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “Data Center” means a Center that the WTC Program Administrator determines has the capacity to carry out the responsibilities for a Data Center under subsection (a)(2).
- (3) For purposes of this subchapter, a Clinical Center of Excellence and a Data Center shall be treated as “corresponding” to the extent that such Clinical Center and Data Center serve the same population group.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall reimburse a Clinical Center of Excellence for the fixed infrastructure costs of such Center in carrying out the activities described in part B at a rate negotiated by the Administrator and such Centers. Such negotiated rate shall be fair and appropriate and take into account the number of enrolled WTC responders receiving services from such Center under this subchapter.
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “fixed infrastructure costs” means, with respect to a Clinical Center of Excellence, the costs incurred by such Center that are not otherwise reimbursable by the WTC Program Administrator under section 300mm–22(c) of this title for patient evaluation, monitoring, or treatment but which are needed to operate the WTC program such as the costs involved in outreach to participants or recruiting participants, data collection and analysis, social services for counseling patients on other available assistance outside the WTC program, and the development of treatment protocols. Such term does not include costs for new construction or other capital costs.
- (d) Not later than July 1, 2011 , the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate an analysis on whether Clinical Centers of Excellence with which the WTC Program Administrator enters into a contract under this section have financial systems that will allow for the timely submission of claims data for purposes of section 300mm–3 of this title and subsections (a)(1)(F) and (b)(1)(B)(iii).
§ 300n–4a. Supplemental grants for additional preventive health services
- (a) In the case of States receiving grants under section 300k of this title , the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants to not more than 3 such States to carry out demonstration projects for the purpose of—
- (1) providing preventive health services in addition to the services authorized in such section, including screenings regarding blood pressure and cholesterol, and including health education;
- (2) providing appropriate referrals for medical treatment of women receiving services pursuant to paragraph (1) and ensuring, to the extent practicable, the provision of appropriate follow-up services; and
- (3) evaluating activities conducted under paragraphs (1) and (2) through appropriate surveillance or program-monitoring activities.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State involved agrees that services under the grant will be provided only through entities that are screening women for breast or cervical cancer pursuant to a grant under section 300k of this title .
- (c) This subchapter applies to a grant under subsection (a) to the same extent and in the same manner as such subchapter applies to a grant under section 300k of this title .
- (d)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), for the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1994, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1995 through 2003.
- (2) The authorization of appropriations established in paragraph (1) is not effective for a fiscal year unless the amount appropriated under section 300n–5(a) of this title for the fiscal year is equal to or greater than $100,000,000.
§ 247d–4b. Children’s Preparedness Unit
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this subsection as the “Director”), shall maintain an internal team of experts, to be known as the Children’s Preparedness Unit (referred to in this subsection as the “Unit”), to work collaboratively to provide guidance on the considerations for, and the specific needs of, children before, during, and after public health emergencies. The Unit shall inform the Director regarding emergency preparedness and response efforts pertaining to children at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (b) The team described in subsection (a) shall include one or more pediatricians, which may be a developmental-behavioral pediatrician, and may also include behavioral scientists, child psychologists, epidemiologists, biostatisticians, health communications staff, and individuals with other areas of expertise, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (c) The team described in subsection (a) may—
- (1) assist State, local, Tribal, and territorial emergency planning and response activities related to children, which may include developing, identifying, and sharing best practices;
- (2) provide technical assistance, training, and consultation to Federal, State, local, Tribal, and territorial public health officials to improve preparedness and response capabilities with respect to the needs of children, including providing such technical assistance, training, and consultation to eligible entities in order to support the achievement of measurable evidence-based benchmarks and objective standards applicable to sections 247d–3a and 247d–3b of this title;
- (3) improve the utilization of methods to incorporate the needs of children in planning for and responding to a public health emergency, including public awareness of such methods;
- (4) coordinate with, and improve, public-private partnerships, such as health care coalitions pursuant to sections 247d–3b and 247d–3c of this title, to address gaps and inefficiencies in emergency preparedness and response efforts for children;
- (5) provide expertise and input during the development of guidance and clinical recommendations to address the needs of children when preparing for, and responding to, public health emergencies, including pursuant to section 247d–3c of this title ; and
- (6) carry out other duties related to preparedness and response activities for children, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
§ 4d. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(1) –(3), Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829
§§ 247b–4b to 247b–4d. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(1) –(3), Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829
§ 4e. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(4) , Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829 ; Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(3)(D) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3694
§ 247b–4e. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–416, § 3(b)(4) , Dec. 19, 2006 , 120 Stat. 2829 ; Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(3)(D) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3694
§ 247b–4f. Research relating to preterm labor and delivery and the care, treatment, and outcomes of preterm and low birthweight infants
- (a)
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may, subject to the availability of appropriations—
- (A) conduct epidemiological studies on the factors relating to prematurity, such as clinical, biological, social, environmental, genetic, and behavioral factors, and other determinants that contribute to health disparities and are related to prematurity, as appropriate;
- (B) conduct activities to improve national data to facilitate tracking the burden of preterm birth; and
- (C) continue efforts to prevent preterm birth, including late preterm birth, through the identification of opportunities for prevention and the assessment of the impact of such efforts.
- (2) Not later than 2 years after November 27, 2013 , and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress reports regarding activities and studies conducted under paragraph (1), including any applicable analyses of preterm birth. Such report shall be posted on the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.. 1 1 So in original.
- (1) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may, subject to the availability of appropriations—
- (c) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall—
- (1) continue systems for the collection of maternal-infant clinical and biomedical information, including electronic health records, electronic databases, and biobanks, to link with the Pregnancy Risk Assessment Monitoring System (PRAMS) and other epidemiological studies of prematurity in order to track, to the extent practicable, all pregnancy outcomes and prevent preterm birth; and
- (2) provide technical assistance, as appropriate, to support States in improving the collection of information pursuant to this subsection.
- (d) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall review existing tools and measures to ensure that such tools and measures include information related to the known risk factors of low birth weight and preterm birth.
- (e) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $2,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 4g. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–55, title I, § 104(a) , Nov. 27, 2013 , 127 Stat. 643
§ 247b–4g. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–55, title I, § 104(a) , Nov. 27, 2013 , 127 Stat. 643
§ 300mm–5. Definitions
In this subchapter:
- (1) The term “aggravating” means, with respect to a health condition, a health condition that existed on September 11, 2001 , and that, as a result of exposure to airborne toxins, any other hazard, or any other adverse condition resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks, requires medical treatment that is (or will be) in addition to, more frequent than, or of longer duration than the medical treatment that would have been required for such condition in the absence of such exposure.
- (2) The term “certified-eligible WTC survivor” has the meaning given such term in section 300mm–31(a)(2) of this title .
- (3) The terms “Clinical Center of Excellence” and “Data Center” have the meanings given such terms in section 300mm–4 of this title .
- (4) The term “enrolled WTC responder” means a WTC responder enrolled under section 300mm–21(a)(3) of this title .
- (5) The term “initial health evaluation” includes, with respect to an individual, a medical and exposure history, a physical examination, and additional medical testing as needed to evaluate whether the individual has a WTC-related health condition and is eligible for treatment under the WTC Program.
- (6) The term “list of WTC-related health conditions” means—
- (A) for WTC responders, the health conditions listed in section 300mm–22(a)(3) of this title ; and
- (B) for screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors, the health conditions listed in section 300mm–32(b) of this title .
- (7) The term “New York City disaster area” means the area within New York City that is—
- (A) the area of Manhattan that is south of Houston Street; and
- (B) any block in Brooklyn that is wholly or partially contained within a 1.5-mile radius of the former World Trade Center site.
- (8) The term “New York metropolitan area” means an area, specified by the WTC Program Administrator, within which WTC responders and eligible WTC screening-eligible survivors who reside in such area are reasonably able to access monitoring and treatment benefits and initial health evaluation benefits under this subchapter through a Clinical Center of Excellence described in subparagraphs (A), (B), or (C) of section 300mm–4(b)(1) of this title .
- (9) The term “screening-eligible WTC survivor” has the meaning given such term in section 300mm–31(a)(1) of this title .
- (10) Any reference to “ September 11, 2001 ” shall be deemed a reference to the period on such date subsequent to the terrorist attacks at the World Trade Center, Shanksville, Pennsylvania, or the Pentagon, as applicable, on such date.
- (11) The term “ September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks” means the terrorist attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001 , in New York City, in Shanksville, Pennsylvania, and at the Pentagon, and includes the aftermath of such attacks.
- (12) The term “WTC Health Program Steering Committee” means such a Steering Committee established under section 300mm–1(b) of this title .
- (13) The term “WTC Program” means the Word Trade Center Health Program established under section 300mm(a) of this title .
- (14)
- (A) The term “WTC Program Administrator” means—
- (i) subject to subparagraph (B), with respect to paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 300mm–21(a) of this title (relating to enrollment of WTC responders), section 300mm–22(c) of this title and the corresponding provisions of section 300mm–32 of this title (relating to payment for initial health evaluation, monitoring, and treatment, 1 1 So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should precede the comma. paragraphs (1)(C), (2)(B), and (3) of section 300mm–31(a) of this title (relating to determination or certification of screening-eligible or certified-eligible WTC responders), and subpart 3 of part B (relating to payor provisions), an official in the Department of Health and Human Services, to be designated by the Secretary; and
- (ii) with respect to any other provision of this subchapter, the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or a designee of such Director.
- (B) In no case may the Secretary designate under subparagraph (A)(i) the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health or a designee of such Director with respect to section 300mm–32 of this title (relating to payment for initial health evaluation, monitoring, and treatment).
- (A) The term “WTC Program Administrator” means—
- (15) The term “WTC-related health condition” is defined in section 300mm–22(a) of this title .
- (16) The term “WTC responder” is defined in section 300mm–21(a) of this title .
- (17) The term “WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee” means such Committee established under section 300mm–1(a) of this title .
§ 290aa–5a. Alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal organizations, for the purpose of providing alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans.
- (b) In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to applicants that—
- (1) propose to provide alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services on reservations;
- (2) propose to employ culturally-appropriate approaches, as determined by the Secretary, in providing such services; and
- (3) have provided prevention or treatment services to Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal organizations for at least 1 year prior to applying for a grant under this section.
- (c) The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for a period not to exceed 5 years.
- (d) An entity desiring a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
- (e) An entity that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in the application for such grant, a plan for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds provided under this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary with periodic evaluations of the progress of such project and such evaluation at the completion of such project as the Secretary determines to be appropriate. The final evaluation submitted by such entity shall include a recommendation as to whether such project shall continue.
- (f) Not later than 3 years after October 17, 2000 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report describing the services provided pursuant to this section.
- (g) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
§ 5b. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290aa–5b. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 300gg–6. Comprehensive health insurance coverage
- (a) A health insurance issuer that offers health insurance coverage in the individual or small group market shall ensure that such coverage includes the essential health benefits package required under section 18022(a) of this title .
- (b) A group health plan shall ensure that any annual cost-sharing imposed under the plan does not exceed the limitations provided for under paragraph (1) of section 18022(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title.
- (c) If a health insurance issuer offers health insurance coverage in any level of coverage specified under section 18022(d) of this title , the issuer shall also offer such coverage in that level as a plan in which the only enrollees are individuals who, as of the beginning of a plan year, have not attained the age of 21.
- (d) This section shall not apply to a plan described in section 18031(d)(2)(B)(ii) 1 of this title.
§ 300u–6a. Individual offices of minority health within the Department
- (a) The head of each agency specified in subsection (b)(1) 1 1 So in original. Subsec. (b) does not contain a par. (1). shall establish within the agency an office to be known as the Office of Minority Health. The head of each such Office shall be appointed by the head of the agency within which the Office is established, and shall report directly to the head of the agency. The head of such agency shall carry out this section (as this section relates to the agency) acting through such Director.
- (b) The agencies referred to in subsection (a) are the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
- (c) Each Office of Minority Health established in an agency listed in subsection (a) 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “subsection (b)”. shall be headed by a director, with documented experience and expertise in minority health services research and health disparities elimination.
- (d) Except as otherwise specified, any reference in Federal law to an Office of Minority Health (in the Department of Health and Human Services) is deemed to be a reference to the Office of Minority Health in the Office of the Secretary.
- (e)
- (1) Of the amounts appropriated for a specified agency for a fiscal year, the Secretary must designate an appropriate amount of funds for the purpose of carrying out activities under this section through the minority health office of the agency. In reserving an amount under the preceding sentence for a minority health office for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reduce, by substantially the same percentage, the amount that otherwise would be available for each of the programs of the designated agency involved.
- (2) The purposes for which amounts made available under paragraph 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “paragraph (1)”. may be expended by a minority health office include the costs of employing staff for such office.
§ 247d–6b. Strategic National Stockpile and security countermeasure procurements
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, in collaboration with the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and in coordination with the Secretary of Homeland Security (referred to in this section as the “Homeland Security Secretary”), shall maintain a stockpile or stockpiles of drugs, vaccines and other biological products, medical devices, and other supplies (including personal protective equipment, ancillary medical supplies, and other applicable supplies required for the administration of drugs, vaccines and other biological products, medical devices, and diagnostic tests in the stockpile) in such numbers, types, and amounts as are determined consistent with section 300hh–10 of this title by the Secretary to be appropriate and practicable, taking into account other available sources, to provide for and optimize the emergency health security of the United States, including the emergency health security of children and other vulnerable populations, in the event of a bioterrorist attack or other public health emergency and, as informed by existing recommendations of, or consultations with, the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasure Enterprise established under section 300hh–10a of this title , make necessary additions or modifications to the contents of such stockpile or stockpiles based on the review conducted under paragraph (2).
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall conduct an annual threat-based review (taking into account at-risk individuals) of the contents of the stockpile under paragraph (1), including non-pharmaceutical supplies, and, in consultation with the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise established under section 300hh–10a of this title , review contents within the stockpile and assess whether such contents are consistent with the recommendations made pursuant to section 300hh–10a(c)(1)(A) of this title . Such review shall be submitted on June 15, 2019 , and on March 15 of each year thereafter, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, in a manner that does not compromise national security.
- (B) Each annual threat-based review under subparagraph (A) shall, for each new or modified countermeasure procurement or replenishment, provide—
- (i) information regarding—
- (I) the quantities of the additional or modified countermeasure procured for, or contracted to be procured for, the stockpile;
- (II) planning considerations for appropriate manufacturing capacity and capability to meet the goals of such additions or modifications (without disclosing proprietary information), including consideration of the effect such additions or modifications may have on the availability of such products and ancillary medical supplies in the health care system;
- (III) the presence or lack of a commercial market for the countermeasure at the time of procurement;
- (IV) the emergency health security threat or threats such countermeasure procurement is intended to address, including whether such procurement is consistent with meeting emergency health security needs associated with such threat or threats;
- (V) an assessment of whether the emergency health security threat or threats described in subclause (IV) could be addressed in a manner that better utilizes the resources of the stockpile and permits the greatest possible increase in the level of emergency preparedness to address such threats;
- (VI) whether such countermeasure is replenishing an expiring or expired countermeasure, is a different countermeasure with the same indication that is replacing an expiring or expired countermeasure, or is a new addition to the stockpile;
- (VII) a description of how such additions or modifications align with projected investments under previous countermeasures budget plans under section 300hh–10(b)(7) of this title , including expected life-cycle costs, expenditures related to countermeasure procurement to address the threat or threats described in subclause (IV), replenishment dates (including the ability to extend the maximum shelf life of a countermeasure), and the manufacturing capacity required to replenish such countermeasure; and
- (VIII) appropriate protocols and processes for the deployment, distribution, or dispensing of the countermeasure at the State and local level, including plans for relevant capabilities of State and local entities to dispense, distribute, and administer the countermeasure; and
- (ii) an assurance, which need not be provided in advance of procurement, that for each countermeasure procured or replenished under this subsection, the Secretary completed a review addressing each item listed under this subsection in advance of such procurement or replenishment.
- (i) information regarding—
- (3) The Secretary, in managing the stockpile under paragraph (1), shall—
- (A) consult with the working group under section 247d–6(a) of this title and the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise established under section 300hh–10a of this title ;
- (B) ensure that adequate procedures are followed with respect to such stockpile for inventory management and accounting, and for the physical security of the stockpile;
- (C) in consultation with Federal, State, and local officials, take into consideration the timing and location of special events, and the availability, deployment, dispensing, and administration of countermeasures;
- (D) review and revise, as appropriate, the contents of the stockpile on a regular basis to ensure that emerging threats, advanced technologies, and new countermeasures are adequately considered and that the potential depletion of countermeasures currently in the stockpile is identified and appropriately addressed, including through necessary replenishment;
- (E) devise plans for effective and timely supply-chain management of the stockpile, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, and the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies; State, local, Tribal, and territorial agencies; and the public and private health care infrastructure, as applicable, taking into account the manufacturing capacity and other available sources of products and appropriate alternatives to supplies in the stockpile;
- (F) deploy the stockpile as required by the Secretary of Homeland Security to respond to an actual or potential emergency;
- (G) deploy the stockpile at the discretion of the Secretary to respond to an actual or potential public health emergency or other situation in which deployment is necessary to protect the public health or safety;
- (H) ensure the adequate physical security of the stockpile;
- (I) ensure that each countermeasure or product under consideration for procurement pursuant to this subsection receives the same consideration regardless of whether such countermeasure or product receives or had received funding under section 247d–7e of this title , including with respect to whether the countermeasure or product is most appropriate to meet the emergency health security needs of the United States; and
- (J) provide assistance, including technical assistance, to maintain and improve State and local public health preparedness capabilities to distribute and dispense medical countermeasures and products from the stockpile, as appropriate.
- (4) The Secretary shall ensure timely and accurate recommended utilization guidelines for qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), qualified pandemic and epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ), and security countermeasures (as defined in subsection (c)), including for such products in the stockpile.
- (5)
- (A) Not later than 3 years after June 24, 2019 , and every 5 years thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a review of any changes to the contents or management of the stockpile since January 1, 2015 . Such review shall include—
- (i) an assessment of the comprehensiveness and completeness of each annual threat-based review under paragraph (2), including whether all newly procured or replenished countermeasures within the stockpile were described in each annual review, and whether, consistent with paragraph (2)(B), the Secretary conducted the necessary internal review in advance of such procurement or replenishment;
- (ii) an assessment of whether the Secretary established health security and science-based justifications, and a description of such justifications for procurement decisions related to health security needs with respect to the identified threat, for additions or modifications to the stockpile based on the information provided in such reviews under paragraph (2)(B), including whether such review was conducted prior to procurement, modification, or replenishment;
- (iii) an assessment of the plans developed by the Secretary for the deployment, distribution, and dispensing of countermeasures procured, modified, or replenished under paragraph (1), including whether such plans were developed prior to procurement, modification, or replenishment;
- (iv) an accounting of countermeasures procured, modified, or replenished under paragraph (1) that received advanced research and development funding from the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority;
- (v) an analysis of how such procurement decisions made progress toward meeting emergency health security needs related to the identified threats for countermeasures added, modified, or replenished under paragraph (1);
- (vi) a description of the resources expended related to the procurement of countermeasures (including additions, modifications, and replenishments) in the stockpile, and how such expenditures relate to the ability of the stockpile to meet emergency health security needs;
- (vii) an assessment of the extent to which additions, modifications, and replenishments reviewed under paragraph (2) align with previous relevant reports or reviews by the Secretary or the Comptroller General;
- (viii) with respect to any change in the Federal organizational management of the stockpile, an assessment and comparison of the processes affected by such change, including planning for potential countermeasure deployment, distribution, or dispensing capabilities and processes related to procurement decisions, use of stockpiled countermeasures, and use of resources for such activities; and
- (ix) an assessment of whether the processes and procedures described by the Secretary pursuant to section 403(b) of the Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness and Advancing Innovation Act of 2019 are sufficient to ensure countermeasures and products under consideration for procurement pursuant to subsection (a) receive the same consideration regardless of whether such countermeasures and products receive or had received funding under section 247d–7e of this title , including with respect to whether such countermeasures and products are most appropriate to meet the emergency health security needs of the United States.
- (B) Not later than 6 months after completing a classified version of the review under subparagraph (A), the Comptroller General shall submit an unclassified version of the review to the congressional committees of jurisdiction.
- (A) Not later than 3 years after June 24, 2019 , and every 5 years thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a review of any changes to the contents or management of the stockpile since January 1, 2015 . Such review shall include—
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall award contracts, enter into cooperative agreements, or carry out such other activities as may reasonably be required in order to ensure that the stockpile under subsection (a) includes an amount of vaccine against smallpox as determined by such Secretary to be sufficient to meet the health security needs of the United States.
- (2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the private distribution, purchase, or sale of vaccines from sources other than the stockpile described in subsection (a).
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) A security countermeasure may, in accordance with this subsection, be procured with amounts in the special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h).
- (B) For purposes of this subsection, the term “security countermeasure” means a drug (as that term is defined by section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) )), biological product (as that term is defined by section 262(i) of this title ), or device (as that term is defined by section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) )) that—
- (i)
- (I) the Secretary determines to be a priority (consistent with sections 182(2) and 184(a) of title 6) to diagnose, mitigate, prevent, or treat harm from any biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent identified as a material threat under paragraph (2)(A)(ii), or to diagnose, mitigate, prevent, or treat harm from a condition that may result in adverse health consequences or death and may be caused by administering a drug, biological product, or device against such an agent;
- (II) the Secretary determines under paragraph (2)(B)(ii) to be a necessary countermeasure; and
- (III)
- (ii) is authorized for emergency use under section 564 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 ].
- (i)
- (2)
- (A) The Homeland Security Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary and the heads of other agencies as appropriate, shall on an ongoing basis—
- (i) assess current and emerging threats of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agents; and
- (ii) determine which of such agents present a material threat against the United States population sufficient to affect national security.
- (B) The Secretary shall on an ongoing basis—
- (i) assess the potential public health consequences for the United States population of exposure to agents identified under subparagraph (A)(ii); and
- (ii) determine, on the basis of such assessment, the agents identified under subparagraph (A)(ii) for which countermeasures are necessary to protect the public health.
- (C) The Secretary and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall send to Congress, on an annual basis, all current material threat determinations and shall promptly notify the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives that a determination has been made pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B).
- (D) In making the assessment and determination required under subparagraph (A), the Homeland Security Secretary shall use all relevant information to which such Secretary is entitled under section 122 of title 6 , including but not limited to information, regardless of its level of classification, relating to current and emerging threats of chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agents.
- (A) The Homeland Security Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary and the heads of other agencies as appropriate, shall on an ongoing basis—
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary, in consultation with the Homeland Security Secretary, shall assess on an ongoing basis the availability and appropriateness of specific countermeasures to address specific threats identified under paragraph (2).
- (B) The Secretary shall institute a process for making publicly available the results of assessments under subparagraph (A) while withholding such information as—
- (i) would, in the judgment of the Secretary, tend to reveal public health vulnerabilities; or
- (ii) would otherwise be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5 .
- (4)
- (A) If, pursuant to an assessment under paragraph (3), the Homeland Security Secretary and the Secretary make a determination that a countermeasure would be appropriate but is either currently not developed or unavailable for procurement as a security countermeasure or is approved, licensed, or cleared only for alternative uses, such Secretaries may jointly submit to the President a proposal to—
- (i) issue a call for the development of such countermeasure; and
- (ii) make a commitment that, upon the first development of such countermeasure that meets the conditions for procurement under paragraph (5), the Secretaries will, based in part on information obtained pursuant to such call, and subject to the availability of appropriations, make available the special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h) for procurement of such countermeasure, as applicable.
- (B) The Homeland Security Secretary and the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, include in the proposal under subparagraph (A)—
- (i) estimated quantity of purchase (in the form of number of doses or number of effective courses of treatments regardless of dosage form);
- (ii) necessary measures of minimum safety and effectiveness;
- (iii) estimated price for each dose or effective course of treatment regardless of dosage form; and
- (iv) other information that may be necessary to encourage and facilitate research, development, and manufacture of the countermeasure or to provide specifications for the countermeasure.
- (C) If the President approves a proposal under subparagraph (A), the Homeland Security Secretary and the Secretary shall make known to persons who may respond to a call for the countermeasure involved—
- (i) the call for the countermeasure;
- (ii) specifications for the countermeasure under subparagraph (B); and
- (iii) the commitment described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
- (A) If, pursuant to an assessment under paragraph (3), the Homeland Security Secretary and the Secretary make a determination that a countermeasure would be appropriate but is either currently not developed or unavailable for procurement as a security countermeasure or is approved, licensed, or cleared only for alternative uses, such Secretaries may jointly submit to the President a proposal to—
- (5)
- (A) The Secretary, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, shall identify specific security countermeasures that the Secretary determines, in consultation with the Homeland Security Secretary, to be appropriate for inclusion in the stockpile under subsection (a) pursuant to procurements made with amounts in the special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h) (referred to in this subsection individually as a “procurement under this subsection”).
- (B) In making a determination under subparagraph (A) with respect to a security countermeasure, the Secretary shall determine and consider the following:
- (i) The quantities of the product that will be needed to meet the stockpile needs.
- (ii) The feasibility of production and delivery within 10 years of sufficient quantities of the product.
- (iii) Whether there is a lack of a significant commercial market for the product at the time of procurement, other than as a security countermeasure.
- (6)
- (A) The Secretary shall notify the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives of each decision to make available the special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h) for procurement of a security countermeasure, including, where available, the number of, the nature of, and other information concerning potential suppliers of such countermeasure, and whether other potential suppliers of the same or similar countermeasures were considered and rejected for procurement under this section and the reasons for each such rejection.
- (B) Procurement under this subsection of a security countermeasure for a particular purpose does not preclude the subsequent procurement under this subsection of any other security countermeasure for such purpose if the Secretary has determined under paragraph (5)(A) that such countermeasure is appropriate for inclusion in the stockpile and if, as determined by the Secretary, such countermeasure provides improved safety or effectiveness, or for other reasons enhances preparedness to respond to threats of use of a biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent. Such a determination by the Secretary is committed to agency discretion.
- (7)
- (A) The special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h) shall be available for payments made by the Secretary to a vendor for procurement of a security countermeasure in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
- (B)
- (i) The Secretary shall be responsible for—
- (I) arranging for procurement of a security countermeasure, including negotiating terms (including quantity, production schedule, and price) of, and entering into, contracts and cooperative agreements, and for carrying out such other activities as may reasonably be required, including advanced research and development, in accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph; and
- (II) promulgating such regulations as the Secretary determines necessary to implement the provisions of this subsection.
- (ii) A contract for procurements under this subsection shall (or, as specified below, may) include the following terms:
- (I) The contract shall provide that no payment may be made until delivery of a portion, acceptable to the Secretary, of the total number of units contracted for, except that, notwithstanding any other provision of law, the contract may provide that, if the Secretary determines (in the Secretary’s discretion) that an advance payment, partial payment for significant milestones, or payment to increase manufacturing capacity is necessary to ensure success of a project, the Secretary shall pay an amount, not to exceed 10 percent of the contract amount, in advance of delivery. The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, make the determination of advance payment at the same time as the issuance of a solicitation. The contract shall provide that such advance payment is required to be repaid if there is a failure to perform by the vendor under the contract. The contract may also provide for additional advance payments of 5 percent each for meeting the milestones specified in such contract, except that such payments shall not exceed 50 percent of the total contract amount. If the specified milestones are reached, the advanced payments of 5 percent shall not be required to be repaid. Nothing in this subclause shall be construed as affecting the rights of vendors under provisions of law or regulation (including the Federal Acquisition Regulation) relating to the termination of contracts for the convenience of the Government.
- (II) The contract may provide for a discounted price per unit of a product that is not licensed, cleared, or approved as described in paragraph (1)(B)(i)(III)(aa) at the time of delivery, and may provide for payment of an additional amount per unit if the product becomes so licensed, cleared, or approved before the expiration date of the contract (including an additional amount per unit of product delivered before the effective date of such licensing, clearance, or approval).
- (III) The contract shall be for a period not to exceed five years, except that, in first awarding the contract, the Secretary may provide for a longer duration, not exceeding 10 years, if the Secretary determines that complexities or other difficulties in performance under the contract justify such a period. The contract shall be renewable for additional periods, none of which shall exceed five years. The Secretary shall notify the vendor within 90 days of a determination by the Secretary to renew, extend, or terminate such contract.
- (IV) The contract may provide that the vendor will provide storage for stocks of a product delivered to the ownership of the Federal Government under the contract, for such period and under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may specify, and in such case amounts from the special reserve fund as defined in subsection (h) shall be available for costs of shipping, handling, storage, and related costs for such product.
- (V) The contract shall provide that the vendor seek approval, clearance, or licensing of the product from the Secretary; for a timetable for the development of data and other information to support such approval, clearance, or licensing; and that the Secretary may waive part or all of this contract term on request of the vendor or on the initiative of the Secretary.
- (VI) The contract shall provide that the vendor will comply with all applicable export-related controls with respect to such countermeasure.
- (VII) The contract may provide that the vendor is the exclusive supplier of the product to the Federal Government for a specified period of time, not to exceed the term of the contract, on the condition that the vendor is able to satisfy the needs of the Government. During the agreed period of sales exclusivity, the vendor shall not assign its rights of sales exclusivity to another entity or entities without approval by the Secretary. Such a sales exclusivity provision in such a contract shall constitute a valid basis for a sole source procurement under section 3304(a)(1) of title 41 .
- (VIII) The contract may provide that the vendor establish domestic manufacturing capacity of the product to ensure that additional production of the product is available in the event that the Secretary determines that there is a need to quickly purchase additional quantities of the product. Such contract may provide a fee to the vendor for establishing and maintaining such capacity in excess of the initial requirement for the purchase of the product. Additionally, the cost of maintaining the domestic manufacturing capacity shall be an allowable and allocable direct cost of the contract.
- (IX) The Secretary, in any contract for procurement under this section—
- (iii)
- (I) If the Secretary determines that there is a pressing need for a procurement of a specific countermeasure, the amount of the procurement under this subsection shall be deemed to be below the threshold amount specified in section 134 of title 41 , for purposes of application to such procurement, pursuant to section 3101(b)(1)(A) of title 41 , of—
- (II) Notwithstanding subclause (I) and the provision of law and regulations referred to in such clause, each of the following provisions shall apply to procurements described in this clause to the same extent that such provisions would apply to such procurements in the absence of subclause (I):
- (III) The Secretary shall establish appropriate internal controls for procurements made under this clause, including requirements with respect to documentation of the justification for the use of the authority provided under this paragraph with respect to the procurement involved.
- (IV) In conducting a procurement under this subparagraph, the Secretary may not use the authority provided for under subclause (I) to conduct a procurement on a basis other than full and open competition unless the Secretary determines that the mission of the BioShield Program under the Project BioShield Act of 2004 would be seriously impaired without such a limitation.
- (iv)
- (I) In using the authority provided in section 3304(a)(1) of title 41 to use procedures other than competitive procedures in the case of a procurement under this subsection, the phrase “available from only one responsible source” in such section 3304(a)(1) shall be deemed to mean “available from only one responsible source or only from a limited number of responsible sources”.
- (II) The authority under subclause (I) is in addition to any other authority to use procedures other than competitive procedures.
- (III) The Secretary shall implement this clause in accordance with government-wide regulations implementing such section 3304(a)(1) (including requirements that offers be solicited from as many potential sources as is practicable under the circumstances, that required notices be published, and that submitted offers be considered), as such regulations apply to procurements for which an agency has authority to use procedures other than competitive procedures when the property or services needed by the agency are available from only one responsible source or only from a limited number of responsible sources and no other type of property or services will satisfy the needs of the agency.
- (v)
- (I) If, under this subsection, the Secretary enters into contracts with more than one vendor to procure a security countermeasure, such Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, include in each of such contracts a provision that—
- (II) If the Secretary includes in each of a set of contracts a provision as described in subclause (I), such Secretary’s determination of the total quantity of security countermeasure required, and any amendment of such determination, is committed to agency discretion.
- (vi) A decision by the Secretary to extend the closing date for receipt of proposals for a procurement under this subsection is committed to agency discretion.
- (vii) In conducting a procurement under this subsection, the Secretary may exclude a source that has not responded to a request for information under section 3306(a)(1)(B) of title 41 if such request has given notice that the Secretary may so exclude such a source.
- (viii) In carrying out this section, the Secretary may, consistent with the applicable provisions of this section, enter into contracts and other agreements that are in the best interest of the Government in meeting identified security countermeasure needs, including with respect to reimbursement of the cost of advanced research and development as a reasonable, allowable, and allocable direct cost of the contract involved.
- (i) The Secretary shall be responsible for—
- (8)
- (A) In carrying out activities under this section, the Homeland Security Secretary and the Secretary are authorized, subject to subparagraph (B), to enter into interagency agreements and other collaborative undertakings with other agencies of the United States Government. Such agreements may allow other executive agencies to order qualified and security countermeasures under procurement contracts or other agreements established by the Secretary. Such ordering process (including transfers of appropriated funds between an agency and the Department of Health and Human Services as reimbursements for such orders for countermeasures) may be conducted under the authority of section 1535 of title 31 , except that all such orders shall be processed under the terms established under this subsection for the procurement of countermeasures.
- (B) An agreement or undertaking under this paragraph shall not authorize another agency to exercise the authorities provided by this section to the Homeland Security Secretary or to the Secretary.
- (1)
- (d) No Federal agency may disclose under section 552 of title 5 any information identifying the location at which materials in the stockpile described in subsection (a) are stored, or other information regarding the contents or deployment capability of the stockpile that could compromise national security.
- (e) For purposes of subsection (a), the term “stockpile” includes—
- (1) a physical accumulation (at one or more locations) of the supplies described in subsection (a); or
- (2) a contractual agreement between the Secretary and a vendor or vendors under which such vendor or vendors agree to provide to such Secretary supplies described in subsection (a).
- (f)
- (1) For the purpose of carrying out subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated $610,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023, to remain available until expended. Such authorization is in addition to amounts in the special reserve fund referred to in subsection (h).
- (2) For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $509,000,000 for fiscal year 2002, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2003 through 2006.
- (g)
- (1) In addition to amounts appropriated to the special reserve fund prior to March 13, 2013 , there is authorized to be appropriated, for the procurement of security countermeasures under subsection (c) and for carrying out section 247d–7e of this title (relating to the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority), $7,100,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2019 through 2028, to remain available until expended.
- (2) The Secretary may utilize not more than 50 percent of the amounts authorized to be appropriated under paragraph (1) to carry out section 247d–7e of this title (related to the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority). Amounts authorized to be appropriated under this subsection to carry out section 247d–7e of this title are in addition to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated to carry out such section.
- (3) Amounts in the special reserve fund shall not be used to pay costs other than payments made by the Secretary to a vendor for advanced development (under section 247d–7e of this title ) or for procurement of a security countermeasure under subsection (c)(7).
- (4) Not later than March 1 of each year in which the Secretary determines that the amount of funds available for procurement of security countermeasures is less than $1,500,000,000, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report detailing the amount of such funds available for procurement and the impact such amount of funding will have—
- (A) in meeting the security countermeasure needs identified under this section; and
- (B) on the annual Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise and Strategy Implementation Plan (pursuant to section 300hh–10(d) of this title ).
- (5) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, shall carry out the programs funded by the special reserve fund (for the procurement of security countermeasures under subsection (c) and for carrying out section 247d–7e of this title ), including the execution of procurement contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements pursuant to this section and section 247d–7e of this title .
- (h) In this section:
- (1) The term “advanced research and development” has the meaning given such term in section 247d–7e(a) of this title .
- (2) The term “special reserve fund” means the “Biodefense Countermeasures” appropriations account, any appropriation made available pursuant to section 321j(a) of title 6 , and any appropriation made available pursuant to subsection (g)(1).
§ 6c. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–5, title II, § 205 , Mar. 13, 2013 , 127 Stat. 179
§ 247d–6c. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–5, title II, § 205 , Mar. 13, 2013 , 127 Stat. 179
§ 6d. Targeted liability protections for pandemic and epidemic products and security countermeasures
§ 247d–6d. Targeted liability protections for pandemic and epidemic products and security countermeasures
- (a)
- (1) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a covered person shall be immune from suit and liability under Federal and State law with respect to all claims for loss caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the administration to or the use by an individual of a covered countermeasure if a declaration under subsection (b) has been issued with respect to such countermeasure.
- (2)
- (A) For purposes of this section, the term “loss” means any type of loss, including—
- (i) death;
- (ii) physical, mental, or emotional injury, illness, disability, or condition;
- (iii) fear of physical, mental, or emotional injury, illness, disability, or condition, including any need for medical monitoring; and
- (iv) loss of or damage to property, including business interruption loss.
- (B) The immunity under paragraph (1) applies to any claim for loss that has a causal relationship with the administration to or use by an individual of a covered countermeasure, including a causal relationship with the design, development, clinical testing or investigation, manufacture, labeling, distribution, formulation, packaging, marketing, promotion, sale, purchase, donation, dispensing, prescribing, administration, licensing, or use of such countermeasure.
- (A) For purposes of this section, the term “loss” means any type of loss, including—
- (3) Subject to the other provisions of this section, immunity under paragraph (1) with respect to a covered countermeasure applies only if—
- (A) the countermeasure was administered or used during the effective period of the declaration that was issued under subsection (b) with respect to the countermeasure;
- (B) the countermeasure was administered or used for the category or categories of diseases, health conditions, or threats to health specified in the declaration; and
- (C) in addition, in the case of a covered person who is a program planner or qualified person with respect to the administration or use of the countermeasure, the countermeasure was administered to or used by an individual who—
- (i) was in a population specified by the declaration; and
- (ii) was at the time of administration physically present in a geographic area specified by the declaration or had a connection to such area specified in the declaration.
- (4) With respect to immunity under paragraph (1) and subject to the other provisions of this section:
- (A) In the case of a covered person who is a manufacturer or distributor of the covered countermeasure involved, the immunity applies without regard to whether such countermeasure was administered to or used by an individual in accordance with the conditions described in paragraph (3)(C).
- (B) In the case of a covered person who is a program planner or qualified person with respect to the administration or use of the covered countermeasure, the scope of immunity includes circumstances in which the countermeasure was administered to or used by an individual in circumstances in which the covered person reasonably could have believed that the countermeasure was administered or used in accordance with the conditions described in paragraph (3)(C).
- (5) The provisions of this section apply to a covered countermeasure regardless of whether such countermeasure is obtained by donation, commercial sale, or any other means of distribution, except to the extent that, under paragraph (2)(E) of subsection (b), the declaration under such subsection provides that subsection (a) applies only to covered countermeasures obtained through a particular means of distribution.
- (6) For purposes of paragraph (1), there shall be a rebuttable presumption that any administration or use, during the effective period of the emergency declaration by the Secretary under subsection (b), of a covered countermeasure shall have been for the category or categories of diseases, health conditions, or threats to health with respect to which such declaration was issued.
- (b)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), if the Secretary makes a determination that a disease or other health condition or other threat to health constitutes a public health emergency, or that there is a credible risk that the disease, condition, or threat may in the future constitute such an emergency, the Secretary may make a declaration, through publication in the Federal Register, recommending, under conditions as the Secretary may specify, the manufacture, testing, development, distribution, administration, or use of one or more covered countermeasures, and stating that subsection (a) is in effect with respect to the activities so recommended.
- (2) In issuing a declaration under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall identify, for each covered countermeasure specified in the declaration—
- (A) the category or categories of diseases, health conditions, or threats to health for which the Secretary recommends the administration or use of the countermeasure;
- (B) the period or periods during which, including as modified by paragraph (3), subsection (a) is in effect, which period or periods may be designated by dates, or by milestones or other description of events, including factors specified in paragraph (6);
- (C) the population or populations of individuals for which subsection (a) is in effect with respect to the administration or use of the countermeasure (which may be a specification that such subsection applies without geographic limitation to all individuals);
- (D) the geographic area or areas for which subsection (a) is in effect with respect to the administration or use of the countermeasure (which may be a specification that such subsection applies without geographic limitation), including, with respect to individuals in the populations identified under subparagraph (C), a specification, as determined appropriate by the Secretary, of whether the declaration applies only to individuals physically present in such areas or whether in addition the declaration applies to individuals who have a connection to such areas, which connection is described in the declaration; and
- (E) whether subsection (a) is effective only to a particular means of distribution as provided in subsection (a)(5) for obtaining the countermeasure, and if so, the particular means to which such subsection is effective.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary may, in describing periods under paragraph (2)(B), have different periods for different covered persons to address different logistical, practical or other differences in responsibilities.
- (B) In each declaration under paragraph (1), the Secretary, after consulting, to the extent the Secretary deems appropriate, with the manufacturer of the covered countermeasure, shall also specify a date that is after the ending date specified under paragraph (2)(B) and that allows what the Secretary determines is—
- (i) a reasonable period for the manufacturer to arrange for disposition of the covered countermeasure, including the return of such product to the manufacturer; and
- (ii) a reasonable period for covered persons to take such other actions as may be appropriate to limit administration or use of the covered countermeasure.
- (C) With respect to a covered countermeasure that is in the stockpile under section 247d–6b of this title , if such countermeasure was the subject of a declaration under paragraph (1) at the time that it was obtained for the stockpile, the effective period of such declaration shall include a period when the countermeasure is administered or used pursuant to a distribution or release from the stockpile.
- (4) The Secretary may through publication in the Federal Register amend any portion of a declaration under paragraph (1). Such an amendment shall not retroactively limit the applicability of subsection (a) with respect to the administration or use of the covered countermeasure involved.
- (5) In publishing a declaration under paragraph (1) in the Federal Register, the Secretary is not required to disclose any matter described in section 552(b) of title 5 .
- (6) In deciding whether and under what circumstances or conditions to issue a declaration under paragraph (1) with respect to a covered countermeasure, the Secretary shall consider the desirability of encouraging the design, development, clinical testing or investigation, manufacture, labeling, distribution, formulation, packaging, marketing, promotion, sale, purchase, donation, dispensing, prescribing, administration, licensing, and use of such countermeasure.
- (7) No court of the United States, or of any State, shall have subject matter jurisdiction to review, whether by mandamus or otherwise, any action by the Secretary under this subsection.
- (8) During the effective period of a declaration under subsection (b), or at any time with respect to conduct undertaken in accordance with such declaration, no State or political subdivision of a State may establish, enforce, or continue in effect with respect to a covered countermeasure any provision of law or legal requirement that—
- (A) is different from, or is in conflict with, any requirement applicable under this section; and
- (B) relates to the design, development, clinical testing or investigation, formulation, manufacture, distribution, sale, donation, purchase, marketing, promotion, packaging, labeling, licensing, use, any other aspect of safety or efficacy, or the prescribing, dispensing, or administration by qualified persons of the covered countermeasure, or to any matter included in a requirement applicable to the covered countermeasure under this section or any other provision of this chapter, or under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.].
- (9) Within 30 days after making a declaration under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report that provides an explanation of the reasons for issuing the declaration and the reasons underlying the determinations of the Secretary with respect to paragraph (2). Within 30 days after making an amendment under paragraph (4), the Secretary shall submit to such committees a report that provides the reasons underlying the determination of the Secretary to make the amendment.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) Except as the meaning of such term is further restricted pursuant to paragraph (2), the term “willful misconduct” shall, for purposes of subsection (d), denote an act or omission that is taken—
- (i) intentionally to achieve a wrongful purpose;
- (ii) knowingly without legal or factual justification; and
- (iii) in disregard of a known or obvious risk that is so great as to make it highly probable that the harm will outweigh the benefit.
- (B) The criterion stated in subparagraph (A) shall be construed as establishing a standard for liability that is more stringent than a standard of negligence in any form or recklessness.
- (A) Except as the meaning of such term is further restricted pursuant to paragraph (2), the term “willful misconduct” shall, for purposes of subsection (d), denote an act or omission that is taken—
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall promulgate regulations, which may be promulgated through interim final rules, that further restrict the scope of actions or omissions by a covered person that may qualify as “willful misconduct” for purposes of subsection (d).
- (B) In promulgating the regulations under this paragraph, the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall consider the need to define the scope of permissible civil actions under subsection (d) in a way that will not adversely affect the public health.
- (C) The regulations under this paragraph may specify the temporal effect that they shall be given for purposes of subsection (d).
- (D) Within 180 days after December 30, 2005 , the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall commence and complete an initial rulemaking process under this paragraph.
- (3) In an action under subsection (d), the plaintiff shall have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence willful misconduct by each covered person sued and that such willful misconduct caused death or serious physical injury.
- (4) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a program planner or qualified person shall not have engaged in “willful misconduct” as a matter of law where such program planner or qualified person acted consistent with applicable directions, guidelines, or recommendations by the Secretary regarding the administration or use of a covered countermeasure that is specified in the declaration under subsection (b), provided either the Secretary, or a State or local health authority, was provided with notice of information regarding serious physical injury or death from the administration or use of a covered countermeasure that is material to the plaintiff’s alleged loss within 7 days of the actual discovery of such information by such program planner or qualified person.
- (5)
- (A) If an act or omission by a manufacturer or distributor with respect to a covered countermeasure, which act or omission is alleged under subsection (e)(3)(A) to constitute willful misconduct, is subject to regulation by this chapter or by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], such act or omission shall not constitute “willful misconduct” for purposes of subsection (d) if—
- (i) neither the Secretary nor the Attorney General has initiated an enforcement action with respect to such act or omission; or
- (ii) such an enforcement action has been initiated and the action has been terminated or finally resolved without a covered remedy.
- (B) For purposes of this paragraph, the following terms have the following meanings:
- (i) The term “enforcement action” means a criminal prosecution, an action seeking an injunction, a seizure action, a civil monetary proceeding based on willful misconduct, a mandatory recall of a product because voluntary recall was refused, a proceeding to compel repair or replacement of a product, a termination of an exemption under section 505(i) or 520(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(i) , 360j(g)], a debarment proceeding, an investigator disqualification proceeding where an investigator is an employee or agent of the manufacturer, a revocation, based on willful misconduct, of an authorization under section 564 of such Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 ], or a suspension or withdrawal, based on willful misconduct, of an approval or clearance under chapter V of such Act [ 21 U.S.C. 351 et seq.] or of a licensure under section 262 of this title .
- (ii) The term “covered remedy” means an outcome—
- (I) that is a criminal conviction, an injunction, or a condemnation, a civil monetary payment, a product recall, a repair or replacement of a product, a termination of an exemption under section 505(i) or 520(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(i) , 360j(g)], a debarment, an investigator disqualification, a revocation of an authorization under section 564 of such Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 ], or a suspension or withdrawal of an approval or clearance under chapter 5 1 1 So in original. Probably should be chapter “V”. of such Act or of a licensure under section 262 of this title ; and
- (II) that results from a final determination by a court or from a final agency action.
- (iii) The terms “final” and “finally”—
- (I) with respect to a court determination, or to a final resolution of an enforcement action that is a court determination, mean a judgment from which an appeal of right cannot be taken or a voluntary or stipulated dismissal; and
- (II) with respect to an agency action, or to a final resolution of an enforcement action that is an agency action, mean an order that is not subject to further review within the agency and that has not been reversed, vacated, enjoined, or otherwise nullified by a final court determination or a voluntary or stipulated dismissal.
- (C)
- (i) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed—
- (I) to affect the interpretation of any provision of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], of this chapter, or of any other applicable statute or regulation; or
- (II) to impair, delay, alter, or affect the authority, including the enforcement discretion, of the United States, of the Secretary, of the Attorney General, or of any other official with respect to any administrative or court proceeding under this chapter, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], under title 18, or under any other applicable statute or regulation.
- (ii) A mandatory recall called for in the declaration is not a Food and Drug Administration enforcement action.
- (i) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed—
- (A) If an act or omission by a manufacturer or distributor with respect to a covered countermeasure, which act or omission is alleged under subsection (e)(3)(A) to constitute willful misconduct, is subject to regulation by this chapter or by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], such act or omission shall not constitute “willful misconduct” for purposes of subsection (d) if—
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) Subject to subsection (f), the sole exception to the immunity from suit and liability of covered persons set forth in subsection (a) shall be for an exclusive Federal cause of action against a covered person for death or serious physical injury proximately caused by willful misconduct, as defined pursuant to subsection (c), by such covered person. For purposes of section 2679(b)(2)(B) of title 28 , such a cause of action is not an action brought for violation of a statute of the United States under which an action against an individual is otherwise authorized.
- (2) An action under this subsection may be brought for wrongful death or serious physical injury by any person who suffers such injury or by any representative of such a person.
- (e)
- (1) Any action under subsection (d) shall be filed and maintained only in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.
- (2) The substantive law for decision in an action under subsection (d) shall be derived from the law, including choice of law principles, of the State in which the alleged willful misconduct occurred, unless such law is inconsistent with or preempted by Federal law, including provisions of this section.
- (3) In an action under subsection (d), the complaint shall plead with particularity each element of the plaintiff’s claim, including—
- (A) each act or omission, by each covered person sued, that is alleged to constitute willful misconduct relating to the covered countermeasure administered to or used by the person on whose behalf the complaint was filed;
- (B) facts supporting the allegation that such alleged willful misconduct proximately caused the injury claimed; and
- (C) facts supporting the allegation that the person on whose behalf the complaint was filed suffered death or serious physical injury.
- (4)
- (A) In an action under subsection (d), the plaintiff shall verify the complaint in the manner stated in subparagraph (B) and shall file with the complaint the materials described in subparagraph (C). A complaint that does not substantially comply with subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall not be accepted for filing and shall not stop the running of the statute of limitations.
- (B)
- (i) The complaint shall include a verification, made by affidavit of the plaintiff under oath, stating that the pleading is true to the knowledge of the deponent, except as to matters specifically identified as being alleged on information and belief, and that as to those matters the plaintiff believes it to be true.
- (ii) Any matter that is not specifically identified as being alleged upon the information and belief of the plaintiff, shall be regarded for all purposes, including a criminal prosecution, as having been made upon the knowledge of the plaintiff.
- (C) In an action under subsection (d), the plaintiff shall file with the complaint—
- (i) an affidavit, by a physician who did not treat the person on whose behalf the complaint was filed, certifying, and explaining the basis for such physician’s belief, that such person suffered the serious physical injury or death alleged in the complaint and that such injury or death was proximately caused by the administration or use of a covered countermeasure; and
- (ii) certified medical records documenting such injury or death and such proximate causal connection.
- (5) Any action under subsection (d) shall be assigned initially to a panel of three judges. Such panel shall have jurisdiction over such action for purposes of considering motions to dismiss, motions for summary judgment, and matters related thereto. If such panel has denied such motions, or if the time for filing such motions has expired, such panel shall refer the action to the chief judge for assignment for further proceedings, including any trial. Section 1253 of title 28 and paragraph (3) of subsection (b) of section 2284 of title 28 shall not apply to actions under subsection (d).
- (6)
- (A) In an action under subsection (d), no discovery shall be allowed—
- (i) before each covered person sued has had a reasonable opportunity to file a motion to dismiss;
- (ii) in the event such a motion is filed, before the court has ruled on such motion; and
- (iii) in the event a covered person files an interlocutory appeal from the denial of such a motion, before the court of appeals has ruled on such appeal.
- (B) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court in an action under subsection (d) shall permit discovery only with respect to matters directly related to material issues contested in such action, and the court shall compel a response to a discovery request (including a request for admission, an interrogatory, a request for production of documents, or any other form of discovery request) under Rule 37, Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, only if the court finds that the requesting party needs the information sought to prove or defend as to a material issue contested in such action and that the likely benefits of a response to such request equal or exceed the burden or cost for the responding party of providing such response.
- (A) In an action under subsection (d), no discovery shall be allowed—
- (7)
- (A) In an action under subsection (d), the amount of an award of damages that would otherwise be made to a plaintiff shall be reduced by the amount of collateral source benefits to such plaintiff.
- (B) No provider of collateral source benefits shall recover any amount against the plaintiff or receive any lien or credit against the plaintiff’s recovery or be equitably or legally subrogated to the right of the plaintiff in an action under subsection (d).
- (C) For purposes of this paragraph, the term “collateral source benefit” means any amount paid or to be paid in the future to or on behalf of the plaintiff, or any service, product, or other benefit provided or to be provided in the future to or on behalf of the plaintiff, as a result of the injury or wrongful death, pursuant to—
- (i) any State or Federal health, sickness, income-disability, accident, or workers’ compensation law;
- (ii) any health, sickness, income-disability, or accident insurance that provides health benefits or income-disability coverage;
- (iii) any contract or agreement of any group, organization, partnership, or corporation to provide, pay for, or reimburse the cost of medical, hospital, dental, or income disability benefits; or
- (iv) any other publicly or privately funded program.
- (8) In an action under subsection (d), any noneconomic damages may be awarded only in an amount directly proportional to the percentage of responsibility of a defendant for the harm to the plaintiff. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “noneconomic damages” means damages for losses for physical and emotional pain, suffering, inconvenience, physical impairment, mental anguish, disfigurement, loss of enjoyment of life, loss of society and companionship, loss of consortium, hedonic damages, injury to reputation, and any other nonpecuniary losses.
- (9) Whenever a district court of the United States determines that there has been a violation of Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure in an action under subsection (d), the court shall impose upon the attorney, law firm, or parties that have violated Rule 11 or are responsible for the violation, an appropriate sanction, which may include an order to pay the other party or parties for the reasonable expenses incurred as a direct result of the filing of the pleading, motion, or other paper that is the subject of the violation, including a reasonable attorney’s fee. Such sanction shall be sufficient to deter repetition of such conduct or comparable conduct by others similarly situated, and to compensate the party or parties injured by such conduct.
- (10) The United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit shall have jurisdiction of an interlocutory appeal by a covered person taken within 30 days of an order denying a motion to dismiss or a motion for summary judgment based on an assertion of the immunity from suit conferred by subsection (a) or based on an assertion of the exclusion under subsection (c)(5).
- (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to abrogate or limit any right, remedy, or authority that the United States or any agency thereof may possess under any other provision of law or to waive sovereign immunity or to abrogate or limit any defense or protection available to the United States or its agencies, instrumentalities, officers, or employees under any other law, including any provision of chapter 171 of title 28 (relating to tort claims procedure).
- (g) If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, is held to be unconstitutional, the remainder of this section and the application of such remainder to any person or circumstance shall not be affected thereby.
- (h) Nothing in this section, or any amendment made by the Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act, shall be construed to affect the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program under subchapter XIX of this chapter.
- (i) In this section:
- (1) The term “covered countermeasure” means—
- (A) a qualified pandemic or epidemic product (as defined in paragraph (7));
- (B) a security countermeasure (as defined in section 247d–6b(c)(1)(B) of this title );
- (C) a drug (as such term is defined in section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) ), biological product (as such term is defined by section 262(i) of this title ), or device (as such term is defined by section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) ) that is authorized for emergency use in accordance with section 564, 564A, or 564B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 , 360bbb–3a, 360bbb–3b]; or
- (D) a respiratory protective device that is approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under part 84 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations), and that the Secretary determines to be a priority for use during a public health emergency declared under section 247d of this title .
- (2) The term “covered person”, when used with respect to the administration or use of a covered countermeasure, means—
- (A) the United States; or
- (B) a person or entity that is—
- (i) a manufacturer of such countermeasure;
- (ii) a distributor of such countermeasure;
- (iii) a program planner of such countermeasure;
- (iv) a qualified person who prescribed, administered, or dispensed such countermeasure; or
- (v) an official, agent, or employee of a person or entity described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv).
- (3) The term “distributor” means a person or entity engaged in the distribution of drugs, biologics, or devices, including but not limited to manufacturers; repackers; common carriers; contract carriers; air carriers; own-label distributors; private-label distributors; jobbers; brokers; warehouses, and wholesale drug warehouses; independent wholesale drug traders; and retail pharmacies.
- (4) The term “manufacturer” includes—
- (A) a contractor or subcontractor of a manufacturer;
- (B) a supplier or licenser of any product, intellectual property, service, research tool, or component or other article used in the design, development, clinical testing, investigation, or manufacturing of a covered countermeasure; and
- (C) any or all of the parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, and assigns of a manufacturer.
- (5) The term “person” includes an individual, partnership, corporation, association, entity, or public or private corporation, including a Federal, State, or local government agency or department.
- (6) The term “program planner” means a State or local government, including an Indian tribe, a person employed by the State or local government, or other person who supervised or administered a program with respect to the administration, dispensing, distribution, provision, or use of a security countermeasure or a qualified pandemic or epidemic product, including a person who has established requirements, provided policy guidance, or supplied technical or scientific advice or assistance or provides a facility to administer or use a covered countermeasure in accordance with a declaration under subsection (b).
- (7) The term “qualified pandemic or epidemic product” means a drug (as such term is defined in section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) ), 2 2 So in original. A third closing parenthesis probably should appear. biological product (as such term is defined by section 262(i) of this title ), or device (as such term is defined by section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) ) 2 that is—
- (A)
- (i) a product manufactured, used, designed, developed, modified, licensed, or procured—
- (I) to diagnose, mitigate, prevent, treat, or cure a pandemic or epidemic; or
- (II) to limit the harm such pandemic or epidemic might otherwise cause;
- (ii) a product manufactured, used, designed, developed, modified, licensed, or procured to diagnose, mitigate, prevent, treat, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition caused by a product described in clause (i); or
- (iii) a product or technology intended to enhance the use or effect of a drug, biological product, or device described in clause (i) or (ii); and
- (i) a product manufactured, used, designed, developed, modified, licensed, or procured—
- (B)
- (i) approved or cleared under chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 351 et seq.] or licensed under section 262 of this title ;
- (ii) the object of research for possible use as described by subparagraph (A) and is the subject of an exemption under section 505(i) or 520(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(i) , 360j(g)]; or
- (iii) authorized for emergency use in accordance with section 564, 564A, or 564B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 , 360bbb–3a, 360bbb–3b].
- (A)
- (8) The term “qualified person”, when used with respect to the administration or use of a covered countermeasure, means—
- (A) a licensed health professional or other individual who is authorized to prescribe, administer, or dispense such countermeasures under the law of the State in which the countermeasure was prescribed, administered, or dispensed; or
- (B) a person within a category of persons so identified in a declaration by the Secretary under subsection (b).
- (9) The term “security countermeasure” has the meaning given such term in section 247d–6b(c)(1)(B) of this title .
- (10) The term “serious physical injury” means an injury that—
- (A) is life threatening;
- (B) results in permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure; or
- (C) necessitates medical or surgical intervention to preclude permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure.
- (1) The term “covered countermeasure” means—
§ 247d–6e. Covered countermeasure process
- (a) Upon the issuance by the Secretary of a declaration under section 247d–6d(b) of this title , there is hereby established in the Treasury an emergency fund designated as the “Covered Countermeasure Process Fund” for purposes of providing timely, uniform, and adequate compensation to eligible individuals for covered injuries directly caused by the administration or use of a covered countermeasure pursuant to such declaration, which Fund shall consist of such amounts designated as emergency appropriations under section 402 of H. Con. Res. 95 of the 109th Congress, this emergency designation shall remain in effect through October 1, 2006 .
- (b)
- (1) If the Secretary issues a declaration under 247d–6d(b) of this title, the Secretary shall, after amounts have by law been provided for the Fund under subsection (a), provide compensation to an eligible individual for a covered injury directly caused by the administration or use of a covered countermeasure pursuant to such declaration.
- (2) The compensation that shall be provided pursuant to paragraph (1) shall have the same elements, and be in the same amount, as is prescribed by sections 239c, 239d, and 239e of this title in the case of certain individuals injured as a result of administration of certain countermeasures against smallpox, except that section 239e(a)(2)(B) of this title shall not apply.
- (3) Neither reasonable and necessary medical benefits nor lifetime total benefits for lost employment income due to permanent and total disability shall be limited by section 239e of this title .
- (4) Except as provided in this section, the procedures for determining, and for reviewing a determination of, whether an individual is an eligible individual, whether such individual has sustained a covered injury, whether compensation may be available under this section, and the amount of such compensation shall be those stated in section 239a of this title (other than in subsection (d)(2) of such section), in regulations issued pursuant to that section, and in such additional or alternate regulations as the Secretary may promulgate for purposes of this section. In making determinations under this section, other than those described in paragraph (5)(A) as to the direct causation of a covered injury, the Secretary may only make such determination based on compelling, reliable, valid, medical and scientific evidence.
- (5)
- (A) The Secretary shall by regulation establish a table identifying covered injuries that shall be presumed to be directly caused by the administration or use of a covered countermeasure and the time period in which the first symptom or manifestation of onset of each such adverse effect must manifest in order for such presumption to apply. The Secretary may only identify such covered injuries, for purpose of inclusion on the table, where the Secretary determines, based on compelling, reliable, valid, medical and scientific evidence that administration or use of the covered countermeasure directly caused such covered injury.
- (B) The provisions of section 239b of this title (other than a provision of subsection (a)(2) of such section that relates to accidental vaccinia inoculation) shall apply to the table established under this section.
- (C) No court of the United States, or of any State, shall have subject matter jurisdiction to review, whether by mandamus or otherwise, any action by the Secretary under this paragraph.
- (6) In applying sections 239a, 239b, 239c, 239d, and 239e of this title for purposes of this section—
- (A) the terms “vaccine” and “smallpox vaccine” shall be deemed to mean a covered countermeasure;
- (B) the terms “smallpox vaccine injury table” and “table established under section 239b of this title ” shall be deemed to refer to the table established under paragraph (4); and
- (C) other terms used in those sections shall have the meanings given to such terms by this section.
- (c) The Secretary shall ensure that a State, local, or Department of Health and Human Services plan to administer or use a covered countermeasure is consistent with any declaration under 247d–6d of this title and any applicable guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and that potential participants are educated with respect to contraindications, the voluntary nature of the program, and the availability of potential benefits and compensation under this part.
- (d)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (5), a covered individual may not bring a civil action under section 247d–6d(d) of this title against a covered person (as such term is defined in section 247d–6d(i)(2) of this title ) unless such individual has exhausted such remedies as are available under subsection (a), except that if amounts have not by law been provided for the Fund under subsection (a), or if the Secretary fails to make a final determination on a request for benefits or compensation filed in accordance with the requirements of this section within 240 days after such request was filed, the individual may seek any remedy that may be available under section 247d–6d(d) of this title .
- (2) The time limit for filing a civil action under section 247d–6d(d) of this title for an injury or death shall be tolled during the pendency of a claim for compensation under subsection (a).
- (3) This section shall not be construed as superseding or otherwise affecting the application of a requirement, under chapter 171 of title 28, to exhaust administrative remedies.
- (4) The remedy provided by subsection (a) shall be exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding for any claim or suit this section encompasses, except for a proceeding under section 247d–6d of this title .
- (5) If under subsection (a) the Secretary determines that a covered individual qualifies for compensation, the individual has an election to accept the compensation or to bring an action under section 247d–6d(d) of this title . If such individual elects to accept the compensation, the individual may not bring such an action.
- (e) For purposes of this section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
- (1) The term “covered countermeasure” has the meaning given such term in section 247d–6d of this title .
- (2) The term “covered individual”, with respect to administration or use of a covered countermeasure pursuant to a declaration, means an individual—
- (A) who is in a population specified in such declaration, and with respect to whom the administration or use of the covered countermeasure satisfies the other specifications of such declaration; or
- (B) who uses the covered countermeasure, or to whom the covered countermeasure is administered, in a good faith belief that the individual is in the category described by subparagraph (A).
- (3) The term “covered injury” means serious physical injury or death.
- (4) The term “declaration” means a declaration under section 247d–6d(b) of this title .
- (5) The term “eligible individual” means an individual who is determined, in accordance with subsection (b), to be a covered individual who sustains a covered injury.
§ 300gg–7. Prohibition on excessive waiting periods
A group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering group health insurance coverage shall not apply any waiting period (as defined in section 300gg–3(b)(4) of this title ) that exceeds 90 days.
§ 290bb–7a. Youth prevention and recovery
- (a)
- (b) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the “Secretary”, except as otherwise provided), in consultation with the Secretary of Education and other heads of agencies, including the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, as appropriate, shall establish a resource center to provide technical support to recipients of grants under subsection (c).
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall administer a program to provide support for communities to support the prevention of, treatment of, and recovery from, substance use disorders for children, adolescents, and young adults.
- (2) In this subsection:
- (A) The term “eligible entity” means—
- (i) a local educational agency that is seeking to establish or expand substance use prevention or recovery support services at one or more high schools;
- (ii) a State educational agency;
- (iii) an institution of higher education (or consortia of such institutions), which may include a recovery program at an institution of higher education;
- (iv) a local board or one-stop operator;
- (v) a nonprofit organization with appropriate expertise in providing services or programs for children, adolescents, or young adults, excluding a school;
- (vi) a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization; or
- (vii) a high school or dormitory serving high school students that receives funding from the Bureau of Indian Education.
- (B) The term “foster care” has the meaning given such term in section 1355.20(a) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations).
- (C) The term “high school” has the meaning given such term in section 7801 of title 20 .
- (D) The term “homeless youth” has the meaning given the term “homeless children or youths” in section 11434a of this title .
- (E) The terms “Indian tribe” and “tribal organization” have the meanings given such terms in section 5304 of title 25 .
- (F) The term “institution of higher education” has the meaning given such term in section 1001 of title 20 and includes a “postsecondary vocational institution” as defined in section 1002(c) of such title.
- (G) The term “local educational agency” has the meaning given such term in section 7801 of title 20 .
- (H) The terms “local board” and “one-stop operator” have the meanings given such terms in section 3102 of title 29 .
- (I) The term “out-of-school youth” has the meaning given such term in section 3164(a)(1)(B) of title 29 .
- (J) The term “recovery program” means a program—
- (i) to help children, adolescents, or young adults who are recovering from substance use disorders to initiate, stabilize, and maintain healthy and productive lives in the community; and
- (ii) that includes peer-to-peer support delivered by individuals with lived experience in recovery, and communal activities to build recovery skills and supportive social networks.
- (K) The term “State educational agency” has the meaning given such term in section 7801 of title 20 .
- (A) The term “eligible entity” means—
- (3) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall—
- (A) identify or facilitate the development of evidence-based best practices for prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, including for specific populations such as youth in foster care, homeless youth, out-of-school youth, and youth who are at risk of or have experienced trafficking that address—
- (i) primary prevention;
- (ii) appropriate recovery support services;
- (iii) appropriate use of medication-assisted treatment for such individuals, if applicable, and ways of overcoming barriers to the use of medication-assisted treatment in such population; and
- (iv) efficient and effective communication, which may include the use of social media, to maximize outreach efforts;
- (B) disseminate such best practices to State educational agencies, local educational agencies, schools and dormitories funded by the Bureau of Indian Education, institutions of higher education, recovery programs at institutions of higher education, local boards, one-stop operators, family and youth homeless providers, and nonprofit organizations, as appropriate;
- (C) conduct a rigorous evaluation of each grant funded under this subsection, particularly its impact on the indicators described in paragraph (7)(B); and
- (D) provide technical assistance for grantees under this subsection.
- (A) identify or facilitate the development of evidence-based best practices for prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, including for specific populations such as youth in foster care, homeless youth, out-of-school youth, and youth who are at risk of or have experienced trafficking that address—
- (4) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall award 3-year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities, in coordination with Indian tribes, if applicable, and State agencies responsible for carrying out substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs, to carry out evidence-based programs for—
- (A) prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include primary prevention;
- (B) recovery support services for children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include counseling, job training, linkages to community-based services, family support groups, peer mentoring, and recovery coaching; or
- (C) treatment or referrals for treatment of substance use disorders, which may include the use of medication-assisted treatment, as appropriate.
- (5) In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give special consideration to the unique needs of tribal, urban, suburban, and rural populations.
- (6) To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include—
- (A) a description of—
- (i) the impact of substance use disorders in the population that will be served by the grant program;
- (ii) how the eligible entity has solicited input from relevant stakeholders, which may include faculty, teachers, staff, families, students, and experts in substance use disorder prevention, treatment, and recovery in developing such application;
- (iii) the goals of the proposed project, including the intended outcomes;
- (iv) how the eligible entity plans to use grant funds for evidence-based activities, in accordance with this subsection to prevent, provide recovery support for, or treat substance use disorders amongst such individuals, or a combination of such activities; and
- (v) how the eligible entity will collaborate with relevant partners, which may include State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, juvenile justice agencies, prevention and recovery support providers, local service providers, including substance use disorder treatment programs, providers of mental health services, youth serving organizations, family and youth homeless providers, child welfare agencies, and primary care providers, in carrying out the grant program; and
- (B) an assurance that the eligible entity will participate in the evaluation described in paragraph (3)(C).
- (A) a description of—
- (7) Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this subsection shall submit to the Secretary a report at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such report shall include—
- (A) a description of how the eligible entity used grant funds, in accordance with this subsection, including the number of children, adolescents, and young adults reached through programming; and
- (B) a description, including relevant data, of how the grant program has made an impact on the intended outcomes described in paragraph (6)(A)(iii), including—
- (i) indicators of student success, which, if the eligible entity is an educational institution, shall include student well-being and academic achievement;
- (ii) substance use disorders amongst children, adolescents, and young adults, including the number of overdoses and deaths amongst children, adolescents, and young adults served by the grant during the grant period; and
- (iii) other indicators, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (8) The Secretary shall, not later than October 1, 2022 , submit a report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives a report summarizing the effectiveness of the grant program under this subsection, based on the information submitted in reports required under paragraph (7).
- (9) There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 to carry out this subsection for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 285b–7b. Coordination of Federal asthma activities
- (a) The Director of 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by “the”. Institute shall, through the National Asthma Education Prevention Program Coordinating Committee—
- (1) identify all Federal programs that carry out asthma-related activities; and
- (2) develop, in consultation with appropriate Federal agencies and professional and voluntary health organizations, a Federal plan for responding to asthma.
- (b) A representative of the Department of Housing and Urban Development shall be included on the National Asthma Education Prevention Program Coordinating Committee for the purpose of performing the tasks described in subsection (a).
§ 285b–7c. Tuberculosis
- (a) The Director of the National Institutes of Health may expand, intensify, and coordinate research and development and related activities of the Institutes with respect to tuberculosis including activities toward the goal of eliminating such disease.
- (b) Activities under subsection (a) may include—
- (1) enhancing basic and clinical research on tuberculosis, including drug resistant tuberculosis;
- (2) expanding research on the relationship between such disease and the human immunodeficiency virus; and
- (3) developing new tools for the elimination of tuberculosis, including public health interventions and methods to enhance detection and response to outbreaks of tuberculosis, including multidrug resistant tuberculosis.
§ 247d–7d. Security for countermeasure development and production
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General and the Secretary of Defense, may provide technical or other assistance to provide security to persons or facilities that conduct development, production, distribution, or storage of priority countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6(e)(4) of this title ).
- (b) The Secretary may develop guidelines to enable entities eligible to receive assistance under subsection (a) to secure their facilities against potential terrorist attack.
§ 247d–7e. Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority
- (a) In this section:
- (1) The term “BARDA” means the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority.
- (2) The term “Fund” means the Biodefense Medical Countermeasure Development Fund established under subsection (d).
- (3) The term “other transactions” means transactions, other than procurement contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements.
- (4) The term “qualified countermeasure” has the meaning given such term in section 247d–6a of this title .
- (5) The term “qualified pandemic or epidemic product” has the meaning given the term in section 247d–6d of this title .
- (6)
- (A) The term “advanced research and development” means, with respect to a product that is or may become a qualified countermeasure or a qualified pandemic or epidemic product, activities that predominantly—
- (i) are conducted after basic research and preclinical development of the product; and
- (ii) are related to manufacturing the product on a commercial scale and in a form that satisfies the regulatory requirements under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] or under section 262 of this title .
- (B) The term under subparagraph (A) includes—
- (i) testing of the product to determine whether the product may be approved, cleared, or licensed under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] or under section 262 of this title for a use that is or may be the basis for such product becoming a qualified countermeasure or qualified pandemic or epidemic product, or to help obtain such approval, clearance, or license;
- (ii) design and development of tests or models, including animal models, for such testing;
- (iii) activities to facilitate manufacture of the product on a commercial scale with consistently high quality, as well as to improve and make available new technologies to increase manufacturing surge capacity;
- (iv) activities to improve the shelf-life of the product or technologies for administering the product; and
- (v) such other activities as are part of the advanced stages of testing, refinement, improvement, or preparation of the product for such use and as are specified by the Secretary.
- (A) The term “advanced research and development” means, with respect to a product that is or may become a qualified countermeasure or a qualified pandemic or epidemic product, activities that predominantly—
- (7) The term “security countermeasure” has the meaning given such term in section 247d–6b of this title .
- (8) The term “research tool” means a device, technology, biological material (including a cell line or an antibody), reagent, animal model, computer system, computer software, or analytical technique that is developed to assist in the discovery, development, or manufacture of qualified countermeasures or qualified pandemic or epidemic products.
- (9) The term “program manager” means an individual appointed to carry out functions under this section and authorized to provide project oversight and management of strategic initiatives.
- (10) The term “person” includes an individual, partnership, corporation, association, entity, or public or private corporation, and a Federal, State, or local government agency or department.
- (b)
- (1) Not later than 6 months after December 19, 2006 , the Secretary shall develop and make public a strategic plan to integrate biodefense and emerging infectious disease requirements with the advanced research and development, strategic initiatives for innovation, and the procurement of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products. The Secretary shall carry out such activities as may be practicable to disseminate the information contained in such plan to persons who may have the capacity to substantially contribute to the activities described in such strategic plan. The Secretary shall update and incorporate such plan as part of the National Health Security Strategy described in section 300hh–1 of this title .
- (2) The strategic plan under paragraph (1) shall guide—
- (A) research and development, conducted or supported by the Department of Health and Human Services, of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products against possible biological, chemical, radiological, and nuclear agents and to emerging infectious diseases;
- (B) innovation in technologies that may assist advanced research and development of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products (such research and development referred to in this section as “countermeasure and product advanced research and development”); and
- (C) procurement of such qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products by such Department.
- (c)
- (1) There is established within the Department of Health and Human Services the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority.
- (2) Based upon the strategic plan described in subsection (b), the Secretary shall coordinate the acceleration of countermeasure and product advanced research and development by—
- (A) facilitating collaboration between the Department of Health and Human Services and other Federal agencies, relevant industries, academia, and other persons, with respect to such advanced research and development;
- (B) promoting countermeasure and product advanced research and development;
- (C) facilitating contacts between interested persons and the offices or employees authorized by the Secretary to advise such persons regarding requirements under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] and under section 262 of this title ; and
- (D) promoting innovation to reduce the time and cost of countermeasure and product advanced research and development.
- (3) The BARDA shall be headed by a Director (referred to in this section as the “Director”) who shall be appointed by the Secretary and to whom the Secretary shall delegate such functions and authorities as necessary to implement this section, including the execution of procurement contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements pursuant to this section.
- (4)
- (A) To carry out the purpose described in paragraph (2)(A), the Secretary shall—
- (i) facilitate and increase the expeditious and direct communication between the Department of Health and Human Services and relevant persons with respect to countermeasure and product advanced research and development, including by—
- (I) facilitating such communication regarding the processes for procuring such advanced research and development with respect to qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products of interest; and
- (II) soliciting information about and data from research on potential qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products and related technologies;
- (ii) at least annually—
- (I) convene meetings with representatives from relevant industries, academia, other Federal agencies, international agencies as appropriate, and other interested persons;
- (II) sponsor opportunities to demonstrate the operation and effectiveness of relevant biodefense countermeasure technologies; and
- (III) convene such working groups on countermeasure and product advanced research and development as the Secretary may determine are necessary to carry out this section; and
- (iii) carry out the activities described in section 247d–7f of this title .
- (i) facilitate and increase the expeditious and direct communication between the Department of Health and Human Services and relevant persons with respect to countermeasure and product advanced research and development, including by—
- (B) To carry out the purpose described in paragraph (2)(B), the Secretary shall—
- (i) conduct ongoing searches for, and support calls for, potential qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products;
- (ii) direct and coordinate the countermeasure and product advanced research and development activities of the Department of Health and Human Services;
- (iii) establish strategic initiatives to accelerate countermeasure and product advanced research and development (which may include advanced research and development for purposes of fulfilling requirements under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] or section 262 of this title ) and innovation in such areas as the Secretary may identify as priority unmet need areas; and
- (iv) award contracts, grants, cooperative agreements, and enter into other transactions, for countermeasure and product advanced research and development.
- (C) To carry out the purpose described in paragraph (2)(C) the Secretary shall—
- (i) connect interested persons with the offices or employees authorized by the Secretary to advise such persons regarding the regulatory requirements under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] and under section 262 of this title related to the approval, clearance, or licensure of qualified countermeasures or qualified pandemic or epidemic products; and
- (ii) with respect to persons performing countermeasure and product advanced research and development funded under this section, enable such offices or employees to provide to the extent practicable such advice in a manner that is ongoing and that is otherwise designed to facilitate expeditious development of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products that may achieve such approval, clearance, or licensure.
- (D) To carry out the purpose described in paragraph (2)(D), the Secretary may award contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, or enter into other transactions, such as prize payments, to promote—
- (i) innovation in technologies that may assist countermeasure and product advanced research and development;
- (ii) research on and development of research tools and other devices and technologies; and
- (iii) research to promote strategic initiatives, such as rapid diagnostics, broad spectrum antimicrobials, vaccine-manufacturing technologies, dose-sparing technologies, efficacy-increasing technologies, platform technologies, technologies to administer countermeasures, and technologies to improve storage and transportation of countermeasures.
- (E)
- (i) To support the purposes described in paragraph (2), the Secretary, acting through the Director of BARDA, may enter into an agreement (including through the use of grants, contracts, cooperative agreements, or other transactions as described in paragraph (5)) with an independent, nonprofit entity to—
- (I) foster and accelerate the development and innovation of medical countermeasures and technologies that may assist advanced research and the development of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products, including through the use of strategic venture capital practices and methods;
- (II) promote the development of new and promising technologies that address urgent medical countermeasure needs, as identified by the Secretary;
- (III) address unmet public health needs that are directly related to medical countermeasure requirements, such as novel antimicrobials for multidrug resistant organisms and multiuse platform technologies for diagnostics, prophylaxis, vaccines, and therapeutics; and
- (IV) provide expert consultation and advice to foster viable medical countermeasure innovators, including helping qualified countermeasure innovators navigate unique industry challenges with respect to developing chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear countermeasure products.
- (ii)
- (I) To be eligible to enter into an agreement under clause (i) an entity shall—
- (II) In selecting an entity with which to enter into an agreement under clause (i), the Secretary shall place a high value on the demonstrated experience of the entity in partnering with the Federal Government to meet identified strategic needs.
- (iii) An entity that enters into an agreement under clause (i) shall not be deemed to be a Federal agency for any purpose, including for any purpose under title 5.
- (iv) Pursuant to an agreement entered into under this subparagraph, the Secretary, acting through the Director of BARDA, shall provide direction to the entity that enters into an agreement under clause (i). As part of this agreement the Director of BARDA shall—
- (I) communicate the medical countermeasure needs, requirements, and problems to be addressed by the entity under the agreement;
- (II) develop a description of work to be performed by the entity under the agreement;
- (III) provide technical feedback and appropriate oversight over work carried out by the entity under the agreement, including subsequent development and partnerships consistent with the needs and requirements set forth in this subparagraph;
- (IV) ensure fair consideration of products developed under the agreement in order to maintain competition to the maximum practical extent, as applicable and appropriate under applicable provisions of this section; and
- (V) ensure, as a condition of the agreement that the entity—
- (v) Activities carried out under this subparagraph shall supplement, and not supplant, other activities carried out under this section.
- (vi) To prevent unnecessary duplication and target resources effectively, nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to authorize the Secretary to establish within the Department of Health and Human Services an entity for the purposes of carrying out this subparagraph.
- (vii) Upon request, the Secretary shall provide to Congress the information provided to the Secretary under clause (iv)(V)(dd).
- (viii) Not later than 4 years after December 13, 2016 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation, and submit to the Secretary and the appropriate committees of Congress a report, concerning the activities conducted under this subparagraph. Such report shall include recommendations with respect to any agreement or activities carried out pursuant to this subparagraph.
- (ix) This subparagraph shall have no force or effect after September 30, 2023 .
- (i) To support the purposes described in paragraph (2), the Secretary, acting through the Director of BARDA, may enter into an agreement (including through the use of grants, contracts, cooperative agreements, or other transactions as described in paragraph (5)) with an independent, nonprofit entity to—
- (F) The Secretary, acting through the Director of BARDA, may implement strategic initiatives, including by building on existing programs and by awarding contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, or entering into other transactions, to support innovative candidate products in preclinical and clinical development that address priority, naturally occurring and man-made threats that, as determined by the Secretary, pose a significant level of risk to national security based on the characteristics of a chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear threat, or existing capabilities to respond to such a threat (including medical response and treatment capabilities and manufacturing infrastructure). Such initiatives shall accelerate and support the advanced research, development, and procurement of countermeasures and products, as applicable, to address areas including—
- (i) chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear threats, including emerging infectious diseases, for which insufficient approved, licensed, or authorized countermeasures exist, or for which such threat, or the result of an exposure to such threat, may become resistant to countermeasures or existing countermeasures may be rendered ineffective;
- (ii) threats that consistently exist or continually circulate and have a significant potential to become a pandemic, such as pandemic influenza, which may include the advanced research and development, manufacturing, and appropriate stockpiling of qualified pandemic or epidemic products, and products, technologies, or processes to support the advanced research and development of such countermeasures (including multiuse platform technologies for diagnostics, vaccines, and therapeutics; virus seeds; clinical trial lots; novel virus strains; and antigen and adjuvant material); and
- (iii) threats that may result primarily or secondarily from a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear agent, or emerging infectious diseases, and which may present increased treatment complications such as the occurrence of resistance to available countermeasures or potential countermeasures, including antimicrobial resistant pathogens.
- (A) To carry out the purpose described in paragraph (2)(A), the Secretary shall—
- (5)
- (A)
- (i) The Secretary shall have the authority to enter into other transactions (as defined in subsection (a)(3)) under this subsection.
- (ii)
- (I) To the maximum extent practicable, competitive procedures shall be used when entering into transactions to carry out projects under this subsection.
- (II) The authority of this subparagraph may be exercised for a project that is expected to cost the Department of Health and Human Services in excess of $100,000,000 only upon a written determination by the Assistant Secretary for Financial Resources, that the use of such authority is essential to promoting the success of the project. The authority of the Assistant Secretary for Financial Resources under this subclause may not be delegated.
- (iii)
- (I) Notwithstanding clause (ii), the Secretary, shall, to the maximum extent practicable, use competitive procedures when entering into transactions to carry out projects under this subsection for purposes of a public health emergency declared by the Secretary under section 247d of this title . Any such transactions entered into during such public health emergency shall not be terminated solely due to the expiration of such public health emergency, if such public health emergency ends before the completion of the terms of such agreement.
- (II) After the expiration of the public health emergency declared by the Secretary under section 247d of this title , the Secretary shall provide a report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives regarding the use of any funds pursuant to the authority under subclause (I), including any outcomes, benefits, and risks associated with the use of such funds, and a description of the reasons for the use of such authority for the project or projects.
- (iv) The Secretary shall establish guidelines regarding the use of the authority under clause (i). Such guidelines shall include auditing requirements.
- (B)
- (i) In awarding contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, and in entering into other transactions under subparagraph (B) or (D) of paragraph (4), the Secretary shall have the expedited procurement authorities, the authority to expedite peer review, and the authority for personal services contracts, supplied by subsections (b), (c), and (d) of section 247d–6a of this title .
- (ii) Provisions in such section 247d–6a of this title that apply to such authorities and that require institution of internal controls, limit review, provide for Federal Tort Claims Act coverage of personal services contractors, and commit decisions to the discretion of the Secretary shall apply to the authorities as exercised pursuant to this paragraph.
- (iii) For purposes of applying section 247d–6a(b)(1)(D) of this title to this paragraph, the phrase “BioShield Program under the Project BioShield Act of 2004” shall be deemed to mean the countermeasure and product advanced research and development program under this section.
- (iv) The Secretary shall require that, as a condition of being awarded a contract, grant, cooperative agreement, or other transaction under subparagraph (B) or (D) of paragraph (4), a person make available to the Secretary on an ongoing basis, and submit upon request to the Secretary, all data related to or resulting from countermeasure and product advanced research and development carried out pursuant to this section.
- (C) The Secretary may waive the requirements of section 3324(a) of title 31 or section 6101 of title 41 upon the determination by the Secretary that such waiver is necessary to obtain countermeasures or products under this section.
- (D) In awarding contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements, and in entering into other transactions, under this section, the Secretary may use milestone-based awards and payments.
- (E) The Secretary may under this section award contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements to, and may enter into other transactions with, highly qualified foreign national persons outside the United States, alone or in collaboration with American participants, when such transactions may inure to the benefit of the American people.
- (F) The Secretary may assess the feasibility and appropriateness of establishing, through contract, grant, cooperative agreement, or other transaction, an arrangement with an existing research center in order to achieve the goals of this section. If such an agreement is not feasible and appropriate, the Secretary may establish one or more federally-funded research and development centers, or university-affiliated research centers, in accordance with section 3304(a)(3) of title 41 .
- (G) In awarding contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary shall provide a clear statement of defined Government purpose related to activities included in subsection (a)(6)(B) for a qualified countermeasure or qualified pandemic or epidemic product.
- (A)
- (6) In carrying out the functions under this section, the Secretary may give priority to the advanced research and development of qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products that are likely to be safe and effective with respect to children, pregnant women, older adults, and other at-risk individuals with relevant characteristics that warrant consideration during the process of researching and developing such countermeasures and products.
- (7)
- (A)
- (i) In addition to any other personnel authorities, the Secretary may—
- (I) without regard to those provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, appoint highly qualified individuals to scientific or professional positions in BARDA, such as program managers, to carry out this section; and
- (II) compensate them in the same manner and subject to the same terms and conditions in which individuals appointed under section 9903 of such title are compensated, without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
- (ii) The authority provided for in this subparagraph shall be exercised subject to the same limitations described in section 247d–6a(e)(2) of this title .
- (iii) The term limitations described in section 9903(c) of title 5 shall apply to appointments under this subparagraph, except that the references to the “Secretary” and to the “Department of Defense’s national security missions” shall be deemed to be to the Secretary of Health and Human Services and to the mission of the Department of Health and Human Services under this section.
- (i) In addition to any other personnel authorities, the Secretary may—
- (B) In carrying out this section, the Secretary may appoint special consultants pursuant to section 209(f) of this title .
- (C)
- (i) The Secretary may hire up to 100 highly qualified individuals, or up to 50 percent of the total number of employees, whichever is less, under the authorities provided for in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
- (ii) The Secretary shall report to Congress on a biennial basis on the implementation of this subparagraph.
- (A)
- (d)
- (1) There is established the Biodefense Medical Countermeasure Development Fund, which shall be available to carry out this section in addition to such amounts as are otherwise available for this purpose.
- (2) To carry out the purposes of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated to the Fund $611,700,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023, such amounts to remain available until expended.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A)
- (i) Information described in clause (ii) shall be deemed to be information described in section 552(b)(3) of title 5 .
- (ii) The information described in this clause is information relevant to programs of the Department of Health and Human Services that could compromise national security and reveal significant and not otherwise publicly known vulnerabilities of existing medical or public health defenses against chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear threats, and is comprised of—
- (I) specific technical data or scientific information that is created or obtained during the countermeasure and product advanced research and development carried out under subsection (c);
- (II) information pertaining to the location security, personnel, and research materials and methods of high-containment laboratories conducting research with select agents, toxins, or other agents with a material threat determination under section 247d–6b(c)(2) of this title ; or
- (III) security and vulnerability assessments.
- (B) Information subject to nondisclosure under subparagraph (A) shall be reviewed by the Secretary every 5 years, or more frequently as determined necessary by the Secretary, to determine the relevance or necessity of continued nondisclosure.
- (C) One year after June 24, 2019 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives on the number of instances in which the Secretary has used the authority under this subsection to withhold information from disclosure, as well as the nature of any request under section 552 of title 5 that was denied using such authority.
- (D) This paragraph shall cease to have force or effect on the date that is 17 years after December 19, 2006 .
- (A)
- (2) Notwithstanding section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, a working group of BARDA under this section and the National Biodefense Science Board under section 247d–7g of this title shall each terminate on the date that is 5 years after the date on which each such group or Board, as applicable, was established. Such 5-year period may be extended by the Secretary for one or more additional 5-year periods if the Secretary determines that any such extension is appropriate.
- (1)
- (f)
- (1) Not later than 180 days after March 13, 2013 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation of the activities carried out to facilitate flexible manufacturing capacity pursuant to this section.
- (2) Not later than 1 year after March 13, 2013 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report concerning the results of the evaluation conducted under paragraph (1). Such report shall review and assess—
- (A) the extent to which flexible manufacturing capacity under this section is dedicated to chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threats;
- (B) the activities supported by flexible manufacturing initiatives; and
- (C) the ability of flexible manufacturing activities carried out under this section to—
- (i) secure and leverage leading technical expertise with respect to countermeasure advanced research, development, and manufacturing processes; and
- (ii) meet the surge manufacturing capacity needs presented by novel and emerging threats, including chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agents.
§ 247d–7f. Collaboration and coordination
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary, in coordination with the Attorney General and the Secretary of Homeland Security, may conduct meetings and consultations with persons engaged in the development of a security countermeasure (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), a qualified countermeasure (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), or a qualified pandemic or epidemic product (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ) for the purpose of the development, manufacture, distribution, purchase, or storage of a countermeasure or product. The Secretary may convene such meeting or consultation at the request of the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Attorney General, the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission (referred to in this section as the “Chairman”), or any interested person, or upon initiation by the Secretary. The Secretary shall give prior notice of any such meeting or consultation, and the topics to be discussed, to the Attorney General, the Chairman, and the Secretary of Homeland Security.
- (B) A meeting or consultation conducted under subparagraph (A) shall—
- (i) be chaired or, in the case of a consultation, facilitated by the Secretary;
- (ii) be open to persons involved in the development, manufacture, distribution, purchase, or storage of a countermeasure or product, as determined by the Secretary;
- (iii) be open to the Attorney General, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the Chairman;
- (iv) be limited to discussions involving covered activities; and
- (v) be conducted in such manner as to ensure that no national security, confidential commercial, or proprietary information is disclosed outside the meeting or consultation.
- (C) The Secretary may not require participants to disclose confidential commercial or proprietary information.
- (D) The Secretary shall maintain a complete verbatim transcript of each meeting or consultation conducted under this subsection. Such transcript (or a portion thereof) shall not be disclosed under section 552 of title 5 to the extent that the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General and the Secretary of Homeland Security, determines that disclosure of such transcript (or portion thereof) would pose a threat to national security. The transcript (or portion thereof) with respect to which the Secretary has made such a determination shall be deemed to be information described in subsection (b)(3) of such section 552.
- (E)
- (i) Subject to clause (ii), it shall not be a violation of the antitrust laws for any person to participate in a meeting or consultation conducted in accordance with this paragraph.
- (ii) Clause (i) shall not apply to any agreement or conduct that results from a meeting or consultation and that is not covered by an exemption granted under paragraph (4).
- (2) The Secretary shall submit each written agreement regarding covered activities that is made pursuant to meetings or consultations conducted under paragraph (1) to the Attorney General and the Chairman for consideration. In addition to the proposed agreement itself, any submission shall include—
- (A) an explanation of the intended purpose of the agreement;
- (B) a specific statement of the substance of the agreement;
- (C) a description of the methods that will be utilized to achieve the objectives of the agreement;
- (D) an explanation of the necessity for a cooperative effort among the particular participating persons to achieve the objectives of the agreement; and
- (E) any other relevant information determined necessary by the Attorney General, in consultation with the Chairman and the Secretary.
- (3) It shall not be a violation of the antitrust laws for a person to engage in conduct in accordance with a written agreement to the extent that such agreement has been granted an exemption under paragraph (4), during the period for which the exemption is in effect.
- (4)
- (A) The Attorney General, in consultation with the Chairman, shall grant, deny, grant in part and deny in part, or propose modifications to an exemption request regarding a written agreement submitted under paragraph (2), in a written statement to the Secretary, within 15 business days of the receipt of such request. An exemption granted under this paragraph shall take effect immediately.
- (B) The Attorney General may extend the 15-day period referred to in subparagraph (A) for an additional period of not to exceed 10 business days.
- (C) An exemption shall be granted regarding a written agreement submitted in accordance with paragraph (2) only to the extent that the Attorney General, in consultation with the Chairman and the Secretary, finds that the conduct that will be exempted will not have any substantial anticompetitive effect that is not reasonably necessary for ensuring the availability of the countermeasure or product involved.
- (5) An exemption granted under paragraph (4) shall be limited to covered activities, and such exemption shall be renewed (with modifications, as appropriate, consistent with the finding described in paragraph (4)(C)), on the date that is 3 years after the date on which the exemption is granted unless the Attorney General in consultation with the Chairman determines that the exemption should not be renewed (with modifications, as appropriate) considering the factors described in paragraph (4).
- (6) Consideration by the Attorney General for granting or renewing an exemption submitted under this section shall be considered an antitrust investigation for purposes of the Antitrust Civil Process Act ( 15 U.S.C. 1311 et seq.).
- (7) The use of any information acquired under an agreement for which an exemption has been granted under paragraph (4), for any purpose other than specified in the exemption, shall be subject to the antitrust laws and any other applicable laws.
- (8) Not later than one year after the date of enactment of this Act 1 1 See References in Text note below. and biannually thereafter, the Attorney General and the Chairman shall report to Congress on the use of the exemption from the antitrust laws provided by this subsection.
- (1)
- (b) The applicability of this section shall expire at the end of the 17-year period that begins on the date of enactment of this Act. 1
- (c) In this section:
- (1) The term “antitrust laws”—
- (A) has the meaning given such term in subsection (a) of section 12 of title 15 , except that such term includes section 45 of title 15 to the extent such section 45 of title 15 applies to unfair methods of competition; and
- (B) includes any State law similar to the laws referred to in subparagraph (A).
- (2) The term “countermeasure or product” refers to a security countermeasure, qualified countermeasure, or qualified pandemic or epidemic product (as those terms are defined in subsection (a)(1)).
- (3)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term “covered activities” includes any activity relating to the development, manufacture, distribution, purchase, or storage of a countermeasure or product.
- (B) The term “covered activities” shall not include, with respect to a meeting or consultation conducted under subsection (a)(1) or an agreement for which an exemption has been granted under subsection (a)(4), the following activities involving 2 or more persons:
- (i) Exchanging information among competitors relating to costs, profitability, or distribution of any product, process, or service if such information is not reasonably necessary to carry out covered activities—
- (I) with respect to a countermeasure or product regarding which such meeting or consultation is being conducted; or
- (II) that are described in the agreement as exempted.
- (ii) Entering into any agreement or engaging in any other conduct—
- (I) to restrict or require the sale, licensing, or sharing of inventions, developments, products, processes, or services not developed through, produced by, or distributed or sold through such covered activities; or
- (II) to restrict or require participation, by any person participating in such covered activities, in other research and development activities, except as reasonably necessary to prevent the misappropriation of proprietary information contributed by any person participating in such covered activities or of the results of such covered activities.
- (iii) Entering into any agreement or engaging in any other conduct allocating a market with a competitor that is not expressly exempted from the antitrust laws under subsection (a)(4).
- (iv) Exchanging information among competitors relating to production (other than production by such covered activities) of a product, process, or service if such information is not reasonably necessary to carry out such covered activities.
- (v) Entering into any agreement or engaging in any other conduct restricting, requiring, or otherwise involving the production of a product, process, or service that is not expressly exempted from the antitrust laws under subsection (a)(4).
- (vi) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, entering into any agreement or engaging in any other conduct to restrict or require participation by any person participating in such covered activities, in any unilateral or joint activity that is not reasonably necessary to carry out such covered activities.
- (vii) Entering into any agreement or engaging in any other conduct restricting or setting the price at which a countermeasure or product is offered for sale, whether by bid or otherwise.
- (i) Exchanging information among competitors relating to costs, profitability, or distribution of any product, process, or service if such information is not reasonably necessary to carry out covered activities—
- (1) The term “antitrust laws”—
§ 247d–7g. National Biodefense Science Board and working groups
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish the National Biodefense Science Board (referred to in this section as the “Board”) to provide expert advice and guidance to the Secretary on scientific, technical and other matters of special interest to the Department of Health and Human Services regarding current and future chemical, biological, nuclear, and radiological agents, whether naturally occurring, accidental, or deliberate.
- (2) The membership of the Board shall be comprised of individuals who represent the Nation’s preeminent scientific, public health, and medical experts, as follows—
- (A) such Federal officials as the Secretary may determine are necessary to support the functions of the Board;
- (B) four individuals representing the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and device industries;
- (C) four individuals representing academia; and
- (D) five other members as determined appropriate by the Secretary, of whom—
- (i) one such member shall be a practicing healthcare professional;
- (ii) one such member shall be an individual from an organization representing healthcare consumers;
- (iii) one such member shall be an individual with pediatric subject matter expertise; and
- (iv) one such member shall be a State, tribal, territorial, or local public health official.
- (3) A member of the Board described in subparagraph (B), (C), or (D) of paragraph (2) shall serve for a term of 3 years, except that the Secretary may adjust the terms of the initial Board appointees in order to provide for a staggered term of appointment for all members.
- (4) A member may be appointed to serve not more than 3 terms on the Board and may serve not more than 2 consecutive terms.
- (5) The Board shall—
- (A) advise the Secretary on current and future trends, challenges, and opportunities presented by advances in biological and life sciences, biotechnology, and genetic engineering with respect to threats posed by naturally occurring infectious diseases and chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agents;
- (B) at the request of the Secretary, review and consider any information and findings received from the working groups established under subsection (b);
- (C) at the request of the Secretary, provide recommendations and findings for expanded, intensified, and coordinated biodefense research and development activities; and
- (D) provide any recommendation, finding, or report provided to the Secretary under this paragraph to the appropriate committees of Congress.
- (6)
- (A) Not later than one year after December 19, 2006 , the Secretary shall hold the first meeting of the Board.
- (B) The Board shall meet at the call of the Secretary, but in no case less than twice annually.
- (7) Any vacancy in the Board shall not affect its powers, but shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment.
- (8) The Secretary shall appoint a chairperson from among the members of the Board.
- (9)
- (A) The Board may hold such hearings, sit and act at such times and places, take such testimony, and receive such evidence as the Board considers advisable to carry out this subsection.
- (B) The Board may use the United States mails in the same manner and under the same conditions as other departments and agencies of the Federal Government.
- (10)
- (A) A member of the Board that is an employee of the Federal Government may not receive additional pay, allowances, or benefits by reason of the member’s service on the Board.
- (B) A member of the Board that is not an employee of the Federal Government may be compensated at a rate not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which the member is engaged in the actual performance of duties as a member of the Board.
- (C) Each member of the Board shall receive travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in accordance with applicable provisions under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5.
- (D) Any Federal Government employee may be detailed to the Board with the approval for the contributing agency without reimbursement, and such detail shall be without interruption or loss of civil service status or privilege.
- (b) The Secretary may establish a working group of experts, or may use an existing working group or advisory committee, to—
- (1) identify innovative research with the potential to be developed as a qualified countermeasure or a qualified pandemic or epidemic product;
- (2) identify accepted animal models for particular diseases and conditions associated with any biological, chemical, radiological, or nuclear agent, any toxin, or any potential pandemic infectious disease, and identify strategies to accelerate animal model and research tool development and validation; and
- (3) obtain advice regarding supporting and facilitating advanced research and development related to qualified countermeasures and qualified pandemic or epidemic products that are likely to be safe and effective with respect to children, pregnant women, and other vulnerable populations, and other issues regarding activities under this section that affect such populations.
- (c) Any term that is defined in section 247d–7e of this title and that is used in this section shall have the same meaning in this section as such term is given in section 247d–7e of this title .
- (d) There are authorized to be appropriated $1,000,000 to carry out this section for fiscal year 2007 and each fiscal year thereafter.
§ 300gg–8. Coverage for individuals participating in approved clinical trials
- (a)
- (1) If a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage provides coverage to a qualified individual, then such plan or issuer—
- (A) may not deny the individual participation in the clinical trial referred to in subsection (b)(2);
- (B) subject to subsection (c), may not deny (or limit or impose additional conditions on) the coverage of routine patient costs for items and services furnished in connection with participation in the trial; and
- (C) may not discriminate against the individual on the basis of the individual’s participation in such trial.
- (2)
- (A) For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), subject to subparagraph (B), routine patient costs include all items and services consistent with the coverage provided in the plan (or coverage) that is typically covered for a qualified individual who is not enrolled in a clinical trial.
- (B) For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), routine patient costs does not include—
- (i) the investigational item, device, or service, itself;
- (ii) items and services that are provided solely to satisfy data collection and analysis needs and that are not used in the direct clinical management of the patient; or
- (iii) a service that is clearly inconsistent with widely accepted and established standards of care for a particular diagnosis.
- (3) If one or more participating providers is participating in a clinical trial, nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed as preventing a plan or issuer from requiring that a qualified individual participate in the trial through such a participating provider if the provider will accept the individual as a participant in the trial.
- (4) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), paragraph (1) shall apply to a qualified individual participating in an approved clinical trial that is conducted outside the State in which the qualified individual resides.
- (1) If a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage provides coverage to a qualified individual, then such plan or issuer—
- (b) For purposes of subsection (a), the term “qualified individual” means an individual who is a participant or beneficiary in a health plan or with coverage described in subsection (a)(1) and who meets the following conditions:
- (1) The individual is eligible to participate in an approved clinical trial according to the trial protocol with respect to treatment of cancer or other life-threatening disease or condition.
- (2) Either—
- (A) the referring health care professional is a participating health care provider and has concluded that the individual’s participation in such trial would be appropriate based upon the individual meeting the conditions described in paragraph (1); or
- (B) the participant or beneficiary provides medical and scientific information establishing that the individual’s participation in such trial would be appropriate based upon the individual meeting the conditions described in paragraph (1).
- (c) This section shall not be construed to require a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, to provide benefits for routine patient care services provided outside of the plan’s (or coverage’s) health care provider network unless out-of-network benefits are otherwise provided under the plan (or coverage).
- (d)
- (1) In this section, the term “approved clinical trial” means a phase I, phase II, phase III, or phase IV clinical trial that is conducted in relation to the prevention, detection, or treatment of cancer or other life-threatening disease or condition and is described in any of the following subparagraphs:
- (A) The study or investigation is approved or funded (which may include funding through in-kind contributions) by one or more of the following:
- (i) The National Institutes of Health.
- (ii) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (iii) The Agency for Health Care Research and Quality.
- (iv) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
- (v) cooperative 1 1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “A”. group or center of any of the entities described in clauses (i) through (iv) or the Department of Defense or the Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (vi) A qualified non-governmental research entity identified in the guidelines issued by the National Institutes of Health for center support grants.
- (vii) Any of the following if the conditions described in paragraph (2) are met:
- (I) The Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (II) The Department of Defense.
- (III) The Department of Energy.
- (B) The study or investigation is conducted under an investigational new drug application reviewed by the Food and Drug Administration.
- (C) The study or investigation is a drug trial that is exempt from having such an investigational new drug application.
- (A) The study or investigation is approved or funded (which may include funding through in-kind contributions) by one or more of the following:
- (2) The conditions described in this paragraph, for a study or investigation conducted by a Department, are that the study or investigation has been reviewed and approved through a system of peer review that the Secretary determines—
- (A) to be comparable to the system of peer review of studies and investigations used by the National Institutes of Health, and
- (B) assures unbiased review of the highest scientific standards by qualified individuals who have no interest in the outcome of the review.
- (1) In this section, the term “approved clinical trial” means a phase I, phase II, phase III, or phase IV clinical trial that is conducted in relation to the prevention, detection, or treatment of cancer or other life-threatening disease or condition and is described in any of the following subparagraphs:
- (e) In this section, the term “life-threatening condition” means any disease or condition from which the likelihood of death is probable unless the course of the disease or condition is interrupted.
- (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit a plan’s or issuer’s coverage with respect to clinical trials.
- (g) Notwithstanding any provision of chapter 89 of title 5, this section shall apply to health plans offered under the program under such chapter.
- (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, nothing in this section shall preempt State laws that require a clinical trials policy for State regulated health insurance plans that is in addition to the policy required under this section..
§ 9. Repealed. Pub. L. 112–240, title VI, § 642(a) , Jan. 2, 2013 , 126 Stat. 2358
§§ 300ll to 300ll–9. Repealed. Pub. L. 112–240, title VI, § 642(a) , Jan. 2, 2013 , 126 Stat. 2358
§ 247b–9a. Better diabetes care
- (a) This section may be cited as the “Catalyst to Better Diabetes Care Act of 2009”.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary, in collaboration with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the “Director”), shall prepare on a biennial basis a national diabetes report card (referred to in this section as a “Report Card”) and, to the extent possible, for each State. 1 1 So in original.
- (2)
- (A) Each Report Card shall include aggregate health outcomes related to individuals diagnosed with diabetes and prediabetes including—
- (i) preventative care practices and quality of care;
- (ii) risk factors; and
- (iii) outcomes.
- (B) Each Report Card that is prepared after the initial Report Card shall include trend analysis for the Nation and, to the extent possible, for each State, for the purpose of—
- (i) tracking progress in meeting established national goals and objectives for improving diabetes care, costs, and prevalence (including Healthy People 2010); and
- (ii) informing policy and program development.
- (A) Each Report Card shall include aggregate health outcomes related to individuals diagnosed with diabetes and prediabetes including—
- (3) The Secretary, in collaboration with the Director, shall make each Report Card publicly available, including by posting the Report Card on the Internet.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in collaboration with appropriate agencies and States, shall—
- (A) promote the education and training of physicians on the importance of birth and death certificate data and how to properly complete these documents, including the collection of such data for diabetes and other chronic diseases;
- (B) encourage State adoption of the latest standard revisions of birth and death certificates; and
- (C) work with States to re-engineer their vital statistics systems in order to provide cost-effective, timely, and accurate vital systems data.
- (2) In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary may promote improvements to the collection of diabetes mortality data, including the addition of a question for the individual certifying the cause of death regarding whether the deceased had diabetes.
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in collaboration with appropriate agencies and States, shall—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall, in collaboration with the Institute of Medicine and appropriate associations and councils, conduct a study of the impact of diabetes on the practice of medicine in the United States and the appropriateness of the level of diabetes medical education that should be required prior to licensure, board certification, and board recertification.
- (2) Not later than 2 years after March 23, 2010 , the Secretary shall submit a report on the study under paragraph (1) to the Committees on Ways and Means and Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance and Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
- (e) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary.
§ 300hh–10. Coordination of preparedness for and response to all-hazards public health emergencies
- (a) There is established within the Department of Health and Human Services the position of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response. The President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an individual to serve in such position. Such Assistant Secretary shall report to the Secretary.
- (b) Subject to the authority of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall utilize experience related to public health emergency preparedness and response, biodefense, medical countermeasures, and other relevant topics to carry out the following functions:
- (1) Serve as the principal advisor to the Secretary on all matters related to Federal public health and medical preparedness and response for public health emergencies.
- (2) Register, credential, organize, train, equip, and have the authority to deploy Federal public health and medical personnel under the authority of the Secretary, including the National Disaster Medical System, and coordinate such personnel with the Medical Reserve Corps and the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professionals.
- (3) Oversee advanced research, development, and procurement of qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), security countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), and qualified pandemic or epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ).
- (4)
- (A) Coordinate with relevant Federal officials to ensure integration of Federal preparedness and response activities for public health emergencies.
- (B) Coordinate with State, local, and tribal public health officials, the Emergency Management Assistance Compact, health care systems, and emergency medical service systems to ensure effective integration of Federal public health and medical assets during a public health emergency.
- (C) Promote improved emergency medical services medical direction, system integration, research, and uniformity of data collection, treatment protocols, and policies with regard to public health emergencies.
- (D) Provide integrated policy coordination and strategic direction, before, during, and following public health emergencies, with respect to all matters related to Federal public health and medical preparedness and execution and deployment of the Federal response for public health emergencies and incidents covered by the National Response Plan described in section 314(a)(6) of title 6 , or any successor plan; and such Federal responses covered by the National Cybersecurity Incident Response Plan developed under section 660(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of title 6, including public health emergencies or incidents related to cybersecurity threats that present a threat to national health security.
- (E) Identify and minimize gaps, duplication, and other inefficiencies in medical and public health preparedness and response activities and the actions necessary to overcome these obstacles.
- (F) Align and coordinate medical and public health grants and cooperative agreements as applicable to preparedness and response activities authorized under this chapter, to the extent possible, including program requirements, timelines, and measurable goals, and in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, to—
- (i) optimize and streamline medical and public health preparedness and response capabilities and the ability of local communities to respond to public health emergencies; and
- (ii) gather and disseminate best practices among grant and cooperative agreement recipients, as appropriate.
- (G) Carry out drills and operational exercises, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Defense, the Department of Veterans Affairs, and other applicable Federal departments and agencies, as necessary and appropriate, to identify, inform, and address gaps in and policies related to all-hazards medical and public health preparedness and response, including exercises based on—
- (i) identified threats for which countermeasures are available and for which no countermeasures are available; and
- (ii) unknown threats for which no countermeasures are available.
- (H) On a periodic basis consult with, as applicable and appropriate, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, to provide an update on, and discuss, medical and public health preparedness and response activities pursuant to this chapter and the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], including progress on the development, approval, clearance, and licensure of medical countermeasures.
- (I) Coordinate with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of National Intelligence, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, the Secretary of Defense, and other relevant Federal officials, such as the Secretary of Agriculture, to maintain a current assessment of national security threats and inform preparedness and response capabilities based on the range of the threats that have the potential to result in a public health emergency.
- (5) In coordination with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, the Secretary of Homeland Security, the General Services Administration, and other public and private entities, provide logistical support for medical and public health aspects of Federal responses to public health emergencies. Such logistical support shall include working with other relevant Federal, State, local, Tribal, and territorial public health officials and private sector entities to identify the critical infrastructure assets, systems, and networks needed for the proper functioning of the health care and public health sectors that need to be maintained through any emergency or disaster, including entities capable of assisting with, responding to, and mitigating the effect of a public health emergency, including a public health emergency determined by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d(a) of this title or an emergency or major disaster declared by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act or the National Emergencies Act, including by establishing methods to exchange critical information and deliver products consumed or used to preserve, protect, or sustain life, health, or safety, and sharing of specialized expertise.
- (6) Provide leadership in international programs, initiatives, and policies that deal with public health and medical emergency preparedness and response.
- (7) Develop, and update not later than March 15 of each year, a coordinated 5-year budget plan based on the medical countermeasure priorities described in subsection (d), including with respect to chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agent or agents that may present a threat to the Nation, including such agents that are novel or emerging infectious diseases, and the corresponding efforts to develop qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), security countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), and qualified pandemic or epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ) for each such threat. Each such plan shall—
- (A) include consideration of the entire medical countermeasures enterprise, including—
- (i) basic research and advanced research and development;
- (ii) approval, clearance, licensure, and authorized uses of products;
- (iii) procurement, stockpiling, maintenance, and potential replenishment (including manufacturing capabilities) of all products in the Strategic National Stockpile;
- (iv) the availability of technologies that may assist in the advanced research and development of countermeasures and opportunities to use such technologies to accelerate and navigate challenges unique to countermeasure research and development; and
- (v) potential deployment, distribution, and utilization of medical countermeasures; development of clinical guidance and emergency use instructions for the use of medical countermeasures; and, as applicable, potential postdeployment activities related to medical countermeasures;
- (B) inform prioritization of resources and include measurable outputs and outcomes to allow for the tracking of the progress made toward identified priorities;
- (C) identify medical countermeasure life-cycle costs to inform planning, budgeting, and anticipated needs within the continuum of the medical countermeasure enterprise consistent with section 247d–6b of this title ;
- (D) identify the full range of anticipated medical countermeasure needs related to research and development, procurement, and stockpiling, including the potential need for indications, dosing, and administration technologies, and other countermeasure needs as applicable and appropriate;
- (E) be made available, not later than March 15 of each year, to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives; and
- (F) not later than March 15 of each year, be made publicly available in a manner that does not compromise national security.
- (A) include consideration of the entire medical countermeasures enterprise, including—
- (c) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall—
- (1) have lead responsibility within the Department of Health and Human Services for emergency preparedness and response policy coordination and strategic direction;
- (2) have authority over and responsibility for—
- (A) the National Disaster Medical System pursuant to section 300hh–11 of this title ;
- (B) the Hospital Preparedness Cooperative Agreement Program pursuant to section 247d–3b of this title ;
- (C) the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority pursuant to section 247d–7e of this title ;
- (D) the Medical Reserve Corps pursuant to section 300hh–15 of this title ;
- (E) the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professionals pursuant to section 247d–7b of this title ; and
- (F) administering grants and related authorities related to trauma care under parts A through C of subchapter X, such authority to be transferred by the Secretary from the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration to such Assistant Secretary;
- (3) exercise the responsibilities and authorities of the Secretary with respect to the coordination of—
- (A) the Public Health Emergency Preparedness Cooperative Agreement Program pursuant to section 247d–3a of this title ;
- (B) the Strategic National Stockpile pursuant to section 247d–6b of this title ; and
- (C) the Cities Readiness Initiative; and
- (4) assume other duties as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (d)
- (1) Not later than March 15, 2020 , and biennially thereafter, the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a coordinated strategy and accompanying implementation plan for medical countermeasures to address chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threats. In developing such a plan, the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall consult with the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise established under section 300hh–10a of this title . Such strategy and plan shall be known as the “Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise Strategy and Implementation Plan”.
- (2) The plan under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) describe the chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear agent or agents that may present a threat to the Nation and the corresponding efforts to develop qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), security countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), or qualified pandemic or epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ) for each threat;
- (B) evaluate the progress of all activities with respect to such countermeasures or products, including research, advanced research, development, procurement, stockpiling, deployment, distribution, and utilization;
- (C) identify and prioritize near-, mid-, and long-term needs with respect to such countermeasures or products, and ancillary medical supplies to assist with the utilization of such countermeasures or products, to address a chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threat or threats;
- (D) identify, with respect to each category of threat, a summary of all awards and contracts, including advanced research and development and procurement, that includes—
- (i) the time elapsed from the issuance of the initial solicitation or request for a proposal to the adjudication (such as the award, denial of award, or solicitation termination); and
- (ii) an identification of projected timelines, anticipated funding allocations, benchmarks, and milestones for each medical countermeasure priority under subparagraph (C), including projected needs with regard to replenishment of the Strategic National Stockpile;
- (E) be informed by the recommendations of the National Biodefense Science Board pursuant to section 247d–7g of this title ;
- (F) evaluate progress made in meeting timelines, allocations, benchmarks, and milestones identified under subparagraph (D)(ii);
- (G) report on the amount of funds available for procurement in the special reserve fund as defined in section 247d–6b(h) of this title and the impact this funding will have on meeting the requirements under section 247d–6b of this title ;
- (H) incorporate input from Federal, State, local, and tribal stakeholders;
- (I) identify the progress made in meeting the medical countermeasure priorities for at-risk individuals (as defined in 2 2 So in original. The word “section” probably should appear. 300hh–1(b)(4)(B) of this title), as applicable under subparagraph (C), including with regard to the projected needs for related stockpiling and replenishment of the Strategic National Stockpile, including by addressing the needs of pediatric populations with respect to such countermeasures and products in the Strategic National Stockpile, including—
- (i) a list of such countermeasures and products necessary to address the needs of pediatric populations;
- (ii) a description of measures taken to coordinate with the Office of Pediatric Therapeutics of the Food and Drug Administration to maximize the labeling, dosages, and formulations of such countermeasures and products for pediatric populations;
- (iii) a description of existing gaps in the Strategic National Stockpile and the development of such countermeasures and products to address the needs of pediatric populations; and
- (iv) an evaluation of the progress made in addressing priorities identified pursuant to subparagraph (C);
- (J) identify the use of authority and activities undertaken pursuant to sections 247d–6a(b)(1), 247d–6a(b)(2), 247d–6a(b)(3), 247d–6a(c), 247d–6a(d), 247d–6a(e), 247d–6b(c)(7)(C)(iii), 247d–6b(c)(7)(C)(iv), and 247d–6b(c)(7)(C)(v) of this title, and subsections (a)(1), (b)(1), and (e) of section 564 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–3 ], by summarizing—
- (i) the particular actions that were taken under the authorities specified, including, as applicable, the identification of the threat agent, emergency, or the biomedical countermeasure with respect to which the authority was used;
- (ii) the reasons underlying the decision to use such authorities, including, as applicable, the options that were considered and rejected with respect to the use of such authorities;
- (iii) the number of, nature of, and other information concerning the persons and entities that received a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract pursuant to the use of such authorities, and the persons and entities that were considered and rejected for such a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract, except that the report need not disclose the identity of any such person or entity;
- (iv) whether, with respect to each procurement that is approved by the President under section 247d–6b(c)(6) of this title , a contract was entered into within one year after such approval by the President; and
- (v) with respect to section 247d–6a(d) of this title , for the 2-year period for which the report is submitted, the number of persons who were paid amounts totaling $100,000 or greater and the number of persons who were paid amounts totaling at least $50,000 but less than $100,000; and
- (K) be made publicly available.
- (3)
- (A) Not later than 1 year after the date of the submission to the Congress of the first Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise Strategy and Implementation Plan, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation, and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report, concerning such Strategy and Implementation Plan.
- (B) The report described in subparagraph (A) shall review and assess—
- (i) the near-term, mid-term, and long-term medical countermeasure needs and identified priorities of the Federal Government pursuant to paragraph (2)(C);
- (ii) the activities of the Department of Health and Human Services with respect to advanced research and development pursuant to section 247d–7e of this title ; and
- (iii) the progress made toward meeting the timelines, allocations, benchmarks, and milestones identified in the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise Strategy and Implementation Plan under this subsection.
- (e) In carrying out subsections (b)(7) and (d), the Secretary shall ensure that information and items that could compromise national security, contain confidential commercial information, or contain proprietary information are not disclosed.
- (f)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b)(3), the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall implement strategic initiatives or activities to address threats, including pandemic influenza and which may include a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear agent (including any such agent with a significant potential to become a pandemic), that pose a significant level of risk to public health and national security based on the characteristics of such threat. Such initiatives shall include activities to—
- (A) accelerate and support the advanced research, development, manufacturing capacity, procurement, and stockpiling of countermeasures, including initiatives under section 247d–7e(c)(4)(F) of this title ;
- (B) support the development and manufacturing of virus seeds, clinical trial lots, and stockpiles of novel virus strains; and
- (C) maintain or improve preparedness activities, including for pandemic influenza.
- (2)
- (A) To carry out this subsection, there is authorized to be appropriated $250,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
- (B) Amounts appropriated under this paragraph shall be used to supplement and not supplant funds provided under sections 247d–7e(d) and 247d–6b(g) of this title.
- (C) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, in accordance with subsection (b)(7), shall document amounts expended for purposes of carrying out this subsection, including amounts appropriated under the heading “Public Health and Social Services Emergency Fund” under the heading “Office of the Secretary” under title II of division H of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018 ( Public Law 115–141 ) and allocated to carrying out section 247d–7e(c)(4)(F) of this title .
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b)(3), the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall implement strategic initiatives or activities to address threats, including pandemic influenza and which may include a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear agent (including any such agent with a significant potential to become a pandemic), that pose a significant level of risk to public health and national security based on the characteristics of such threat. Such initiatives shall include activities to—
§ 300hh–10a. Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise
- (a) The Secretary shall establish the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasures Enterprise (referred to in this section as the “PHEMCE”). The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall serve as chair of the PHEMCE.
- (b) The PHEMCE shall include each of the following members, or the designee of such members:
- (1) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response.
- (2) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (3) The Director of the National Institutes of Health.
- (4) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (5) The Secretary of Defense.
- (6) The Secretary of Homeland Security.
- (7) The Secretary of Agriculture.
- (8) The Secretary of Veterans Affairs.
- (9) The Director of National Intelligence.
- (10) Representatives of any other Federal agency, which may include the Director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, the Director of the Strategic National Stockpile, the Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, and the Director of the Office of Public Health Preparedness and Response, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (c)
- (1) The functions of the PHEMCE shall include the following:
- (A) Utilize a process to make recommendations to the Secretary regarding research, advanced research, development, procurement, stockpiling, deployment, distribution, and utilization with respect to countermeasures, as defined in section 247d–6b(c) of this title , including prioritization based on the health security needs of the United States. Such recommendations shall be informed by, when available and practicable, the National Health Security Strategy pursuant to section 300hh–1 of this title , the Strategic National Stockpile needs pursuant to section 247d–6b of this title , and assessments of current national security threats, including chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear threats, including emerging infectious diseases. In the event that members of the PHEMCE do not agree upon a recommendation, the Secretary shall provide a determination regarding such recommendation.
- (B) Identify national health security needs, including gaps in public health preparedness and response related to countermeasures and challenges to addressing such needs (including any regulatory challenges), and support alignment of countermeasure procurement with recommendations to address such needs under subparagraph (A).
- (C) Assist the Secretary in developing strategies related to logistics, deployment, distribution, dispensing, and use of countermeasures that may be applicable to the activities of the strategic national stockpile under section 247d–6b(a) of this title .
- (D) Provide consultation for the development of the strategy and implementation plan under section 300hh–10(d) of this title .
- (2) In carrying out subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (1), the PHEMCE shall solicit and consider input from State, local, Tribal, and territorial public health departments or officials, as appropriate.
- (1) The functions of the PHEMCE shall include the following:
§ 300hh–10b. National Advisory Committee on Children and Disasters
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the “National Advisory Committee on Children and Disasters” (referred to in this section as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (b) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (1) provide advice and consultation with respect to the activities carried out pursuant to section 300hh–16 of this title , as applicable and appropriate;
- (2) evaluate and provide input with respect to the medical, mental and behavioral, and public health needs of children as they relate to preparation for, response to, and recovery from all-hazards emergencies; and
- (3) provide advice and consultation with respect to State emergency preparedness and response activities and children, including related drills and exercises pursuant to the preparedness goals under section 300hh–1(b) of this title .
- (c) The Advisory Committee may provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary with respect to children and the medical and public health grants and cooperative agreements as applicable to preparedness and response activities authorized under this subchapter and subchapter II.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with such other Secretaries as may be appropriate, shall appoint not to exceed 25 members to the Advisory Committee. In appointing such members, the Secretary shall ensure that the total membership of the Advisory Committee is an odd number.
- (2) The Secretary, in consultation with such other heads of Federal agencies as may be appropriate, shall appoint to the Advisory Committee under paragraph (1) at least 13 individuals, including—
- (A) at least 2 non-Federal professionals with expertise in pediatric medical disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery;
- (B) at least 2 representatives from State, local, Tribal, or territorial agencies with expertise in pediatric disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery;
- (C) at least 4 members representing health care professionals, which may include members with expertise in pediatric emergency medicine; pediatric trauma, critical care, or surgery; the treatment of pediatric patients affected by chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear agents, including emerging infectious diseases; pediatric mental or behavioral health related to children affected by a public health emergency; or pediatric primary care; and
- (D) other members as the Secretary determines appropriate, of whom—
- (i) at least one such member shall represent a children’s hospital;
- (ii) at least one such member shall be an individual with expertise in schools or child care settings;
- (iii) at least one such member shall be an individual with expertise in children and youth with special health care needs; and
- (iv) at least one such member shall be an individual with expertise in the needs of parents or family caregivers, including the parents or caregivers of children with disabilities.
- (3) The Advisory Committee under paragraph (1) shall include the following Federal members or their designees (who may be nonvoting members, as determined by the Secretary):
- (A) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response.
- (B) The Director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority.
- (C) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (D) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (E) The Director of the National Institutes of Health.
- (F) The Assistant Secretary of the Administration for Children and Families.
- (G) The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
- (H) The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
- (I) The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living.
- (J) The Secretary of Education.
- (K) Representatives from such Federal agencies (such as the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and the Department of Homeland Security) as the Secretary determines appropriate to fulfill the duties of the Advisory Committee under subsections (b) and (c).
- (4) Each member of the Advisory Committee appointed under paragraph (2) shall serve for a term of 3 years, except that the Secretary may adjust the terms of the Advisory Committee appointees serving on June 24, 2019 , or appointees who are initially appointed after such date, in order to provide for a staggered term of appointment for all members.
- (5) A member appointed under paragraph (2) may serve not more than 3 terms on the Advisory Committee, and not more than two of such terms may be served consecutively.
- (e) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than biannually. At least one meeting per year shall be an in-person meeting.
- (f) The Secretary shall coordinate duties and activities authorized under this section in accordance with section 300hh–10e of this title .
- (g) The Advisory Committee shall terminate on September 30, 2023 .
§ 300hh–10c. National Advisory Committee on Seniors and Disasters
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the National Advisory Committee on Seniors and Disasters (referred to in this section as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (b) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (1) provide advice and consultation with respect to the activities carried out pursuant to section 300hh–16 of this title , as applicable and appropriate;
- (2) evaluate and provide input with respect to the medical and public health needs of seniors related to preparation for, response to, and recovery from all-hazards emergencies; and
- (3) provide advice and consultation with respect to State emergency preparedness and response activities relating to seniors, including related drills and exercises pursuant to the preparedness goals under section 300hh–1(b) of this title .
- (c) The Advisory Committee may provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary with respect to seniors and the medical and public health grants and cooperative agreements as applicable to preparedness and response activities under this subchapter and subchapter III.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with such other heads of agencies as appropriate, shall appoint not more than 17 members to the Advisory Committee. In appointing such members, the Secretary shall ensure that the total membership of the Advisory Committee is an odd number.
- (2) The Advisory Committee shall include Federal members or their designees (who may be nonvoting members, as determined by the Secretary) and non-Federal members, as follows:
- (A) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response.
- (B) The Director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority.
- (C) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (D) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (E) The Director of the National Institutes of Health.
- (F) The Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
- (G) The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living.
- (H) The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
- (I) The Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (J) At least 2 non-Federal health care professionals with expertise in geriatric medical disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery.
- (K) At least 2 representatives of State, local, Tribal, or territorial agencies with expertise in geriatric disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery.
- (L) Representatives of such other Federal agencies (such as the Department of Energy and the Department of Homeland Security) as the Secretary determines necessary to fulfill the duties of the Advisory Committee.
- (e) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less frequently than biannually. At least one meeting per year shall be an in-person meeting.
- (f) The Secretary shall coordinate duties and activities authorized under this section in accordance with section 300hh–10e of this title .
- (g)
- (1) The Advisory Committee shall terminate on September 30, 2023 .
- (2) Not later than October 1, 2022 , the Secretary shall submit to Congress a recommendation on whether the Advisory Committee should be extended.
§ 300hh–10d. National Advisory Committee on Individuals With Disabilities and Disasters
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall establish a national advisory committee to be known as the National Advisory Committee on Individuals with Disabilities and Disasters (referred to in this section as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (b) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (1) provide advice and consultation with respect to activities carried out pursuant to section 300hh–16 of this title , as applicable and appropriate;
- (2) evaluate and provide input with respect to the medical, public health, and accessibility needs of individuals with disabilities related to preparation for, response to, and recovery from all-hazards emergencies; and
- (3) provide advice and consultation with respect to State emergency preparedness and response activities, including related drills and exercises pursuant to the preparedness goals under section 300hh–1(b) of this title .
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with such other heads of agencies and departments as appropriate, shall appoint not more than 17 members to the Advisory Committee. In appointing such members, the Secretary shall ensure that the total membership of the Advisory Committee is an odd number.
- (2) The Advisory Committee shall include Federal members or their designees (who may be nonvoting members, as determined by the Secretary) and non-Federal members, as follows:
- (A) The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response.
- (B) The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living.
- (C) The Director of the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority.
- (D) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (E) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (F) The Director of the National Institutes of Health.
- (G) The Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
- (H) The Chair of the National Council on Disability.
- (I) The Chair of the United States Access Board.
- (J) The Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (K) At least 2 non-Federal health care professionals with expertise in disability accessibility before, during, and after disasters, medical and mass care disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery.
- (L) At least 2 representatives from State, local, Tribal, or territorial agencies with expertise in disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery for individuals with disabilities.
- (M) At least 2 individuals with a disability with expertise in disaster planning, preparedness, response, or recovery for individuals with disabilities.
- (d) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less frequently than biannually. At least one meeting per year shall be an in-person meeting.
- (e) For purposes of this section, the term “disability” has the meaning given such term in section 12102 of this title .
- (f) The Secretary shall coordinate duties and activities authorized under this section in accordance with section 300hh–10e of this title .
- (g)
- (1) The Advisory Committee shall terminate on September 30, 2023 .
- (2) Not later than October 1, 2022 , the Secretary shall submit to Congress a recommendation on whether the Advisory Committee should be extended.
§ 300hh–10e. Advisory Committee Coordination
- (a) The Secretary shall coordinate duties and activities authorized under sections 300hh–10b, 300hh–10c, and 300hh–10d of this title, and make efforts to reduce unnecessary or duplicative reporting, or unnecessary duplicative meetings and recommendations under such sections, as practicable. Members of the advisory committees authorized under such sections, or their designees, shall annually meet to coordinate any recommendations, as appropriate, that may be similar, duplicative, or overlapping with respect to addressing the needs of children, seniors, and individuals with disabilities during public health emergencies. If such coordination occurs through an in-person meeting, it shall not be considered the required in-person meetings under any of sections 300hh–10b(e), 300hh–10c(e), or 300hh–10d(d) of this title.
- (b) The Secretary, acting through the employee designated pursuant to section 300hh–16 of this title , shall align preparedness and response programs or activities to address similar, dual, or overlapping needs of children, seniors, and individuals with disabilities, and any challenges in preparing for and responding to such needs.
- (c) The Secretary shall annually notify the congressional committees of jurisdiction regarding the steps taken to coordinate, as appropriate, the recommendations under this section, and provide a summary description of such coordination.
§ 300jj–11. Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology
- (a) There is established within the Department of Health and Human Services an Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (referred to in this section as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a National Coordinator who shall be appointed by the Secretary and shall report directly to the Secretary.
- (b) The National Coordinator shall perform the duties under subsection (c) in a manner consistent with the development of a nationwide health information technology infrastructure that allows for the electronic use and exchange of information and that—
- (1) ensures that each patient’s health information is secure and protected, in accordance with applicable law;
- (2) improves health care quality, reduces medical errors, reduces health disparities, and advances the delivery of patient-centered medical care;
- (3) reduces health care costs resulting from inefficiency, medical errors, inappropriate care, duplicative care, and incomplete information;
- (4) provides appropriate information to help guide medical decisions at the time and place of care;
- (5) ensures the inclusion of meaningful public input in such development of such infrastructure;
- (6) improves the coordination of care and information among hospitals, laboratories, physician offices, and other entities through an effective infrastructure for the secure and authorized exchange of health care information;
- (7) improves public health activities and facilitates the early identification and rapid response to public health threats and emergencies, including bioterror events and infectious disease outbreaks;
- (8) facilitates health and clinical research and health care quality;
- (9) promotes early detection, prevention, and management of chronic diseases;
- (10) promotes a more effective marketplace, greater competition, greater systems analysis, increased consumer choice, and improved outcomes in health care services; and
- (11) improves efforts to reduce health disparities.
- (c)
- (1) The National Coordinator shall—
- (A) review and determine whether to endorse each standard, implementation specification, and certification criterion for the electronic exchange and use of health information that is recommended by the HIT Advisory Committee under section 300jj–12 of this title for purposes of adoption under section 300jj–14 of this title ;
- (B) make such determinations under subparagraph (A), and report to the Secretary such determinations, not later than 45 days after the date the recommendation is received by the Coordinator; and
- (C) review Federal health information technology investments to ensure that Federal health information technology programs are meeting the objectives of the strategic plan published under paragraph (3).
- (2)
- (A) The National Coordinator shall coordinate health information technology policy and programs of the Department with those of other relevant executive branch agencies with a goal of avoiding duplication of efforts and of helping to ensure that each agency undertakes health information technology activities primarily within the areas of its greatest expertise and technical capability and in a manner towards a coordinated national goal.
- (B) The National Coordinator shall be a leading member in the establishment and operations of the HIT Advisory Committee and shall serve as a liaison between that Committee and the Federal Government.
- (3)
- (A) The National Coordinator shall, in consultation with other appropriate Federal agencies (including the National Institute of Standards and Technology), update the Federal Health IT Strategic Plan (developed as of June 3, 2008 ) to include specific objectives, milestones, and metrics with respect to the following:
- (i) The electronic exchange and use of health information and the enterprise integration of such information.
- (ii) The utilization of an electronic health record for each person in the United States by 2014.
- (iii) The incorporation of privacy and security protections for the electronic exchange of an individual’s individually identifiable health information.
- (iv) Ensuring security methods to ensure appropriate authorization and electronic authentication of health information and specifying technologies or methodologies for rendering health information unusable, unreadable, or indecipherable.
- (v) Specifying a framework for coordination and flow of recommendations and policies under this part among the Secretary, the National Coordinator, the HIT Advisory Committee, and other health information exchanges and other relevant entities.
- (vi) Methods to foster the public understanding of health information technology.
- (vii) Strategies to enhance the use of health information technology in improving the quality of health care, reducing medical errors, reducing health disparities, improving public health, increasing prevention and coordination with community resources, and improving the continuity of care among health care settings.
- (viii) Specific plans for ensuring that populations with unique needs, such as children, are appropriately addressed in the technology design, as appropriate, which may include technology that automates enrollment and retention for eligible individuals.
- (B) The strategic plan shall be updated through collaboration of public and private entities.
- (C) The strategic plan update shall include measurable outcome goals.
- (D) The National Coordinator shall republish the strategic plan, including all updates.
- (A) The National Coordinator shall, in consultation with other appropriate Federal agencies (including the National Institute of Standards and Technology), update the Federal Health IT Strategic Plan (developed as of June 3, 2008 ) to include specific objectives, milestones, and metrics with respect to the following:
- (4) The National Coordinator shall maintain and frequently update an Internet website on which there is posted information on the work, schedules, reports, recommendations, and other information to ensure transparency in promotion of a nationwide health information technology infrastructure.
- (5)
- (A) The National Coordinator, in consultation with the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, shall keep or recognize a program or programs for the voluntary certification of health information technology as being in compliance with applicable certification criteria adopted under this part. Such program shall include, as appropriate, testing of the technology in accordance with section 17911(b) of this title .
- (B) In this subchapter, the term “certification criteria” means, with respect to standards and implementation specifications for health information technology, criteria to establish that the technology meets such standards and implementation specifications.
- (C)
- (i) The National Coordinator shall encourage, keep, or recognize, through existing authorities, the voluntary certification of health information technology under the program developed under subparagraph (A) for use in medical specialties and sites of service for which no such technology is available or where more technological advancement or integration is needed.
- (ii) The Secretary shall accept public comment on specific medical specialties and sites of service, in addition to those described in clause (i), for the purpose of selecting additional specialties and sites of service as necessary.
- (iii) Not later than 18 months after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, shall make recommendations for the voluntary certification of health information technology for use by pediatric health providers to support the health care of children. Not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary shall adopt certification criteria under section 300jj–14 of this title to support the voluntary certification of health information technology for use by pediatric health providers to support the health care of children.
- (D) Not later than 1 year after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary, through notice and comment rulemaking, shall require, as a condition of certification and maintenance of certification for programs maintained or recognized under this paragraph, consistent with other conditions and requirements under this subchapter, that the health information technology developer or entity—
- (i) does not take any action that constitutes information blocking as defined in section 300jj–52(a) of this title ;
- (ii) provides assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that such developer or entity, unless for legitimate purposes specified by the Secretary, will not take any action described in clause (i) or any other action that may inhibit the appropriate exchange, access, and use of electronic health information;
- (iii) does not prohibit or restrict communication regarding—
- (I) the usability of the health information technology;
- (II) the interoperability of the health information technology;
- (III) the security of the health information technology;
- (IV) relevant information regarding users’ experiences when using the health information technology;
- (V) the business practices of developers of health information technology related to exchanging electronic health information; and
- (VI) the manner in which a user of the health information technology has used such technology;
- (iv) has published application programming interfaces and allows health information from such technology to be accessed, exchanged, and used without special effort through the use of application programming interfaces or successor technology or standards, as provided for under applicable law, including providing access to all data elements of a patient’s electronic health record to the extent permissible under applicable privacy laws;
- (v) has successfully tested the real world use of the technology for interoperability (as defined in section 300jj of this title ) in the type of setting in which such technology would be marketed;
- (vi) provides to the Secretary an attestation that the developer or entity—
- (I) has not engaged in any of the conduct described in clause (i);
- (II) has provided assurances satisfactory to the Secretary in accordance with clause (ii);
- (III) does not prohibit or restrict communication as described in clause (iii);
- (IV) has published information in accordance with clause (iv);
- (V) ensures that its technology allows for health information to be exchanged, accessed, and used, in the manner described in clause (iv); and
- (VI) has undertaken real world testing as described in clause (v); and
- (vii) submits reporting criteria in accordance with section 300jj–19a(b) of this title .
- (E) The Secretary may encourage compliance with the conditions of certification described in subparagraph (D) and take action to discourage noncompliance, as appropriate.
- (6)
- (A) Not later than 12 months after February 17, 2009 , the National Coordinator shall submit to the appropriate committees of jurisdiction of the House of Representatives and the Senate a report on any additional funding or authority the Coordinator or the HIT Policy Committee or HIT Standards Committee requires to evaluate and develop standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria, or to achieve full participation of stakeholders in the adoption of a nationwide health information technology infrastructure that allows for the electronic use and exchange of health information.
- (B) The National Coordinator shall prepare a report that identifies lessons learned from major public and private health care systems in their implementation of health information technology, including information on whether the technologies and practices developed by such systems may be applicable to and usable in whole or in part by other health care providers.
- (C) The National Coordinator shall assess and publish the impact of health information technology in communities with health disparities and in areas with a high proportion of individuals who are uninsured, underinsured, and medically underserved individuals (including urban and rural areas) and identify practices to increase the adoption of such technology by health care providers in such communities, and the use of health information technology to reduce and better manage chronic diseases.
- (D) The National Coordinator shall evaluate and publish evidence on the benefits and costs of the electronic use and exchange of health information and assess to whom these benefits and costs accrue.
- (E) The National Coordinator shall estimate and publish resources required annually to reach the goal of utilization of an electronic health record for each person in the United States by 2014, including—
- (i) the required level of Federal funding;
- (ii) expectations for regional, State, and private investment;
- (iii) the expected contributions by volunteers to activities for the utilization of such records; and
- (iv) the resources needed to establish a health information technology workforce sufficient to support this effort (including education programs in medical informatics and health information management).
- (7) The National Coordinator may provide financial assistance to consumer advocacy groups and not-for-profit entities that work in the public interest for purposes of defraying the cost to such groups and entities to participate under, whether in whole or in part, the National Technology Transfer Act of 1995 ( 15 U.S.C. 272 note). 1 1 See References in Text note below.
- (8) The National Coordinator shall establish a governance mechanism for the nationwide health information network.
- (9)
- (A) The National Coordinator shall, in collaboration with the National Institute of Standards and Technology and other relevant agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services, for the purpose of ensuring full network-to-network exchange of health information, convene public-private and public-public partnerships to build consensus and develop or support a trusted exchange framework, including a common agreement among health information networks nationally. Such convention may occur at a frequency determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (B)
- (i) Not later than 6 months after December 13, 2016 , the National Coordinator shall convene appropriate public and private stakeholders to develop or support a trusted exchange framework for trust policies and practices and for a common agreement for exchange between health information networks. The common agreement may include—
- (I) a common method for authenticating trusted health information network participants;
- (II) a common set of rules for trusted exchange;
- (III) organizational and operational policies to enable the exchange of health information among networks, including minimum conditions for such exchange to occur; and
- (IV) a process for filing and adjudicating noncompliance with the terms of the common agreement.
- (ii) The National Coordinator, in collaboration with the National Institute of Standards and Technology, shall provide technical assistance on how to implement the trusted exchange framework and common agreement under this paragraph.
- (iii) The National Coordinator, in consultation with the National Institute of Standards and Technology, shall provide for the pilot testing of the trusted exchange framework and common agreement established or supported under this subsection (as authorized under section 17911 of this title ). The National Coordinator, in consultation with the National Institute of Standards and Technology, may delegate pilot testing activities under this clause to independent entities with appropriate expertise.
- (i) Not later than 6 months after December 13, 2016 , the National Coordinator shall convene appropriate public and private stakeholders to develop or support a trusted exchange framework for trust policies and practices and for a common agreement for exchange between health information networks. The common agreement may include—
- (C) Not later than 1 year after convening stakeholders under subparagraph (A), the National Coordinator shall publish on its public Internet website, and in the Federal register, 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “Register,”. the trusted exchange framework and common agreement developed or supported under subparagraph (B). Such trusted exchange framework and common agreement shall be published in a manner that protects proprietary and security information, including trade secrets and any other protected intellectual property.
- (D)
- (i) Not later than 2 years after convening stakeholders under subparagraph (A), and annually thereafter, the National Coordinator shall publish on its public Internet website a list of the health information networks that have adopted the common agreement and are capable of trusted exchange pursuant to the common agreement developed or supported under paragraph 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “subparagraph”. (B).
- (ii) The Secretary shall, through notice and comment rulemaking, establish a process for health information networks that voluntarily elect to adopt the trusted exchange framework and common agreement to attest to such adoption of the framework and agreement.
- (E) As appropriate, Federal agencies contracting or entering into agreements with health information exchange networks may require that as each such network upgrades health information technology or trust and operational practices, such network may adopt, where available, the trusted exchange framework and common agreement published under subparagraph (C).
- (F)
- (i) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require a health information network to adopt the trusted exchange framework or common agreement.
- (ii) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to require a health information network to adopt the trusted exchange framework or common agreement for the exchange of electronic health information between participants of the same network.
- (iii) The trusted exchange framework and common agreement published under subparagraph (C) shall take into account existing trusted exchange frameworks and agreements used by health information networks to avoid the disruption of existing exchanges between participants of health information networks.
- (iv) Notwithstanding clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), Federal agencies may require the adoption of the trusted exchange framework and common agreement published under subparagraph (C) for health information exchanges contracting with or entering into agreements pursuant to subparagraph (E).
- (v) In carrying out this paragraph, the Secretary shall ensure the consideration of activities carried out by public and private organizations related to exchange between health information exchanges to avoid duplication of efforts.
- (1) The National Coordinator shall—
- (d)
- (1) Upon the request of the National Coordinator, the head of any Federal agency is authorized to detail, with or without reimbursement from the Office, any of the personnel of such agency to the Office to assist it in carrying out its duties under this section.
- (2) Any detail of personnel under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) not interrupt or otherwise affect the civil service status or privileges of the Federal employee; and
- (B) be in addition to any other staff of the Department employed by the National Coordinator.
- (3) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Office may accept detailed personnel from other Federal agencies without regard to whether the agency described under paragraph (1) is reimbursed.
- (e) Not later than 12 months after February 17, 2009 , the Secretary shall appoint a Chief Privacy Officer of the Office of the National Coordinator, whose duty it shall be to advise the National Coordinator on privacy, security, and data stewardship of electronic health information and to coordinate with other Federal agencies (and similar privacy officers in such agencies), with State and regional efforts, and with foreign countries with regard to the privacy, security, and data stewardship of electronic individually identifiable health information.
§ 285a–11a. Cancer survivorship programs
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the “Secretary”) may make awards to eligible entities to establish pilot programs to develop, study, or evaluate model systems for monitoring and caring for childhood cancer survivors throughout their lifespan, including evaluation of models for transition to adult care and care coordination.
- (2)
- (A) In making awards under this subsection, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, include—
- (i) small, medium, and large-sized eligible entities; and
- (ii) sites located in different geographic areas, including rural and urban areas.
- (B) In this subsection, the term “eligible entity” means—
- (i) a medical school;
- (ii) a children’s hospital;
- (iii) a cancer center;
- (iv) a community-based medical facility; or
- (v) any other entity with significant experience and expertise in treating survivors of childhood cancers.
- (A) In making awards under this subsection, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, include—
- (3) Funds awarded under this subsection may be used—
- (A) to develop, study, or evaluate one or more models for monitoring and caring for cancer survivors; and
- (B) in developing, studying, and evaluating such models, to give special emphasis to—
- (i) design of models of follow-up care, monitoring, and other survivorship programs (including peer support and mentoring programs);
- (ii) development of models for providing multidisciplinary care;
- (iii) dissemination of information to health care providers about culturally and linguistically appropriate follow-up care for cancer survivors and their families, as appropriate and practicable;
- (iv) development of psychosocial and support programs to improve the quality of life of cancer survivors and their families, which may include peer support and mentoring programs;
- (v) design of systems for the effective transfer of treatment information and care summaries from cancer care providers to other health care providers (including risk factors and a plan for recommended follow-up care);
- (vi) dissemination of the information and programs described in clauses (i) through (v) to other health care providers (including primary care physicians and internists) and to cancer survivors and their families, where appropriate and in accordance with Federal and State law; and
- (vii) development of initiatives that promote the coordination and effective transition of care between cancer care providers, primary care physicians, mental health professionals, and other health care professionals, as appropriate, including models that use a team-based or multi-disciplinary approach to care.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall, not later than 1 year after June 5, 2018 , conduct a review of the activities of the Department of Health and Human Services related to workforce development for health care providers who treat pediatric cancer patients and survivors. Such review shall include—
- (A) an assessment of the effectiveness of supportive psychosocial care services for pediatric cancer patients and survivors, including pediatric cancer survivorship care patient navigators and peer support programs;
- (B) identification of existing models relevant to providing medical and psychosocial services to individuals surviving pediatric cancers, and programs related to training for health professionals who provide such services to individuals surviving pediatric cancers; and
- (C) recommendations for improving the provision of psychosocial care for pediatric cancer survivors and patients.
- (2) Not later than 2 years after June 5, 2018 , the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report concerning the findings and recommendations from the review conducted under paragraph (1).
- (1) The Secretary shall, not later than 1 year after June 5, 2018 , conduct a review of the activities of the Department of Health and Human Services related to workforce development for health care providers who treat pediatric cancer patients and survivors. Such review shall include—
§ 285a–11b. Best practices for long-term follow-up services for pediatric cancer survivors
The Secretary of Health and Human Services may facilitate the identification of best practices for childhood and adolescent cancer survivorship care, and, as appropriate, may consult with individuals who have expertise in late effects of disease and treatment of childhood and adolescent cancers, which may include—
- (1) oncologists, which may include pediatric oncologists;
- (2) primary care providers engaged in survivorship care;
- (3) survivors of childhood and adolescent cancer;
- (4) parents of children and adolescents who have been diagnosed with and treated for cancer and parents of long-term survivors;
- (5) nurses and social workers;
- (6) mental health professionals;
- (7) allied health professionals, including physical therapists and occupational therapists; and
- (8) others, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
§ 300jj–12. Health Information Technology Advisory Committee
- (a) There is established a Health Information Technology Advisory Committee (referred to in this section as the “HIT Advisory Committee”) to recommend to the National Coordinator, consistent with the implementation of the strategic plan described in section 300jj–11(c)(3) of this title , policies, and, for purposes of adoption under section 300jj–14 of this title , standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria, relating to the implementation of a health information technology infrastructure, nationally and locally, that advances the electronic access, exchange, and use of health information. Such Committee shall serve to unify the roles of, and replace, the HIT Policy Committee and the HIT Standards Committee, as in existence before December 13, 2016 .
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) The HIT Advisory Committee shall recommend to the National Coordinator a policy framework for adoption by the Secretary consistent with the strategic plan under section 300jj–11(c)(3) of this title for advancing the target areas described in this subsection. Such policy framework shall seek to prioritize achieving advancements in the target areas specified in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) and may, to the extent consistent with this section, incorporate policy recommendations made by the HIT Policy Committee, as in existence before December 13, 2016 .
- (B) The HIT Advisory Committee shall propose updates to such recommendations to the policy framework and make new recommendations, as appropriate.
- (2)
- (A) The HIT Advisory Committee shall recommend to the National Coordinator for purposes of adoption under section 300jj–14 of this title , standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria and an order of priority for the development, harmonization, and recognition of such standards, specifications, and certification criteria. Such recommendations shall include recommended standards, architectures, and software schemes for access to electronic individually identifiable health information across disparate systems including user vetting, authentication, privilege management, and access control.
- (B) For purposes of this section, the HIT Advisory Committee shall make recommendations under subparagraph (A) with respect to at least each of the following target areas:
- (i) Achieving a health information technology infrastructure, nationally and locally, that allows for the electronic access, exchange, and use of health information, including through technology that provides accurate patient information for the correct patient, including exchanging such information, and avoids the duplication of patient records.
- (ii) The promotion and protection of privacy and security of health information in health information technology, including technologies that allow for an accounting of disclosures and protections against disclosures of individually identifiable health information made by a covered entity for purposes of treatment, payment, and health care operations (as such terms are defined for purposes of the regulation promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996), including for the segmentation and protection from disclosure of specific and sensitive individually identifiable health information with the goal of minimizing the reluctance of patients to seek care.
- (iii) The facilitation of secure access by an individual to such individual’s protected health information and access to such information by a family member, caregiver, or guardian acting on behalf of a patient, including due to age-related and other disability, cognitive impairment, or dementia.
- (iv) Subject to subparagraph (D), any other target area that the HIT Advisory Committee identifies as an appropriate target area to be considered under this subparagraph.
- (C) For purposes of this section, the HIT Advisory Committee may make recommendations under subparagraph (A), in addition to areas described in subparagraph (B), with respect to any of the following areas:
- (i) The use of health information technology to improve the quality of health care, such as by promoting the coordination of health care and improving continuity of health care among health care providers, reducing medical errors, improving population health, reducing chronic disease, and advancing research and education.
- (ii) The use of technologies that address the needs of children and other vulnerable populations.
- (iii) The use of electronic systems to ensure the comprehensive collection of patient demographic data, including at a minimum, race, ethnicity, primary language, and gender information.
- (iv) The use of self-service, telemedicine, home health care, and remote monitoring technologies.
- (v) The use of technologies that meet the needs of diverse populations.
- (vi) The use of technologies that support—
- (I) data for use in quality and public reporting programs;
- (II) public health; or
- (III) drug safety.
- (vii) The use of technologies that allow individually identifiable health information to be rendered unusable, unreadable, or indecipherable to unauthorized individuals when such information is transmitted in a health information network or transported outside of the secure facilities or systems where the disclosing covered entity is responsible for security conditions.
- (viii) The use of a certified health information technology for each individual in the United States.
- (D) For purposes of subparagraph (B)(iv), the HIT Advisory Committee may identify an area to be considered for purposes of recommendations under this subsection as a target area described in subparagraph (B) if—
- (i) the area is so identified for purposes of responding to new circumstances that have arisen in the health information technology community that affect the interoperability, privacy, or security of health information, or affect patient safety; and
- (ii) at least 30 days prior to treating such area as if it were a target area described in subparagraph (B), the National Coordinator provides adequate notice to Congress of the intent to treat such area as so described.
- (E) It is the sense of Congress that the HIT Advisory Committee shall focus its work on the priority areas described in subparagraph (B) before proceeding to other work under subparagraph (C).
- (3)
- (A) The HIT Advisory Committee shall recommend to the National Coordinator standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria described in subsection (a), which may include standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria that have been developed, harmonized, or recognized by the HIT Advisory Committee or predecessor committee. The HIT Advisory Committee shall update such recommendations and make new recommendations as appropriate, including in response to a notification sent under section 300jj–14(a)(2)(B) of this title . Such recommendations shall be consistent with the latest recommendations made by the Committee.
- (B) The HIT Advisory Committee may recognize harmonized or updated standards from an entity or entities for the purpose of harmonizing or updating standards and implementation specifications in order to achieve uniform and consistent implementation of the standards and implementation specification.
- (C) In the development, harmonization, or recognition of standards and implementation specifications, the HIT Advisory Committee for purposes of recommendations under paragraph (2)(B), shall, as appropriate, provide for the testing of such standards and specifications by the National Institute for Standards and Technology under section 17911(a) of this title .
- (D) The standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria recommended under paragraph (2)(B) shall be consistent with the standards for information transactions and data elements adopted pursuant to section 1320d–2 of this title .
- (E) Any recommendation made by the HIT Advisory Committee after December 13, 2016 , with respect to interoperability of health information technology shall be consistent with interoperability as described in section 300jj of this title .
- (4) The HIT Advisory Committee shall serve as a forum for the participation of a broad range of stakeholders with specific expertise in policies, including technical expertise, relating to the matters described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) to provide input on the development, harmonization, and recognition of standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria necessary for the development and adoption of health information technology infrastructure nationally and locally that allows for the electronic access, exchange, and use of health information.
- (5) Not later than 30 days after the date on which the HIT Advisory Committee first meets, such HIT Advisory Committee shall develop a schedule for the assessment of policy recommendations developed under paragraph (1). The HIT Advisory Committee shall update such schedule annually. The Secretary shall publish such schedule in the Federal Register.
- (6) The HIT Advisory Committee shall conduct open public meetings and develop a process to allow for public comment on the schedule described in paragraph (5) and recommendations described in this subsection. Under such process comments shall be submitted in a timely manner after the date of publication of a recommendation under this subsection.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) For purposes of this section, the National Coordinator, in collaboration with the Secretary, shall establish, and update as appropriate, objectives and benchmarks for advancing and measuring the advancement of the priority target areas described in subsection (b)(2)(B).
- (2)
- (A) The HIT Advisory Committee, in consultation with the National Coordinator, shall annually submit to the Secretary and Congress a report on the progress made during the preceding fiscal year in—
- (i) achieving a health information technology infrastructure, nationally and locally, that allows for the electronic access, exchange, and use of health information; and
- (ii) meeting the objectives and benchmarks described in paragraph (1).
- (B) Each such report shall include, for a fiscal year—
- (i) a description of the work conducted by the HIT Advisory Committee during the preceding fiscal year with respect to the areas described in subsection (b)(2)(B);
- (ii) an assessment of the status of the infrastructure described in subparagraph (A), including the extent to which electronic health information is appropriately and readily available to enhance the access, exchange, and the use of electronic health information between users and across technology offered by different developers;
- (iii) the extent to which advancements have been achieved with respect to areas described in subsection (b)(2)(B);
- (iv) an analysis identifying existing gaps in policies and resources for—
- (I) achieving the objectives and benchmarks established under paragraph (1); and
- (II) furthering interoperability throughout the health information technology infrastructure;
- (v) recommendations for addressing the gaps identified in clause (iii); and
- (vi) a description of additional initiatives as the HIT Advisory Committee and National Coordinator determine appropriate.
- (A) The HIT Advisory Committee, in consultation with the National Coordinator, shall annually submit to the Secretary and Congress a report on the progress made during the preceding fiscal year in—
- (3) The Secretary shall periodically, based on the reports submitted under this subsection, review the target areas described in subsection (b)(2)(B), and, based on the objectives and benchmarks established under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall determine if significant advancement has been achieved with respect to such an area. Such determination shall be taken into consideration by the HIT Advisory Committee when determining to what extent the Committee makes recommendations for an area other than an area described in subsection (b)(2)(B).
- (d)
- (1) The National Coordinator shall take a leading position in the establishment and operations of the HIT Advisory Committee.
- (2) The membership of the HIT Advisory Committee shall—
- (A) include at least 25 members, of which—
- (i) no fewer than 2 members are advocates for patients or consumers of health information technology;
- (ii) 3 members are appointed by the Secretary, 1 of whom shall be appointed to represent the Department of Health and Human Services and 1 of whom shall be a public health official;
- (iii) 2 members are appointed by the majority leader of the Senate;
- (iv) 2 members are appointed by the minority leader of the Senate;
- (v) 2 members are appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
- (vi) 2 members are appointed by the minority leader of the House of Representatives; and
- (vii) such other members are appointed by the Comptroller General of the United States; and
- (B) at least reflect providers, ancillary health care workers, consumers, purchasers, health plans, health information technology developers, researchers, patients, relevant Federal agencies, and individuals with technical expertise on health care quality, system functions, privacy, security, and on the electronic exchange and use of health information, including the use standards for such activity.
- (A) include at least 25 members, of which—
- (3) The members of the HIT Advisory Committee shall represent a balance among various sectors of the health care system so that no single sector unduly influences the recommendations of the Committee.
- (4)
- (A) The terms of the members of the HIT Advisory Committee shall be for 3 years, except that the Secretary shall designate staggered terms of the members first appointed.
- (B) Any member appointed to fill a vacancy in the membership of the HIT Advisory Committee that occurs prior to the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term. A member may serve after the expiration of that member’s term until a successor has been appointed. A vacancy in the HIT Advisory Committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.
- (C) Members of the HIT Advisory Committee shall be limited to two 3-year terms, for a total of not to exceed 6 years of service on the Committee.
- (5) The HIT Advisory Committee shall ensure an opportunity for the participation in activities of the Committee of outside advisors, including individuals with expertise in the development of policies and standards for the electronic exchange and use of health information, including in the areas of health information privacy and security.
- (6) A majority of the members of the HIT Advisory Committee shall constitute a quorum for purposes of voting, but a lesser number of members may meet and hold hearings.
- (7) The National Coordinator shall ensure that the relevant and available recommendations and comments from the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics are considered in the development of policies.
- (8) For the purposes of carrying out this section, the Secretary may provide or ensure that financial assistance is provided by the HIT Advisory Committee to defray in whole or in part any membership fees or dues charged by such Committee to those consumer advocacy groups and not-for-profit entities that work in the public interest as a party of their mission.
- (e) The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.), other than section 14 of such Act, shall apply to the HIT Advisory Committee.
- (f) The Secretary shall provide for publication in the Federal Register and the posting on the Internet website of the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology of all policy recommendations made by the HIT Advisory Committee under this section.
§ 300jj–13. Setting priorities for standards adoption
- (a)
- (1) Not later than 6 months after the date on which the HIT Advisory Committee first meets, the National Coordinator shall periodically convene the HIT Advisory Committee to—
- (A) identify priority uses of health information technology, focusing on priorities—
- (i) arising from the implementation of the incentive programs for the meaningful use of certified EHR technology, the Merit-based Incentive Payment System, Alternative Payment Models, the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program, and any other value-based payment program determined appropriate by the Secretary;
- (ii) related to the quality of patient care;
- (iii) related to public health;
- (iv) related to clinical research;
- (v) related to the privacy and security of electronic health information;
- (vi) related to innovation in the field of health information technology;
- (vii) related to patient safety;
- (viii) related to the usability of health information technology;
- (ix) related to individuals’ access to electronic health information; and
- (x) other priorities determined appropriate by the Secretary;
- (B) identify existing standards and implementation specifications that support the use and exchange of electronic health information needed to meet the priorities identified in subparagraph (A); and
- (C) publish a report summarizing the findings of the analysis conducted under subparagraphs (A) and (B) and make appropriate recommendations.
- (A) identify priority uses of health information technology, focusing on priorities—
- (2) In identifying such standards and implementation specifications under paragraph (1)(B), the HIT Advisory Committee shall prioritize standards and implementation specifications developed by consensus-based standards development organizations.
- (3) In consultation with the consensus-based entity described in section 1395aaa of this title and other appropriate Federal agencies, the analysis of existing standards under paragraph (1)(B) shall include an evaluation of the need for a core set of common data elements and associated value sets to enhance the ability of certified health information technology to capture, use, and exchange structured electronic health information.
- (1) Not later than 6 months after the date on which the HIT Advisory Committee first meets, the National Coordinator shall periodically convene the HIT Advisory Committee to—
- (b)
- (1) Beginning 5 years after December 13, 2016 , and every 3 years thereafter, the National Coordinator shall convene stakeholders to review the existing set of adopted standards and implementation specifications and make recommendations with respect to whether to—
- (A) maintain the use of such standards and implementation specifications; or
- (B) phase out such standards and implementation specifications.
- (2) The HIT Advisory Committee, in collaboration with the National Institute for Standards and Technology, shall annually and through the use of public input, review and publish priorities for the use of health information technology, standards, and implementation specifications to support those priorities.
- (1) Beginning 5 years after December 13, 2016 , and every 3 years thereafter, the National Coordinator shall convene stakeholders to review the existing set of adopted standards and implementation specifications and make recommendations with respect to whether to—
- (c) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the use or adoption of novel standards that improve upon the existing health information technology infrastructure and facilitate the secure exchange of health information.
§ 247b–13a. Screening and treatment for maternal depression
- (a) The Secretary shall make grants to States to establish, improve, or maintain programs for screening, assessment, and treatment services, including culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appropriate, for women who are pregnant, or who have given birth within the preceding 12 months, for maternal depression.
- (b) To seek a grant under this section, a State shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. At a minimum, any such application shall include explanations of—
- (1) how a program, or programs, will increase the percentage of women screened and treated, as appropriate, for maternal depression in 1 or more communities; and
- (2) how a program, or programs, if expanded, would increase access to screening and treatment services for maternal depression.
- (c) In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary may give priority to States proposing to improve or enhance access to screening services for maternal depression in primary care settings.
- (d) The activities eligible for funding through a grant under subsection (a)—
- (1) shall include—
- (A) providing appropriate training to health care providers; and
- (B) providing information to health care providers, including information on maternal depression screening, treatment, and followup support services, and linkages to community-based resources; and
- (2) may include—
- (A) enabling health care providers (including obstetrician-gynecologists, pediatricians, psychiatrists, mental health care providers, and adult primary care clinicians) to provide or receive real-time psychiatric consultation (in-person or remotely) to aid in the treatment of pregnant and parenting women;
- (B) establishing linkages with and among community-based resources, including mental health resources, primary care resources, and support groups; and
- (C) utilizing telehealth services for rural areas and medically underserved areas (as defined in section 254c–14(a) of this title ).
- (1) shall include—
- (e) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
§ 300jj–14. Process for adoption of endorsed recommendations; adoption of initial set of standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria
- (a)
- (1) Not later than 90 days after the date of receipt of standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria endorsed under section 300jj–11(c) of this title , the Secretary, in consultation with representatives of other relevant Federal agencies, shall jointly review such standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria and shall determine whether or not to propose adoption of such standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria.
- (2) If the Secretary determines—
- (A) to propose adoption of any grouping of such standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria, the Secretary shall, by regulation under section 553 of title 5 , determine whether or not to adopt such grouping of standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria; or
- (B) not to propose adoption of any grouping of standards, implementation specifications, or certification criteria, the Secretary shall notify the National Coordinator and the HIT Advisory Committee in writing of such determination and the reasons for not proposing the adoption of such recommendation.
- (3) The Secretary shall provide for publication in the Federal Register of all determinations made by the Secretary under paragraph (1).
- (b)
- (1) Not later than December 31, 2009 , the Secretary shall, through the rulemaking process consistent with subsection (a)(2)(A), adopt an initial set of standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria for the areas required for consideration under section 300jj–12(b)(2)(B) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title. The rulemaking for the initial set of standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria may be issued on an interim, final basis.
- (2) The standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria adopted before February 17, 2009 , through the process existing through the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology may be applied towards meeting the requirement of paragraph (1).
- (3) The Secretary shall adopt additional standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria as necessary and consistent with the schedule published under section 300jj–12(b)(4) of this title .
- (c) In adopting and implementing standards under this section, the Secretary shall give deference to standards published by standards development organizations and voluntary consensus-based standards bodies.
§ 300e–14a. Health services for Indians and domestic agricultural migratory and seasonal workers
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in connection with existing authority (except section 254b 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title) for the provisions of health services to domestic agricultural migratory workers, to persons who perform seasonal agricultural services similar to the services performed by such workers, and to the families of such workers and persons, is authorized to arrange for the provision of health services to such workers and persons and their families through health maintenance organizations. In carrying out this section the Secretary may only use sums appropriated after December 29, 1973 .
§ 15. Application and use of adopted standards and implementation specifications by Federal agencies
§ 300jj–15. Application and use of adopted standards and implementation specifications by Federal agencies
For requirements relating to the application and use by Federal agencies of the standards and implementation specifications adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title , see section 17901 of this title .
§ 300gg–15a. Provision of additional information
A group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage shall comply with the provisions of section 18031(e)(3) of this title , except that a plan or coverage that is not offered through an Exchange shall only be required to submit the information required to the Secretary and the State insurance commissioner, and make such information available to the public.
§ 300jj–16. Voluntary application and use of adopted standards and implementation specifications by private entities
- (a) Except as provided under section 13112 of the HITECH Act [ 42 U.S.C. 17902 ], nothing in such Act or in the amendments made by such Act shall be construed—
- (1) to require a private entity to adopt or comply with a standard or implementation specification adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title ; or
- (2) to provide a Federal agency authority, other than the authority such agency may have under other provisions of law, to require a private entity to comply with such a standard or implementation specification.
- (b) Nothing in this part shall be construed to require that a private entity that enters into a contract with the Federal Government apply or use the standards and implementation specifications adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title with respect to activities not related to the contract.
§ 300jj–17. Federal health information technology
- (a) The National Coordinator shall support the development and routine updating of qualified electronic health record technology (as defined in section 300jj of this title ) consistent with subsections (b) and (c) and make available such qualified electronic health record technology unless the Secretary determines through an assessment that the needs and demands of providers are being substantially and adequately met through the marketplace.
- (b) In making such electronic health record technology publicly available, the National Coordinator shall ensure that the qualified electronic health record technology described in subsection (a) is certified under the program developed under section 300jj–11(c)(3) of this title to be in compliance with applicable standards adopted under section 300jj–12(a)(2) 1 1 So in original. No par. (2) of section 300jj–12(a) has been enacted. of this title.
- (c) The National Coordinator may impose a nominal fee for the adoption by a health care provider of the health information technology system developed or approved under subsection 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “subsections”. (a) and (b). Such fee shall take into account the financial circumstances of smaller providers, low income providers, and providers located in rural or other medically underserved areas.
- (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require that a private or government entity adopt or use the technology provided under this section.
§ 300jj–18. Transitions
- (a) To the extent consistent with section 300jj–11 of this title , all functions, personnel, assets, liabilities, and administrative actions applicable to the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology appointed under Executive Order No. 13335 or the Office of such National Coordinator on the date before February 17, 2009 , shall be transferred to the National Coordinator appointed under section 300jj–11(a) of this title and the Office of such National Coordinator as of February 17, 2009 .
- (b) Nothing in sections 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “section”. 300jj–12 of this title or this subsection shall be construed as prohibiting the AHIC Successor, Inc. doing business as the National eHealth Collaborative from modifying its charter, duties, membership, and any other structure or function required to be consistent with section 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “sections”. 300jj–12 and 300jj–13 3 3 See References in Text note below. of this title so as to allow the Secretary to recognize such AHIC Successor, Inc. as the HIT Advisory Committee.
- (c) In carrying out section 300jj–12(b)(2) of this title , until recommendations are made by the HIT Advisory Committee, 4 4 So in original. See 2016 Amendment note below. recommendations of the HIT Advisory Committee 4 shall be consistent with the most recent recommendations made by such AHIC Successor, Inc.
§ 300jj–19. Miscellaneous provisions
- (a)
- (1) With respect to the relation of this subchapter to HIPAA privacy and security law:
- (A) This subchapter may not be construed as having any effect on the authorities of the Secretary under HIPAA privacy and security law.
- (B) The purposes of this subchapter include ensuring that the health information technology standards and implementation specifications adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title take into account the requirements of HIPAA privacy and security law.
- (2) For purposes of this section, the term “HIPAA privacy and security law” means—
- (A) the provisions of part C of title XI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.], section 264 of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, and subtitle D of title IV 1 1 See References in Text note below. of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act; and
- (B) regulations under such provisions.
- (1) With respect to the relation of this subchapter to HIPAA privacy and security law:
- (b) In administering the provisions of this subchapter, the Secretary shall have flexibility in applying the definition of health care provider under section 300jj(3) of this title , including the authority to omit certain entities listed in such definition when applying such definition under this subchapter, where appropriate.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall use existing authorities to encourage partnerships between health information exchange organizations and networks and health care providers, health plans, and other appropriate entities with the goal of offering patients access to their electronic health information in a single, longitudinal format that is easy to understand, secure, and may be updated automatically.
- (2) The Secretary, in coordination with the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services, shall—
- (A) educate health care providers on ways of leveraging the capabilities of health information exchanges (or other relevant platforms) to provide patients with access to their electronic health information;
- (B) clarify misunderstandings by health care providers about using health information exchanges (or other relevant platforms) for patient access to electronic health information; and
- (C) to the extent practicable, educate providers about health information exchanges (or other relevant platforms) that employ some or all of the capabilities described in paragraph (1).
- (3) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary, in coordination with the Office for Civil Rights, shall issue guidance to health information exchanges related to best practices to ensure that the electronic health information provided to patients is—
- (A) private and secure;
- (B) accurate;
- (C) verifiable; and
- (D) where a patient’s authorization to exchange information is required by law, easily exchanged pursuant to such authorization.
- (4) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to preempt State laws applicable to patient consent for the access of information through a health information exchange (or other relevant platform) that provide protections to patients that are greater than the protections otherwise provided for under applicable Federal law.
- (d) The National Coordinator and the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services shall jointly promote patient access to health information in a manner that would ensure that such information is available in a form convenient for the patient, in a reasonable manner, without burdening the health care provider involved.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary, in consultation with the National Coordinator, shall promote policies that ensure that a patient’s electronic health information is accessible to that patient and the patient’s designees, in a manner that facilitates communication with the patient’s health care providers and other individuals, including researchers, consistent with such patient’s consent.
- (B) To promote awareness that an individual has a right of access to inspect, obtain a copy of, and transmit to a third party a copy of such individual’s protected health information pursuant to the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act, Privacy Rule (subpart E of part 164 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations), the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, in consultation with the National Coordinator, shall assist individuals and health care providers in understanding a patient’s rights to access and protect personal health information under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ( Public Law 104–191 ), including providing best practices for requesting personal health information in a computable format, including using patient portals or third-party applications and common cases when a provider is permitted to exchange and provide access to health information.”. 2 2 So in original.
- (2) In carrying out certification programs under section 300jj–11(c)(5) of this title , the National Coordinator may require that—
- (A) the certification criteria support—
- (i) patient access to their electronic health information, including in a single longitudinal format that is easy to understand, secure, and may be updated automatically;
- (ii) the patient’s ability to electronically communicate patient-reported information (such as family history and medical history); and
- (iii) patient access to their personal electronic health information for research at the option of the patient; and
- (B) the HIT Advisory Committee develop and prioritize standards, implementation specifications, and certification criteria required to help support patient access to electronic health information, patient usability, and support for technologies that offer patients access to their electronic health information in a single, longitudinal format that is easy to understand, secure, and may be updated automatically.
- (A) the certification criteria support—
- (1)
§ 300jj–19a. Electronic health record reporting program
- (a)
- (1) Not later than 1 year after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary shall convene stakeholders, as described in paragraph (2), for the purpose of developing the reporting criteria in accordance with paragraph (3).
- (2) The reporting criteria under this subsection shall be developed through a public, transparent process that reflects input from relevant stakeholders, including—
- (A) health care providers, including primary care and specialty care health care professionals;
- (B) hospitals and hospital systems;
- (C) health information technology developers;
- (D) patients, consumers, and their advocates;
- (E) data sharing networks, such as health information exchanges;
- (F) authorized certification bodies and testing laboratories;
- (G) security experts;
- (H) relevant manufacturers of medical devices;
- (I) experts in health information technology market economics;
- (J) public and private entities engaged in the evaluation of health information technology performance;
- (K) quality organizations, including the consensus based entity described in section 1395aaa of this title ;
- (L) experts in human factors engineering and the measurement of user-centered design; and
- (M) other entities or individuals, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (3) The reporting criteria developed under this subsection—
- (A) shall include measures that reflect categories including—
- (i) security;
- (ii) usability and user-centered design;
- (iii) interoperability;
- (iv) conformance to certification testing; and
- (v) other categories, as appropriate to measure the performance of electronic health record technology;
- (B) may include categories such as—
- (i) enabling the user to order and view the results of laboratory tests, imaging tests, and other diagnostic tests;
- (ii) submitting, editing, and retrieving data from registries such as clinician-led clinical data registries;
- (iii) accessing and exchanging information and data from and through health information exchanges;
- (iv) accessing and exchanging information and data from medical devices;
- (v) accessing and exchanging information and data held by Federal, State, and local agencies and other applicable entities useful to a health care provider or other applicable user in the furtherance of patient care;
- (vi) accessing and exchanging information from other health care providers or applicable users;
- (vii) accessing and exchanging patient generated information;
- (viii) providing the patient or an authorized designee with a complete copy of their health information from an electronic record in a computable format;
- (ix) providing accurate patient information for the correct patient, including exchanging such information, and avoiding the duplication of patients records; and
- (x) other categories regarding performance, accessibility, 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “performance or accessibility,”. as the Secretary determines appropriate; and
- (C) shall be designed to ensure that small and startup health information technology developers are not unduly disadvantaged by the reporting criteria.
- (A) shall include measures that reflect categories including—
- (4) After the reporting criteria have been developed under paragraph (3), the Secretary may convene stakeholders and conduct a public comment period for the purpose of modifying the reporting criteria developed under such paragraph.
- (b) As a condition of maintaining certification under section 300jj–11(c)(5)(D) of this title , a developer of certified electronic health records shall submit to an appropriate recipient of a grant, contract, or agreement under subsection (c)(1) responses to the criteria developed under subsection (a), with respect to all certified technology offered by such developer.
- (c)
- (1) Not later than 1 year after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or agreements to independent entities on a competitive basis to support the convening of stakeholders as described in subsection (a)(2), collect the information required to be reported in accordance with the criteria established as described subsection (a)(3), and develop and implement a process in accordance with paragraph (5) and report such information to the Secretary.
- (2) An independent entity that seeks a grant, contract, or agreement under this subsection shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, including a description of—
- (A) the proposed method for reviewing and summarizing information gathered based on reporting criteria established under subsection (a);
- (B) if applicable, the intended focus on a specific subset of certified electronic health record technology users, such as health care providers, including primary care, specialty care, and care provided in rural settings; hospitals and hospital systems; and patients, consumers, and patients and consumer advocates;
- (C) the plan for widely distributing reports described in paragraph (6);
- (D) the period for which the grant, contract, or agreement is requested, which may be up to 2 years; and
- (E) the budget for reporting program participation, and whether the eligible independent entity intends to continue participation after the period of the grant, contract, or agreement.
- (3) In awarding grants, contracts, and agreements under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give priority to independent entities with appropriate expertise in health information technology usability, interoperability, and security (especially entities with such expertise in electronic health records) with respect to—
- (A) health care providers, including primary care, specialty care, and care provided in rural settings;
- (B) hospitals and hospital systems; and
- (C) patients, consumers, and patient and consumer advocates.
- (4)
- (A) Not later than 4 years after December 13, 2016 , and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary, in consultation with stakeholders, shall—
- (i) assess performance of the recipients of the grants, contracts, and agreements under paragraph (1) based on quality and usability of reports described in paragraph (6); and
- (ii) re-determine grants, contracts, and agreements as necessary.
- (B) The Secretary may not award a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1) to—
- (i) a proprietor of certified health information technology or a business affiliate of such a proprietor;
- (ii) a developer of certified health information technology; or
- (iii) a State or local government agency.
- (A) Not later than 4 years after December 13, 2016 , and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary, in consultation with stakeholders, shall—
- (5) Based on reporting criteria established under subsection (a), the recipients of grants, contracts, and agreements under paragraph (1) shall develop and implement a process to collect and verify confidential feedback on such criteria from—
- (A) health care providers, patients, and other users of certified electronic health record technology; and
- (B) developers of certified electronic health record technology.
- (6)
- (A) Each recipient of a grant, contract, or agreement under paragraph (1) shall report on the information reported to such recipient pursuant to subsection (a) and the user feedback collected under paragraph (5) by preparing summary reports and detailed reports of such information.
- (B) Each recipient of a grant, contract, or agreement under paragraph (1) shall submit the reports prepared under subparagraph (A) to the Secretary for public distribution in accordance with subsection (d).
- (d) The Secretary shall distribute widely, as appropriate, and publish, on the Internet website of the Office of the National Coordinator—
- (1) the reporting criteria developed under subsection (a); and
- (2) the summary and detailed reports under subsection (c)(6).
- (e) Each recipient of a grant, contract, or agreement under paragraph (1) shall develop and implement a process through which participating electronic health record technology developers may review and recommend changes to the reports created under subsection (c)(6) for products developed by such developer prior to the publication of such report under subsection (d).
- (f) The Secretary may provide additional resources on the Internet website of the Office of the National Coordinator to better inform consumers of health information technology. Such reports may be carried out through partnerships with private organizations with appropriate expertise.
§ 300gg–19b. Information on prescription drugs
- (a) A group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage shall—
- (1) not restrict, directly or indirectly, any pharmacy that dispenses a prescription drug to an enrollee in the plan or coverage from informing (or penalize such pharmacy for informing) an enrollee of any differential between the enrollee’s out-of-pocket cost under the plan or coverage with respect to acquisition of the drug and the amount an individual would pay for acquisition of the drug without using any health plan or health insurance coverage; and
- (2) ensure that any entity that provides pharmacy benefits management services under a contract with any such health plan or health insurance coverage does not, with respect to such plan or coverage, restrict, directly or indirectly, a pharmacy that dispenses a prescription drug from informing (or penalize such pharmacy for informing) an enrollee of any differential between the enrollee’s out-of-pocket cost under the plan or coverage with respect to acquisition of the drug and the amount an individual would pay for acquisition of the drug without using any health plan or health insurance coverage.
- (b) For purposes of this section, the term “out-of-pocket cost”, with respect to acquisition of a drug, means the amount to be paid by the enrollee under the plan or coverage, including any cost-sharing (including any deductible, copayment, or coinsurance) and, as determined by the Secretary, any other expenditure.
§ 300j–19c. Study on intractable water systems
- (a) In this section, the term “intractable water system” means a community water system or a noncommunity water system—
- (1) that serves fewer than 1,000 individuals;
- (2) the owner or operator of which—
- (A) is unable or unwilling to provide safe and adequate service to those individuals;
- (B) has abandoned or effectively abandoned the community water system or noncommunity water system, as applicable;
- (C) has defaulted on a financial obligation relating to the community water system or noncommunity water system, as applicable; or
- (D) fails to maintain the facilities of the community water system or noncommunity water system, as applicable, in a manner so as to prevent a potential public health hazard; and
- (3) that is, as of October 23, 2018 —
- (A) in significant noncompliance with this chapter or any regulation promulgated pursuant to this chapter; or
- (B) listed as having a history of significant noncompliance with this subchapter pursuant to section 300g–9(b)(1) of this title .
- (b)
- (1) Not later than 2 years after October 23, 2018 , the Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall complete a study that—
- (A) identifies intractable water systems; and
- (B) describes barriers to delivery of potable water to individuals served by an intractable water system.
- (2) Not later than 2 years after October 23, 2018 , the Administrator shall submit to Congress a report describing findings and recommendations based on the study under this subsection.
- (1) Not later than 2 years after October 23, 2018 , the Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall complete a study that—
§ 300j–19d. Review of technologies
- (a) The Administrator, after consultation with appropriate departments and agencies of the Federal Government and with State and local governments, shall review (or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements to provide for a review of) existing and potential methods, means, equipment, and technologies (including review of cost, availability, and efficacy of such methods, means, equipment, and technologies) that—
- (1) ensure the physical integrity of community water systems;
- (2) prevent, detect, and respond to any contaminant for which a national primary drinking water regulation has been promulgated in community water systems and source water for community water systems;
- (3) allow for use of alternate drinking water supplies from nontraditional sources; and
- (4) facilitate source water assessment and protection.
- (b) The review under subsection (a) shall include review of methods, means, equipment, and technologies—
- (1) that are used for corrosion protection, metering, leak detection, or protection against water loss;
- (2) that are intelligent systems, including hardware, software, or other technology, used to assist in protection and detection described in paragraph (1);
- (3) that are point-of-use devices or point-of-entry devices;
- (4) that are physical or electronic systems that monitor, or assist in monitoring, contaminants in drinking water in real-time; and
- (5) that allow for the use of nontraditional sources for drinking water, including physical separation and chemical and biological transformation technologies.
- (c) The Administrator shall make the results of the review under subsection (a) available to the public.
- (d) There is authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2019, which shall remain available until expended.
§ 300j–19e. Water infrastructure and workforce investment
- (a) It is the sense of Congress that—
- (1) water and wastewater utilities provide a unique opportunity for access to stable, high-quality careers;
- (2) as water and wastewater utilities make critical investments in infrastructure, water and wastewater utilities can invest in the development of local workers and local small businesses to strengthen communities and ensure a strong pipeline of skilled and diverse workers for today and tomorrow; and
- (3) to further the goal of ensuring a strong pipeline of skilled and diverse workers in the water and wastewater utilities sector, Congress urges—
- (A) increased collaboration among Federal, State, and local governments; and
- (B) institutions of higher education, apprentice programs, high schools, and other community-based organizations to align workforce training programs and community resources with water and wastewater utilities to accelerate career pipelines and provide access to workforce opportunities.
- (b)
- (1) The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (referred to in this section as the “Administrator”), in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, shall establish a competitive grant program—
- (A) to assist the development and utilization of innovative activities relating to workforce development and career opportunities in the water utility sector; and
- (B) to expand public awareness about water utilities and connect individuals to careers in the water utility sector.
- (2) In awarding grants under paragraph (1), the Administrator shall, to the extent practicable, select nonprofit professional or service organizations, labor organizations, community colleges, institutions of higher education, or other training and educational institutions—
- (A) that have qualifications and experience—
- (i) in the development of training programs and curricula relevant to workforce needs of water utilities;
- (ii) working in cooperation with water utilities; or
- (iii) developing public education materials appropriate for communicating with groups of different ages and educational backgrounds; and
- (B) that will address the human resources and workforce needs of water utilities that—
- (i) are geographically diverse;
- (ii) are of varying sizes; and
- (iii) serve urban, suburban, and rural populations.
- (A) that have qualifications and experience—
- (3) Grants awarded under paragraph (1) may be used for activities such as—
- (A) targeted internship, apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and post-secondary bridge programs for skilled water utility trades that provide—
- (i) on-the-job training;
- (ii) skills development;
- (iii) test preparation for skilled trade apprenticeships;
- (iv) advance training in the water utility sector relating to construction, utility operations, treatment and distribution, green infrastructure, customer service, maintenance, and engineering; or
- (v) other support services to facilitate post-secondary success;
- (B) education programs designed for elementary, secondary, and higher education students that—
- (i) inform people about the role of water and wastewater utilities in their communities;
- (ii) increase the awareness of career opportunities and exposure of students to water utility careers through various work-based learning opportunities inside and outside the classroom; and
- (iii) connect students to career pathways related to water utilities;
- (C) regional industry and workforce development collaborations to address water utility employment needs and coordinate candidate development, particularly in areas of high unemployment or for water utilities with a high proportion of retirement eligible employees;
- (D) integrated learning laboratories in secondary educational institutions that provide students with—
- (i) hands-on, contextualized learning opportunities;
- (ii) dual enrollment credit for post-secondary education and training programs; and
- (iii) direct connection to industry employers; and
- (E) leadership development, occupational training, mentoring, or cross-training programs that ensure that incumbent water and waste water utilities workers are prepared for higher level supervisory or management-level positions.
- (A) targeted internship, apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and post-secondary bridge programs for skilled water utility trades that provide—
- (4) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $1,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 and 2020.
- (1) The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (referred to in this section as the “Administrator”), in consultation with the Secretary of Agriculture, shall establish a competitive grant program—
§ 300ff–20. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $604,000,000 for fiscal year 2007, $626,300,000 for fiscal year 2008, $649,500,000 for fiscal year 2009, $681,975,000 for fiscal year 2010, $716,074,000 for fiscal year 2011, $751,877,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $789,471,000 for fiscal year 2013. Amounts appropriated under the preceding sentence for a fiscal year are available for obligation by the Secretary until the end of the second succeeding fiscal year.
- (b)
- (1) Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2007, the Secretary shall reserve—
- (A) $458,310,000 for grants under subpart I; and
- (B) $145,690,000 for grants under section 300ff–19 of this title .
- (2) Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2008 and each subsequent fiscal year—
- (A) the Secretary shall reserve an amount for grants under subpart I; and
- (B) the Secretary shall reserve an amount for grants under section 300ff–19 of this title .
- (1) Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2007, the Secretary shall reserve—
- (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b):
- (1) If a metropolitan area is an eligible area under subpart I for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be an eligible area by reason of section 300ff–11(b) of this title —
- (A)
- (i) the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(A) of subsection (b) of this section for the first such subsequent year of not being an eligible area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the grant made pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and
- (ii)
- (I) if the metropolitan area qualifies for such first subsequent fiscal year as a transitional area under 300ff–19 1 1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “section”. of this title, the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of subsection (b) for such fiscal year is deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year; or
- (II) if the metropolitan area does not qualify for such first subsequent fiscal year as a transitional area under 300ff–19 1 of this title, an amount equal to the amount of such reduction is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title , in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title ; and
- (B) if a transfer under subparagraph (A)(ii)(II) is made with respect to the metropolitan area for such first subsequent fiscal year, then—
- (i) the amount reserved under paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(A) of subsection (b) of this section for such year is deemed to be reduced by an additional $500,000; and
- (ii) an amount equal to the amount of such additional reduction is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title , in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title .
- (A)
- (2) If a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be a transitional area by reason of section 300ff–19(c)(2) of this title (and does not qualify for such subsequent fiscal year as an eligible area under subpart I)—
- (A) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section for the first such subsequent fiscal year of not being a transitional area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the total of—
- (i) the amount of the grant that, pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title , was made under section 300ff–19(d)(2)(A) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and
- (ii) $500,000; and
- (B)
- (i) subject to clause (ii), an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year is, notwithstanding subsection (a), transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title , in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title ; and
- (ii) for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2013, notwithstanding subsection (a)—
- (I) there shall be transferred to the State containing the metropolitan area, for purposes described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title , an amount (which shall not be taken into account in applying section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title ) equal to—
- (II) there shall be transferred and made available for grants pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title for the fiscal year, in addition to amounts available for such grants under section 300ff–31b of this title , an amount equal to the total amount of the reduction for such fiscal year under subparagraph (A), less the amount transferred for such fiscal year under subclause (I).
- (A) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section for the first such subsequent fiscal year of not being a transitional area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the total of—
- (3) If a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year qualifies as an eligible area under subpart I—
- (A) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section for the first such subsequent fiscal year of becoming an eligible area is deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the grant that, pursuant to section 300ff–13(a) of this title , was made under section 300ff–19(d)(2)(A) of this title for the metropolitan area for the preceding fiscal year; and
- (B) the amount reserved under subsection (b)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the amount of the reduction under subparagraph (A) for such year.
- (1) If a metropolitan area is an eligible area under subpart I for a fiscal year, but for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be an eligible area by reason of section 300ff–11(b) of this title —
- (d) With respect to paragraphs (1)(B)(i) and (2)(A)(ii) of subsection (c), the Secretary shall administer any reductions under such paragraphs for a fiscal year in accordance with the following:
- (1) The reductions shall be made from amounts available for the single program referred to in section 300ff–19(d)(2)(C) of this title (relating to supplemental grants).
- (2) The reductions shall be made before the amounts referred to in paragraph (1) are used for purposes of section 300ff–13(a)(4) of this title .
- (3) If the amounts referred to in paragraph (1) are not sufficient for making all the reductions, the reductions shall be reduced until the total amount of the reductions equals the total of the amounts referred to in such paragraph.
- (e) Paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (c) apply with respect to each series of fiscal years during which a metropolitan area is an eligible area under subpart I or a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year and then for a subsequent fiscal year ceases to be such an area by reason of section 300ff–11(b) or 300ff–19(c)(2) of this title, respectively, rather than applying to a single such series. Paragraph (3) of subsection (c) applies with respect to each series of fiscal years during which a metropolitan area is a transitional area under section 300ff–19 of this title for a fiscal year and then for a subsequent fiscal year becomes an eligible area under subpart I, rather than applying to a single such series.
§ 300mm–21. Identification of WTC responders and provision of WTC-related monitoring services
- (a)
- (1) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “WTC responder” means any of the following individuals, subject to paragraph (4):
- (A) An individual who has been identified as eligible for monitoring under the arrangements as in effect on January 2, 2011 , between the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and—
- (i) the consortium coordinated by Mt. Sinai Hospital in New York City that coordinates the monitoring and treatment for enrolled WTC responders other than with respect to those covered under the arrangement with the Fire Department of New York City; or
- (ii) the Fire Department of New York City.
- (B) An individual who meets the current eligibility criteria described in paragraph (2).
- (C) An individual who—
- (i) performed rescue, recovery, demolition, debris cleanup, or other related services in the New York City disaster area in response to the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks, regardless of whether such services were performed by a State or Federal employee or member of the National Guard or otherwise; and
- (ii) meets such eligibility criteria relating to exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks as the WTC Program Administrator, after consultation with the WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee, determines appropriate.
- (A) An individual who has been identified as eligible for monitoring under the arrangements as in effect on January 2, 2011 , between the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and—
- (2) The eligibility criteria described in this paragraph for an individual is that the individual is described in any of the following categories:
- (A) The individual—
- (i) was a member of the Fire Department of New York City (whether fire or emergency personnel, active or retired) who participated at least one day in the rescue and recovery effort at any of the former World Trade Center sites (including Ground Zero, Staten Island Landfill, and the New York City Chief Medical Examiner’s Office) for any time during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 ; or
- (ii)
- (I) is a surviving immediate family member of an individual who was a member of the Fire Department of New York City (whether fire or emergency personnel, active or retired) and was killed at the World Trade site on September 11, 2001 ; and
- (II) received any treatment for a WTC-related health condition described in section 300mm–22(a)(1)(A)(ii) of this title (relating to mental health conditions) on or before September 1, 2008 .
- (B) The individual—
- (i) worked or volunteered onsite in rescue, recovery, debris cleanup, or related support services in lower Manhattan (south of Canal St.), the Staten Island Landfill, or the barge loading piers, for at least 4 hours during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on September 14, 2001 , for at least 24 hours during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on September 30, 2001 , or for at least 80 hours during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 ;
- (ii)
- (I) was a member of the Police Department of New York City (whether active or retired) or a member of the Port Authority Police of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey (whether active or retired) who participated onsite in rescue, recovery, debris cleanup, or related services in lower Manhattan (south of Canal St.), including Ground Zero, the Staten Island Landfill, or the barge loading piers, for at least 4 hours during the period beginning September 11, 2001 , and ending on September 14, 2001 ;
- (II) participated onsite in rescue, recovery, debris cleanup, or related services at Ground Zero, the Staten Island Landfill, or the barge loading piers, for at least one day during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 ;
- (III) participated onsite in rescue, recovery, debris cleanup, or related services in lower Manhattan (south of Canal St.) for at least 24 hours during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on September 30, 2001 ; or
- (IV) participated onsite in rescue, recovery, debris cleanup, or related services in lower Manhattan (south of Canal St.) for at least 80 hours during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 ;
- (iii) was an employee of the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner of New York City involved in the examination and handling of human remains from the World Trade Center attacks, or other morgue worker who performed similar post-September 11 functions for such Office staff, during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 ;
- (iv) was a worker in the Port Authority Trans-Hudson Corporation Tunnel for at least 24 hours during the period beginning on February 1, 2002 , and ending on July 1, 2002 ; or
- (v) was a vehicle-maintenance worker who was exposed to debris from the former World Trade Center while retrieving, driving, cleaning, repairing, and maintaining vehicles contaminated by airborne toxins from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks during a duration and period described in subparagraph (A).
- (C) The individual—
- (i)
- (I) was a member of a fire or police department (whether fire or emergency personnel, active or retired), worked for a recovery or cleanup contractor, or was a volunteer; and performed rescue, recovery, demolition, debris cleanup, or other related services at the Pentagon site of the terrorist-related aircraft crash of September 11, 2001 , during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on the date on which the cleanup of the site was concluded, as determined by the WTC Program Administrator; or
- (II) was a member of a fire or police department (whether fire or emergency personnel, active or retired), worked for a recovery or cleanup contractor, or was a volunteer; and performed rescue, recovery, demolition, debris cleanup, or other related services at the Shanksville, Pennsylvania, site of the terrorist-related aircraft crash of September 11, 2001 , during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on the date on which the cleanup of the site was concluded, as determined by the WTC Program Administrator; and
- (ii) is determined by the WTC Program Administrator to be at an increased risk of developing a WTC-related health condition as a result of exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks, and meets such eligibility criteria related to such exposures, as the WTC Program Administrator determines are appropriate, after consultation with the WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee.
- (i)
- (A) The individual—
- (3)
- (A) The WTC Program Administrator shall establish a process for enrolling WTC responders in the WTC Program. Under such process—
- (i) WTC responders described in paragraph (1)(A) shall be deemed to be enrolled in such Program;
- (ii) subject to clause (iii), the Administrator shall enroll in such program individuals who are determined to be WTC responders;
- (iii) the Administrator shall deny such enrollment to an individual if the Administrator determines that the numerical limitation in paragraph (4) on enrollment of WTC responders has been met;
- (iv) there shall be no fee charged to the applicant for making an application for such enrollment;
- (v) the Administrator shall make a determination on such an application not later than 60 days after the date of filing the application; and
- (vi) an individual who is denied enrollment in such Program shall have an opportunity to appeal such determination in a manner established under such process.
- (B)
- (i) In accordance with subparagraph (A)(i), the WTC Program Administrator shall enroll an individual described in paragraph (1)(A) in the WTC Program not later than July 1, 2011 .
- (ii) In accordance with subparagraph (A)(ii) and consistent with paragraph (4), the WTC Program Administrator shall enroll any other individual who is determined to be a WTC responder in the WTC Program at the time of such determination.
- (A) The WTC Program Administrator shall establish a process for enrolling WTC responders in the WTC Program. Under such process—
- (4)
- (A) The total number of individuals not described in paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(A)(ii) who may be enrolled under paragraph (3)(A)(ii) shall not exceed 75,000 at any time, of which no more than 2,500 may be individuals enrolled based on modified eligibility criteria established under paragraph (1)(C).
- (B) In implementing subparagraph (A), the WTC Program Administrator shall—
- (i) limit the number of enrollments made under paragraph (3)—
- (I) in accordance with such subparagraph; and
- (II) to such number, as determined by the Administrator based on the best available information and subject to amounts available under section 300mm–61 of this title , that will ensure sufficient funds will be available to provide treatment and monitoring benefits under this subchapter, with respect to all individuals who are enrolled; and
- (ii) provide priority (subject to paragraph (3)(A)(i)) in such enrollments in the order in which individuals apply for enrollment under paragraph (3).
- (i) limit the number of enrollments made under paragraph (3)—
- (5) No individual who is on the terrorist watch list maintained by the Department of Homeland Security shall qualify as an eligible WTC responder. Before enrolling any individual as a WTC responder in the WTC Program under paragraph (3), the Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall determine whether the individual is on such list.
- (1) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “WTC responder” means any of the following individuals, subject to paragraph (4):
- (b)
- (1) In the case of an enrolled WTC responder (other than one described in subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii)), the WTC Program shall provide for monitoring benefits that include monitoring consistent with protocols approved by the WTC Program Administrator and including clinical examinations and long-term health monitoring and analysis. In the case of an enrolled WTC responder who is an active member of the Fire Department of New York City, the responder shall receive such benefits as part of the individual’s periodic company medical exams.
- (2) The monitoring benefits under paragraph (1) shall be provided through the Clinical Center of Excellence for the type of individual involved or, in the case of an individual residing outside the New York metropolitan area, under an arrangement under section 300mm–23 of this title .
§ 300mm–22. Treatment of enrolled WTC responders for WTC-related health conditions
- (a)
- (1) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “WTC-related health condition” means a condition that—
- (A)
- (i) is an illness or health condition for which exposure to airborne toxins, any other hazard, or any other adverse condition resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks, based on an examination by a medical professional with experience in treating or diagnosing the health conditions included in the applicable list of WTC-related health conditions, is substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing the illness or health condition, as determined under paragraph (2); or
- (ii) is a mental health condition for which such attacks, based on an examination by a medical professional with experience in treating or diagnosing the health conditions included in the applicable list of WTC-related health conditions, is substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing the condition, as determined under paragraph (2); and
- (B) is included in the applicable list of WTC-related health conditions or—
- (i) with respect to a WTC responder, is provided certification of coverage under subsection (b)(2)(B)(iii); or
- (ii) with respect to a screening-eligible WTC survivor or certified-eligible WTC survivor, is provided certification of coverage under subsection (b)(2)(B)(iii), as applied under section 300mm–32(a) of this title .
- (A)
- (2) The determination under paragraph (1) or subsection (b) of whether the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks were substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing an individual’s illness or health condition shall be made based on an assessment of the following:
- (A) The individual’s exposure to airborne toxins, any other hazard, or any other adverse condition resulting from the terrorist attacks. Such exposure shall be—
- (i) evaluated and characterized through the use of a standardized, population-appropriate questionnaire approved by the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; and
- (ii) assessed and documented by a medical professional with experience in treating or diagnosing health conditions included on the list of WTC-related health conditions.
- (B) The type of symptoms and temporal sequence of symptoms. Such symptoms shall be—
- (i) assessed through the use of a standardized, population-appropriate medical questionnaire approved by the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health and a medical examination; and
- (ii) diagnosed and documented by a medical professional described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
- (A) The individual’s exposure to airborne toxins, any other hazard, or any other adverse condition resulting from the terrorist attacks. Such exposure shall be—
- (3) The list of health conditions for WTC responders consists of the following:
- (A)
- (i) Interstitial lung diseases.
- (ii) Chronic respiratory disorder—fumes/vapors.
- (iii) Asthma.
- (iv) Reactive airways dysfunction syndrome (RADS).
- (v) WTC-exacerbated chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
- (vi) Chronic cough syndrome.
- (vii) Upper airway hyperreactivity.
- (viii) Chronic rhinosinusitis.
- (ix) Chronic nasopharyngitis.
- (x) Chronic laryngitis.
- (xi) Gastroesophageal reflux disorder (GERD).
- (xii) Sleep apnea exacerbated by or related to a condition described in a previous clause.
- (B)
- (i) Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
- (ii) Major depressive disorder.
- (iii) Panic disorder.
- (iv) Generalized anxiety disorder.
- (v) Anxiety disorder (not otherwise specified).
- (vi) Depression (not otherwise specified).
- (vii) Acute stress disorder.
- (viii) Dysthymic disorder.
- (ix) Adjustment disorder.
- (x) Substance abuse.
- (C) In the case of a WTC responder described in paragraph (4), a condition described in such paragraph.
- (D) Any cancer (or type of cancer) or other condition added, pursuant to paragraph (5) or (6), to the list under this paragraph.
- (A)
- (4)
- (A) For purposes of this subchapter, in the case of a WTC responder who received any treatment for a WTC-related musculoskeletal disorder on or before September 11, 2003 , the list of health conditions in paragraph (3) shall include:
- (i) Low back pain.
- (ii) Carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS).
- (iii) Other musculoskeletal disorders.
- (B) The term “WTC-related musculoskeletal disorder” means a chronic or recurrent disorder of the musculoskeletal system caused by heavy lifting or repetitive strain on the joints or musculoskeletal system occurring during rescue or recovery efforts in the New York City disaster area in the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks.
- (A) For purposes of this subchapter, in the case of a WTC responder who received any treatment for a WTC-related musculoskeletal disorder on or before September 11, 2003 , the list of health conditions in paragraph (3) shall include:
- (5)
- (A) The WTC Program Administrator shall periodically conduct a review of all available scientific and medical evidence, including findings and recommendations of Clinical Centers of Excellence, published in peer-reviewed journals to determine if, based on such evidence, cancer or a certain type of cancer should be added to the applicable list of WTC-related health conditions. The WTC Program Administrator shall conduct the first review under this subparagraph not later than 180 days after January 2, 2011 .
- (B) Based on the periodic reviews under subparagraph (A), if the WTC Program Administrator determines that cancer or a certain type of cancer should be added to such list of WTC-related health conditions, the WTC Program Administrator shall propose regulations, through rulemaking, to add cancer or the certain type of cancer to such list.
- (C) Based on all the available evidence in the rulemaking record, the WTC Program Administrator shall make a final determination of whether cancer or a certain type of cancer should be added to such list of WTC-related health conditions. If such a determination is made to make such an addition, the WTC Program Administrator shall by regulation add cancer or the certain type of cancer to such list.
- (D) In the case that the WTC Program Administrator determines under subparagraph (B) or (C) that cancer or a certain type of cancer should not be added to such list of WTC-related health conditions, the WTC Program Administrator shall publish an explanation for such determination in the Federal Register. Any such determination to not make such an addition shall not preclude the addition of cancer or the certain type of cancer to such list at a later date.
- (6)
- (A) Whenever the WTC Program Administrator determines that a proposed rule should be promulgated to add a health condition to the list of health conditions in paragraph (3), the Administrator may request a recommendation of the Advisory Committee or may publish such a proposed rule in the Federal Register in accordance with subparagraph (D).
- (B) In the case that the WTC Program Administrator receives a written petition by an interested party to add a health condition to the list of health conditions in paragraph (3), not later than 90 days after the date of receipt of such petition the Administrator shall—
- (i) request a recommendation of the Advisory Committee;
- (ii) publish a proposed rule in the Federal Register to add such health condition, in accordance with subparagraph (D);
- (iii) publish in the Federal Register the Administrator’s determination not to publish such a proposed rule and the basis for such determination; or
- (iv) publish in the Federal Register a determination that insufficient evidence exists to take action under clauses (i) through (iii).
- (C) In the case that the Administrator requests a recommendation of the Advisory Committee under this paragraph, with respect to adding a health condition to the list in paragraph (3), the Advisory Committee shall submit to the Administrator such recommendation not later than 90 days after the date of such request or by such date (not to exceed 180 days after such date of request) as specified by the Administrator. Not later than 90 days after the date of receipt of such recommendation, the Administrator shall, in accordance with subparagraph (D), publish in the Federal Register a proposed rule with respect to such recommendation or a determination not to propose such a proposed rule and the basis for such determination.
- (D) The WTC Program Administrator shall, with respect to any proposed rule under this paragraph—
- (i) publish such proposed rule in accordance with section 553 of title 5 ; and
- (ii) provide interested parties a period of 30 days after such publication to submit written comments on the proposed rule.
- (E) For purposes of this paragraph, the term “interested party” includes a representative of any organization representing WTC responders, a nationally recognized medical association, a Clinical or Data Center, a State or political subdivision, or any other interested person.
- (F) Prior to issuing a final rule to add a health condition to the list in paragraph (3), the WTC Program Administrator shall provide for an independent peer review of the scientific and technical evidence that would be the basis for issuing such final rule.
- (G)
- (i)
- (I) Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015 , the WTC Program Administrator shall request the Advisory Committee to review and evaluate the policies and procedures, in effect at the time of the review and evaluation, that are used to determine whether sufficient evidence exists to support adding a health condition to the list in paragraph (3).
- (II) Prior to establishing any substantive new policy or procedure used to make the determination described in subclause (I) or prior to making any substantive amendment to any policy or procedure described in such subclause, the WTC Program Administrator shall request the Advisory Committee to review and evaluate such substantive policy, procedure, or amendment.
- (ii) Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2015 , and not less than every 2 years thereafter, the WTC Program Administrator shall seek recommendations from the Advisory Committee regarding the identification of individuals to conduct the independent peer reviews under subparagraph (F).
- (i)
- (1) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “WTC-related health condition” means a condition that—
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) If a physician at a Clinical Center of Excellence that is providing monitoring benefits under section 300mm–21 of this title for an enrolled WTC responder makes a determination that the responder has a WTC-related health condition that is in the list in subsection (a)(3) and that exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 1, 2001 , terrorist attacks is substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing the condition—
- (i) the physician shall promptly transmit such determination to the WTC Program Administrator and provide the Administrator with the medical facts supporting such determination; and
- (ii) on and after the date of such transmittal and subject to subparagraph (B), the WTC Program shall provide for payment under subsection (c) for medically necessary treatment for such condition.
- (B)
- (i) A Federal employee designated by the WTC Program Administrator shall review determinations made under subparagraph (A).
- (ii) The Administrator shall provide a certification of such condition based upon reviews conducted under clause (i). Such a certification shall be provided unless the Administrator determines that the responder’s condition is not a WTC-related health condition in the list in subsection (a)(3) or that exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 1, 2001 , terrorist attacks is not substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing the condition.
- (iii) The Administrator shall establish, by rule, a process for the appeal of determinations under clause (ii).
- (A) If a physician at a Clinical Center of Excellence that is providing monitoring benefits under section 300mm–21 of this title for an enrolled WTC responder makes a determination that the responder has a WTC-related health condition that is in the list in subsection (a)(3) and that exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 1, 2001 , terrorist attacks is substantially likely to be a significant factor in aggravating, contributing to, or causing the condition—
- (2)
- (A) If a physician at a Clinical Center of Excellence determines pursuant to subsection (a) that the enrolled WTC responder has a health condition described in subsection (a)(1)(A) that is not in the list in subsection (a)(3) but which is medically associated with a WTC-related health condition—
- (i) the physician shall promptly transmit such determination to the WTC Program Administrator and provide the Administrator with the facts supporting such determination; and
- (ii) the Administrator shall make a determination under subparagraph (B) with respect to such physician’s determination.
- (B) The WTC Program Administrator shall, by rule, establish procedures for the review and certification of physician determinations under subparagraph (A). Such rule shall provide for—
- (i) the timely review of such a determination by a physician panel with appropriate expertise for the condition and recommendations to the WTC Program Administrator;
- (ii) not later than 60 days after the date of the transmittal under subparagraph (A)(i), a determination by the WTC Program Administrator on whether or not the condition involved is described in subsection (a)(1)(A) and is medically associated with a WTC-related health condition;
- (iii) certification in accordance with paragraph (1)(B)(ii) of coverage of such condition if determined to be described in subsection (a)(1)(A) and medically associated with a WTC-related health condition; and
- (iv) a process for appeals of determinations relating to such conditions.
- (C) If the WTC Program Administrator provides certification under subparagraph (B)(iii) for coverage of a condition, the Administrator may, pursuant to subsection (a)(6), add the condition to the list in subsection (a)(3).
- (D) If the WTC Program Administrator publishes a determination under subsection (a)(6)(B) not to include a condition in the list in subsection (a)(3), the WTC Program Administrator shall not provide certification under subparagraph (B)(iii) for coverage of the condition. In the case of an individual who is certified under subparagraph (B)(iii) with respect to such condition before the date of the publication of such determination the previous sentence shall not apply.
- (A) If a physician at a Clinical Center of Excellence determines pursuant to subsection (a) that the enrolled WTC responder has a health condition described in subsection (a)(1)(A) that is not in the list in subsection (a)(3) but which is medically associated with a WTC-related health condition—
- (3)
- (A) In providing treatment for a WTC-related health condition, a physician or other provider shall provide treatment that is medically necessary and in accordance with medical treatment protocols established under subsection (d).
- (B) For the purpose of this subchapter, the WTC Program Administrator shall issue regulations specifying a standard for determining medical necessity with respect to health care services and prescription pharmaceuticals, a process for determining whether treatment furnished and pharmaceuticals prescribed under this subchapter meet such standard (including any prior authorization requirement), and a process for appeal of a determination under subsection (c)(3).
- (4)
- (A) The scope of treatment covered under this subsection includes services of physicians and other health care providers, diagnostic and laboratory tests, prescription drugs, inpatient and outpatient hospital services, and other medically necessary treatment.
- (B) With respect to ensuring coverage of medically necessary outpatient prescription drugs, such drugs shall be provided, under arrangements made by the WTC Program Administrator, directly through participating Clinical Centers of Excellence or through one or more outside vendors.
- (C) The WTC Program Administrator may provide for necessary and reasonable transportation and expenses incident to the securing of medically necessary treatment through the nationwide network under section 300mm–23 of this title involving travel of more than 250 miles and for which payment is made under this section in the same manner in which individuals may be furnished necessary and reasonable transportation and expenses incident to services involving travel of more than 250 miles under regulations implementing section 7384t(c) of this title .
- (5) With respect to an enrolled WTC responder for whom a determination is made by an examining physician under paragraph (1) or (2), but for whom the WTC Program Administrator has not yet determined whether to certify the determination, the WTC Program Administrator may establish by rule a process through which the Administrator may approve the provision of medical treatment under this subsection (and payment under subsection (c)) with respect to such responder and such responder’s WTC-related health condition (under such terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide) until the Administrator makes a decision on whether to certify the determination.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1)
- (A)
- (i) Subject to clause (ii):
- (I) Subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C), the WTC Program Administrator shall reimburse costs for medically necessary treatment under this subchapter for WTC-related health conditions according to the payment rates that would apply to the provision of such treatment and services by the facility under the Federal Employees Compensation Act.
- (II) For treatment not covered under subclause (i) or subparagraph (B), the WTC Program Administrator shall establish by regulation a reimbursement rate for such treatment.
- (ii) In no case shall payments for products or services under clause (i) be made at a rate higher than the Office of Worker’s Compensation Programs in the Department 1 1 So in original. The word “of” probably should appear. Labor would pay for such products or services rendered at the time such products or services were provided.
- (i) Subject to clause (ii):
- (B)
- (i) The WTC Program Administrator shall establish a program for paying for the medically necessary outpatient prescription pharmaceuticals prescribed under this subchapter for WTC-related health conditions through one or more contracts with outside vendors.
- (ii) Under such program the Administrator shall—
- (I) select one or more appropriate vendors through a Federal competitive bid process; and
- (II) select the lowest bidder (or bidders) meeting the requirements for providing pharmaceutical benefits for participants in the WTC Program.
- (iii) Under such program the Administrator may enter into an agreement with a separate vendor to provide pharmaceutical benefits to enrolled WTC responders for whom the Clinical Center of Excellence is described in section 300mm—4 of this title if such an arrangement is deemed necessary and beneficial to the program by the WTC Program Administrator.
- (iv) Not later than July 1, 2011 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on whether existing Federal pharmaceutical purchasing programs can provide pharmaceutical benefits more efficiently and effectively than through the WTC program.
- (C) The WTC Program Administrator may modify the amounts and methodologies for making payments for initial health evaluations, monitoring, or treatment, if, taking into account utilization and quality data furnished by the Clinical Centers of Excellence under section 300mm–4(b)(1)(B)(iii) of this title , the Administrator determines that a bundling, capitation, pay for performance, or other payment methodology would better ensure high quality and efficient delivery of initial health evaluations, monitoring, or treatment to an enrolled WTC responder, screening-eligible WTC survivor, or certified-eligible WTC survivor.
- (A)
- (2) The WTC Program Administrator shall reimburse the costs of monitoring and the costs of an initial health evaluation provided under this subchapter at a rate set by the Administrator by regulation.
- (3)
- (A) As part of the process for reimbursement or payment under this subsection, the WTC Program Administrator shall provide for the review of claims for reimbursement or payment for the provision of medical treatment to determine if such treatment is medically necessary and in accordance with medical treatment protocols established under subsection (d).
- (B) The Administrator shall withhold such reimbursement or payment for treatment that the Administrator determines is not medically necessary or is not in accordance with such medical treatment protocols.
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) The Data Centers shall develop medical treatment protocols for the treatment of enrolled WTC responders and certified-eligible WTC survivors for health conditions included in the applicable list of WTC-related health conditions.
- (2) The medical treatment protocols developed under paragraph (1) shall be subject to approval by the WTC Program Administrator.
§ 300mm–23. National arrangement for benefits for eligible individuals outside New York
- (a) In order to ensure reasonable access to benefits under this part for individuals who are enrolled WTC responders, screening-eligible WTC survivors, or certified-eligible WTC survivors and who reside in any State, as defined in section 201(f) of this title , outside the New York metropolitan area, the WTC Program Administrator shall establish a nationwide network of health care providers to provide monitoring and treatment benefits and initial health evaluations near such individuals’ areas of residence in such States. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as preventing such individuals from being provided such monitoring and treatment benefits or initial health evaluation through any Clinical Center of Excellence.
- (b) Any health care provider participating in the network under subsection (a) shall—
- (1) meet criteria for credentialing established by the Data Centers;
- (2) follow the monitoring, initial health evaluation, and treatment protocols developed under section 300mm–4(a)(2)(A)(ii) of this title ;
- (3) collect and report data in accordance with section 300mm–3 of this title ; and
- (4) meet such fraud, quality assurance, and other requirements as the WTC Program Administrator establishes, including sections 1320a–7 through 1320a–7e of this title, as applied by section 300mm(d) of this title .
- (c) The WTC Program Administer 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “Administrator”. may provide, including through contract, for the provision of training and technical assistance to health care providers participating in the network under subsection (a).
- (d)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator may enter into an agreement with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs for the Secretary to provide services under this section through facilities of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (2) Not later than July 1, 2011 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on whether the Department of Veterans Affairs can provide monitoring and treatment services to individuals under this section more efficiently and effectively than through the nationwide network to be established under subsection (a).
§ 300ff–24. Grants for home- and community-based care
- (a) A State may use amounts provided under a grant awarded under section 300ff–21 of this title to make grants under section 300ff–22(b)(3)(J) of this title to entities to—
- (1) provide home- and community-based health services for individuals with HIV/AIDS pursuant to written plans of care prepared by a case management team, that shall include appropriate health care professionals, in such State for providing such services to such individuals;
- (2) provide outreach services to individuals with HIV/AIDS, including those individuals in rural areas; and
- (3) provide for the coordination of the provision of services under this section with the provision of HIV-related health services, including specialty care and vaccinations for hepatitis co-infection, provided by public and private entities.
- (b) In awarding grants under subsection (a), a State shall give priority to entities that provide assurances to the State that—
- (1) such entities will participate in HIV care consortia if such consortia exist within the State; and
- (2) such entities will utilize amounts provided under such grants for the provision of home- and community-based services to low-income individuals with HIV/AIDS.
- (c) As used in section 300ff–21 of this title , the term “home- and community-based health services”—
- (1) means, with respect to an individual with HIV/AIDS, skilled health services furnished to the individual in the individual’s home pursuant to a written plan of care established by a case management team, that shall include appropriate health care professionals, for the provision of such services and items described in paragraph (2);
- (2) includes—
- (A) durable medical equipment;
- (B) home health aide services and personal care services furnished in the home of the individual;
- (C) day treatment or other partial hospitalization services;
- (D) home intravenous and aerosolized drug therapy (including prescription drugs administered as part of such therapy);
- (E) routine diagnostic testing administered in the home of the individual; and
- (F) appropriate mental health, developmental, and rehabilitation services; and
- (3) does not include—
- (A) inpatient hospital services; and
- (B) nursing home and other long term care facilities.
§ 299b–24a. Activities regarding women’s health
- (a) There is established within the Office of the Director, an Office of Women’s Health and Gender-Based Research (referred to in this section as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a director who shall be appointed by the Director of Healthcare and Research Quality.
- (b) The official designated under subsection (a) shall—
- (1) report to the Director on the current Agency level of activity regarding women’s health, across, where appropriate, age, biological, and sociocultural contexts, in all aspects of Agency work, including the development of evidence reports and clinical practice protocols and the conduct of research into patient outcomes, delivery of health care services, quality of care, and access to health care;
- (2) establish short-range and long-range goals and objectives within the Agency for research important to women’s health and, as relevant and appropriate, coordinate with other appropriate offices on activities within the Agency that relate to health services and medical effectiveness research, for issues of particular concern to women;
- (3) identify projects in women’s health that should be conducted or supported by the Agency;
- (4) consult with health professionals, nongovernmental organizations, consumer organizations, women’s health professionals, and other individuals and groups, as appropriate, on Agency policy with regard to women; and
- (5) serve as a member of the Department of Health and Human Services Coordinating Committee on Women’s Health (established under section 237a(b)(4) of this title ).
- (c) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 300gg–25. Standards relating to benefits for mothers and newborns
- (a)
- (1) A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, may not—
- (A) except as provided in paragraph (2)—
- (i) restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child, following a normal vaginal delivery, to less than 48 hours, or
- (ii) restrict benefits for any hospital length of stay in connection with childbirth for the mother or newborn child, following a cesarean section, to less than 96 hours, or
- (B) require that a provider obtain authorization from the plan or the issuer for prescribing any length of stay required under subparagraph (A) (without regard to paragraph (2)).
- (A) except as provided in paragraph (2)—
- (2) Paragraph (1)(A) shall not apply in connection with any group health plan or health insurance issuer in any case in which the decision to discharge the mother or her newborn child prior to the expiration of the minimum length of stay otherwise required under paragraph (1)(A) is made by an attending provider in consultation with the mother.
- (1) A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, may not—
- (b) A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, may not—
- (1) deny to the mother or her newborn child eligibility, or continued eligibility, to enroll or to renew coverage under the terms of the plan or coverage, solely for the purpose of avoiding the requirements of this section;
- (2) provide monetary payments or rebates to mothers to encourage such mothers to accept less than the minimum protections available under this section;
- (3) penalize or otherwise reduce or limit the reimbursement of an attending provider because such provider provided care to an individual participant or beneficiary in accordance with this section;
- (4) provide incentives (monetary or otherwise) to an attending provider to induce such provider to provide care to an individual participant or beneficiary in a manner inconsistent with this section; or
- (5) subject to subsection (c)(3), restrict benefits for any portion of a period within a hospital length of stay required under subsection (a) in a manner which is less favorable than the benefits provided for any preceding portion of such stay.
- (c)
- (1) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a mother who is a participant or beneficiary—
- (A) to give birth in a hospital; or
- (B) to stay in the hospital for a fixed period of time following the birth of her child.
- (2) This section shall not apply with respect to any group health plan, or any health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, which does not provide benefits for hospital lengths of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or her newborn child.
- (3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing a group health plan or health insurance issuer from imposing deductibles, coinsurance, or other cost-sharing in relation to benefits for hospital lengths of stay in connection with childbirth for a mother or newborn child under the plan (or under health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan), except that such coinsurance or other cost-sharing for any portion of a period within a hospital length of stay required under subsection (a) may not be greater than such coinsurance or cost-sharing for any preceding portion of such stay.
- (1) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a mother who is a participant or beneficiary—
- (d) A group health plan under this part shall comply with the notice requirement under section 1185(d) of title 29 with respect to the requirements of this section as if such section applied to such plan.
- (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage from negotiating the level and type of reimbursement with a provider for care provided in accordance with this section.
- (f)
- (1) The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect to health insurance coverage if there is a State law (as defined in section 300gg–23(d)(1) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title) for a State that regulates such coverage that is described in any of the following subparagraphs:
- (A) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for at least a 48-hour hospital length of stay following a normal vaginal delivery and at least a 96-hour hospital length of stay following a cesarean section.
- (B) Such State law requires such coverage to provide for maternity and pediatric care in accordance with guidelines established by the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, the American Academy of Pediatrics, or other established professional medical associations.
- (C) Such State law requires, in connection with such coverage for maternity care, that the hospital length of stay for such care is left to the decision of (or required to be made by) the attending provider in consultation with the mother.
- (2) Section 300gg–23(a)(1) 1 of this title shall not be construed as superseding a State law described in paragraph (1).
- (1) The requirements of this section shall not apply with respect to health insurance coverage if there is a State law (as defined in section 300gg–23(d)(1) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title) for a State that regulates such coverage that is described in any of the following subparagraphs:
§ 25a. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25a. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25b. Programs to reduce underage drinking
- (a) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “alcohol beverage industry” means the brewers, vintners, distillers, importers, distributors, and retail or online outlets that sell or serve beer, wine, and distilled spirits.
- (2) The term “school-based prevention” means programs, which are institutionalized, and run by staff members or school-designated persons or organizations in any grade of school, kindergarten through 12th grade.
- (3) The term “youth” means persons under the age of 21.
- (4) The term “IOM report” means the report released in September 2003 by the National Research Council, Institute of Medicine, and entitled “Reducing Underage Drinking: A Collective Responsibility”.
- (b) It is the sense of the Congress that:
- (1) A multi-faceted effort is needed to more successfully address the problem of underage drinking in the United States. A coordinated approach to prevention, intervention, treatment, enforcement, and research is key to making progress. This chapter recognizes the need for a focused national effort, and addresses particulars of the Federal portion of that effort, as well as Federal support for State activities.
- (2) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall continue to conduct research and collect data on the short and long-range impact of alcohol use and abuse upon adolescent brain development and other organ systems.
- (3) States and communities, including colleges and universities, are encouraged to adopt comprehensive prevention approaches, including—
- (A) evidence-based screening, programs and curricula;
- (B) brief intervention strategies;
- (C) consistent policy enforcement; and
- (D) environmental changes that limit underage access to alcohol.
- (4) Public health groups, consumer groups, and the alcohol beverage industry should continue and expand evidence-based efforts to prevent and reduce underage drinking.
- (5) The entertainment industries have a powerful impact on youth, and they should use rating systems and marketing codes to reduce the likelihood that underage audiences will be exposed to movies, recordings, or television programs with unsuitable alcohol content.
- (6) The National Collegiate Athletic Association, its member colleges and universities, and athletic conferences should affirm a commitment to a policy of discouraging alcohol use among underage students and other young fans.
- (7) Alcohol is a unique product and should be regulated differently than other products by the States and Federal Government. States have primary authority to regulate alcohol distribution and sale, and the Federal Government should support and supplement these State efforts. States also have a responsibility to fight youth access to alcohol and reduce underage drinking. Continued State regulation and licensing of the manufacture, importation, sale, distribution, transportation and storage of alcoholic beverages are clearly in the public interest and are critical to promoting responsible consumption, preventing illegal access to alcohol by persons under 21 years of age from commercial and non-commercial sources, maintaining industry integrity and an orderly marketplace, and furthering effective State tax collection.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary, in collaboration with the Federal officials specified in subparagraph (B), shall formally establish and enhance the efforts of the interagency coordinating committee, that began operating in 2004, focusing on underage drinking (referred to in this subsection as the “Committee”).
- (B) The officials referred to in paragraph (1) are the Secretary of Education, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Defense, the Surgeon General, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, the Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the Assistant Secretary for Children and Families, the Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the Administrator of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the Administrator of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission, and such other Federal officials as the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines to be appropriate.
- (C) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall serve as the chair of the Committee.
- (D) The Committee shall guide policy and program development across the Federal Government with respect to underage drinking, provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be construed as transferring regulatory or program authority from an Agency to the Coordinating Committee.
- (E) The Committee shall actively seek the input of and shall consult with all appropriate and interested parties, including States, public health research and interest groups, foundations, and alcohol beverage industry trade associations and companies.
- (F)
- (i) The Secretary, on behalf of the Committee, shall annually submit to the Congress a report that summarizes—
- (I) all programs and policies of Federal agencies designed to prevent and reduce underage drinking;
- (II) the extent of progress in preventing and reducing underage drinking nationally;
- (III) data that the Secretary shall collect with respect to the information specified in clause (ii); and
- (IV) such other information regarding underage drinking as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (ii) The report under clause (i) shall include information on the following:
- (I) Patterns and consequences of underage drinking as reported in research and surveys such as, but not limited to Monitoring the Future, Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, and the Fatality Analysis Reporting System.
- (II) Measures of the availability of alcohol from commercial and non-commercial sources to underage populations.
- (III) Measures of the exposure of underage populations to messages regarding alcohol in advertising and the entertainment media as reported by the Federal Trade Commission.
- (IV) Surveillance data, including information on the onset and prevalence of underage drinking, consumption patterns and the means of underage access. The Secretary shall develop a plan to improve the collection, measurement and consistency of reporting Federal underage alcohol data.
- (V) Any additional findings resulting from research conducted or supported under subsection (f).
- (VI) Evidence-based best practices to prevent and reduce underage drinking and provide treatment services to those youth who need them.
- (i) The Secretary, on behalf of the Committee, shall annually submit to the Congress a report that summarizes—
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall, with input and collaboration from other appropriate Federal agencies, States, Indian tribes, territories, and public health, consumer, and alcohol beverage industry groups, annually issue a report on each State’s performance in enacting, enforcing, and creating laws, regulations, and programs to prevent or reduce underage drinking.
- (B)
- (i) The Secretary shall develop, in consultation with the Committee, a set of measures to be used in preparing the report on best practices.
- (ii) In developing these measures, the Secretary shall consider categories including, but not limited to:
- (I) Whether or not the State has comprehensive anti-underage drinking laws such as for the illegal sale, purchase, attempt to purchase, consumption, or possession of alcohol; illegal use of fraudulent ID; illegal furnishing or obtaining of alcohol for an individual under 21 years; the degree of strictness of the penalties for such offenses; and the prevalence of the enforcement of each of these infractions.
- (II) Whether or not the State has comprehensive liability statutes pertaining to underage access to alcohol such as dram shop, social host, and house party laws, and the prevalence of enforcement of each of these laws.
- (III) Whether or not the State encourages and conducts comprehensive enforcement efforts to prevent underage access to alcohol at retail outlets, such as random compliance checks and shoulder tap programs, and the number of compliance checks within alcohol retail outlets measured against the number of total alcohol retail outlets in each State, and the result of such checks.
- (IV) Whether or not the State encourages training on the proper selling and serving of alcohol for all sellers and servers of alcohol as a condition of employment.
- (V) Whether or not the State has policies and regulations with regard to direct sales to consumers and home delivery of alcoholic beverages.
- (VI) Whether or not the State has programs or laws to deter adults from purchasing alcohol for minors; and the number of adults targeted by these programs.
- (VII) Whether or not the State has programs targeted to youths, parents, and caregivers to deter underage drinking; and the number of individuals served by these programs.
- (VIII) Whether or not the State has enacted graduated drivers licenses and the extent of those provisions.
- (IX) The amount that the State invests, per youth capita, on the prevention of underage drinking, further broken down by the amount spent on—
- (3) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $1,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall continue to fund and oversee the production, broadcasting, and evaluation of the national adult-oriented media public service campaign if the Secretary determines that such campaign is effective in achieving the media campaign’s measurable objectives.
- (2) The Secretary shall provide a report to the Congress annually detailing the production, broadcasting, and evaluation of the campaign referred to in paragraph (1), and to detail in the report the effectiveness of the campaign in reducing underage drinking, the need for and likely effectiveness of an expanded adult-oriented media campaign, and the feasibility and the likely effectiveness of a national youth-focused media campaign to combat underage drinking.
- (3) In carrying out the media campaign, the Secretary shall direct the entity carrying out the national adult-oriented media public service campaign to consult with interested parties including both the alcohol beverage industry and public health and consumer groups. The progress of this consultative process is to be covered in the report under paragraph (2).
- (4) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection, $1,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) The Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, in consultation with the Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, shall award, if the Assistant Secretary determines that the Department of Health and Human Services is not currently conducting activities that duplicate activities of the type described in this subsection, “enhancement grants” to eligible entities to design, test, evaluate and disseminate effective strategies to maximize the effectiveness of community-wide approaches to preventing and reducing underage drinking. This subsection is subject to the availability of appropriations.
- (B) The purposes of this paragraph are to—
- (i) prevent and reduce alcohol use among youth in communities throughout the United States;
- (ii) strengthen collaboration among communities, the Federal Government, and State, local, and tribal governments;
- (iii) enhance intergovernmental cooperation and coordination on the issue of alcohol use among youth;
- (iv) serve as a catalyst for increased citizen participation and greater collaboration among all sectors and organizations of a community that first demonstrates a long-term commitment to reducing alcohol use among youth;
- (v) disseminate to communities timely information regarding state-of-the-art practices and initiatives that have proven to be effective in preventing and reducing alcohol use among youth; and
- (vi) enhance, not supplant, effective local community initiatives for preventing and reducing alcohol use among youth.
- (C) An eligible entity desiring an enhancement grant under this paragraph shall submit an application to the Assistant Secretary at such time, and in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Assistant Secretary may require. Each application shall include—
- (i) a complete description of the entity’s current underage alcohol use prevention initiatives and how the grant will appropriately enhance the focus on underage drinking issues; or
- (ii) a complete description of the entity’s current initiatives, and how it will use this grant to enhance those initiatives by adding a focus on underage drinking prevention.
- (D) Each eligible entity that receives a grant under this paragraph shall use the grant funds to carry out the activities described in such entity’s application submitted pursuant to subparagraph (C). Grants under this paragraph shall not exceed $50,000 per year and may not exceed four years.
- (E) Grant funds provided under this paragraph shall be used to supplement, not supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds available for carrying out the activities described in this paragraph.
- (F) Grants under this paragraph shall be subject to the same evaluation requirements and procedures as the evaluation requirements and procedures imposed on recipients of drug free community grants.
- (G) For purposes of this paragraph, the term “eligible entity” means an organization that is currently receiving or has received grant funds under the Drug-Free Communities Act of 1997 ( 21 U.S.C. 1521 et seq.).
- (H) Not more than 6 percent of a grant under this paragraph may be expended for administrative expenses.
- (I) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this paragraph $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to enable the entities to prevent and reduce the rate of underage alcohol consumption including binge drinking among students at institutions of higher education.
- (B) An eligible entity that desires to receive a grant under this paragraph shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require. Each application shall include—
- (i) a description of how the eligible entity will work to enhance an existing, or where none exists to build a, statewide coalition;
- (ii) a description of how the eligible entity will target underage students in the State;
- (iii) a description of how the eligible entity intends to ensure that the statewide coalition is actually implementing the purpose of this section and moving toward indicators described in subparagraph (D);
- (iv) a list of the members of the statewide coalition or interested parties involved in the work of the eligible entity;
- (v) a description of how the eligible entity intends to work with State agencies on substance abuse prevention and education;
- (vi) the anticipated impact of funds provided under this paragraph in preventing and reducing the rates of underage alcohol use;
- (vii) outreach strategies, including ways in which the eligible entity proposes to—
- (I) reach out to students and community stakeholders;
- (II) promote the purpose of this paragraph;
- (III) address the range of needs of the students and the surrounding communities; and
- (IV) address community norms for underage students regarding alcohol use; and
- (viii) such additional information as required by the Secretary.
- (C) Each eligible entity that receives a grant under this paragraph shall use the grant funds to carry out the activities described in such entity’s application submitted pursuant to subparagraph (B).
- (D) On the date on which the Secretary first publishes a notice in the Federal Register soliciting applications for grants under this paragraph, the Secretary shall include in the notice achievement indicators for the program authorized under this paragraph. The achievement indicators shall be designed—
- (i) to measure the impact that the statewide coalitions assisted under this paragraph are having on the institutions of higher education and the surrounding communities, including changes in the number of incidents of any kind in which students have abused alcohol or consumed alcohol while under the age of 21 (including violations, physical assaults, sexual assaults, reports of intimidation, disruptions of school functions, disruptions of student studies, mental health referrals, illnesses, or deaths);
- (ii) to measure the quality and accessibility of the programs or information offered by the eligible entity; and
- (iii) to provide such other measures of program impact as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (E) Grant funds provided under this paragraph shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds available for carrying out the activities described in this paragraph.
- (F) For purposes of this paragraph:
- (i) The term “eligible entity” means a State, institution of higher education, or nonprofit entity.
- (ii) The term “institution of higher education” has the meaning given the term in section 1001(a) of title 20 .
- (iii) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Education.
- (iv) The term “State” means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
- (v) The term “statewide coalition” means a coalition that—
- (I) includes, but is not limited to—
- (II) works toward lowering the alcohol abuse rate by targeting underage students at institutions of higher education throughout the State and in the surrounding communities.
- (vi) The term “surrounding community” means the community—
- (I) that surrounds an institution of higher education participating in a statewide coalition;
- (II) where the students from the institution of higher education take part in the community; and
- (III) where students from the institution of higher education live in off-campus housing.
- (G) Not more than 5 percent of a grant under this paragraph may be expended for administrative expenses.
- (H) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this paragraph $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2007, and $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2010.
- (1)
- (f)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, collect data, and conduct or support research that is not duplicative of research currently being conducted or supported by the Department of Health and Human Services, on underage drinking, with respect to the following:
- (i) Comprehensive community-based programs or strategies and statewide systems to prevent and reduce underage drinking, across the underage years from early childhood to age 21, including programs funded and implemented by government entities, public health interest groups and foundations, and alcohol beverage companies and trade associations.
- (ii) Annually obtain and report more precise information than is currently collected on the scope of the underage drinking problem and patterns of underage alcohol consumption, including improved knowledge about the problem and progress in preventing, reducing and treating underage drinking; as well as information on the rate of exposure of youth to advertising and other media messages encouraging and discouraging alcohol consumption.
- (iii) Compiling information on the involvement of alcohol in unnatural deaths of persons ages 12 to 20 in the United States, including suicides, homicides, and unintentional injuries such as falls, drownings, burns, poisonings, and motor vehicle crash deaths.
- (B) The Secretary shall carry out activities toward the following objectives with respect to underage drinking:
- (i) Obtaining new epidemiological data within the national or targeted surveys that identify alcohol use and attitudes about alcohol use during pre- and early adolescence, including harm caused to self or others as a result of adolescent alcohol use such as violence, date rape, risky sexual behavior, and prenatal alcohol exposure.
- (ii) Developing or identifying successful clinical treatments for youth with alcohol problems.
- (C) Research under subparagraph (A) shall meet current Federal standards for scientific peer review.
- (A) The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, collect data, and conduct or support research that is not duplicative of research currently being conducted or supported by the Department of Health and Human Services, on underage drinking, with respect to the following:
- (2) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $3,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2018 through 2022 1 1 So in original. A period probably should appear.
- (1)
- (g)
- (1) The Assistant Secretary may make grants to eligible entities to increase implementation of practices for reducing the prevalence of alcohol use among individuals under the age of 21, including college students.
- (2) Grants under this subsection shall be made to improve—
- (A) screening children and adolescents for alcohol use;
- (B) offering brief interventions to children and adolescents to discourage such use;
- (C) educating parents about the dangers of, and methods of discouraging, such use;
- (D) diagnosing and treating alcohol use disorders; and
- (E) referring patients, when necessary, to other appropriate care.
- (3) An entity receiving a grant under this subsection may use such funding for the purposes identified in paragraph (2) by—
- (A) providing training to health care providers;
- (B) disseminating best practices, including culturally and linguistically appropriate best practices, as appropriate, and developing and distributing materials; and
- (C) supporting other activities, as determined appropriate by the Assistant Secretary.
- (4) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an entity shall submit an application to the Assistant Secretary at such time, and in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Assistant Secretary may require. Each application shall include—
- (A) a description of the entity;
- (B) a description of activities to be completed;
- (C) a description of how the services specified in paragraphs (2) and (3) will be carried out and the qualifications for providing such services; and
- (D) a timeline for the completion of such activities.
- (5) For the purpose of this subsection:
- (A) The term “brief intervention” means, after screening a patient, providing the patient with brief advice and other brief motivational enhancement techniques designed to increase the insight of the patient regarding the patient’s alcohol use, and any realized or potential consequences of such use, to effect the desired related behavioral change.
- (B) The term “children and adolescents” means any person under 21 years of age.
- (C) The term “eligible entity” means an entity consisting of pediatric health care providers and that is qualified to support or provide the activities identified in paragraph (2).
- (D) The term “pediatric health care provider” means a provider of primary health care to individuals under the age of 21 years.
- (E) The term “screening” means using validated patient interview techniques to identify and assess the existence and extent of alcohol use in a patient.
§ 25c. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25c. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25d. Centers of excellence on services for individuals with fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects and treatment for individuals with such conditions and their families
- (a) The Secretary shall make awards of grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts to public or nonprofit private entities for the purposes of establishing not more than four centers of excellence to study techniques for the prevention of fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects and adaptations of innovative clinical interventions and service delivery improvements for the provision of comprehensive services to individuals with fetal alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects and their families and for providing training on such conditions.
- (b) An award under subsection (a) may be used to—
- (1) study adaptations of innovative clinical interventions and service delivery improvements strategies for children and adults with fetal alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects and their families;
- (2) identify communities which have an exemplary comprehensive system of care for such individuals so that they can provide technical assistance to other communities attempting to set up such a system of care;
- (3) provide technical assistance to communities who do not have a comprehensive system of care for such individuals and their families;
- (4) train community leaders, mental health and substance abuse professionals, families, law enforcement personnel, judges, health professionals, persons working in financial assistance programs, social service personnel, child welfare professionals, and other service providers on the implications of fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects, the early identification of and referral for such conditions;
- (5) develop innovative techniques for preventing alcohol use by women in child bearing years;
- (6) perform other functions, to the extent authorized by the Secretary after consideration of recommendations made by the National Task Force on Fetal Alcohol Syndrome.
- (c)
- (1) A recipient of an award under subsection (a) shall at the end of the period of funding report to the Secretary on any innovative techniques that have been discovered for preventing alcohol use among women of child bearing years.
- (2) The Secretary shall upon receiving a report under paragraph (1) disseminate the findings to appropriate public and private entities.
- (d) With respect to an award under subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award are made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years.
- (e) The Secretary shall evaluate each project carried out under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private entities.
- (f) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
§ 25e. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25e. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–25f. Prevention and education programs
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this Act as the “Secretary”) shall award grants to public and nonprofit private entities to enable such entities to carry out science-based education programs in elementary and secondary schools to highlight the harmful effects of anabolic steroids.
- (b)
- (1) To be eligible for grants under subsection (a), an entity shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (2) In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give preference to applicants that intend to use grant funds to carry out programs based on—
- (A) the Athletes Training and Learning to Avoid Steroids program;
- (B) The Athletes Targeting Healthy Exercise and Nutrition Alternatives program; and
- (C) other programs determined to be effective by the National Institute on Drug Abuse.
- (c) Amounts received under a grant under subsection (a) shall be used for education programs that will directly communicate with teachers, principals, coaches, as well as elementary and secondary school children concerning the harmful effects of anabolic steroids.
- (d) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $15,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2005 through 2010.
§ 290bb–25g. Awareness campaigns
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in coordination with the heads of other departments and agencies, shall advance education and awareness regarding the risks related to misuse and abuse of opioids, as appropriate, which may include developing or improving existing programs, conducting activities, and awarding grants that advance the education and awareness of—
- (1) the public, including patients and consumers—
- (A) generally; and
- (B) regarding such risks related to unused opioids and the dispensing options under section 829(f) of title 21 , as applicable; and
- (2) providers, which may include—
- (A) providing for continuing education on appropriate prescribing practices;
- (B) education related to applicable State or local prescriber limit laws, information on the use of non-addictive alternatives for pain management, and the use of overdose reversal drugs, as appropriate;
- (C) disseminating and improving the use of evidence-based opioid prescribing guidelines across relevant health care settings, as appropriate, and updating guidelines as necessary;
- (D) implementing strategies, such as best practices, to encourage and facilitate the use of prescriber guidelines, in accordance with State and local law;
- (E) disseminating information to providers about prescribing options for controlled substances, including such options under section 829(f) of title 21 , as applicable; and
- (F) disseminating information, as appropriate, on the National Pain Strategy developed by or in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Health; and
- (3) other appropriate entities.
- (1) the public, including patients and consumers—
- (b) The education and awareness campaigns under subsection (a) shall address—
- (1) the dangers of opioid misuse and abuse;
- (2) the prevention of opioid misuse and abuse, including through non-addictive treatment options, safe disposal options for prescription medications, and other applicable safety precautions; and
- (3) the detection of early warning signs of addiction.
- (c) The education and awareness campaigns under subsection (a) shall, as appropriate—
- (1) take into account any association between prescription opioid abuse and heroin use;
- (2) emphasize—
- (A) the similarities between heroin and prescription opioids; and
- (B) the effects of heroin and prescription opioids on the human body; and
- (3) bring greater public awareness to the dangerous effects of fentanyl when mixed with heroin or abused in a similar manner.
§ 300gg–26. Parity in mental health and substance use disorder benefits
- (a)
- (1) In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits—
- (A) If the plan or coverage does not include an aggregate lifetime limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits, the plan or coverage may not impose any aggregate lifetime limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
- (B) If the plan or coverage includes an aggregate lifetime limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this paragraph referred to as the “applicable lifetime limit”), the plan or coverage shall either—
- (i) apply the applicable lifetime limit both to the medical and surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and to mental health and substance use disorder benefits and not distinguish in the application of such limit between such medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits; or
- (ii) not include any aggregate lifetime limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits that is less than the applicable lifetime limit.
- (C) In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different aggregate lifetime limits on different categories of medical and surgical benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules under which subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits by substituting for the applicable lifetime limit an average aggregate lifetime limit that is computed taking into account the weighted average of the aggregate lifetime limits applicable to such categories.
- (2) In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits—
- (A) If the plan or coverage does not include an annual limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits, the plan or coverage may not impose any annual limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
- (B) If the plan or coverage includes an annual limit on substantially all medical and surgical benefits (in this paragraph referred to as the “applicable annual limit”), the plan or coverage shall either—
- (i) apply the applicable annual limit both to medical and surgical benefits to which it otherwise would apply and to mental health and substance use disorder benefits and not distinguish in the application of such limit between such medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits; or
- (ii) not include any annual limit on mental health or substance use disorder benefits that is less than the applicable annual limit.
- (C) In the case of a plan or coverage that is not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) and that includes no or different annual limits on different categories of medical and surgical benefits, the Secretary shall establish rules under which subparagraph (B) is applied to such plan or coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits by substituting for the applicable annual limit an average annual limit that is computed taking into account the weighted average of the annual limits applicable to such categories.
- (3)
- (A) In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits, such plan or coverage shall ensure that—
- (i) the financial requirements applicable to such mental health or substance use disorder benefits are no more restrictive than the predominant financial requirements applied to substantially all medical and surgical benefits covered by the plan (or coverage), and there are no separate cost sharing requirements that are applicable only with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits; and
- (ii) the treatment limitations applicable to such mental health or substance use disorder benefits are no more restrictive than the predominant treatment limitations applied to substantially all medical and surgical benefits covered by the plan (or coverage) and there are no separate treatment limitations that are applicable only with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
- (B) In this paragraph:
- (i) The term “financial requirement” includes deductibles, copayments, coinsurance, and out-of-pocket expenses, but excludes an aggregate lifetime limit and an annual limit subject to paragraphs (1) and (2).
- (ii) A financial requirement or treatment limit is considered to be predominant if it is the most common or frequent of such type of limit or requirement.
- (iii) The term “treatment limitation” includes limits on the frequency of treatment, number of visits, days of coverage, or other similar limits on the scope or duration of treatment.
- (A) In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits, such plan or coverage shall ensure that—
- (4) The criteria for medical necessity determinations made under the plan with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits (or the health insurance coverage offered in connection with the plan with respect to such benefits) shall be made available by the plan administrator (or the health insurance issuer offering such coverage) in accordance with regulations to any current or potential participant, beneficiary, or contracting provider upon request. The reason for any denial under the plan (or coverage) of reimbursement or payment for services with respect to mental health or substance use disorder benefits in the case of any participant or beneficiary shall, on request or as otherwise required, be made available by the plan administrator (or the health insurance issuer offering such coverage) to the participant or beneficiary in accordance with regulations.
- (5) In the case of a plan or coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits, if the plan or coverage provides coverage for medical or surgical benefits provided by out-of-network providers, the plan or coverage shall provide coverage for mental health or substance use disorder benefits provided by out-of-network providers in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of this section.
- (6)
- (A) Not later than 12 months after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, shall issue a compliance program guidance document to help improve compliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , and section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable. In carrying out this paragraph, the Secretaries may take into consideration the 2016 publication of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Labor, entitled “Warning Signs - Plan or Policy Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations (NQTLs) that Require Additional Analysis to Determine Mental Health Parity Compliance”.
- (B)
- (i) The compliance program guidance document required under this paragraph shall provide illustrative, de-identified examples (that do not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information) of previous findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, based on investigations of violations of such sections, including—
- (I) examples illustrating requirements for information disclosures and nonquantitative treatment limitations; and
- (II) descriptions of the violations uncovered during the course of such investigations.
- (ii) To the extent that any example described in clause (i) involves a finding of compliance or noncompliance with regard to any requirement for nonquantitative treatment limitations, the example shall provide sufficient detail to fully explain such finding, including a full description of the criteria involved for approving medical and surgical benefits and the criteria involved for approving mental health and substance use disorder benefits.
- (iii) In developing and issuing the compliance program guidance document required under this paragraph, the Secretaries specified in subparagraph (A)—
- (I) shall enter into interagency agreements with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury to share findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable; and
- (II) shall seek to enter into an agreement with a State to share information on findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable.
- (i) The compliance program guidance document required under this paragraph shall provide illustrative, de-identified examples (that do not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information) of previous findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, based on investigations of violations of such sections, including—
- (C) The compliance program guidance document shall include recommendations to advance compliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, and encourage the development and use of internal controls to monitor adherence to applicable statutes, regulations, and program requirements. Such internal controls may include illustrative examples of nonquantitative treatment limitations on mental health and substance use disorder benefits, which may fail to comply with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, in relation to nonquantitative treatment limitations on medical and surgical benefits.
- (D) The Secretary, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, and the Inspector General of the Department of the Treasury, shall update the compliance program guidance document every 2 years to include illustrative, de-identified examples (that do not disclose any protected health information or individually identifiable information) of previous findings of compliance and noncompliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable.
- (7)
- (A) Not later than 12 months after December 13, 2016 , the Secretary, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury shall issue guidance to group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage to assist such plans and issuers in satisfying the requirements of this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable.
- (B)
- (i) The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage may use for disclosing information to ensure compliance with the requirements under this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, (and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such sections, as applicable).
- (ii) The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage may use to provide any participant, beneficiary, contracting provider, or authorized representative, as applicable, with documents containing information that the health plans or issuers are required to disclose to participants, beneficiaries, contracting providers, or authorized representatives to ensure compliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, compliance with any regulation issued pursuant to such respective section, or compliance with any other applicable law or regulation. Such guidance shall include information that is comparative in nature with respect to—
- (I) nonquantitative treatment limitations for both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits;
- (II) the processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors used to apply the limitations described in subclause (I); and
- (III) the application of the limitations described in subclause (I) to ensure that such limitations are applied in parity with respect to both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits.
- (C) The guidance issued under this paragraph shall include clarifying information and illustrative examples of methods, processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors that group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage may use regarding the development and application of nonquantitative treatment limitations to ensure compliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable, (and any regulations promulgated pursuant to such respective section), including—
- (i) examples of methods of determining appropriate types of nonquantitative treatment limitations with respect to both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits, including nonquantitative treatment limitations pertaining to—
- (I) medical management standards based on medical necessity or appropriateness, or whether a treatment is experimental or investigative;
- (II) limitations with respect to prescription drug formulary design; and
- (III) use of fail-first or step therapy protocols;
- (ii) examples of methods of determining—
- (I) network admission standards (such as credentialing); and
- (II) factors used in provider reimbursement methodologies (such as service type, geographic market, demand for services, and provider supply, practice size, training, experience, and licensure) as such factors apply to network adequacy;
- (iii) examples of sources of information that may serve as evidentiary standards for the purposes of making determinations regarding the development and application of nonquantitative treatment limitations;
- (iv) examples of specific factors, and the evidentiary standards used to evaluate such factors, used by such plans or issuers in performing a nonquantitative treatment limitation analysis;
- (v) examples of how specific evidentiary standards may be used to determine whether treatments are considered experimental or investigative;
- (vi) examples of how specific evidentiary standards may be applied to each service category or classification of benefits;
- (vii) examples of methods of reaching appropriate coverage determinations for new mental health or substance use disorder treatments, such as evidence-based early intervention programs for individuals with a serious mental illness and types of medical management techniques;
- (viii) examples of methods of reaching appropriate coverage determinations for which there is an indirect relationship between the covered mental health or substance use disorder benefit and a traditional covered medical and surgical benefit, such as residential treatment or hospitalizations involving voluntary or involuntary commitment; and
- (ix) additional illustrative examples of methods, processes, strategies, evidentiary standards, and other factors for which the Secretary determines that additional guidance is necessary to improve compliance with this section, section 1185a of title 29 , or section 9812 of title 26 , as applicable.
- (i) examples of methods of determining appropriate types of nonquantitative treatment limitations with respect to both medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits, including nonquantitative treatment limitations pertaining to—
- (D) Prior to issuing any final guidance under this paragraph, the Secretary shall provide a public comment period of not less than 60 days during which any member of the public may provide comments on a draft of the guidance.
- (1) In the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides both medical and surgical benefits and mental health or substance use disorder benefits—
- (b) Nothing in this section shall be construed—
- (1) as requiring a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage to provide any mental health or substance use disorder benefits; or
- (2) in the case of a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage that provides mental health or substance use disorder benefits, as affecting the terms and conditions of the plan or coverage relating to such benefits under the plan or coverage, except as provided in subsection (a).
- (c)
- (1) This section shall not apply to any group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage for any plan year of a small employer (as defined in section 300gg–91(e)(4) of this title , except that for purposes of this paragraph such term shall include employers with 1 employee in the case of an employer residing in a State that permits small groups to include a single individual).
- (2)
- (A) With respect to a group health plan or a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage, if the application of this section to such plan (or coverage) results in an increase for the plan year involved of the actual total costs of coverage with respect to medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan (as determined and certified under subparagraph (C)) by an amount that exceeds the applicable percentage described in subparagraph (B) of the actual total plan costs, the provisions of this section shall not apply to such plan (or coverage) during the following plan year, and such exemption shall apply to the plan (or coverage) for 1 plan year. An employer may elect to continue to apply mental health and substance use disorder parity pursuant to this section with respect to the group health plan (or coverage) involved regardless of any increase in total costs.
- (B) With respect to a plan (or coverage), the applicable percentage described in this subparagraph shall be—
- (i) 2 percent in the case of the first plan year in which this section is applied; and
- (ii) 1 percent in the case of each subsequent plan year.
- (C) Determinations as to increases in actual costs under a plan (or coverage) for purposes of this section shall be made and certified by a qualified and licensed actuary who is a member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries. All such determinations shall be in a written report prepared by the actuary. The report, and all underlying documentation relied upon by the actuary, shall be maintained by the group health plan or health insurance issuer for a period of 6 years following the notification made under subparagraph (E).
- (D) If a group health plan (or a health insurance issuer offering coverage in connection with a group health plan) seeks an exemption under this paragraph, determinations under subparagraph (A) shall be made after such plan (or coverage) has complied with this section for the first 6 months of the plan year involved.
- (E)
- (i) A group health plan (or a health insurance issuer offering coverage in connection with a group health plan) that, based upon a certification described under subparagraph (C), qualifies for an exemption under this paragraph, and elects to implement the exemption, shall promptly notify the Secretary, the appropriate State agencies, and participants and beneficiaries in the plan of such election.
- (ii) A notification to the Secretary under clause (i) shall include—
- (I) a description of the number of covered lives under the plan (or coverage) involved at the time of the notification, and as applicable, at the time of any prior election of the cost-exemption under this paragraph by such plan (or coverage);
- (II) for both the plan year upon which a cost exemption is sought and the year prior, a description of the actual total costs of coverage with respect to medical and surgical benefits and mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan; and
- (III) for both the plan year upon which a cost exemption is sought and the year prior, the actual total costs of coverage with respect to mental health and substance use disorder benefits under the plan.
- (iii) A notification to the Secretary under clause (i) shall be confidential. The Secretary shall make available, upon request and on not more than an annual basis, an anonymous itemization of such notifications, that includes—
- (I) a breakdown of States by the size and type of employers submitting such notification; and
- (II) a summary of the data received under clause (ii).
- (F) To determine compliance with this paragraph, the Secretary may audit the books and records of a group health plan or health insurance issuer relating to an exemption, including any actuarial reports prepared pursuant to subparagraph (C), during the 6 year period following the notification of such exemption under subparagraph (E). A State agency receiving a notification under subparagraph (E) may also conduct such an audit with respect to an exemption covered by such notification.
- (d) In the case of a group health plan that offers a participant or beneficiary two or more benefit package options under the plan, the requirements of this section shall be applied separately with respect to each such option.
- (e) For purposes of this section—
- (1) The term “aggregate lifetime limit” means, with respect to benefits under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, a dollar limitation on the total amount that may be paid with respect to such benefits under the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to an individual or other coverage unit.
- (2) The term “annual limit” means, with respect to benefits under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, a dollar limitation on the total amount of benefits that may be paid with respect to such benefits in a 12-month period under the plan or health insurance coverage with respect to an individual or other coverage unit.
- (3) The term “medical or surgical benefits” means benefits with respect to medical or surgical services, as defined under the terms of the plan or coverage (as the case may be), but does not include mental health or substance use disorder benefits.
- (4) The term “mental health benefits” means benefits with respect to services for mental health conditions, as defined under the terms of the plan and in accordance with applicable Federal and State law.
- (5) The term “substance use disorder benefits” means benefits with respect to services for substance use disorders, as defined under the terms of the plan and in accordance with applicable Federal and State law.
§ 26a. Repealed. Pub. L. 116–94, div. N, title I, § 604(c) , Dec. 20, 2019 , 133 Stat. 3127
§ 300x–26a. Repealed. Pub. L. 116–94, div. N, title I, § 604(c) , Dec. 20, 2019 , 133 Stat. 3127
§ 300gg–27. Required coverage for reconstructive surgery following mastectomies
The provisions of section 1185b of title 29 shall apply to group health plans, and and 1 1 So in original. health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage, as if included in this subpart.
§ 300ff–27a. Spousal notification
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall not make a grant under part B of title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300ff–21 et seq.) to any State unless such State takes administrative or legislative action to require that a good faith effort be made to notify a spouse of a known HIV-infected patient that such spouse may have been exposed to the human immunodeficiency virus and should seek testing.
- (b) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “spouse” means any individual who is the marriage partner of an HIV-infected patient, or who has been the marriage partner of that patient at any time within the 10-year period prior to the diagnosis of HIV infection.
- (2) The term “HIV-infected patient” means any individual who has been diagnosed to be infected with the human immunodeficiency virus.
- (3) The term “State” means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, or any territory of the United States.
§ 300gg–28. Coverage of dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence
- (a) In this section, the term “medically necessary leave of absence” means, with respect to a dependent child described in subsection (b)(2) in connection with a group health plan or individual health insurance coverage, a leave of absence of such child from a postsecondary educational institution (including an institution of higher education as defined in section 1002 of title 20 ), or any other change in enrollment of such child at such an institution, that—
- (1) commences while such child is suffering from a serious illness or injury;
- (2) is medically necessary; and
- (3) causes such child to lose student status for purposes of coverage under the terms of the plan or coverage.
- (b)
- (1) In the case of a dependent child described in paragraph (2), a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer that offers group or individual health insurance coverage, shall not terminate coverage of such child under such plan or health insurance coverage due to a medically necessary leave of absence before the date that is the earlier of—
- (A) the date that is 1 year after the first day of the medically necessary leave of absence; or
- (B) the date on which such coverage would otherwise terminate under the terms of the plan or health insurance coverage.
- (2) A dependent child described in this paragraph is, with respect to a group health plan or individual health insurance coverage, a beneficiary under the plan who—
- (A) is a dependent child, under the terms of the plan or coverage, of a participant or beneficiary under the plan or coverage; and
- (B) was enrolled in the plan or coverage, on the basis of being a student at a postsecondary educational institution (as described in subsection (a)), immediately before the first day of the medically necessary leave of absence involved.
- (3) Paragraph (1) shall apply to a group health plan or individual health insurance coverage only if the plan or issuer of the coverage has received written certification by a treating physician of the dependent child which states that the child is suffering from a serious illness or injury and that the leave of absence (or other change of enrollment) described in subsection (a) is medically necessary.
- (1) In the case of a dependent child described in paragraph (2), a group health plan, or a health insurance issuer that offers group or individual health insurance coverage, shall not terminate coverage of such child under such plan or health insurance coverage due to a medically necessary leave of absence before the date that is the earlier of—
- (c) A group health plan, and a health insurance issuer that offers group or individual health insurance coverage, shall include, with any notice regarding a requirement for certification of student status for coverage under the plan or coverage, a description of the terms of this section for continued coverage during medically necessary leaves of absence. Such description shall be in language which is understandable to the typical plan participant.
- (d) A dependent child whose benefits are continued under this section shall be entitled to the same benefits as if (during the medically necessary leave of absence) the child continued to be a covered student at the institution of higher education and was not on a medically necessary leave of absence.
- (e) If—
- (1) a dependent child of a participant or beneficiary is in a period of coverage under a group health plan or individual health insurance coverage, pursuant to a medically necessary leave of absence of the child described in subsection (b);
- (2) the manner in which the participant or beneficiary is covered under the plan changes, whether through a change in health insurance coverage or health insurance issuer, a change between health insurance coverage and self-insured coverage, or otherwise; and
- (3) the coverage as so changed continues to provide coverage of beneficiaries as dependent children,
§ 300ff–29. Technical assistance
The Secretary shall provide technical assistance in administering and coordinating the activities authorized under section 300ff–22 of this title , including technical assistance for the development and implementation of statewide coordinated statements of need.
§ 300ff–29a. Supplemental grants
- (a) For the purpose of providing services described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title , the Secretary shall make grants to States—
- (1) whose applications under section 300ff–27 of this title have demonstrated the need in the State, on an objective and quantified basis, for supplemental financial assistance to provide such services; and
- (2) that did not, for the most recent grant year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title for which data is available, have more than 5 percent of grant funds under such sections canceled, offset under section 300ff–31a(e) of this title , or covered by any waivers under section 300ff–31a(c) of this title .
- (b) The factors considered by the Secretary in determining whether an eligible area has a demonstrated need for purposes of subsection (a)(1) may include any or all of the following:
- (1) The unmet need for such services, as determined under section 300ff–27(b) of this title .
- (2) An increasing need for HIV/AIDS-related services, including relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS.
- (3) The relative rates of increase in the number of cases of HIV/AIDS within new or emerging subpopulations.
- (4) The current prevalence of HIV/AIDS.
- (5) Relevant factors related to the cost and complexity of delivering health care to individuals with HIV/AIDS in the eligible area.
- (6) The impact of co-morbid factors, including co-occurring conditions, determined relevant by the Secretary.
- (7) The prevalence of homelessness.
- (8) The prevalence of individuals described under section 300ff–12(b)(2)(M) of this title .
- (9) The relevant factors that limit access to health care, including geographic variation, adequacy of health insurance coverage, and language barriers.
- (10) The impact of a decline in the amount received pursuant to section 300ff–28 of this title on services available to all individuals with HIV/AIDS identified and eligible under this subchapter.
- (c) The Secretary shall provide funds under this section to a State to address the decline in services related to the decline in the amounts received pursuant to section 300ff–28 of this title consistent with the grant award to the State for fiscal year 2006, to the extent that the factor under subsection (b)(10) (relating to a decline in funding) applies to the State.
- (d) Not later than 45 days after the awarding of supplemental funds under this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report concerning such funds. Such report shall include information detailing—
- (1) the total amount of supplemental funds available under this section for the year involved;
- (2) the amount of supplemental funds used in accordance with the hold harmless provisions of section 300ff–28(a)(2) of this title ;
- (3) the amount of supplemental funds disbursed pursuant to subsection (c);
- (4) the disbursement of the remainder of the supplemental funds after taking into account the uses described in paragraphs (2) and (3); and
- (5) the rationale used for the amount of funds disbursed as described under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4).
- (e) The provisions of section 300ff–22(b) of this title apply with respect to a grant under this section to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to a grant made pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) of this title .
- (f) The authority to make grants under this section applies beginning with the first fiscal year for which amounts are made available for such grants under section 300ff–31b(b)(1) of this title .
§ 300ff–30. Emerging communities
- (a) The Secretary shall award supplemental grants to States determined to be eligible under subsection (b) to enable such States to provide comprehensive services of the type described in section 300ff–22(a) of this title to supplement the services otherwise provided by the State under a grant under this subpart in emerging communities within the State that are not eligible to receive grants under part A.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a supplemental grant under subsection (a), a State shall—
- (1) be eligible to receive a grant under this subpart;
- (2) demonstrate the existence in the State of an emerging community as defined in subsection (d)(1);
- (3) agree that the grant will be used to provide funds directly to emerging communities in the State, separately from other funds under this subchapter that are provided by the State to such communities; and
- (4) submit the information described in subsection (c).
- (c) A State that desires a grant under this section shall, as part of the State application submitted under section 300ff–27 of this title , submit a detailed description of the manner in which the State will use amounts received under the grant and of the severity of need. Such description shall include—
- (1) a report concerning the dissemination of supplemental funds under this section and the plan for the utilization of such funds in the emerging community;
- (2) a demonstration of the existing commitment of local resources, both financial and in-kind;
- (3) a demonstration that the State will maintain HIV-related activities at a level that is equal to not less than the level of such activities in the State for the 1-year period preceding the fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive a grant under section 300ff–21 of this title ;
- (4) a demonstration of the ability of the State to utilize such supplemental financial resources in a manner that is immediately responsive and cost effective;
- (5) a demonstration that the resources will be allocated in accordance with the local demographic incidence of AIDS including appropriate allocations for services for infants, children, women, and families with HIV/AIDS;
- (6) a demonstration of the inclusiveness of the planning process, with particular emphasis on affected communities and individuals with HIV/AIDS; and
- (7) a demonstration of the manner in which the proposed services are consistent with local needs assessments and the statewide coordinated statement of need.
- (d) For purposes of this section, the term “emerging community” means a metropolitan area (as defined in section 300ff–17 of this title ) for which there has been reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a cumulative total of at least 500, but fewer than 1,000, cases of AIDS during the most recent period of 5 calendar years for which such data are available.
- (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a metropolitan area that is an emerging community for a fiscal year continues to be an emerging community until the metropolitan area fails, for three consecutive fiscal years—
- (1) to meet the requirements of subsection (d); and
- (2) to have a cumulative total of 750 or more living cases of AIDS (reported to and confirmed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) as of December 31 of the most recent calendar year for which such data is available.
- (f) The amount of a grant under subsection (a) for a State for a fiscal year shall be an amount equal to the product of—
- (1) the amount available under section 300ff–31b(b)(1) of this title for the fiscal year; and
- (2) a percentage equal to the ratio constituted by the number of living cases of HIV/AIDS in emerging communities in the State to the sum of the respective numbers of such cases in such communities for all States.
§ 300mm–31. Identification and initial health evaluation of screening-eligible and certified-eligible WTC survivors
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) In this subchapter, the term “screening-eligible WTC survivor” means, subject to subparagraph (C) and paragraph (3), an individual who is described in any of the following clauses:
- (i) An individual, including a WTC responder, who has been identified as eligible for medical treatment and monitoring by the WTC Environmental Health Center as of January 2, 2011 .
- (ii) An individual who is not a WTC responder, for purposes of the initial health evaluation under subsection (b), claims symptoms of a WTC-related health condition and meets any of the current eligibility criteria described in subparagraph (B).
- (iii) An individual who is not a WTC responder, for purposes of the initial health evaluation under subsection (b), claims symptoms of a WTC-related health condition and meets such eligibility criteria relating to exposure to airborne toxins, other hazards, or adverse conditions resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks as the WTC Administrator determines, after consultation with the Data Centers described in section 300mm–4 of this title and the WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee and WTC Health Program Steering Committees under section 300mm–1 of this title .
- (B) The eligibility criteria described in this subparagraph for an individual are that the individual is described in any of the following clauses:
- (i) A person who was present in the New York City disaster area in the dust or dust cloud on September 11, 2001 .
- (ii) A person who worked, resided, or attended school, childcare, or adult daycare in the New York City disaster area for—
- (I) at least 4 days during the 4-month period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on January 10, 2002 ; or
- (II) at least 30 days during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on July 31, 2002 .
- (iii) Any person who worked as a cleanup worker or performed maintenance work in the New York City disaster area during the 4-month period described in subparagraph (B)(i) and had extensive exposure to WTC dust as a result of such work.
- (iv) A person who was deemed eligible to receive a grant from the Lower Manhattan Development Corporation Residential Grant Program, who possessed a lease for a residence or purchased a residence in the New York City disaster area, and who resided in such residence during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on May 31, 2003 .
- (v) A person whose place of employment—
- (I) at any time during the period beginning on September 11, 2001 , and ending on May 31, 2003 , was in the New York City disaster area; and
- (II) was deemed eligible to receive a grant from the Lower Manhattan Development Corporation WTC Small Firms Attraction and Retention Act program or other government incentive program designed to revitalize the lower Manhattan economy after the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks.
- (C)
- (i) The WTC Program Administrator in consultation with the Data Centers shall establish a process for individuals, other than individuals described in subparagraph (A)(i), to be determined to be screening-eligible WTC survivors. Under such process—
- (I) there shall be no fee charged to the applicant for making an application for such determination;
- (II) the Administrator shall make a determination on such an application not later than 60 days after the date of filing the application;
- (III) the Administrator shall make such a determination relating to an applicant’s compliance with this subchapter and shall not determine that an individual is not so eligible or deny written documentation under clause (ii) to such individual unless the Administrator determines that—
- (IV) an individual who is determined not to be a screening-eligible WTC survivor shall have an opportunity to appeal such determination in a manner established under such process.
- (ii)
- (I) In the case of an individual who is described in subparagraph (A)(i) or who is determined under clause (i) (consistent with paragraph (3)) to be a screening-eligible WTC survivor, the WTC Program Administrator shall provide an appropriate written documentation of such fact.
- (II)
- (i) The WTC Program Administrator in consultation with the Data Centers shall establish a process for individuals, other than individuals described in subparagraph (A)(i), to be determined to be screening-eligible WTC survivors. Under such process—
- (A) In this subchapter, the term “screening-eligible WTC survivor” means, subject to subparagraph (C) and paragraph (3), an individual who is described in any of the following clauses:
- (2)
- (A) The term “certified-eligible WTC survivor” means, subject to paragraph (3), a screening-eligible WTC survivor who the WTC Program Administrator certifies under subparagraph (B) to be eligible for followup monitoring and treatment under this subpart.
- (B)
- (i) The WTC Program Administrator shall establish a certification process under which the Administrator shall provide appropriate certification to screening-eligible WTC survivors who, pursuant to the initial health evaluation under subsection (b), are determined to be eligible for followup monitoring and treatment under this subpart.
- (ii)
- (I) In the case of an individual who is described in paragraph (1)(A)(i), the WTC Program Administrator shall provide the certification under clause (i) not later than July 1, 2011 .
- (II) In the case of another individual who is determined under clause (i) to be eligible for followup monitoring and treatment, the WTC Program Administrator shall provide the certification under such clause at the time of such determination.
- (3)
- (A) The total number of individuals not described in paragraph (1)(A)(i) who may be certified as certified-eligible WTC survivors under paragraph (2)(B) shall not exceed 75,000 at any time.
- (B) In implementing subparagraph (A), the WTC Program Administrator shall—
- (i) limit the number of certifications provided under paragraph (2)(B)—
- (I) in accordance with such subparagraph; and
- (II) to such number, as determined by the Administrator based on the best available information and subject to amounts made available under section 300mm–61 of this title , that will ensure sufficient funds will be available to provide treatment and monitoring benefits under this subchapter, with respect to all individuals receiving such certifications; and
- (ii) provide priority in such certifications in the order in which individuals apply for a determination under paragraph (2)(B).
- (i) limit the number of certifications provided under paragraph (2)(B)—
- (4) No individual who is on the terrorist watch list maintained by the Department of Homeland Security shall qualify as a screening-eligible WTC survivor or a certified-eligible WTC survivor. Before determining any individual to be a screening-eligible WTC survivor under paragraph (1) or certifying any individual as a certified eligible 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “certified-eligible”. WTC survivor under paragraph (2), the Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, shall determine whether the individual is on such list.
- (1)
- (b)
- (1) In the case of a screening-eligible WTC survivor, the WTC Program shall provide for an initial health evaluation to determine if the survivor has a WTC-related health condition and is eligible for followup monitoring and treatment benefits under the WTC Program. Initial health evaluation protocols under section 300mm–4(a)(2)(A)(ii) of this title shall be subject to approval by the WTC Program Administrator.
- (2) The initial health evaluation described in paragraph (1) shall be provided through a Clinical Center of Excellence with respect to the individual involved.
- (3) Benefits for an initial health evaluation under this subpart for a screening-eligible WTC survivor shall consist only of a single medical initial health evaluation consistent with initial health evaluation protocols described in paragraph (1). Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as preventing such an individual from seeking additional medical initial health evaluations at the expense of the individual.
§ 300ff–31a. Timeframe for obligation and expenditure of grant funds
- (a) Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, funds from a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) of this title, or under section 300ff–29a or 300ff–30 of this title, are available for obligation by the State through the end of the one-year period beginning on the date in such fiscal year on which funds from the award first become available to the State (referred to in this section as the “grant year for the award”), except as provided in subsection (c)(1).
- (b) Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii) of this title , or under section 300ff–29a or 300ff–30 of this title, has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award—
- (1) the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State; and
- (2) the funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under paragraph (1) to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year.
- (c)
- (1) Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award, the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State, unless—
- (A) before the end of the grant year, the State submits to the Secretary a written application for a waiver of the cancellation, which application includes a description of the purposes for which the State intends to expend the funds involved; and
- (B) the Secretary approves the waiver.
- (2) With respect to a waiver under paragraph (1) that is approved for a balance that is unobligated as of the end of a grant year for an award:
- (A) The unobligated funds are available for expenditure by the State involved for the one-year period beginning upon the expiration of the grant year (referred to in this section as the “carryover year”).
- (B) If the funds are not expended by the end of the carryover year, the Secretary shall cancel that unexpended balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State.
- (3) In the case of any balance of a grant award that is cancelled under paragraph (1) or (2)(B), the grant funds involved shall be made available by the Secretary as additional amounts for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that the balance is required under such paragraph to be canceled, except that the availability of the funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year.
- (4)
- (A) In the case of a State for which a balance from a grant award made pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title is unobligated as of the end of the grant year for the award—
- (i) the Secretary shall reduce, by the same amount as such unobligated balance (less any amount of such balance that is the subject of a waiver of cancellation under paragraph (1)), the amount of the grant under such section for the first fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which the Secretary obtains the information necessary for determining that such balance was unobligated as of the end of the grant year (which requirement for a reduction applies without regard to whether a waiver under paragraph (1) has been approved with respect to such balance); and
- (ii) the grant funds involved in such reduction shall be made available by the Secretary as additional funds for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title for such first fiscal year, subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title ;
- (B) A reduction under subparagraph (A) for a State for a fiscal year may not be taken into account in applying section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title with respect to the State for the subsequent fiscal year.
- (A) In the case of a State for which a balance from a grant award made pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title is unobligated as of the end of the grant year for the award—
- (1) Effective for fiscal year 2007 and subsequent fiscal years, if a grant award made to a State for a fiscal year pursuant to section 300ff–28(a)(1) or 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(i) of this title has an unobligated balance as of the end of the grant year for the award, the Secretary shall cancel that unobligated balance of the award, and shall require the State to return any amounts from such balance that have been disbursed to the State, unless—
- (d) For purposes of this section, funds that are drug rebates referred to in section 300ff–26(g) of this title may not be considered part of any grant award referred to in subsection (a). If an expenditure of ADAP rebate funds would trigger a penalty under this section or a higher penalty than would otherwise have applied, the State may request that for purposes of this section, the Secretary deem the State’s unobligated balance to be reduced by the amount of rebate funds in the proposed expenditure. Notwithstanding 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) 1 1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “section”. of this title, any unobligated amount under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F)(ii)(V) of this title that is returned to the Secretary for reallocation shall be used by the Secretary for—
- (1) the ADAP supplemental program if the Secretary determines appropriate; or
- (2) for additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title .
- (e) In administering subsections (b) and (c) with respect to the unobligated balance of a State, the Secretary may elect to reduce the amount of future grants to the State under section 300ff–28, 300ff–29a, or 300ff–30 of this title, as applicable, by the amount of any such unobligated balance in lieu of cancelling such amount as provided for in subsection (b) or (c)(1). In such case, the Secretary may permit the State to use such unobligated balance for purposes of any such future grant. An amount equal to such reduction shall be available for use as additional amounts for grants pursuant to section 300ff–29a of this title , subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title . Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect the authority of the Secretary under subsections (b) and (c), including the authority to grant waivers under subsection (c)(1). The reduction in future grants authorized under this subsection shall be notwithstanding the penalty required under subsection (c)(4) with respect to unobligated funds.
§ 300ff–31b. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated $1,195,500,000 for fiscal year 2007, $1,239,500,000 for fiscal year 2008, $1,285,200,000 for fiscal year 2009, $1,349,460,000 for fiscal year 2010, $1,416,933,000 for fiscal year 2011, $1,487,780,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $1,562,169,000 for fiscal year 2013. Amounts appropriated under the preceding sentence for a fiscal year are available for obligation by the Secretary until the end of the second succeeding fiscal year.
- (b)
- (1) Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve $5,000,000 for grants under section 300ff–30 of this title .
- (2)
- (A) Of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year in excess of the 2006 adjusted amount, the Secretary shall reserve ⅓ for grants under section 300ff–29a of this title , except that the availability of the reserved funds for such grants is subject to section 300ff–28(a)(2)(H) of this title as applied for such year, and except that any amount appropriated exclusively for carrying out section 300ff–26 of this title (and, accordingly, distributed under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(F) of this title ) is not subject to this subparagraph.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “2006 adjusted amount” means the amount appropriated for fiscal year 2006 under section 300ff–77(b) of this title (as such section was in effect for such fiscal year), excluding any amount appropriated for such year exclusively for carrying out section 300ff–26 of this title (and, accordingly, distributed under section 300ff–28(a)(2)(I) of this title , as so in effect).
§ 300mm–32. Followup monitoring and treatment of certified-eligible WTC survivors for WTC-related health conditions
- (a) Subject to subsection (b), the provisions of sections 300mm–21 and 300mm–22 of this title shall apply to followup monitoring and treatment of WTC-related health conditions for certified-eligible WTC survivors in the same manner as such provisions apply to the monitoring and treatment of WTC-related health conditions for enrolled WTC responders.
- (b) The list of health conditions for screening-eligible WTC survivors and certified-eligible WTC survivors consists of the following:
- (1)
- (A) Interstitial lung diseases.
- (B) Chronic respiratory disorder—fumes/vapors.
- (C) Asthma.
- (D) Reactive airways dysfunction syndrome (RADS).
- (E) WTC-exacerbated chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
- (F) Chronic cough syndrome.
- (G) Upper airway hyperreactivity.
- (H) Chronic rhinosinusitis.
- (I) Chronic nasopharyngitis.
- (J) Chronic laryngitis.
- (K) Gastroesophageal reflux disorder (GERD).
- (L) Sleep apnea exacerbated by or related to a condition described in a previous clause.
- (2)
- (A) Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
- (B) Major depressive disorder.
- (C) Panic disorder.
- (D) Generalized anxiety disorder.
- (E) Anxiety disorder (not otherwise specified).
- (F) Depression (not otherwise specified).
- (G) Acute stress disorder.
- (H) Dysthymic disorder.
- (I) Adjustment disorder.
- (J) Substance abuse.
- (3) Any cancer (or type of cancer) or other condition added to the list in section 300mm–22(a)(3) of this title pursuant to paragraph (5) or (6) of section 300mm–22(a) of this title , as such provisions are applied under subsection (a) with respect to certified-eligible WTC survivors.
- (1)
§ 300mm–33. Followup monitoring and treatment of other individuals with WTC-related health conditions
- (a) Subject to subsection (c), the provisions of section 300mm–32 of this title shall apply to the followup monitoring and treatment of WTC-related health conditions in the case of individuals described in subsection (b) in the same manner as such provisions apply to the followup monitoring and treatment of WTC-related health conditions for certified-eligible WTC survivors.
- (b) An individual described in this subsection is an individual who, regardless of location of residence—
- (1) is not an enrolled WTC responder or a certified-eligible WTC survivor; and
- (2) is diagnosed at a Clinical Center of Excellence with a WTC-related health condition for certified-eligible WTC survivors.
- (c)
- (1) The WTC Program Administrator shall limit benefits for any fiscal year under subsection (a) in a manner so that payments under this section for such fiscal year do not exceed the amount specified in paragraph (2) for such fiscal year.
- (2) The amount specified in this paragraph for—
- (A) the last calendar quarter of fiscal year 2011 is $5,000,000;
- (B) fiscal year 2012 is $20,000,000; or
- (C) a succeeding fiscal year is the amount specified in this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the annual percentage increase in the medical care component of the consumer price index for all urban consumers.
§ 300jj–34. Competitive grants to States and Indian tribes for the development of loan programs to facilitate the widespread adoption of certified EHR technology
- (a) The National Coordinator may award competitive grants to eligible entities for the establishment of programs for loans to health care providers to conduct the activities described in subsection (e).
- (b) For purposes of this subsection, the term “eligible entity” means a State or Indian tribe (as defined in the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5301 et seq.]) that—
- (1) submits to the National Coordinator an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the National Coordinator may require;
- (2) submits to the National Coordinator a strategic plan in accordance with subsection (d) and provides to the National Coordinator assurances that the entity will update such plan annually in accordance with such subsection;
- (3) provides assurances to the National Coordinator that the entity will establish a Loan Fund in accordance with subsection (c);
- (4) provides assurances to the National Coordinator that the entity will not provide a loan from the Loan Fund to a health care provider unless the provider agrees to—
- (A) submit reports on quality measures adopted by the Federal Government (by not later than 90 days after the date on which such measures are adopted), to—
- (i) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (or his or her designee), in the case of an entity participating in the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.] or the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.]; or
- (ii) the Secretary in the case of other entities;
- (B) demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary (through criteria established by the Secretary) that any certified EHR technology purchased, improved, or otherwise financially supported under a loan under this section is used to exchange health information in a manner that, in accordance with law and standards (as adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title ) applicable to the exchange of information, improves the quality of health care, such as promoting care coordination; and 1 1 So in original. The word “and” probably should appear at end of subpar. (D).
- (C) comply with such other requirements as the entity or the Secretary may require;
- (D) include a plan on how health care providers involved intend to maintain and support the certified EHR technology over time;
- (E) include a plan on how the health care providers involved intend to maintain and support the certified EHR technology that would be purchased with such loan, including the type of resources expected to be involved and any such other information as the State or Indian Tribe, respectively, may require; and
- (A) submit reports on quality measures adopted by the Federal Government (by not later than 90 days after the date on which such measures are adopted), to—
- (5) agrees to provide matching funds in accordance with subsection (h).
- (c) For purposes of subsection (b)(3), an eligible entity shall establish a certified EHR technology loan fund (referred to in this subsection as a “Loan Fund”) and comply with the other requirements contained in this section. A grant to an eligible entity under this section shall be deposited in the Loan Fund established by the eligible entity. No funds authorized by other provisions of this subchapter to be used for other purposes specified in this subchapter shall be deposited in any Loan Fund.
- (d)
- (1) For purposes of subsection (b)(2), a strategic plan of an eligible entity under this subsection shall identify the intended uses of amounts available to the Loan Fund of such entity.
- (2) A strategic plan under paragraph (1), with respect to a Loan Fund of an eligible entity, shall include for a year the following:
- (A) A list of the projects to be assisted through the Loan Fund during such year.
- (B) A description of the criteria and methods established for the distribution of funds from the Loan Fund during the year.
- (C) A description of the financial status of the Loan Fund as of the date of submission of the plan.
- (D) The short-term and long-term goals of the Loan Fund.
- (e) Amounts deposited in a Loan Fund, including loan repayments and interest earned on such amounts, shall be used only for awarding loans or loan guarantees, making reimbursements described in subsection (g)(4)(A), or as a source of reserve and security for leveraged loans, the proceeds of which are deposited in the Loan Fund established under subsection (c). Loans under this section may be used by a health care provider to—
- (1) facilitate the purchase of certified EHR technology;
- (2) enhance the utilization of certified EHR technology (which may include costs associated with upgrading health information technology so that it meets criteria necessary to be a certified EHR technology);
- (3) train personnel in the use of such technology; or
- (4) improve the secure electronic exchange of health information.
- (f) Except as otherwise limited by applicable State law, amounts deposited into a Loan Fund under this section may only be used for the following:
- (1) To award loans that comply with the following:
- (A) The interest rate for each loan shall not exceed the market interest rate.
- (B) The principal and interest payments on each loan shall commence not later than 1 year after the date the loan was awarded, and each loan shall be fully amortized not later than 10 years after the date of the loan.
- (C) The Loan Fund shall be credited with all payments of principal and interest on each loan awarded from the Loan Fund.
- (2) To guarantee, or purchase insurance for, a local obligation (all of the proceeds of which finance a project eligible for assistance under this subsection) if the guarantee or purchase would improve credit market access or reduce the interest rate applicable to the obligation involved.
- (3) As a source of revenue or security for the payment of principal and interest on revenue or general obligation bonds issued by the eligible entity if the proceeds of the sale of the bonds will be deposited into the Loan Fund.
- (4) To earn interest on the amounts deposited into the Loan Fund.
- (5) To make reimbursements described in subsection (g)(4)(A).
- (1) To award loans that comply with the following:
- (g)
- (1) An eligible entity may (as a convenience and to avoid unnecessary administrative costs) combine, in accordance with applicable State law, the financial administration of a Loan Fund established under this subsection with the financial administration of any other revolving fund established by the entity if otherwise not prohibited by the law under which the Loan Fund was established.
- (2) Each eligible entity may annually use not to exceed 4 percent of the funds provided to the entity under a grant under this section to pay the reasonable costs of the administration of the programs under this section, including the recovery of reasonable costs expended to establish a Loan Fund which are incurred after February 17, 2009 .
- (3) The National Coordinator shall publish guidance and promulgate regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, including—
- (A) provisions to ensure that each eligible entity commits and expends funds allotted to the entity under this section as efficiently as possible in accordance with this subchapter and applicable State laws; and
- (B) guidance to prevent waste, fraud, and abuse.
- (4)
- (A) A Loan Fund established under this section may accept contributions from private sector entities, except that such entities may not specify the recipient or recipients of any loan issued under this subsection. An eligible entity may agree to reimburse a private sector entity for any contribution made under this subparagraph, except that the amount of such reimbursement may not be greater than the principal amount of the contribution made.
- (B) An eligible entity shall make publicly available the identity of, and amount contributed by, any private sector entity under subparagraph (A) and may issue letters of commendation or make other awards (that have no financial value) to any such entity.
- (h)
- (1) The National Coordinator may not make a grant under subsection (a) to an eligible entity unless the entity agrees to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions in cash to the costs of carrying out the activities for which the grant is awarded in an amount equal to not less than $1 for each $5 of Federal funds provided under the grant.
- (2) In determining the amount of non-Federal contributions that an eligible entity has provided pursuant to subparagraph (A), 2 2 So in original. Probably means “paragraph (1),”. the National Coordinator may not include any amounts provided to the entity by the Federal Government.
- (i) The Secretary may not make an award under this section prior to January 1, 2010 .
§ 300jj–35. Demonstration program to integrate information technology into clinical education
- (a) The Secretary may award grants under this section to carry out demonstration projects to develop academic curricula integrating certified EHR technology in the clinical education of health professionals. Such awards shall be made on a competitive basis and pursuant to peer review.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
- (1) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require;
- (2) submit to the Secretary a strategic plan for integrating certified EHR technology in the clinical education of health professionals to reduce medical errors, increase access to prevention, reduce chronic diseases, and enhance health care quality;
- (3) be—
- (A) a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, or pharmacy, a graduate program in behavioral or mental health, or any other graduate health professions school;
- (B) a graduate school of nursing or physician assistant studies;
- (C) a consortium of two or more schools described in subparagraph (A) or (B); or
- (D) an institution with a graduate medical education program in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, nursing, or physician assistance studies;
- (4) provide for the collection of data regarding the effectiveness of the demonstration project to be funded under the grant in improving the safety of patients, the efficiency of health care delivery, and in increasing the likelihood that graduates of the grantee will adopt and incorporate certified EHR technology, in the delivery of health care services; and
- (5) provide matching funds in accordance with subsection (d).
- (c)
- (1) With respect to a grant under subsection (a), an eligible entity shall—
- (A) use grant funds in collaboration with 2 or more disciplines; and
- (B) use grant funds to integrate certified EHR technology into community-based clinical education.
- (2) An eligible entity shall not use amounts received under a grant under subsection (a) to purchase hardware, software, or services.
- (1) With respect to a grant under subsection (a), an eligible entity shall—
- (d) The Secretary may not provide more than 50 percent of the costs of any activity for which assistance is provided under subsection (a), except in an instance of national economic conditions which would render the cost-share requirement under this subsection detrimental to the program and upon notification to Congress as to the justification to waive the cost-share requirement.
- (e) The Secretary shall take such action as may be necessary to evaluate the projects funded under this section and publish, make available, and disseminate the results of such evaluations on as wide a basis as is practicable.
- (f) Not later than 1 year after February 17, 2009 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that—
- (1) describes the specific projects established under this section; and
- (2) contains recommendations for Congress based on the evaluation conducted under subsection (e).
§ 300jj–36. Information technology professionals in health care
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the National Science Foundation, shall provide assistance to institutions of higher education (or consortia thereof) to establish or expand medical health informatics education programs, including certification, undergraduate, and masters degree programs, for both health care and information technology students to ensure the rapid and effective utilization and development of health information technologies (in the United States health care infrastructure).
- (b) Activities for which assistance may be provided under subsection (a) may include the following:
- (1) Developing and revising curricula in medical health informatics and related disciplines.
- (2) Recruiting and retaining students to the program involved.
- (3) Acquiring equipment necessary for student instruction in these programs, including the installation of testbed networks for student use.
- (4) Establishing or enhancing bridge programs in the health informatics fields between community colleges and universities.
- (c) In providing assistance under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give preference to the following:
- (1) Existing education and training programs.
- (2) Programs designed to be completed in less than six months.
§ 290bb–36a. Suicide prevention for youth
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants or cooperative agreements to public organizations, private nonprofit organizations, political subdivisions, consortia of political subdivisions, consortia of States, or Federally recognized Indian tribes or tribal organizations to design early intervention and prevention strategies that will complement the State-sponsored statewide or tribal youth suicide early intervention and prevention strategies developed pursuant to section 290bb–36 of this title .
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that activities under this section are coordinated with the relevant Department of Health and Human Services agencies and suicide working groups.
- (c) A public organization, private nonprofit organization, political subdivision, consortium of political subdivisions, consortium of States, or federally recognized Indian tribe or tribal organization desiring a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall demonstrate that the suicide prevention program such entity proposes will—
- (1)
- (A) comply with the State-sponsored statewide early intervention and prevention strategy as developed under section 290bb–36 of this title ; and
- (B) in the case of a consortium of States, receive the support of all States involved;
- (2) provide for the timely assessment, treatment, or referral for mental health or substance abuse services of youth at risk for suicide;
- (3) be based on suicide prevention practices and strategies that are adapted to the local community;
- (4) integrate its suicide prevention program into the existing health care system in the community including general, mental, and behavioral health services, and substance abuse services;
- (5) be integrated into other systems in the community that address the needs of youth including the school systems, educational institutions, juvenile justice system, substance abuse programs, mental health programs, foster care systems, and community child and youth support organizations;
- (6) use primary prevention methods to educate and raise awareness in the local community by disseminating evidence-based information about suicide prevention;
- (7) include suicide prevention, mental health, and related information and services for the families and friends of those who completed suicide, as needed;
- (8) offer access to services and care to youth with diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds;
- (9) conduct annual self-evaluations of outcomes and activities, including consulting with interested families and advocacy organizations; 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by “and”.
- (10) ensure that staff used in the program are trained in suicide prevention and that professionals involved in the system of care have received training in identifying persons at risk of suicide.
- (1)
- (d) Amounts provided under a grant or cooperative agreement under this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds available for carrying out the activities described in this section. Applicants shall provide financial information to demonstrate compliance with this section.
- (e) An applicant for a grant or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate to the Secretary that the application complies with the State-sponsored statewide early intervention and prevention strategy as developed under section 290bb–36 of this title and the applicant has the support of the local community and relevant public health officials.
- (f) In awarding grants and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that such awards are made in a manner that will focus on the needs of communities or groups that experience high or rapidly rising rates of suicide.
- (g) A public organization, private nonprofit organization, political subdivision, consortium of political subdivisions, consortium of States, or Federally recognized Indian tribe or tribal organization receiving a grant or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. Such application shall include a plan for the rigorous evaluation of activities funded under the grant or cooperative agreement, including a process and outcome evaluation.
- (h) In awarding grants and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that such awards are distributed among the geographical regions of the United States and between urban and rural settings.
- (i) A public organization, private nonprofit organization, political subdivision, consortium of political subdivisions, consortium of States, or Federally recognized Indian tribe or tribal organization receiving a grant or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary at the end of the program period, an evaluation of all activities funded under this section.
- (j) The Secretary shall ensure that findings derived from activities carried out under this section are disseminated to State, county and local governmental agencies and public and private nonprofit organizations active in promoting suicide prevention and family support activities.
- (k) With respect to a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period during which payments under such award may be made to the recipient may not exceed 3 years.
- (l) Within 1 year after October 17, 2000 , the Secretary shall, directly or by grant or contract, initiate a study to assemble and analyze data to identify—
- (1) unique profiles of children under 13 who attempt or complete suicide;
- (2) unique profiles of youths between ages 13 and 24 who attempt or complete suicide; and
- (3) a profile of services available to these groups and the use of these services by children and youths from paragraphs (1) and (2).
- (m) In this section, the terms “early intervention”, “educational institution”, “institution of higher education”, “prevention”, “school”, and “youth” have the meanings given to those terms in section 290bb–36 of this title .
- (n) For purposes of carrying out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2003.
§ 290bb–36b. Mental health and substance use disorder services on campus
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Center for Mental Health Services and in consultation with the Secretary of Education, may award grants on a competitive basis to institutions of higher education to enhance services for students with mental health or substance use disorders that can lead to school failure, such as depression, substance use disorders, and suicide attempts, prevent mental and substance use disorders, reduce stigma, and improve the identification and treatment for students at risk, so that students will successfully complete their studies.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant to an institution of higher education under this section unless the institution agrees to use the grant only for one or more of the following:
- (1) Educating students, families, faculty, and staff to increase awareness of mental and substance use disorders.
- (2) The operation of hotlines.
- (3) Preparing informational material.
- (4) Providing outreach services to notify students about available mental and substance use disorder services.
- (5) Administering voluntary mental and substance use disorder screenings and assessments.
- (6) Supporting the training of students, faculty, and staff to respond effectively to students with mental and substance use disorders.
- (7) Creating a network infrastructure to link institutions of higher education with health care providers who treat mental and substance use disorders.
- (8) Providing mental and substance use disorders prevention and treatment services to students, which may include recovery support services and programming and early intervention, treatment, and management, including through the use of telehealth services.
- (9) Conducting research through a counseling or health center at the institution of higher education involved regarding improving the behavioral health of students through clinical services, outreach, prevention, or academic success, in a manner that is in compliance with all applicable personal privacy laws.
- (10) Supporting student groups on campus, including athletic teams, that engage in activities to educate students, including activities to reduce stigma surrounding mental and behavioral disorders, and promote mental health.
- (11) Employing appropriately trained staff.
- (12) Developing and supporting evidence-based and emerging best practices, including a focus on culturally and linguistically appropriate best practices.
- (c) Any institution of higher education receiving a grant under this section may carry out activities under the grant through—
- (1) college counseling centers;
- (2) college and university psychological service centers;
- (3) mental health centers;
- (4) psychology training clinics; or
- (5) institution of higher education supported, evidence-based, mental health and substance use disorder programs.
- (d) To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an institution of higher education shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. At a minimum, the application shall include the following:
- (1) A description of the population to be targeted by the program carried out under the grant, including veterans whenever possible and appropriate, and of identified mental and substance use disorder needs of students at the institution of higher education.
- (2) A description of Federal, State, local, private, and institutional resources currently available to address the needs described in paragraph (1) at the institution of higher education, which may include, as appropriate and in accordance with subsection (b)(7), a plan to seek input from relevant stakeholders in the community, including appropriate public and private entities, in order to carry out the program under the grant.
- (3) A description of the outreach strategies of the institution of higher education for promoting access to services, including a proposed plan for reaching those students most in need of mental health services.
- (4) A plan to evaluate program outcomes, including a description of the proposed use of funds, the program objectives, and how the objectives will be met.
- (5) An assurance that the institution will submit a report to the Secretary each fiscal year on the activities carried out with the grant and the results achieved through those activities.
- (6) An outline of the objectives of the program carried out under the grant.
- (7) For an institution of higher education proposing to use the grant for an activity described in paragraph (8) or (9) of subsection (b), a description of the policies and procedures of the institution of higher education that are related to applicable laws regarding access to, and sharing of, treatment records of students at any campus-based mental health center or partner organization, including the policies and State laws governing when such records can be accessed and shared for non-treatment purposes and a description of the process used by the institution of higher education to notify students of these policies and procedures, including the extent to which written consent is required.
- (8) An assurance that grant funds will be used to supplement and not supplant any other Federal, State, or local funds available to carry out activities of the type carried out under the grant.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary may make a grant under this section to an institution of higher education only if the institution agrees to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions in an amount that is not less than $1 for each $1 of Federal funds provided in the grant, toward the costs of activities carried out with the grant (as described in subsection (b)) and other activities by the institution to reduce student mental health and substance use disorders.
- (2) Non-Federal contributions required under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.
- (3) The Secretary may waive the requirement established in paragraph (1) with respect to an institution of higher education if the Secretary determines that extraordinary need at the institution justifies the waiver.
- (f) For each fiscal year that grants are awarded under this section, the Secretary shall conduct a study on the results of the grants and submit to the Congress a report on such results that includes the following:
- (1) An evaluation of the grant program outcomes, including a summary of activities carried out with the grant and the results achieved through those activities.
- (2) Recommendations on how to improve access to mental health and substance use disorder services at institutions of higher education, including efforts to reduce the incidence of suicide and substance use disorders.
- (g) In this section, the term “institution of higher education” has the meaning given such term in section 1001 of title 20 .
- (h) The Secretary may provide technical assistance to grantees in carrying out this section.
- (i) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $7,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
§ 290bb–36c. National Suicide Prevention Lifeline program
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall maintain the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline program (referred to in this section as the “program”), authorized under section 290bb–32 of this title and in effect prior to December 13, 2016 .
- (b) In maintaining the program, the activities of the Secretary shall include—
- (1) coordinating a network of crisis centers across the United States for providing suicide prevention and crisis intervention services to individuals seeking help at any time, day or night;
- (2) maintaining a suicide prevention hotline to link callers to local emergency, mental health, and social services resources; and
- (3) consulting with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to ensure that veterans calling the suicide prevention hotline have access to a specialized veterans’ suicide prevention hotline.
- (c) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $7,198,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
§ 290bb–36d. Treatment Referral Routing Service
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall maintain the National Treatment Referral Routing Service (referred to in this section as the “Routing Service”) to assist individuals and families in locating mental and substance use disorders treatment providers.
- (b) To maintain the Routing Service, the activities of the Assistant Secretary shall include administering—
- (1) a nationwide, telephone number providing year-round access to information that is updated on a regular basis regarding local behavioral health providers and community-based organizations in a manner that is confidential, without requiring individuals to identify themselves, is in languages that include at least English and Spanish, and is at no cost to the individual using the Routing Service; and
- (2) an Internet website to provide a searchable, online treatment services locator of behavioral health treatment providers and community-based organizations, which shall include information on the name, location, contact information, and basic services provided by such providers and organizations.
- (c) In the event that the Internet website described in subsection (b)(2) contains information on any qualified practitioner that is certified to prescribe medication for opioid dependency under section 823(g)(2)(B) of title 21 , the Assistant Secretary—
- (1) shall provide an opportunity to such practitioner to have the contact information of the practitioner removed from the website at the request of the practitioner; and
- (2) may evaluate other methods to periodically update the information displayed on such website.
- (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the Assistant Secretary from using any unobligated amounts otherwise made available to the Administration to maintain the Routing Service.
§ 300jj–37. General grant and loan provisions
- (a) The Secretary may require that an entity receiving assistance under this part shall submit to the Secretary, not later than the date that is 1 year after the date of receipt of such assistance, a report that includes—
- (1) an analysis of the effectiveness of the activities for which the entity receives such assistance, as compared to the goals for such activities; and
- (2) an analysis of the impact of the project on health care quality and safety.
- (b) The National Coordinator shall annually evaluate the activities conducted under this part and shall, in awarding grants, implement the lessons learned from such evaluation in a manner so that awards made subsequent to each such evaluation are made in a manner that, in the determination of the National Coordinator, will result in the greatest improvement in the quality and efficiency of health care.
§ 300ff–37a. Recommendations for reducing incidence of perinatal transmission
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall request the Institute of Medicine to enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which such Institute conducts a study to provide the following:
- (A) For the most recent fiscal year for which the information is available, a determination of the number of newborn infants with HIV born in the United States with respect to whom the attending obstetrician for the birth did not know the HIV status of the mother.
- (B) A determination for each State of any barriers, including legal barriers, that prevent or discourage an obstetrician from making it a routine practice to offer pregnant women an HIV test and a routine practice to test newborn infants for HIV/AIDS in circumstances in which the obstetrician does not know the HIV status of the mother of the infant.
- (C) Recommendations for each State for reducing the incidence of cases of the perinatal transmission of HIV, including recommendations on removing the barriers identified under subparagraph (B).
- (2) The Secretary shall ensure that, not later than 18 months after the effective date of this section, the study required in paragraph (1) is completed and a report describing the findings made in the study is submitted to the appropriate committees of the Congress, the Secretary, and the chief public health official of each of the States.
- (1) The Secretary shall request the Institute of Medicine to enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which such Institute conducts a study to provide the following:
- (b) In fiscal year 2004, the Secretary shall collect information from the States describing the actions taken by the States toward meeting the recommendations specified for the States under subsection (a)(1)(C).
- (c) The Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress reports describing the information collected under subsection (b).
§ 300jj–38. Authorization for appropriations
For the purposes of carrying out this part, there is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2009 through 2013.
§ 39. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 290bb–39. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. B, title IX, § 9017 , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1248
§ 300cc–40. Establishment of Office
- (a) There is established within the National Institutes of Health an office to be known as the Office of AIDS Research. The Office shall be headed by a director, who shall be appointed by the Secretary.
- (b)
- (1) With respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome, the Director of the Office shall plan, coordinate, and evaluate research and other activities conducted or supported by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health. In carrying out the preceding sentence, the Director of the Office shall evaluate the AIDS activities of each of such agencies and shall provide for the periodic reevaluation of such activities.
- (2) The Director of the Office shall carry out this subpart (including developing and revising the plan required in section 300cc–40c of this title ) in consultation with the heads of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health, with the advisory councils of the agencies, and with the advisory council established under section 300cc–40b of this title .
- (3) The Director of the Office shall act as the primary Federal official with responsibility for overseeing all AIDS research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health, and
- (A) shall serve to represent the National Institutes of Health AIDS Research Program at all relevant Executive branch task forces and committees; and
- (B) shall maintain communications with all relevant Public Health Service agencies and with various other departments of the Federal Government, to ensure the timely transmission of information concerning advances in AIDS research and the clinical treatment of acquired immune deficiency syndrome and its related conditions, between these various agencies for dissemination to affected communities and health care providers.
§ 300cc–40a. Microbicide research
- (a) The Director of the Office shall—
- (1) expedite the implementation of the Federal strategic plans required by section 283(a) of this title regarding the conduct and support of research on, and development of, a microbicide to prevent the transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus; and
- (2) review and, as appropriate, revise such plan to prioritize funding and activities relative to their scientific urgency and potential market readiness.
- (b) In implementing, reviewing, and prioritizing elements of the plan described in subsection (a), the Director of the Office shall consult, as appropriate, with—
- (1) representatives of other Federal agencies involved in microbicide research, including the Coordinator of United States Government Activities to Combat HIV/AIDS Globally, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development;
- (2) the microbicide research and development community; and
- (3) health advocates.
§ 300cc–40b. Advisory Council; coordinating committees
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish an advisory council for the purpose of providing advice to the Director of the Office on carrying out this part. (Such council is referred to in this subsection as the “Advisory Council”.)
- (2) Subsections (b) through (g) of section 284a of this title apply to the Advisory Council to the same extent and in the same manner as such subsections apply to advisory councils for the national research institutes, except that—
- (A) in addition to the ex officio members specified in section 284a(b)(2) of this title , there shall serve as such members of the Advisory Council a representative from the advisory council of each of the National Cancer Institute and the National Institute on Allergy and Infectious Diseases; and
- (B) with respect to the other national research institutes, there shall serve as ex officio members of such Council, in addition to such members specified in subparagraph (A), a representative from the advisory council of each of the 2 institutes that receive the greatest funding for AIDS activities.
- (b)
- (1) The Director of the Office shall establish, for each research discipline in which any activity under the plan required in section 300cc–40c of this title is carried out, a committee for the purpose of providing advice to the Director of the Office on carrying out this part with respect to such discipline. (Each such committee is referred to in this subsection as a “coordinating committee”.)
- (2) Each coordinating committee shall be composed of representatives of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health with significant responsibilities regarding the research discipline involved.
§ 300cc–40c. Comprehensive plan for expenditure of appropriations
- (a) Subject to the provisions of this section and other applicable law, the Director of the Office, in carrying out section 300cc–40 of this title , shall—
- (1) establish a comprehensive plan for the conduct and support of all AIDS activities of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (which plan shall be first established under this paragraph not later than 12 months after June 10, 1993 );
- (2) ensure that the Plan establishes priorities among the AIDS activities that such agencies are authorized to carry out;
- (3) ensure that the Plan establishes objectives regarding such activities, describes the means for achieving the objectives, and designates the date by which the objectives are expected to be achieved;
- (4) ensure that all amounts appropriated for such activities are expended in accordance with the Plan;
- (5) review the Plan not less than annually, and revise the Plan as appropriate; and
- (6) ensure that the Plan serves as a broad, binding statement of policies regarding AIDS activities of the agencies, but does not remove the responsibility of the heads of the agencies for the approval of specific programs or projects, or for other details of the daily administration of such activities, in accordance with the Plan.
- (b) With respect to AIDS activities of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Office shall ensure that the Plan—
- (1) provides for basic research;
- (2) provides for applied research;
- (3) provides for research that is conducted by the agencies;
- (4) provides for research that is supported by the agencies;
- (5) provides for proposals developed pursuant to solicitations by the agencies and for proposals developed independently of such solicitations; and
- (6) provides for behavioral research and social sciences research.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) With respect to a fiscal year, the Director of the Office shall prepare and submit directly to the President, for review and transmittal to the Congress, a budget estimate for carrying out the Plan for the fiscal year, after reasonable opportunity for comment (but without change) by the Secretary, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, and the advisory council established under section 300cc–40b of this title . The budget estimate shall include an estimate of the number and type of personnel needs for the Office.
- (B) The budget estimate submitted under subparagraph (A) shall estimate the amounts necessary for the agencies of the National Institutes of Health to carry out all AIDS activities determined by the Director of the Office to be appropriate, without regard to the probability that such amounts will be appropriated.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to a fiscal year, the Director of the Office shall prepare and submit to the Secretary and the Director of the National Institutes of Health the budget estimates described in subparagraph (B) for carrying out the Plan for the fiscal year. The Secretary and such Director shall consider each of such estimates in making recommendations to the President regarding a budget for the Plan for such year.
- (B) With respect to the fiscal year involved, the budget estimates referred to in subparagraph (A) for the Plan are as follows:
- (i) The budget estimate submitted under paragraph (1).
- (ii) A budget estimate developed on the assumption that the amounts appropriated will be sufficient only for—
- (I) continuing the conduct by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health of existing AIDS activities (if approved for continuation), and continuing the support of such activities by the agencies in the case of projects or programs for which the agencies have made a commitment of continued support; and
- (II) carrying out, of activities that are in addition to activities specified in subclause (I), only such activities for which the Director determines there is the most substantial need.
- (iii) Such other budget estimates as the Director of the Office determines to be appropriate.
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) For the purpose of carrying out AIDS activities under the Plan, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.
- (2) For the first fiscal year beginning after the date on which the Plan first established under subsection (a)(1) has been in effect for 12 months, and for each subsequent fiscal year, the Director of the Office shall receive directly from the President and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget all funds available for AIDS activities of the National Institutes of Health.
- (3)
- (A) Each fiscal year the Director of the Office shall, from the amounts received under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year, allocate to the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (in accordance with the Plan) all amounts available for such year for carrying out the AIDS activities specified in subsection (c)(2)(B)(ii)(I) for such year. Such allocation shall, to the extent practicable, be made not later than 15 days after the date on which the Director receives amounts under paragraph (2).
- (B) Each fiscal year the Director of the Office shall, from the amounts received under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year, allocate to the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (in accordance with the Plan) all amounts available for such year for carrying out AIDS activities that are not referred to in subparagraph (A). Such allocation shall, to the extent practicable, be made not later than 30 days after the date on which the Director receives amounts under paragraph (2).
§ 300mm–41. Payment of claims
- (a) Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c), the cost of monitoring and treatment benefits and initial health evaluation benefits provided under subparts 1 and 2 of this part shall be paid for by the WTC Program from the World Trade Center Health Program Fund.
- (b)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), payment for treatment under subparts 1 and 2 of this part of a WTC-related health condition of an individual that is work-related shall be reduced or recouped to the extent that the WTC Program Administrator determines that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, under a workers’ compensation law or plan of the United States, a State, or a locality, or other work-related injury or illness benefit plan of the employer of such individual, for such treatment. The provisions of clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of paragraph (2)(B) of section 1862(b) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395y(b) ] and paragraphs (3) and (4) of such section shall apply to the recoupment under this subsection of a payment to the WTC Program (with respect to a workers’ compensation law or plan, or other work-related injury or illness plan of the employer involved, and such individual) in the same manner as such provisions apply to the reimbursement of a payment under section 1862(b)(2) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395y(b)(2) ] to the Secretary (with respect to such a law or plan and an individual entitled to benefits under title XVIII of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.]) except that any reference in such paragraph (4) to payment rates under title XVIII of the Social Security Act shall be deemed a reference to payment rates under this subchapter.
- (2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply for any quarter, with respect to any workers’ compensation law or plan, including line of duty compensation, to which New York City is obligated to make payments, if, in accordance with terms specified under the contract under subsection (d)(1)(A), New York City has made the full payment required under such contract for such quarter.
- (3) Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to affect, modify, or relieve any obligations under a worker’s compensation law or plan, other work-related injury or illness benefit plan of an employer, or any health insurance plan.
- (c)
- (1) In the case of an individual who has a WTC-related health condition that is not work-related and has health coverage for such condition through any public or private health plan (including health benefits under title XVIII, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.]) the provisions of section 1862(b) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395y(b) ] shall apply to such a health plan and such individual in the same manner as they apply to group 1 1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “a”. health plan and an individual entitled to benefits under title XVIII of such Act pursuant to section 226(a) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 426(a) ]. Any costs for items and services covered under such plan that are not reimbursed by such health plan, due to the application of deductibles, copayments, coinsurance, other cost sharing, or otherwise, are reimbursable under this subchapter to the extent that they are covered under the WTC Program. The program under this subchapter shall not be treated as a legally liable party for purposes of applying section 1902(a)(25) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(25) ].
- (2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed as requiring an entity providing monitoring and treatment under this subchapter to seek reimbursement under a health plan with which the entity has no contract for reimbursement.
- (3) No payment may be made for monitoring and treatment under this subchapter for an individual for a month (beginning with July 2014) if with respect to such month the individual—
- (A) is an applicable individual (as defined in subsection (d) of section 5000A of title 26 ) for whom the exemption under subsection (e) of such section does not apply; and
- (B) is not covered under minimum essential coverage, as required under subsection (a) of such section.
- (d)
- (1)
- (A) No funds may be disbursed from the World Trade Center Health Program Fund under section 300mm–61 of this title unless New York City has entered into a contract with the WTC Program Administrator under which New York City agrees, in a form and manner specified by the Administrator, to pay the full contribution described in subparagraph (B) in accordance with this subsection on a timely basis, plus any interest owed pursuant to subparagraph (E)(i). Such contract shall specify the terms under which New York City shall be considered to have made the full payment required for a quarter for purposes of subsection (b)(2).
- (B) Under such contract, with respect to each calendar quarter of fiscal year 2016 and of each subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2090, the full contribution amount under this subparagraph shall be equal to 10 percent of the expenditures in carrying out this subchapter for the respective quarter.
- (C) The payment obligation under such contract may not be satisfied through any of the following:
- (i) An amount derived from Federal sources.
- (ii) An amount paid before January 2, 2011 .
- (iii) An amount paid to satisfy a judgment or as part of a settlement related to injuries or illnesses arising out of the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks.
- (D) The payment obligation under such contract for a calendar quarter in a fiscal year shall be paid not later than the last day of the second succeeding calendar quarter.
- (E)
- (i) If New York City fails to pay to the WTC Program Administrator pursuant to such contract the amount required for any calendar quarter by the day specified in subparagraph (D), interest shall accrue on the amount not so paid at the rate (determined by the Administrator) based on the average yield to maturity, plus 1 percentage point, on outstanding municipal bonds issued by New York City with a remaining maturity of at least 1 year.
- (ii) The amounts owed to the WTC Program Administrator under such contract shall be recoverable by the United States in an action in the same manner as payments made under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.] may be recoverable in an action brought under section 1862(b)(2)(B)(iii) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395y(b)(2)(B)(iii) ].
- (F) The WTC Program Administer shall deposit amounts paid under such contract into the World Trade Center Health Program Fund under section 300mm–61 of this title .
- (2) With respect to each calendar quarter for which a contribution is required by New York City under the contract under paragraph (1), the WTC Program Administrator shall—
- (A) provide New York City with an estimate of such amount of the required contribution at the beginning of such quarter and with an updated estimate of such amount at the beginning of each of the subsequent 2 quarters;
- (B) bill such amount directly to New York City; and
- (C) certify periodically, for purposes of this subsection, whether or not New York City has paid the amount so billed.
- (3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as authorizing the WTC Administrator, with respect to a fiscal year, to reduce the numerical limitation under section 300mm–21(a)(4) or 300mm–31(a)(3) of this title for such fiscal year if New York City fails to comply with paragraph (1) for a calendar quarter in such fiscal year.
- (1)
- (e) For the purposes of this section, a WTC-related health condition shall be treated as a condition that is work-related if—
- (1) the condition is diagnosed in an enrolled WTC responder, or in an individual who qualifies as a certified-eligible WTC survivor on the basis of being a rescue, recovery, or cleanup worker; or
- (2) with respect to the condition the individual has filed and had established a claim under a workers’ compensation law or plan of the United States or a State, or other work-related injury or illness benefit plan of the employer of such individual.
§ 300mm–42. Administrative arrangement authority
The WTC Program Administrator may enter into arrangements with other government agencies, insurance companies, or other third-party administrators to provide for timely and accurate processing of claims under sections 300mm–22, 300mm–23, 300mm–32, and 300mm–33 of this title.
§ 300gg–43. Certification of coverage
The provisions of section 2701(e) 1 1 See References in Text note below. shall apply to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in the individual market in the same manner as it applies to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in connection with a group health plan in the small or large group market.
§ 300gg–44. State flexibility in individual market reforms
- (a)
- (1) The requirements of section 300gg–41 of this title shall not apply with respect to health insurance coverage offered in the individual market in the State so long as a State is found to be implementing, in accordance with this section and consistent with section 300gg–62(b) of this title , an alternative mechanism (in this section referred to as an “acceptable alternative mechanism”)—
- (A) under which all eligible individuals are provided a choice of health insurance coverage;
- (B) under which such coverage does not impose any preexisting condition exclusion with respect to such coverage;
- (C) under which such choice of coverage includes at least one policy form of coverage that is comparable to comprehensive health insurance coverage offered in the individual market in such State or that is comparable to a standard option of coverage available under the group or individual health insurance laws of such State; and
- (D) in a State which is implementing—
- (i) a model act described in subsection (c)(1),
- (ii) a qualified high risk pool described in subsection (c)(2), or
- (iii) a mechanism described in subsection (c)(3).
- (2) A private or public individual health insurance mechanism (such as a health insurance coverage pool or programs, mandatory group conversion policies, guaranteed issue of one or more plans of individual health insurance coverage, or open enrollment by one or more health insurance issuers), or combination of such mechanisms, that is designed to provide access to health benefits for individuals in the individual market in the State in accordance with this section may constitute an acceptable alternative mechanism.
- (1) The requirements of section 300gg–41 of this title shall not apply with respect to health insurance coverage offered in the individual market in the State so long as a State is found to be implementing, in accordance with this section and consistent with section 300gg–62(b) of this title , an alternative mechanism (in this section referred to as an “acceptable alternative mechanism”)—
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subsection, a State is presumed to be implementing an acceptable alternative mechanism in accordance with this section as of July 1, 1997 , if, by not later than April 1, 1997 , the chief executive officer of a State—
- (i) notifies the Secretary that the State has enacted or intends to enact (by not later than January 1, 1998 , or July 1, 1998 , in the case of a State described in subparagraph (B)(ii)) any necessary legislation to provide for the implementation of a mechanism reasonably designed to be an acceptable alternative mechanism as of January 1, 1998 , 1 1 So in original. The comma probably should not appear. (or, in the case of a State described in subparagraph (B)(ii), July 1, 1998 ); and
- (ii) provides the Secretary with such information as the Secretary may require to review the mechanism and its implementation (or proposed implementation) under this subsection.
- (B)
- (i) In the case of a State described in clause (ii) that provides notice under subparagraph (A)(i), for the presumption to continue on and after July 1, 1998 , the chief executive officer of the State by April 1, 1998 —
- (I) must notify the Secretary that the State has enacted any necessary legislation to provide for the implementation of a mechanism reasonably designed to be an acceptable alternative mechanism as of July 1, 1998 ; and
- (II) must provide the Secretary with such information as the Secretary may require to review the mechanism and its implementation (or proposed implementation) under this subsection.
- (ii) A State described in this clause is a State that has a legislature that does not meet within the 12-month period beginning on August 21, 1996 .
- (i) In the case of a State described in clause (ii) that provides notice under subparagraph (A)(i), for the presumption to continue on and after July 1, 1998 , the chief executive officer of the State by April 1, 1998 —
- (C) In order for a mechanism to continue to be presumed to be an acceptable alternative mechanism, the State shall provide the Secretary every 3 years with information described in subparagraph (A)(ii) or (B)(i)(II) (as the case may be).
- (A) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this subsection, a State is presumed to be implementing an acceptable alternative mechanism in accordance with this section as of July 1, 1997 , if, by not later than April 1, 1997 , the chief executive officer of a State—
- (2) If the Secretary finds, after review of information provided under paragraph (1) and in consultation with the chief executive officer of the State and the insurance commissioner or chief insurance regulatory official of the State, that such a mechanism is not an acceptable alternative mechanism or is not (or no longer) being implemented, the Secretary—
- (A) shall notify the State of—
- (i) such preliminary determination, and
- (ii) the consequences under paragraph (3) of a failure to implement such a mechanism; and
- (B) shall permit the State a reasonable opportunity in which to modify the mechanism (or to adopt another mechanism) in a manner so that may be an acceptable alternative mechanism or to provide for implementation of such a mechanism.
- (A) shall notify the State of—
- (3) If, after providing notice and opportunity under paragraph (2), the Secretary finds that the mechanism is not an acceptable alternative mechanism or the State is not implementing such a mechanism, the Secretary shall notify the State that the State is no longer considered to be implementing an acceptable alternative mechanism and that the requirements of section 300gg–41 of this title shall apply to health insurance coverage offered in the individual market in the State, effective as of a date specified in the notice.
- (4) The Secretary shall not make a determination under paragraph (2) or (3) on any basis other than the basis that a mechanism is not an acceptable alternative mechanism or is not being implemented.
- (5) If a State, after January 1, 1997 , submits the notice and information described in paragraph (1), unless the Secretary makes a finding described in paragraph (3) within the 90-day period beginning on the date of submission of the notice and information, the mechanism shall be considered to be an acceptable alternative mechanism for purposes of this section, effective 90 days after the end of such period, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (1).
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) The model act referred to in subsection (a)(1)(D)(i) is the Small Employer and Individual Health Insurance Availability Model Act (adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners on June 3, 1996 ) insofar as it applies to individual health insurance coverage or the Individual Health Insurance Portability Model Act (also adopted by such Association on such date).
- (2) For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(D)(ii), a “qualified high risk pool” described in this paragraph is a high risk pool that—
- (A) provides to all eligible individuals health insurance coverage (or comparable coverage) that does not impose any preexisting condition exclusion with respect to such coverage for all eligible individuals, and
- (B) provides for premium rates and covered benefits for such coverage consistent with standards included in the NAIC Model Health Plan for Uninsurable Individuals Act (as in effect as of August 21, 1996 ).
- (3) For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(D)(iii), a mechanism described in this paragraph—
- (A) provides for risk adjustment, risk spreading, or a risk spreading mechanism (among issuers or policies of an issuer) or otherwise provides for some financial subsidization for eligible individuals, including through assistance to participating issuers; or
- (B) is a mechanism under which each eligible individual is provided a choice of all individual health insurance coverage otherwise available.
§ 300gg–45. Relief for high risk pools
- (a) The Secretary shall provide from the funds appropriated under subsection (d)(1)(A) a grant of up to $1,000,000 to each State that has not created a qualified high risk pool as of February 10, 2006 , for the State’s costs of creation and initial operation of such a pool.
- (b)
- (1) In the case of a State that has established a qualified high risk pool that—
- (A) restricts premiums charged under the pool to no more than 200 percent of the premium for applicable standard risk rates;
- (B) offers a choice of two or more coverage options through the pool; and
- (C) has in effect a mechanism reasonably designed to ensure continued funding of losses incurred by the State in connection with operation of the pool after the end of the last fiscal year for which a grant is provided under this paragraph;
- (2) Subject to paragraph (4), the amounts appropriated under paragraphs (1)(B)(i) and (2)(A) of subsection (d) for a fiscal year shall be allotted and made available to the States (or the entities that operate the high risk pool under applicable State law) that qualify for a grant under paragraph (1) as follows:
- (A) An amount equal to 40 percent of such appropriated amount for the fiscal year shall be allotted in equal amounts to each qualifying State that is one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia and that applies for a grant under this subsection.
- (B) An amount equal to 30 percent of such appropriated amount for the fiscal year shall be allotted among qualifying States that apply for such a grant so that the amount allotted to such a State bears the same ratio to such appropriated amount as the number of uninsured individuals in the State bears to the total number of uninsured individuals (as determined by the Secretary) in all qualifying States that so apply.
- (C) An amount equal to 30 percent of such appropriated amount for the fiscal year shall be allotted among qualifying States that apply for such a grant so that the amount allotted to a State bears the same ratio to such appropriated amount as the number of individuals enrolled in health care coverage through the qualified high risk pool of the State bears to the total number of individuals so enrolled through qualified high risk pools (as determined by the Secretary) in all qualifying States that so apply.
- (3) In the case of a qualified high risk pool of a State which charges premiums that exceed 150 percent of the premium for applicable standard risks, the State shall use at least 50 percent of the amount of the grant provided to the State to carry out this subsection to reduce premiums for enrollees.
- (4) In no case shall the aggregate amount allotted and made available under paragraph (2) for a fiscal year to States that are not the 50 States or the District of Columbia exceed $1,000,000.
- (1) In the case of a State that has established a qualified high risk pool that—
- (c)
- (1) In the case of a State that is one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, that has established a qualified high risk pool, and that is receiving a grant under subsection (b)(1), the Secretary shall provide, from the funds appropriated under paragraphs (1)(B)(ii) and (2)(B) of subsection (d) and allotted to the State under paragraph (3), a grant to be used to provide supplemental consumer benefits to enrollees or potential enrollees (or defined subsets of such enrollees or potential enrollees) in qualified high risk pools.
- (2) A State shall use amounts received under a grant under this subsection to provide one or more of the following benefits:
- (A) Low-income premium subsidies.
- (B) A reduction in premium trends, actual premiums, or other cost-sharing requirements.
- (C) An expansion or broadening of the pool of individuals eligible for coverage, such as through eliminating waiting lists, increasing enrollment caps, or providing flexibility in enrollment rules.
- (D) Less stringent rules, or additional waiver authority, with respect to coverage of pre-existing conditions.
- (E) Increased benefits.
- (F) The establishment of disease management programs.
- (3) The Secretary shall allot funds appropriated under paragraphs (1)(B)(ii) and (2)(B) of subsection (d) among States qualifying for a grant under paragraph (1) in a manner specified by the Secretary, but in no case shall the amount so allotted to a State for a fiscal year exceed 10 percent of the funds so appropriated for the fiscal year.
- (4) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit a State that, on February 10, 2006 , is in the process of implementing a program to provide benefits of the type described in paragraph (2), from being eligible for a grant under this subsection.
- (d)
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 2006—
- (A) $15,000,000 to carry out subsection (a); and
- (B) $75,000,000, of which, subject to paragraph (4)—
- (i) two-thirds of the amount appropriated shall be made available for allotments under subsection (b)(2); and
- (ii) one-third of the amount appropriated shall be made available for allotments under subsection (c)(3).
- (2) There are authorized to be appropriated $75,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2007 through 2010, of which, subject to paragraph (4)—
- (A) two-thirds of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year shall be made available for allotments under subsection (b)(2); and
- (B) one-third of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year shall be made available for allotments under subsection (c)(3).
- (3) Funds appropriated for purposes of carrying out this section for a fiscal year shall remain available for obligation through the end of the following fiscal year.
- (4) If, on June 30 of each fiscal year for which funds are appropriated under paragraph (1)(B) or (2), the Secretary determines that all the amounts so appropriated are not allotted or otherwise made available to States, such remaining amounts shall be allotted and made available under subsection (b) among States receiving grants under subsection (b) for the fiscal year based upon the allotment formula specified in such subsection.
- (5) Nothing in this section shall be construed as providing a State with an entitlement to a grant under this section.
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 2006—
- (e) To be eligible for a grant under this section, a State shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (f) The Secretary shall submit to Congress an annual report on grants provided under this section. Each such report shall include information on the distribution of such grants among States and the use of grant funds by States.
- (g) In this section:
- (1)
- (A) The term “qualified high risk pool” has the meaning given such term in section 300gg–44(c)(2) of this title , except that a State may elect to meet the requirement of subparagraph (A) of such section (insofar as it requires the provision of coverage to all eligible individuals) through providing for the enrollment of eligible individuals through an acceptable alternative mechanism (as defined for purposes of section 300gg–44 of this title ) that includes a high risk pool as a component.
- (2) The term “standard risk rate” means a rate—
- (A) determined under the State high risk pool by considering the premium rates charged by other health insurers offering health insurance coverage to individuals in the insurance market served;
- (B) that is established using reasonable actuarial techniques; and
- (C) that reflects anticipated claims experience and expenses for the coverage involved.
- (3) The term “State” means any of the 50 States and the District of Columbia and includes Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands.
- (1)
§ 300d–46. Definition
In this part, the term “uncompensated care costs” means unreimbursed costs from serving self-pay, charity, or Medicaid patients, without regard to payment under section 1396r–4 of this title , all of which are attributable to emergency care and trauma care, including costs related to subsequent inpatient admissions to the hospital.
§ 50. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title III, § 301(a) , Oct. 20, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1345
§§ 300ff–41 to 300ff–50. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–345, title III, § 301(a) , Oct. 20, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1345
§ 300mm–51. Research regarding certain health conditions related to September 11 terrorist attacks
- (a) With respect to individuals, including enrolled WTC responders and certified-eligible WTC survivors, receiving monitoring or treatment under part B, the WTC Program Administrator shall conduct or support—
- (1) research on physical and mental health conditions that may be related to the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks;
- (2) research on diagnosing WTC-related health conditions of such individuals, in the case of conditions for which there has been diagnostic uncertainty; and
- (3) research on treating WTC-related health conditions of such individuals, in the case of conditions for which there has been treatment uncertainty.
- (b) The research under subsection (a)(1) shall include epidemiologic and other research studies on WTC-related health conditions or emerging conditions—
- (1) among enrolled WTC responders and certified-eligible WTC survivors under treatment; and
- (2) in sampled populations outside the New York City disaster area in Manhattan as far north as 14th Street and in Brooklyn, along with control populations, to identify potential for long-term adverse health effects in less exposed populations.
- (c) The WTC Program Administrator shall carry out this section in consultation with the WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee.
- (d) The privacy and human subject protections applicable to research conducted under this section shall not be less than such protections applicable to research conducted or funded by the Department of Health and Human Services.
§ 300mm–52. World Trade Center Health Registry
For the purpose of ensuring ongoing data collection relating to victims of the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks, the WTC Program Administrator shall ensure that a registry of such victims is maintained that is at least as comprehensive as the World Trade Center Health Registry maintained under the arrangements in effect as of January 1, 2015 , with the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.
§ 300gg–53. Prohibition of health discrimination on the basis of genetic information
- (a)
- (1) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market may not establish rules for the eligibility (including continued eligibility) of any individual to enroll in individual health insurance coverage based on genetic information.
- (2) Nothing in paragraph (1) or in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (e) shall be construed to preclude a health insurance issuer from establishing rules for eligibility for an individual to enroll in individual health insurance coverage based on the manifestation of a disease or disorder in that individual, or in a family member of such individual where such family member is covered under the policy that covers such individual.
- (b)
- (1) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market shall not adjust premium or contribution amounts for an individual on the basis of genetic information concerning the individual or a family member of the individual.
- (2) Nothing in paragraph (1) or in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (e) shall be construed to preclude a health insurance issuer from adjusting premium or contribution amounts for an individual on the basis of a manifestation of a disease or disorder in that individual, or in a family member of such individual where such family member is covered under the policy that covers such individual. In such case, the manifestation of a disease or disorder in one individual cannot also be used as genetic information about other individuals covered under the policy issued to such individual and to further increase premiums or contribution amounts.
- (c)
- (1) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market may not, on the basis of genetic information, impose any preexisting condition exclusion (as defined in section 2701(b)(1)(A)) 1 1 See References in Text note below. with respect to such coverage.
- (2) Nothing in paragraph (1) or in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (e) shall be construed to preclude a health insurance issuer from imposing any preexisting condition exclusion for an individual with respect to health insurance coverage on the basis of a manifestation of a disease or disorder in that individual.
- (d)
- (1) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market shall not request or require an individual or a family member of such individual to undergo a genetic test.
- (2) Paragraph (1) shall not be construed to limit the authority of a health care professional who is providing health care services to an individual to request that such individual undergo a genetic test.
- (3)
- (A) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be construed to preclude a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market from obtaining and using the results of a genetic test in making a determination regarding payment (as such term is defined for the purposes of applying the regulations promulgated by the Secretary under part C of title XI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.] and section 264 of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as may be revised from time to time) consistent with subsection 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “subsections”. (a) and (c).
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market may request only the minimum amount of information necessary to accomplish the intended purpose.
- (4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market may request, but not require, that an individual or a family member of such individual undergo a genetic test if each of the following conditions is met:
- (A) The request is made pursuant to research that complies with part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or equivalent Federal regulations, and any applicable State or local law or regulations for the protection of human subjects in research.
- (B) The issuer clearly indicates to each individual, or in the case of a minor child, to the legal guardian of such child, to whom the request is made that—
- (i) compliance with the request is voluntary; and
- (ii) non-compliance will have no effect on enrollment status or premium or contribution amounts.
- (C) No genetic information collected or acquired under this paragraph shall be used for underwriting purposes.
- (D) The issuer notifies the Secretary in writing that the issuer is conducting activities pursuant to the exception provided for under this paragraph, including a description of the activities conducted.
- (E) The issuer complies with such other conditions as the Secretary may by regulation require for activities conducted under this paragraph.
- (e)
- (1) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market shall not request, require, or purchase genetic information for underwriting purposes (as defined in section 300gg–91 of this title ).
- (2) A health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market shall not request, require, or purchase genetic information with respect to any individual prior to such individual’s enrollment under the plan in connection with such enrollment.
- (3) If a health insurance issuer offering health insurance coverage in the individual market obtains genetic information incidental to the requesting, requiring, or purchasing of other information concerning any individual, such request, requirement, or purchase shall not be considered a violation of paragraph (2) if such request, requirement, or purchase is not in violation of paragraph (1).
- (f) Any reference in this part to genetic information concerning an individual or family member of an individual shall—
- (1) with respect to such an individual or family member of an individual who is a pregnant woman, include genetic information of any fetus carried by such pregnant woman; and
- (2) with respect to an individual or family member utilizing an assisted reproductive technology, include genetic information of any embryo legally held by the individual or family member.
§ 300gg–54. Coverage of dependent students on medically necessary leave of absence
The provisions of section 2707 1 1 See References in Text note below. shall apply to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in the individual market in the same manner as they apply to health insurance coverage offered by a health insurance issuer in connection with a group health plan in the small or large group market.
§ 300ff–55. Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of making grants under section 300ff–51 of this title , there are authorized to be appropriated, $218,600,000 for fiscal year 2007, $226,700,000 for fiscal year 2008, $235,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $246,855,000 for fiscal year 2010, $259,198,000 for fiscal year 2011, $272,158,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $285,766,000 for fiscal year 2013.
§ 300x–56. Prohibitions regarding receipt of funds
- (a)
- (1) A person shall not knowingly and willfully make or cause to be made any false statement or representation of a material fact in connection with the furnishing of items or services for which payments may be made by a State from a grant made to the State under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title.
- (2) A person with knowledge of the occurrence of any event affecting the initial or continued right of the person to receive any payments from a grant made to a State under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title shall not conceal or fail to disclose any such event with an intent fraudulently to secure such payment either in a greater amount than is due or when no such amount is due.
- (b) Any person who violates any prohibition established in subsection (a) shall for each violation be fined in accordance with title 18 or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both.
§ 300x–57. Nondiscrimination
- (a)
- (1) For the purpose of applying the prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of age under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 [ 42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.], on the basis of handicap under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [ 29 U.S.C. 794 ], on the basis of sex under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 [ 20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.], or on the basis of race, color, or national origin under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 [ 42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.], programs and activities funded in whole or in part with funds made available under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title shall be considered to be programs and activities receiving Federal financial assistance.
- (2) No person shall on the ground of sex (including, in the case of a woman, on the ground that the woman is pregnant), or on the ground of religion, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under, any program or activity funded in whole or in part with funds made available under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title.
- (b)
- (1) Whenever the Secretary finds that a State, or an entity that has received a payment pursuant to section 300x or 300x–21 of this title, has failed to comply with a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(1), with subsection (a)(2), or with an applicable regulation (including one prescribed to carry out subsection (a)(2)), the Secretary shall notify the chief executive officer of the State and shall request the chief executive officer to secure compliance. If within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days, the chief executive officer fails or refuses to secure compliance, the Secretary may—
- (A) refer the matter to the Attorney General with a recommendation that an appropriate civil action be instituted;
- (B) exercise the powers and functions provided by the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 [ 42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.], section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [ 29 U.S.C. 794 ], title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 [ 20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.], or title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 [ 42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.], as may be applicable; or
- (C) take such other actions as may be authorized by law.
- (2) When a matter is referred to the Attorney General pursuant to paragraph (1)(A), or whenever the Attorney General has reason to believe that a State or an entity is engaged in a pattern or practice in violation of a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(1) or in violation of subsection (a)(2), the Attorney General may bring a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States for such relief as may be appropriate, including injunctive relief.
- (1) Whenever the Secretary finds that a State, or an entity that has received a payment pursuant to section 300x or 300x–21 of this title, has failed to comply with a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(1), with subsection (a)(2), or with an applicable regulation (including one prescribed to carry out subsection (a)(2)), the Secretary shall notify the chief executive officer of the State and shall request the chief executive officer to secure compliance. If within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days, the chief executive officer fails or refuses to secure compliance, the Secretary may—
§ 300x–58. Technical assistance and provision of supplies and services in lieu of grant funds
- (a) The Secretary shall, without charge to a State receiving a grant under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title, provide to the State (or to any public or nonprofit private entity within the State) technical assistance with respect to the planning, development, and operation of any program or service carried out pursuant to the program involved. The Secretary may provide such technical assistance directly, through contract, or through grants.
- (b)
- (1) Upon the request of a State receiving a grant under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title, the Secretary may, subject to paragraph (2), provide supplies, equipment, and services for the purpose of aiding the State in carrying out the program involved and, for such purpose, may detail to the State any officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (2) With respect to a request described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall reduce the amount of payments under the program involved to the State by an amount equal to the costs of detailing personnel and the fair market value of any supplies, equipment, or services provided by the Secretary. The Secretary shall, for the payment of expenses incurred in complying with such request, expend the amounts withheld.
§ 300x–59. Plans for performance partnerships
- (a) The Secretary in conjunction with States and other interested groups shall develop separate plans for the programs authorized under subparts I and II for creating more flexibility for States and accountability based on outcome and other performance measures. The plans shall each include—
- (1) a description of the flexibility that would be given to the States under the plan;
- (2) the common set of performance measures that would be used for accountability, including measures that would be used for the program under subpart II for pregnant addicts, HIV transmission, tuberculosis, and those with a co-occurring substance abuse and mental disorders, and for programs under subpart I for children with serious emotional disturbance and adults with serious mental illness and for individuals with co-occurring mental health and substance abuse disorders;
- (3) the definitions for the data elements to be used under the plan;
- (4) the obstacles to implementation of the plan and the manner in which such obstacles would be resolved;
- (5) the resources needed to implement the performance partnerships under the plan; and
- (6) an implementation strategy complete with recommendations for any necessary legislation.
- (b) Not later than 2 years after October 17, 2000 , the plans developed under subsection (a) shall be submitted to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representatives.
- (c) As the elements of the plans described in subsection (a) are developed, States are encouraged to provide information to the Secretary on a voluntary basis.
- (d) The Secretary shall include among those interested groups that participate in the development of the plan consumers of mental health or substance abuse services, providers, representatives of political divisions of States, and representatives of racial and ethnic groups including Native Americans.
§ 300x–60. Rule of construction regarding delegation of authority to States
With respect to States receiving grants under section 300x or 300x–21 of this title, this part may not be construed to authorize the Secretary to delegate to the States the primary responsibility for interpreting the governing provisions of this part.
§ 300mm–61. World Trade Center Health Program Fund
- (a)
- (1) There is established a fund to be known as the World Trade Center Health Program Fund (referred to in this section as the “Fund”).
- (2) Out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, there shall be deposited into the Fund for fiscal year 2016 and each subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2090—
- (A) the Federal share, consisting of an amount equal to—
- (i) for fiscal year 2016, $330,000,000;
- (ii) for fiscal year 2017, $345,610,000;
- (iii) for fiscal year 2018, $380,000,000;
- (iv) for fiscal year 2019, $440,000,000;
- (v) for fiscal year 2020, $485,000,000;
- (vi) for fiscal year 2021, $501,000,000;
- (vii) for fiscal year 2022, $518,000,000;
- (viii) for fiscal year 2023, $535,000,000;
- (ix) for fiscal year 2024, $552,000,000;
- (x) for fiscal year 2025, $570,000,000; and
- (xi) for each subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2090, the amount specified under this subparagraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year; plus
- (B) the New York City share, consisting of the amount contributed under the contract under section 300mm–41(d) of this title .
- (A) the Federal share, consisting of an amount equal to—
- (3)
- (A) No funds may be disbursed from the Fund unless New York City has entered into a contract with the WTC Program Administrator under section 300mm–41(d)(1) of this title .
- (B) In the case of a failure to pay the amount so required under the contract—
- (i) the amount is recoverable under subparagraph (E)(ii) of such section;
- (ii) such failure shall not affect the disbursement of amounts from the Fund; and
- (iii) the Federal share described in paragraph (2)(A) shall not be increased by the amount so unpaid.
- (4) Amounts that were deposited, or identified for deposit, into the Fund for any fiscal year under paragraph (2), as such paragraph was in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 , that were not expended in carrying out this subchapter for any such fiscal year, shall remain deposited, or be deposited, as the case may be, into the Fund.
- (5) Amounts deposited into the Fund under this subsection, including amounts deposited under paragraph (2) as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 , for a fiscal year shall remain available, for the purposes described in this subchapter, until expended for such fiscal year and any subsequent fiscal year through fiscal year 2090.
- (b)
- (1) The amounts deposited into the Fund under subsection (a)(2) shall be available, without further appropriation, consistent with paragraph (2) and subsection (c), to carry out part B and sections 300mm(e), 300mm(f), 300mm–1(a), 300mm–1(b), 300mm–2, 300mm–3, 300mm–4(a)(1), 300mm–4(a)(2), 300mm–4(c), 300mm–51, and 300mm–52 of this title.
- (2) This subchapter does not establish any Federal obligation for payment of amounts in excess of the amounts available from the Fund for such purpose.
- (3) This subchapter does not establish any authorization for appropriation of amounts in excess of the amounts available from the Fund under paragraph (1).
- (c) Of the amounts made available under subsection (b)(1), not more than each of the following amounts may be available for each of the following purposes:
- (1) For the purposes of carrying out part B with respect to WTC responders described in section 300mm–21(a)(2)(A)(ii) of this title —
- (A) for fiscal year 2016, the amount determined for such fiscal year under subparagraph (C) 1 1 See References in Text note below. as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 ; and
- (B) for each subsequent fiscal year, the amount specified under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year.
- (2) For the purpose of carrying out section 300mm–1(a) of this title —
- (A) for fiscal year 2016, $200,000; 2 2 So in original. Probably should be followed by “and”.
- (B) for each subsequent fiscal year, the amount specified under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year.
- (3) For the purpose of carrying out section 300mm–2 of this title , for fiscal year 2016 and each subsequent fiscal year, $750,000.
- (4) For the purpose of carrying out section 300mm–3 of this title and for reimbursing Data Centers (as defined in section 300mm–4(b)(2) of this title ) for the costs incurred by such Centers in carrying out activities under contracts entered into under section 300mm–4(a)(2) of this title —
- (A) for fiscal year 2016, the amount determined for such fiscal year under subparagraph (C) as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 ;
- (B) for fiscal year 2017, $15,000,000; and
- (C) for each subsequent fiscal year, the amount specified under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year.
- (5) For the purpose of carrying out section 300mm–51 of this title —
- (A) for fiscal year 2016, the amount determined for such fiscal year under subparagraph (C) 1 as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 ; and
- (B) for each subsequent fiscal year, the amount specified under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year.
- (6) For the purpose of carrying out section 300mm–52 of this title —
- (A) for fiscal year 2016, the amount determined for such fiscal year under subparagraph (C) 1 as in effect on the day before December 18, 2015 ; and
- (B) for each subsequent fiscal year, the amount specified under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) as estimated by the Secretary for the 12-month period ending with March of the previous year.
- (1) For the purposes of carrying out part B with respect to WTC responders described in section 300mm–21(a)(2)(A)(ii) of this title —
§ 300gg–62. Preemption and application
- (a) Subject to subsection (b), nothing in this part (or part C insofar as it applies to this part) shall be construed to prevent a State from establishing, implementing, or continuing in effect standards and requirements unless such standards and requirements prevent the application of a requirement of this part.
- (b)
- (1) Nothing in this part (or part C insofar as it applies to this part) shall be construed to affect or modify the provisions of section 1144 of title 29 .
- (2) Nothing in this part (other than section 300gg–51 of this title ) shall be construed as requiring health insurance coverage offered in the individual market to provide specific benefits under the terms of such coverage.
- (c)
- (1) The provisions of part A shall apply to health insurance issuers providing health insurance coverage in the individual market in a State as provided for in such part.
- (2) To the extent that any provision of this part conflicts with a provision of part A with respect to health insurance issuers providing health insurance coverage in the individual market in a State, the provisions of such part A shall apply.
§ 300gg–63. General exceptions
- (a) The requirements of this part shall not apply to any health insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in section 300gg–91(c)(1) of this title .
- (b) The requirements of this part shall not apply to any health insurance coverage in relation to its provision of excepted benefits described in paragraph (2), (3), or (4) of section 300gg–91(c) of this title if the benefits are provided under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance.
§ 300ff–64. Additional required agreements
- (a) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless—
- (1) the applicant submits to the Secretary—
- (A) a specification of the expenditures made by the applicant for early intervention services for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive the grant;
- (B) an estimate of the number of individuals to whom the applicant has provided such services for such fiscal year;
- (C) information regarding how the expected expenditures of the grant are related to the planning process for localities funded under part A (including the planning process described in section 300ff–12 of this title ) and for States funded under part B (including the planning process described in section 300ff–27(b) of this title ); and
- (D) a specification of the expected expenditures and how those expenditures will improve overall client outcomes, as described in the State plan under section 300ff–27(b) of this title ;
- (2) the applicant agrees to submit to the Secretary a report providing—
- (A) the number of individuals to whom the applicant provides early intervention services pursuant to the grant;
- (B) epidemiological and demographic data on the population of such individuals;
- (C) the extent to which the costs of HIV-related health care for such individuals are paid by third-party payors;
- (D) the average costs of providing each category of early intervention service; and
- (E) the aggregate amounts expended for each such category;
- (3) the applicant agrees to provide additional documentation to the Secretary regarding the process used to obtain community input into the design and implementation of activities related to such grant; and
- (4) the applicant agrees to submit, every 2 years, to the lead State agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title audits, consistent with Office of Management and Budget circular A133, regarding funds expended in accordance with this subchapter and shall include necessary client level data to complete unmet need calculations and Statewide coordinated statements of need process.
- (1) the applicant submits to the Secretary—
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, to the extent permitted under State law, regulation or rule, the applicant will offer substantial opportunities for an individual—
- (1) to undergo counseling and testing regarding HIV/AIDS without being required to provide any information relating to the identity of the individual; and
- (2) to undergo such counseling and testing through the use of a pseudonym.
- (c) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, with respect to an individual seeking health services from the applicant, the applicant will not require the individual to undergo testing for HIV as a condition of receiving any health services unless such testing is medically indicated in the provision of the health services sought by the individual.
- (d) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees to maintain the expenditures of the applicant for early intervention services at a level equal to not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the State for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive the grant.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that—
- (A) in the case of individuals with an income less than or equal to 100 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant will not impose a charge on any such individual for the provision of early intervention services under the grant;
- (B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant—
- (i) will impose a charge on each such individual for the provision of such services; and
- (ii) will impose the charge according to a schedule of charges that is made available to the public.
- (2) With respect to the imposition of a charge for purposes of paragraph (1)(B)(ii), the Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that—
- (A) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 100 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 200 percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 5 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved;
- (B) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 200 percent of the official poverty line and not exceeding 300 percent of such poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 7 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved; and
- (C) in the case of individuals with an income greater than 300 percent of the official poverty line, the applicant will not, for any calendar year, impose charges in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the annual gross income of the individual involved.
- (3) With respect to compliance with the agreement made under paragraph (1), a grantee under this part may, in the case of individuals subject to a charge for purposes of such paragraph—
- (A) assess the amount of the charge in the discretion of the grantee, including imposing only a nominal charge for the provision of services, subject to the provisions of such paragraph regarding public schedules and of paragraph (2) regarding limitations on the maximum amount of charges; and
- (B) take into consideration the medical expenses of individuals in assessing the amount of the charge, subject to such provisions.
- (4) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that the limitations established in paragraph (2) regarding the imposition of charges for services applies to the annual aggregate of charges imposed for such services, without regard to whether they are characterized as enrollment fees, premiums, deductibles, cost sharing, copayments, coinsurance, or similar charges.
- (5) The requirement established in paragraph (1)(B)(i) shall be waived by the Secretary in the case of any entity for whom the Secretary has granted a waiver under section 300ff–52(b)(2) of this title .
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless, subject to paragraph (5), the applicant for the grant agrees that—
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, subject to paragraph (2), the grant will not be expended by the applicant, or by any entity receiving amounts from the applicant for the provision of early intervention services, to make payment for any such service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such service—
- (A) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program (except for a program administered by or providing the services of the Indian Health Service); or
- (B) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis.
- (2) An agreement made under paragraph (1) shall not apply in the case of an entity through which a grantee under this part provides early intervention services if the Secretary has provided a waiver under section 300ff–52(b)(2) of this title regarding the entity.
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that, subject to paragraph (2), the grant will not be expended by the applicant, or by any entity receiving amounts from the applicant for the provision of early intervention services, to make payment for any such service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such service—
- (g) The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless the applicant for the grant agrees that—
- (1) the applicant will not expend amounts received pursuant to this part for any purpose other than the purposes described in the subpart under which the grant involved is made;
- (2) the applicant will establish such procedures for fiscal control and fund accounting as may be necessary to ensure proper disbursement and accounting with respect to the grant;
- (3) the applicant will not expend more than 10 percent of the grant for administrative expenses with respect to the grant, including planning and evaluation, except that the costs of a clinical quality management program under paragraph (5) may not be considered administrative expenses for purposes of such limitation;
- (4) the applicant will submit evidence that the proposed program is consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need and agree to participate in the ongoing revision of such statement of need; and
- (5) the applicant will provide for the establishment of a clinical quality management program—
- (A) to assess the extent to which medical services funded under this subchapter that are provided to patients are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infections, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines; and
- (B) to ensure that improvements in the access to and quality of HIV health services are addressed.
§ 300ff–65. Requirement of submission of application containing certain agreements and assurances
The Secretary may not make a grant under this part unless—
- (1) an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary containing agreements and assurances in accordance with this part and containing the information specified in section 300ff–64(a)(1) of this title ;
- (2) with respect to such agreements, the application provides assurances of compliance satisfactory to the Secretary; and
- (3) the application otherwise is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this part.
§ 300ff–66. Provision by Secretary of supplies and services in lieu of grant funds
- (a) Upon the request of a grantee under this part, the Secretary may, subject to subsection (b), provide supplies, equipment, and services for the purpose of aiding the grantee in providing early intervention services and, for such purpose, may detail to the State any officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (b) With respect to a request described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall reduce the amount of payments under the grant involved by an amount equal to the costs of detailing personnel and the fair market value of any supplies, equipment, or services provided by the Secretary. The Secretary shall, for the payment of expenses incurred in complying with such request, expend the amounts withheld.
§ 300ff–67. Use of funds
Counseling programs carried out under this part—
- (1) shall not be designed to promote or encourage, directly, intravenous drug abuse or sexual activity, homosexual or heterosexual;
- (2) shall be designed to reduce exposure to and transmission of HIV/AIDS by providing accurate information;
- (3) shall provide information on the health risks of promiscuous sexual activity and intravenous drug abuse; and
- (4) shall provide information on the transmission and prevention of hepatitis A, B, and C, including education about the availability of hepatitis A and B vaccines and assisting patients in identifying vaccination sites.
§ 300x–68. Joint applications
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall permit a joint application to be submitted for grants under subpart I and subpart II upon the request of a State. Such application may be jointly reviewed and approved by the Secretary with respect to such subparts, consistent with the purposes and authorized activities of each such grant program. A State submitting such a joint application shall otherwise meet the requirements with respect to each such subpart.
§ 71. Grants for coordinated services and access to research for women, infants, children, and youth
§ 300ff–71. Grants for coordinated services and access to research for women, infants, children, and youth
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants to public and nonprofit private entities (including a health facility operated by or pursuant to a contract with the Indian Health Service) for the purpose of providing family-centered care involving outpatient or ambulatory care (directly or through contracts or memoranda of understanding) for women, infants, children, and youth with HIV/AIDS.
- (b) Funds provided under grants awarded under subsection (a) may be used for the following support services:
- (1) Family-centered care including case management.
- (2) Referrals for additional services including—
- (A) referrals for inpatient hospital services, treatment for substance abuse, and mental health services; and
- (B) referrals for other social and support services, as appropriate.
- (3) Additional services necessary to enable the patient and the family to participate in the program established by the applicant pursuant to such subsection including services designed to recruit and retain youth with HIV.
- (4) The provision of information and education on opportunities to participate in HIV/AIDS-related clinical research.
- (c) A grant awarded under subsection (a) may be made only if the applicant provides an agreement that includes the following:
- (1) The applicant will coordinate activities under the grant with other providers of health care services under this chapter, and under title V of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], including programs promoting the reduction and elimination of risk of HIV/AIDS for youth.
- (2) The applicant will participate in the statewide coordinated statement of need under part B (where it has been initiated by the public health agency responsible for administering grants under part B) and in revisions of such statement.
- (3) The applicant will every 2 years submit to the lead State agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title audits regarding funds expended in accordance with this subchapter and shall include necessary client-level data to complete unmet need calculations and Statewide coordinated statements of need process.
- (d) A grant may only be awarded to an entity under subsection (a) if an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary and the application is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this section. Such application shall include the following:
- (1) Information regarding how the expected expenditures of the grant are related to the planning process for localities funded under part A (including the planning process outlined in section 300ff–12 of this title ) and for States funded under part B (including the planning process outlined in section 300ff–27(b) of this title ).
- (2) A specification of the expected expenditures and how those expenditures will improve overall patient outcomes, as outlined as part of the State plan (under section 300ff–27(b) of this title ) or through additional outcome measures.
- (e)
- (1) With respect to a grant under subsection (a) for an entity for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall, not later than 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, provide for the conduct and completion of a review of the operation during the year of the program carried out under such subsection by the entity. The purpose of such review shall be the development of recommendations, as appropriate, for improvements in the following:
- (A) Procedures used by the entity to allocate opportunities and services under subsection (a) among patients of the entity who are women, infants, children, or youth.
- (B) Other procedures or policies of the entity regarding the participation of such individuals in such program.
- (2) The Secretary shall, directly or through contracts with public and private entities, provide for evaluations of programs carried out pursuant to subsection (a).
- (1) With respect to a grant under subsection (a) for an entity for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall, not later than 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, provide for the conduct and completion of a review of the operation during the year of the program carried out under such subsection by the entity. The purpose of such review shall be the development of recommendations, as appropriate, for improvements in the following:
- (f)
- (1) A grantee may not use more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this section for administrative expenses.
- (2) A grantee under this section shall implement a clinical quality management program to assess the extent to which HIV health services provided to patients under the grant are consistent with the most recent Public Health Service guidelines for the treatment of HIV/AIDS and related opportunistic infection, and as applicable, to develop strategies for ensuring that such services are consistent with the guidelines for improvement in the access to and quality of HIV health services.
- (g) From the amounts appropriated under subsection (j) for a fiscal year, the Secretary may use not more than 5 percent to provide, directly or through contracts with public and private entities (which may include grantees under subsection (a)), training and technical assistance to assist applicants and grantees under subsection (a) in complying with the requirements of this section.
- (h) In this section:
- (1) The term “administrative expenses” means funds that are to be used by grantees for grant management and monitoring activities, including costs related to any staff or activity unrelated to services or indirect costs.
- (2) The term “indirect costs” means costs included in a Federally negotiated indirect rate.
- (3) The term “services” means—
- (A) services that are provided to clients to meet the goals and objectives of the program under this section, including the provision of professional, diagnostic, and therapeutic services by a primary care provider or a referral to and provision of specialty care; and
- (B) services that sustain program activity and contribute to or help improve services under subparagraph (A).
- (i) Nothing in this part shall be construed as requiring funds under this part to be used for primary care services when payments are available for such services from other sources (including under titles XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.]).
- (j) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, $71,800,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $75,390,000 for fiscal year 2010, $79,160,000 for fiscal year 2011, $83,117,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $87,273,000 for fiscal year 2013.
§ 300d–72. Promoting poison control center utilization
- (a) The Secretary shall carry out, and expand upon, a national media campaign to educate and support outreach to the public and health care providers about poisoning and toxic exposure prevention and the availability of poison control center resources in local communities and to conduct advertising campaigns concerning the nationwide toll-free number and other available communication technologies established, implemented, or maintained under section 300d–71(a) of this title .
- (b) The Secretary may carry out subsection (a) by entering into contracts with one or more public or private entities, including nationally recognized organizations in the field of poison control and national media firms, for the development and implementation of a nationwide poisoning and toxic exposure prevention and poison control center awareness campaign, which may include—
- (1) the development and distribution of poisoning and toxic exposure prevention awareness materials, applicable public health emergency preparedness and response information, and poison control center awareness materials;
- (2) television, radio, Internet, and newspaper public service announcements; and
- (3) other activities to provide for public and professional awareness and education.
- (c) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $800,000 for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2024.
§ 300d–73. Maintenance of the poison control center grant program
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants to poison control centers accredited under subsection (c) (or granted a waiver under subsection (d)) and professional organizations in the field of poison control for the purposes of preventing, and providing treatment recommendations for, poisonings and toxic exposures and complying with the operational requirements needed to sustain the accreditation of the center under subsection (c).
- (b) In addition to the purposes described in subsection (a), a poison center or professional organization awarded a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under such subsection may also use amounts received under such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement—
- (1) to research, establish, implement, and evaluate best practices in the United States for poisoning and toxic exposure prevention, poison control center outreach, and emergency preparedness and response programs;
- (2) to research, develop, implement, revise, and communicate standard patient management guidelines for commonly encountered toxic exposures;
- (3) to improve national toxic exposure surveillance by enhancing cooperative activities between poison control centers in the United States, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and other government agencies as determined to be appropriate and nonduplicative by the Secretary;
- (4) to research, improve, and enhance the communications and response capability and capacity of the nation’s network of poison control centers to facilitate increased access to the centers through the integration and modernization of the current poison control centers communications and data system, including enhancing the network’s telephony, Internet, data and social networking technologies;
- (5) to develop, support, and enhance technology and capabilities of professional organizations in the field of poison control to collect national poisoning, toxic occurrence, and related public health data;
- (6) to develop initiatives to foster the enhanced public health utilization of national poison data collected by organizations described in paragraph (5);
- (7) to support and expand the toxicologic expertise within poison control centers; and
- (8) to improve the capacity of poison control centers to answer high volumes of contacts and Internet communications, and to sustain and enhance the poison control center’s network capability to respond during times of national crisis or other public health emergencies.
- (c) Except as provided in subsection (d), the Secretary may award a grant to a poison control center under subsection (a) only if—
- (1) the center has been accredited by a professional organization in the field of poison control, and the Secretary has approved the organization as having in effect standards for accreditation that reasonably provide for the protection of the public health with respect to poisoning; or
- (2) the center has been accredited by a State government, and the Secretary has approved the State government as having in effect standards for accreditation that reasonably provide for the protection of the public health with respect to poisoning.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may grant a waiver of the accreditation requirements of subsection (c) with respect to a nonaccredited poison control center that applies for a grant under this section if such center can reasonably demonstrate that the center will obtain such an accreditation within a reasonable period of time as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) The Secretary may renew a waiver under paragraph (1).
- (3)
- (A) The sum of the number of years for a waiver under paragraph (1) and a renewal under paragraph (2) may not exceed 5 years.
- (B) Notwithstanding any previous waivers, in the case of a poison control center whose accreditation is affected by a public health emergency declared pursuant to section 247d of this title , the Secretary may, as the circumstances of the emergency reasonably require, provide a waiver under paragraph (1) or a renewal under paragraph (2), not to exceed 2 years. The Secretary may require quarterly reports and other information related to such a waiver or renewal under this paragraph.
- (e) Amounts made available to a poison control center under this section shall be used to supplement and not supplant other Federal, State or local funds provided for such center.
- (f) With respect to activities for which a grant is awarded under this section, the Secretary may require that poison control centers agree to maintain the expenditures of the center for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of expenditures maintained by the center for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the grant is received.
- (g) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $28,600,000 for each of fiscal years 2020 through 2024. The Secretary may utilize an amount not to exceed 6 percent of the amount appropriated under this preceding sentence in each fiscal year for coordination, dissemination, technical assistance, program evaluation, data activities, and other program administration functions, which are determined by the Secretary to be appropriate for carrying out the program under this section.
- (h) Not later than 2 years after December 20, 2019 , and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report concerning the operations of, and trends identified by, the Poison Control Network. Such report shall include—
- (1) descriptions of the activities carried out pursuant to sections 300d–71, 300d–72, and 300d–73 of this title, and the alignment of such activities with the purposes provided under subsection (a);
- (2) a description of trends in volume of contacts to poison control centers;
- (3) a description of trends in poisonings and toxic exposures reported to poison control centers, as applicable and appropriate;
- (4) an assessment of the impact of the public awareness campaign, including any geographic variations;
- (5) a description of barriers, if any, preventing poison control centers from achieving the purposes and programs under this section and sections 300d–71 and 300d–72 of this title;
- (6) a description of the standards for accreditation described in subsection (c), including any variations in those standards, and any efforts to create and maintain consistent standards across organizations that accredit poison control centers; and
- (7) the number of and reason for any waivers provided under subsection (d).
§ 300d–74. Rule of construction
Nothing in this part may be construed to ease any restriction in Federal law applicable to the amount or percentage of funds appropriated to carry out this part that may be used to prepare or submit a report.
§ 300ff–81. Coordination
- (a) The Secretary shall ensure that the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services coordinate the planning, funding, and implementation of Federal HIV programs (including all minority AIDS initiatives of the Public Health Service, including under section 300ff–121 of this title ) to enhance the continuity of care and prevention services for individuals with HIV/AIDS or those at risk of such disease. The Secretary shall consult with other Federal agencies, including the Department of Veterans Affairs, as needed and utilize planning information submitted to such agencies by the States and entities eligible for assistance under this subchapter.
- (b) The Secretary shall biennially prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report concerning the coordination efforts at the Federal, State, and local levels described in this section, including a description of Federal barriers to HIV program integration and a strategy for eliminating such barriers and enhancing the continuity of care and prevention services for individuals with HIV/AIDS or those at risk of such disease.
- (c) As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a State shall provide assurances to the Secretary that health support services funded under this subchapter will be integrated with other such services, that programs will be coordinated with other available programs (including Medicaid), and that the continuity of care and prevention services of individuals with HIV/AIDS is enhanced.
- (d) As a condition of receipt of funds under this subchapter, a local government or private nonprofit entity shall provide assurances to the Secretary that services funded under this subchapter will be integrated with other such services, that programs will be coordinated with other available programs (including Medicaid), and that the continuity of care and prevention services of individuals with HIV is enhanced.
§ 300ff–82. Audits
- (a) For fiscal year 2009, and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary may reduce the amounts of grants under this subchapter to a State or political subdivision of a State for a fiscal year if, with respect to such grants for the second preceding fiscal year, the State or subdivision fails to prepare audits in accordance with the procedures of section 7502 of title 31 . The Secretary shall annually select representative samples of such audits, prepare summaries of the selected audits, and submit the summaries to the Congress.
- (b) All audits that the Secretary receives from the State lead agency under section 300ff–27(b)(4) of this title shall be posted, in their entirety, on the Internet website of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
§ 300ff–83. Public health emergency
- (a) In an emergency area and during an emergency period, the Secretary shall have the authority to waive such requirements of this subchapter to improve the health and safety of those receiving care under this subchapter and the general public, except that the Secretary may not expend more than 5 percent of the funds allocated under this subchapter for sections 300ff–29a of this title and section 1 1 So in original. The word “section” probably should not appear. 300ff–13(b) of this title.
- (b) In this section:
- (1) The term “emergency area” means a geographic area in which there exists—
- (A) an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act [ 50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.] or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act [ 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.]; or
- (B) a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d of this title .
- (2) The term “emergency period” means the period in which there exists—
- (A) an emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act; or
- (B) a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 247d of this title .
- (1) The term “emergency area” means a geographic area in which there exists—
- (c) If funds under a grant under this section are not expended for an emergency in the fiscal year in which the emergency is declared, such funds shall be returned to the Secretary for reallocation under sections 300ff–13(b) and 300ff–29a of this title.
§ 300ff–84. Prohibition on promotion of certain activities
None of the funds appropriated under this subchapter shall be used to fund AIDS programs, or to develop materials, designed to promote or encourage, directly, intravenous drug use or sexual activity, whether homosexual or heterosexual. Funds authorized under this subchapter may be used to provide medical treatment and support services for individuals with HIV.
§ 300ff–85. Privacy protections
- (a) The Secretary shall ensure that any information submitted to, or collected by, the Secretary under this subchapter excludes any personally identifiable information.
- (b) In this section, the term “personally identifiable information” has the meaning given such term under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
§ 300ff–86. GAO report
The Comptroller General of the Government Accountability Office shall, not less than 1 year after October 30, 2009 , submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report describing Minority AIDS Initiative activities across the Department of Health and Human Services, including programs under this subchapter and programs at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and other departmental agencies. Such report shall include a history of program activities within each relevant agency and a description of activities conducted, people served and types of grantees funded, and shall collect and describe best practices in community outreach and capacity-building of community based organizations serving the communities that are disproportionately affected by HIV/AIDS.
§ 300ff–87. Severity of need index
- (a) Not later than September 30, 2008 , the Secretary shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a severity of need index in accordance with subsection (c).
- (b) In this section, the term “severity of need index” means the index of the relative needs of individuals within a State or area, as identified by a number of different factors, and is a factor or set of factors that is multiplied by the number of living HIV/AIDS cases in a State or area, providing different weights to those cases based on needs. Such factors or set of factors may be different for different components of the provisions under this subchapter.
- (c) When the Secretary submits to the appropriate committees of Congress the severity of need index under subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide the following:
- (1) Methodology for and rationale behind developing the severity of need index, including information related to the field testing of the severity of need index.
- (2) An independent contractor analysis of activities carried out under paragraph (1).
- (3) Information regarding the process by which the Secretary received community input regarding the application and development of the severity of need index.
- (d) If the Secretary fails to submit the severity of need index under subsection (a) in either of fiscal years 2007 or 2008, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report for such fiscal year—
- (1) that updates progress toward having client level data;
- (2) that updates the progress toward having a severity of need index, including information related to the methodology and process for obtaining community input; and
- (3) that, as applicable, states whether the Secretary could develop a severity of need index before fiscal year 2009.
§ 300ff–87a. National HIV/AIDS testing goal
- (a) Not later than January 1, 2010 , the Secretary shall establish a national HIV/AIDS testing goal of 5,000,000 tests for HIV/AIDS annually through federally-supported HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs, including programs under this subchapter and other programs administered by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (b) Not later than January 1, 2011 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall submit to Congress a report describing, with regard to the preceding 12-month reporting period—
- (1) whether the testing goal described in subsection (a) has been met;
- (2) the total number of individuals tested through federally-supported and other HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs in each State;
- (3) the number of individuals who—
- (A) prior to such 12-month period, were unaware of their HIV status; and
- (B) through federally-supported and other HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care programs, were diagnosed and referred into treatment and care during such period;
- (4) any barriers, including State laws and regulations, that the Secretary determines to be a barrier to meeting the testing goal described in subsection (a);
- (5) the amount of funding the Secretary determines necessary to meet the annual testing goal in the following 12 months and the amount of Federal funding expended to meet the testing goal in the prior 12-month period; and
- (6) the most cost-effective strategies for identifying and diagnosing individuals who were unaware of their HIV status, including voluntary testing with pre-test counseling, routine screening including opt-out testing, partner counseling and referral services, and mass media campaigns.
- (c) Not later than 1 year after October 30, 2009 , the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall submit a report to Congress based on a comprehensive review of each of the programs and activities conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention as part of the Domestic HIV/AIDS Prevention Activities, including the following:
- (1) The amount of funding provided for each program or activity.
- (2) The primary purpose of each program or activity.
- (3) The annual goals for each program or activity.
- (4) The relative effectiveness of each program or activity with relation to the other programs and activities conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, based on the—
- (A) number of previously undiagnosed individuals with HIV/AIDS made aware of their status and referred into the appropriate treatment;
- (B) amount of funding provided for each program or activity compared to the number of undiagnosed individuals with HIV/AIDS made aware of their status;
- (C) program’s contribution to the National HIV/AIDS testing goal; and
- (D) progress made toward the goals described in paragraph (3).
- (5) Recommendations if any to Congress on ways to allocate funding for domestic HIV/AIDS prevention activities and programs in order to achieve the National HIV/AIDS testing goal.
- (d) In pursuing the National HIV/AIDS testing goal, the Secretary, where appropriate, shall consider and coordinate with other national strategies conducted by the Federal Government to address HIV/AIDS.
§ 300ff–88. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter:
- (1) The term “AIDS” means acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
- (2) The term “co-occurring conditions” means one or more adverse health conditions in an individual with HIV/AIDS, without regard to whether the individual has AIDS and without regard to whether the conditions arise from HIV.
- (3) The term “counseling” means such counseling provided by an individual trained to provide such counseling.
- (4) The term “family-centered care” means the system of services described in this subchapter that is targeted specifically to the special needs of infants, children, women and families. Family-centered care shall be based on a partnership between parents, professionals, and the community designed to ensure an integrated, coordinated, culturally sensitive, and community-based continuum of care for children, women, and families with HIV/AIDS.
- (5) The term “families with HIV/AIDS” means families in which one or more members have HIV/AIDS.
- (6) The term “HIV” means infection with the human immunodeficiency virus.
- (7)
- (A) The term “HIV/AIDS” means HIV, and includes AIDS and any condition arising from AIDS.
- (B) The term “living cases of HIV/AIDS”, with respect to the counting of cases in a geographic area during a period of time, means the sum of—
- (i) the number of living non-AIDS cases of HIV in the area; and
- (ii) the number of living cases of AIDS in the area.
- (C) The term “non-AIDS”, with respect to a case of HIV, means that the individual involved has HIV but does not have AIDS.
- (8) The term “human immunodeficiency virus” means the etiologic agent for AIDS.
- (9) The term “official poverty line” means the poverty line established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and revised by the Secretary in accordance with section 9902(2) of this title .
- (10) The term “person” includes one or more individuals, governments (including the Federal Government and the governments of the States), governmental agencies, political subdivisions, labor unions, partnerships, associations, corporations, legal representatives, mutual companies, joint-stock companies, trusts, unincorporated organizations, receivers, trustees, and trustees in cases under title 11.
- (11)
- (A) The term “State” means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and each of the territories.
- (B) The term “territory” means each of American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and Palau.
- (12) The term “youth with HIV” means individuals who are 13 through 24 years old and who have HIV/AIDS.
§ 300gg–91. Definitions
- (a)
- (1) The term “group health plan” means an employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(1) ]) to the extent that the plan provides medical care (as defined in paragraph (2)) and including items and services paid for as medical care) to employees or their dependents (as defined under the terms of the plan) directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise. Except for purposes of part C of title XI of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.), such term shall not include any qualified small employer health reimbursement arrangement (as defined in section 9831(d)(2) of title 26 ).
- (2) The term “medical care” means amounts paid for—
- (A) the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or amounts paid for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the body,
- (B) amounts paid for transportation primarily for and essential to medical care referred to in subparagraph (A), and
- (C) amounts paid for insurance covering medical care referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B).
- (3) A program under which creditable coverage described in subparagraph (C), (D), (E), or (F) of section 2701(c)(1) 1 1 See References in Text note below. is provided shall be treated as a group health plan for purposes of applying section 2701(e). 1
- (b)
- (1) The term “health insurance coverage” means benefits consisting of medical care (provided directly, through insurance or reimbursement, or otherwise and including items and services paid for as medical care) under any hospital or medical service policy or certificate, hospital or medical service plan contract, or health maintenance organization contract offered by a health insurance issuer.
- (2) The term “health insurance issuer” means an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization (including a health maintenance organization, as defined in paragraph (3)) which is licensed to engage in the business of insurance in a State and which is subject to State law which regulates insurance (within the meaning of section 514(b)(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1144(b)(2) ]). Such term does not include a group health plan.
- (3) The term “health maintenance organization” means—
- (A) a Federally qualified health maintenance organization (as defined in section 300e(a) of this title ),
- (B) an organization recognized under State law as a health maintenance organization, or
- (C) a similar organization regulated under State law for solvency in the same manner and to the same extent as such a health maintenance organization.
- (4) The term “group health insurance coverage” means, in connection with a group health plan, health insurance coverage offered in connection with such plan.
- (5) The term “individual health insurance coverage” means health insurance coverage offered to individuals in the individual market, but does not include short-term limited duration insurance.
- (c) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “excepted benefits” means benefits under one or more (or any combination thereof) of the following:
- (1)
- (A) Coverage only for accident, or disability income insurance, or any combination thereof.
- (B) Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance.
- (C) Liability insurance, including general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance.
- (D) Workers’ compensation or similar insurance.
- (E) Automobile medical payment insurance.
- (F) Credit-only insurance.
- (G) Coverage for on-site medical clinics.
- (H) Other similar insurance coverage, specified in regulations, under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental to other insurance benefits.
- (2)
- (A) Limited scope dental or vision benefits.
- (B) Benefits for long-term care, nursing home care, home health care, community-based care, or any combination thereof.
- (C) Such other similar, limited benefits as are specified in regulations.
- (3)
- (A) Coverage only for a specified disease or illness.
- (B) Hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance.
- (4) Medicare supplemental health insurance (as defined under section 1395ss(g)(1) of this title ), coverage supplemental to the coverage provided under chapter 55 of title 10, and similar supplemental coverage provided to coverage under a group health plan.
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) The term “applicable State authority” means, with respect to a health insurance issuer in a State, the State insurance commissioner or official or officials designated by the State to enforce the requirements of this subchapter for the State involved with respect to such issuer.
- (2) The term “beneficiary” has the meaning given such term under section 3(8) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(8) ].
- (3) The term “bona fide association” means, with respect to health insurance coverage offered in a State, an association which—
- (A) has been actively in existence for at least 5 years;
- (B) has been formed and maintained in good faith for purposes other than obtaining insurance;
- (C) does not condition membership in the association on any health status-related factor relating to an individual (including an employee of an employer or a dependent of an employee);
- (D) makes health insurance coverage offered through the association available to all members regardless of any health status-related factor relating to such members (or individuals eligible for coverage through a member);
- (E) does not make health insurance coverage offered through the association available other than in connection with a member of the association; and
- (F) meets such additional requirements as may be imposed under State law.
- (4) The term “COBRA continuation provision” means any of the following:
- (A) Section 4980B of title 26 , other than subsection (f)(1) of such section insofar as it relates to pediatric vaccines.
- (B) Part 6 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1161 et seq.], other than section 609 of such Act [ 29 U.S.C. 1169 ].
- (C) Subchapter XX of this chapter.
- (5) The term “employee” has the meaning given such term under section 3(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(6) ].
- (6) The term “employer” has the meaning given such term under section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(5) ], except that such term shall include only employers of two or more employees.
- (7) The term “church plan” has the meaning given such term under section 3(33) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(33) ].
- (8)
- (A) The term “governmental plan” has the meaning given such term under section 3(32) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(32) ] and any Federal governmental plan.
- (B) The term “Federal governmental plan” means a governmental plan established or maintained for its employees by the Government of the United States or by any agency or instrumentality of such Government.
- (C) The term “non-Federal governmental plan” means a governmental plan that is not a Federal governmental plan.
- (9) The term “health status-related factor” means any of the factors described in section 2702(a)(1). 1
- (10) The term “network plan” means health insurance coverage of a health insurance issuer under which the financing and delivery of medical care (including items and services paid for as medical care) are provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the issuer.
- (11) The term “participant” has the meaning given such term under section 3(7) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(7) ].
- (12) The term “placement”, or being “placed”, for adoption, in connection with any placement for adoption of a child with any person, means the assumption and retention by such person of a legal obligation for total or partial support of such child in anticipation of adoption of such child. The child’s placement with such person terminates upon the termination of such legal obligation.
- (13) The term “plan sponsor” has the meaning given such term under section 3(16)(B) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [ 29 U.S.C. 1002(16)(B) ].
- (14) The term “State” means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands.
- (15) The term “family member” means, with respect to any individual—
- (A) a dependent (as such term is used for purposes of section 2701(f)(2)) 1 of such individual; and
- (B) any other individual who is a first-degree, second-degree, third-degree, or fourth-degree relative of such individual or of an individual described in subparagraph (A).
- (16)
- (A) The term “genetic information” means, with respect to any individual, information about—
- (i) such individual’s genetic tests,
- (ii) the genetic tests of family members of such individual, and
- (iii) the manifestation of a disease or disorder in family members of such individual.
- (B) Such term includes, with respect to any individual, any request for, or receipt of, genetic services, or participation in clinical research which includes genetic services, by such individual or any family member of such individual.
- (C) The term “genetic information” shall not include information about the sex or age of any individual.
- (A) The term “genetic information” means, with respect to any individual, information about—
- (17)
- (A) The term “genetic test” means an analysis of human DNA, RNA, chromosomes, proteins, or metabolites, that detects genotypes, mutations, or chromosomal changes.
- (B) The term “genetic test” does not mean—
- (i) an analysis of proteins or metabolites that does not detect genotypes, mutations, or chromosomal changes; or
- (ii) an analysis of proteins or metabolites that is directly related to a manifested disease, disorder, or pathological condition that could reasonably be detected by a health care professional with appropriate training and expertise in the field of medicine involved.
- (18) The term “genetic services” means—
- (A) a genetic test;
- (B) genetic counseling (including obtaining, interpreting, or assessing genetic information); or
- (C) genetic education.
- (19) The term “underwriting purposes” means, with respect to any group health plan, or health insurance coverage offered in connection with a group health plan—
- (A) rules for, or determination of, eligibility (including enrollment and continued eligibility) for benefits under the plan or coverage;
- (B) the computation of premium or contribution amounts under the plan or coverage;
- (C) the application of any pre-existing condition exclusion under the plan or coverage; and
- (D) other activities related to the creation, renewal, or replacement of a contract of health insurance or health benefits.
- (20) The term “qualified health plan” has the meaning given such term in section 18021(a) of this title .
- (21) The term “Exchange” means an American Health Benefit Exchange established under section 18031 of this title .
- (e) For purposes of this subchapter:
- (1)
- (A) The term “individual market” means the market for health insurance coverage offered to individuals other than in connection with a group health plan.
- (B)
- (i) Subject to clause (ii), such terms 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “term”. includes coverage offered in connection with a group health plan that has fewer than two participants as current employees on the first day of the plan year.
- (ii) Clause (i) shall not apply in the case of a State that elects to regulate the coverage described in such clause as coverage in the small group market.
- (2) The term “large employer” means, in connection with a group health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 51 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year and who employs at least 2 employees on the first day of the plan year.
- (3) The term “large group market” means the health insurance market under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage (directly or through any arrangement) on behalf of themselves (and their dependents) through a group health plan maintained by a large employer.
- (4) The term “small employer” means, in connection with a group health plan with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 1 but not more than 50 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year and who employs at least 1 employees 3 3 So in original. on the first day of the plan year.
- (5) The term “small group market” means the health insurance market under which individuals obtain health insurance coverage (directly or through any arrangement) on behalf of themselves (and their dependents) through a group health plan maintained by a small employer.
- (6) For purposes of this subsection—
- (A) all 4 4 So in original. Probably should be capitalized. persons treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m), or ( o ) of section 414 of title 26 shall be treated as 1 employer.
- (B) In the case of an employer which was not in existence throughout the preceding calendar year, the determination of whether such employer is a small or large employer shall be based on the average number of employees that it is reasonably expected such employer will employ on business days in the current calendar year.
- (C) Any reference in this subsection to an employer shall include a reference to any predecessor of such employer.
- (7) Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (4), nothing in this section shall prevent a State from applying this subsection by treating as a small employer, with respect to a calendar year and a plan year, an employer who employed an average of at least 1 but not more than 100 employees on business days during the preceding calendar year and who employs at least 1 employee on the first day of the plan year.
- (1)
§ 300gg–92. Regulations
The Secretary, consistent with section 104 of the Health Care Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, may promulgate such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this subchapter. The Secretary may promulgate any interim final rules as the Secretary determines are appropriate to carry out this subchapter.
§ 300gg–93. Health insurance consumer information
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants to States to enable such States (or the Exchanges operating in such States) to establish, expand, or provide support for—
- (1) offices of health insurance consumer assistance; or
- (2) health insurance ombudsman programs.
- (b)
- (1) To be eligible to receive a grant, a State shall designate an independent office of health insurance consumer assistance, or an ombudsman, that, directly or in coordination with State health insurance regulators and consumer assistance organizations, receives and responds to inquiries and complaints concerning health insurance coverage with respect to Federal health insurance requirements and under State law.
- (2) A State that receives a grant under this section shall comply with criteria established by the Secretary for carrying out activities under such grant.
- (c) The office of health insurance consumer assistance or health insurance ombudsman shall—
- (1) assist with the filing of complaints and appeals, including filing appeals with the internal appeal or grievance process of the group health plan or health insurance issuer involved and providing information about the external appeal process;
- (2) collect, track, and quantify problems and inquiries encountered by consumers;
- (3) educate consumers on their rights and responsibilities with respect to group health plans and health insurance coverage;
- (4) assist consumers with enrollment in a group health plan or health insurance coverage by providing information, referral, and assistance; and
- (5) resolve problems with obtaining premium tax credits under section 36B of title 26 .
- (d) As a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a), an office of health insurance consumer assistance or ombudsman program shall be required to collect and report data to the Secretary on the types of problems and inquiries encountered by consumers. The Secretary shall utilize such data to identify areas where more enforcement action is necessary and shall share such information with State insurance regulators, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury for use in the enforcement activities of such agencies.
- (e)
- (1) There is hereby appropriated to the Secretary, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $30,000,000 for the first fiscal year for which this section applies to carry out this section. Such amount shall remain available without fiscal year limitation.
- (2) There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for each fiscal year following the fiscal year described in paragraph (1), such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.
§ 300gg–94. Ensuring that consumers get value for their dollars
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, in conjunction with States, shall establish a process for the annual review, beginning with the 2010 plan year and subject to subsection (b)(2)(A), of unreasonable increases in premiums for health insurance coverage.
- (2) The process established under paragraph (1) shall require health insurance issuers to submit to the Secretary and the relevant State a justification for an unreasonable premium increase prior to the implementation of the increase. Such issuers shall prominently post such information on their Internet websites. The Secretary shall ensure the public disclosure of information on such increases and justifications for all health insurance issuers.
- (b)
- (1) As a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (c)(1), a State, through its Commissioner of Insurance, shall—
- (A) provide the Secretary with information about trends in premium increases in health insurance coverage in premium rating areas in the State; and
- (B) make recommendations, as appropriate, to the State Exchange about whether particular health insurance issuers should be excluded from participation in the Exchange based on a pattern or practice of excessive or unjustified premium increases.
- (2)
- (A) Beginning with plan years beginning in 2014, the Secretary, in conjunction with the States and consistent with the provisions of subsection (a)(2), shall monitor premium increases of health insurance coverage offered through an Exchange and outside of an Exchange.
- (B) In determining under section 18032(f)(2)(B) of this title whether to offer qualified health plans in the large group market through an Exchange, the State shall take into account any excess of premium growth outside of the Exchange as compared to the rate of such growth inside the Exchange.
- (1) As a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (c)(1), a State, through its Commissioner of Insurance, shall—
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall carry out a program to award grants to States during the 5-year period beginning with fiscal year 2010 to assist such States in carrying out subsection (a), including—
- (A) in reviewing and, if appropriate under State law, approving premium increases for health insurance coverage;
- (B) in providing information and recommendations to the Secretary under subsection (b)(1); and
- (C) in establishing centers (consistent with subsection (d)) at academic or other nonprofit institutions to collect medical reimbursement information from health insurance issuers, to analyze and organize such information, and to make such information available to such issuers, health care providers, health researchers, health care policy makers, and the general public.
- (2)
- (A) Out of all funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, there are appropriated to the Secretary $250,000,000, to be available for expenditure for grants under paragraph (1) and subparagraph (B).
- (B) If the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (A) are not fully obligated under grants under paragraph (1) by the end of fiscal year 2014, any remaining funds shall remain available to the Secretary for grants to States for planning and implementing the insurance reforms and consumer protections under part A.
- (C) The Secretary shall establish a formula for determining the amount of any grant to a State under this subsection. Under such formula—
- (i) the Secretary shall consider the number of plans of health insurance coverage offered in each State and the population of the State; and
- (ii) no State qualifying for a grant under paragraph (1) shall receive less than $1,000,000, or more than $5,000,000 for a grant year.
- (1) The Secretary shall carry out a program to award grants to States during the 5-year period beginning with fiscal year 2010 to assist such States in carrying out subsection (a), including—
- (d)
- (1) A center established under subsection (c)(1)(C) shall—
- (A) develop fee schedules and other database tools that fairly and accurately reflect market rates for medical services and the geographic differences in those rates;
- (B) use the best available statistical methods and data processing technology to develop such fee schedules and other database tools;
- (C) regularly update such fee schedules and other database tools to reflect changes in charges for medical services;
- (D) make health care cost information readily available to the public through an Internet website that allows consumers to understand the amounts that health care providers in their area charge for particular medical services; and
- (E) regularly publish information concerning the statistical methodologies used by the center to analyze health charge data and make such data available to researchers and policy makers.
- (2) A center established under subsection (c)(1)(C) shall adopt by-laws that ensures that the center (and all members of the governing board of the center) is independent and free from all conflicts of interest. Such by-laws shall ensure that the center is not controlled or influenced by, and does not have any corporate relation to, any individual or entity that may make or receive payments for health care services based on the center’s analysis of health care costs.
- (3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to permit a center established under subsection (c)(1)(C) to compel health insurance issuers to provide data to the center.
- (1) A center established under subsection (c)(1)(C) shall—
§ 300gg–95. Uniform fraud and abuse referral format
The Secretary shall request the National Association of Insurance Commissioners to develop a model uniform report form for private health insurance issuer 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “issuers”. seeking to refer suspected fraud and abuse to State insurance departments or other responsible State agencies for investigation. The Secretary shall request that the National Association of Insurance Commissioners develop recommendations for uniform reporting standards for such referrals.
§ 300ff–101. Special projects of national significance
- (a) Of the amount appropriated under each of parts A, B, C, and D for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall use the greater of $20,000,000 or an amount equal to 3 percent of such amount appropriated under each such part, but not to exceed $25,000,000, to administer special projects of national significance to—
- (1) quickly respond to emerging needs of individuals receiving assistance under this subchapter; and
- (2) to fund special programs to develop a standard electronic client information data system to improve the ability of grantees under this subchapter to report client-level data to the Secretary.
- (b) The Secretary shall award grants under subsection (a) to entities eligible for funding under parts A, B, C, and D based on—
- (1) whether the funding will promote obtaining client level data as it relates to the creation of a severity of need index, including funds to facilitate the purchase and enhance the utilization of qualified health information technology systems;
- (2) demonstrated ability to create and maintain a qualified health information technology system;
- (3) the potential replicability of the proposed activity in other similar localities or nationally;
- (4) the demonstrated reliability of the proposed qualified health information technology system across a variety of providers, geographic regions, and clients; and
- (5) the demonstrated ability to maintain a safe and secure qualified health information system; or
- (6) newly emerging needs of individuals receiving assistance under this subchapter.
- (c) The Secretary may not make a grant under this section unless the applicant submits evidence that the proposed program is consistent with the statewide coordinated statement of need, and the applicant agrees to participate in the ongoing revision process of such statement of need.
- (d) The Secretary may not make a grant under this section for the development of a qualified health information technology system unless the applicant provides assurances to the Secretary that the system will, at a minimum, comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
- (e) The Secretary shall make information concerning successful models or programs developed under this part available to grantees under this subchapter for the purpose of coordination, replication, and integration. To facilitate efforts under this subsection, the Secretary may provide for peer-based technical assistance for grantees funded under this part.
§ 300ff–111. HIV/AIDS communities, schools, and centers
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants and enter into contracts to assist public and nonprofit private entities and schools and academic health science centers in meeting the costs of projects—
- (A) to train health personnel, including practitioners in programs under this subchapter and other community providers, in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of HIV/AIDS, including the prevention of the perinatal transmission of the disease, including measures for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections, and including (as applicable to the type of health professional involved), prenatal and other gynecological care for women with HIV/AIDS;
- (B) to train the faculty of schools of, and graduate departments or programs of, medicine, nursing, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, public health, allied health, and mental health practice to teach health professions students to provide for the health care needs of individuals with HIV/AIDS;
- (C) to develop and disseminate curricula and resource materials relating to the care and treatment of individuals with such disease and the prevention of the disease among individuals who are at risk of contracting the disease; and
- (D) to develop protocols for the medical care of women with HIV/AIDS, including prenatal and other gynecological care for such women.
- (2) In making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to qualified projects which will—
- (A) train, or result in the training of, health professionals who will provide treatment for minority individuals and Native Americans with HIV/AIDS and other individuals who are at high risk of contracting such disease;
- (B) train, or result in the training of, minority health professionals and minority allied health professionals to provide treatment for individuals with such disease; and
- (C) train or result in the training of health professionals and allied health professionals to provide treatment for hepatitis B or C co-infected individuals.
- (3) No grant or contract may be made under paragraph (1) unless an application is submitted to the Secretary in such form, at such time, and containing such information, as the Secretary may prescribe.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants and enter into contracts to assist public and nonprofit private entities and schools and academic health science centers in meeting the costs of projects—
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs described in subparagraph (B) to assist such schools and programs with respect to oral health care to patients with HIV/AIDS.
- (B) For purposes of this subsection, the dental schools and programs referred to in this subparagraph are dental schools and programs that were described in section 294 o (b)(4)(B) of this title as such section was in effect on the day before November 13, 1998 , and in addition dental hygiene programs that are accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation.
- (2) Each dental school or program described in section 1 1 So in original. the section referred to in paragraph (1)(B) may annually submit an application documenting the unreimbursed costs of oral health care provided to patients with HIV/AIDS by that school or hospital during the prior year.
- (3) The Secretary shall distribute the available funds among all eligible applicants, taking into account the number of patients with HIV/AIDS served and the unreimbursed oral health care costs incurred by each institution as compared with the total number of patients served and costs incurred by all eligible applicants.
- (4) The Secretary shall not make a grant under this subsection if doing so would result in any reduction in State funding allotted for such purposes.
- (5) The Secretary may make grants to dental schools and programs described in paragraph (1)(B) that partner with community-based dentists to provide oral health care to patients with HIV/AIDS in unserved areas. Such partnerships shall permit the training of dental students and residents and the participation of community dentists as adjunct faculty.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) For the purpose of awarding grants under subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated $34,700,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $36,535,000 for fiscal year 2010, $38,257,000 for fiscal year 2011, $40,170,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $42,178,000 for fiscal year 2013.
- (2) For the purpose of awarding grants under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $13,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009, $13,650,000 for fiscal year 2010, $14,333,000 for fiscal year 2011, $15,049,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $15,802,000 for fiscal year 2013.
§ 300ff–121. Minority AIDS initiative
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out activities under this section to evaluate and address the disproportionate impact of HIV/AIDS on, and the disparities in access, treatment, care, and outcomes for, racial and ethnic minorities (including African Americans, Alaska Natives, Latinos, American Indians, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Islanders), there are authorized to be appropriated $131,200,000 for fiscal year 2007, $135,100,000 for fiscal year 2008, $139,100,000 for fiscal year 2009, $146,055,000 for fiscal year 2010, $153,358,000 for fiscal year 2011, $161,026,000 for fiscal year 2012, and $169,077,000 for fiscal year 2013. The Secretary shall develop a formula for the awarding of grants under subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) that ensures that funding is provided based on the distribution of populations disproportionately impacted by HIV/AIDS.
- (b)
- (1) In carrying out the purpose described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide for—
- (A) emergency assistance under part A;
- (B) care grants under part B;
- (C) early intervention services under part C;
- (D) services through projects for HIV-related care under part D; and
- (E) activities through education and training centers under section 300ff–111 of this title .
- (2) Activities under paragraph (1) shall be carried out by the Secretary in accordance with the following:
- (A) For supplemental grants to improve HIV-related health outcomes to reduce existing racial and ethnic health disparities, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, reserve the following, as applicable:
- (i) For fiscal year 2007, $43,800,000.
- (ii) For fiscal year 2008, $45,400,000.
- (iii) For fiscal year 2009, $47,100,000.
- (iv) For fiscal year 2010, $46,738,000.
- (v) For fiscal year 2011, $49,075,000.
- (vi) For fiscal year 2012, $51,528,000.
- (vii) For fiscal year 2013, $54,105,000.
- (B) For grants used for supplemental support education and outreach services to increase the number of eligible racial and ethnic minorities who have access to treatment through the program under section 300ff–26 of this title for therapeutics, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:
- (i) For fiscal year 2007, $7,000,000.
- (ii) For fiscal year 2008, $7,300,000.
- (iii) For fiscal year 2009, $7,500,000.
- (iv) For fiscal year 2010, $8,763,000.
- (v) For fiscal year 2011, $9,202,000.
- (vi) For fiscal year 2012, $9,662,000.
- (vii) For fiscal year 2013, $10,145,000.
- (C) For planning grants, capacity-building grants, and services grants to health care providers who have a history of providing culturally and linguistically appropriate care and services to racial and ethnic minorities, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:
- (i) For fiscal year 2007, $53,400,000.
- (ii) For fiscal year 2008, $55,400,000.
- (iii) For fiscal year 2009, $57,400,000.
- (iv) For fiscal year 2010, $61,343,000.
- (v) For fiscal year 2011, $64,410,000.
- (vi) For fiscal year 2012, $67,631,000.
- (vii) For fiscal year 2013, $71,012,000.
- (D) For eliminating racial and ethnic disparities in the delivery of comprehensive, culturally and linguistically appropriate care services for HIV/AIDS for women, infants, children, and youth, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:
- (i) For fiscal year 2010, $20,448,000.
- (ii) For fiscal year 2011, $21,470,000.
- (iii) For fiscal year 2012, $22,543,000.
- (iv) For fiscal year 2013, $23,671,000.
- (E) For increasing the training capacity of centers to expand the number of health care professionals with treatment expertise and knowledge about the most appropriate standards of HIV/AIDS-related treatments and medical care for racial and ethnic minority adults, adolescents, and children with HIV/AIDS, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a), reserve the following, as applicable:
- (i) For fiscal year 2010, $8,763,000.
- (ii) For fiscal year 2011, $9,201,000.
- (iii) For fiscal year 2012, $9,662,000.
- (iv) For fiscal year 2013, $10,144,000.
- (A) For supplemental grants to improve HIV-related health outcomes to reduce existing racial and ethnic health disparities, the Secretary shall, of the amount appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, reserve the following, as applicable:
- (1) In carrying out the purpose described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall provide for—
- (c) With respect to the purpose described in subsection (a), the Secretary shall carry out this section consistent with the activities carried out under this subchapter by the Secretary pursuant to the Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2002 ( Public Law 107–116 ).
- (d) For fiscal year 2010 and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall incorporate and synchronize the schedule of application submissions and funding availability under this section with the schedule of application submissions and funding availability under the corresponding provisions of this subchapter as follows:
- (1) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(A) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to emergency assistance under part A.
- (2) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(B) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to care grants under part B.
- (3) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(C) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants for early intervention services under part C.
- (4) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(D) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants for services through projects for HIV-related care under part D.
- (5) The schedule for carrying out subsection (b)(1)(E) shall be the same as the schedule applicable to grants and contracts for activities through education and training centers under section 300ff–111 of this title .
§ 300ff–131. Infectious diseases and circumstances relevant to notification requirements
- (a) Not later than 180 days after October 30, 2009 , the Secretary shall complete the development of—
- (1) a list of potentially life-threatening infectious diseases, including emerging infectious diseases, to which emergency response employees may be exposed in responding to emergencies;
- (2) guidelines describing the circumstances in which such employees may be exposed to such diseases, taking into account the conditions under which emergency response is provided; and
- (3) guidelines describing the manner in which medical facilities should make determinations for purposes of section 300ff–133(d) of this title .
- (b) The list developed by the Secretary under subsection (a)(1) shall include a specification of those infectious diseases on the list that are routinely transmitted through airborne or aerosolized means.
- (c) The Secretary shall—
- (1) transmit to State public health officers copies of the list and guidelines developed by the Secretary under subsection (a) with the request that the officers disseminate such copies as appropriate throughout the States; and
- (2) make such copies available to the public.
§ 300ff–132. Routine notifications with respect to airborne infectious diseases in victims assisted
- (a)
- (1) If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency response employees to a medical facility and the medical facility makes a determination that the victim has an airborne infectious disease, the medical facility shall notify the designated officer of the emergency response employees who transported the victim to the medical facility of the determination.
- (2) If a victim of an emergency is transported by emergency response employees to a medical facility and the victim dies at or before reaching the medical facility, the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death shall notify the designated officer of the emergency response employees who transported the victim to the initial medical facility of any determination by the medical facility that the victim had an airborne infectious disease.
- (b) With respect to a determination described in paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a), the notification required in each of such paragraphs shall be made as soon as is practicable, but not later than 48 hours after the determination is made.
§ 300ff–133. Request for notification with respect to victims assisted
- (a) If an emergency response employee believes that the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease by a victim of an emergency who was transported to a medical facility as a result of the emergency, and if the employee attended, treated, assisted, or transported the victim pursuant to the emergency, then the designated officer of the employee shall, upon the request of the employee, carry out the duties described in subsection (b) regarding a determination of whether the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease by the victim.
- (b) The duties referred to in subsection (a) are that—
- (1) the designated officer involved collect the facts relating to the circumstances under which, for purposes of subsection (a), the employee involved may have been exposed to an infectious disease; and
- (2) the designated officer evaluate such facts and make a determination of whether, if the victim involved had any infectious disease included on the list issued under paragraph (1) of section 300ff–131(a) of this title , the employee would have been exposed to the disease under such facts, as indicated by the guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such section.
- (c)
- (1) If a designated officer makes a determination under subsection (b)(2) that an emergency response employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease, the designated officer shall submit to the medical facility to which the victim involved was transported a request for a response under subsection (d) regarding the victim of the emergency involved.
- (2) A request under paragraph (1) shall be in writing and be signed by the designated officer involved, and shall contain a statement of the facts collected pursuant to subsection (b)(1).
- (d)
- (1) If a medical facility receives a request under subsection (c), the medical facility shall evaluate the facts submitted in the request and make a determination of whether, on the basis of the medical information possessed by the facility regarding the victim involved, the emergency response employee was exposed to an infectious disease included on the list issued under paragraph (1) of section 300ff–131(a) of this title , as indicated by the guidelines issued under paragraph (2) of such section.
- (2) If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1) that the emergency response employee involved has been exposed to an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in writing, notify the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the determination.
- (3) If a medical facility makes a determination under paragraph (1) that the emergency response employee involved has not been exposed to an infectious disease, the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the determination.
- (4)
- (A) If a medical facility finds in evaluating facts for purposes of paragraph (1) that the facts are insufficient to make the determination described in such paragraph, the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the insufficiency of the facts.
- (B)
- (i) If a medical facility finds in making a determination under paragraph (1) that the facility possesses no information on whether the victim involved has an infectious disease included on the list under section 300ff–131(a) of this title , the medical facility shall, in writing, inform the designated officer who submitted the request under subsection (c) of the insufficiency of such medical information.
- (ii) If after making a response under clause (i) a medical facility determines that the victim involved has an infectious disease, the medical facility shall make the determination described in paragraph (1) and provide the applicable response specified in this subsection.
- (e) After receiving a request under subsection (c) (including any such request resubmitted under subsection (g)(2)), a medical facility shall make the applicable response specified in subsection (d) as soon as is practicable, but not later than 48 hours after receiving the request.
- (f)
- (1) If a victim described in subsection (a) dies at or before reaching the medical facility involved, and the medical facility receives a request under subsection (c), the medical facility shall provide a copy of the request to the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death of the victim, if such facility is a different medical facility than the facility that received the original request.
- (2) Upon the receipt of a copy of a request for purposes of paragraph (1), the duties otherwise established in this part regarding medical facilities shall apply to the medical facility ascertaining the cause of death of the victim in the same manner and to the same extent as such duties apply to the medical facility originally receiving the request.
- (g)
- (1)
- (A) In the case of a request under subsection (c) to which a medical facility has made the response specified in subsection (d)(4)(A) regarding the insufficiency of facts, the public health officer for the community in which the medical facility is located shall evaluate the request and the response, if the designated officer involved submits such documents to the officer with the request that the officer make such an evaluation.
- (B) As soon as is practicable after a public health officer receives a request under subparagraph (A), but not later than 48 hours after receipt of the request, the public health officer shall complete the evaluation required in such paragraph and inform the designated officer of the results of the evaluation.
- (2)
- (A) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the facts provided to the medical facility pursuant to subsection (c) were sufficient for purposes of determinations under subsection (d)(1)—
- (i) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the medical facility; and
- (ii) the medical facility shall provide to the designated officer the applicable response specified in subsection (d).
- (B) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the facts provided in the request to the medical facility were insufficient for purposes of determinations specified in subsection (c)—
- (i) the public health officer shall provide advice to the designated officer regarding the collection and description of appropriate facts; and
- (ii) if sufficient facts are obtained by the designated officer—
- (I) the public health officer shall, on behalf of the designated officer involved, resubmit the request to the medical facility; and
- (II) the medical facility shall provide to the designated officer the appropriate response under subsection (c).
- (A) If an evaluation under paragraph (1)(A) indicates that the facts provided to the medical facility pursuant to subsection (c) were sufficient for purposes of determinations under subsection (d)(1)—
- (1)
§ 300ff–134. Procedures for notification of exposure
- (a) In making a notification required under section 300ff–132 of this title or section 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title , a medical facility shall provide—
- (1) the name of the infectious disease involved; and
- (2) the date on which the victim of the emergency involved was transported by emergency response employees to the medical facility involved.
- (b) If a notification under section 300ff–132 of this title or section 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title is mailed or otherwise indirectly made—
- (1) the medical facility sending the notification shall, upon sending the notification, inform the designated officer to whom the notification is sent of the fact that the notification has been sent; and
- (2) such designated officer shall, not later than 10 days after being informed by the medical facility that the notification has been sent, inform such medical facility whether the designated officer has received the notification.
§ 300ff–135. Notification of employee
- (a) After receiving a notification for purposes of section 300ff–132 or 300ff–133(d)(2) of this title, a designated officer of emergency response employees shall, to the extent practicable, immediately notify each of such employees who—
- (1) responded to the emergency involved; and
- (2) as indicated by guidelines developed by the Secretary, may have been exposed to an infectious disease.
- (b) A notification under this subsection to an emergency response employee shall inform the employee of—
- (1) the fact that the employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease and the name of the disease involved;
- (2) any action by the employee that, as indicated by guidelines developed by the Secretary, is medically appropriate; and
- (3) if medically appropriate under such criteria, the date of such emergency.
- (c) After receiving a response under paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (d) of section 300ff–133 of this title , or a response under subsection (g)(1) of such section, the designated officer for the employee shall, to the extent practicable, immediately inform the employee of the response.
§ 300ff–136. Selection of designated officers
- (a) For the purposes of receiving notifications and responses and making requests under this part on behalf of emergency response employees, the public health officer of each State shall designate 1 official or officer of each employer of emergency response employees in the State.
- (b) In making the designations required in subsection (a), a public health officer shall give preference to individuals who are trained in the provision of health care or in the control of infectious diseases.
§ 300ff–137. Limitation with respect to duties of medical facilities
The duties established in this part for a medical facility—
- (1) shall apply only to medical information possessed by the facility during the period in which the facility is treating the victim for conditions arising from the emergency, or during the 60-day period beginning on the date on which the victim is transported by emergency response employees to the facility, whichever period expires first; and
- (2) shall not apply to any extent after the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the expiration of the applicable period referred to in paragraph (1), except that such duties shall apply with respect to any request under section 300ff–133(c) of this title received by a medical facility before the expiration of such 30-day period.
§ 300ff–138. Miscellaneous provisions
- (a) This part may not be construed to authorize any cause of action for damages or any civil penalty against any medical facility, any designated officer, any other public health officer, or any governing entity of such facility or officer for failure to comply with the duties established in this part.
- (b) This part may not, with respect to victims of emergencies, be construed to authorize or require a medical facility to test any such victim for any infectious disease.
- (c) This part may not be construed to authorize or require any medical facility, any designated officer of emergency response employees, or any such employee, to disclose identifying information with respect to a victim of an emergency or with respect to an emergency response employee.
- (d) This part may not be construed to authorize any emergency response employee to fail to respond, or to deny services, to any victim of an emergency.
- (e) In any case in which the Secretary determines that, wholly or partially as a result of a public health emergency that has been determined pursuant to section 247d(a) of this title , individuals or public or private entities are unable to comply with the requirements of this part, the Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, temporarily suspend, in whole or in part, the requirements of this part as the circumstances reasonably require. Before or promptly after such a suspension, the Secretary shall notify the Congress of such action and publish in the Federal Register a notice of the suspension.
- (f) Nothing in this part shall be construed to limit the application of State or local laws that require the provision of data to public health authorities.
§ 300ff–139. Injunctions regarding violation of prohibition
- (a) The Secretary may, in any court of competent jurisdiction, commence a civil action for the purpose of obtaining temporary or permanent injunctive relief with respect to any violation of this part.
- (b) The Secretary shall establish an administrative process for encouraging emergency response employees to provide information to the Secretary regarding violations of this part. As appropriate, the Secretary shall investigate alleged such 1 1 So in original. violations and seek appropriate injunctive relief.
§ 300ff–140. Applicability of part
This part shall not apply in a State if the chief executive officer of the State certifies to the Secretary that the law of the State is substantially consistent with this part.
§ 191. Bureau established
There shall be established in the Department of Health and Human Services a bureau to be known as the Children’s Bureau.
§ 192. Chief of bureau; investigations and reports
The Children’s Bureau shall be under the direction of a chief, to be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The said bureau shall investigate and report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services, upon all matters pertaining to the welfare of children and child life among all classes of our people, and shall especially investigate the questions of infant mortality, the birth rate, orphanage, juvenile courts, desertion, dangerous occupations, accidents and diseases of children, employment, legislation affecting children in the several States and Territories. But no official, or agent, or representative of said bureau shall, over the objection of the head of the family, enter any house used exclusively as a family residence. The chief of said bureau may from time to time publish the results of these investigations in such manner and to such extent as may be prescribed by the Secretary.
§ 193. Assistant chief
There shall be in the Children’s Bureau, until otherwise provided for by law, an assistant chief, to be appointed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
§ 194. Quarters for bureau
The Secretary of Health and Human Services is directed to furnish sufficient quarters for the work of this bureau at an annual rental not to exceed $2,000.
§ 201. Definitions
When used in this chapter—
- (a) The term “Service” means the Public Health Service;
- (b) The term “Surgeon General” means the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service;
- (c) Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
- (d) The term “regulations”, except when otherwise specified, means rules and regulations made by the Surgeon General with the approval of the Secretary;
- (e) The term “executive department” means any executive department, agency, or independent establishment of the United States or any corporation wholly owned by the United States;
- (f) Except as provided in sections 246(g)(4)(B), 1 1 See References in Text note below. 247c(c)(1), 1 254d(h)(3), 1 263c(5), 1 264(d), 292a(9), 1 300a(c), 300f(13), and 300n(1) 1 of this title, the term “State” includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (g) The term “possession” includes, among other possessions, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands;
- (h) Repealed. Pub. L. 97–35, title IX, § 986(a) , Aug. 13, 1981 , 95 Stat. 603 .
- (i) The term “vessel” includes every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water, exclusive of aircraft and amphibious contrivances;
- (j) The term “habit-forming narcotic drug” or “narcotic” means opium and coca leaves and the several alkaloids derived therefrom, the best known of these alkaloids being morphia, heroin, and codeine, obtained from opium, and cocaine derived from the coca plant; all compounds, salts, preparations, or other derivatives obtained either from the raw material or from the various alkaloids; Indian hemp and its various derivatives, compounds, and preparations, and peyote in its various forms; isonipecaine and its derivatives, compounds, salts, and preparations; opiates (as defined in section 4731(g) 1 of title 26);
- (k) The term “addict” means any person who habitually uses any habit-forming narcotic drugs so as to endanger the public morals, health, safety, or welfare, or who is or has been so far addicted to the use of such habit-forming narcotic drugs as to have lost the power of self-control with reference to his addiction;
- (l) The term “psychiatric disorders” includes diseases of the nervous system which affect mental health;
- (m) The term “State mental health authority” means the State health authority, except that, in the case of any State in which there is a single State agency, other than the State health authority, charged with responsibility for administering the mental health program of the State, it means such other State agency;
- (n) The term “heart diseases” means diseases of the heart and circulation;
- (o) The term “dental diseases and conditions” means diseases and conditions affecting teeth and their supporting structures, and other related diseases of the mouth; and
- (p) The term “uniformed service” means the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, Public Health Service, or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
- (q) The term “drug dependent person” means a person who is using a controlled substance (as defined in section 802 of title 21 ) and who is in a state of psychic or physical dependence, or both, arising from the use of that substance on a continuous basis. Drug dependence is characterized by behavioral and other responses which include a strong compulsion to take the substance on a continuous basis in order to experience its psychic effects or to avoid the discomfort caused by its absence.
§ 202. Administration and supervision of Service
The Public Health Service in the Department of Health and Human Services shall be administered by the Assistant Secretary for Health under the supervision and direction of the Secretary.
§ 203. Organization of Service
- (1) the Office of the Surgeon General,
- (2) the National Institutes of Health,
- (3) the Bureau of Medical Services, and 1 1 So in original. The “and” probably should not appear.
- (4) the Bureau of State Services, and 2 2 So in original. Probably should be followed by “(5)”. the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. The Secretary is authorized and directed to assign to the Office of the Surgeon General, 3 3 See 1993 Amendment note below. to the National Institutes of Health, to the Bureau of Medical Services, and to the Bureau of State Services, respectively, the several functions of the Service, and to establish within them such divisions, sections, and other units as he may find necessary; and from time to time abolish, transfer, and consolidate divisions, sections, and other units and assign their functions and personnel in such manner as he may find necessary for efficient operation of the Service. No division shall be established, abolished, or transferred, and no divisions shall be consolidated, except with the approval of the Secretary. The National Institutes of Health shall be administered as a part of the field service. The Secretary may delegate to any officer or employee of the Service such of his powers and duties under this chapter, except the making of regulations, as he may deem necessary or expedient.
§ 204. Commissioned Corps and Ready Reserve Corps
- (a)
- (1) There shall be in the Service a commissioned Regular Corps and, for service in time of a public health or national emergency, a Ready Reserve Corps.
- (2) All commissioned officers shall be citizens of the United States and shall be appointed without regard to the civil-service laws and compensated without regard to the Classification Act of 1923, as amended.
- (3) Commissioned officers of the Ready Reserve Corps shall be appointed by the President and commissioned officers of the Regular Corps shall be appointed by the President.
- (4) Commissioned officers of the Ready Reserve Corps shall at all times be subject to call to active duty by the Surgeon General, including active duty for the purpose of training.
- (5) Warrant officers may be appointed to the Service for the purpose of providing support to the health and delivery systems maintained by the Service and any warrant officer appointed to the Service shall be considered for purposes of this chapter and title 37 to be a commissioned officer within the Commissioned Corps of the Service.
- (b) Effective on March 23, 2010 , all individuals classified as officers in the Reserve Corps under this section (as such section existed on the day before March 23, 2010 ) and serving on active duty shall be deemed to be commissioned officers of the Regular Corps.
- (c)
- (1) The purpose of the Ready Reserve Corps is to fulfill the need to have additional Commissioned Corps personnel available on short notice (similar to the uniformed service’s reserve program) to assist regular Commissioned Corps personnel to meet both routine public health and emergency response missions during public health or national emergencies.
- (2) The Ready Reserve Corps shall, consistent with paragraph (1)—
- (A) participate in routine training to meet the general and specific needs of the Commissioned Corps;
- (B) be available and ready for involuntary calls to active duty during national emergencies and public health crises, similar to the uniformed service reserve personnel;
- (C) be available for backfilling critical positions left vacant during deployment of active duty Commissioned Corps members during such emergencies, as well as for deployment to respond to public health emergencies, both foreign and domestic; and
- (D) be available for service assignment in isolated, hardship, and medically underserved communities (as defined in section 295p of this title ) to improve access to health services, consistent with subparagraph (C).
- (3) A reference in any Federal statute, except in the case of subsection (b), to the “Reserve Corps” of the Public Health Service or to the “reserve” of the Public Health Service shall be deemed to be a reference to the Ready Reserve Corps.
- (d) For the purpose of carrying out the duties and responsibilities of the Commissioned Corps under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014 for recruitment and training and $12,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014 for the Ready Reserve Corps.
§ 204a. Deployment readiness
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, with respect to members of the following Corps components, shall establish requirements, including training and medical examinations, to ensure the readiness of such components to respond to urgent or emergency public health care needs that cannot otherwise be met at the Federal, State, and local levels:
- (A) Active duty Regular Corps.
- (B) Ready Reserve Corps.
- (2) The Secretary shall annually determine whether each member of the Corps meets the applicable readiness requirements established under paragraph (1).
- (3) A member of the Corps who fails to meet or maintain the readiness requirements established under paragraph (1) or who fails to comply with orders to respond to an urgent or emergency public health care need shall, except as provided in paragraph (4), in accordance with procedures established by the Secretary, be subject to disciplinary action as prescribed by the Secretary.
- (4)
- (A) The Secretary may waive one or more of the requirements established under paragraph (1) for an individual who is not able to meet such requirements because of—
- (i) a disability;
- (ii) a temporary medical condition; or
- (iii) any other extraordinary limitation as determined by the Secretary.
- (B) The Secretary shall promulgate regulations under which a waiver described in subparagraph (A) may be granted.
- (A) The Secretary may waive one or more of the requirements established under paragraph (1) for an individual who is not able to meet such requirements because of—
- (5) For purposes of this section and section 215 of this title , the term “urgent or emergency public health care need” means a health care need, as determined by the Secretary, arising as the result of—
- (A) a national emergency declared by the President under the National Emergencies Act ( 50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.);
- (B) an emergency or major disaster declared by the President under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.);
- (C) a public health emergency declared by the Secretary under section 247d of this title ; or
- (D) any emergency that, in the judgment of the Secretary, is appropriate for the deployment of members of the Corps.
- (1) The Secretary, with respect to members of the following Corps components, shall establish requirements, including training and medical examinations, to ensure the readiness of such components to respond to urgent or emergency public health care needs that cannot otherwise be met at the Federal, State, and local levels:
- (b) The Secretary shall—
- (1) organize members of the Corps into units for rapid deployment by the Secretary to respond to urgent or emergency public health care needs;
- (2) establish appropriate procedures for the command and control of units or individual members of the Corps that are deployed at the direction of the President or the Secretary in response to an urgent or emergency public health care need of national, State or local significance;
- (3) ensure that members of the Corps are trained, equipped and otherwise prepared to fulfill their public health and emergency response roles; and
- (4) ensure that deployment planning takes into account—
- (A) any deployment exemptions that may be granted by the Secretary based on the unique requirements of an agency and an individual’s functional role in such agency; and
- (B) the nature of the urgent or emergency public health care need.
- (c) For purposes of pay, allowances, and benefits of a Commissioned Corps officer who is detailed or assigned to a Federal entity, the deployment of such officer by the Secretary in response to an urgent or emergency public health care need shall be deemed to be an authorized activity of the Federal entity to which the officer is detailed or assigned.
§ 205. Appointment and tenure of office of Surgeon General; reversion in rank
- (1) are members of the Regular Corps, and
- (2) have specialized training or significant experience in public health programs. Upon the expiration of such term the Surgeon General, unless reappointed, shall revert to the grade and number in the Regular Corps or Ready Reserve Corps that he would have occupied had he not served as Surgeon General.
§ 206. Assignment of officers
- (a) The Surgeon General shall assign one commissioned officer from the Regular Corps to administer the Office of the Surgeon General, to act as Surgeon General during the absence or disability of the Surgeon General or in the event of a vacancy in that office, and to perform such other duties as the Surgeon General may prescribe, and while so assigned he shall have the title of Deputy Surgeon General.
- (b) The Surgeon General shall assign eight commissioned officers from the Regular Corps to be, respectively, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Chief of the Bureau of State Services, the Chief of the Bureau of Medical Services, the Chief Medical Officer of the United States Coast Guard, the Chief Dental Officer of the Service, the Chief Nurse Officer of the Service, the Chief Pharmacist Officer of the Service, and the Chief Sanitary Engineering Officer of the Service, and while so serving they shall each have the title of Assistant Surgeon General.
- (c)
- (1) The Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary, is authorized to create special temporary positions in the grade of Assistant Surgeons General when necessary for the proper staffing of the Service. The Surgeon General may assign officers of either the Regular Corps or the Ready Reserve Corps to any such temporary position, and while so serving they shall each have the title of Assistant Surgeon General.
- (2) Except as provided in this paragraph, the number of special temporary positions created by the Surgeon General under paragraph (1) shall not on any day exceed 1 per centum of the highest number, during the ninety days preceding such day, of officers of the Regular Corps on active duty and officers of the Ready Reserve Corps on active duty for more than thirty days. If on any day the number of such special temporary positions exceeds such 1 per centum limitation, for a period of not more than one year after such day, the number of such special temporary positions shall be reduced for purposes of complying with such 1 per centum limitation only by the resignation, retirement, death, or transfer to a position of a lower grade, of any officer holding any such temporary position.
- (d) The Surgeon General shall designate the Assistant Surgeon General who shall serve as Surgeon General in case of absence or disability, or vacancy in the offices, of both the Surgeon General and the Deputy Surgeon General.
§ 207. Grades, ranks, and titles of commissioned corps
- (a) The Surgeon General, during the period of his appointment as such, shall be of the same grade as the Surgeon General of the Army; the Deputy Surgeon General and the Chief Medical Officer of the United States Coast Guard, while assigned as such, shall have the grade corresponding with the grade of major general; and the Chief Dental Officer, while assigned as such, shall have the grade as is prescribed by law for the officer of the Dental Corps selected and appointed as Assistant Surgeon General of the Army. During the period of appointment to the position of Assistant Secretary for Health, a commissioned officer of the Public Health Service shall have the grade corresponding to the grade of General of the Army. Assistant Surgeons General, while assigned as such, shall have the grade corresponding with either the grade of brigadier general or the grade of major general, as may be determined by the Secretary after considering the importance of the duties to be performed: Provided , That the number of Assistant Surgeons General having a grade higher than that corresponding to the grade of brigadier general shall at no time exceed one-half of the number of positions created by subsection (b) of section 206 of this title or pursuant to subsection (c) of section 206 of this title . The grades of commissioned officers of the Service shall correspond with grades of officers of the Army as follows:
- (1) Officers of the director grade—colonel;
- (2) Officers of the senior grade—lieutenant colonel;
- (3) Officers of the full grade—major;
- (4) Officers of the senior assistant grade—captain;
- (5) Officers of the assistant grade—first lieutenant;
- (6) Officers of the junior assistant grade—second lieutenant;
- (7) Chief warrant officers of (W–4) grade—chief warrant officer (W–4);
- (8) Chief warrant officers of (W–3) grade—chief warrant officer (W–3);
- (9) Chief warrant officers of (W–2) grade—chief warrant officer (W–2); and
- (10) Warrant officers of (W–1) grade—warrant officer (W–1).
- (b) The titles of medical officers of the foregoing grades shall be respectively (1) medical director, (2) senior surgeon, (3) surgeon, (4) senior assistant surgeon, (5) assistant surgeon, and (6) junior assistant surgeon. The President is authorized to prescribe titles, appropriate to the several grades, for commissioned officers of the Service other than medical officers. All titles of the officers of the Ready Reserve Corps shall have the suffix “Reserve”.
- (c)
- (d) Within the total number of officers of the Regular Corps authorized by the appropriation Act or Acts for each fiscal year to be on active duty, the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe the maximum number of officers authorized to be in each of the grades from the warrant officer (W–1) grade to the director grade, inclusive. Such numbers shall be determined after considering the anticipated needs of the Service during the fiscal year, the funds available, the number of officers in each grade at the beginning of the fiscal year, and the anticipated appointments, the anticipated promotions based on years of service, and the anticipated retirements during the fiscal year. The number so determined for any grade for a fiscal year may not exceed the number limitation (if any) contained in the appropriation Act or Acts for such year. Such regulations for each fiscal year shall be prescribed as promptly as possible after the appropriation Act fixing the authorized strength of the corps for that year, and shall be subject to amendment only if such authorized strength or such number limitation is thereafter changed. The maxima established by such regulations shall not require (apart from action pursuant to other provisions of this chapter) any officer to be separated from the Service or reduced in grade.
- (e) In computing the maximum number of commissioned officers of the Public Health Service authorized by law to hold a grade which corresponds to the grade of brigadier general or major general, there may be excluded from such computation not more than three officers who hold such a grade so long as such officers are assigned to duty and are serving in a policymaking position in the Department of Defense.
- (f) In computing the maximum number of commissioned officers of the Public Health Service authorized by law or administrative determination to serve on active duty, there may be excluded from such computation officers who are assigned to duty in the Department of Defense.
§ 208. Repealed. Feb. 28, 1948, ch. 83, § 5(a) , 62 Stat. 40
§ 209. Appointment of personnel
- (a)
- (1) Except as provided in subsections (b) and (e) of this section, original appointments to the Regular Corps may be made only in the warrant officer (W–1), chief warrant officer (W–2), chief warrant officer (W–3), chief warrant officer (W–4), junior assistant, assistant, and senior assistant grades and original appointments to a grade above junior assistant shall be made only after passage of an examination, given in accordance with regulations of the President, in one or more of the several branches of medicine, dentistry, hygiene, sanitary engineering, pharmacy, psychology, nursing, or related scientific specialties in the field of public health.
- (2) Original appointments to the Ready Reserve Corps may be made to any grade up to and including the director grade but only after passage of an examination given in accordance with regulations of the President. Reserve commissions shall be for an indefinite period and may be terminated at any time, as the President may direct.
- (3) No individual who has attained the age of forty-four shall be appointed to the Regular Corps, or called to active duty in the Ready Reserve Corps for a period in excess of one year, unless (A) he has had a number of years of active service (as defined in section 212(d) of this title ) equal to the number of years by which his age exceeds forty-four, or (B) the Surgeon General determines that he possesses exceptional qualifications, not readily available elsewhere in the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service, for the performance of special duties with the Service, or (C) in the case of an officer of the Ready Reserve Corps, the Commissioned Corps of the Service has been declared by the President to be a military service.
- (b)
- (1) Not more than 10 per centum of the original appointments to the Regular Corps authorized to be made during any fiscal year may be made to grades above that of senior assistant, but no such appointment (other than an appointment under section 205 of this title ) may be made to a grade above that of director. For the purpose of this subsection the number of original appointments authorized to be made during a fiscal year shall be (1) the excess of the number of officers of the Regular Corps authorized by the appropriation Act or Acts for such year over the number of officers on active duty in the Regular Corps on the first day of such year, plus (2) the number of such officers of the Regular Corps who, during such fiscal year, have been or will be retired upon attainment of age sixty-four or have for any other reason ceased to be on active duty. In determining the number of appointments authorized by this subsection an appointment shall be deemed to be made in the fiscal year in which the nomination is transmitted by the President to the Senate.
- (2) In addition to the number of original appointments to the Regular Corps authorized by paragraph (1) to be made to grades above that of senior assistant, original appointments authorized to be made to the Regular Corps in any year may be made to grades above that of senior assistant, but not above that of director, in the case of any individual who—
- (A)
- (i) was on active duty in the Ready Reserve Corps on July 1, 1960 , (ii) was on such active duty continuously for not less than one year immediately prior to such date, and (iii) applies for appointment to the Regular Corps prior to July 1, 1962 ; or
- (B) does not come within clause (A)(i) and (ii) but was on active duty in the Ready Reserve Corps continuously for not less than one year immediately prior to his appointment to the Regular Corps and has not served on active duty continuously for a period, occurring after June 30, 1960 , of more than three and one-half years prior to applying for such appointment.
- (A)
- (3) No person shall be appointed pursuant to this subsection unless he meets standards established in accordance with regulat1ions of the President.
- (c) Commissions evidencing the appointment by the President of officers of the Regular Corps or Ready Reserve Corps shall be issued by the Secretary under the seal of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (d)
- (1) For purposes of basic pay and for purposes of promotion, any person appointed under subsection (a) to the grade of senior assistant in the Regular Corps, and any person appointed under subsection (b), shall, except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, be considered as having had on the date of appointment the following length of service: Three years if appointed to the senior assistant grade, ten years if appointed to the full grade, seventeen years if appointed to the senior grade, and eighteen years if appointed to the director grade.
- (2) For purposes of basic pay, any person appointed under subsection (a) to the grade of senior assistant in the Regular Corps, and any person appointed under subsection (b), shall, in lieu of the credit provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection, be credited with the service for which he is entitled to credit under any other provision of law if such service exceeds that to which he would be entitled under such paragraph.
- (3) For purposes of promotion, any person originally appointed in the Regular Corps to the senior assistant grade or above who has had active service in the Ready Reserve Corps shall be considered as having had on the date of appointment the length of service provided for in paragraph (1) of this subsection, plus whichever of the following is greater: (A) The excess of his total active service in the Ready Reserve Corps (above the grade of junior assistant) over the length of service provided in such paragraph, to the extent that such excess is on account of service in the Ready Reserve Corps in or above the grade to which he is appointed in the Regular Corps or (B) his active service in the same or any higher grade in the Ready Reserve Corps after the first day on which, under regulations in effect on the date of his appointment to the Regular Corps, he would have had the training and experience necessary for such appointment.
- (4) For purposes of promotion, any person whose original appointment is to the assistant grade in the Regular Corps shall be considered as having had on the date of appointment service equal to his total active service in the Ready Reserve Corps in and above the assistant grade.
- (e)
- (1) A former officer of the Regular Corps may, if application for appointment is made within two years after the date of the termination of his prior commission in the Regular Corps, be reappointed to the Regular Corps without examination, except as the Surgeon General may otherwise prescribe, and without regard to the numerical limitations of subsection (b).
- (2) Reappointments pursuant to this subsection may be made to the permanent grade held by the former officer at the time of the termination of his prior commission, or to the next higher grade if such officer meets the eligibility requirements prescribed by regulation for original appointment to such higher grade. For purposes of pay, promotion, and seniority in grade, such reappointed officer shall receive the credits for service to which he would be entitled if such appointment were an original appointment, but in no event less than the credits he held at the time his prior commission was terminated, except that if such officer is reappointed to the next higher grade he shall receive no credit for seniority in grade.
- (3) No former officer shall be reappointed pursuant to this subsection unless he shall meet such standards as the Secretary may prescribe.
- (f) In accordance with regulations, special consultants may be employed to assist and advise in the operations of the Service. Such consultants may be appointed without regard to the civil-service laws.
- (g) In accordance with regulations, individual scientists, other than commissioned officers of the Service, may be designated by the Surgeon General to receive fellowships, appointed for duty with the Service without regard to the civil-service laws, may hold their fellowships under conditions prescribed therein, and may be assigned for studies or investigations either in this country or abroad during the terms of their fellowships.
- (h) Persons who are not citizens may be employed as consultants pursuant to subsection (f) and may be appointed to fellowships pursuant to subsection (g). Unless otherwise specifically provided, any prohibition in any other Act against the employment of aliens, or against the payment of compensation to them, shall not be applicable in the case of persons employed or appointed pursuant to such subsections.
- (i) The appointment of any officer or employee of the Service made in accordance with the civil-service laws shall be made by the Secretary, and may be made effective as of the date on which such officer or employee enters upon duty.
§ 209b. Omitted
§§ 209a, 209b. Omitted
§ 209c. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–649, § 14b , Sept. 7, 1962 , 76 Stat. 499
§ 209d. Appointment of osteopaths as commissioned officers
Graduates of colleges of osteopathy whose graduates are eligible for licensure to practice medicine or osteopathy in a majority of the States of the United States, or approved by a body or bodies acceptable to the Secretary, shall be eligible, subject to the other provisions of this Act, for appointment as commissioned medical officers in the Public Health Service.
§ 210. Pay and allowances
- (a)
- (1) Commissioned officers of the Regular Corps and Ready Reserve Corps shall be entitled to receive such pay and allowances as are now or may hereafter be authorized by law.
- (2) For provisions relating to the receipt of special pay by commissioned officers of the Regular Corps and Ready Reserve Corps while on active duty, see section 303a(b) or 373 of title 37.
- (b) Commissioned officers on active duty and retired officers entitled to retired pay pursuant to section 211(g)(3), 212, or 213a(a) of this title, shall be permitted to purchase supplies from the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps at the same price as is charged officers thereof.
- (c) Members of the National Advisory Health Council and members of other national advisory or review councils or committees established under this chapter, including members of the Technical Electronic Product Radiation Safety Standards Committee and the Board of Regents of the National Library of Medicine, but excluding ex officio members, while attending conferences or meetings of their respective councils or committees or while otherwise serving at the request of the Secretary, shall be entitled to receive compensation at rates to be fixed by the Secretary, but at rates not exceeding the daily equivalent of the rate specified at the time of such service for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule, including traveltime; and while away from their homes or regular places of business they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
- (d) Field employees of the Service, except those employed on a per diem or fee basis, who render part-time duty and are also subject to call at any time for services not contemplated in their regular part-time employment, may be paid annual compensation for such part-time duty and, in addition, such fees for such other services as the Surgeon General may determine; but in no case shall the total paid to any such employee for any fiscal year exceed the amount of the minimum annual salary rate of the classification grade of the employee.
- (e) Any civilian employee of the Service who is employed at the Gillis W. Long Hansen’s Disease Center on April 7, 1986 , shall be entitled to receive, in addition to any compensation to which the employee may otherwise be entitled and for so long as the employee remains employed at the Center, an amount equal to one-fourth of such compensation.
- (f) Individuals appointed under section 209(g) of this title shall have included in their fellowships such stipends or allowances, including travel and subsistence expenses, as the Surgeon General may deem necessary to procure qualified fellows.
- (g) The Secretary is authorized to establish and fix the compensation for, within the Public Health Service, not more than one hundred and seventy-nine positions, of which not less than one hundred and fifteen shall be for the National Institutes of Health, not less than five shall be for the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism for individuals engaged in research on alcohol abuse and alcoholism, not less than ten shall be for the National Center for Health Services Research, not less than twelve shall be for the National Center for Health Statistics, and not less than seven shall be for the National Center for Health Care Technology, in the professional, scientific, and executive service, each such position being established to effectuate those research and development activities of the Public Health Service which require the services of specially qualified scientific, professional and administrative personnel: Provided , That the rates of compensation for positions established pursuant to the provisions of this subsection shall not be less than the minimum rate of grade 16 of the General Schedule nor more than (1) the highest rate of grade 18 of the General Schedule, or (2) in the case of two such positions, the rate specified, at the time the service in the position is performed, for level II of the Executive Schedule ( 5 U.S.C. 5313 ); and such rates of compensation for all positions included in this proviso shall be subject to the approval of the Director of the Office of Personnel Management. Positions created pursuant to this subsection shall be included in the classified civil service of the United States, but appointments to such positions shall be made without competitive examination upon approval of the proposed appointee’s qualifications by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management or such officers or agents as it may designate for this purpose.
§ 210a. Repealed. Pub. L. 87–649, § 14b , Sept. 7, 1962 , 76 Stat. 499
§ 210b. Professional categories
- (a) For the purpose of establishing eligibility of officers of the Regular Corps for promotions, the Surgeon General shall by regulation divide the corps into professional categories. Each category shall, as far as practicable, be based upon one of the subjects of examination set forth in section 209(a)(1) of this title or upon a subdivision of such subject, and the categories shall be designed to group officers by fields of training in such manner that officers in any one grade in any one category will be available for similar duty in the discharge of the several functions of the Service.
- (b) Each officer of the Regular Corps on active duty shall, on the basis of his training and experience, be assigned by the Surgeon General to one of the categories established by regulations under subsection (a). Except upon amendment of such regulations, no assignment so made shall be changed unless the Surgeon General finds (1) that the original assignment was erroneous, or (2) that the officer is equally well qualified to serve in another category to which he has requested to be transferred, and that such transfer is in the interests of the Service.
- (c) Within the limits fixed by the Secretary in regulations under section 207(d) of this title for any fiscal year, the Surgeon General shall determine for each category in the Regular Corps the maximum number of officers authorized to be in each of the grades from the warrant officer (W–1) grade to the director grade, inclusive.
- (d) The excess of the number so fixed for any grade in any category over the number of officers of the Regular Corps on active duty in such grade in such category (including in the case of the director grade, officers holding such grade in accordance with section 207(c) of this title ) shall for the purpose of promotions constitute vacancies in such grade in such category. For purposes of this subsection, an officer who has been temporarily promoted or who is temporarily holding the grade of director in accordance with section 207(c) of this title shall be deemed to hold the grade to which so promoted or which he is temporarily holding; but while he holds such promotion or grade, and while any officer is temporarily assigned to a position pursuant to section 206(c) of this title , the number fixed under subsection (c) of this section for the grade of his permanent rank shall be reduced by one.
- (e) The absence of a vacancy in a grade in a category shall not prevent an appointment to such grade pursuant to section 209 of this title , a permanent length of service promotion, or the recall of a retired officer to active duty; but the making of such an appointment, promotion, or recall shall be deemed to fill a vacancy if one exists.
- (f) Whenever a vacancy exists in any grade in a category the Surgeon General may increase by one the number fixed by him under subsection (c) for the next lower grade in the same category, without regard to the numbers fixed in regulations under section 207(d) of this title ; and in that event the vacancy in the higher grade shall not be filled except by a permanent promotion, and upon the making of such promotion the number for the next lower grade shall be reduced by one.
§ 211. Promotion of commissioned officers
- (a) Promotions of officers of the Regular Corps to any grade up to and including the director grade shall be either permanent promotions based on length of service, other permanent promotions to fill vacancies, or temporary promotions. Permanent promotions shall be made by the President, and temporary promotions shall be made by the President. Each permanent promotion shall be to the next higher grade, and shall be made only after examination given in accordance with regulations of the President.
- (b) The President may by regulation provide that in a specified professional category permanent promotions to the senior grade, or to both the full grade and the senior grade, shall be made only if there are vacancies in such grade. A grade in any category with respect to which such regulations have been issued is referred to in this section as a “restricted grade”.
- (c) Examinations to determine qualification for permanent promotions may be either noncompetitive or competitive, as the Surgeon General shall in each case determine; except that examinations for promotions to the assistant or senior assistant grade shall in all cases be noncompetitive. The officers to be examined shall be selected by the Surgeon General from the professional category, and in the order of seniority in the grade, from which promotion is to be recommended. In the case of a competitive examination the Surgeon General shall determine in advance of the examination the number (which may be one or more) of officers who, after passing the examination, will be recommended to the President for promotion; but if the examination is one for promotions based on length of service, or is one for promotions to fill vacancies other than vacancies in the director grade or in a restricted grade, such number shall not be less than 80 per centum of the number of officers to be examined.
- (d) Officers of the Regular Corps, found pursuant to subsection (c) to be qualified, shall be given permanent promotions based on length of service, as follows:
- (1) Officers in the warrant officer (W–1) grade, chief warrant officer (W–2) grade, chief warrant officer (W–3) grade, chief warrant officer (W–4) grade, and junior assistant grade shall be promoted at such times as may be prescribed in regulations of the President.
- (2) Officers with permanent rank in the assistant grade, the senior assistant grade, and the full grade shall (except as provided in regulations under subsection (b)) be promoted after completion of three, ten, and seventeen years, respectively, of service in grades above the junior assistant grade; and such promotions, when made, shall be effective, for purposes of pay and seniority in grade, as of the day following the completion of such years of service. An officer with permanent rank in the assistant, senior assistant, or full grade who has not completed such years of service shall be promoted at the same time, and his promotion shall be effective as of the same day, as any officer junior to him in the same grade in the same professional category who is promoted under this paragraph.
- (e) Officers in a professional category of the Regular Corps, found pursuant to subsection (c) to be qualified, may be given permanent promotions to fill any or all vacancies in such category in the senior assistant grade, the full grade, the senior grade, or the director grade; but no officer who has not had one year of service with permanent or temporary rank in the next lower grade shall be promoted to any restricted grade or to the director grade.
- (f) If an officer who has completed the years of service required for promotion to a grade under paragraph (2) of subsection (d) fails to receive such promotion, he shall (unless he has already been twice examined for promotion to such grade) be once reexamined for promotion to such grade. If he is thereupon promoted (otherwise than under subsection (e)), the effective date of such promotion shall be one year later than it would have been but for such failure. Upon the effective date of any permanent promotion of such officer to such grade, he shall be considered as having had only the length of service required for such promotion which he previously failed to receive.
- (g) If, for reasons other than physical disability, an officer of the Regular Corps in the warrant officer (W–1) grade or junior assistant grade is found pursuant to subsection (c) not to be qualified for promotion he shall be separated from the Service. If, for reasons other than physical disability, an officer of the Regular Corps in the chief warrant officer (W–2), chief warrant officer (W–3), assistant, senior assistant, or full grade, after having been twice examined for promotion (other than promotion to a restricted grade), fails to be promoted—
- (1) if in the chief warrant officer (W–2) or assistant grade he shall be separated from the Service and paid six months’ basic pay and allowances;
- (2) if in the chief warrant officer (W–3) or senior assistant grade he shall be separated from the Service and paid one year’s basic pay and allowances;
- (3) if in the full grade he shall be considered as not in line for promotion and shall, at such time thereafter as the Surgeon General may determine, be retired from the Service with retired pay (unless he is entitled to a greater amount by reason of another provision of law)—
- (A) in the case of an officer who first became a member of a uniformed service before September 8, 1980 , at the rate of 2½ percent of the retired pay base determined under section 1406(h) of title 10 for each year, not in excess of 30, of his active commissioned service in the Service; or
- (B) in the case of an officer who first became a member of a uniformed service on or after September 8, 1980 , at the rate determined by multiplying—
- (i) the retired pay base determined under section 1407 of title 10 ; by
- (ii) the retired pay multiplier determined under section 1409 of such title for the number of years of his active commissioned service in the Service.
- (h) If an officer of the Regular Corps, eligible to take an examination for promotion, refuses to take such examination, he may be separated from the Service in accordance with regulations of the President.
- (i) At the end of his first three years of service, the record of each officer of the Regular Corps originally appointed to the senior assistant grade or above, shall be reviewed in accordance with regulations of the President and, if found not qualified for further service, he shall be separated from the Service and paid six months’ pay and allowances.
- (j)
- (1) The order of seniority of officers in a grade in the Regular Corps shall be determined, subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) of this subsection, by the relative length of time spent in active service after the effective date of each such officer’s original appointment or permanent promotion to that grade. When permanent promotions of two or more officers to the same grade are effective on the same day, their relative seniority shall be the same as it was in the grade from which promoted. In all other cases of original appointments or permanent promotions (or both) to the same grade effective on the same day, relative seniority shall be determined in accordance with regulations of the President.
- (2) In the case of an officer originally appointed in the Regular Corps to the grade of assistant or above, his seniority in the grade to which appointed shall be determined after inclusion, as service in such grade, of any active service in such grade or in any higher grade in the Ready Reserve Corps, but (if the appointment is to the grade of senior assistant or above) only to the extent of whichever of the following is greater: (A) His active service in such grade or any higher grade in the Ready Reserve Corps after the first day on which, under regulations in effect on the date of his appointment to the Regular Corps, he had the training and experience necessary for such appointment, or (B) the excess of his total active service in the Ready Reserve Corps (above the grade of junior assistant) over three years if his appointment in the Regular Corps is to the senior assistant grade, over ten years if the appointment is to the full grade, or over seventeen years if the appointment is to the senior grade.
- (k) Any commissioned officer of the Regular Corps in any grade in any professional category may be recommended to the President for temporary promotion to fill a vacancy in any higher grade in such category, up to and including the director grade. In time of war, or of national emergency proclaimed by the President, any commissioned officer of the Regular Corps in any grade in any professional category may be recommended to the President for promotion to any higher grade in such category, up to and including the director grade, whether or not a vacancy exists in such grade. The selection of officers to be recommended for temporary promotions shall be made in accordance with regulations of the President. Promotion of an officer recommended pursuant to this subsection may be made without regard to length of service, without examination, and without vacating his permanent appointment, and shall carry with it the pay and allowances of the grade to which promoted. Such promotions may be terminated at any time, as may be directed by the President.
- (l) Whenever the number of officers of the Regular Corps on active duty, plus the number of officers of the Ready Reserve Corps who have been on active duty for thirty days or more, exceeds the authorized strength of the Regular Corps, the Secretary shall determine the requirements of the Service in each grade in each category, based upon the total number of officers so serving on active duty and the tasks being performed by the Service; and the Surgeon General shall thereupon assign each officer of the Ready Reserve Corps on active duty to a professional category. If the Secretary finds that the number of officers fixed under section 210b(c) of this title for any grade and category (or the number of officers, including officers of the Ready Reserve Corps, on active duty in such grade in such category, if such number is greater than the number fixed under section 210b(c) of this title ) is insufficient to meet such requirements of the Service, officers of either the Regular Corps or the Ready Reserve Corps may be recommended for temporary promotion to such grade in such category. Any such promotion may be terminated at any time, as may be directed by the President.
- (m) Any officer of the Regular Corps, or any officer of the Ready Reserve Corps on active duty, who is promoted to a higher grade shall, unless he expressly declines such promotion, be deemed for all purposes to have accepted such promotion; and shall not be required to renew his oath of office, or to execute a new affidavit as required by section 3332 of title 5 .
§ 211a. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–222, § 7(b) , Dec. 29, 1973 , 87 Stat. 936
§ 211b. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–412, title V, § 501(f) , Sept. 14, 1976 , 90 Stat. 1258
§ 211b. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–412, title V, § 501(f) , Sept. 14, 1976 , 90 Stat. 1258
§ 211c. Promotion credit for medical officers in assistant grade
Any medical officer of the Regular Corps of the Public Health Service who—
- (1)
- (A) was appointed to the assistant grade in the Regular Corps and whose service in such Corps has been continuous from the date of appointment or (B) may hereafter be appointed to the assistant grade in the Regular Corps, and
- (2) had or will have completed a medical internship on the date of such appointment,
§ 212. Retirement of commissioned officers
- (a)
- (1) A commissioned officer of the Regular Corps shall, if he applies for retirement, be retired on or after the first day of the month following the month in which he attains the age of sixty-four years. This paragraph does not permit or require the involuntary retirement of any individual because of the age of the individual.
- (2) A commissioned officer of the Regular Corps may be retired by the Secretary, and shall be retired if he applies for retirement, on the first day of any month after completion of thirty years of active service.
- (3) Any commissioned officer of the Regular Corps who has had less than thirty years of active service may be retired by the Secretary, with or without application by the officer, on the first day of any month after completion of twenty or more years of active service of which not less than ten are years of active commissioned service in any of the uniformed services.
- (4) Except as provided in paragraph (6), a commissioned officer retired pursuant to paragraph (1), (2), or (3) who was on active duty with the Regular Corps on the day preceding such retirement shall be entitled to receive retired pay calculated by multiplying the retired pay base determined under section 1406 of title 10 by the retired pay multiplier determined under section 1409 of such title for the numbers of years of service credited to the officer under this paragraph and in which, in the case of a temporary promotion to such grade, he has performed active duty for not less than six months, (A) for each year of active service, or (B) if it results in higher retired pay, for each of the following years:
- (i) his years of active service (determined without regard to subsection (d)) as a member of a uniformed service; plus
- (ii) in the case of a medical or dental officer, four years and, in the case of a medical officer, who has completed one year of medical internship or the equivalent thereof, one additional year, the four years and the one year to be reduced by the period of active service performed during such officer’s attendance at medical school or dental school or during his medical internship; plus
- (iii) the number of years of service with which he was entitled to be credited for purposes of basic pay on May 31, 1958 , or (if higher) on any date prior thereto, reduced by any such year included under clause (i) and further reduced by any such year with which he was entitled to be credited under paragraphs (7) and (8) of section 205(a) of title 37 on any date before June 1, 1958 ;
- (5) With the approval of the President, a commissioned officer whose service as Surgeon General, Deputy Surgeon General, or Assistant Surgeon General has totaled four years or more and who has had not less than twenty-five years of active service in the Regular Corps may retire voluntarily at any time; and except as provided in paragraph (6), his retired pay shall be at the rate of 75 per centum of the basic pay of the highest grade held by him as such officer.
- (6) The retired pay of a commissioned officer retired under this subsection who first became a member of a uniformed service after September 7, 1980 , is determined by multiplying—
- (A) the retired pay base determined under section 1407 of title 10 ; by
- (B) the retired pay multiplier determined under section 1409 of such title for the number of years of service credited to the officer under paragraph (4).
- (7) Retired pay computed under section 211(g)(3) of this title or under paragraph (4) or (5) of this subsection, if not a multiple of $1, shall be rounded to the next lower multiple of $1.
- (b) For purposes of subsection (a), the basic pay of the highest grade to which a commissioned officer has received a temporary promotion means the basic pay to which he would be entitled if serving on active duty in such grade on the date of his retirement.
- (c) A commissioned officer, retired for reasons other than for failure of promotion to the senior grade, may (1) if an officer of the Regular Corps entitled to retired pay under subsection (a) or under section 213a(a)(19) of this title , be involuntarily recalled to active duty during such times as the Commissioned Corps constitutes a branch of the land or naval forces of the United States, and (2) if an officer of either the Regular Corps or Ready Reserve Corps, be recalled to active duty at any time with his consent.
- (d) The term “active service”, as used in subsection (a), includes:
- (1) all active service in any of the uniformed services;
- (2) active service with the Public Health Service, other than as a commissioned officer, which the Surgeon General determines is comparable to service performed by commissioned officers of the Regular Corps, except that, if there are more than five years of such service only the last five years thereof may be included;
- (3) all active service (other than service included under the preceding provisions of this subsection) which is creditable for retirement purposes under laws governing the retirement of members of any of the uniformed services; and
- (4) service performed as a member of the Senior Biomedical Research Service established by section 237 of this title , except that, if there are more than 5 years of such service, only the last 5 years thereof may be included.
- (e) For the purpose of determining the number of years by which a percentage of the basic pay of an officer is to be multiplied in computing the amount of his retired pay pursuant to section 211(g)(3) of this title or paragraph (4) of subsection (a) of this section, each full month of service that is in addition to the number of full years of service credited to an officer is counted as one-twelfth of a year and any remaining fractional part of a month is disregarded.
- (f) For purposes of retirement or separation for physical disability under chapter 61 of title 10, a commissioned officer of the Regular Corps shall be credited, in addition to the service described in section 1208(a)(2) of that title, with active service with the Public Health Service, other than as a commissioned officer, which the Surgeon General determines is comparable to service performed by commissioned officers of the Regular Corps, except that, if there are more than five years of such service, only the last five years thereof may be so credited. For such purposes, such section 1208(a)(2) shall be applicable to officers of the Regular Corps.
§ 212a. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–222, § 7(b) , Dec. 29, 1973 , 87 Stat. 936
§ 212b. Repealed. Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 211, § 5(d) , 70 Stat. 117
§ 213. Military benefits
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), commissioned officers of the Service and their surviving beneficiaries shall, with respect to active service performed by such officers—
- (1) in time of war;
- (2) on detail for duty with the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, or Coast Guard; or
- (3) while the Service is part of the military forces of the United States pursuant to Executive order of the President;
- (b) The President may prescribe the conditions under which commissioned officers of the Service may be awarded military ribbons, medals, and decorations.
- (c) The authority vested by law in the Department of the Army, the Secretary of the Army, or other officers of the Department of the Army with respect to rights, privileges, immunities, and benefits referred to in subsection (a) shall be exercised, with respect to commissioned officers of the Service, by the Surgeon General.
- (d) Active service of commissioned officers of the Service shall be deemed to be active military service in the Armed Forces of the United States for the purposes of all laws administered by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs (except the Servicemen’s Indemnity Act of 1951) and section 417 of this title .
- (e) Active service of commissioned officers of the Service shall be deemed to be active military service in the Armed Forces of the United States for the purposes of all rights, privileges, immunities, and benefits now or hereafter provided under the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (50 App. U.S.C. 501 et seq.) [now 50 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.].
- (f) Active service of commissioned officers of the Service shall be deemed to be active military service in the Armed Forces of the United States for purposes of all laws related to discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, ethnicity, age, religion, and disability.
§ 213a. Rights, benefits, privileges, and immunities for commissioned officers or beneficiaries; exercise of authority by Secretary or designee
- (a) Commissioned officers of the Service or their surviving beneficiaries are entitled to all the rights, benefits, privileges, and immunities now or hereafter provided for commissioned officers of the Army or their surviving beneficiaries under the following provisions of title 10:
- (1) Section 1036, Escorts for dependents of members: transportation and travel allowances.
- (2) Chapter 61, Retirement or Separation for Physical Disability, except that sections 1201, 1202, and 1203 do not apply to commissioned officers of the Public Health Service who have been ordered to active duty for training for a period of more than 30 days.
- (3) Chapter 69, Retired Grade, except sections 1370, 1374, 1 1 See References in Text note below. 1375 and 1376(a). 1
- (4) Chapter 71, Computation of Retired Pay, except formula No. 3 of section 1401. 1
- (5) Chapter 73, Retired Serviceman’s Family Protection Plan; Survivor Benefit Plan.
- (6) Chapter 75, Death Benefits.
- (7) Section 2771, Final settlement of accounts: deceased members.
- (8) Chapter 163, Military Claims, but only when commissioned officers of the Service are entitled to military benefits under section 213 of this title .
- (9) Section 2603, Acceptance of fellowships, scholarships, or grants.
- (10) Section 2634, Motor vehicles: for members on permanent change of station.
- (11) Section 1035, Deposits of Savings.
- (12) Section 1552, Correction of military records: claims incident thereto.
- (13) Section 1553, Review of discharge or dismissal.
- (14) Section 1554, Review of retirement or separation without pay for physical disability.
- (15) Section 1124, Cash awards for suggestions, inventions, or scientific achievements.
- (16) Section 1052, Reimbursement for adoption expenses.
- (17) Section 1059, Transitional compensation and commissary and exchange benefits for dependents of members separated for dependent abuse.
- (18) Section 1034, Protected Communications; Prohibition of Retaliatory Personnel Actions.
- (19) Chapter 1223, Retired Pay for Non-Regular Service.
- (20) Section 12601, Compensation: Reserve on active duty accepting from any person.
- (21) Section 12684, Reserves: separation for absence without authority or sentence to imprisonment.
- (b)
- (1) The authority vested by title 10 in the “military departments”, “the Secretary concerned”, or “the Secretary of Defense” with respect to the rights, privileges, immunities, and benefits referred to in subsection (a) shall be exercised, with respect to commissioned officers of the Service, by the Secretary of Health and Human Services or the designee of such Secretary.
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (18) of subsection (a), the term “Inspector General” in section 1034 of such title 10 shall mean the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (3) For purposes of paragraph (19) of subsection (a), the terms “Military department”, “Secretary concerned”, and “Armed forces” in such title 10 shall be deemed to include, respectively, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Commissioned Corps.
§ 214. Presentation of United States flag upon retirement
- (a) Upon the release of an officer of the commissioned corps of the Service from active commissioned service for retirement, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall present a United States flag to the officer.
- (b) An officer is not eligible for presentation of a flag under subsection (a) if the officer has previously been presented a flag under this section or any other provision of law providing for the presentation of a United States flag incident to release from active service for retirement.
- (c) The presentation of a flag under this section shall be at no cost to the recipient.
§ 214a. Repealed. Sept. 1, 1954, ch. 1211, § 5 , 68 Stat. 1130
§ 215. Detail of Service personnel
- (a) The Secretary is authorized, upon the request of the head of an executive department, to detail officers or employees of the Service to such department for duty as agreed upon by the Secretary and the head of such department in order to cooperate in, or conduct work related to, the functions of such department or of the Service. When officers or employees are so detailed their salaries and allowances may be paid from working funds established as provided by law or may be paid by the Service from applicable appropriations and reimbursement may be made as agreed upon by the Secretary and the head of the executive department concerned. Officers detailed for duty with the Army, Air Force, Navy, or Coast Guard shall be subject to the laws for the government of the service to which detailed.
- (b) Upon the request of any State health authority or, in the case of work relating to mental health, any State mental health authority, personnel of the Service may be detailed by the Surgeon General for the purpose of assisting such State or a political subdivision thereof in work related to the functions of the Service.
- (c) The Surgeon General may detail personnel of the Service to any appropriate committee of the Congress or to nonprofit educational, research 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma. or other institutions engaged in health activities for special studies of scientific problems and for the dissemination of information relating to public health.
- (d) Personnel detailed under subsections (b) and (c) shall be paid from applicable appropriations of the Service, except that, in accordance with regulations such personnel may be placed on leave without pay and paid by the State, subdivision, or institution to which they are detailed. In the case of detail of personnel under subsections (b) or (c) to be paid from applicable Service appropriations, the Secretary may condition such detail on an agreement by the State, subdivision, or institution concerned that such State, subdivision, or institution concerned shall reimburse the United States for the amount of such payments made by the Service. The services of personnel while detailed pursuant to this section shall be considered as having been performed in the Service for purposes of the computation of basic pay, promotion, retirement, compensation for injury or death, and the benefits provided by section 213 of this title .
- (e) Except with respect to the United States Coast Guard and the Department of Defense, and except as provided in agreements negotiated with officials at agencies where officers of the Commissioned Corps may be assigned, the Secretary shall have the sole authority to deploy any Commissioned Corps officer assigned under this section to an entity outside of the Department of Health and Human Services for service under the Secretary’s direction in response to an urgent or emergency public health care need (as defined in section 204a(a)(5) of this title ).
§ 216. Regulations
- (a) The President shall from time to time prescribe regulations with respect to the appointment, promotion, retirement, termination of commission, titles, pay, uniforms, allowances (including increased allowances for foreign service), and discipline of the commissioned corps of the Service.
- (b) The Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary, unless specifically otherwise provided, shall promulgate all other regulations necessary to the administration of the Service, including regulations with respect to uniforms for employees, and regulations with respect to the custody, use, and preservation of the records, papers, and property of the Service.
- (c) No regulation relating to qualifications for appointment of medical officers or employees shall give preference to any school of medicine.
§ 217. Use of Service in time of war or emergency
- (a) shall constitute a branch of the land and naval forces of the United States,
- (b) shall, to the extent prescribed by regulations of the President, be subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice [ 10 U.S.C. 801 et seq.], and
- (c) shall continue to operate as part of the Service except to the extent that the President may direct as Commander in Chief.
§ 217a. Advisory councils or committees
- (a) The Secretary may, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, from time to time, appoint such advisory councils or committees (in addition to those authorized to be established under other provisions of law), for such periods of time, as he deems desirable with such period commencing on a date specified by the Secretary for the purpose of advising him in connection with any of his functions.
- (b) Members of any advisory council or committee appointed under this section who are not regular full-time employees of the United States shall, while attending meetings or conferences of such council or committee or otherwise engaged on business of such council or committee receive compensation and allowances as provided in section 210(c) of this title for members of national advisory councils established under this chapter.
- (c) Upon appointment of any such council or committee, the Secretary may delegate to such council or committee such advisory functions relating to grants-in-aid for research or training projects or programs, in the areas or fields with which such council or committee is concerned, as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
§ 217b. Volunteer services
Subject to regulations, volunteer and uncompensated services may be accepted by the Secretary, or by any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services designated by him, for use in the operation of any health care facility or in the provision of health care.
§ 218. National Advisory Councils on Migrant Health
- (a) Within 120 days of July 29, 1975 , the Secretary shall appoint and organize a National Advisory Council on Migrant Health (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the “Council”) which shall advise, consult with, and make recommendations to, the Secretary on matters concerning the organization, operation, selection, and funding of migrant health centers and other entities under grants and contracts under section 254b 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title.
- (b) The Council shall consist of fifteen members, at least twelve of whom shall be members of the governing boards of migrant health centers or other entities assisted under section 254b 1 of this title. Of such twelve members who are members of such governing boards, at least nine shall be chosen from among those members of such governing boards who are being served by such centers or grantees and who are familiar with the delivery of health care to migratory agricultural workers and seasonal agricultural workers. The remaining three Council members shall be individuals qualified by training and experience in the medical sciences or in the administration of health programs.
- (c) Each member of the Council shall hold office for a term of four years, except that (1) any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which his predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term; and (2) the terms of the members first taking office after July 29, 1975 , shall expire as follows: four shall expire four years after such date, four shall expire three years after such date, four shall expire two years after such date, and three shall expire one year after such date, as designated by the Secretary at the time of appointment.
- (d) Section 14(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act shall not apply to the Council.
§ 218a. Training of officers
- (a) Appropriations available for the pay and allowances of commissioned officers of the Service shall also be available for the pay and allowances of any such officer on active duty while attending any Federal or non-Federal educational institution or training program and, subject to regulations of the President and to the limitation prescribed in such appropriations, for payment of his tuition, fees, and other necessary expenses incident to such attendance.
- (b) Any officer whose tuition, fees, and other necessary expenses are paid pursuant to subsection (a) while attending an educational institution or training program for a period in excess of thirty days shall be obligated to pay to the Service an amount equal to two times the total amount of such tuition, fees, and other necessary expenses received by such officer during such period, and two times the total amount of any compensation received by, and any allowance paid to, such officer during such period, if after return to active service such officer voluntarily leaves the Service within (1) six months, or (2) twice the period of such attendance, whichever is greater. Such subsequent period of service shall commence upon the cessation of such attendance and of any further continuous period of training duty for which no tuition and fees are paid by the Service and which is part of the officer’s prescribed formal training program, whether such further training is at a Service facility or otherwise. The Surgeon General may waive, in whole or in part, any payment which may be required by this subsection upon a determination that such payment would be inequitable or would not be in the public interest.
- (c) A commissioned officer may be placed in leave without pay status while attending an educational institution or training program whenever the Secretary determines that such status is in the best interest of the Service. For purposes of computation of basic pay, promotion, retirement, compensation for injury or death, and the benefits provided by sections 213 and 233 of this title, an officer in such status pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be considered as performing service in the Service and shall have an active service obligation as set forth in subsection (b) of this section.
§ 224. Transferred
§§ 219 to 224. Transferred
§ 225. Repealed. July 12, 1955, ch. 328, § 5(4) , 69 Stat. 296
§ 227. Transferred
§§ 225a to 227. Transferred
§ 227a. Omitted
§ 227a. Omitted
§ 229d. Transferred
§§ 228 to 229d. Transferred
§ 230. Repealed. Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 211, § 5(e) , 70 Stat. 117
§ 231. Service and supply fund; uses; reimbursement
- (1) a supply service for the purchase, storage, handling, issuance, packing, or shipping of stationery, supplies, materials, equipment, and blank forms, for which stocks may be maintained to meet, in whole or in part, requirements of the Public Health Service and requisitions of other Government Offices, and
- (2) such other services as the Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, determines may be performed more advantageously as central services; 1 1 See HHS Services and Supply Fund note below. said fund to be reimbursed from applicable appropriations or funds available when services are performed or stock furnished, or in advance, on a basis of rates which shall include estimated or actual charges for personal services, materials, equipment (including maintenance, repairs, and depreciation), and other expenses.
§ 232. National Institute of Mental Health; authorization of appropriation; construction; location
There is authorized to be appropriated a sum not to exceed $7,500,000 for the erection and equipment, for the use of the Public Health Service in carrying out the provisions of this Act, of suitable and adequate hospital buildings and facilities, including necessary living quarters for personnel, and of suitable and adequate laboratory buildings and facilities, and such buildings and facilities shall be known as the National Institute of Mental Health. The Administrator of General Services is authorized to acquire, by purchase, condemnation, donation, or otherwise, a suitable and adequate site or sites, selected on the advice of the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service, in or near the District of Columbia for such buildings and facilities, and to erect thereon, furnish, and equip such buildings and facilities. The amount authorized to be appropriated in this section shall include the cost of preparation of drawings and specifications, supervision of construction, and other administrative expenses incident to the work: Provided , That the Administrator of General Services shall prepare the plans and specifications, make all necessary contracts, and supervise construction.
§ 233. Civil actions or proceedings against commissioned officers or employees
- (a) The remedy against the United States provided by sections 1346(b) and 2672 of title 28, or by alternative benefits provided by the United States where the availability of such benefits precludes a remedy under section 1346(b) of title 28 , for damage for personal injury, including death, resulting from the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions, including the conduct of clinical studies or investigation, by any commissioned officer or employee of the Public Health Service while acting within the scope of his office or employment, shall be exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding by reason of the same subject-matter against the officer or employee (or his estate) whose act or omission gave rise to the claim.
- (b) The Attorney General shall defend any civil action or proceeding brought in any court against any person referred to in subsection (a) of this section (or his estate) for any such damage or injury. Any such person against whom such civil action or proceeding is brought shall deliver within such time after date of service or knowledge of service as determined by the Attorney General, all process served upon him or an attested true copy thereof to his immediate superior or to whomever was designated by the Secretary to receive such papers and such person shall promptly furnish copies of the pleading and process therein to the United States attorney for the district embracing the place wherein the proceeding is brought, to the Attorney General, and to the Secretary.
- (c) Upon a certification by the Attorney General that the defendant was acting in the scope of his employment at the time of the incident out of which the suit arose, any such civil action or proceeding commenced in a State court shall be removed without bond at any time before trial by the Attorney General to the district court of the United States of the district and division embracing the place wherein it is pending and the proceeding deemed a tort action brought against the United States under the provisions of title 28 and all references thereto. Should a United States district court determine on a hearing on a motion to remand held before a trial on the merit that the case so removed is one in which a remedy by suit within the meaning of subsection (a) of this section is not available against the United States, the case shall be remanded to the State Court: Provided , That where such a remedy is precluded because of the availability of a remedy through proceedings for compensation or other benefits from the United States as provided by any other law, the case shall be dismissed, but in the event the running of any limitation of time for commencing, or filing an application or claim in, such proceedings for compensation or other benefits shall be deemed to have been suspended during the pendency of the civil action or proceeding under this section.
- (d) The Attorney General may compromise or settle any claim asserted in such civil action or proceeding in the manner provided in section 2677 of title 28 and with the same effect.
- (e) For purposes of this section, the provisions of section 2680(h) of title 28 shall not apply to assault or battery arising out of negligence in the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions, including the conduct of clinical studies or investigations.
- (f) The Secretary or his designee may, to the extent that he deems appropriate, hold harmless or provide liability insurance for any officer or employee of the Public Health Service for damage for personal injury, including death, negligently caused by such officer or employee while acting within the scope of his office or employment and as a result of the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions, including the conduct of clinical studies or investigations, if such employee is assigned to a foreign country or detailed to a State or political subdivision thereof or to a non-profit institution, and if the circumstances are such as are likely to preclude the remedies of third persons against the United States described in section 2679(b) of title 28 , for such damage or injury.
- (g)
- (1)
- (A) For purposes of this section and subject to the approval by the Secretary of an application under subparagraph (D), an entity described in paragraph (4), and any officer, governing board member, or employee of such an entity, and any contractor of such an entity who is a physician or other licensed or certified health care practitioner (subject to paragraph (5)), shall be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for a calendar year that begins during a fiscal year for which a transfer was made under subsection (k)(3) (subject to paragraph (3)). The remedy against the United States for an entity described in paragraph (4) and any officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor (subject to paragraph (5)) of such an entity who is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service pursuant to this paragraph shall be exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding to the same extent as the remedy against the United States is exclusive pursuant to subsection (a).
- (B) The deeming of any entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section shall apply with respect to services provided—
- (i) to all patients of the entity, and
- (ii) subject to subparagraph (C), to individuals who are not patients of the entity.
- (C) Subparagraph (B)(ii) applies to services provided to individuals who are not patients of an entity if the Secretary determines, after reviewing an application submitted under subparagraph (D), that the provision of the services to such individuals—
- (i) benefits patients of the entity and general populations that could be served by the entity through community-wide intervention efforts within the communities served by such entity;
- (ii) facilitates the provision of services to patients of the entity; or
- (iii) are otherwise required under an employment contract (or similar arrangement) between the entity and an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity.
- (D) The Secretary may not under subparagraph (A) deem an entity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section, and may not apply such deeming to services described in subparagraph (B)(ii), unless the entity has submitted an application for such deeming to the Secretary in such form and such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe. The application shall contain detailed information, along with supporting documentation, to verify that the entity, and the officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity, as the case may be, meets the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this paragraph and that the entity meets the requirements of paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (h).
- (E) The Secretary shall make a determination of whether an entity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section within 30 days after the receipt of an application under subparagraph (D). The determination of the Secretary that an entity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section shall apply for the period specified by the Secretary under subparagraph (A).
- (F) Once the Secretary makes a determination that an entity or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of an entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section, the determination shall be final and binding upon the Secretary and the Attorney General and other parties to any civil action or proceeding. Except as provided in subsection (i), the Secretary and the Attorney General may not determine that the provision of services which are the subject of such a determination are not covered under this section.
- (G) In the case of an entity described in paragraph (4) that has not submitted an application under subparagraph (D):
- (i) The Secretary may not consider the entity in making estimates under subsection (k)(1).
- (ii) This section does not affect any authority of the entity to purchase medical malpractice liability insurance coverage with Federal funds provided to the entity under section 254b, 254b, or 256a of this title. 1 1 See References in Text notes below.
- (H) In the case of an entity described in paragraph (4) for which an application under subparagraph (D) is in effect, the entity may, through notifying the Secretary in writing, elect to terminate the applicability of this subsection to the entity. With respect to such election by the entity:
- (i) The election is effective upon the expiration of the 30-day period beginning on the date on which the entity submits such notification.
- (ii) Upon taking effect, the election terminates the applicability of this subsection to the entity and each officer, governing board member, employee, and contractor of the entity.
- (iii) Upon the effective date for the election, clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (G) apply to the entity to the same extent and in the same manner as such clauses apply to an entity that has not submitted an application under subparagraph (D).
- (iv) If after making the election the entity submits an application under subparagraph (D), the election does not preclude the Secretary from approving the application ( 2 2 So in original. There is no closing parenthesis. and thereby restoring the applicability of this subsection to the entity and each officer, governing board member, employee, and contractor of the entity, subject to the provisions of this subsection and the subsequent provisions of this section.
- (2) If, with respect to an entity or person deemed to be an employee for purposes of paragraph (1), a cause of action is instituted against the United States pursuant to this section, any claim of the entity or person for benefits under an insurance policy with respect to medical malpractice relating to such cause of action shall be subrogated to the United States.
- (3) This subsection shall apply with respect to a cause of action arising from an act or omission which occurs on or after January 1, 1993 .
- (4) An entity described in this paragraph is a public or non-profit private entity receiving Federal funds under section 254b of this title .
- (5) For purposes of paragraph (1), an individual may be considered a contractor of an entity described in paragraph (4) only if—
- (A) the individual normally performs on average at least 32½ hours of service per week for the entity for the period of the contract; or
- (B) in the case of an individual who normally performs an average of less than 32½ hours of services per week for the entity for the period of the contract, the individual is a licensed or certified provider of services in the fields of family practice, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, or obstetrics and gynecology.
- (1)
- (h) The Secretary may not approve an application under subsection (g)(1)(D) unless the Secretary determines that the entity—
- (1) has implemented appropriate policies and procedures to reduce the risk of malpractice and the risk of lawsuits arising out of any health or health-related functions performed by the entity;
- (2) has reviewed and verified the professional credentials, references, claims history, fitness, professional review organization findings, and license status of its physicians and other licensed or certified health care practitioners, and, where necessary, has obtained the permission from these individuals to gain access to this information;
- (3) has no history of claims having been filed against the United States as a result of the application of this section to the entity or its officers, employees, or contractors as provided for under this section, or, if such a history exists, has fully cooperated with the Attorney General in defending against any such claims and either has taken, or will take, any necessary corrective steps to assure against such claims in the future; and
- (4) will fully cooperate with the Attorney General in providing information relating to an estimate described under subsection (k).
- (i)
- (1) Notwithstanding subsection (g)(1), the Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary, may on the record determine, after notice and opportunity for a full and fair hearing, that an individual physician or other licensed or certified health care practitioner who is an officer, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall not be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section, if treating such individual as such an employee would expose the Government to an unreasonably high degree of risk of loss because such individual—
- (A) does not comply with the policies and procedures that the entity has implemented pursuant to subsection (h)(1);
- (B) has a history of claims filed against him or her as provided for under this section that is outside the norm for licensed or certified health care practitioners within the same specialty;
- (C) refused to reasonably cooperate with the Attorney General in defending against any such claim;
- (D) provided false information relevant to the individual’s performance of his or her duties to the Secretary, the Attorney General, or an applicant for or recipient of funds under this chapter; or
- (E) was the subject of disciplinary action taken by a State medical licensing authority or a State or national professional society.
- (2) A final determination by the Attorney General under this subsection that an individual physician or other licensed or certified health care professional shall not be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service shall be effective upon receipt by the entity employing such individual of notice of such determination, and shall apply only to acts or omissions occurring after the date such notice is received.
- (1) Notwithstanding subsection (g)(1), the Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary, may on the record determine, after notice and opportunity for a full and fair hearing, that an individual physician or other licensed or certified health care practitioner who is an officer, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall not be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section, if treating such individual as such an employee would expose the Government to an unreasonably high degree of risk of loss because such individual—
- (j) In the case of a health care provider who is an officer, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), section 254h(e) of this title shall apply with respect to the provider to the same extent and in the same manner as such section applies to any member of the National Health Service Corps.
- (k)
- (1)
- (A) For each fiscal year, the Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary, shall estimate by the beginning of the year the amount of all claims which are expected to arise under this section (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) for which payment is expected to be made in accordance with section 1346 and chapter 171 of title 28 from the acts or omissions, during the calendar year that begins during that fiscal year, of entities described in subsection (g)(4) and of officers, employees, or contractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such entities.
- (B) The estimate under subparagraph (A) shall take into account—
- (i) the value and frequency of all claims for damage for personal injury, including death, resulting from the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions by entities described in subsection (g)(4) or by officers, employees, or contractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such entities who are deemed to be employees of the Public Health Service under subsection (g)(1) that, during the preceding 5-year period, are filed under this section or, with respect to years occurring before this subsection takes effect, are filed against persons other than the United States,
- (ii) the amounts paid during that 5-year period on all claims described in clause (i), regardless of when such claims were filed, adjusted to reflect payments which would not be permitted under section 1346 and chapter 171 of title 28, and
- (iii) amounts in the fund established under paragraph (2) but unspent from prior fiscal years.
- (2) Subject to appropriations, for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall establish a fund of an amount equal to the amount estimated under paragraph (1) that is attributable to entities receiving funds under each of the grant programs described in paragraph (4) of subsection (g), but not to exceed a total of $10,000,000 for each such fiscal year. Appropriations for purposes of this paragraph shall be made separate from appropriations made for purposes of sections 254b, 254b and 256a of this title. 1
- (3) In order for payments to be made for judgments against the United States (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) pursuant to this section arising from the acts or omissions of entities described in subsection (g)(4) and of officers, governing board member, 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “members,”. employees, or contractors (subject to subsection (g)(5)) of such entities, the total amount contained within the fund established by the Secretary under paragraph (2) for a fiscal year shall be transferred not later than the December 31 that occurs during the fiscal year to the appropriate accounts in the Treasury.
- (1)
- (l)
- (1) If a civil action or proceeding is filed in a State court against any entity described in subsection (g)(4) or any officer, governing board member, employee, or any contractor of such an entity for damages described in subsection (a), the Attorney General, within 15 days after being notified of such filing, shall make an appearance in such court and advise such court as to whether the Secretary has determined under subsections (g) and (h), that such entity, officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section with respect to the actions or omissions that are the subject of such civil action or proceeding. Such advice shall be deemed to satisfy the provisions of subsection (c) that the Attorney General certify that an entity, officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity was acting within the scope of their employment or responsibility.
- (2) If the Attorney General fails to appear in State court within the time period prescribed under paragraph (1), upon petition of any entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity named, the civil action or proceeding shall be removed to the appropriate United States district court. The civil action or proceeding shall be stayed in such court until such court conducts a hearing, and makes a determination, as to the appropriate forum or procedure for the assertion of the claim for damages described in subsection (a) and issues an order consistent with such determination.
- (m)
- (1) An entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(1) shall, for purposes of this section, be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service with respect to services provided to individuals who are enrollees of a managed care plan if the entity contracts with such managed care plan for the provision of services.
- (2) Each managed care plan which enters into a contract with an entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall deem the entity and any officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity as meeting whatever malpractice coverage requirements such plan may require of contracting providers for a calendar year if such entity or officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of the entity has been deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section for such calendar year. Any plan which is found by the Secretary on the record, after notice and an opportunity for a full and fair hearing, to have violated this subsection shall upon such finding cease, for a period to be determined by the Secretary, to receive and to be eligible to receive any Federal funds under titles XVIII or XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq.].
- (3) For purposes of this subsection, the term “managed care plan” shall mean health maintenance organizations and similar entities that contract at-risk with payors for the provision of health services or plan enrollees and which contract with providers (such as entities described in subsection (g)(4)) for the delivery of such services to plan enrollees.
- (n)
- (1) Not later than one year after December 26, 1995 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Congress a report on the following:
- (A) The medical malpractice liability claims experience of entities that have been deemed to be employees for purposes of this section.
- (B) The risk exposure of such entities.
- (C) The value of private sector risk-management services, and the value of risk-management services and procedures required as a condition of receiving a grant under section 254b, 254b, or 256a of this title. 1
- (D) A comparison of the costs and the benefits to taxpayers of maintaining medical malpractice liability coverage for such entities pursuant to this section, taking into account—
- (i) a comparison of the costs of premiums paid by such entities for private medical malpractice liability insurance with the cost of coverage pursuant to this section; and
- (ii) an analysis of whether the cost of premiums for private medical malpractice liability insurance coverage is consistent with the liability claims experience of such entities.
- (2) The report under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
- (A) A comparison of—
- (i) an estimate of the aggregate amounts that such entities (together with the officers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of such entities who have been deemed to be employees for purposes of this section) would have directly or indirectly paid in premiums to obtain medical malpractice liability insurance coverage if this section were not in effect; with
- (ii) the aggregate amounts by which the grants received by such entities under this chapter were reduced pursuant to subsection (k)(2).
- (B) A comparison of—
- (i) an estimate of the amount of privately offered such insurance that such entities (together with the officers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of such entities who have been deemed to be employees for purposes of this section) purchased during the three-year period beginning on January 1, 1993 ; with
- (ii) an estimate of the amount of such insurance that such entities (together with the officers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of such entities who have been deemed to be employees for purposes of this section) will purchase after December 26, 1995 .
- (C) An estimate of the medical malpractice liability loss history of such entities for the 10-year period preceding October 1, 1996 , including but not limited to the following:
- (i) Claims that have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, and legal expenses to handle such claims that have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, by the Federal Government pursuant to deeming entities as employees for purposes of this section.
- (ii) Claims that have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, and legal expenses to handle such claims that have been paid and that are estimated to be paid, by private medical malpractice liability insurance.
- (D) An analysis of whether the cost of premiums for private medical malpractice liability insurance coverage is consistent with the liability claims experience of entities that have been deemed as employees for purposes of this section.
- (A) A comparison of—
- (3) In preparing the report under paragraph (1), the Comptroller General of the United States shall consult with public and private entities with expertise on the matters with which the report is concerned.
- (1) Not later than one year after December 26, 1995 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Congress a report on the following:
- (o)
- (1) For purposes of this section, a free clinic health professional shall in providing a qualifying health service to an individual, or an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of a free clinic shall in providing services for the free clinic, be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for a calendar year that begins during a fiscal year for which a transfer was made under paragraph (6)(D). The preceding sentence is subject to the provisions of this subsection.
- (2) In providing a health service to an individual, a health care practitioner shall for purposes of this subsection be considered to be a free clinic health professional if the following conditions are met:
- (A) The service is provided to the individual at a free clinic, or through offsite programs or events carried out by the free clinic.
- (B) The free clinic is sponsoring the health care practitioner pursuant to paragraph (5)(C).
- (C) The service is a qualifying health service (as defined in paragraph (4)).
- (D) Neither the health care practitioner nor the free clinic receives any compensation for the service from the individual or from any third-party payor (including reimbursement under any insurance policy or health plan, or under any Federal or State health benefits program). With respect to compliance with such condition:
- (i) The health care practitioner may receive repayment from the free clinic for reasonable expenses incurred by the health care practitioner in the provision of the service to the individual.
- (ii) The free clinic may accept voluntary donations for the provision of the service by the health care practitioner to the individual.
- (E) Before the service is provided, the health care practitioner or the free clinic provides written notice to the individual of the extent to which the legal liability of the health care practitioner is limited pursuant to this subsection (or in the case of an emergency, the written notice is provided to the individual as soon after the emergency as is practicable). If the individual is a minor or is otherwise legally incompetent, the condition under this subparagraph is that the written notice be provided to a legal guardian or other person with legal responsibility for the care of the individual.
- (F) At the time the service is provided, the health care practitioner is licensed or certified in accordance with applicable law regarding the provision of the service.
- (3)
- (A) For purposes of this subsection, the term “free clinic” means a health care facility operated by a nonprofit private entity meeting the following requirements:
- (i) The entity does not, in providing health services through the facility, accept reimbursement from any third-party payor (including reimbursement under any insurance policy or health plan, or under any Federal or State health benefits program).
- (ii) The entity, in providing health services through the facility, either does not impose charges on the individuals to whom the services are provided, or imposes a charge according to the ability of the individual involved to pay the charge.
- (iii) The entity is licensed or certified in accordance with applicable law regarding the provision of health services.
- (B) With respect to compliance with the conditions under subparagraph (A), the entity involved may accept voluntary donations for the provision of services.
- (A) For purposes of this subsection, the term “free clinic” means a health care facility operated by a nonprofit private entity meeting the following requirements:
- (4) For purposes of this subsection, the term “qualifying health service” means any medical assistance required or authorized to be provided in the program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], without regard to whether the medical assistance is included in the plan submitted under such program by the State in which the health care practitioner involved provides the medical assistance. References in the preceding sentence to such program shall as applicable be considered to be references to any successor to such program.
- (5) Subsection (g) (other than paragraphs (3) through (5)) and subsections (h), (i), and ( l ) apply to a health care practitioner for purposes of this subsection to the same extent and in the same manner as such subsections apply to an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), subject to paragraph (6) and subject to the following:
- (A) The first sentence of paragraph (1) applies in lieu of the first sentence of subsection (g)(1)(A).
- (B) This subsection may not be construed as deeming any free clinic to be an employee of the Public Health Service for purposes of this section.
- (C) With respect to a free clinic, a health care practitioner is not a free clinic health professional unless the free clinic sponsors the health care practitioner. For purposes of this subsection, the free clinic shall be considered to be sponsoring the health care practitioner if—
- (i) with respect to the health care practitioner, the free clinic submits to the Secretary an application meeting the requirements of subsection (g)(1)(D); and
- (ii) the Secretary, pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E), determines that the health care practitioner is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service.
- (D) In the case of a health care practitioner who is determined by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E) to be a free clinic health professional, this subsection applies to the health care practitioner (with respect to the free clinic sponsoring the health care practitioner pursuant to subparagraph (C)) for any cause of action arising from an act or omission of the health care practitioner occurring on or after the date on which the Secretary makes such determination.
- (E) Subsection (g)(1)(F) applies to a health care practitioner for purposes of this subsection only to the extent that, in providing health services to an individual, each of the conditions specified in paragraph (2) is met.
- (6)
- (A) For purposes of making payments for judgments against the United States (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) pursuant to this section arising from the acts or omissions of free clinic health professionals, there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each fiscal year.
- (B) The Secretary shall establish a fund for purposes of this subsection. Each fiscal year amounts appropriated under subparagraph (A) shall be deposited in such fund.
- (C) Not later than May 1 of each fiscal year, the Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit to the Congress a report providing an estimate of the amount of claims (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) that, by reason of the acts or omissions of free clinic health professionals, will be paid pursuant to this section during the calendar year that begins in the following fiscal year. Subsection (k)(1)(B) applies to the estimate under the preceding sentence regarding free clinic health professionals to the same extent and in the same manner as such subsection applies to the estimate under such subsection regarding officers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of entities described in subsection (g)(4).
- (D) Not later than December 31 of each fiscal year, the Secretary shall transfer from the fund under subparagraph (B) to the appropriate accounts in the Treasury an amount equal to the estimate made under subparagraph (C) for the calendar year beginning in such fiscal year, subject to the extent of amounts in the fund.
- (7)
- (A) This subsection takes effect on the date of the enactment of the first appropriations Act that makes an appropriation under paragraph (6)(A), except as provided in subparagraph (B)(i).
- (B)
- (i) Effective on August 21, 1996 —
- (I) the Secretary may issue regulations for carrying out this subsection, and the Secretary may accept and consider applications submitted pursuant to paragraph (5)(C); and
- (II) reports under paragraph (6)(C) may be submitted to the Congress.
- (ii) For the first fiscal year for which an appropriation is made under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (6), if an estimate under subparagraph (C) of such paragraph has not been made for the calendar year beginning in such fiscal year, the transfer under subparagraph (D) of such paragraph shall be made notwithstanding the lack of the estimate, and the transfer shall be made in an amount equal to the amount of such appropriation.
- (i) Effective on August 21, 1996 —
- (p)
- (1) For purposes of this section, and subject to other provisions of this subsection, a covered person shall be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service with respect to liability arising out of administration of a covered countermeasure against smallpox to an individual during the effective period of a declaration by the Secretary under paragraph (2)(A).
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) The Secretary may issue a declaration, pursuant to this paragraph, concluding that an actual or potential bioterrorist incident or other actual or potential public health emergency makes advisable the administration of a covered countermeasure to a category or categories of individuals.
- (ii) The Secretary shall specify in such declaration the substance or substances that shall be considered covered countermeasures (as defined in paragraph (7)(A)) for purposes of administration to individuals during the effective period of the declaration.
- (iii) The Secretary shall specify in such declaration the beginning and ending dates of the effective period of the declaration, and may subsequently amend such declaration to shorten or extend such effective period, provided that the new closing date is after the date when the declaration is amended.
- (iv) The Secretary shall promptly publish each such declaration and amendment in the Federal Register.
- (B) Except as provided in paragraph (5)(B)(ii), the United States shall be liable under this subsection with respect to a claim arising out of the administration of a covered countermeasure to an individual only if—
- (i) the countermeasure was administered by a qualified person, for a purpose stated in paragraph (7)(A)(i), and during the effective period of a declaration by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) with respect to such countermeasure; and
- (ii)
- (I) the individual was within a category of individuals covered by the declaration; or
- (II) the qualified person administering the countermeasure had reasonable grounds to believe that such individual was within such category.
- (C)
- (i) If vaccinia vaccine is a covered countermeasure specified in a declaration under subparagraph (A), and an individual to whom the vaccinia vaccine is not administered contracts vaccinia, then, under the circumstances specified in clause (ii), the individual—
- (I) shall be rebuttably presumed to have contracted vaccinia from an individual to whom such vaccine was administered as provided by clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B); and
- (II) shall (unless such presumption is rebutted) be deemed for purposes of this subsection to be an individual to whom a covered countermeasure was administered by a qualified person in accordance with the terms of such declaration and as described by subparagraph (B).
- (ii) The presumption and deeming stated in clause (i) shall apply if—
- (I) the individual contracts vaccinia during the effective period of a declaration under subparagraph (A) or by the date 30 days after the close of such period; or
- (II) the individual has resided with, or has had contact with, an individual to whom such vaccine was administered as provided by clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B) and contracts vaccinia after such date.
- (i) If vaccinia vaccine is a covered countermeasure specified in a declaration under subparagraph (A), and an individual to whom the vaccinia vaccine is not administered contracts vaccinia, then, under the circumstances specified in clause (ii), the individual—
- (D)
- (i) In the case of a claim arising out of alleged transmission of vaccinia from an individual described in clause (ii), acts or omissions by such individual shall be deemed to have been taken within the scope of such individual’s office or employment for purposes of—
- (I) subsection (a); and
- (II) section 1346(b) and chapter 171 of title 28.
- (ii) An individual is described by this clause if—
- (I) vaccinia vaccine was administered to such individual as provided by subparagraph (B); and
- (II) such individual was within a category of individuals covered by a declaration under subparagraph (A)(i).
- (i) In the case of a claim arising out of alleged transmission of vaccinia from an individual described in clause (ii), acts or omissions by such individual shall be deemed to have been taken within the scope of such individual’s office or employment for purposes of—
- (A)
- (3)
- (A)
- (i) A person may not bring a claim under this subsection unless such person has exhausted such remedies as are available under part C of this subchapter, except that if the Secretary fails to make a final determination on a request for benefits or compensation filed in accordance with the requirements of such part within 240 days after such request was filed, the individual may seek any remedy that may be available under this section.
- (ii) The time limit for filing a claim under this subsection, or for filing an action based on such claim, shall be tolled during the pendency of a request for benefits or compensation under part C of this subchapter.
- (iii) This subsection shall not be construed as superseding or otherwise affecting the application of a requirement, under chapter 171 of title 28, to exhaust administrative remedies.
- (B) The remedy provided by subsection (a) shall be exclusive of any other civil action or proceeding for any claim or suit this subsection encompasses, except for a proceeding under part C of this subchapter.
- (C) The value of all compensation and benefits provided under part C of this subchapter for an incident or series of incidents shall be offset against the amount of an award, compromise, or settlement of money damages in a claim or suit under this subsection based on the same incident or series of incidents.
- (A)
- (4) Subsection (c) applies to actions under this subsection, subject to the following provisions:
- (A) The certification by the Attorney General that is the basis for deeming an action or proceeding to be against the United States, and for removing an action or proceeding from a State court, is a certification that the action or proceeding is against a covered person and is based upon a claim alleging personal injury or death arising out of the administration of a covered countermeasure.
- (B) The certification of the Attorney General of the facts specified in subparagraph (A) shall conclusively establish such facts for purposes of jurisdiction pursuant to this subsection.
- (5)
- (A) A covered person shall cooperate with the United States in the processing and defense of a claim or action under this subsection based upon alleged acts or omissions of such person.
- (B) Upon the motion of the United States or any other party and upon finding that such person has failed to so cooperate—
- (i) the court shall substitute such person as the party defendant in place of the United States and, upon motion, shall remand any such suit to the court in which it was instituted if it appears that the court lacks subject matter jurisdiction;
- (ii) the United States shall not be liable based on the acts or omissions of such person; and
- (iii) the Attorney General shall not be obligated to defend such action.
- (6)
- (A) Should payment be made by the United States to any claimant bringing a claim under this subsection, either by way of administrative determination, settlement, or court judgment, the United States shall have, notwithstanding any provision of State law, the right to recover for that portion of the damages so awarded or paid, as well as interest and any costs of litigation, resulting from the failure of any covered person to carry out any obligation or responsibility assumed by such person under a contract with the United States or from any grossly negligent, reckless, or illegal conduct or willful misconduct on the part of such person.
- (B) The United States may maintain an action under this paragraph against such person in the district court of the United States in which such person resides or has its principal place of business.
- (7) As used in this subsection, terms have the following meanings:
- (A) The term “covered countermeasure” or “covered countermeasure against smallpox”, means a substance that is—
- (i)
- (I) used to prevent or treat smallpox (including the vaccinia or another vaccine); or
- (II) used to control or treat the adverse effects of vaccinia inoculation or of administration of another covered countermeasure; and
- (ii) specified in a declaration under paragraph (2).
- (i)
- (B) The term “covered person”, when used with respect to the administration of a covered countermeasure, means a person who is—
- (i) a manufacturer or distributor of such countermeasure;
- (ii) a health care entity under whose auspices—
- (I) such countermeasure was administered;
- (II) a determination was made as to whether, or under what circumstances, an individual should receive a covered countermeasure;
- (III) the immediate site of administration on the body of a covered countermeasure was monitored, managed, or cared for; or
- (IV) an evaluation was made of whether the administration of a countermeasure was effective;
- (iii) a qualified person who administered such countermeasure;
- (iv) a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an agency or official of a State or of such a political subdivision, if such State, subdivision, agency, or official has established requirements, provided policy guidance, supplied technical or scientific advice or assistance, or otherwise supervised or administered a program with respect to administration of such countermeasures;
- (v) in the case of a claim arising out of alleged transmission of vaccinia from an individual—
- (I) the individual who allegedly transmitted the vaccinia, if vaccinia vaccine was administered to such individual as provided by paragraph (2)(B) and such individual was within a category of individuals covered by a declaration under paragraph (2)(A)(i); or
- (II) an entity that employs an individual described by clause (I) 4 4 So in original. Probably should be “subclause”. or where such individual has privileges or is otherwise authorized to provide health care;
- (vi) an official, agent, or employee of a person described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv);
- (vii) a contractor of, or a volunteer working for, a person described in clause (i), (ii), or (iv), if the contractor or volunteer performs a function for which a person described in clause (i), (ii), or (iv) is a covered person; or
- (viii) an individual who has privileges or is otherwise authorized to provide health care under the auspices of an entity described in clause (ii) or (v)(II).
- (C) The term “qualified person”, when used with respect to the administration of a covered countermeasure, means a licensed health professional or other individual who—
- (i) is authorized to administer such countermeasure under the law of the State in which the countermeasure was administered; or
- (ii) is otherwise authorized by the Secretary to administer such countermeasure.
- (D) The term “arising out of administration of a covered countermeasure”, when used with respect to a claim or liability, includes a claim or liability arising out of—
- (i) determining whether, or under what conditions, an individual should receive a covered countermeasure;
- (ii) obtaining informed consent of an individual to the administration of a covered countermeasure;
- (iii) monitoring, management, or care of an immediate site of administration on the body of a covered countermeasure, or evaluation of whether the administration of the countermeasure has been effective; or
- (iv) transmission of vaccinia virus by an individual to whom vaccinia vaccine was administered as provided by paragraph (2)(B).
- (A) The term “covered countermeasure” or “covered countermeasure against smallpox”, means a substance that is—
- (q)
- (1) For purposes of this section, a health professional volunteer at a deemed entity described in subsection (g)(4) shall, in providing a health professional service eligible for funding under section 254b of this title to an individual, be deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service for a calendar year that begins during a fiscal year for which a transfer was made under paragraph (4)(C). The preceding sentence is subject to the provisions of this subsection.
- (2) In providing a health service to an individual, a health care practitioner shall for purposes of this subsection be considered to be a health professional volunteer at an entity described in subsection (g)(4) if the following conditions are met:
- (A) The service is provided to the individual at the facilities of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), or through offsite programs or events carried out by the entity.
- (B) The entity is sponsoring the health care practitioner pursuant to paragraph (3)(B).
- (C) The health care practitioner does not receive any compensation for the service from the individual, the entity described in subsection (g)(4), or any third-party payer (including reimbursement under any insurance policy or health plan, or under any Federal or State health benefits program), except that the health care practitioner may receive repayment from the entity described in subsection (g)(4) for reasonable expenses incurred by the health care practitioner in the provision of the service to the individual, which may include travel expenses to or from the site of services.
- (D) Before the service is provided, the health care practitioner or the entity described in subsection (g)(4) posts a clear and conspicuous notice at the site where the service is provided of the extent to which the legal liability of the health care practitioner is limited pursuant to this subsection.
- (E) At the time the service is provided, the health care practitioner is licensed or certified in accordance with applicable Federal and State laws regarding the provision of the service.
- (F) At the time the service is provided, the entity described in subsection (g)(4) maintains relevant documentation certifying that the health care practitioner meets the requirements of this subsection.
- (3) Subsection (g) (other than paragraphs (3) and (5)) and subsections (h), (i), and ( l ) apply to a health care practitioner for purposes of this subsection to the same extent and in the same manner as such subsections apply to an officer, governing board member, employee, or contractor of an entity described in subsection (g)(4), subject to paragraph (4), and subject to the following:
- (A) The first sentence of paragraph (1) applies in lieu of the first sentence of subsection (g)(1)(A).
- (B) With respect to an entity described in subsection (g)(4), a health care practitioner is not a health professional volunteer at such entity unless the entity sponsors the health care practitioner. For purposes of this subsection, the entity shall be considered to be sponsoring the health care practitioner if—
- (i) with respect to the health care practitioner, the entity submits to the Secretary an application meeting the requirements of subsection (g)(1)(D); and
- (ii) the Secretary, pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E), determines that the health care practitioner is deemed to be an employee of the Public Health Service.
- (C) In the case of a health care practitioner who is determined by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (g)(1)(E) to be a health professional volunteer at such entity, this subsection applies to the health care practitioner (with respect to services performed on behalf of the entity sponsoring the health care practitioner pursuant to subparagraph (B)) for any cause of action arising from an act or omission of the health care practitioner occurring on or after the date on which the Secretary makes such determination.
- (D) Subsection (g)(1)(F) applies to a health care practitioner for purposes of this subsection only to the extent that, in providing health services to an individual, each of the conditions specified in paragraph (2) is met.
- (4)
- (A) Amounts in the fund established under subsection (k)(2) shall be available for transfer under subparagraph (C) for purposes of carrying out this subsection.
- (B)
- (i) Not later than May 1 of each fiscal year, the Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit to the Congress a report providing an estimate of the amount of claims (together with related fees and expenses of witnesses) that, by reason of the acts or omissions of health professional volunteers, will be paid pursuant to this section during the calendar year that begins in the following fiscal year.
- (ii) Subsection (k)(1)(B) applies to the estimate under clause (i) regarding health professional volunteers to the same extent and in the same manner as such subsection applies to the estimate under such subsection regarding officers, governing board members, employees, and contractors of entities described in subsection (g)(4).
- (iii) The report shall include a summary of the data relied upon for the estimate in clause (i), including the number of claims filed and paid from the previous calendar year.
- (C) Not later than December 31 of each fiscal year, the Secretary shall transfer from the fund under subsection (k)(2) to the appropriate accounts in the Treasury an amount equal to the estimate made under subparagraph (B) for the calendar year beginning in such fiscal year, subject to the extent of amounts in the fund.
- (5)
- (A) This subsection shall take effect on October 1, 2017 , except as provided in subparagraph (B) and paragraph (6).
- (B) Effective on December 13, 2016 —
- (i) the Secretary may issue regulations for carrying out this subsection, and the Secretary may accept and consider applications submitted pursuant to paragraph (3)(B); and
- (ii) reports under paragraph (4)(B) may be submitted to Congress.
- (6) Beginning on October 1, 2022 , this subsection shall cease to have any force or effect.
§ 234. Health care professionals assisting during a public health emergency
- (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a health care professional who is a member of the Medical Reserve Corps under section 300hh–15 of this title or who is included in the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professionals under section 247d–7b of this title and who—
- (1) is responding—
- (A) to a public health emergency determined under section 247d(a) of this title , during the initial period of not more than 90 days (as determined by the Secretary) of the public health emergency determination (excluding any period covered by a renewal of such determination); or
- (B) to a major disaster or an emergency as declared by the President under section 5170 of this title or under section 1621 of title 50 during the initial period of such declaration;
- (2) is alleged to be liable for an act or omission—
- (A) during the initial period of a determination or declaration described in paragraph (1) and related to the treatment of individuals in need of health care services due to such public health emergency, major disaster, or emergency;
- (B) in the State or States for which such determination or declaration is made;
- (C) in the health care professional’s capacity as a member of the Medical Reserve Corps or a professional included in the Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professionals under section 247d–7b of this title ; and
- (D) in the course of providing services that are within the scope of the license, registration, or certification of the professional, as defined by the State of licensure, registration, or certification; and
- (3) prior to the rendering of such act or omission, was authorized by the State’s authorization of deploying such State’s Emergency System for Advance Registration of Volunteer Health Professionals described in section 247d–7b of this title or the Medical Reserve Corps established under section 300hh–15 of this title , to provide health care services,
- (1) is responding—
- (b) Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect an individual’s right to protections under the Volunteer Protection Act of 1997 [ 42 U.S.C. 14501 et seq.].
- (c) This section shall supersede the laws of any State that would subject a health care professional described in subsection (a) to the liability laws of any State other than the State liability laws to which such individual is subject pursuant to such subsection.
- (d) In this section:
- (1) The term “health care professional” means an individual licensed, registered, or certified under Federal or State laws or regulations to provide health care services.
- (2) The term “health care services” means any services provided by a health care professional, or by any individual working under the supervision of a health care professional, that relate to—
- (A) the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of any human disease or impairment; or
- (B) the assessment or care of the health of human beings.
- (e)
- (1) This section shall take effect 90 days after June 24, 2019 .
- (2) This section shall apply to a claim for harm only if the act or omission that caused such harm occurred on or after the effective date described in paragraph (1).
§ 235. Administration of grants in multigrant projects; promulgation of regulations
For the purpose of facilitating the administration of, and expediting the carrying out of the purposes of, the programs established by subchapters V, VI, and VII, 1 1 See References in Text note below. and sections 242b, 246(a), 246(b), 246(c), 246(d), 1 and 246(e) 1 of this title in situations in which grants are sought or made under two or more of such programs with respect to a single project, the Secretary is authorized to promulgate regulations—
- (1) under which the administrative functions under such programs with respect to such project will be performed by a single administrative unit which is the administrative unit charged with the administration of any of such programs or is the administrative unit charged with the supervision of two or more of such programs;
- (2) designed to reduce the number of applications, reports, and other materials required under such programs to be submitted with respect to such project, and otherwise to simplify, consolidate, and make uniform (to the extent feasible), the data and information required to be contained in such applications, reports, and other materials; and
- (3) under which inconsistent or duplicative requirements imposed by such programs will be revised and made uniform with respect to such project;
§ 236. Orphan Products Board
- (a) There is established in the Department of Health and Human Services a board for the development of drugs (including biologics) and devices (including diagnostic products) for rare diseases or conditions to be known as the Orphan Products Board. The Board shall be comprised of the Assistant Secretary for Health of the Department of Health and Human Services and representatives, selected by the Secretary, of the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and any other Federal department or agency which the Secretary determines has activities relating to drugs and devices for rare diseases or conditions. The Assistant Secretary for Health shall chair the Board.
- (b) The function of the Board shall be to promote the development of drugs and devices for rare diseases or conditions and the coordination among Federal, other public, and private agencies in carrying out their respective functions relating to the development of such articles for such diseases or conditions.
- (c) In the case of drugs for rare diseases or conditions the Board shall—
- (1) evaluate—
- (A) the effect of subchapter B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360aa et seq.] on the development of such drugs, and
- (B) the implementation of such subchapter; 1 1 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a comma.
- (2) evaluate the activities of the National Institutes of Health for the development of drugs for such diseases or conditions,
- (3) assure appropriate coordination among the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in the carrying out of their respective functions relating to the development of drugs for such diseases or conditions to assure that the activities of each agency are complementary,
- (4) assure appropriate coordination among all interested Federal agencies, manufacturers, and organizations representing patients, in their activities relating to such drugs,
- (5) with the consent of the sponsor of a drug for a rare disease or condition exempt under section 505(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(i) ] or regulations issued under such section, inform physicians and the public respecting the availability of such drug for such disease or condition and inform physicians and the public respecting the availability of drugs approved under section 505(c) of such Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(c) ] or licensed under section 262 of this title for rare diseases or conditions,
- (6) seek business entities and others to undertake the sponsorship of drugs for rare diseases or conditions, seek investigators to facilitate the development of such drugs, and seek business entities to participate in the distribution of such drugs, and
- (7) recognize the efforts of public and private entities and individuals in seeking the development of drugs for rare diseases or conditions and in developing such drugs.
- (1) evaluate—
- (d) The Board shall consult with interested persons respecting the activities of the Board under this section and as part of such consultation shall provide the opportunity for the submission of oral views.
- (e) The Board shall submit to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives an annual report—
- (1) identifying the drugs which have been designated under section 526 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360bb ] for a rare disease or condition,
- (2) describing the activities of the Board, and
- (3) containing the results of the evaluations carried out by the Board.
§ 237. Silvio O. Conte Senior Biomedical Research and Biomedical Product Assessment Service
- (a)
- (1) There shall be in the Public Health Service a Silvio O. Conte Senior Biomedical Research and Biomedical Product Assessment Service (in this section referred to as the “Service”), not to exceed 2,000 members, the purpose of which is to recruit and retain outstanding and qualified scientific and technical experts in the fields of biomedical research, clinical research evaluation, and biomedical product assessment.
- (2) The authority established in paragraph (1) may not be construed to require the Secretary to reduce the number of employees serving under any other employment system in order to offset the number of members serving in the Service.
- (3) The Secretary shall assign experts under this section to agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services taking into account the need for the expertise of such expert.
- (b) The Service shall be appointed by the Secretary without regard to the provisions of title 5 regarding appointment, and shall consist of individuals outstanding in the field of biomedical research, clinical research evaluation, or biomedical product assessment. No individual may be appointed to the Service unless such individual (1) has earned a doctoral level degree in biomedicine or a related field, or a doctoral or master’s level degree in engineering, bioinformatics, or a related or emerging field, and (2) meets the qualification standards prescribed by the Office of Personnel Management for appointment to a position at GS–15 of the General Schedule. Notwithstanding any previous applicability to an individual who is a member of the Service, the provisions of subchapter I of chapter 35 (relating to retention preference), chapter 43 (relating to performance appraisal and performance actions), chapter 51 (relating to classification), subchapter III of chapter 53 (relating to General Schedule pay rates), and chapter 75 (relating to adverse actions) of title 5 shall not apply to any member of the Service.
- (c) The Secretary shall develop a performance appraisal system designed to—
- (1) provide for the systematic appraisal of the performance of members, and
- (2) encourage excellence in performance by members.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall determine, subject to the provisions of this subsection, the pay of members of the Service.
- (2) The pay of a member of the Service shall not be less than the minimum rate payable for GS–15 of the General Schedule and shall not exceed the amount of annual compensation (excluding expenses) specified in section 102 of title 3 .
- (e) Subject to the following sentence, the Secretary may, notwithstanding the provisions of title 5 regarding appointment, appoint an individual who is separated from the Service involuntarily and without cause to a position in the competitive civil service at GS–15 of the General Schedule, and such appointment shall be a career appointment. In the case of such an individual who immediately prior to his appointment to the Service was not a career appointee in the civil service or the Senior Executive Service, such appointment shall be in the excepted civil service and may not exceed a period of 2 years.
- (f) The Secretary shall promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with this section, as may be necessary for the efficient administration of the Service.
§ 237a. Health and Human Services Office on Women’s Health
- (a) There is established within the Office of the Secretary, an Office on Women’s Health (referred to in this section as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a Deputy Assistant Secretary for Women’s Health who may report to the Secretary.
- (b) The Secretary, acting through the Office, with respect to the health concerns of women, shall—
- (1) establish short-range and long-range goals and objectives within the Department of Health and Human Services and, as relevant and appropriate, coordinate with other appropriate offices on activities within the Department that relate to disease prevention, health promotion, service delivery, research, and public and health care professional education, for issues of particular concern to women throughout their lifespan; 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “lifespans;”.
- (2) provide expert advice and consultation to the Secretary concerning scientific, legal, ethical, and policy issues relating to women’s health;
- (3) monitor the Department of Health and Human Services’ offices, agencies, and regional activities regarding women’s health and identify needs regarding the coordination of activities, including intramural and extramural multidisciplinary activities;
- (4) establish a Department of Health and Human Services Coordinating Committee on Women’s Health, which shall be chaired by the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Women’s Health and composed of senior level representatives from each of the agencies and offices of the Department of Health and Human Services;
- (5) establish a National Women’s Health Information Center to—
- (A) facilitate the exchange of information regarding matters relating to health information, health promotion, preventive health services, research advances, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (B) facilitate access to such information;
- (C) assist in the analysis of issues and problems relating to the matters described in this paragraph; and
- (D) provide technical assistance with respect to the exchange of information (including facilitating the development of materials for such technical assistance);
- (6) coordinate efforts to promote women’s health programs and policies with the private sector; and
- (7) through publications and any other means appropriate, provide for the exchange of information between the Office and recipients of grants, contracts, and agreements under subsection (c), and between the Office and health professionals and the general public.
- (c)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b), the Secretary may make grants to, and enter into cooperative agreements, contracts, and interagency agreements with, public and private entities, agencies, and organizations.
- (2) The Secretary shall directly or through contracts with public and private entities, agencies, and organizations, provide for evaluations of projects carried out with financial assistance provided under paragraph (1) and for the dissemination of information developed as a result of such projects.
- (d) Not later than 1 year after March 23, 2010 , and every second year thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report describing the activities carried out under this section during the period for which the report is being prepared.
- (e) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 238. Gifts for benefit of Service
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services is authorized to accept on behalf of the United States gifts made unconditionally by will or otherwise for the benefit of the Service or for the carrying out of any of its functions. Conditional gifts may be so accepted if recommended by the Surgeon General, and the principal of and income from any such conditional gift shall be held, invested, reinvested, and used in accordance with its conditions, but no gift shall be accepted which is conditioned upon any expenditure not to be met therefrom or from the income thereof unless such expenditure has been approved by Act of Congress.
- (b) Any unconditional gift of money accepted pursuant to the authority granted in subsection (a) of this section, the net proceeds from the liquidation (pursuant to subsection (c) or subsection (d) of this section) of any other property so accepted, and the proceeds of insurance on any such gift property not used for its restoration, shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States and are hereby appropriated and shall be held in trust by the Secretary of the Treasury for the benefit of the Service, and he may invest and reinvest such funds in interest-bearing obligations of the United States or in obligations guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the United States. Such gifts and the income from such investments shall be available for expenditure in the operation of the Service and the performance of its functions, subject to the same examination and audit as is provided for appropriations made for the Service by Congress.
- (c) The evidences of any unconditional gift of intangible personal property, other than money, accepted pursuant to the authority granted in subsection (a) of this section shall be deposited with the Secretary of the Treasury and he, in his discretion, may hold them, or liquidate them except that they shall be liquidated upon the request of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, whenever necessary to meet payments required in the operation of the Service or the performance of its functions. The proceeds and income from any such property held by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be available for expenditure as is provided in subsection (b) of this section.
- (d) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall hold any real property or any tangible personal property accepted unconditionally pursuant to the authority granted in subsection (a) of this section and he shall permit such property to be used for the operation of the Service and the performance of its functions or he may lease or hire such property, and may insure such property, and deposit the income thereof with the Secretary of the Treasury to be available for expenditure as provided in subsection (b) of this section: Provided , That the income from any such real property or tangible personal property shall be available for expenditure in the discretion of the Secretary of Health and Human Services for the maintenance, preservation, or repair and insurance of such property and that any proceeds from insurance may be used to restore the property insured. Any such property when not required for the operation of the Service or the performance of its functions may be liquidated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the proceeds thereof deposited with the Secretary of the Treasury, whenever in his judgment the purposes of the gifts will be served thereby.
§ 238a. Use of immigration station hospitals
The Immigration and Naturalization Service may, by agreement of the heads of the departments concerned, permit the Public Health Service to use hospitals at immigration stations for the care of Public Health Service patients. The Surgeon General shall reimburse the Immigration and Naturalization Service for the actual cost of furnishing fuel, light, water, telephone, and similar supplies and services, which reimbursement shall be covered into the proper Immigration and Naturalization Service appropriation, or such costs may be paid from working funds established as provided by law, but no charge shall be made for the expense of physical upkeep of the hospitals. The Immigration and Naturalization Service shall reimburse the Surgeon General for the care and treatment of persons detained in hospitals of the Public Health Service at the request of the Immigration and Naturalization Service unless such persons are entitled to care and treatment under section 249(a) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title.
§ 238b. Disposition of money collected for care of patients
Money collected as provided by law for expenses incurred in the care and treatment of foreign seamen, and money received for the care and treatment of pay patients, including any amounts received from any executive department on account of care and treatment of pay patients, shall be covered into the appropriation from which the expenses of such care and treatment were paid.
§ 238c. Transportation of remains of officers
Appropriations available for traveling expenses of the Service shall be available for meeting the cost of preparation for burial and of transportation to the place of burial of remains of commissioned officers, and of personnel specified in regulations, who die in line of duty. Appropriations available for carrying out the provisions of this chapter shall also be available for the payment of such expenses relating to the recovery, care and disposition of the remains of personnel or their dependents as may be authorized under other provisions of law.
§ 238d. Availability of appropriations for grants to Federal institutions
Appropriations to the Public Health Service available under this chapter for research, training, or demonstration project grants or for grants to expand existing treatment and research programs and facilities for alcoholism, narcotic addiction, drug abuse, and drug dependence and appropriations under title VI of the Mental Health Systems Act [ 42 U.S.C. 9511 et seq.] shall also be available on the same terms and conditions as apply to non-Federal institutions, for grants for the same purpose to Federal institutions, except that grants to Federal institutions may be funded at 100 per centum of the costs.
§ 238e. Transfer of funds
For the purpose of any reorganization under section 203 of this title , the Secretary, with the approval of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget, is authorized to make such transfers of funds between appropriations as may be necessary for the continuance of transferred functions.
§ 238f. Availability of appropriations
Appropriations for carrying out the purposes of this chapter shall be available for expenditure for personal services and rent at the seat of Government; books of reference, periodicals, and exhibits; printing and binding; transporting in Government-owned automotive equipment, to and from school, children of personnel who have quarters for themselves and their families at stations determined by the Surgeon General to be isolated stations; expenses incurred in pursuing, identifying, and returning prisoners who escape from any hospital, institution, or station of the Service or from the custody of any officer or employee of the Service, including rewards for the capture of such prisoners; furnishing, repairing, and cleaning such wearing apparel as may be prescribed by the Surgeon General for use by employees in the performance of their official duties; reimbursing officers and employees, subject to regulations of the Secretary, for the cost of repairing or replacing their personal belongings damaged or destroyed by patients while such officers or employees are engaged in the performance of their official duties; and maintenance of buildings of the National Institutes of Health.
§ 238g. Wearing of uniforms
Except as may be authorized by regulations of the President, the insignia and uniform of commissioned officers of the Service, or any distinctive part of such insignia or uniform, or any insignia or uniform any part of which is similar to a distinctive part thereof, shall not be worn, after the promulgation of such regulations, by any person other than a commissioned officer of the Service.
§ 238h. Biennial report
The Surgeon General shall transmit to the Secretary, for submission to the Congress, on January 1, 1995 , and on January 1, every 2 years thereafter, a full report of the administration of the functions of the Service under this chapter, including a detailed statement of receipts and disbursements.
§ 238i. Memorials and other acknowledgments for contributions to health of Nation
- (1) efforts of persons who have contributed substantially to the health of the Nation and
- (2) gifts for use in activities of the Department related to health.
§ 238j. Evaluation of programs
- (a) Such portion as the Secretary shall determine, but not less than 0.2 percent nor more than 1 percent, of any amounts appropriated for programs authorized under this chapter shall be made available for the evaluation (directly, or by grants of contracts) of the implementation and effectiveness of such programs.
- (b) Not later than February 1 of each year, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report summarizing the findings of the evaluations conducted under subsection (a).
§ 238k. Contract authority
The authority of the Secretary to enter into contracts under this chapter shall be effective for any fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance by appropriation Acts.
§ 238l. Recovery
- (a) If any facility with respect to which funds have been paid under the Community Mental Health Centers Act [ 42 U.S.C. 2689 et seq.] (as such Act was in effect prior to October 1, 1981 ) is, at any time within twenty years after the completion of remodeling, construction, or expansion or after the date of its acquisition—
- (1) sold or transferred to any entity (A) which would not have been qualified to file an application under section 222 of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 2689j ] (as such section was in effect prior to October 1, 1981 ) or (B) which is disapproved as a transferee by the State mental health agency or by another entity designated by the chief executive officer of the State, or
- (2) ceases to be used by a community mental health center in the provision of comprehensive mental health services,
- (b) The transferor and transferee of a facility that is sold or transferred as described in subsection (a)(1), or the owner of a facility the use of which changes as described in subsection (a)(2), shall provide the Secretary written notice of such sale, transfer, or change within 10 days after the date on which such sale, transfer, or cessation of use occurs or within 30 days after October 22, 1985 , whichever is later.
- (c)
- (1) The base amount that the United States is entitled to recover under subsection (a) is the amount bearing the same ratio to the then value (as determined by the agreement of the parties or in an action brought in the district court of the United States for the district in which the facility is situated) of so much of the facility as constituted an approved project or projects as the amount of the Federal participation bore to the cost of the remodeling, construction, expansion, or acquisition of the project or projects.
- (2)
- (A) The interest that the United States is entitled to recover under subsection (a) is the interest for the period (if any) described in subparagraph (B) at a rate (determined by the Secretary) based on the average of the bond equivalent rates of ninety-one-day Treasury bills auctioned during that period.
- (B) The period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the period beginning—
- (i) if notice is provided as prescribed by subsection (b), 191 days after the date on which such sale, transfer, or cessation of use occurs, or
- (ii) if notice is not provided as prescribed by subsection (b), 11 days after such sale, transfer, or cessation of use occurs,
- (d) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a) with respect to a facility (under such conditions as the Secretary may establish by regulation) if the Secretary determines that there is good cause for waiving such rights.
- (e) The right of recovery of the United States under subsection (a) shall not, prior to judgment, constitute a lien on any facility.
§ 238m. Use of fiscal agents
- (a) The Secretary may enter into contracts with fiscal agents—
- (1)
- (A) to determine the amounts payable to persons who, on behalf of the Indian Health Service, furnish health services to eligible Indians,
- (B) to determine the amounts payable to persons who, on behalf of the Public Health Service, furnish health services to individuals pursuant to section 247d or 249 of this title,
- (2) to receive, disburse, and account for funds in making payments described in paragraph (1),
- (3) to make such audits of records as may be necessary to assure that these payments are proper, and
- (4) to perform such additional functions as may be necessary to carry out the functions described in paragraphs (1) through (3).
- (1)
- (b)
- (1) Contracts under subsection (a) may be entered into without regard to section 6101 of title 41 or any other provision of law requiring competition.
- (2) No such contract shall be entered into with an entity unless the Secretary finds that the entity will perform its obligations under the contract efficiently and effectively and will meet such requirements as to financial responsibility, legal authority, and other matters as he finds pertinent.
- (c) A contract under subsection (a) may provide for advances of funds to enable entities to make payments under the contract.
- (d) Subsections (d) and (e) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of section 1395u of this title shall apply to contracts with entities under subsection (a) in the same manner as they apply to contracts with carriers under that section.
- (e) In this section, the term “fiscal agent” means a carrier described in section 1395u(f)(1) 1 of this title and includes, with respect to contracts under subsection (a)(1)(A), an Indian tribe or tribal organization acting under contract with the Secretary under the Indian Self-Determination Act ( Public Law 93–638 ) [ 25 U.S.C. 5321 et seq.].
§ 238n. Abortion-related discrimination in governmental activities regarding training and licensing of physicians
- (a) The Federal Government, and any State or local government that receives Federal financial assistance, may not subject any health care entity to discrimination on the basis that—
- (1) the entity refuses to undergo training in the performance of induced abortions, to require or provide such training, to perform such abortions, or to provide referrals for such training or such abortions;
- (2) the entity refuses to make arrangements for any of the activities specified in paragraph (1); or
- (3) the entity attends (or attended) a post-graduate physician training program, or any other program of training in the health professions, that does not (or did not) perform induced abortions or require, provide or refer for training in the performance of induced abortions, or make arrangements for the provision of such training.
- (b)
- (1) In determining whether to grant a legal status to a health care entity (including a license or certificate), or to provide such entity with financial assistance, services or other benefits, the Federal Government, or any State or local government that receives Federal financial assistance, shall deem accredited any postgraduate physician training program that would be accredited but for the accrediting agency’s reliance upon an accreditation standards 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “standard”. that requires an entity to perform an induced abortion or require, provide, or refer for training in the performance of induced abortions, or make arrangements for such training, regardless of whether such standard provides exceptions or exemptions. The government involved shall formulate such regulations or other mechanisms, or enter into such agreements with accrediting agencies, as are necessary to comply with this subsection.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to subclauses (I) and (II) of section 292d(a)(2)(B)(i) of this title (relating to a program of insured loans for training in the health professions), the requirements in such subclauses regarding accredited internship or residency programs are subject to paragraph (1) of this subsection.
- (B) This section shall not—
- (i) prevent any health care entity from voluntarily electing to be trained, to train, or to arrange for training in the performance of, to perform, or to make referrals for induced abortions; or
- (ii) prevent an accrediting agency or a Federal, State or local government from establishing standards of medical competency applicable only to those individuals who have voluntarily elected to perform abortions.
- (c) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “financial assistance”, with respect to a government program, includes governmental payments provided as reimbursement for carrying out health-related activities.
- (2) The term “health care entity” includes an individual physician, a postgraduate physician training program, and a participant in a program of training in the health professions.
- (3) The term “postgraduate physician training program” includes a residency training program.
§ 238o. Restriction on use of funds for assisted suicide, euthanasia, and mercy killing
Appropriations for carrying out the purposes of this chapter shall not be used in a manner inconsistent with the Assisted Suicide Funding Restriction Act of 1997 [ 42 U.S.C. 14401 et seq.].
§ 238p. Recommendations and guidelines regarding automated external defibrillators for Federal buildings
- (a) The Secretary shall establish guidelines with respect to placing automated external defibrillator devices in Federal buildings. Such guidelines shall take into account the extent to which such devices may be used by lay persons, the typical number of employees and visitors in the buildings, the extent of the need for security measures regarding the buildings, buildings or portions of buildings in which there are special circumstances such as high electrical voltage or extreme heat or cold, and such other factors as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (b) The Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register the recommendations of the Secretary on the appropriate implementation of the placement of automated external defibrillator devices under subsection (a), including procedures for the following:
- (1) Implementing appropriate training courses in the use of such devices, including the role of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
- (2) Proper maintenance and testing of the devices.
- (3) Ensuring coordination with appropriate licensed professionals in the oversight of training of the devices.
- (4) Ensuring coordination with local emergency medical systems regarding the placement and incidents of use of the devices.
- (c) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall—
- (1) consult with appropriate public and private entities;
- (2) consider the recommendations of national and local public-health organizations for improving the survival rates of individuals who experience cardiac arrest in nonhospital settings by minimizing the time elapsing between the onset of cardiac arrest and the initial medical response, including defibrillation as necessary; and
- (3) consult with and counsel other Federal agencies where such devices are to be used.
- (d) The Secretary shall comply with this section not later than 180 days after November 13, 2000 .
- (e) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “automated external defibrillator device” has the meaning given such term in section 238q of this title .
- (2) The term “Federal building” includes a building or portion of a building leased or rented by a Federal agency, and includes buildings on military installations of the United States.
§ 238q. Liability regarding emergency use of automated external defibrillators
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), any person who uses or attempts to use an automated external defibrillator device on a victim of a perceived medical emergency is immune from civil liability for any harm resulting from the use or attempted use of such device; and in addition, any person who acquired the device is immune from such liability, if the harm was not due to the failure of such acquirer of the device—
- (1) to notify local emergency response personnel or other appropriate entities of the most recent placement of the device within a reasonable period of time after the device was placed;
- (2) to properly maintain and test the device; or
- (3) to provide appropriate training in the use of the device to an employee or agent of the acquirer when the employee or agent was the person who used the device on the victim, except that such requirement of training does not apply if—
- (A) the employee or agent was not an employee or agent who would have been reasonably expected to use the device; or
- (B) the period of time elapsing between the engagement of the person as an employee or agent and the occurrence of the harm (or between the acquisition of the device and the occurrence of the harm, in any case in which the device was acquired after such engagement of the person) was not a reasonably sufficient period in which to provide the training.
- (b) Immunity under subsection (a) does not apply to a person if—
- (1) the harm involved was caused by willful or criminal misconduct, gross negligence, reckless misconduct, or a conscious, flagrant indifference to the rights or safety of the victim who was harmed;
- (2) the person is a licensed or certified health professional who used the automated external defibrillator device while acting within the scope of the license or certification of the professional and within the scope of the employment or agency of the professional;
- (3) the person is a hospital, clinic, or other entity whose purpose is providing health care directly to patients, and the harm was caused by an employee or agent of the entity who used the device while acting within the scope of the employment or agency of the employee or agent; or
- (4) the person is an acquirer of the device who leased the device to a health care entity (or who otherwise provided the device to such entity for compensation without selling the device to the entity), and the harm was caused by an employee or agent of the entity who used the device while acting within the scope of the employment or agency of the employee or agent.
- (c)
- (1) The following applies with respect to this section:
- (A) This section does not establish any cause of action, or require that an automated external defibrillator device be placed at any building or other location.
- (B) With respect to a class of persons for which this section provides immunity from civil liability, this section supersedes the law of a State only to the extent that the State has no statute or regulations that provide persons in such class with immunity for civil liability arising from the use by such persons of automated external defibrillator devices in emergency situations (within the meaning of the State law or regulation involved).
- (C) This section does not waive any protection from liability for Federal officers or employees under—
- (i) section 233 of this title ; or
- (ii) sections 1346(b), 2672, and 2679 of title 28 or under alternative benefits provided by the United States where the availability of such benefits precludes a remedy under section 1346(b) of title 28 .
- (2)
- (A) The applicability of subsections (a) and (b) includes applicability to any action for civil liability described in subsection (a) that arises under Federal law.
- (B) If a geographic area is under Federal jurisdiction and is located within a State but out of the jurisdiction of the State, and if, pursuant to Federal law, the law of the State applies in such area regarding matters for which there is no applicable Federal law, then an action for civil liability described in subsection (a) that in such area arises under the law of the State is subject to subsections (a) through (c) in lieu of any related State law that would apply in such area in the absence of this subparagraph.
- (1) The following applies with respect to this section:
- (d) In any civil action arising under State law, the courts of the State involved have jurisdiction to apply the provisions of this section exclusive of the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States.
- (e)
- (1) For purposes of this section, the term “perceived medical emergency” means circumstances in which the behavior of an individual leads a reasonable person to believe that the individual is experiencing a life-threatening medical condition that requires an immediate medical response regarding the heart or other cardiopulmonary functioning of the individual.
- (2) For purposes of this section:
- (A) The term “automated external defibrillator device” means a defibrillator device that—
- (i) is commercially distributed in accordance with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.];
- (ii) is capable of recognizing the presence or absence of ventricular fibrillation, and is capable of determining without intervention by the user of the device whether defibrillation should be performed;
- (iii) upon determining that defibrillation should be performed, is able to deliver an electrical shock to an individual; and
- (iv) in the case of a defibrillator device that may be operated in either an automated or a manual mode, is set to operate in the automated mode.
- (B)
- (i) The term “harm” includes physical, nonphysical, economic, and noneconomic losses.
- (ii) The term “economic loss” means any pecuniary loss resulting from harm (including the loss of earnings or other benefits related to employment, medical expense loss, replacement services loss, loss due to death, burial costs, and loss of business or employment opportunities) to the extent recovery for such loss is allowed under applicable State law.
- (iii) The term “noneconomic losses” means losses for physical and emotional pain, suffering, inconvenience, physical impairment, mental anguish, disfigurement, loss of enjoyment of life, loss of society and companionship, loss of consortium (other than loss of domestic service), hedonic damages, injury to reputation and all other nonpecuniary losses of any kind or nature.
- (A) The term “automated external defibrillator device” means a defibrillator device that—
§ 239. General provisions
- (a) For purposes of this part:
- (1) The term “covered countermeasure” means a covered countermeasure as specified in a Declaration made pursuant to section 233(p) of this title .
- (2) The term “covered individual” means an individual—
- (A) who is a health care worker, law enforcement officer, firefighter, security personnel, emergency medical personnel, other public safety personnel, or support personnel for such occupational specialities 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “specialties”. ;
- (B) who is or will be functioning in a role identified in a State, local, or Department of Health and Human Services smallpox emergency response plan (as defined in paragraph (7)) approved by the Secretary;
- (C) who has volunteered and been selected to be a member of a smallpox emergency response plan described in subparagraph (B) prior to the time at which the Secretary publicly announces that an active case of smallpox has been identified either within or outside of the United States; and
- (D) to whom a smallpox vaccine is administered pursuant to such approved plan during the effective period of the Declaration (including the portion of such period before April 30, 2003 ).
- (3) The term “covered injury” means an injury, disability, illness, condition, or death (other than a minor injury such as minor scarring or minor local reaction) determined, pursuant to the procedures established under section 239a of this title , to have been sustained by an individual as the direct result of—
- (A) administration to the individual of a covered countermeasure during the effective period of the Declaration; or
- (B) accidental vaccinia inoculation of the individual in circumstances in which—
- (i) the vaccinia is contracted during the effective period of the Declaration or within 30 days after the end of such period;
- (ii) smallpox vaccine has not been administered to the individual; and
- (iii) the individual has been in contact with an individual who is (or who was accidentally inoculated by) a covered individual.
- (4) The term “Declaration” means the Declaration Regarding Administration of Smallpox Countermeasures issued by the Secretary on January 24, 2003 , and published in the Federal Register on January 28, 2003 .
- (5) The term “effective period of the Declaration” means the effective period specified in the Declaration, unless extended by the Secretary.
- (6) The term “eligible individual” means an individual who is (as determined in accordance with section 239a of this title )—
- (A) a covered individual who sustains a covered injury in the manner described in paragraph (3)(A); or
- (B) an individual who sustains a covered injury in the manner described in paragraph (3)(B).
- (7) The term “smallpox emergency response plan” or “plan” means a response plan detailing actions to be taken in preparation for a possible smallpox-related emergency during the period prior to the identification of an active case of smallpox either within or outside the United States.
- (b) The Secretary shall ensure that a State, local, or Department of Health and Human Services plan to vaccinate individuals that is approved by the Secretary establishes procedures to ensure, consistent with the Declaration and any applicable guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, that—
- (1) potential participants are educated with respect to contraindications, the voluntary nature of the program, and the availability of potential benefits and compensation under this part;
- (2) there is voluntary screening provided to potential participants that can identify health conditions relevant to contraindications; and
- (3) there is appropriate post-inoculation medical surveillance that includes an evaluation of adverse health effects that may reasonably appear to be due to such vaccine and prompt referral of, or the provision of appropriate information to, any individual requiring health care as a result of such adverse health event.
§ 239a. Determination of eligibility and benefits
- (a) The Secretary shall establish procedures for determining, as applicable with respect to an individual—
- (1) whether the individual is an eligible individual;
- (2) whether an eligible individual has sustained a covered injury or injuries for which medical benefits or compensation may be available under sections 239c and 239d of this title, and the amount of such benefits or compensation; and
- (3) whether the covered injury or injuries of an eligible individual caused the individual’s death for purposes of benefits under section 239e of this title .
- (b) The Secretary may accept a certification, by a Federal, State, or local government entity or private health care entity participating in the administration of covered countermeasures under the Declaration, that an individual is a covered individual.
- (c)
- (1) In any case where an injury or other adverse effect specified in the injury table established under section 239b of this title as a known effect of a vaccine manifests in an individual within the time period specified in such table, such injury or other effect shall be presumed to have resulted from administration of such vaccine.
- (2) In making determinations other than those described in paragraph (1) as to the causation or severity of an injury, the Secretary shall employ a preponderance of the evidence standard and take into consideration all relevant medical and scientific evidence presented for consideration, and may obtain and consider the views of qualified medical experts.
- (d) The Secretary shall not consider any request for a benefit under this part with respect to an individual, unless—
- (1) in the case of a request based on the administration of the vaccine to the individual, the individual files with the Secretary an initial request for benefits or compensation under this part not later than one year after the date of administration of the vaccine; or
- (2) in the case of a request based on accidental vaccinia inoculation, the individual files with the Secretary an initial request for benefits or compensation under this part not later than two years after the date of the first symptom or manifestation of onset of the adverse effect.
- (e) In any case in which there is a reasonable likelihood that compensation or payment under section 239c, 239d, or 239e(b) of this title will be required for a period in excess of one year from the date an individual is determined eligible for such compensation or payment, the Secretary shall have the discretion to make a lump-sum payment, purchase an annuity or medical insurance policy, or execute an appropriate structured settlement agreement, provided that such payment, annuity, policy, or agreement is actuarially determined to have a value equal to the present value of the projected total amount of benefits or compensation that the individual is eligible to receive under such section or sections.
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary may review a determination under this section at any time on the Secretary’s own motion or on application, and may affirm, vacate, or modify such determination in any manner the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary shall develop a process by which an individual may file a request for reconsideration of any determination made by the Secretary under this section.
- (2) No court of the United States, or of any State, District, territory or possession thereof, shall have subject matter jurisdiction to review, whether by mandamus or otherwise, any action by the Secretary under this section. No officer or employee of the United States shall review any action by the Secretary under this section (unless the President specifically directs otherwise).
§ 239b. Smallpox vaccine injury table
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish by interim final regulation a table identifying adverse effects (including injuries, disabilities, illnesses, conditions, and deaths) that shall be presumed to result from the administration of (or exposure to) a smallpox vaccine, and the time period in which the first symptom or manifestation of onset of each such adverse effect must manifest in order for such presumption to apply.
- (2) The Secretary may by regulation amend the table established under paragraph (1). An amendment to the table takes effect on the date of the promulgation of the final rule that makes the amendment, and applies to all requests for benefits or compensation under this part that are filed on or after such date or are pending as of such date. In addition, the amendment applies retroactively to an individual who was not with respect to the injury involved an eligible individual under the table as in effect before the amendment but who with respect to such injury is an eligible individual under the table as amended. With respect to a request for benefits or compensation under this part by an individual who becomes an eligible individual as described in the preceding sentence, the Secretary may not provide such benefits or compensation unless the request (or amendment to a request, as applicable) is filed before the expiration of one year after the effective date of the amendment to the table in the case of an individual to whom the vaccine was administered and before the expiration of two years after such effective date in the case of a request based on accidental vaccinia inoculation.
§ 239c. Medical benefits
- (a) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the Secretary shall make payment or reimbursement for medical items and services as reasonable and necessary to treat a covered injury of an eligible individual, including the services, appliances, and supplies prescribed or recommended by a qualified physician, which the Secretary considers likely to cure, give relief, reduce the degree or the period of disability, or aid in lessening the amount of monthly compensation.
- (b) Payment or reimbursement for services or benefits under subsection (a) shall be secondary to any obligation of the United States or any third party (including any State or local governmental entity, private insurance carrier, or employer) under any other provision of law or contractual agreement, to pay for or provide such services or benefits.
§ 239d. Compensation for lost employment income
- (a) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the Secretary shall provide compensation to an eligible individual for loss of employment income (based on such income at the time of injury) incurred as a result of a covered injury, at the rate specified in subsection (b).
- (b)
- (1) Compensation under subsection (a) shall be at the rate of 66⅔ percent of the relevant pay period (weekly, monthly, or otherwise), except as provided in paragraph (2).
- (2) If an eligible individual has one or more dependents, the basic compensation for loss of employment income as described in paragraph (1) shall be augmented at the rate of 8⅓ percent.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary may consider the provisions of sections 8114, 8115, and 8146a of title 5, and any implementing regulations, in determining the amount of payment under subsection (a) and the circumstances under which such payments are reasonable and necessary.
- (B) With respect to an eligible individual who is a minor, the Secretary may consider the provisions of section 8113 of title 5 , and any implementing regulations, in determining the amount of payment under subsection (a) and the circumstances under which such payments are reasonable and necessary.
- (4) For purposes of this section, the term “employment income” includes income from self-employment.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) Any compensation under subsection (a) shall be secondary to the obligation of the United States or any third party (including any State or local governmental entity, private insurance carrier, or employer), under any other law or contractual agreement, to pay compensation for loss of employment income or to provide disability or retirement benefits.
- (B) Compensation under subsection (a) shall not be made to an eligible individual to the extent that the total of amounts paid to the individual under such subsection and under the other obligations referred to in subparagraph (A) is an amount that exceeds the rate specified in subsection (b)(1). If under any such other obligation a lump-sum payment is made, such payment shall, for purposes of this paragraph, be deemed to be received over multiple years rather than received in a single year. The Secretary may, in the discretion of the Secretary, determine how to apportion such payment over multiple years.
- (2) No payment shall be made under subsection (a) in compensation for loss of employment income subsequent to the receipt, by the survivor or survivors of an eligible individual, of benefits under section 239e of this title for death.
- (3)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B)—
- (i) total compensation paid to an individual under subsection (a) shall not exceed $50,000 for any year; and
- (ii) the lifetime total of such compensation for the individual may not exceed an amount equal to the amount authorized to be paid under section 239e of this title .
- (B) The limitation under subparagraph (A)(ii) does not apply in the case of an eligible individual who is determined to have a covered injury or injuries meeting the definition of disability in section 416(i) of this title .
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B)—
- (4)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), an eligible individual shall not be provided compensation under this section for the first 5 work days of loss of employment income.
- (B) Subparagraph (A) does not apply if the period of loss of employment income of an eligible individual is 10 or more work days.
- (5) No payment shall be made under subsection (a) in compensation for loss of employment income once the eligible individual involves 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “involved”. reaches the age of 65.
- (1)
- (d) A benefit under subsection (a) shall be in addition to any amounts received by an eligible individual under section 239c of this title .
§ 239e. Payment for death
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall pay, in the case of an eligible individual whose death is determined to have resulted from a covered injury or injuries, a death benefit in the amount determined under paragraph (2) to the survivor or survivors in the same manner as death benefits are paid pursuant to the Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Program under subpart 1 of part L of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. 3796 et seq.) 1 1 See References in Text note below. with respect to an eligible deceased (except that in the case of an eligible individual who is a minor with no living parent, the legal guardian shall be considered the survivor in the place of the parent).
- (2)
- (A) The amount of the death benefit under paragraph (1) in a fiscal year shall equal the amount of the comparable benefit calculated under the Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Program under subpart 1 of part L of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. 3796 et seq.) 1 in such fiscal year, without regard to any reduction attributable to a limitation on appropriations, but subject to subparagraph (B).
- (B) The amount of the benefit as determined under subparagraph (A) shall be reduced by the total amount of any benefits paid under section 239d of this title with respect to lost employment income.
- (3)
- (A) No benefit is payable under paragraph (1) with respect to the death of an eligible individual if—
- (i) a disability benefit is paid with respect to such individual under the Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Program under subpart 1 of part L of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. 3796 et seq.); 1 or
- (ii) a death benefit is paid or payable with respect to such individual under the Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Program under subpart 1 of part L of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. 3796 et seq.). 1
- (B) In the event that disability benefits available to an eligible individual under the Public Safety Officers’ Benefits Program under subpart 1 of part L of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 ( 42 U.S.C. 3796 et seq.) 1 are reduced because of a limitation on appropriations, and such reduction would affect the amount that would be payable under subparagraph (A) without regard to this subparagraph, benefits shall be available under paragraph (1) to the extent necessary to ensure that the survivor or survivors of such individual receives a total amount equal to the amount described in paragraph (2).
- (A) No benefit is payable under paragraph (1) with respect to the death of an eligible individual if—
- (b)
- (1) In the case of an eligible individual whose death is determined to have resulted from a covered injury or injuries, if the individual had one or more dependents under the age of 18, the legal guardian of the dependents may, in lieu of the death benefit under subsection (a), elect to receive on behalf of the aggregate of such dependents payments in accordance with this subsection. An election under the preceding sentence is effective in lieu of a request under subsection (a) by an individual who is not the legal guardian of such dependents.
- (2) Payments under paragraph (1) with respect to an eligible individual described in such paragraph shall be made as if such individual were an eligible individual to whom compensation would be paid under subsection (a) of section 239d of this title , with the rate augmented in accordance with subsection (b)(2) of such section and with such individual considered to be an eligible individual described in subsection (c)(3)(B) of such section.
- (3)
- (A) No payments may be made under paragraph (1) once the youngest of the dependents involved reaches the age of 18.
- (B)
- (i) Any payment under paragraph (1) shall be secondary to the obligation of the United States or any third party (including any State or local governmental entity, private insurance carrier, or employer), under any other law or contractual agreement, to pay compensation for loss of employment income or to provide disability benefits, retirement benefits, life insurance benefits on behalf of dependents under the age of 18, or death benefits.
- (ii) Payments under paragraph (1) shall not be made to with respect to 2 2 So in original. an eligible individual to the extent that the total of amounts paid with respect to the individual under such paragraph and under the other obligations referred to in clause (i) is an amount that exceeds the rate of payment that applies under paragraph (2). If under any such other obligation a lump-sum payment is made, such payment shall, for purposes of this subparagraph, be deemed to be received over multiple years rather than received in a single year. The Secretary may, in the discretion of the Secretary, determine how to apportion such payment over multiple years.
- (c) A benefit under subsection (a) or (b) shall be in addition to any amounts received by an eligible individual under section 239c of this title .
§ 239f. Administration
- (a) The Secretary may administer any or all of the provisions of this part through Memorandum of Agreement with the head of any appropriate Federal agency.
- (b) The head of the agency administering this part or provisions thereof (including any agency head administering such Act 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “part”. or provisions through a Memorandum of Agreement under subsection (a)) may promulgate such implementing regulations as may be found necessary and appropriate. Initial implementing regulations may be interim final regulations.
§ 239g. Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2003 through 2007, to remain available until expended, including administrative costs and costs of provision and payment of benefits. The Secretary’s payment of any benefit under section 239c, 239d, or 239e of this title shall be subject to the availability of appropriations under this section.
§ 239h. Relationship to other laws
Except as explicitly provided herein, nothing in this part shall be construed to override or limit any rights an individual may have to seek compensation, benefits, or redress under any other provision of Federal or State law.
§ 239l. Establishment
- (a)
- (1) There is hereby authorized to be established a United States Public Health Sciences Track (referred to in this part as the “Track”), at sites to be selected by the Secretary, with authority to grant appropriate advanced degrees in a manner that uniquely emphasizes team-based service, public health, epidemiology, and emergency preparedness and response. It shall be so organized as to graduate not less than—
- (A) 150 medical students annually, 10 of whom shall be awarded studentships to the Uniformed Services University of Health Sciences;
- (B) 100 dental students annually;
- (C) 250 nursing students annually;
- (D) 100 public health students annually;
- (E) 100 behavioral and mental health professional students annually;
- (F) 100 physician assistant or nurse practitioner students annually; and
- (G) 50 pharmacy students annually.
- (2) The Track shall be located at existing and accredited, affiliated health professions education training programs at academic health centers located in regions of the United States determined appropriate by the Surgeon General, in consultation with the National Health Care Workforce Commission established in section 294q of this title .
- (1) There is hereby authorized to be established a United States Public Health Sciences Track (referred to in this part as the “Track”), at sites to be selected by the Secretary, with authority to grant appropriate advanced degrees in a manner that uniquely emphasizes team-based service, public health, epidemiology, and emergency preparedness and response. It shall be so organized as to graduate not less than—
- (b) Except as provided in subsection (a), the number of persons to be graduated from the Track shall be prescribed by the Secretary. In so prescribing the number of persons to be graduated from the Track, the Secretary shall institute actions necessary to ensure the maximum number of first-year enrollments in the Track consistent with the academic capacity of the affiliated sites and the needs of the United States for medical, dental, and nursing personnel.
- (c) The development of the Track may be by such phases as the Secretary may prescribe subject to the requirements of subsection (a).
- (d) The Surgeon General shall develop an integrated longitudinal plan for health professions continuing education throughout the continuum of health-related education, training, and practice. Training under such plan shall emphasize patient-centered, interdisciplinary, and care coordination skills. Experience with deployment of emergency response teams shall be included during the clinical experiences.
- (e) The Surgeon General shall develop faculty development programs and curricula in decentralized venues of health care, to balance urban, tertiary, and inpatient venues.
§ 241. Research and investigations generally
- (a) The Secretary shall conduct in the Service, and encourage, cooperate with, and render assistance to other appropriate public authorities, scientific institutions, and scientists in the conduct of, and promote the coordination of, research, investigations, experiments, demonstrations, and studies relating to the causes, diagnosis, treatment, control, and prevention of physical and mental diseases and impairments of man, including water purification, sewage treatment, and pollution of lakes and streams. In carrying out the foregoing the Secretary is authorized to—
- (1) collect and make available through publications and other appropriate means, information as to, and the practical application of, such research and other activities;
- (2) make available research facilities of the Service to appropriate public authorities, and to health officials and scientists engaged in special study;
- (3) make grants-in-aid to universities, hospitals, laboratories, and other public or private institutions, and to individuals for such research projects as are recommended by the advisory council to the entity of the Department supporting such projects and make, upon recommendation of the advisory council to the appropriate entity of the Department, grants-in-aid to public or nonprofit universities, hospitals, laboratories, and other institutions for the general support of their research;
- (4) secure from time to time and for such periods as he deems advisable, the assistance and advice of experts, scholars, and consultants from the United States or abroad;
- (5) for purposes of study, admit and treat at institutions, hospitals, and stations of the Service, persons not otherwise eligible for such treatment;
- (6) make available, to health officials, scientists, and appropriate public and other nonprofit institutions and organizations, technical advice and assistance on the application of statistical methods to experiments, studies, and surveys in health and medical fields;
- (7) enter into contracts, including contracts for research in accordance with and subject to the provisions of law applicable to contracts entered into by the military departments under sections 2353 and 2354 of title 10, except that determination, approval, and certification required thereby shall be by the Secretary of Health and Human Services; and
- (8) adopt, upon recommendations of the advisory councils to the appropriate entities of the Department or, with respect to mental health, the National Advisory Mental Health Council, such additional means as the Secretary considers necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall conduct and may support through grants and contracts studies and testing of substances for carcinogenicity, teratogenicity, mutagenicity, and other harmful biological effects. In carrying out this paragraph, the Secretary shall consult with entities of the Federal Government, outside of the Department of Health and Human Services, engaged in comparable activities. The Secretary, upon request of such an entity and under appropriate arrangements for the payment of expenses, may conduct for such entity studies and testing of substances for carcinogenicity, teratogenicity, mutagenicity, and other harmful biological effects.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall establish a comprehensive program of research into the biological effects of low-level ionizing radiation under which program the Secretary shall conduct such research and may support such research by others through grants and contracts.
- (B) The Secretary shall conduct a comprehensive review of Federal programs of research on the biological effects of ionizing radiation.
- (3) The Secretary shall conduct and may support through grants and contracts research and studies on human nutrition, with particular emphasis on the role of nutrition in the prevention and treatment of disease and on the maintenance and promotion of health, and programs for the dissemination of information respecting human nutrition to health professionals and the public. In carrying out activities under this paragraph, the Secretary shall provide for the coordination of such of these activities as are performed by the different divisions within the Department of Health and Human Services and shall consult with entities of the Federal Government, outside of the Department of Health and Human Services, engaged in comparable activities. The Secretary, upon request of such an entity and under appropriate arrangements for the payment of expenses, may conduct and support such activities for such entity.
- (4) The Secretary shall publish a biennial report which contains—
- (A) a list of all substances (i) which either are known to be carcinogens or may reasonably be anticipated to be carcinogens and (ii) to which a significant number of persons residing in the United States are exposed;
- (B) information concerning the nature of such exposure and the estimated number of persons exposed to such substances;
- (C) a statement identifying (i) each substance contained in the list under subparagraph (A) for which no effluent, ambient, or exposure standard has been established by a Federal agency, and (ii) for each effluent, ambient, or exposure standard established by a Federal agency with respect to a substance contained in the list under subparagraph (A), the extent to which, on the basis of available medical, scientific, or other data, such standard, and the implementation of such standard by the agency, decreases the risk to public health from exposure to the substance; and
- (D) a description of (i) each request received during the year involved—
- (I) from a Federal agency outside the Department of Health and Human Services for the Secretary, or
- (II) from an entity within the Department of Health and Human Services to any other entity within the Department,
- (5) The authority of the Secretary to enter into any contract for the conduct of any study, testing, program, research, or review, or assessment under this subsection shall be effective for any fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
- (c) The Secretary may conduct biomedical research, directly or through grants or contracts, for the identification, control, treatment, and prevention of diseases (including tropical diseases) which do not occur to a significant extent in the United States.
- (d)
- (1)
- (A) If a person is engaged in biomedical, behavioral, clinical, or other research, in which identifiable, sensitive information is collected (including research on mental health and research on the use and effect of alcohol and other psychoactive drugs), the Secretary, in coordination with other agencies, as applicable—
- (i) shall issue to such person a certificate of confidentiality to protect the privacy of individuals who are the subjects of such research if the research is funded wholly or in part by the Federal Government; and
- (ii) may, upon application by a person engaged in research, issue to such person a certificate of confidentiality to protect the privacy of such individuals if the research is not so funded.
- (B) Except as provided in subparagraph (C), any person to whom a certificate is issued under subparagraph (A) to protect the privacy of individuals described in such subparagraph shall not disclose or provide to any other person not connected with the research the name of such an individual or any information, document, or biospecimen that contains identifiable, sensitive information about such an individual and that was created or compiled for purposes of the research.
- (C) The disclosure prohibition in subparagraph (B) shall not apply to disclosure or use that is—
- (i) required by Federal, State, or local laws, excluding instances described in subparagraph (D);
- (ii) necessary for the medical treatment of the individual to whom the information, document, or biospecimen pertains and made with the consent of such individual;
- (iii) made with the consent of the individual to whom the information, document, or biospecimen pertains; or
- (iv) made for the purposes of other scientific research that is in compliance with applicable Federal regulations governing the protection of human subjects in research.
- (D) Any person to whom a certificate is issued under subparagraph (A) to protect the privacy of an individual described in such subparagraph shall not, in any Federal, State, or local civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or other proceeding, disclose or provide the name of such individual or any such information, document, or biospecimen that contains identifiable, sensitive information about the individual and that was created or compiled for purposes of the research, except in the circumstance described in subparagraph (C)(iii).
- (E) Identifiable, sensitive information protected under subparagraph (A), and all copies thereof, shall be immune from the legal process, and shall not, without the consent of the individual to whom the information pertains, be admissible as evidence or used for any purpose in any action, suit, or other judicial, legislative, or administrative proceeding.
- (F) Identifiable, sensitive information collected by a person to whom a certificate has been issued under subparagraph (A), and all copies thereof, shall be subject to the protections afforded by this section for perpetuity.
- (G) The Secretary shall take steps to minimize the burden to researchers, streamline the process, and reduce the time it takes to comply with the requirements of this subsection.
- (A) If a person is engaged in biomedical, behavioral, clinical, or other research, in which identifiable, sensitive information is collected (including research on mental health and research on the use and effect of alcohol and other psychoactive drugs), the Secretary, in coordination with other agencies, as applicable—
- (2) The Secretary shall coordinate with the heads of other applicable Federal agencies to ensure that such departments have policies in place with respect to the issuance of a certificate of confidentiality pursuant to paragraph (1) and other requirements of this subsection.
- (3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to limit the access of an individual who is a subject of research to information about himself or herself collected during such individual’s participation in the research.
- (4) For purposes of this subsection, the term “identifiable, sensitive information” means information that is about an individual and that is gathered or used during the course of research described in paragraph (1)(A) and—
- (A) through which an individual is identified; or
- (B) for which there is at least a very small risk, as determined by current scientific practices or statistical methods, that some combination of the information, a request for the information, and other available data sources could be used to deduce the identity of an individual.
- (1)
- (e) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall expand, intensify, and coordinate the activities of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention with respect to preterm labor and delivery and infant mortality.
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary may exempt from disclosure under section 552(b)(3) of title 5 biomedical information that is about an individual and that is gathered or used during the course of biomedical research if—
- (A) an individual is identified; or
- (B) there is at least a very small risk, as determined by current scientific practices or statistical methods, that some combination of the information, the request, and other available data sources could be used to deduce the identity of an individual.
- (2)
- (A) Each determination of the Secretary under paragraph (1) to exempt information from disclosure shall be made in writing and accompanied by a statement of the basis for the determination.
- (B) Each such determination and statement of basis shall be available to the public, upon request, through the Office of the Chief FOIA Officer of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to limit a research participant’s access to information about such participant collected during the participant’s participation in the research.
- (1) The Secretary may exempt from disclosure under section 552(b)(3) of title 5 biomedical information that is about an individual and that is gathered or used during the course of biomedical research if—
- (g) Subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44 shall not apply to the voluntary collection of information during the conduct of research by the National Institutes of Health.
- (h)
- (1) The Secretary may make available to individuals and entities, for biomedical and behavioral research, substances and living organisms. Such substances and organisms shall be made available under such terms and conditions (including payment for them) as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (2) Where research substances and living organisms are made available under paragraph (1) through contractors, the Secretary may direct such contractors to collect payments on behalf of the Secretary for the costs incurred to make available such substances and organisms and to forward amounts so collected to the Secretary, in the time and manner specified by the Secretary.
- (3) Amounts collected under paragraph (2) shall be credited to the appropriations accounts that incurred the costs to make available the research substances and living organisms involved, and shall remain available until expended for carrying out activities under such accounts.
§ 242. Studies and investigations on use and misuse of narcotic drugs and other drugs; annual report to Attorney General; cooperation with States
- (a) In carrying out the purposes of section 241 of this title with respect to drugs the use or misuse of which might result in drug abuse or dependency, the studies and investigations authorized therein shall include the use and misuse of narcotic drugs and other drugs. Such studies and investigations shall further include the quantities of crude opium, coca leaves, and their salts, derivatives, and preparations, and other drugs subject to control under the Controlled Substances Act [ 21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.] and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act [ 21 U.S.C. 951 et seq.], together with reserves thereof, necessary to supply the normal and emergency medicinal and scientific requirements of the United States. The results of studies and investigations of the quantities of narcotic drugs or other drugs subject to control under such Acts, together with reserves of such drugs, that are necessary to supply the normal and emergency medicinal and scientific requirements of the United States, shall be reported not later than the first day of April of each year to the Attorney General, to be used at his discretion in determining manufacturing quotas or importation requirements under such Acts.
- (b) The Surgeon General shall cooperate with States for the purpose of aiding them to solve their narcotic drug problems and shall give authorized representatives of the States the benefit of his experience in the care, treatment, and rehabilitation of narcotic addicts to the end that each State may be encouraged to provide adequate facilities and methods for the care and treatment of its narcotic addicts.
§ 242a. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXII, § 3201(b)(1) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1190
§ 242a. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXII, § 3201(b)(1) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1190
§ 242b. General authority respecting research, evaluations, and demonstrations in health statistics, health services, and health care technology
- (a) The Secretary may, through the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality or the National Center for Health Statistics, or using Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards or other appropriate authorities, undertake and support training programs to provide for an expanded and continuing supply of individuals qualified to perform the research, evaluation, and demonstration projects set forth in section 242k of this title and in subchapter VII.
- (b) To implement subsection (a) and section 242k of this title , the Secretary may, in addition to any other authority which under other provisions of this chapter or any other law may be used by him to implement such subsection, do the following:
- (1) Utilize personnel and equipment, facilities, and other physical resources of the Department of Health and Human Services, permit appropriate (as determined by the Secretary) entities and individuals to utilize the physical resources of such Department, provide technical assistance and advice, make grants to public and nonprofit private entities and individuals, and, when appropriate, enter into contracts with public and private entities and individuals.
- (2) Admit and treat at hospitals and other facilities of the Service persons not otherwise eligible for admission and treatment at such facilities.
- (3) Secure, from time to time and for such periods as the Secretary deems advisable but in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 , the assistance and advice of consultants from the United States or abroad. The Secretary may for the purpose of carrying out the functions set forth in sections 242c, 1 1 See References in Text note below. 242k, and 242n 1 of this title, obtain (in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 , but without regard to the limitation in such section on the number of days or the period of service) for each of the centers the services of not more than fifteen experts who have appropriate scientific or professional qualifications.
- (4) Acquire, construct, improve, repair, operate, and maintain laboratory, research, and other necessary facilities and equipment, and such other real or personal property (including patents) as the Secretary deems necessary; and acquire, without regard to section 8141 of title 40 , by lease or otherwise, through the Administrator of General Services, buildings or parts of buildings in the District of Columbia or communities located adjacent to the District of Columbia.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall coordinate all health services research, evaluations, and demonstrations, all health statistical and epidemiological activities, and all research, evaluations, and demonstrations respecting the assessment of health care technology undertaken and supported through units of the Department of Health and Human Services. To the maximum extent feasible such coordination shall be carried out through the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Center for Health Statistics.
- (2) The Secretary shall coordinate the health services research, evaluations, and demonstrations, the health statistical and (where appropriate) epidemiological activities, and the research, evaluations, and demonstrations respecting the assessment of health care technology authorized by this chapter through the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Center for Health Statistics.
§ 242c. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(A) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
§ 242c. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(A) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
§ 242d. Transferred
§ 242d. Transferred
§ 242e. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
§ 242e. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
§ 242j. Transferred
§§ 242f to 242j. Transferred
§ 242k. National Center for Health Statistics
- (a) There is established in the Department of Health and Human Services the National Center for Health Statistics (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “Center”) which shall be under the direction of a Director who shall be appointed by the Secretary. The Secretary, acting through the Center, shall conduct and support statistical and epidemiological activities for the purpose of improving the effectiveness, efficiency, and quality of health services in the United States.
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary, acting through the Center,
- (1) shall collect statistics on—
- (A) the extent and nature of illness and disability of the population of the United States (or of any groupings of the people included in the population), including life expectancy, the incidence of various acute and chronic illnesses, and infant and maternal morbidity and mortality,
- (B) the impact of illness and disability of the population on the economy of the United States and on other aspects of the well-being of its population (or of such groupings),
- (C) environmental, social, and other health hazards,
- (D) determinants of health,
- (E) health resources, including physicians, dentists, nurses, and other health professionals by specialty and type of practice and the supply of services by hospitals, extended care facilities, home health agencies, and other health institutions,
- (F) utilization of health care, including utilization of (i) ambulatory health services by specialties and types of practice of the health professionals providing such services, and (ii) services of hospitals, extended care facilities, home health agencies, and other institutions,
- (G) health care costs and financing, including the trends in health care prices and cost, the sources of payments for health care services, and Federal, State, and local governmental expenditures for health care services, and
- (H) family formation, growth, and dissolution;
- (2) shall undertake and support (by grant or contract) research, demonstrations, and evaluations respecting new or improved methods for obtaining current data on the matters referred to in paragraph (1);
- (3) may undertake and support (by grant or contract) epidemiological research, demonstrations, and evaluations on the matters referred to in paragraph (1); and
- (4) may collect, furnish, tabulate, and analyze statistics, and prepare studies, on matters referred to in paragraph (1) upon request of public and nonprofit private entities under arrangements under which the entities will pay the cost of the service provided.
- (1) shall collect statistics on—
- (c) The Center shall furnish such special statistical and epidemiological compilations and surveys as the Committee on Labor and Human Resources and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives may request. Such statistical and epidemiological compilations and surveys shall not be made subject to the payment of the actual or estimated cost of the preparation of such compilations and surveys.
- (d) To insure comparability and reliability of health statistics, the Secretary shall, through the Center, provide adequate technical assistance to assist State and local jurisdictions in the development of model laws dealing with issues of confidentiality and comparability of data.
- (e) For the purpose of producing comparable and uniform health information and statistics, there is established the Cooperative Health Statistics System. The Secretary, acting through the Center, shall—
- (1) coordinate the activities of Federal agencies involved in the design and implementation of the System;
- (2) undertake and support (by grant or contract) research, development, demonstrations, and evaluations respecting the System;
- (3) make grants to and enter into contracts with State and local health agencies to assist them in meeting the costs of data collection and other activities carried out under the System; and
- (4) review the statistical activities of the Department of Health and Human Services to assure that they are consistent with the System.
- (f) To assist in carrying out this section, the Secretary, acting through the Center, shall cooperate and consult with the Departments of Commerce and Labor and any other interested Federal departments or agencies and with State and local health departments and agencies. For such purpose he shall utilize insofar as possible the services or facilities of any agency of the Federal Government and, without regard to section 6101 of title 41 , of any appropriate State or other public agency, and may, without regard to such section, utilize the services or facilities of any private agency, organization, group, or individual, in accordance with written agreements between the head of such agency, organization, or group and the Secretary or between such individual and the Secretary. Payment, if any, for such services or facilities shall be made in such amounts as may be provided in such agreement.
- (g) To secure uniformity in the registration and collection of mortality, morbidity, and other health data, the Secretary shall prepare and distribute suitable and necessary forms for the collection and compilation of such data.
- (h)
- (1) There shall be an annual collection of data from the records of births, deaths, marriages, and divorces in registration areas. The data shall be obtained only from and restricted to such records of the States and municipalities which the Secretary, in his discretion, determines possess records affording satisfactory data in necessary detail and form. The Secretary shall encourage States and registration areas to obtain detailed data on ethnic and racial populations, including subpopulations of Hispanics, Asian Americans, and Pacific Islanders with significant representation in the State or registration area. Each State or registration area shall be paid by the Secretary the Federal share of its reasonable costs (as determined by the Secretary) for collecting and transcribing (at the request of the Secretary and by whatever method authorized by him) its records for such data.
- (2) There shall be an annual collection of data from a statistically valid sample concerning the general health, illness, and disability status of the civilian noninstitutionalized population. Specific topics to be addressed under this paragraph, on an annual or periodic basis, shall include the incidence of illness and accidental injuries, prevalence of chronic diseases and impairments, disability, physician visits, hospitalizations, and the relationship between demographic and socioeconomic characteristics and health characteristics.
- (i) The Center may provide to public and nonprofit private entities technical assistance in the effective use in such activities of statistics collected or compiled by the Center.
- (j) In carrying out the requirements of section 242b(c) of this title and paragraph (1) of subsection (e) of this section, the Secretary shall coordinate health statistical and epidemiological activities of the Department of Health and Human Services by—
- (1) establishing standardized means for the collection of health information and statistics under laws administered by the Secretary;
- (2) developing, in consultation with the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics, and maintaining the minimum sets of data needed on a continuing basis to fulfill the collection requirements of subsection (b)(1);
- (3) after consultation with the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics, establishing standards to assure the quality of health statistical and epidemiological data collection, processing, and analysis;
- (4) in the case of proposed health data collections of the Department which are required to be reviewed by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget under section 3509 2 2 See References in Text note below. of title 44, reviewing such proposed collections to determine whether they conform with the minimum sets of data and the standards promulgated pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3), and if any such proposed collection is found not to be in conformance, by taking such action as may be necessary to assure that it will conform to such sets of data and standards, and
- (5) periodically reviewing ongoing health data collections of the Department, subject to review under such section 3509, 2 to determine if the collections are being conducted in accordance with the minimum sets of data and the standards promulgated pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3) and, if any such collection is found not to be in conformance, by taking such action as may be necessary to assure that the collection will conform to such sets of data and standards not later than the ninetieth day after the date of the completion of the review of the collection.
- (k)
- (1) There is established in the Office of the Secretary a committee to be known as the National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the “Committee”) which shall consist of 18 members.
- (2) The members of the Committee shall be appointed from among persons who have distinguished themselves in the fields of health statistics, electronic interchange of health care information, privacy and security of electronic information, population-based public health, purchasing or financing health care services, integrated computerized health information systems, health services research, consumer interests in health information, health data standards, epidemiology, and the provision of health services. Members of the Committee shall be appointed for terms of 4 years.
- (3) Of the members of the Committee—
- (A) 1 shall be appointed, not later than 60 days after August 21, 1996 , by the Speaker of the House of Representatives after consultation with the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives;
- (B) 1 shall be appointed, not later than 60 days after August 21, 1996 , by the President pro tempore of the Senate after consultation with the Minority Leader of the Senate; and
- (C) 16 shall be appointed by the Secretary.
- (4) Members of the Committee shall be compensated in accordance with section 210(c) of this title .
- (5) The Committee—
- (A) shall assist and advise the Secretary—
- (i) to delineate statistical problems bearing on health and health services which are of national or international interest;
- (ii) to stimulate studies of such problems by other organizations and agencies whenever possible or to make investigations of such problems through subcommittees;
- (iii) to determine, approve, and revise the terms, definitions, classifications, and guidelines for assessing health status and health services, their distribution and costs, for use (I) within the Department of Health and Human Services, (II) by all programs administered or funded by the Secretary, including the Federal-State-local cooperative health statistics system referred to in subsection (e), and (III) to the extent possible as determined by the head of the agency involved, by the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and other Federal agencies concerned with health and health services;
- (iv) with respect to the design of and approval of health statistical and health information systems concerned with the collection, processing, and tabulation of health statistics within the Department of Health and Human Services, with respect to the Cooperative Health Statistics System established under subsection (e), and with respect to the standardized means for the collection of health information and statistics to be established by the Secretary under subsection (j)(1);
- (v) to review and comment on findings and proposals developed by other organizations and agencies and to make recommendations for their adoption or implementation by local, State, national, or international agencies;
- (vi) to cooperate with national committees of other countries and with the World Health Organization and other national agencies in the studies of problems of mutual interest;
- (vii) to issue an annual report on the state of the Nation’s health, its health services, their costs and distributions, and to make proposals for improvement of the Nation’s health statistics and health information systems; and
- (viii) in complying with the requirements imposed on the Secretary under part C of title XI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.];
- (B) shall study the issues related to the adoption of uniform data standards for patient medical record information and the electronic exchange of such information;
- (C) shall report to the Secretary not later than 4 years after August 21, 1996 , recommendations and legislative proposals for such standards and electronic exchange; and
- (D) shall be responsible generally for advising the Secretary and the Congress on the status of the implementation of part C of title XI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.].
- (A) shall assist and advise the Secretary—
- (6) In carrying out health statistical activities under this part, the Secretary shall consult with, and seek the advice of, the Committee and other appropriate professional advisory groups.
- (7) Not later than 1 year after August 21, 1996 , and annually thereafter, the Committee shall submit to the Congress, and make public, a report regarding the implementation of part C of title XI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.]. Such report shall address the following subjects, to the extent that the Committee determines appropriate:
- (A) The extent to which persons required to comply with part C of title XI of the Social Security Act are cooperating in implementing the standards adopted under such part.
- (B) The extent to which such entities are meeting the security standards adopted under such part and the types of penalties assessed for noncompliance with such standards.
- (C) Whether the Federal and State Governments are receiving information of sufficient quality to meet their responsibilities under such part.
- (D) Any problems that exist with respect to implementation of such part.
- (E) The extent to which timetables under such part are being met.
- (l) In carrying out this section, the Secretary, acting through the Center, shall collect and analyze adequate health data that is specific to particular ethnic and racial populations, including data collected under national health surveys. Activities carried out under this subsection shall be in addition to any activities carried out under subsection (m).
- (m)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Center, may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities for—
- (A) the conduct of special surveys or studies on the health of ethnic and racial populations or subpopulations;
- (B) analysis of data on ethnic and racial populations and subpopulations; and
- (C) research on improving methods for developing statistics on ethnic and racial populations and subpopulations.
- (2) The Secretary, acting through the Center, may provide technical assistance, standards, and methodologies to grantees supported by this subsection in order to maximize the data quality and comparability with other studies.
- (3) Provisions of section 242m(d) of this title do not apply to surveys or studies conducted by grantees under this subsection unless the Secretary, in accordance with regulations the Secretary may issue, determines that such provisions are necessary for the conduct of the survey or study and receives adequate assurance that the grantee will enforce such provisions.
- (4)
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary, acting through the Center, shall collect data on Hispanics and major Hispanic subpopulation groups and American Indians, and for developing special area population studies on major Asian American and Pacific Islander populations.
- (B) The provisions of subparagraph (A) shall be effective with respect to a fiscal year only to the extent that funds are appropriated pursuant to paragraph (3) of subsection (n), and only if the amounts appropriated for such fiscal year pursuant to each of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (n) equal or exceed the amounts so appropriated for fiscal year 1997.
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Center, may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities for—
- (n)
- (1) For health statistical and epidemiological activities undertaken or supported under subsections (a) through ( l ), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1991 through 2003.
- (2) For activities authorized in paragraphs (1) through (3) of subsection (m), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2003. Of such amounts, the Secretary shall use not more than 10 percent for administration and for activities described in subsection (m)(2).
- (3) For activities authorized in subsection (m)(4), there are authorized to be appropriated $1,000,000 for fiscal year 1998, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2002.
§ 242l. International cooperation
- (a) The Secretary may participate with other countries in cooperative endeavors in—
- (1) biomedical research, health care technology, and the health services research and statistical analysis authorized under section 242k of this title and subchapter VII; and
- (2) biomedical research, health care services, health care research, or other related activities in furtherance of the activities, objectives or goals authorized under the Tom Lantos and Henry J. Hyde United States Global Leadership Against HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria Reauthorization Act of 2008.
- (b) In connection with the cooperative endeavors authorized by subsection (a), the Secretary may—
- (1) make such use of resources offered by participating foreign countries as he may find necessary and appropriate;
- (2) establish and maintain fellowships in the United States and in participating foreign countries;
- (3) make grants to public institutions or agencies and to nonprofit private institutions or agencies in the United States and in participating foreign countries for the purpose of establishing and maintaining the fellowships authorized by paragraph (2);
- (4) make grants or loans of equipment and materials, for use by public or nonprofit private institutions or agencies, or by individuals, in participating foreign countries;
- (5) participate and otherwise cooperate in any international meetings, conferences, or other activities concerned with biomedical research, health services research, health statistics, or health care technology;
- (6) facilitate the interchange between the United States and participating foreign countries, and among participating foreign countries, of research scientists and experts who are engaged in experiments or programs of biomedical research, health services research, health statistical activities, or health care technology activities, and in carrying out such purpose may pay per diem compensation, subsistence, and travel for such scientists and experts when away from their places of residence at rates not to exceed those provided in section 5703(b) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of title 5 for persons in the Government service employed intermittently;
- (7) procure, in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 , the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants;
- (8) enter into contracts with individuals for the provision of services (as defined in section 104 of part 37 of title 48, Code of Federal Regulations (48 CFR 37.104)) in participating foreign countries, which individuals may not be deemed employees of the United States for the purpose of any law administered by the Office of Personnel Management;
- (9) provide such funds by advance or reimbursement to the Secretary of State, as may be necessary, to pay the costs of acquisition, lease, construction, alteration, equipping, furnishing or management of facilities outside of the United States; and
- (10) in consultation with the Secretary of State, through grant or cooperative agreement, make funds available to public or nonprofit private institutions or agencies in foreign countries in which the Secretary is participating in activities described under subsection (a) to acquire, lease, construct, alter, or renovate facilities in those countries.
- (c) The Secretary may provide to personnel appointed or assigned by the Secretary to serve abroad, allowances and benefits similar to those provided under chapter 9 of title I of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 ( 22 U.S.C. 4081 et seq.). Leaves of absence for personnel under this subsection shall be on the same basis as that provided under subchapter I of chapter 63 of title 5 or section 903 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 ( 22 U.S.C. 4083 ) to individuals serving in the Foreign Service.
- (d) In carrying out immunization programs and other programs in developing countries for the prevention, treatment, and control of infectious diseases, including HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, and malaria, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in coordination with the Coordinator of United States Government Activities to Combat HIV/AIDS Globally, the National Institutes of Health, national and local government, and other organizations, such as the World Health Organization and the United Nations Children’s Fund, shall develop and implement effective strategies to improve injection safety, including eliminating unnecessary injections, promoting sterile injection practices and technologies, strengthening the procedures for proper needle and syringe disposal, and improving the education and information provided to the public and to health professionals.
§ 242m. General provisions respecting effectiveness, efficiency, and quality of health services
- (a)
- (1) Not later than March 15 of each year, the Secretary shall submit to the President and Congress the following reports:
- (A) A report on health care costs and financing. Such report shall include a description and analysis of the statistics collected under section 242k(b)(1)(G) of this title .
- (B) A report on health resources. Such report shall include a description and analysis, by geographical area, of the statistics collected under section 242k(b)(1)(E) of this title .
- (C) A report on the utilization of health resources. Such report shall include a description and analysis, by age, sex, income, and geographic area, of the statistics collected under section 242k(b)(1)(F) of this title .
- (D) A report on the health of the Nation’s people. Such report shall include a description and analysis, by age, sex, income, and geographic area, of the statistics collected under section 242k(b)(1)(A) of this title .
- (2) The reports required in paragraph (1) shall be prepared through the National Center for Health Statistics.
- (3) The Office of Management and Budget may review any report required by paragraph (1) of this subsection before its submission to Congress, but the Office may not revise any such report or delay its submission beyond the date prescribed for its submission, and may submit to Congress its comments respecting any such report.
- (1) Not later than March 15 of each year, the Secretary shall submit to the President and Congress the following reports:
- (b)
- (1) No grant or contract may be made under section 242b, 242k, or 242 l of this title unless an application therefor has been submitted to the Secretary in such form and manner, and containing such information, as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe and unless a peer review group referred to in paragraph (2) has recommended the application for approval.
- (2)
- (A) Each application submitted for a grant or contract under section 242k of this title in an amount exceeding $50,000 of direct costs and for a health services research, evaluation, or demonstration project, or for a grant under section 242k(m) of this title , shall be submitted to a peer review group for an evaluation of the technical and scientific merits of the proposals made in each such application. The Director of the National Center for Health Statistics shall establish such peer review groups as may be necessary to provide for such an evaluation of each such application.
- (B) A peer review group to which an application is submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall report its finding and recommendations respecting the application to the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, in such form and manner as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe. The Secretary may not approve an application described in such subparagraph unless a peer review group has recommended the application for approval.
- (C) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, shall make appointments to the peer review groups required in subparagraph (A) from among persons who are not officers or employees of the United States and who possess appropriate technical and scientific qualifications, except that peer review groups regarding grants under section 242k(m) of this title may include appropriately qualified such officers and employees.
- (c) The Secretary shall take such action as may be necessary to assure that statistics developed under sections 242b and 242k of this title are of high quality, timely, comprehensive as well as specific, standardized, and adequately analyzed and indexed, and shall publish, make available, and disseminate such statistics on as wide a basis as is practicable.
- (d) No information, if an establishment or person supplying the information or described in it is identifiable, obtained in the course of activities undertaken or supported under section 242b, 242k, or 242 l of this title may be used for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was supplied unless such establishment or person has consented (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) to its use for such other purpose; and in the case of information obtained in the course of health statistical or epidemiological activities under section 242b or 242k of this title, such information may not be published or released in other form if the particular establishment or person supplying the information or described in it is identifiable unless such establishment or person has consented (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) to its publication or release in other form.
- (e)
- (1) Payments of any grant or under any contract under section 242b, 242k, or 242 l of this title may be made in advance or by way of reimbursement, and in such installments and on such conditions, as the Secretary deems necessary to carry out the purposes of such section.
- (2) The amounts otherwise payable to any person under a grant or contract made under section 242b, 242k, or 242 l of this title shall be reduced by—
- (A) amounts equal to the fair market value of any equipment or supplies furnished to such person by the Secretary for the purpose of carrying out the project with respect to which such grant or contract is made, and
- (B) amounts equal to the pay, allowances, traveling expenses, and related personnel expenses attributable to the performance of services by an officer or employee of the Government in connection with such project, if such officer or employee was assigned or detailed by the Secretary to perform such services,
- (f) Contracts may be entered into under section 242b or 242k of this title without regard to section 3324 of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41 .
§ 242n. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(B) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
§ 242n. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VI, § 6103(d)(1)(B) , Dec. 19, 1989 , 103 Stat. 2205
§ 242o. Health conferences; publication of health educational information
- (a) A conference of the health authorities in and among the several States shall be called annually by the Secretary. Whenever in his opinion the interests of the public health would be promoted by a conference, the Secretary may invite as many of such health authorities and officials of other State or local public or private agencies, institutions, or organizations to confer as he deems necessary or proper. Upon the application of health authorities of five or more States it shall be the duty of the Secretary to call a conference of all State health authorities joining in the request. Each State represented at any conference shall be entitled to a single vote. Whenever at any such conference matters relating to mental health are to be discussed, the mental health authorities of the respective States shall be invited to attend.
- (b) From time to time the Secretary shall issue information related to public health, in the form of publications or otherwise, for the use of the public, and shall publish weekly reports of health conditions in the United States and other countries and other pertinent health information for the use of persons and institutions concerned with health services.
§ 242p. National disease prevention data profile
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the National Center for Health Statistics, shall submit to Congress on March 15, 1990 , and on March 15 of every third year thereafter, a national disease prevention data profile in order to provide a data base for the effective implementation of this Act and to increase public awareness of the prevalence, incidence, and any trends in the preventable causes of death and disability in the United States. Such profile shall include at a minimum—
- (1) mortality rates for preventable diseases;
- (2) morbidity rates associated with preventable diseases;
- (3) the physical determinants of health of the population of the United States and the relationship between these determinants of health and the incidence and prevalence of preventable causes of death and disability; and
- (4) the behavioral determinants of health of the population of the United States including, but not limited to, smoking, nutritional and dietary habits, exercise, and alcohol consumption, and the relationship between these determinants of health and the incidence and prevalence of preventable causes of death and disability.
- (b) In preparing the profile required by subsection (a), the Secretary, acting through the National Center for Health Statistics, shall comply with all relevant provisions of sections 242k and 242m of this title.
§ 242q. Task Force on Aging Research; establishment and duties
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish a Task Force on Aging Research.
- (b) With respect to aging research (as defined in section 242q–4 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title), the Task Force each fiscal year shall—
- (1) make recommendations to the Secretary specifying the particular projects of research, or the particular categories of research, that should be conducted or supported by the Secretary;
- (2) of the projects specified under paragraph (1), make recommendations to the Secretary of the projects that should be given priority in the provision of funds; and
- (3) make recommendations to the Secretary of the amount of funds that should be appropriated for such research.
- (c) The Task Force may make available to health professionals, and to other members of the public, information regarding the research described in subsection (b).
§ 242r. Improvement and publication of data on food-related allergic responses
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall improve (including by educating physicians and other health care providers) the collection of, and publish as it becomes available, national data on—
- (1) the prevalence of food allergies;
- (2) the incidence of clinically significant or serious adverse events related to food allergies; and
- (3) the use of different modes of treatment for and prevention of allergic responses to foods.
- (b) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary.
§ 242s. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Office of Women’s Health
- (a) There is established within the Office of the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, an office to be known as the Office of Women’s Health (referred to in this section as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a director who shall be appointed by the Director of such Centers.
- (b) The Director of the Office shall—
- (1) report to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on the current level of the Centers’ activity regarding women’s health conditions across, where appropriate, age, biological, and sociocultural contexts, in all aspects of the Centers’ work, including prevention programs, public and professional education, services, and treatment;
- (2) establish short-range and long-range goals and objectives within the Centers for women’s health and, as relevant and appropriate, coordinate with other appropriate offices on activities within the Centers that relate to prevention, research, education and training, service delivery, and policy development, for issues of particular concern to women;
- (3) identify projects in women’s health that should be conducted or supported by the Centers;
- (4) consult with health professionals, nongovernmental organizations, consumer organizations, women’s health professionals, and other individuals and groups, as appropriate, on the policy of the Centers with regard to women; and
- (5) serve as a member of the Department of Health and Human Services Coordinating Committee on Women’s Health (established under section 237a(b)(4) of this title ).
- (c) As used in this section, the term “women’s health conditions”, with respect to women of all age, ethnic, and racial groups, means diseases, disorders, and conditions—
- (1) unique to, significantly more serious for, or significantly more prevalent in women; and
- (2) for which the factors of medical risk or type of medical intervention are different for women, or for which there is reasonable evidence that indicates that such factors or types may be different for women.
- (d) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 242t. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma
- (a) The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the “Director”) may, in cooperation with the States, collect and report data on adverse childhood experiences through the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, and other relevant public health surveys or questionnaires.
- (b) The collection of data under subsection (a) may occur biennially.
- (c) The Director shall encourage each State that participates in collecting and reporting data under subsection (a) to collect and report data from rural areas within such State, in order to generate a statistically reliable representation of such areas.
- (d) The Director may, in cooperation with Indian Tribes (as defined in section 5304 of title 25 ) and pursuant to a written request from an Indian Tribe, provide technical assistance to such Indian Tribe to collect and report data on adverse childhood experiences through the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, or another relevant public health survey or questionnaire.
- (e) To carry out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $2,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 243. General grant of authority for cooperation
- (a) The Secretary is authorized to accept from State and local authorities any assistance in the enforcement of quarantine regulations made pursuant to this chapter which such authorities may be able and willing to provide. The Secretary shall also assist States and their political subdivisions in the prevention and suppression of communicable diseases and with respect to other public health matters, shall cooperate with and aid State and local authorities in the enforcement of their quarantine and other health regulations, and shall advise the several States on matters relating to the preservation and improvement of the public health.
- (b) The Secretary shall encourage cooperative activities between the States with respect to comprehensive and continuing planning as to their current and future health needs, the establishment and maintenance of adequate public health services, and otherwise carrying out public health activities. The Secretary is also authorized to train personnel for State and local health work. The Secretary may charge only private entities reasonable fees for the training of their personnel under the preceding sentence.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary is authorized to develop (and may take such action as may be necessary to implement) a plan under which personnel, equipment, medical supplies, and other resources of the Service and other agencies under the jurisdiction of the Secretary may be effectively used to control epidemics of any disease or condition and to meet other health emergencies or problems. The Secretary may enter into agreements providing for the cooperative planning between the Service and public and private community health programs and agencies to cope with health problems (including epidemics and health emergencies).
- (2) The Secretary may, at the request of the appropriate State or local authority, extend temporary (not in excess of six months) assistance to States or localities in meeting health emergencies of such a nature as to warrant Federal assistance. The Secretary may require such reimbursement of the United States for assistance provided under this paragraph as he may determine to be reasonable under the circumstances. Any reimbursement so paid shall be credited to the applicable appropriation for the Service for the year in which such reimbursement is received.
§ 244. Public access defibrillation programs
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants to States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, and tribal organizations to develop and implement public access defibrillation programs—
- (1) by training and equipping local emergency medical services personnel, including firefighters, police officers, paramedics, emergency medical technicians, and other first responders, to administer immediate care, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation, to cardiac arrest victims;
- (2) by purchasing automated external defibrillators, placing the defibrillators in public places where cardiac arrests are likely to occur, and training personnel in such places to administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation to cardiac arrest victims;
- (3) by setting procedures for proper maintenance and testing of such devices, according to the guidelines of the manufacturers of the devices;
- (4) by providing training to members of the public in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation;
- (5) by integrating the emergency medical services system with the public access defibrillation programs so that emergency medical services personnel, including dispatchers, are informed about the location of automated external defibrillators in their community; and
- (6) by encouraging private companies, including small businesses, to purchase automated external defibrillators and provide training for their employees to administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation and external automated defibrillation to cardiac arrest victims in their community.
- (b) In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give a preference to a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization that—
- (1) has a particularly low local survival rate for cardiac arrests, or a particularly low local response rate for cardiac arrest victims; or
- (2) demonstrates in its application the greatest commitment to establishing and maintaining a public access defibrillation program.
- (c) A State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant under subsection (a) may use funds received through such grant to—
- (1) purchase automated external defibrillators that have been approved, or cleared for marketing, by the Food and Drug Administration;
- (2) provide automated external defibrillation and basic life support training in automated external defibrillator usage through nationally recognized courses;
- (3) provide information to community members about the public access defibrillation program to be funded with the grant;
- (4) provide information to the local emergency medical services system regarding the placement of automated external defibrillators in public places;
- (5) produce materials to encourage private companies, including small businesses, to purchase automated external defibrillators;
- (6) establish an information clearinghouse, that shall be administered by an organization that has substantial expertise in pediatric education, pediatric medicine, and electrophysiology and sudden death, that provides information to increase public access to defibrillation in schools; and
- (7) further develop strategies to improve access to automated external defibrillators in public places.
- (d)
- (1) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
- (2) An application submitted under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) describe the comprehensive public access defibrillation program to be funded with the grant and demonstrate how such program would make automated external defibrillation accessible and available to cardiac arrest victims in the community;
- (B) contain procedures for implementing appropriate nationally recognized training courses in performing cardiopulmonary resuscitation and the use of automated external defibrillators;
- (C) contain procedures for ensuring direct involvement of a licensed medical professional and coordination with the local emergency medical services system in the oversight of training and notification of incidents of the use of the automated external defibrillators;
- (D) contain procedures for proper maintenance and testing of the automated external defibrillators, according to the labeling of the manufacturer;
- (E) contain procedures for ensuring notification of local emergency medical services system personnel, including dispatchers, of the location and type of devices used in the public access defibrillation program; and
- (F) provide for the collection of data regarding the effectiveness of the public access defibrillation program to be funded with the grant in affecting the out-of-hospital cardiac arrest survival rate.
- (e) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for for 1 1 So in original. each of fiscal years 2003 through 2014. Not more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this section may be used for administrative expenses.
§ 244a. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
§ 244a. Repealed. Pub. L. 93–353, title I, § 102(a) , July 23, 1974 , 88 Stat. 362
§ 245. Public access defibrillation demonstration projects
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants to political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, and tribal organizations to develop and implement innovative, comprehensive, community-based public access defibrillation demonstration projects that—
- (1) provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation to cardiac arrest victims in unique settings;
- (2) provide training to community members in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation; and
- (3) maximize community access to automated external defibrillators.
- (b) A recipient of a grant under subsection (a) shall use the funds provided through the grant to—
- (1) purchase automated external defibrillators that have been approved, or cleared for marketing, by the Food and Drug Administration;
- (2) provide basic life training in automated external defibrillator usage through nationally recognized courses;
- (3) provide information to community members about the public access defibrillation demonstration project to be funded with the grant;
- (4) provide information to the local emergency medical services system regarding the placement of automated external defibrillators in the unique settings; and
- (5) further develop strategies to improve access to automated external defibrillators in public places.
- (c)
- (1) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), a political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
- (2) An application submitted under paragraph (1) may—
- (A) describe the innovative, comprehensive, community-based public access defibrillation demonstration project to be funded with the grant;
- (B) explain how such public access defibrillation demonstration project represents innovation in providing public access to automated external defibrillation; and
- (C) provide for the collection of data regarding the effectiveness of the demonstration project to be funded with the grant in—
- (i) providing emergency cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automated external defibrillation to cardiac arrest victims in the setting served by the demonstration project; and
- (ii) affecting the cardiac arrest survival rate in the setting served by the demonstration project.
- (d) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2006. Not more than 10 percent of amounts received under a grant awarded under this section may be used for administrative expenses.
§ 245a. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–484, title V, § 503(b) , Oct. 12, 1976 , 90 Stat. 2300
§ 245a. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–484, title V, § 503(b) , Oct. 12, 1976 , 90 Stat. 2300
§ 246. Grants and services to States
- (a)
- (1) In order to assist the States in comprehensive and continuing planning for their current and future health needs, the Secretary is authorized during the period beginning July 1, 1966 , and ending June 30, 1973 , to make grants to States which have submitted, and had approved by the Secretary, State plans for comprehensive State health planning. For the purposes of carrying out this subsection, there are hereby authorized to be appropriated $2,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1967 , $7,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1968 , $10,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1969 , $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 , $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 , $17,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 , $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , and $10,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 .
- (2) In order to be approved for purposes of this subsection, a State plan for comprehensive State health planning must—
- (A) designate, or provide for the establishment of, a single State agency, which may be an interdepartmental agency, as the sole agency for administering or supervising the administration of the State’s health planning functions under the plan;
- (B) provide for the establishment of a State health planning council, which shall include representatives of Federal, State, and local agencies (including as an ex officio member, if there is located in such State one or more hospitals or other health care facilities of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the individual whom the Secretary of Veterans Affairs shall have designated to serve on such council as the representative of the hospitals or other health care facilities of such Department which are located in such State) and nongovernmental organizations and groups concerned with health (including representation of the regional medical program or programs included in whole or in part within the State), and of consumers of health services, to advise such State agency in carrying out its functions under the plan, and a majority of the membership of such council shall consist of representatives of consumers of health services;
- (C) set forth policies and procedures for the expenditure of funds under the plan, which, in the judgment of the Secretary, are designed to provide for comprehensive State planning for health services (both public and private and including home health care), including the facilities and persons required for the provision of such services, to meet the health needs of the people of the State and including environmental considerations as they relate to public health;
- (D) provide for encouraging cooperative efforts among governmental or nongovernmental agencies, organizations and groups concerned with health services, facilities, or manpower, and for cooperative efforts between such agencies, organizations, and groups and similar agencies, organizations, and groups in the fields of education, welfare, and rehabilitation;
- (E) contain or be supported by assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the funds paid under this subsection will be used to supplement and, to the extent practicable, to increase the level of funds that would otherwise be made available by the State for the purpose of comprehensive health planning and not to supplant such non-Federal funds;
- (F) provide such methods of administration (including methods relating to the establishment and maintenance of personnel standards on a merit basis, except that the Secretary shall exercise no authority with respect to the selection, tenure of office, and compensation of any individual employed in accordance with such methods) as are found by the Secretary to be necessary for the proper and efficient operation of the plan;
- (G) provide that the State agency will make such reports, in such form and containing such information, as the Secretary may from time to time reasonably require, and will keep such records and afford such access thereto as the Secretary finds necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports;
- (H) provide that the State agency will from time to time, but not less often than annually, review its State plan approved under this subsection and submit to the Secretary appropriate modifications thereof;
- (I) effective July 1, 1968 , (i) provide for assisting each health care facility in the State to develop a program for capital expenditures for replacement, modernization, and expansion which is consistent with an overall State plan developed in accordance with criteria established by the Secretary after consultation with the State which will meet the needs of the State for health care facilities, equipment, and services without duplication and otherwise in the most efficient and economical manner, and (ii) provide that the State agency furnishing such assistance will periodically review the program (developed pursuant to clause (i)) of each health care facility in the State and recommend appropriate modification thereof;
- (J) provide for such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure proper disbursement of and accounting for funds paid to the State under this subsection; and
- (K) contain such additional information and assurances as the Secretary may find necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection.
- (3)
- (A) From the sums appropriated for such purpose for each fiscal year, the several States shall be entitled to allotments determined, in accordance with regulations, on the basis of the population and the per capita income of the respective States; except that no such allotment to any State for any fiscal year shall be less than 1 per centum of the sum appropriated for such fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (1). Any such allotment to a State for a fiscal year shall remain available for obligation by the State, in accordance with the provisions of this subsection and the State’s plan approved thereunder, until the close of the succeeding fiscal year.
- (B) The amount of any allotment to a State under subparagraph (A) for any fiscal year which the Secretary determines will not be required by the State, during the period for which it is available, for the purposes for which allotted shall be available for reallotment by the Secretary from time to time, on such date or dates as he may fix, to other States with respect to which such a determination has not been made, in proportion to the original allotments to such States under subparagraph (A) for such fiscal year, but with such proportionate amount for any of such other States being reduced to the extent it exceeds the sum the Secretary estimates such State needs and will be able to use during such period; and the total of such reductions shall be similarly reallotted among the States whose proportionate amounts were not so reduced. Any amount so reallotted to a State from funds appropriated pursuant to this subsection for a fiscal year shall be deemed part of its allotment under subparagraph (A) for such fiscal year.
- (4) From each State’s allotment for a fiscal year under this subsection, the State shall from time to time be paid the Federal share of the expenditures incurred during that year or the succeeding year pursuant to its State plan approved under this subsection. Such payments shall be made on the basis of estimates by the Secretary of the sums the State will need in order to perform the planning under its approved State plan under this subsection, but with such adjustments as may be necessary to take account of previously made underpayments or overpayments. The “Federal share” for any State for purposes of this subsection shall be all, or such part as the Secretary may determine, of the cost of such planning, except that in the case of the allotments for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 , it shall not exceed 75 per centum of such cost.
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary is authorized, during the period beginning July 1, 1966 , and ending June 30, 1974 , to make, with the approval of the State agency administering or supervising the administration of the State plan approved under subsection (a), project grants to any other public or nonprofit private agency or organization (but with appropriate representation of the interests of local government where the recipient of the grant is not a local government or combination thereof or an agency of such government or combination) to cover not to exceed 75 per centum of the costs of projects for developing (and from time to time revising) comprehensive regional, metropolitan area, or other local area plans for coordination of existing and planned health services, including the facilities and persons required for provision of such services; and including the provision of such services through home health care; except that in the case of project grants made in any State prior to July 1, 1968 , approval of such State agency shall be required only if such State has such a State plan in effect at the time of such grants. No grant may be made under this subsection after June 30, 1970 , to any agency or organization to develop or revise health plans for an area unless the Secretary determines that such agency or organization provides means for appropriate representation of the interests of the hospitals, other health care facilities, and practicing physicians serving such area, and the general public. For the purposes of carrying out this subsection, there are hereby authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1967 , $7,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1968 , $10,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1969 , $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 , $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 , $30,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 , $40,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , and $25,100,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 .
- (B) Project grants may be made by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) to the State agency administering or supervising the administration of the State plan approved under subsection (a) with respect to a particular region or area, but only if (i) no application for such a grant with respect to such region or area has been filed by any other agency or organization qualified to receive such a grant, and (ii) such State agency certifies, and the Secretary finds, that ample opportunity has been afforded to qualified agencies and organizations to file application for such a grant with respect to such region or area and that it is improbable that, in the foreseeable future, any agency or organization which is qualified for such a grant will file application therefor.
- (2)
- (A) In order to be approved under this subsection, an application for a grant under this subsection must contain or be supported by reasonable assurances that there has been or will be established, in or for the area with respect to which such grant is sought, an areawide health planning council. The membership of such council shall include representatives of public, voluntary, and nonprofit private agencies, institutions, and organizations concerned with health (including representatives of the interests of local government of the regional medical program for such area, and of consumers of health services). A majority of the members of such council shall consist of representatives of consumers of health services.
- (B) In addition, an application for a grant under this subsection must contain or be supported by reasonable assurances that the areawide health planning agency has made provision for assisting health care facilities in its area to develop a program for capital expenditures for replacement, modernization, and expansion which is consistent with an overall State plan which will meet the needs of the State and the area for health care facilities, equipment, and services without duplication and otherwise in the most efficient and economical manner.
- (1)
- (c) The Secretary is also authorized, during the period beginning July 1, 1966 , and ending June 30, 1974 , to make grants to any public or nonprofit private agency, institution, or other organization to cover all or any part of the cost of projects for training, studies, or demonstrations looking toward the development of improved or more effective comprehensive health planning throughout the Nation. For the purposes of carrying out this subsection, there are hereby authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1967 , $2,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1968 , $5,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1969 , $7,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 , $8,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 , $10,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 , $12,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , and $4,700,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 .
§ 246a. Bureau of State Services management fund; establishment; advancements; availability
For the purpose of facilitating the economical and efficient conduct of operations in the Bureau of State Services which are financed by two or more appropriations where the costs of operation are not readily susceptible of distribution as charges to such appropriations, there is established the Bureau of State Services management fund. Such amounts as the Secretary may determine to represent a reasonable distribution of estimated costs among the various appropriations involved may be advanced each year to this fund and shall be available for expenditure for such costs under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary: Provided , That funds advanced to this fund shall be available only in the fiscal year in which they are advanced: Provided further , That final adjustments of advances in accordance with actual costs shall be effected wherever practicable with the appropriations from which such funds are advanced.
§ 247. Assisting veterans with military emergency medical training to meet requirements for becoming civilian health care professionals
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may establish a program, in consultation with the Secretary of Labor, consisting of awarding demonstration grants to States to streamline State requirements and procedures in order to assist veterans who held certain military occupational specialties related to medical care or who have completed certain medical training while serving in the Armed Forces of the United States to meet certification, licensure, and other requirements applicable to civilian health care professions (such as emergency medical technician, paramedic, licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, physical therapy assistant, or physician assistant professions) in the State.
- (2) In determining the eligible military occupational specialties or training courses and the assistance required as described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, and the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment and Training, and shall collaborate with the initiatives carried out under section 4114 of title 38 and sections 1142 through 1144 of title 10.
- (b) Amounts received as a demonstration grant under this section shall be used to—
- (1) prepare and implement a plan to streamline State requirements and procedures as described in subsection (a), including by—
- (A) determining the extent to which the requirements for the education, training, and skill level of civilian health care professions (such as emergency medical technicians, paramedics, licensed practical nurses, registered nurses, physical therapy assistants, or physician assistants) in the State are equivalent to requirements for the education, training, and skill level of veterans who served in medical related fields while a member of the Armed Forces of the United States; and
- (B) identifying methods, such as waivers, for veterans who served in medical related fields while a member of the Armed Forces of the United States to forgo or meet any such equivalent State requirements; and
- (2) if necessary to meet workforce shortages or address gaps in education, training, or skill level to meet certification, licensure or other requirements applicable to becoming a civilian health care professional (such as an emergency medical technician, paramedic, licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, physical therapy assistant, or physician assistant professions) in the State, develop or expand career pathways at institutions of higher education to support veterans in meeting such requirements.
- (1) prepare and implement a plan to streamline State requirements and procedures as described in subsection (a), including by—
- (c) Upon the completion of the demonstration program under this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the program.
- (d) No additional funds are authorized to be appropriated for the purpose of carrying out this section. This section shall be carried out using amounts otherwise available for such purpose.
- (e) The demonstration program under this section shall not exceed 5 years.
§ 247a. Family support groups for Alzheimer’s disease patients
- (a) Subject to available appropriations, the Secretary, acting through the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Institutes of Health, and the Administration on Aging, shall promote the establishment of family support groups to provide, without charge, educational, emotional, and practical support to assist individuals with Alzheimer’s disease or a related memory disorder and members of the families of such individuals. In promoting the establishment of such groups, the Secretary shall give priority to—
- (1) university medical centers and other appropriate health care facilities which receive Federal funds from the Secretary and which conduct research on Alzheimer’s disease or provide services to individuals with such disease; and
- (2) community-based programs which receive funds from the Secretary, acting through the Administration on Aging.
- (b) The Secretary shall promote the establishment of a national network to coordinate the family support groups described in subsection (a).
§ 247b. Project grants for preventive health services
- (a) The Secretary may make grants to States, and in consultation with State health authorities, to political subdivisions of States and to other public entities to assist them in meeting the costs of establishing and maintaining preventive health service programs.
- (b) No grant may be made under section (a) 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “subsection (a)”. unless an application therefor has been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. Such an application shall be in such form and be submitted in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe and shall provide—
- (1) a complete description of the type and extent of the program for which the applicant is seeking a grant under subsection (a);
- (2) with respect to each such program (A) the amount of Federal, State, and other funds obligated by the applicant in its latest annual accounting period for the provision of such program, (B) a description of the services provided by the applicant in such program in such period, (C) the amount of Federal funds needed by the applicant to continue providing such services in such program, and (D) if the applicant proposes changes in the provision of the services in such program, the priorities of such proposed changes, reasons for such changes, and the amount of Federal funds needed by the applicant to make such changes;
- (3) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the program which will be provided with funds under a grant under subsection (a) will be provided in a manner consistent with the State health plan in effect under section 300m–3(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title and in those cases where the applicant is a State, that such program will be provided, where appropriate, in a manner consistent with any plans in effect under an application approved under section 247 1 of this title;
- (4) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant will provide for such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as the Secretary by regulation prescribes to assure the proper disbursement of and accounting for funds received under grants under subsection (a);
- (5) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant will provide for periodic evaluation of its program or programs;
- (6) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant will make such reports (in such form and containing such information as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe) as the Secretary may reasonably require and keep such records and afford such access thereto as the Secretary may find necessary to assure the correctness of, and to verify, such reports;
- (7) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant will comply with any other conditions imposed by this section with respect to grants; and
- (8) such other information as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall not approve an application submitted under subsection (b) for a grant for a program for which a grant was previously made under subsection (a) unless the Secretary determines—
- (A) the program for which the application was submitted is operating effectively to achieve its stated purpose,
- (B) the applicant complied with the assurances provided the Secretary when applying for such previous grant, and
- (C) the applicant will comply with the assurances provided with the application.
- (2) The Secretary shall review annually the activities undertaken by each recipient of a grant under subsection (a) to determine if the program assisted by such grant is operating effectively to achieve its stated purposes and if the recipient is in compliance with the assurances provided the Secretary when applying for such grant.
- (1) The Secretary shall not approve an application submitted under subsection (b) for a grant for a program for which a grant was previously made under subsection (a) unless the Secretary determines—
- (d) The amount of a grant under subsection (a) shall be determined by the Secretary. Payments under such grants may be made in advance on the basis of estimates or by the way of reimbursement, with necessary adjustments on account of underpayments or overpayments, and in such installments and on such terms and conditions as the Secretary finds necessary to carry out the purposes of such grants.
- (e) The Secretary, at the request of a recipient of a grant under subsection (a), may reduce the amount of such grant by—
- (1) the fair market value of any supplies (including vaccines and other preventive agents) or equipment furnished the grant recipient, and
- (2) the amount of the pay, allowances, and travel expenses of any officer or employee of the Government when detailed to the grant recipient and the amount of any other costs incurred in connection with the detail of such officer or employee,
- (f)
- (1) Each recipient of a grant under subsection (a) shall keep such records as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe, including records which fully disclose the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such grant, the total cost of the undertaking in connection with which such grant was made, and the amount of that portion of the cost of the undertaking supplied by other sources, and such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.
- (2) The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records of the recipient of grants under subsection (a) that are pertinent to such grants.
- (g)
- (1) Nothing in this section shall limit or otherwise restrict the use of funds which are granted to a State or to an agency or a political subdivision of a State under provisions of Federal law (other than this section) and which are available for the conduct of preventive health service programs from being used in connection with programs assisted through grants under subsection (a).
- (2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require any State or any agency or political subdivision of a State to have a preventive health service program which would require any person, who objects to any treatment provided under such a program, to be treated or to have any child or ward treated under such program.
- (h) The Secretary shall include, as part of the report required by section 300u–4 of this title , a report on the extent of the problems presented by the diseases and conditions referred to in subsection (j); on the amount of funds obligated under grants under subsection (a) in the preceding fiscal year for each of the programs listed in subsection (j); and on the effectiveness of the activities assisted under grants under subsection (a) in controlling such diseases and conditions.
- (i) The Secretary may provide technical assistance to States, State health authorities, and other public entities in connection with the operation of their preventive health service programs.
- (j)
- (1) Except for grants for immunization programs the authorization of appropriations for which are established in paragraph (2), for grants under subsections (a) and (k)(1) for preventive health service programs to immunize without charge children, adolescents, and adults against vaccine-preventable diseases, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary. Not more than 10 percent of the total amount appropriated under the preceding sentence for any fiscal year shall be available for grants under subsection (k)(1) for such fiscal year.
- (2) For grants under subsection (a) for preventive health service programs for the provision without charge of immunizations with vaccines approved for use, and recommended for routine use, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary.
- (k)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to States, political subdivisions of States, and other public and nonprofit private entities for—
- (A) research into the prevention and control of diseases that may be prevented through vaccination;
- (B) demonstration projects for the prevention and control of such diseases;
- (C) public information and education programs for the prevention and control of such diseases; and
- (D) education, training, and clinical skills improvement activities in the prevention and control of such diseases for health professionals (including allied health personnel).
- (2) The Secretary may make grants to States, political subdivisions of States, and other public and nonprofit private entities for—
- (A) research into the prevention and control of diseases and conditions;
- (B) demonstration projects for the prevention and control of such diseases and conditions;
- (C) public information and education programs for the prevention and control of such diseases and conditions; and
- (D) education, training, and clinical skills improvement activities in the prevention and control of such diseases and conditions for health professionals (including allied health personnel).
- (3) No grant may be made under this subsection unless an application therefor is submitted to the Secretary in such form, at such time, and containing such information as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe.
- (4) Subsections (d), (e), and (f) of this section shall apply to grants under this subsection in the same manner as such subsections apply to grants under subsection (a) of this section.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to States, political subdivisions of States, and other public and nonprofit private entities for—
- (l)
- (1) The Secretary may negotiate and enter into contracts with manufacturers of vaccines for the purchase and delivery of vaccines for adults as provided for under subsection (e).
- (2) A State may obtain additional quantities of such adult vaccines (subject to amounts specified to the Secretary by the State in advance of negotiations) through the purchase of vaccines from manufacturers at the applicable price negotiated by the Secretary under this subsection.
- (m)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish a demonstration program to award grants to States to improve the provision of recommended immunizations for children, adolescents, and adults through the use of evidence-based, population-based interventions for high-risk populations.
- (2) To be eligible for a grant under paragraph (1), a State shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including a State plan that describes the interventions to be implemented under the grant and how such interventions match with local needs and capabilities, as determined through consultation with local authorities.
- (3) Funds received under a grant under this subsection shall be used to implement interventions that are recommended by the Task Force on Community Preventive Services (as established by the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) or other evidence-based interventions, including—
- (A) providing immunization reminders or recalls for target populations of clients, patients, and consumers;
- (B) educating targeted populations and health care providers concerning immunizations in combination with one or more other interventions;
- (C) reducing out-of-pocket costs for families for vaccines and their administration;
- (D) carrying out immunization-promoting strategies for participants or clients of public programs, including assessments of immunization status, referrals to health care providers, education, provision of on-site immunizations, or incentives for immunization;
- (E) providing for home visits that promote immunization through education, assessments of need, referrals, provision of immunizations, or other services;
- (F) providing reminders or recalls for immunization providers;
- (G) conducting assessments of, and providing feedback to, immunization providers;
- (H) any combination of one or more interventions described in this paragraph; or
- (I) immunization information systems to allow all States to have electronic databases for immunization records.
- (4) In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall consider any reviews or recommendations of the Task Force on Community Preventive Services.
- (5) Not later than 3 years after the date on which a State receives a grant under this subsection, the State shall submit to the Secretary an evaluation of progress made toward improving immunization coverage rates among high-risk populations within the State.
- (6) Not later than 4 years after March 23, 2010 , 1 the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report concerning the effectiveness of the demonstration program established under this subsection together with recommendations on whether to continue and expand such program.
- (7) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 247c. Sexually transmitted diseases; prevention and control projects and programs
- (a) The Secretary may provide technical assistance to appropriate public and nonprofit private entities and to scientific institutions for their research in, and training and public health programs for, the prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases.
- (b) The Secretary may make grants to States, political subdivisions of States, and any other public and nonprofit private entity for—
- (1) research into the prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases;
- (2) demonstration projects for the prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases;
- (3) public information and education programs for the prevention and control of such diseases; and
- (4) education, training, and clinical skills improvement activities in the prevention and control of such diseases for health professionals (including allied health personnel).
- (c) The Secretary is also authorized to make project grants to States and, in consultation with the State health authority, to political subdivisions of States, for—
- (1) sexually transmitted diseases surveillance activities, including the reporting, screening, and followup of diagnostic tests for, and diagnosed cases of, sexually transmitted diseases;
- (2) casefinding and case followup activities respecting sexually transmitted diseases, including contact tracing of infectious cases of sexually transmitted diseases and routine testing, including laboratory tests and followup systems;
- (3) interstate epidemiologic referral and followup activities respecting sexually transmitted diseases; and
- (4) such special studies or demonstrations to evaluate or test sexually transmitted diseases prevention and control strategies and activities as may be prescribed by the Secretary.
- (d) The Secretary may make grants to States and political subdivisions of States for the development, implementation, and evaluation of innovative, interdisciplinary approaches to the prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases.
- (e)
- (1) For the purpose of making grants under subsections (b) through (d), there are authorized to be appropriated $85,000,000 for fiscal year 1994, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1995 through 1998.
- (2) Each recipient of a grant under this section shall keep such records as the Secretary shall prescribe, including records which fully disclose the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such grant, the total cost of the project or undertaking in connection with which such grant was given or used, and the amount of that portion of the cost of the project or undertaking supplied by other sources, and such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.
- (3) The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records of the recipients of grants under this section that are pertinent to such grants.
- (4) The Secretary, at the request of a recipient of a grant under this section, may reduce such grant by the fair market value of any supplies or equipment furnished to such recipient and by the amount of pay, allowances, travel expenses, and any other costs in connection with the detail of an officer or employee of the United States to the recipient when the furnishing of such supplies or equipment or the detail of such an officer or employee is for the convenience of and at the request of such recipient and for the purpose of carrying out the program with respect to which the grant under this section is made. The amount by which any such grant is so reduced shall be available for payment by the Secretary of the costs incurred in furnishing the supplies, equipment, or personal services on which the reduction of such grant is based.
- (5) All information obtained in connection with the examination, care, or treatment of any individual under any program which is being carried out with a grant made under this section shall not, without such individual’s consent, be disclosed except as may be necessary to provide service to him or as may be required by a law of a state or political subdivision of a State. Information derived from any such program may be disclosed—
- (A) in summary, statistical, or other form; or
- (B) for clinical or research purposes;
- (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require any State or any political subdivision of a State to have a sexually transmitted diseases program which would require any person, who objects to any treatment provided under such a program, to be treated under such a program.
§ 247d. Public health emergencies
- (a) If the Secretary determines, after consultation with such public health officials as may be necessary, that—
- (1) a disease or disorder presents a public health emergency; or
- (2) a public health emergency, including significant outbreaks of infectious diseases or bioterrorist attacks, otherwise exists,
- (b)
- (1) There is established in the Treasury a fund to be designated as the “Public Health Emergency Fund” to be made available to the Secretary without fiscal year limitation to carry out subsection (a) only if a public health emergency has been declared by the Secretary under such subsection or if the Secretary determines there is the significant potential for a public health emergency, to allow the Secretary to rapidly respond to the immediate needs resulting from such public health emergency or potential public health emergency. The Secretary shall plan for the expedited distribution of funds to appropriate agencies and entities. There is authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as may be necessary.
- (2) The Secretary may use amounts in the Fund established under paragraph (1), to—
- (A) facilitate coordination between and among Federal, State, local, Tribal, and territorial entities and public and private health care entities that the Secretary determines may be affected by a public health emergency or potential public health emergency referred to in paragraph (1) (including communication of such entities with relevant international entities, as applicable);
- (B) make grants, provide for awards, enter into contracts, and conduct supportive investigations pertaining to a public health emergency or potential public health emergency, including further supporting programs under section 247d–3a, 247d–3b, or 247d–3c of this title;
- (C) facilitate and accelerate, as applicable, advanced research and development of security countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), or qualified pandemic or epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ), that are applicable to the public health emergency or potential public health emergency under paragraph (1);
- (D) strengthen biosurveillance capabilities and laboratory capacity to identify, collect, and analyze information regarding such public health emergency or potential public health emergency, including the systems under section 247d–4 of this title ;
- (E) support initial emergency operations and assets related to preparation and deployment of intermittent disaster response personnel under section 300hh–11 of this title and the Medical Reserve Corps under section 300hh–15 of this title ; and
- (F) carry out other activities, as the Secretary determines applicable and appropriate.
- (3) Not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives a report describing—
- (A) the expenditures made from the Public Health Emergency Fund in such fiscal year; and
- (B) each public health emergency for which the expenditures were made and the activities undertaken with respect to each emergency which was conducted or supported by expenditures from the Fund.
- (4) Not later than 2 years after June 24, 2019 , the Secretary, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, shall conduct a review of the Fund under this section and provide recommendations to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives on policies to improve such Fund for the uses described in paragraph (2).
- (5) Not later than 4 years after June 24, 2019 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall—
- (A) conduct a review of the Fund under this section, including its uses and the resources available in the Fund; and
- (B) submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on such review, including recommendations related to such review, as applicable.
- (c) Funds appropriated under this section shall be used to rapidly respond to public health emergencies or potential public health emergencies and supplement and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public funds provided for activities under this chapter or funds otherwise provided for emergency response.
- (d) In any case in which the Secretary determines that, wholly or partially as a result of a public health emergency that has been determined pursuant to subsection (a), individuals or public or private entities are unable to comply with deadlines for the submission to the Secretary of data or reports required under any law administered by the Secretary, the Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, grant such extensions of such deadlines as the circumstances reasonably require, and may waive, wholly or partially, any sanctions otherwise applicable to such failure to comply. Before or promptly after granting such an extension or waiver, the Secretary shall notify the Congress of such action and publish in the Federal Register a notice of the extension or waiver.
- (e)
- (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to paragraph (2), upon request by the Governor of a State or a tribal organization or such Governor or tribal organization’s designee, the Secretary may authorize the requesting State or Indian tribe to temporarily reassign, for purposes of immediately addressing a public health emergency in the State or Indian tribe, State and local public health department or agency personnel funded in whole or in part through programs authorized under this chapter, as appropriate.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may authorize a temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1) only during the period of a public health emergency determined pursuant to subsection (a).
- (B) To seek authority for a temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1), the Governor of a State or a tribal organization shall submit to the Secretary a request for such reassignment flexibility and shall include in the request each of the following:
- (i) An assurance that the public health emergency in the geographic area of the requesting State or Indian tribe cannot be adequately and appropriately addressed by the public health workforce otherwise available.
- (ii) An assurance that the public health emergency would be addressed more efficiently and effectively through the requested temporary reassignment of State and local personnel described in paragraph (1).
- (iii) An assurance that the requested temporary reassignment of personnel is consistent with any applicable All-Hazards Public Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan under section 247d–3a of this title .
- (iv) An identification of—
- (I) each Federal program from which personnel would be temporarily reassigned pursuant to the requested authority; and
- (II) the number of personnel who would be so reassigned from each such program.
- (v) Such other information and assurances upon which the Secretary and Governor of a State or tribal organization agree.
- (C) In reviewing a request for temporary reassignment under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consider the degree to which the program or programs funded in whole or in part by programs authorized under this chapter would be adversely affected by the reassignment.
- (D)
- (i) A State or Indian tribe’s temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1) shall terminate upon the earlier of the following:
- (I) The Secretary’s determination that the public health emergency no longer exists.
- (II) Subject to clause (ii), the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Secretary approved the State or Indian tribe’s request for such reassignment flexibility.
- (ii) The Secretary may extend reassignment flexibility of personnel under paragraph (1) beyond the date otherwise applicable under clause (i)(II) if the public health emergency still exists as of such date, but only if—
- (I) the State or Indian tribe that submitted the initial request for a temporary reassignment of personnel submits a request for an extension of such temporary reassignment; and
- (II) the request for an extension contains the same information and assurances necessary for the approval of an initial request for such temporary reassignment pursuant to subparagraph (B).
- (i) A State or Indian tribe’s temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1) shall terminate upon the earlier of the following:
- (3)
- (A) Unless otherwise provided under the law or regulation of the State or Indian tribe that receives authorization for temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1), personnel eligible for reassignment pursuant to such authorization—
- (i) shall have the opportunity to volunteer for temporary reassignment; and
- (ii) shall not be required to agree to a temporary reassignment.
- (B) The Secretary may not condition the award of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this chapter on the requirement that a State or Indian tribe require that personnel eligible for reassignment pursuant to an authorization under paragraph (1) agree to such reassignment.
- (A) Unless otherwise provided under the law or regulation of the State or Indian tribe that receives authorization for temporary reassignment of personnel under paragraph (1), personnel eligible for reassignment pursuant to such authorization—
- (4) The Secretary shall give notice to the Congress in conjunction with the approval under this subsection of—
- (A) any initial request for temporary reassignment of personnel; and
- (B) any request for an extension of such temporary reassignment.
- (5) The Secretary shall—
- (A) not later than 6 months after March 13, 2013 , issue proposed guidance on the temporary reassignment of personnel under this subsection; and
- (B) after providing notice and a 60-day period for public comment, finalize such guidance.
- (6) Not later than 4 years after March 13, 2013 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation, and submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report, on temporary reassignment under this subsection, including—
- (A) a description of how, and under what circumstances, such temporary reassignment has been used by States and Indian tribes;
- (B) an analysis of how such temporary reassignment has assisted States and Indian tribes in responding to public health emergencies;
- (C) an evaluation of how such temporary reassignment has improved operational efficiencies in responding to public health emergencies;
- (D) an analysis of the extent to which, if any, Federal programs from which personnel have been temporarily reassigned have been adversely affected by the reassignment; and
- (E) recommendations on how medical surge capacity could be improved in responding to public health emergencies and the impact of the reassignment flexibility under this section on such surge capacity.
- (7) In this subsection—
- (A) the terms “Indian tribe” and “tribal organization” have the meanings given such terms in section 5304 of title 25 ; and
- (B) the term “State” includes, in addition to the entities listed in the definition of such term in section 201 of this title , the Freely Associated States.
- (8) This subsection shall terminate on September 30, 2023 .
- (f)
- (1) If the Secretary determines, after consultation with such public health officials as may be necessary, that—
- (A)
- (i) the criteria set forth for a public health emergency under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) has been met; or
- (ii) a disease or disorder, including a novel and emerging public health threat, is significantly likely to become a public health emergency; and
- (B) the circumstances of such public health emergency, or potential for such significantly likely public health emergency, including the specific preparation for and response to such public health emergency or threat, necessitate a waiver from the requirements of subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44 (commonly referred to as the Paperwork Reduction Act),
- (A)
- (2) If the Secretary determines that a waiver is necessary under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall promptly post on the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services a brief justification for such waiver, the anticipated period of time such waiver will be in effect, and the agencies and offices within the Department of Health and Human Services to which such waiver shall apply, and update such information posted on the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services, as applicable.
- (3) Any waiver under this subsection shall take effect on the date on which the Secretary posts information on the Internet website as provided for in this subsection.
- (4) Upon determining that the circumstances necessitating a waiver under paragraph (1) no longer exist, the Secretary shall promptly update the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services to reflect the termination of such waiver.
- (5)
- (A) The period of a waiver under paragraph (1) shall not exceed the period of time for the related public health emergency, including a public health emergency declared pursuant to subsection (a), and any immediate postresponse review regarding the public health emergency consistent with the requirements of this subsection.
- (B) An initiative subject to a waiver under paragraph (1) that is ongoing after the date on which the waiver expires, shall be subject to the requirements of subchapter I of chapter 35 of title 44 and the Secretary shall ensure that compliance with such requirements occurs in as timely a manner as possible based on the applicable circumstances, but not to exceed 30 calendar days after the expiration of the applicable waiver.
- (1) If the Secretary determines, after consultation with such public health officials as may be necessary, that—
§ 247e. National Hansen’s Disease Programs Center
- (a)
- (1) At or through the National Hansen’s Disease Programs Center (located in the State of Louisiana), the Secretary shall without charge provide short-term care and treatment, including outpatient care, for Hansen’s disease and related complications to any person determined by the Secretary to be in need of such care and treatment. The Secretary may not at or through such Center provide long-term care for any such disease or complication.
- (2) The Center referred to in paragraph (1) shall conduct training in the diagnosis and management of Hansen’s disease and related complications, and shall conduct and promote the coordination of research (including clinical research), investigations, demonstrations, and studies relating to the causes, diagnosis, treatment, control, and prevention of Hansen’s disease and other mycobacterial diseases and complications related to such diseases.
- (3) Paragraph (1) is subject to section 211 of the Department of Health and Human Services Appropriations Act, 1998.
- (b) In addition to the Center referred to in subsection (a), the Secretary may establish sites regarding persons with Hansen’s disease. Each such site shall provide for the outpatient care and treatment for Hansen’s disease and related complications to any person determined by the Secretary to be in need of such care and treatment.
- (c) The Secretary shall carry out subsections (a) and (b) acting through an agency of the Service. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the agency designated by the Secretary shall carry out both activities relating to the provision of health services and activities relating to the conduct of research.
- (d) The Secretary shall make payments to the Board of Health of the State of Hawaii for the care and treatment (including outpatient care) in its facilities of persons suffering from Hansen’s disease at a rate determined by the Secretary. The rate shall be approximately equal to the operating cost per patient of such facilities, except that the rate may not exceed the comparable costs per patient with Hansen’s disease for care and treatment provided by the Center referred to in subsection (a). Payments under this subsection are subject to the availability of appropriations for such purpose.
§ 248. Control and management of hospitals; furnishing prosthetic and orthopedic devices; transfer of patients; disposal of articles produced by patients; disposal of money and effects of deceased patients; payment of burial expenses
The Surgeon General, pursuant to regulations, shall—
- (a) Control, manage, and operate all institutions, hospitals, and stations of the Service, including minor repairs and maintenance, and provide for the care, treatment, and hospitalization of patients, including the furnishing of prosthetic and orthopedic devices; and from time to time, with the approval of the President, select suitable sites for and establish such additional institutions, hospitals, and stations in the States and possessions of the United States as in his judgment are necessary to enable the Service to discharge its functions and duties;
- (b) Provide for the transfer of Public Health Service patients, in the care of attendants where necessary, between hospitals and stations operated by the Service or between such hospitals and stations and other hospitals and stations in which Public Health Service patients may be received, and the payment of expenses of such transfer;
- (c) Provide for the disposal of articles produced by patients in the course of their curative treatment, either by allowing the patient to retain such articles or by selling them and depositing the money received therefor to the credit of the appropriation from which the materials for making the articles were purchased;
- (d) Provide for the disposal of money and effects, in the custody of the hospitals or stations, of deceased patients; and
- (e) Provide, to the extent the Surgeon General determines that other public or private funds are not available therefor, for the payment of expenses of preparing and transporting the remains of, or the payment of reasonable burial expenses for, any patient dying in a hospital or station.
§ 248a. Closing or transfer of hospitals; reduction of services; Congressional authorization required
- (a) Except as provided in subsection (b), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall take such action as may be necessary to assure that the hospitals of the Public Health Service, located in Seattle, Washington, Boston, Massachusetts, San Francisco, California, Galveston, Texas, New Orleans, Louisiana, Baltimore, Maryland, Staten Island, New York, and Norfolk, Virginia, shall continue—
- (1) in operation as hospitals of the Public Health Service,
- (2) to provide for all categories of individuals entitled or authorized to receive care and treatment at hospitals or other stations of the Public Health Service inpatient, outpatient, and other health care services in like manner as such services were provided on January 1, 1973 , to such categories of individuals at the hospitals of the Public Health Service referred to in the matter preceding paragraph (1) and at a level and range at least as great as the level and range of such services which were provided (or authorized to be provided) by such hospitals on such date, and
- (3) to conduct at such hospitals a level and range of other health-related activities (including training and research activities) which is not less than the level and range of such activities which were being conducted on January 1, 1973 , at such hospitals.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may—
- (A) close or transfer control of a hospital of the Public Health Service to which subsection (a) applies,
- (B) reduce the level and range of health care services provided at such a hospital from the level and range required by subsection (a)(2) or change the manner in which such services are provided at such a hospital from the manner required by such subsection, or
- (C) reduce the level and range of the other health-related activities conducted at such hospital from the level and range required by subsection (a)(3),
- (2) Any recommendation submitted to the Congress for legislation to authorize an action described in paragraph (1) with respect to a hospital of the Public Health Service shall be accompanied by a copy of the written, unqualified approval of the proposed action submitted to the Secretary by each (A) section 314(a) State health planning agency whose section 314(a) plan covers (in whole or in part) the area in which such hospital is located or which is served by such hospital, and (B) section 314(b) areawide health planning agency whose section 314(b) plan covers (in whole or in part) such area.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection, the term “section 314(a) State health planning agency” means the agency of a State which administers or supervises the administration of a State’s health planning functions under a State plan approved under section 314(a) of the Public Health Service Act (referred to in paragraph (2) as a “section 314(a) plan”); and the term “section 314(b) areawide health planning agency” means a public or nonprofit private agency or organization which has developed a comprehensive regional, metropolitan, or other local area plan or plans referred to in section 314(b) of that Act (referred to in paragraph (2) as a “section 314(b) plan”).
- (1) The Secretary may—
§ 248b. Transfer or financial self-sufficiency of public health service hospitals and clinics
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (hereinafter in this subtitle referred to as the “Secretary”) shall, in accordance with this section and notwithstanding section 248a of this title , provide for the closure, transfer, or financial self-sufficiency of all hospitals and other stations of the Public Health Service (hereinafter in this subtitle referred to as the “Service”) not later than September 30, 1982 .
- (b) Not later than July 1, 1981 , the Secretary shall notify each Service hospital and other station, and the chief executive officer of each State and of each locality in which such a hospital or other station is located, that the Secretary will accept proposals for the transfer of each such hospital and station from the Service to a public (including Federal) or nonprofit private entity or for the achievement of financial self-sufficiency of each such hospital and station not later than September 30, 1982 . No such proposal shall be considered by the Secretary if it is submitted later than September 1, 1981 .
- (c) The Secretary shall evaluate promptly each proposal submitted under subsection (b) with respect to a hospital or other station and determine, not later than September 30, 1981 , whether or not under such proposal the hospital or station—
- (1) will be maintained as a general health care facility providing a range of services to the population within its service area,
- (2) will continue to make services available to existing patient populations, and
- (3) has a reasonable expectation of financial viability and, in the case of a hospital or station that is not proposed to be transferred, of financial self-sufficiency.
- (d)
- (1) If the Secretary determines that a proposal for a hospital or other station does not meet the standards of subsection (c) or if there is no proposal submitted under subsection (b) with respect to a hospital or other station, the Secretary shall provide for the closure of the hospital or station by not later than October 31, 1981 .
- (2) If the Secretary determines that a proposal for a hospital or other station meets the standards of subsection (c), the Secretary shall take such steps, within the amounts available through appropriations, as may be necessary and proper—
- (A) to operate (or participate or assist in the operation of) the hospital or station by the Service until the transfer is accomplished or financial self-sufficiency is achieved,
- (B) to bring the hospital or station into compliance with applicable licensure, accreditation, and local medical practice standards, and
- (C) to provide for such other legal, administrative, personnel, and financial arrangements (including allowing payments made with respect to services provided by the hospital or station to be made directly to that hospital or station) as may be necessary to effect a timely and orderly transfer of such hospital or station (including the land, building, and equipment thereof) from the Service, or for the financial self-sufficiency of the hospital or station, not later than September 30, 1982 .
- (e) There is established, within the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, an identifiable administrative unit which shall have direct responsibility and authority for overseeing the activities under this section.
- (f) For purposes of this section, a hospital or station cannot be found to be financially self-sufficient if the hospital or station is relying, in whole or in part, on direct appropriated funds for its continued operations.
§ 248d. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title VII, § 727(a)(1) , (2), Sept. 23, 1996 , 110 Stat. 2596
§§ 248c, 248d. Repealed. Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title VII, § 727(a)(1) , (2), Sept. 23, 1996 , 110 Stat. 2596
§ 249. Medical care and treatment of quarantined and detained persons
- (a) Any person when detained in accordance with quarantine laws, or, at the request of the Immigration and Naturalization Service, any person detained by that Service, may be treated and cared for by the Public Health Service.
- (b) Persons not entitled to treatment and care at institutions, hospitals, and stations of the Service may, in accordance with regulations of the Surgeon General, be admitted thereto for temporary treatment and care in case of emergency.
- (c) Persons whose care and treatment is authorized by subsection (a) may, in accordance with regulations, receive such care and treatment at the expense of the Service from public or private medical or hospital facilities other than those of the Service, when authorized by the officer in charge of the station at which the application is made.
§ 250. Medical care and treatment of Federal prisoners
The Service shall supervise and furnish medical treatment and other necessary medical, psychiatric, and related technical and scientific services, authorized by section 4005 of title 18 , in penal and correctional institutions of the United States.
§ 250a. Transfer of appropriations
The Attorney General may transfer to the Department of Health and Human Services such amounts as may be necessary for direct expenditures by that Department for medical relief for inmates of Federal penal and correctional institutions.
§ 251. Medical examination and treatment of Federal employees; medical care at remote stations
- (a) The Surgeon General is authorized to provide at institutions, hospitals, and station of the Service medical, surgical, and hospital services and supplies for persons entitled to treatment under subchapter I of Chapter 81 of title 5 and extensions thereof. The Surgeon General may also provide for making medical examinations of—
- (1) employees of the Federal Government for retirement purposes;
- (2) employees in the Federal classified service, and applicants for appointment, as requested by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management for the purpose of promoting health and efficiency;
- (3) seamen for purposes of qualifying for certificates of service; and
- (4) employees eligible for benefits under the Longshore and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act, as amended [ 33 U.S.C. 901 et seq.], as requested by any deputy commissioner thereunder.
- (b) The Secretary is authorized to provide medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization and optometric care for Federal employees (as defined in section 8901(1) of title 5 ) and their dependents at remote medical facilities of the Public Health Service where such care and treatment are not otherwise available. Such employees and their dependents who are not entitled to this care and treatment under any other provision of law shall be charged for it at rates established by the Secretary to reflect the reasonable cost of providing the care and treatment. Any payments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be credited to the applicable appropriation to the Public Health Service for the year in which such payments are received.
§ 252. Medical examination of aliens
The Surgeon General shall provide for making, at places within the United States or in other countries, such physical and mental examinations of aliens as are required by the immigration laws, subject to administrative regulations prescribed by the Attorney General and medical regulations prescribed by the Surgeon General with the approval of the Secretary.
§ 253. Medical services to Coast Guard, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and Public Health Service
- (a) Subject to regulations of the President—
- (1) commissioned officers, chief warrant officers, warrant officers, cadets, and enlisted personnel of the Regular Coast Guard on active duty, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty; and Regular, and temporary members of the United States Coast Guard Reserve when on active duty;
- (2) commissioned officers, ships’ officers, and members of the crews of vessels of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on active duty, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty; and
- (3) commissioned officers of the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 1 See Change of Name note below. of the Public Health Service on active duty;
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may provide health care for an officer of the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 involuntarily separated from the Service, and for any dependent of such officer, if—
- (A) the officer or dependent was receiving health care at the expense of the Service at the time of separation; and
- (B) the Secretary finds that the officer or dependent is unable to obtain appropriate insurance for the conditions for which the officer or dependent was receiving health care.
- (2) Health care may be provided under paragraph (1) for a period of not more than one year from the date of separation of the officer from the Service.
- (1) The Secretary may provide health care for an officer of the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 involuntarily separated from the Service, and for any dependent of such officer, if—
- (c) The Service shall provide all services referred to in subsection (a) required by the Coast Guard or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and shall perform all duties prescribed by statute in connection with the examinations to determine physical or mental condition for purposes of appointment, enlistment, and reenlistment, promotion and retirement, and officers of the Service assigned to duty on Coast Guard or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration vessels may extend aid to the crews of American vessels engaged in deep-sea fishing.
§ 253a. Medical services to retired personnel of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
- (a) Subject to regulations of the President, retired ships’ officers and retired members of the crews of vessels of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization by the Public Health Service if the ships’ officer or crew member, (1) was on active duty as a vessel employee of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on July 1, 1963 , or on July 19, 1963 , whichever is later, and his employment as a vessel employee was continuous from that date until retirement, or (2) was retired as a vessel employee of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on or before July 1, 1963 , or on July 19, 1963 , whichever is later.
- (b) Subject to regulations of the President, dependent members of families (as defined in such regulations) of ships’ officers and members of crews of vessels of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, whether such, ships’ officers and members of crew are on active duty or retired, shall be furnished medical advice and outpatient treatment by the Public Health Service and, if suitable accommodations are available, they shall also be furnished hospitalization by the Public Health Service if the ships’ officer or crew member (1) was on active duty as a vessel employee of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on July 1, 1963 , or on July 19, 1963 , whichever is later, and his employment as a vessel employee has been continuous from that time, or (2) was on active duty as a vessel employee of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on July 1, 1963 , or on July 19, 1963 , whichever is later, and his employment as a vessel employee was continuous from that time until retirement, or (3) was retired as a vessel employee of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration on or before July 1, 1963 , or on July 19, 1963 , whichever is later. When dependent members of families are hospitalized, a per diem charge, at such uniform rate as may be prescribed from time to time for the hospitalization of dependents of members of the uniformed services at hospitals of the uniformed services pursuant to section 1078(a) of title 10 shall be made.
- (c) The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration shall furnish proper identification to those persons entitled to medical treatment under the provisions of this section.
§ 253b. Former Lighthouse Service employees; medical service eligibility
Subject to regulations of the President, lightkeepers, assistant lightkeepers, and officers and crews of vessels of the former Lighthouse Service, including any such persons who subsequent to June 30, 1939 , were involuntarily assigned to other civilian duty in the Coast Guard, who were entitled to medical relief at hospitals and other stations of the Public Health Service prior to July 1, 1944 , and who retired under the provisions of section 763 of title 33 , shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization at hospitals and other stations of the Public Health Service.
§ 254. Interdepartmental work
Nothing contained in this part shall affect the authority of the Service to furnish any materials, supplies, or equipment, or perform any work of services, requested in accordance with sections 1535 and 1536 of title 31, or the authority of any other executive department to furnish any materials, supplies, or equipment, or perform any work or services, requested by the Department of Health and Human Services for the Service in accordance with that section.
§ 254a. Sharing of medical care facilities and resources
- (a) For purposes of this section—
- (1) the term “specialized health resources” means health care resources (whether equipment, space, or personnel) which, because of cost, limited availability, or unusual nature, are either unique in the health care community or are subject to maximum utilization only through mutual use;
- (2) the term “hospital”, unless otherwise specified, includes (in addition to other hospitals) any Federal hospital.
- (b) For the purpose of maintaining or improving the quality of care in Public Health Service facilities and to provide a professional environment therein which will help to attract and retain highly qualified and talented health personnel, to encourage mutually beneficial relationships between Public Health Service facilities and hospitals and other health facilities in the health care community, and to promote the full utilization of hospitals and other health facilities and resources, the Secretary may—
- (1) enter into agreements or arrangements with schools of medicine, schools of osteopathic medicine, and with other health professions schools, agencies, or institutions, for such interchange or cooperative use of facilities and services on a reciprocal or reimbursable basis, as will be of benefit to the training or research programs of the participating agencies; and
- (2) enter into agreements or arrangements with hospitals and other health care facilities for the mutual use or the exchange of use of specialized health resources, and providing for reciprocal reimbursement.
§ 254b. Health centers
- (a)
- (1) For purposes of this section, the term “health center” means an entity that serves a population that is medically underserved, or a special medically underserved population comprised of migratory and seasonal agricultural workers, the homeless, and residents of public housing, by providing, either through the staff and supporting resources of the center or through contracts or cooperative arrangements—
- (A) required primary health services (as defined in subsection (b)(1)); and
- (B) as may be appropriate for particular centers, additional health services (as defined in subsection (b)(2)) necessary for the adequate support of the primary health services required under subparagraph (A);
- (2) The requirement in paragraph (1) to provide services for all residents within a catchment area shall not apply in the case of a health center receiving a grant only under subsection (g), (h), or (i).
- (1) For purposes of this section, the term “health center” means an entity that serves a population that is medically underserved, or a special medically underserved population comprised of migratory and seasonal agricultural workers, the homeless, and residents of public housing, by providing, either through the staff and supporting resources of the center or through contracts or cooperative arrangements—
- (b) For purposes of this section:
- (1)
- (A) The term “required primary health services” means—
- (i) basic health services which, for purposes of this section, shall consist of—
- (I) health services related to family medicine, internal medicine, pediatrics, obstetrics, or gynecology that are furnished by physicians and where appropriate, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and nurse midwives;
- (II) diagnostic laboratory and radiologic services;
- (III) preventive health services, including—
- (IV) emergency medical services; and
- (V) pharmaceutical services as may be appropriate for particular centers;
- (ii) referrals to providers of medical services (including specialty referral when medically indicated) and other health-related services (including substance use disorder and mental health services);
- (iii) patient case management services (including counseling, referral, and follow-up services) and other services designed to assist health center patients in establishing eligibility for and gaining access to Federal, State, and local programs that provide or financially support the provision of medical, social, housing, educational, or other related services;
- (iv) services that enable individuals to use the services of the health center (including outreach and transportation services and, if a substantial number of the individuals in the population served by a center are of limited English-speaking ability, the services of appropriate personnel fluent in the language spoken by a predominant number of such individuals); and
- (v) education of patients and the general population served by the health center regarding the availability and proper use of health services.
- (i) basic health services which, for purposes of this section, shall consist of—
- (B) With respect to a health center that receives a grant only under subsection (g), the Secretary, upon a showing of good cause, shall—
- (i) waive the requirement that the center provide all required primary health services under this paragraph; and
- (ii) approve, as appropriate, the provision of certain required primary health services only during certain periods of the year.
- (A) The term “required primary health services” means—
- (2) The term “additional health services” means services that are not included as required primary health services and that are appropriate to meet the health needs of the population served by the health center involved. Such term may include—
- (A) behavioral and mental health and substance use disorder services;
- (B) recuperative care services;
- (C) environmental health services, including—
- (i) the detection and alleviation of unhealthful conditions associated with—
- (I) water supply;
- (II) chemical and pesticide exposures;
- (III) air quality; or
- (IV) exposure to lead;
- (ii) sewage treatment;
- (iii) solid waste disposal;
- (iv) rodent and parasitic infestation;
- (v) field sanitation;
- (vi) housing; and
- (vii) other environmental factors related to health; and
- (i) the detection and alleviation of unhealthful conditions associated with—
- (D) in the case of health centers receiving grants under subsection (g), special occupation-related health services for migratory and seasonal agricultural workers, including—
- (i) screening for and control of infectious diseases, including parasitic diseases; and
- (ii) injury prevention programs, including prevention of exposure to unsafe levels of agricultural chemicals including pesticides.
- (3)
- (A) The term “medically underserved population” means the population of an urban or rural area designated by the Secretary as an area with a shortage of personal health services or a population group designated by the Secretary as having a shortage of such services.
- (B) In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall prescribe criteria for determining the specific shortages of personal health services of an area or population group. Such criteria shall—
- (i) take into account comments received by the Secretary from the chief executive officer of a State and local officials in a State; and
- (ii) include factors indicative of the health status of a population group or residents of an area, the ability of the residents of an area or of a population group to pay for health services and their accessibility to them, and the availability of health professionals to residents of an area or to a population group.
- (C) The Secretary may not designate a medically underserved population in a State or terminate the designation of such a population unless, prior to such designation or termination, the Secretary provides reasonable notice and opportunity for comment and consults with—
- (i) the chief executive officer of such State;
- (ii) local officials in such State; and
- (iii) the organization, if any, which represents a majority of health centers in such State.
- (D) The Secretary may designate a medically underserved population that does not meet the criteria established under subparagraph (B) if the chief executive officer of the State in which such population is located and local officials of such State recommend the designation of such population based on unusual local conditions which are a barrier to access to or the availability of personal health services.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities for projects to plan and develop health centers which will serve medically underserved populations. A project for which a grant may be made under this subsection may include the cost of the acquisition and lease of buildings and equipment (including the costs of amortizing the principal of, and paying the interest on, loans) and shall include—
- (A) an assessment of the need that the population proposed to be served by the health center for which the project is undertaken has for required primary health services and additional health services;
- (B) the design of a health center program for such population based on such assessment;
- (C) efforts to secure, within the proposed catchment area of such center, financial and professional assistance and support for the project;
- (D) initiation and encouragement of continuing community involvement in the development and operation of the project; and
- (E) proposed linkages between the center and other appropriate provider entities, such as health departments, local hospitals, and rural health clinics, to provide better coordinated, higher quality, and more cost-effective health care services.
- (2) Not more than two grants may be made under this subsection for the same project, except that upon a showing of good cause, the Secretary may make additional grant awards.
- (3)
- (A) In making grants under this subsection, the Secretary may recognize the unique needs of high poverty areas.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “high poverty area” means a catchment area which is established in a manner that is consistent with the factors in subsection (k)(3)(J), and the poverty rate of which is greater than the national average poverty rate as determined by the Bureau of the Census.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities for projects to plan and develop health centers which will serve medically underserved populations. A project for which a grant may be made under this subsection may include the cost of the acquisition and lease of buildings and equipment (including the costs of amortizing the principal of, and paying the interest on, loans) and shall include—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may award supplemental grant funds to health centers funded under this section to implement evidence-based models for increasing access to high-quality primary care services, which may include models related to—
- (A) improving the delivery of care for individuals with multiple chronic conditions;
- (B) workforce configuration;
- (C) reducing the cost of care;
- (D) enhancing care coordination;
- (E) expanding the use of telehealth and technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models;
- (F) care integration, including integration of behavioral health, mental health, or substance use disorder services; and
- (G) addressing emerging public health or substance use disorder issues to meet the health needs of the population served by the health center.
- (2) In making supplemental awards under this subsection, the Secretary may consider whether the health center involved has submitted a plan for continuing the activities funded under this subsection after supplemental funding is expended.
- (3) The Secretary may give special consideration to applications for supplemental funding under this subsection that seek to address significant barriers to access to care in areas with a greater shortage of health care providers and health services relative to the national average.
- (1) The Secretary may award supplemental grant funds to health centers funded under this section to implement evidence-based models for increasing access to high-quality primary care services, which may include models related to—
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary may make grants for the costs of the operation of public and nonprofit private health centers that provide health services to medically underserved populations.
- (B) The Secretary may make grants, for a period of not to exceed 1 year, for the costs of the operation of public and nonprofit private entities which provide health services to medically underserved populations but with respect to which the Secretary is unable to make each of the determinations required by subsection (k)(3). The Secretary shall not make a grant under this paragraph unless the applicant provides assurances to the Secretary that within 120 days of receiving grant funding for the operation of the health center, the applicant will submit, for approval by the Secretary, an implementation plan to meet the requirements of subsection (k)(3). The Secretary may extend such 120-day period for achieving compliance upon a demonstration of good cause by the health center.
- (C) The Secretary may make grants to health centers that receive assistance under this section, or at the request of the health centers, directly to a network that is at least majority controlled and, as applicable, at least majority owned by such health centers receiving assistance under this section, for the costs associated with the operation of such network including—
- (i) the purchase or lease of equipment, which may include data and information systems (including the costs of amortizing the principal of, and paying the interest on, loans for equipment);
- (ii) the provision of training and technical assistance; and
- (iii) other activities that—
- (I) reduce costs associated with the provision of health services;
- (II) improve access to, and availability of, health services provided to individuals served by the centers;
- (III) enhance the quality and coordination of health services; or
- (IV) improve the health status of communities.
- (2) The costs for which a grant may be made under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) may include the costs of acquiring and leasing buildings and equipment (including the costs of amortizing the principal of, and paying interest on, loans), and the costs of providing training related to the provision of required primary health services and additional health services and to the management of health center programs.
- (3) The Secretary may award grants which may be used to pay the costs associated with expanding and modernizing existing buildings or constructing new buildings (including the costs of amortizing the principal of, and paying the interest on, loans) for projects approved prior to October 1, 1996 .
- (4) Not more than two grants may be made under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) for the same entity.
- (5)
- (A) The amount of any grant made in any fiscal year under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) to a health center shall be determined by the Secretary, but may not exceed the amount by which the costs of operation of the center in such fiscal year exceed the total of—
- (i) State, local, and other operational funding provided to the center; and
- (ii) the fees, premiums, and third-party reimbursements, which the center may reasonably be expected to receive for its operations in such fiscal year.
- (B) The total amount of grant funds made available for any fiscal year under paragraph (1)(C) to a health center or to a network shall be determined by the Secretary, but may not exceed 2 percent of the total amount appropriated under this section for such fiscal year.
- (C) Payments under grants under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) shall be made in advance or by way of reimbursement and in such installments as the Secretary finds necessary and adjustments may be made for overpayments or underpayments.
- (D) Nongrant funds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A), including any such funds in excess of those originally expected, shall be used as permitted under this section, and may be used for such other purposes as are not specifically prohibited under this section if such use furthers the objectives of the project.
- (A) The amount of any grant made in any fiscal year under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) to a health center shall be determined by the Secretary, but may not exceed the amount by which the costs of operation of the center in such fiscal year exceed the total of—
- (6)
- (A)
- (i) The Secretary may approve applications for grants under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) to establish new delivery sites.
- (ii) In carrying out clause (i), the Secretary may give special consideration to applicants that have demonstrated the new delivery site will be located within a sparsely populated area, or an area which has a level of unmet need that is higher relative to other applicants.
- (iii) In carrying out clause (i), the Secretary shall approve applications for grants in such a manner that the ratio of the medically underserved populations in rural areas which may be expected to use the services provided by the applicants involved to the medically underserved populations in urban areas which may be expected to use the services provided by the applicants is not less than two to three or greater than three to two.
- (iv) If in carrying out clause (i) the applicant proposes to serve an area that is currently served by another health center funded under this section, the Secretary may consider whether the award of funding to an additional health center in the area can be justified based on the unmet need for additional services within the catchment area.
- (B)
- (i) The Secretary may approve applications for grants under subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) to expand the capacity of the applicant to provide required primary health services described in subsection (b)(1) or additional health services described in subsection (b)(2).
- (ii) In carrying out clause (i), the Secretary may give special consideration to expanded service applications that seek to address emerging public health or behavioral health, mental health, or substance abuse issues through increasing the availability of additional health services described in subsection (b)(2) in an area in which there are significant barriers to accessing care.
- (iii) In carrying out clause (i), the Secretary shall approve applications for grants in such a manner that the ratio of the medically underserved populations in rural areas which may be expected to use the services provided by the applicants involved to the medically underserved populations in urban areas which may be expected to use the services provided by such applicants is not less than two to three or greater than three to two.
- (A)
- (1)
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to health centers for the purpose of assisting such centers in—
- (A) providing comprehensive health care and support services for the reduction of—
- (i) the incidence of infant mortality; and
- (ii) morbidity among children who are less than 3 years of age; and
- (B) developing and coordinating service and referral arrangements between health centers and other entities for the health management of pregnant women and children described in subparagraph (A).
- (A) providing comprehensive health care and support services for the reduction of—
- (2) In making grants under this subsection the Secretary shall give priority to health centers providing services to any medically underserved population among which there is a substantial incidence of infant mortality or among which there is a significant increase in the incidence of infant mortality.
- (3) The Secretary may make a grant under this subsection only if the health center involved agrees that—
- (A) the center will coordinate the provision of services under the grant to each of the recipients of the services;
- (B) such services will be continuous for each such recipient;
- (C) the center will provide follow-up services for individuals who are referred by the center for services described in paragraph (1);
- (D) the grant will be expended to supplement, and not supplant, the expenditures of the center for primary health services (including prenatal care) with respect to the purpose described in this subsection; and
- (E) the center will coordinate the provision of services with other maternal and child health providers operating in the catchment area.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to health centers for the purpose of assisting such centers in—
- (g)
- (1) The Secretary may award grants for the purposes described in subsections (c), (e), and (f) for the planning and delivery of services to a special medically underserved population comprised of—
- (A) migratory agricultural workers, seasonal agricultural workers, and members of the families of such migratory and seasonal agricultural workers who are within a designated catchment area; and
- (B) individuals who have previously been migratory agricultural workers but who no longer meet the requirements of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (3) because of age or disability and members of the families of such individuals who are within such catchment area.
- (2) The Secretary may enter into grants or contracts under this subsection with public and private entities to—
- (A) assist the States in the implementation and enforcement of acceptable environmental health standards, including enforcement of standards for sanitation in migratory agricultural worker and seasonal agricultural worker labor camps, and applicable Federal and State pesticide control standards; and
- (B) conduct projects and studies to assist the several States and entities which have received grants or contracts under this section in the assessment of problems related to camp and field sanitation, exposure to unsafe levels of agricultural chemicals including pesticides, and other environmental health hazards to which migratory agricultural workers and seasonal agricultural workers, and members of their families, are exposed.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection:
- (A) The term “migratory agricultural worker” means an individual whose principal employment is in agriculture, who has been so employed within the last 24 months, and who establishes for the purposes of such employment a temporary abode.
- (B) The term “seasonal agricultural worker” means an individual whose principal employment is in agriculture on a seasonal basis and who is not a migratory agricultural worker.
- (C) The term “agriculture” means farming in all its branches, including—
- (i) cultivation and tillage of the soil;
- (ii) the production, cultivation, growing, and harvesting of any commodity grown on, in, or as an adjunct to or part of a commodity grown in or on, the land; and
- (iii) any practice (including preparation and processing for market and delivery to storage or to market or to carriers for transportation to market) performed by a farmer or on a farm incident to or in conjunction with an activity described in clause (ii).
- (1) The Secretary may award grants for the purposes described in subsections (c), (e), and (f) for the planning and delivery of services to a special medically underserved population comprised of—
- (h)
- (1) The Secretary may award grants for the purposes described in subsections (c), (e), and (f) for the planning and delivery of services to a special medically underserved population comprised of homeless individuals, including grants for innovative programs that provide outreach and comprehensive primary health services to homeless children and youth, children and youth at risk of homelessness, homeless veterans, and veterans at risk of homelessness.
- (2) In addition to required primary health services (as defined in subsection (b)(1)), an entity that receives a grant under this subsection shall be required to provide substance abuse services as a condition of such grant.
- (3) A grant awarded under this subsection shall be expended to supplement, and not supplant, the expenditures of the health center and the value of in kind contributions for the delivery of services to the population described in paragraph (1).
- (4) If any grantee under this subsection has provided services described in this section under the grant to a homeless individual, such grantee may, notwithstanding that the individual is no longer homeless as a result of becoming a resident in permanent housing, expend the grant to continue to provide such services to the individual for not more than 12 months.
- (5) For purposes of this section:
- (A) The term “homeless individual” means an individual who lacks housing (without regard to whether the individual is a member of a family), including an individual whose primary residence during the night is a supervised public or private facility that provides temporary living accommodations and an individual who is a resident in transitional housing.
- (B) The term “substance use disorder services” includes detoxification, risk reduction, outpatient treatment, residential treatment, and rehabilitation for substance abuse provided in settings other than hospitals.
- (i)
- (1) The Secretary may award grants for the purposes described in subsections (c), (e), and (f) for the planning and delivery of services to a special medically underserved population comprised of residents of public housing (such term, for purposes of this subsection, shall have the same meaning given such term in section 1437a(b)(1) of this title ) and individuals living in areas immediately accessible to such public housing.
- (2) A grant awarded under this subsection shall be expended to supplement, and not supplant, the expenditures of the health center and the value of in kind contributions for the delivery of services to the population described in paragraph (1).
- (3) The Secretary may not make a grant under paragraph (1) unless, with respect to the residents of the public housing involved, the applicant for the grant—
- (A) has consulted with the residents in the preparation of the application for the grant; and
- (B) agrees to provide for ongoing consultation with the residents regarding the planning and administration of the program carried out with the grant.
- (j)
- (1) The Secretary may award grants to eligible health centers with a substantial number of clients with limited English speaking proficiency to provide translation, interpretation, and other such services for such clients with limited English speaking proficiency.
- (2) In this subsection, the term “eligible health center” means an entity that—
- (A) is a health center as defined under subsection (a);
- (B) provides health care services for clients for whom English is a second language; and
- (C) has exceptional needs with respect to linguistic access or faces exceptional challenges with respect to linguistic access.
- (3) The amount of a grant awarded to a center under this subsection shall be determined by the Administrator. Such determination of such amount shall be based on the number of clients for whom English is a second language that is served by such center, and larger grant amounts shall be awarded to centers serving larger numbers of such clients.
- (4) An eligible health center that receives a grant under this subsection may use funds received through such grant to—
- (A) provide translation, interpretation, and other such services for clients for whom English is a second language, including hiring professional translation and interpretation services; and
- (B) compensate bilingual or multilingual staff for language assistance services provided by the staff for such clients.
- (5) An eligible health center desiring a grant under this subsection shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, including—
- (A) an estimate of the number of clients that the center serves for whom English is a second language;
- (B) the ratio of the number of clients for whom English is a second language to the total number of clients served by the center;
- (C) a description of any language assistance services that the center proposes to provide to aid clients for whom English is a second language; and
- (D) a description of the exceptional needs of such center with respect to linguistic access or a description of the exceptional challenges faced by such center with respect to linguistic access.
- (6) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection, in addition to any funds authorized to be appropriated or appropriated for health centers under any other subsection of this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2006.
- (k)
- (1) No grant may be made under this section unless an application therefore is submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. Such an application shall be submitted in such form and manner and shall contain such information as the Secretary shall prescribe.
- (2) An application for a grant under subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (e)(1) or subsection (e)(6) for a health center shall include—
- (A) a description of the unmet need for health services in the catchment area of the center;
- (B) a demonstration by the applicant that the area or the population group to be served by the applicant has a shortage of personal health services;
- (C) a demonstration that the center will be located so that it will provide services to the greatest number of individuals residing in the catchment area or included in such population group; and
- (D) in the case of an application for a grant pursuant to subsection (e)(6), a demonstration that the applicant has consulted with appropriate State and local government agencies, and health care providers regarding the need for the health services to be provided at the proposed delivery site.
- (3) Except as provided in subsection (e)(1)(B) or subsection (e)(6), the Secretary may not approve an application for a grant under subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (e)(1) unless the Secretary determines that the entity for which the application is submitted is a health center (within the meaning of subsection (a)) and that—
- (A) the required primary health services of the center will be available and accessible in the catchment area of the center promptly, as appropriate, and in a manner which assures continuity;
- (B) the center has made and will continue to make every reasonable effort to establish and maintain collaborative relationships with other health care providers, including other health care providers that provide care within the catchment area, local hospitals, and specialty providers in the catchment area of the center, to provide access to services not available through the health center and to reduce the non-urgent use of hospital emergency departments;
- (C) the center will have an ongoing quality improvement system that includes clinical services and management, and that maintains the confidentiality of patient records;
- (D) the center will demonstrate its financial responsibility by the use of such accounting procedures and other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary;
- (E) the center—
- (i)
- (I) has or will have a contractual or other arrangement with the agency of the State, in which it provides services, which administers or supervises the administration of a State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the payment of all or a part of the center’s costs in providing health services to persons who are eligible for medical assistance under such a State plan; and
- (II) has or will have a contractual or other arrangement with the State agency administering the program under title XXI of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.) with respect to individuals who are State children’s health insurance program beneficiaries; or
- (ii) has made or will make every reasonable effort to enter into arrangements described in subclauses (I) and (II) of clause (i);
- (i)
- (F) the center has made or will make and will continue to make every reasonable effort to collect appropriate reimbursement for its costs in providing health services to persons who are entitled to insurance benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.], to medical assistance under a State plan approved under title XIX of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], or to assistance for medical expenses under any other public assistance program or private health insurance program;
- (G) the center—
- (i) has prepared a schedule of fees or payments for the provision of its services consistent with locally prevailing rates or charges and designed to cover its reasonable costs of operation and has prepared a corresponding schedule of discounts to be applied to the payment of such fees or payments, which discounts are adjusted on the basis of the patient’s ability to pay;
- (ii) has made and will continue to make every reasonable effort—
- (I) to secure from patients payment for services in accordance with such schedules; and
- (II) to collect reimbursement for health services to persons described in subparagraph (F) on the basis of the full amount of fees and payments for such services without application of any discount;
- (iii)
- (I) will assure that no patient will be denied health care services due to an individual’s inability to pay for such services; and
- (II) will assure that any fees or payments required by the center for such services will be reduced or waived to enable the center to fulfill the assurance described in subclause (I); and
- (iv) has submitted to the Secretary such reports as the Secretary may require to determine compliance with this subparagraph;
- (H) the center has established a governing board which except in the case of an entity operated by an Indian tribe or tribal or Indian organization under the Indian Self-Determination Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5321 et seq.] or an urban Indian organization under the Indian Health Care Improvement Act ( 25 U.S.C. 1651 et seq.)—
- (i) is composed of individuals, a majority of whom are being served by the center and who, as a group, represent the individuals being served by the center;
- (ii) meets at least once a month, selects the services to be provided by the center, schedules the hours during which such services will be provided, approves the center’s annual budget, approves the selection of a director for the center who shall be directly employed by the center, and, except in the case of a governing board of a public center (as defined in the second sentence of this paragraph), establishes general policies for the center; and
- (iii) in the case of an application for a second or subsequent grant for a public center, has approved the application or if the governing body has not approved the application, the failure of the governing body to approve the application was unreasonable;
- (I) the center has developed—
- (i) an overall plan and budget that meets the requirements of the Secretary; and
- (ii) an effective procedure for compiling and reporting to the Secretary such statistics and other information as the Secretary may require relating to—
- (I) the costs of its operations;
- (II) the patterns of use of its services;
- (III) the availability, accessibility, and acceptability of its services; and
- (IV) such other matters relating to operations of the applicant as the Secretary may require;
- (J) the center will review periodically its catchment area to—
- (i) ensure that the size of such area is such that the services to be provided through the center (including any satellite) are available and accessible to the residents of the area promptly and as appropriate;
- (ii) ensure that the boundaries of such area conform, to the extent practicable, to relevant boundaries of political subdivisions, school districts, and Federal and State health and social service programs; and
- (iii) ensure that the boundaries of such area eliminate, to the extent possible, barriers to access to the services of the center, including barriers resulting from the area’s physical characteristics, its residential patterns, its economic and social grouping, and available transportation;
- (K) in the case of a center which serves a population including a substantial proportion of individuals of limited English-speaking ability, the center has—
- (i) developed a plan and made arrangements responsive to the needs of such population for providing services to the extent practicable in the language and cultural context most appropriate to such individuals; and
- (ii) identified an individual on its staff who is fluent in both that language and in English and whose responsibilities shall include providing guidance to such individuals and to appropriate staff members with respect to cultural sensitivities and bridging linguistic and cultural differences;
- (L) the center, has developed an ongoing referral relationship with one or more hospitals;
- (M) the center encourages persons receiving or seeking health services from the center to participate in any public or private (including employer-offered) health programs or plans for which the persons are eligible, so long as the center, in complying with this subparagraph, does not violate the requirements of subparagraph (G)(iii)(I); and
- (N) the center has written policies and procedures in place to ensure the appropriate use of Federal funds in compliance with applicable Federal statutes, regulations, and the terms and conditions of the Federal award.
- (l) The Secretary shall establish a program through which the Secretary shall provide (either through the Department of Health and Human Services or by grant or contract) technical and other assistance to eligible entities to assist such entities to meet the requirements of subsection (k)(3). Services provided through the program may include necessary technical and nonfinancial assistance, including fiscal and program management assistance, training in fiscal and program management, operational and administrative support, and the provision of information to the entities of the variety of resources available under this subchapter and how those resources can be best used to meet the health needs of the communities served by the entities. Funds expended to carry out activities under this subsection and operational support activities under subsection (m) shall not exceed 3 percent of the amount appropriated for this section for the fiscal year involved.
- (m) In carrying out this section, the Secretary may enter into a memorandum of agreement with a State. Such memorandum may include, where appropriate, provisions permitting such State to—
- (1) analyze the need for primary health services for medically underserved populations within such State;
- (2) assist in the planning and development of new health centers;
- (3) review and comment upon annual program plans and budgets of health centers, including comments upon allocations of health care resources in the State;
- (4) assist health centers in the development of clinical practices and fiscal and administrative systems through a technical assistance plan which is responsive to the requests of health centers; and
- (5) share information and data relevant to the operation of new and existing health centers.
- (n)
- (1) Each entity which receives a grant under subsection (e) shall establish and maintain such records as the Secretary shall require.
- (2) Each entity which is required to establish and maintain records under this subsection shall make such books, documents, papers, and records available to the Secretary or the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, for examination, copying or mechanical reproduction on or off the premises of such entity upon a reasonable request therefore. The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have the authority to conduct such examination, copying, and reproduction.
- (o) The Secretary may delegate the authority to administer the programs authorized by this section to any office, except that the authority to enter into, modify, or issue approvals with respect to grants or contracts may be delegated only within the central office of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
- (p) In making grants under this section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to the unique needs of sparsely populated rural areas, including giving priority in the awarding of grants for new health centers under subsections (c) and (e), and the granting of waivers as appropriate and permitted under subsections (b)(1)(B)(i) and (k)(3)(G).
- (q)
- (1) Each entity which receives a grant under this section shall provide for an independent annual financial audit of any books, accounts, financial records, files, and other papers and property which relate to the disposition or use of the funds received under such grant and such other funds received by or allocated to the project for which such grant was made. For purposes of assuring accurate, current, and complete disclosure of the disposition or use of the funds received, each such audit shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Each audit shall evaluate—
- (A) the entity’s implementation of the guidelines established by the Secretary respecting cost accounting,
- (B) the processes used by the entity to meet the financial and program reporting requirements of the Secretary, and
- (C) the billing and collection procedures of the entity and the relation of the procedures to its fee schedule and schedule of discounts and to the availability of health insurance and public programs to pay for the health services it provides.
- (2) Each entity which receives a grant under this section shall establish and maintain such records as the Secretary shall by regulation require to facilitate the audit required by paragraph (1). The Secretary may specify by regulation the form and manner in which such records shall be established and maintained.
- (3) Each entity which is required to establish and maintain records or to provide for and 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “an”. audit under this subsection shall make such books, documents, papers, and records available to the Secretary or the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, for examination, copying or mechanical reproduction on or off the premises of such entity upon a reasonable request therefore. The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have the authority to conduct such examination, copying, and reproduction.
- (4) The Secretary may, under appropriate circumstances, waive the application of all or part of the requirements of this subsection with respect to an entity. A waiver provided by the Secretary under this paragraph may not remain in effect for more than 1 year and may not be extended after such period. An entity may not receive more than one waiver under this paragraph in consecutive years.
- (1) Each entity which receives a grant under this section shall provide for an independent annual financial audit of any books, accounts, financial records, files, and other papers and property which relate to the disposition or use of the funds received under such grant and such other funds received by or allocated to the project for which such grant was made. For purposes of assuring accurate, current, and complete disclosure of the disposition or use of the funds received, each such audit shall be conducted in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Each audit shall evaluate—
- (r)
- (1) For the purpose of carrying out this section, in addition to the amounts authorized to be appropriated under subsection (d), there is authorized to be appropriated the following:
- (A) For fiscal year 2010, $2,988,821,592.
- (B) For fiscal year 2011, $3,862,107,440.
- (C) For fiscal year 2012, $4,990,553,440.
- (D) For fiscal year 2013, $6,448,713,307.
- (E) For fiscal year 2014, $7,332,924,155.
- (F) For fiscal year 2015, $8,332,924,155.
- (G) For fiscal year 2016, and each subsequent fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the preceding fiscal year adjusted by the product of—
- (i) one plus the average percentage increase in costs incurred per patient served; and
- (ii) one plus the average percentage increase in the total number of patients served.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may not expend in any fiscal year, for grants under this section to public centers (as defined in the second sentence of subsection (k)(3)) the governing boards of which (as described in subsection (k)(3)(H)) do not establish general policies for such centers, an amount which exceeds 5 percent of the amounts appropriated under this section for that fiscal year. For purposes of applying the preceding sentence, the term “public centers” shall not include health centers that receive grants pursuant to subsection (h) or (i).
- (B) For fiscal year 2002 and each of the following fiscal years, the Secretary, in awarding grants under this section, shall ensure that the proportion of the amount made available under each of subsections (g), (h), and (i), relative to the total amount appropriated to carry out this section for that fiscal year, is equal to the proportion of the amount made available under that subsection for fiscal year 2001, relative to the total amount appropriated to carry out this section for fiscal year 2001.
- (3) The Secretary shall annually prepare and submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report including, at a minimum—
- (A) the distribution of funds for carrying out this section that are provided to meet the health care needs of medically underserved populations, including the homeless, residents of public housing, and migratory and seasonal agricultural workers, and the appropriateness of the delivery systems involved in responding to the needs of the particular populations;
- (B) an assessment of the relative health care access needs of the targeted populations;
- (C) the distribution of awards and funding for new or expanded services in each of rural areas and urban areas;
- (D) the distribution of awards and funding for establishing new access points, and the number of new access points created;
- (E) the amount of unexpended funding for loan guarantees and loan guarantee authority under subchapter XIV;
- (F) the rationale for any substantial changes in the distribution of funds;
- (G) the rate of closures for health centers and access points;
- (H) the number and reason for any grants awarded pursuant to subsection (e)(1)(B); and
- (I) the number and reason for any waivers provided pursuant to subsection (q)(4).
- (4)
- (A) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent a community health center from contracting with a Federally certified rural health clinic (as defined in section 1861(aa)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(2) ]), a low-volume hospital (as defined for purposes of section 1886 of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww ]), a critical access hospital, a sole community hospital (as defined for purposes of section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of such Act), or a medicare-dependent share hospital (as defined for purposes of section 1886(d)(5)(G)(iv) of such Act) for the delivery of primary health care services that are available at the clinic or hospital to individuals who would otherwise be eligible for free or reduced cost care if that individual were able to obtain that care at the community health center. Such services may be limited in scope to those primary health care services available in that clinic or hospitals. 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “hospital”.
- (B) In order for a clinic or hospital to receive funds under this section through a contract with a community health center under subparagraph (A), such clinic or hospital shall establish policies to ensure—
- (i) nondiscrimination based on the ability of a patient to pay; and
- (ii) the establishment of a sliding fee scale for low-income patients.
- (5) In addition to any amounts made available pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection, section 282a of this title , or section 254b–2 of this title , there is authorized to be appropriated, and there is appropriated, out of any monies in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to the Secretary $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2018 to support the participation of health centers in the All of Us Research Program under the Precision Medicine Initiative under section 289g–5 of this title .
- (6) In addition to any amounts made available pursuant to this subsection, section 282a of this title , or section 254b—2 of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated, and there is appropriated, out of any monies in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $1,320,000,000 for fiscal year 2020 for supplemental awards under subsection (d) for the detection of SARS–CoV–2 or the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of COVID–19.
- (1) For the purpose of carrying out this section, in addition to the amounts authorized to be appropriated under subsection (d), there is authorized to be appropriated the following:
§ 254c. Rural health care services outreach, rural health network development, and small health care provider quality improvement grant programs
- (a) The purpose of this section is to provide grants for expanded delivery of health care services in rural areas, for the planning and implementation of integrated health care networks in rural areas, and for the planning and implementation of small health care provider quality improvement activities.
- (b)
- (1) The term “Director” means the Director specified in subsection (d).
- (2) The terms “Federally qualified health center” and “rural health clinic” have the meanings given the terms in section 1395x(aa) of this title .
- (3) The term “health professional shortage area” means a health professional shortage area designated under section 254e of this title .
- (4) The term “medically underserved community” has the meaning given the term in section 295p(6) of this title .
- (5) The term “medically underserved population” has the meaning given the term in section 254b(b)(3) of this title .
- (c) The Secretary shall establish, under section 241 of this title , a small health care provider quality improvement grant program.
- (d)
- (1) The rural health care services outreach, rural health network development, and small health care provider quality improvement grant programs established under section 241 of this title shall be administered by the Director of the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration, in consultation with State offices of rural health or other appropriate State government entities.
- (2)
- (A) In carrying out the programs described in paragraph (1), the Director may award grants under subsections (e), (f), and (g) to expand access to, coordinate, and improve the quality of basic health care services, and enhance the delivery of health care, in rural areas.
- (B) The Director may award the grants to—
- (i) promote expanded delivery of health care services in rural areas under subsection (e);
- (ii) provide for the planning and implementation of integrated health care networks in rural areas under subsection (f); and
- (iii) provide for the planning and implementation of small health care provider quality improvement activities under subsection (g).
- (e)
- (1) The Director may award grants to eligible entities to promote rural health care services outreach by improving and expanding the delivery of health care services to include new and enhanced services in rural areas, through community engagement and evidence-based or innovative, evidence-informed models. The Director may award the grants for periods of not more than 5 years.
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection for a project, an entity shall—
- (A) be an entity with demonstrated experience serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved populations;
- (B) represent a consortium composed of members that—
- (i) include 3 or more health care providers; and
- (ii) may be nonprofit or for-profit entities; and
- (C) not previously have received a grant under this subsection for the same or a similar project, unless the entity is proposing to expand the scope of the project or the area that will be served through the project.
- (3) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity, in consultation with the appropriate State office of rural health or another appropriate State entity, shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including—
- (A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
- (B) a description of the manner in which the project funded under the grant will meet the health care needs of rural underserved populations in the local community or region to be served;
- (C) a description of how the rural underserved populations in the local community or region to be served will be involved in the development and ongoing operations of the project;
- (D) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
- (E) a description of how the project will be evaluated; and
- (F) other such information as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (f)
- (1)
- (A) The Director may award rural health network development grants to eligible entities to plan, develop, and implement integrated health care networks that collaborate in order to—
- (i) achieve efficiencies;
- (ii) expand access to, coordinate, and improve the quality of basic health care services and associated health outcomes; and
- (iii) strengthen the rural health care system as a whole.
- (B) The Director may award grants under this subsection for periods of not more than 5 years.
- (A) The Director may award rural health network development grants to eligible entities to plan, develop, and implement integrated health care networks that collaborate in order to—
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an entity shall—
- (A) be an entity with demonstrated experience serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved populations;
- (B) represent a network composed of participants that—
- (i) include 3 or more health care providers; and
- (ii) may be nonprofit or for-profit entities; and
- (C) not previously have received a grant under this subsection (other than a grant for planning activities) for the same or a similar project.
- (3) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity, in consultation with the appropriate State office of rural health or another appropriate State entity, shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including—
- (A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
- (B) an explanation of the reasons why Federal assistance is required to carry out the project;
- (C) a description of—
- (i) the history of collaborative activities carried out by the participants in the network;
- (ii) the degree to which the participants are ready to integrate their functions; and
- (iii) how the rural underserved populations in the local community or region to be served will benefit from and be involved in the development and ongoing operations of the network;
- (D) a description of how the rural underserved populations in the local community or region to be served will experience increased access to quality health care services across the continuum of care as a result of the integration activities carried out by the network;
- (E) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
- (F) a description of how the project will be evaluated; and
- (G) other such information as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (1)
- (g)
- (1) The Director may award grants to provide for the planning and implementation of small health care provider quality improvement activities, including activities related to increasing care coordination, enhancing chronic disease management, and improving patient health outcomes. The Director may award the grants for periods of 1 to 5 years.
- (2) To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity shall—
- (A)
- (i) be a rural public or rural nonprofit private health care provider or provider of health care services, such as a critical access hospital or a rural health clinic; or
- (ii) be another rural provider or network of small rural providers identified by the Secretary as a key source of local or regional care; and
- (B) not previously have received a grant under this subsection for the same or a similar project.
- (A)
- (3) To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity, in consultation with the appropriate State office of rural health or another appropriate State entity shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including—
- (A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
- (B) an explanation of the reasons why Federal assistance is required to carry out the project;
- (C) a description of the manner in which the project funded under the grant will assure continuous quality improvement in the provision of services by the entity;
- (D) a description of how the rural underserved populations in the local community or region to be served will experience increased access to quality health care services across the continuum of care as a result of the activities carried out by the entity;
- (E) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
- (F) a description of how the project will be evaluated; and
- (G) other such information as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (4) In awarding a grant under this subsection, the Director shall ensure that the funds made available through the grant will be used to provide services to residents of rural areas. The Director shall award not less than 50 percent of the funds made available under this subsection to providers located in and serving rural areas.
- (h)
- (1) An entity that receives a grant under this section may not use funds provided through the grant—
- (A) to build or acquire real property; or
- (B) for construction.
- (2) The Secretary shall coordinate activities carried out under grant programs described in this section, to the extent practicable, with Federal and State agencies and nonprofit organizations that are operating similar grant programs, to maximize the effect of public dollars in funding meritorious proposals.
- (3) In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary, as appropriate, shall give preference to entities that—
- (A) are located in health professional shortage areas or medically underserved communities, or serve medically underserved populations; or
- (B) propose to develop projects with a focus on primary care, and wellness and prevention strategies.
- (1) An entity that receives a grant under this section may not use funds provided through the grant—
- (i) Not later than 4 years after March 27, 2020 , and every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on the activities and outcomes of the grant programs under subsections (e), (f), and (g), including the impact of projects funded under such programs on the health status of rural residents with chronic conditions.
- (j) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $79,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
§ 254d. National Health Service Corps
- (a)
- (1) For the purpose of eliminating health manpower shortages in health professional shortage areas, there is established, within the Service, the National Health Service Corps, which shall consist of—
- (A) such officers of the Regular and Reserve Corps 1 1 See Change of Name note below. of the Service as the Secretary may designate,
- (B) such civilian employees of the United States as the Secretary may appoint, and
- (C) such other individuals who are not employees of the United States.
- (2) The Corps shall be utilized by the Secretary to provide primary health services in health professional shortage areas.
- (3) For purposes of this subpart and subpart III:
- (A) The term “Corps” means the National Health Service Corps.
- (B) The term “Corps member” means each of the officers, employees, and individuals of which the Corps consists pursuant to paragraph (1).
- (C) The term “health professional shortage area” has the meaning given such term in section 254e(a) of this title .
- (D) The term “primary health services” means health services regarding family medicine, internal medicine, pediatrics, obstetrics and gynecology, dentistry, or mental health, that are provided by physicians or other health professionals.
- (E)
- (i) The term “behavioral and mental health professionals” means health service psychologists, licensed clinical social workers, licensed professional counselors, marriage and family therapists, psychiatric nurse specialists, and psychiatrists.
- (ii) The term “graduate program of behavioral and mental health” means a program that trains behavioral and mental health professionals.
- (1) For the purpose of eliminating health manpower shortages in health professional shortage areas, there is established, within the Service, the National Health Service Corps, which shall consist of—
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may conduct at schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, and, as appropriate, nursing and other schools of the health professions, including schools at which graduate programs of behavioral and mental health are offered, and at entities which train allied health personnel, recruiting programs for the Corps, the Scholarship Program, and the Loan Repayment Program. Such recruiting programs shall include efforts to recruit individuals who will serve in the Corps other than pursuant to obligated service under the Scholarship or Loan Repayment Program.
- (2) In the case of physicians, dentists, behavioral and mental health professionals, certified nurse midwives, certified nurse practitioners, and physician assistants who have an interest and a commitment to providing primary health care, the Secretary may establish fellowship programs to enable such health professionals to gain exposure to and expertise in the delivery of primary health services in health professional shortage areas. To the maximum extent practicable, the Secretary shall ensure that any such programs are established in conjunction with accredited residency programs, and other training programs, regarding such health professions.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may reimburse an applicant for a position in the Corps (including an individual considering entering into a written agreement pursuant to section 254n of this title ) for the actual and reasonable expenses incurred in traveling to and from the applicant’s place of residence to an eligible site to which the applicant may be assigned under section 254f of this title for the purpose of evaluating such site with regard to being assigned at such site. The Secretary may establish a maximum total amount that may be paid to an individual as reimbursement for such expenses.
- (2) The Secretary may also reimburse the applicant for the actual and reasonable expenses incurred for the travel of 1 family member to accompany the applicant to such site. The Secretary may establish a maximum total amount that may be paid to an individual as reimbursement for such expenses.
- (3) In the case of an individual who has entered into a contract for obligated service under the Scholarship Program or under the Loan Repayment Program, the Secretary may reimburse such individual for all or part of the actual and reasonable expenses incurred in transporting the individual, the individual’s family, and the family’s possessions to the site of the individual’s assignment under section 254f of this title . The Secretary may establish a maximum total amount that may be paid to an individual as reimbursement for such expenses.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may, under regulations promulgated by the Secretary, adjust the monthly pay of each member of the Corps (other than a member described in subsection (a)(1)(C)) who is directly engaged in the delivery of health services in a health professional shortage area as follows:
- (A) During the first 36 months in which such a member is so engaged in the delivery of health services, his monthly pay may be increased by an amount which when added to the member’s monthly pay and allowances will provide a monthly income competitive with the average monthly income from a practice of an individual who is a member of the profession of the Corps member, who has equivalent training, and who has been in practice for a period equivalent to the period during which the Corps member has been in practice.
- (B) During the period beginning upon the expiration of the 36 months referred to in subparagraph (A) and ending with the month in which the member’s monthly pay and allowances are equal to or exceed the monthly income he received for the last of such 36 months, the member may receive in addition to his monthly pay and allowances an amount which when added to such monthly pay and allowances equals the monthly income he received for such last month.
- (C) For each month in which a member is directly engaged in the delivery of health services in a health professional shortage area in accordance with an agreement with the Secretary entered into under section 294n(f)(1)(C) 2 2 See References in Text note below. of this title, under which the Secretary is obligated to make payments in accordance with section 294n(f)(2) 2 of this title, the amount of any monthly increase under subparagraph (A) or (B) with respect to such member shall be decreased by an amount equal to one-twelfth of the amount which the Secretary is obligated to pay upon the completion of the year of practice in which such month occurs.
- (2) In the case of a member of the Corps who is directly engaged in the delivery of health services in a health professional shortage area in accordance with a service obligation incurred under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, the adjustment in pay authorized by paragraph (1) may be made for such a member only upon satisfactory completion of such service obligation, and the first 36 months of such member’s being so engaged in the delivery of health services shall, for purposes of paragraph (1)(A), be deemed to begin upon such satisfactory completion.
- (3) A member of the Corps described in subparagraph (C) of subsection (a)(1) shall when assigned to an entity under section 254f of this title be subject to the personnel system of such entity, except that such member shall receive during the period of assignment the income that the member would receive if the member was a member of the Corps described in subparagraph (B) of such subsection.
- (1) The Secretary may, under regulations promulgated by the Secretary, adjust the monthly pay of each member of the Corps (other than a member described in subsection (a)(1)(C)) who is directly engaged in the delivery of health services in a health professional shortage area as follows:
- (e) Corps members assigned under section 254f of this title to provide health services in health professional shortage areas shall not be counted against any employment ceiling affecting the Department.
- (f) Sections 215 and 217 of this title shall not apply to members of the National Health Service Corps during their period of obligated service under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, except when such members are Commissioned Corps officers who entered into a contract with 3 3 So in original. The word “the” probably should appear. Secretary under section 254 l or 254 l –1 of this title after December 31, 2006 and when the Secretary determines that exercising the authority provided under section 215 or 217 of this title with respect to any such officer to 4 4 So in original. would not cause unreasonable disruption to health care services provided in the community in which such officer is providing health care services.
- (g)
- (1) The Secretary shall, by rule, prescribe conversion provisions applicable to any individual who, within a year after completion of service as a member of the Corps described in subsection (a)(1)(C), becomes a commissioned officer in the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 of the Service.
- (2) The rules prescribed under paragraph (1) shall provide that in applying the appropriate provisions of this chapter which relate to retirement, any individual who becomes such an officer shall be entitled to have credit for any period of service as a member of the Corps described in subsection (a)(1)(C).
- (h) The Secretary shall ensure that adequate staff is provided to the Service with respect to effectively administering the program for the Corps.
- (i)
- (1) In carrying out subpart III, the Secretary may, in accordance with this subsection, issue waivers to individuals who have entered into a contract for obligated service under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program under which the individuals are authorized to satisfy the requirement of obligated service through providing clinical practice that is half time.
- (2) A waiver described in paragraph (1) may be provided by the Secretary only if—
- (A) the entity for which the service is to be performed—
- (i) has been approved under section 254f–1 of this title for assignment of a Corps member; and
- (ii) has requested in writing assignment of a health professional who would serve half time;
- (B) the Secretary has determined that assignment of a health professional who would serve half time would be appropriate for the area where the entity is located;
- (C) a Corps member who is required to perform obligated service has agreed in writing to be assigned for half-time service to an entity described in subparagraph (A);
- (D) the entity and the Corps member agree in writing that the Corps member will perform half-time clinical practice;
- (E) the Corps member agrees in writing to fulfill all of the service obligations under section 254m of this title through half-time clinical practice and either—
- (i) double the period of obligated service that would otherwise be required; or
- (ii) in the case of contracts entered into under section 254 l –1 of this title, accept a minimum service obligation of 2 years with an award amount equal to 50 percent of the amount that would otherwise be payable for full-time service; and
- (F) the Corps member agrees in writing that if the Corps member begins providing half-time service but fails to begin or complete the period of obligated service, the method stated in 254 o (c) of this title for determining the damages for breach of the individual’s written contract will be used after converting periods of obligated service or of service performed into their full-time equivalents.
- (A) the entity for which the service is to be performed—
- (3) In evaluating waivers issued under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall examine the effect of multidisciplinary teams.
- (j) For the purposes of this subpart and subpart III:
- (1) The term “Department” means the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (2) The term “Loan Repayment Program” means the National Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program established under section 254 l –1 of this title.
- (3) The term “Scholarship Program” means the National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program established under section 254 l of this title.
- (4) The term “State” includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (5) The terms “full time” and “full-time” mean a minimum of 40 hours per week in a clinical practice, for a minimum of 45 weeks per year.
- (6) The terms “half time” and “half-time” mean a minimum of 20 hours per week (not to exceed 39 hours per week) in a clinical practice, for a minimum of 45 weeks per year.
§ 254e. Health professional shortage areas
- (a)
- (1) For purposes of this subpart the term “health professional shortage area” means (A) an area in an urban or rural area (which need not conform to the geographic boundaries of a political subdivision and which is a rational area for the delivery of health services) which the Secretary determines has a health manpower shortage and which is not reasonably accessible to an adequately served area, (B) a population group which the Secretary determines has such a shortage, or (C) a public or nonprofit private medical facility or other public facility which the Secretary determines has such a shortage. All Federally qualified health centers and rural health clinics, as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa) ), that meet the requirements of section 254g of this title shall be automatically designated as having such a shortage. The Secretary shall not remove an area from the areas determined to be health professional shortage areas under subparagraph (A) of the preceding sentence until the Secretary has afforded interested persons and groups in such area an opportunity to provide data and information in support of the designation as a health professional shortage area or a population group described in subparagraph (B) of such sentence or a facility described in subparagraph (C) of such sentence, and has made a determination on the basis of the data and information submitted by such persons and groups and other data and information available to the Secretary.
- (2) For purposes of this subsection, the term “medical facility” means a facility for the delivery of health services and includes—
- (A) a hospital, State mental hospital, public health center, outpatient medical facility, rehabilitation facility, facility for long-term care, community mental health center, migrant health center, facility operated by a city or county health department, and community health center;
- (B) such a facility of a State correctional institution or of the Indian Health Service, and a health program or facility operated by a tribe or tribal organization under the Indian Self-Determination Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5321 et seq.];
- (C) such a facility used in connection with the delivery of health services under section 248 of this title (relating to hospitals), 249 of this title (relating to care and treatment of persons under quarantine and others), 250 of this title (relating to care and treatment of Federal prisoners), 251 of this title (relating to examination and treatment of certain Federal employees), 252 of this title (relating to examination of aliens), 253 of this title (relating to services to certain Federal employees), 247e of this title (relating to services for persons with Hansen’s disease), or 254b(h) of this title (relating to the provision of health services to homeless individuals); and
- (D) a Federal medical facility.
- (3) Homeless individuals (as defined in section 254b(h)(5) of this title ), seasonal agricultural workers (as defined in section 254b(g)(3) of this title ) and migratory agricultural workers (as so defined)), and residents of public housing (as defined in section 1437a(b)(1) of this title ) may be population groups under paragraph (1).
- (b) The Secretary shall establish by regulation criteria for the designation of areas, population groups, medical facilities, and other public facilities, in the States, as health professional shortage areas. In establishing such criteria, the Secretary shall take into consideration the following:
- (1) The ratio of available health manpower to the number of individuals in an area or population group, or served by a medical facility or other public facility under consideration for designation.
- (2) Indicators of a need, notwithstanding the supply of health manpower, for health services for the individuals in an area or population group or served by a medical facility or other public facility under consideration for designation.
- (3) The percentage of physicians serving an area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility under consideration for designation who are employed by hospitals and who are graduates of foreign medical schools.
- (c) In determining whether to make a designation, the Secretary shall take into consideration the following:
- (1) The recommendations of the Governor of each State in which the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility under consideration for designation is in whole or part located.
- (2) The extent to which individuals who are (A) residents of the area, members of the population group, or patients in the medical facility or other public facility under consideration for designation, and (B) entitled to have payment made for medical services under title XVIII, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.], cannot obtain such services because of suspension of physicians from the programs under such titles.
- (d)
- (1) In accordance with the criteria established under subsection (b) and the considerations listed in subsection (c), the Secretary shall designate health professional shortage areas in the States, publish a descriptive list of the areas, population groups, medical facilities, and other public facilities so designated, and at least annually review and, as necessary, revise such designations.
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1), a complete descriptive list shall be published in the Federal Register not later than July 1 of 1991 and each subsequent year.
- (e)
- (1) Prior to the designation of a public facility, including a Federal medical facility, as a health professional shortage area, the Secretary shall give written notice of such proposed designation to the chief administrative officer of such facility and request comments within 30 days with respect to such designation.
- (2) Prior to the designation of a health professional shortage area under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, give written notice of the proposed designation of such area to appropriate public or private nonprofit entities which are located or have a demonstrated interest in such area and request comments from such entities with respect to the proposed designation of such area.
- (f) The Secretary shall give written notice of the designation of a health professional shortage area, not later than 60 days from the date of such designation, to—
- (1) the Governor of each State in which the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility so designated is in whole or part located; and
- (2) appropriate public or nonprofit private entities which are located or which have a demonstrated interest in the area so designated.
- (g) Any person may recommend to the Secretary the designation of an area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility as a health professional shortage area.
- (h) The Secretary may conduct such information programs in areas, among population groups, and in medical facilities and other public facilities designated under this section as health professional shortage areas as may be necessary to inform public and nonprofit private entities which are located or have a demonstrated interest in such areas of the assistance available under this subchapter by virtue of the designation of such areas.
- (i) The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration shall disseminate information concerning the designation criteria described in subsection (b) to—
- (1) the Governor of each State;
- (2) the representative of any area, population group, or facility selected by any such Governor to receive such information;
- (3) the representative of any area, population group, or facility that requests such information; and
- (4) the representative of any area, population group, or facility determined by the Administrator to be likely to meet the criteria described in subsection (b).
- (j)
- (1) The Secretary shall submit the report described in paragraph (2) if the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, issues—
- (A) a regulation that revises the definition of a health professional shortage area for purposes of this section; or
- (B) a regulation that revises the standards concerning priority of such an area under section 254f–1 of this title .
- (2) On issuing a regulation described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report that describes the regulation.
- (3) Each regulation described in paragraph (1) shall take effect 180 days after the committees described in paragraph (2) receive a report referred to in such paragraph describing the regulation.
- (1) The Secretary shall submit the report described in paragraph (2) if the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, issues—
- (k)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall identify, based on the data collected under paragraph (3), maternity care health professional target areas that satisfy the criteria described in paragraph (2) for purposes of, in connection with receipt of assistance under this subchapter, assigning to such identified areas maternity care health professionals who, without application of this subsection, would otherwise be eligible for such assistance. The Secretary shall distribute maternity care health professionals within health professional shortage areas using the maternity care health professional target areas so identified.
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary shall establish criteria for maternity care health professional target areas that identify geographic areas within health professional shortage areas that have a shortage of maternity care health professionals.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection, the Secretary shall collect and publish in the Federal Register data comparing the availability and need of maternity care health services in health professional shortage areas and in areas within such health professional shortage areas.
- (4) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall seek input from relevant provider organizations, including medical societies, organizations representing medical facilities, and other organizations with expertise in maternity care.
- (5) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘full scope maternity care health services’ includes during labor care, birthing, prenatal care, and postpartum care.
- (6) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as—
- (A) requiring the identification of a maternity care health professional target area in an area not otherwise already designated as a health professional shortage area; or
- (B) affecting the types of health professionals, without application of this subsection, otherwise eligible for assistance, including a loan repayment or scholarship, pursuant to the application of this section.
§ 254f. Corps personnel
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may assign members of the Corps to provide, under regulations promulgated by the Secretary, health services in or to a health professional shortage area during the assignment period only if—
- (A) a public or private entity, which is located or has a demonstrated interest in such area makes application to the Secretary for such assignment;
- (B) such application has been approved by the Secretary;
- (C) the entity agrees to comply with the requirements of section 254g of this title ; and
- (D) the Secretary has (i) conducted an evaluation of the need and demand for health manpower for the area, the intended use of Corps members to be assigned to the area, community support for the assignment of Corps members to the area, the area’s efforts to secure health manpower for the area, and the fiscal management capability of the entity to which Corps members would be assigned and (ii) on the basis of such evaluation has determined that—
- (I) there is a need and demand for health manpower for the area;
- (II) there has been appropriate and efficient use of any Corps members assigned to the entity for the area;
- (III) there is general community support for the assignment of Corps members to the entity;
- (IV) the area has made unsuccessful efforts to secure health manpower for the area;
- (V) there is a reasonable prospect of sound fiscal management, including efficient collection of fee-for-service, third-party, and other appropriate funds, by the entity with respect to Corps members assigned to such entity; and
- (VI) the entity demonstrates willingness to support or facilitate mentorship, professional development, and training opportunities for Corps members.
- (2) Corps members may be assigned to a Federal health care facility, but only upon the request of the head of the department or agency of which such facility is a part.
- (3) In approving applications for assignment of members of the Corps the Secretary shall not discriminate against applications from entities which are not receiving Federal financial assistance under this chapter. In approving such applications, the Secretary shall give preference to applications in which a nonprofit entity or public entity shall provide a site to which Corps members may be assigned.
- (1) The Secretary may assign members of the Corps to provide, under regulations promulgated by the Secretary, health services in or to a health professional shortage area during the assignment period only if—
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may not approve an application for the assignment of a member of the Corps described in subparagraph (C) of section 254d(a)(1) of this title to an entity unless the application of the entity contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the entity (A) has sufficient financial resources to provide the member of the Corps with an income of not less than the income to which the member would be entitled if the member was a member described in subparagraph (B) of section 254d(a)(1) of this title , or (B) would have such financial resources if a grant was made to the entity under paragraph (2).
- (2)
- (A) If in approving an application of an entity for the assignment of a member of the Corps described in subparagraph (C) of section 254d(a)(1) of this title the Secretary determines that the entity does not have sufficient financial resources to provide the member of the Corps with an income of not less than the income to which the member would be entitled if the member was a member described in subparagraph (B) of section 254d(a)(1) of this title , the Secretary may make a grant to the entity to assure that the member of the Corps assigned to it will receive during the period of assignment to the entity such an income.
- (B) The amount of any grant under subparagraph (A) shall be determined by the Secretary. Payments under such a grant may be made in advance or by way of reimbursement, and at such intervals and on such conditions, as the Secretary finds necessary. No grant may be made unless an application therefor is submitted to and approved by the Secretary. Such an application shall be in such form, submitted in such manner, and contain such information, as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe.
- (c) The Secretary shall assign Corps members to entities in health professional shortage areas without regard to the ability of the individuals in such areas, population groups, medical facilities, or other public facilities to pay for such services.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may provide technical assistance to a public or private entity which is located in a health professional shortage area and which desires to make an application under this section for assignment of a Corps member to such area. Assistance provided under this paragraph may include assistance to an entity in (A) analyzing the potential use of health professions personnel in defined health services delivery areas by the residents of such areas, (B) determining the need for such personnel in such areas, (C) determining the extent to which such areas will have a financial base to support the practice of such personnel and the extent to which additional financial resources are needed to adequately support the practice, (D) determining the types of inpatient and other health services that should be provided by such personnel in such areas, and (E) developing long-term plans for addressing health professional shortages and improving access to health care. The Secretary shall encourage entities that receive technical assistance under this paragraph to communicate with other communities, State Offices of Rural Health, State Primary Care Associations and Offices, and other entities concerned with site development and community needs assessment.
- (2) The Secretary may provide, to public and private entities which are located in a health professional shortage area to which area a Corps member has been assigned, technical assistance to assist in the retention of such member in such area after the completion of such member’s assignment to the area.
- (3) The Secretary may provide, to health professional shortage areas to which no Corps member has been assigned, (A) technical assistance to assist in the recruitment of health manpower for such areas, and (B) current information on public and private programs which provide assistance in the securing of health manpower.
- (4)
- (A) The Secretary shall undertake to demonstrate the improvements that can be made in the assignment of members of the Corps to health professional shortage areas and in the delivery of health care by Corps members in such areas through coordination with States, political subdivisions of States, agencies of States and political subdivisions, and other public and private entities which have expertise in the planning, development, and operation of centers for the delivery of primary health care. In carrying out this subparagraph, the Secretary shall enter into agreements with qualified entities which provide that if—
- (i) the entity places in effect a program for the planning, development, and operation of centers for the delivery of primary health care in health professional shortage areas which reasonably addresses the need for such care in such areas, and
- (ii) under the program the entity will perform the functions described in subparagraph (B),
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “qualified entity” means a State, political subdivision of a State, an agency of a State or political subdivision, or other public or private entity operating solely within one State, which the Secretary determines is able—
- (i) to analyze the potential use of health professions personnel in defined health services delivery areas by the residents of such areas;
- (ii) to determine the need for such personnel in such areas and to recruit, select, and retain health professions personnel (including members of the National Health Service Corps) to meet such need;
- (iii) to determine the extent to which such areas will have a financial base to support the practice of such personnel and the extent to which additional financial resources are needed to adequately support the practice;
- (iv) to determine the types of inpatient and other health services that should be provided by such personnel in such areas;
- (v) to assist such personnel in the development of their clinical practice and fee schedules and in the management of their practice;
- (vi) to assist in the planning and development of facilities for the delivery of primary health care; and
- (vii) to assist in establishing the governing bodies of centers for the delivery of such care and to assist such bodies in defining and carrying out their responsibilities.
- (A) The Secretary shall undertake to demonstrate the improvements that can be made in the assignment of members of the Corps to health professional shortage areas and in the delivery of health care by Corps members in such areas through coordination with States, political subdivisions of States, agencies of States and political subdivisions, and other public and private entities which have expertise in the planning, development, and operation of centers for the delivery of primary health care. In carrying out this subparagraph, the Secretary shall enter into agreements with qualified entities which provide that if—
- (e) Notwithstanding any other law, any member of the Corps licensed to practice medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, or any other health profession in any State shall, while serving in the Corps, be allowed to practice such profession in any State.
§ 254g. Charges for services by entities using Corps members
- (a) An entity to which a Corps member is assigned shall not deny requested health care services, and shall not discriminate in the provision of services to an individual—
- (1) because the individual is unable to pay for the services; or
- (2) because payment for the services would be made under—
- (A) the medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.);
- (B) the medicaid program under title XIX of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); or
- (C) the State children’s health insurance program under title XXI of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.).
- (b) The following rules shall apply to charges for health care services provided by an entity to which a Corps member is assigned:
- (1)
- (A) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the entity shall prepare a schedule of fees or payments for the entity’s services, consistent with locally prevailing rates or charges and designed to cover the entity’s reasonable cost of operation.
- (B) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the entity shall prepare a corresponding schedule of discounts (including, in appropriate cases, waivers) to be applied to the payment of such fees or payments. In preparing the schedule, the entity shall adjust the discounts on the basis of a patient’s ability to pay.
- (C) The entity shall make every reasonable effort to secure from patients fees and payments for services in accordance with such schedules, and fees or payments shall be sufficiently discounted in accordance with the schedule described in subparagraph (B).
- (2) In the case of health care services furnished to an individual who is a beneficiary of a program listed in subsection (a)(2), the entity—
- (A) shall accept an assignment pursuant to section 1842(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(3)(B)(ii) ) with respect to an individual who is a beneficiary under the medicare program; and
- (B) shall enter into an appropriate agreement with—
- (i) the State agency administering the program under title XIX of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] with respect to an individual who is a beneficiary under the medicaid program; and
- (ii) the State agency administering the program under title XXI of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] with respect to an individual who is a beneficiary under the State children’s health insurance program.
- (3) The entity shall take reasonable and appropriate steps to collect all payments due for health care services provided by the entity, including payments from any third party (including a Federal, State, or local government agency and any other third party) that is responsible for part or all of the charge for such services.
- (1)
§ 254h. Provision of health services by Corps members
- (a) In providing health services in a health professional shortage area, Corps members shall utilize the techniques, facilities, and organizational forms most appropriate for the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility, and shall, to the maximum extent feasible, provide such services (1) to all individuals in, or served by, such health professional shortage area regardless of their ability to pay for the services, and (2) in a manner which is cooperative with other health care providers serving such health professional shortage area.
- (b)
- (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may (A) to the maximum extent feasible make such arrangements as he determines necessary to enable Corps members to utilize the health facilities in or serving the health professional shortage area in providing health services; (B) make such arrangements as he determines are necessary for the use of equipment and supplies of the Service and for the lease or acquisition of other equipment and supplies; and (C) secure the permanent or temporary services of physicians, dentists, nurses, administrators, and other health personnel. If there are no health facilities in or serving such area, the Secretary may arrange to have Corps members provide health services in the nearest health facilities of the Service or may lease or otherwise provide facilities in or serving such area for the provision of health services.
- (2) If the individuals in or served by a health professional shortage area are being served (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) by a hospital or other health care delivery facility of the Service, the Secretary may, in addition to such other arrangements as he may make under paragraph (1), arrange for the utilization of such hospital or facility by Corps members in providing health services, but only to the extent that such utilization will not impair the delivery of health services and treatment through such hospital or facility to individuals who are entitled to health services and treatment through such hospital or facility.
- (c) The Secretary may make one loan to any entity with an approved application under section 254f of this title to assist such entity in meeting the costs of (1) establishing medical, dental, or other health profession practices, including the development of medical practice management systems; (2) acquiring equipment for use in providing health services; and (3) renovating buildings to establish health facilities. No loan may be made under this subsection unless an application therefor is submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. The amount of any such loan shall be determined by the Secretary, except that no such loan may exceed $50,000.
- (d) Upon the expiration of the assignment of all Corps members to a health professional shortage area, the Secretary may (notwithstanding any other provision of law) sell, to any appropriate local entity, equipment and other property of the United States utilized by such members in providing health services. Sales made under this subsection shall be made at the fair market value (as determined by the Secretary) of the equipment or such other property; except that the Secretary may make such sales for a lesser value to an appropriate local entity, if he determines that the entity is financially unable to pay the full market value.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) It shall be unlawful for any hospital to deny an authorized Corps member admitting privileges when such Corps member otherwise meets the professional qualifications established by the hospital for granting such privileges and agrees to abide by the published bylaws of the hospital and the published bylaws, rules, and regulations of its medical staff.
- (B) Any hospital which is found by the Secretary, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing on the record, to have violated this subsection shall upon such finding cease, for a period to be determined by the Secretary, to receive and to be eligible to receive any Federal funds under this chapter or under titles XVIII, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.].
- (2) For purposes of this subsection, the term “hospital” includes a State or local public hospital, a private profit hospital, a private nonprofit hospital, a general or special hospital, and any other type of hospital (excluding a hospital owned or operated by an agency of the Federal Government), and any related facilities.
- (1)
§ 254i. Annual report to Congress; contents
The Secretary shall submit an annual report to Congress, and shall include in such report with respect to the previous calendar year—
- (1) the number, identity, and priority of all health professional shortage areas designated in such year and the number of health professional shortage areas which the Secretary estimates will be designated in the subsequent year;
- (2) the number of applications filed under section 254f of this title in such year for assignment of Corps members and the action taken on each such application;
- (3) the number and types of Corps members assigned in such year to health professional shortage areas, the number and types of additional Corps members which the Secretary estimates will be assigned to such areas in the subsequent year, and the need for additional members for the Corps;
- (4) the recruitment efforts engaged in for the Corps in such year and the number of qualified individuals who applied for service in the Corps in such year;
- (5) the number of patients seen and the number of patient visits recorded during such year with respect to each health professional shortage area to which a Corps member was assigned during such year;
- (6) the number of Corps members who elected, and the number of Corps members who did not elect, to continue to provide health services in health professional shortage areas after termination of their service in the Corps and the reasons (as reported to the Secretary) of members who did not elect for not making such election;
- (7) the results of evaluations and determinations made under section 254f(a)(1)(D) of this title during such year; and
- (8) the amount charged during such year for health services provided by Corps members, the amount which was collected in such year by entities in accordance with section 254g of this title , and the amount which was paid to the Secretary in such year under such agreements.
§ 254j. National Advisory Council on National Health Service Corps
- (a) There is established a council to be known as the National Advisory Council on the National Health Service Corps (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “Council”). The Council shall be composed of not more than 15 members appointed by the Secretary. The Council shall consult with, advise, and make recommendations to, the Secretary with respect to his responsibilities in carrying out this subpart (other than section 254r 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title), and shall review and comment upon regulations promulgated by the Secretary under this subpart.
- (b)
- (1) Members of the Council shall be appointed for a term of three years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. No member shall be removed, except for cause.
- (2) Members of the Council (other than members who are officers or employees of the United States), while attending meetings or conferences thereof or otherwise serving on the business of the Council, shall be entitled to receive for each day (including traveltime) in which they are so serving compensation at a rate fixed by the Secretary (but not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule); and while so serving away from their homes or regular places of business all members may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for persons in the Government Service employed intermittently.
- (c) Section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act shall not apply with respect to the Council.
§ 254k. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2008 through 2012.
- (b) An appropriation under an authorization under subsection (a) for any fiscal year may be made at any time before that fiscal year and may be included in an Act making an appropriation under an authorization under subsection (a) for another fiscal year; but no funds may be made available from any appropriation under such authorization for obligation under sections 254d through 254h, section 254i, and section 254j of this title before the fiscal year for which such appropriation is authorized.
§ 254l. National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program
- (a) The Secretary shall establish the National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program to assure, with respect to the provision of primary health services pursuant to section 254d(a)(2) of this title —
- (1) an adequate supply of physicians, dentists, behavioral and mental health professionals, certified nurse midwives, certified nurse practitioners, and physician assistants; and
- (2) if needed by the Corps, an adequate supply of other health professionals.
- (b) To be eligible to participate in the Scholarship Program, an individual must—
- (1) be accepted for enrollment, or be enrolled, as a full-time student (A) in an accredited (as determined by the Secretary) educational institution in a State and (B) in a course of study or program, offered by such institution and approved by the Secretary, leading to a degree in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, or other health profession, or an appropriate degree from a graduate program of behavioral and mental health;
- (2) be eligible for, or hold, an appointment as a commissioned officer in the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 1 See Change of Name note below. of the Service or be eligible for selection for civilian service in the Corps;
- (3) submit an application to participate in the Scholarship Program; and
- (4) sign and submit to the Secretary, at the time of submittal of such application, a written contract (described in subsection (f)) to accept payment of a scholarship and to serve (in accordance with this subpart) for the applicable period of obligated service in a health professional shortage area.
- (c)
- (1) In disseminating application forms and contract forms to individuals desiring to participate in the Scholarship Program, the Secretary shall include with such forms—
- (A) a fair summary of the rights and liabilities of an individual whose application is approved (and whose contract is accepted) by the Secretary, including in the summary a clear explanation of the damages to which the United States is entitled under section 254 o of this title in the case of the individual’s breach of the contract; and
- (B) information respecting meeting a service obligation through private practice under an agreement under section 254n of this title and such other information as may be necessary for the individual to understand the individual’s prospective participation in the Scholarship Program and service in the Corps, including a statement of all factors considered in approving applications for participation in the Program and in making assignments for participants in the Program.
- (2) The application form, contract form, and all other information furnished by the Secretary under this subpart shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average individual applying to participate in the Scholarship Program. The Secretary shall make such application forms, contract forms, and other information available to individuals desiring to participate in the Scholarship Program on a date sufficiently early to insure that such individuals have adequate time to carefully review and evaluate such forms and information.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary shall distribute to health professions schools materials providing information on the Scholarship Program and shall encourage the schools to disseminate the materials to the students of the schools.
- (B)
- (i) In the case of any health professional whose period of obligated service under the Scholarship Program is nearing completion, the Secretary shall encourage the individual to remain in a health professional shortage area and to continue providing primary health services.
- (ii) During the period in which a health professional is planning and making the transition to private practice from obligated service under the Scholarship Program, the Secretary may provide assistance to the professional regarding such transition if the professional is remaining in a health professional shortage area and is continuing to provide primary health services.
- (C) In the case of entities to which participants in the Scholarship Program are assigned under section 254f of this title , the Secretary shall encourage the entities to provide options with respect to assisting the participants in remaining in the health professional shortage areas involved, and in continuing to provide primary health services, after the period of obligated service under the Scholarship Program is completed. The options with respect to which the Secretary provides such encouragement may include options regarding the sharing of a single employment position in the health professions by 2 or more health professionals, and options regarding the recruitment of couples where both of the individuals are health professionals.
- (1) In disseminating application forms and contract forms to individuals desiring to participate in the Scholarship Program, the Secretary shall include with such forms—
- (d)
- (1) Subject to section 254f–1 of this title , in providing contracts under the Scholarship Program—
- (A) the Secretary shall consider the extent of the demonstrated interest of the applicants for the contracts in providing primary health services;
- (B) the Secretary, in considering applications from individuals accepted for enrollment or enrolled in dental school, shall consider applications from all individuals accepted for enrollment or enrolled in any accredited dental school in a State; and
- (C) may 2 2 So in original. consider such other factors regarding the applicants as the Secretary determines to be relevant to selecting qualified individuals to participate in such Program.
- (2) In providing contracts under the Scholarship Program, the Secretary shall give priority—
- (A) first, to any application for such a contract submitted by an individual who has previously received a scholarship under this section or under section 294z 3 3 See References in Text note below. of this title;
- (B) second, to any application for such a contract submitted by an individual who has characteristics that increase the probability that the individual will continue to serve in a health professional shortage area after the period of obligated service pursuant to subsection (f) is completed; and
- (C) third, subject to subparagraph (B), to any application for such a contract submitted by an individual who is from a disadvantaged background.
- (1) Subject to section 254f–1 of this title , in providing contracts under the Scholarship Program—
- (e)
- (1) An individual becomes a participant in the Scholarship Program only upon the Secretary’s approval of the individual’s application submitted under subsection (b)(3) and the Secretary’s acceptance of the contract submitted by the individual under subsection (b)(4).
- (2) The Secretary shall provide written notice to an individual promptly upon the Secretary’s approving, under paragraph (1), of the individual’s participation in the Scholarship Program.
- (f) The written contract (referred to in this subpart) between the Secretary and an individual shall contain—
- (1) an agreement that—
- (A) subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary agrees (i) to provide the individual with a scholarship (described in subsection (g)) in each such school year or years for a period of years (not to exceed four school years) determined by the individual, during which period the individual is pursuing a course of study described in subsection (b)(1)(B), and (ii) to accept (subject to the availability of appropriated funds for carrying out sections 254d through 254h and section 254j of this title ) the individual into the Corps (or for equivalent service as otherwise provided in this subpart); and
- (B) subject to paragraph (2), the individual agrees—
- (i) to accept provision of such a scholarship to the individual;
- (ii) to maintain enrollment in a course of study described in subsection (b)(1)(B) until the individual completes the course of study;
- (iii) while enrolled in such course of study, to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing (as determined under regulations of the Secretary by the educational institution offering such course of study);
- (iv) if pursuing a degree from a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, to complete a residency in a specialty that the Secretary determines is consistent with the needs of the Corps; and
- (v) to serve for a time period (hereinafter in the subpart referred to as the “period of obligated service”) equal to—
- (I) one year for each school year for which the individual was provided a scholarship under the Scholarship Program, or
- (II) two years,
- (2) a provision that any financial obligation of the United States arising out of a contract entered into under this subpart and any obligation of the individual which is conditioned thereon, is contingent upon funds being appropriated for scholarships under this subpart and to carry out the purposes of sections 254d through 254h and sections 254j and 254k of this title;
- (3) a statement of the damages to which the United States is entitled, under section 254 o of this title, for the individual’s breach of the contract; and
- (4) such other statements of the rights and liabilities of the Secretary and of the individual, not inconsistent with the provisions of this subpart.
- (1) an agreement that—
- (g)
- (1) A scholarship provided to a student for a school year under a written contract under the Scholarship Program shall consist of—
- (A) payment to, or (in accordance with paragraph (2)) on behalf of, the student of the amount (except as provided in section 292k 2 of this title) of—
- (i) the tuition of the student in such school year; and
- (ii) all other reasonable educational expenses, including fees, books, and laboratory expenses, incurred by the student in such school year; and
- (B) payment to the student of a stipend of $400 per month (adjusted in accordance with paragraph (3)) for each of the 12 consecutive months beginning with the first month of such school year.
- (A) payment to, or (in accordance with paragraph (2)) on behalf of, the student of the amount (except as provided in section 292k 2 of this title) of—
- (2) The Secretary may contract with an educational institution, in which a participant in the Scholarship Program is enrolled, for the payment to the educational institution of the amounts of tuition and other reasonable educational expenses described in paragraph (1)(A). Payment to such an educational institution may be made without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31.
- (3) The amount of the monthly stipend, specified in paragraph (1)(B) and as previously adjusted (if at all) in accordance with this paragraph, shall be increased by the Secretary for each school year ending in a fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1978 , by an amount (rounded to the next highest multiple of $1) equal to the amount of such stipend multiplied by the overall percentage (under section 5303 of title 5 ) of the adjustment (if such adjustment is an increase) in the rates of pay under the General Schedule made effective in the fiscal year in which such school year ends.
- (1) A scholarship provided to a student for a school year under a written contract under the Scholarship Program shall consist of—
- (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, individuals who have entered into written contracts with the Secretary under this section, while undergoing academic training, shall not be counted against any employment ceiling affecting the Department.
§ 254m. Obligated service under contract
- (a) Except as provided in section 254n of this title , each individual who has entered into a written contract with the Secretary under section 254 l or 254 l –1 of this title shall provide service in the full-time clinical practice of such individual’s profession as a member of the Corps for the period of obligated service provided in such contract. The Secretary may treat teaching as clinical practice for up to 20 percent of such period of obligated service. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with respect to a member of the Corps participating in the teaching health centers graduate medical education program under section 256h of this title , for the purpose of calculating time spent in full-time clinical practice under this section, up to 50 percent of time spent teaching by such member may be counted toward his or her service obligation.
- (b)
- (1) If an individual is required under subsection (a) to provide service as specified in section 254 l (f)(1)(B)(v) or 254 l –1(f)(1)(B)(iv) of this title (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as “obligated service”), the Secretary shall, not later than ninety days before the date described in paragraph (5), determine if the individual shall provide such service—
- (A) as a member of the Corps who is a commissioned officer in the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 1 See Change of Name note below. of the Service or who is a civilian employee of the United States, or
- (B) as a member of the Corps who is not such an officer or employee,
- (2) If the Secretary determines that an individual shall provide obligated service as a member of the Corps who is a commissioned officer in the Service or a civilian employee of the United States, the Secretary shall, not later than sixty days before the date described in paragraph (5), provide such individual with sufficient information regarding the advantages and disadvantages of service as such a commissioned officer or civilian employee to enable the individual to make a decision on an informed basis. To be eligible to provide obligated service as a commissioned officer in the Service, an individual shall notify the Secretary, not later than thirty days before the date described in paragraph (5), of the individual’s desire to provide such service as such an officer. If an individual qualifies for an appointment as such an officer, the Secretary shall, as soon as possible after the date described in paragraph (5), appoint the individual as a commissioned officer of the Regular or Reserve Corps 1 of the Service and shall designate the individual as a member of the Corps.
- (3) If an individual provided notice by the Secretary under paragraph (2) does not qualify for appointment as a commissioned officer in the Service, the Secretary shall, as soon as possible after the date described in paragraph (5), appoint such individual as a civilian employee of the United States and designate the individual as a member of the Corps.
- (4) If the Secretary determines that an individual shall provide obligated service as a member of the Corps who is not an employee of the United States, the Secretary shall, as soon as possible after the date described in paragraph (5), designate such individual as a member of the Corps to provide such service.
- (5)
- (A) In the case of the Scholarship Program, the date referred to in paragraphs (1) through (4) shall be the date on which the individual completes the training required for the degree for which the individual receives the scholarship, except that—
- (i) for an individual receiving such a degree after September 30, 2000 , from a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, such date shall be the date the individual completes a residency in a specialty that the Secretary determines is consistent with the needs of the Corps; and
- (ii) at the request of an individual, the Secretary may, consistent with the needs of the Corps, defer such date until the end of a period of time required for the individual to complete advanced training (including an internship or residency).
- (B) No period of internship, residency, or other advanced clinical training shall be counted toward satisfying a period of obligated service under this subpart.
- (C) In the case of the Loan Repayment Program, if an individual is required to provide obligated service under such Program, the date referred to in paragraphs (1) through (4)—
- (i) shall be the date determined under subparagraph (A) in the case of an individual who is enrolled in the final year of a course of study;
- (ii) shall, in the case of an individual who is enrolled in an approved graduate training program in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, or other health profession, be the date the individual completes such training program; and
- (iii) shall, in the case of an individual who has a degree in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, or other health profession and who has completed graduate training, be the date the individual enters into an agreement with the Secretary under section 254 l –1 of this title.
- (A) In the case of the Scholarship Program, the date referred to in paragraphs (1) through (4) shall be the date on which the individual completes the training required for the degree for which the individual receives the scholarship, except that—
- (1) If an individual is required under subsection (a) to provide service as specified in section 254 l (f)(1)(B)(v) or 254 l –1(f)(1)(B)(iv) of this title (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as “obligated service”), the Secretary shall, not later than ninety days before the date described in paragraph (5), determine if the individual shall provide such service—
- (c) An individual shall be considered to have begun serving a period of obligated service—
- (1) on the date such individual is appointed as an officer in a Regular or Reserve Corps 1 of the Service or is designated as a member of the Corps under subsection (b)(3) or (b)(4), or
- (2) in the case of an individual who has entered into an agreement with the Secretary under section 254n of this title , on the date specified in such agreement,
- (d) The Secretary shall assign individuals performing obligated service in accordance with a written contract under the Scholarship Program to health professional shortage areas in accordance with sections 254d through 254h and sections 254j and 254k of this title. If the Secretary determines that there is no need in a health professional shortage area (designated under section 254e of this title ) for a member of the profession in which an individual is obligated to provide service under a written contract and if such individual is an officer in the Service or a civilian employee of the United States, the Secretary may detail such individual to serve his period of obligated service as a full-time member of such profession in such unit of the Department as the Secretary may determine.
§ 254n. Private practice
- (a) The Secretary shall, to the extent permitted by, and consistent with, the requirements of applicable State law, release an individual from all or part of his service obligation under section 254m(a) of this title or under section 234 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title (as in effect on September 30, 1977 ) if the individual applies for such a release under this section and enters into a written agreement with the Secretary under which the individual agrees to engage for a period equal to the remaining period of his service obligation in the full-time private clinical practice (including service as a salaried employee in an entity directly providing health services) of his health profession—
- (1) in the case of an individual who received a scholarship under the Scholarship Program or a loan repayment under the Loan Repayment Program and who is performing obligated service as a member of the Corps in a health professional shortage area on the date of his application for such a release, in the health professional shortage area in which such individual is serving on such date or in the case of an individual for whom a loan payment was made under the Loan Repayment Program and who is performing obligated service as a member of the Corps in a health professional shortage area on the date of the application of the individual for such a release, in the health professional shortage area selected by the Secretary; or
- (2) in the case of any other individual, in a health professional shortage area (designated under section 254e of this title ) selected by the Secretary.
- (b)
- (1) The written agreement described in subsection (a) shall—
- (A) provide that, during the period of private practice by an individual pursuant to the agreement, the individual shall comply with the requirements of section 254g of this title that apply to entities; and
- (B) contain such additional provisions as the Secretary may require to carry out the objectives of this section.
- (2) The Secretary shall take such action as may be appropriate to ensure that the conditions of the written agreement prescribed by this subsection are adhered to.
- (1) The written agreement described in subsection (a) shall—
- (c) If an individual breaches the contract entered into under section 254 l or 254 l –1 of this title by failing (for any reason) to begin his service obligation in accordance with an agreement entered into under subsection (a) or to complete such service obligation, the Secretary may permit such individual to perform such service obligation as a member of the Corps.
- (d) The Secretary may pay an individual who has entered into an agreement with the Secretary under subsection (a) an amount to cover all or part of the individual’s expenses reasonably incurred in transporting himself, his family, and his possessions to the location of his private clinical practice.
- (e) Upon the expiration of the written agreement under subsection (a), the Secretary may (notwithstanding any other provision of law) sell to the individual who has entered into an agreement with the Secretary under subsection (a), equipment and other property of the United States utilized by such individual in providing health services. Sales made under this subsection shall be made at the fair market value (as determined by the Secretary) of the equipment or such other property, except that the Secretary may make such sales for a lesser value to the individual if he determines that the individual is financially unable to pay the full market value.
- (f) The Secretary may, out of appropriations authorized under section 254k of this title , pay to individuals participating in private practice under this section the cost of such individual’s malpractice insurance and the lesser of—
- (1)
- (A) $10,000 in the first year of obligated service;
- (B) $7,500 in the second year of obligated service;
- (C) $5,000 in the third year of obligated service; and
- (D) $2,500 in the fourth year of obligated service; or
- (2) an amount determined by subtracting such individual’s net income before taxes from the income the individual would have received as a member of the Corps for each such year of obligated service.
- (1)
- (g) The Secretary shall, upon request, provide to each individual released from service obligation under this section technical assistance to assist such individual in fulfilling his or her agreement under this section.
§ 254o. Breach of scholarship contract or loan repayment contract
- (a)
- (1) An individual who has entered into a written contract with the Secretary under section 254 l of this title and who—
- (A) fails to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing in the educational institution in which he is enrolled (such level determined by the educational institution under regulations of the Secretary);
- (B) is dismissed from such educational institution for disciplinary reasons; or
- (C) voluntarily terminates the training in such an educational institution for which he is provided a scholarship under such contract, before the completion of such training,
- (2) An individual who has entered into a written contract with the Secretary under section 254 l –1 of this title and who—
- (A) in the case of an individual who is enrolled in the final year of a course of study, fails to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing in the educational institution in which such individual is enrolled (such level determined by the educational institution under regulations of the Secretary) or voluntarily terminates such enrollment or is dismissed from such educational institution before completion of such course of study; or
- (B) in the case of an individual who is enrolled in a graduate training program, fails to complete such training program and does not receive a waiver from the Secretary under section 254 l –1(b)(1)(B)(ii) of this title,
- (1) An individual who has entered into a written contract with the Secretary under section 254 l of this title and who—
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) Except as provided in paragraph (2), if an individual breaches his written contract by failing (for any reason not specified in subsection (a) or section 254p(d) of this title ) to begin such individual’s service obligation under section 254 l of this title in accordance with section 254m or 254n of this title, to complete such service obligation, or to complete a required residency as specified in section 254 l (f)(1)(B)(iv) of this title, the United States shall be entitled to recover from the individual an amount determined in accordance with the formula
- (B)
- (i) Any amount of damages that the United States is entitled to recover under this subsection or under subsection (c) shall, within the 1-year period beginning on the date of the breach of the written contract (or such longer period beginning on such date as specified by the Secretary), be paid to the United States. Amounts not paid within such period shall be subject to collection through deductions in Medicare payments pursuant to section 1395ccc of this title .
- (ii) If damages described in clause (i) are delinquent for 3 months, the Secretary shall, for the purpose of recovering such damages—
- (I) utilize collection agencies contracted with by the Administrator of the General Services Administration; or
- (II) enter into contracts for the recovery of such damages with collection agencies selected by the Secretary.
- (iii) Each contract for recovering damages pursuant to this subsection shall provide that the contractor will, not less than once each 6 months, submit to the Secretary a status report on the success of the contractor in collecting such damages. Section 3718 of title 31 shall apply to any such contract to the extent not inconsistent with this subsection.
- (iv) To the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, the Secretary shall disclose to all appropriate credit reporting agencies information relating to damages of more than $100 that are entitled to be recovered by the United States under this subsection and that are delinquent by more than 60 days or such longer period as is determined by the Secretary.
- (2) If an individual is released under section 254n 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title from a service obligation under section 234 1 of this title (as in effect on September 30, 1977 ) and if the individual does not meet the service obligation incurred under section 254n 1 of this title, subsection (f) of such section 234 1 of this title shall apply to such individual in lieu of paragraph (1) of this subsection.
- (3) The Secretary may terminate a contract with an individual under section 254 l of this title if, not later than 30 days before the end of the school year to which the contract pertains, the individual—
- (A) submits a written request for such termination; and
- (B) repays all amounts paid to, or on behalf of, the individual under section 254 l (g) of this title.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) If (for any reason not specified in subsection (a) or section 254p(d) of this title ) an individual breaches the written contract of the individual under section 254 l –1 of this title by failing either to begin such individual’s service obligation in accordance with section 254m or 254n of this title or to complete such service obligation, the United States shall be entitled to recover from the individual an amount equal to the sum of—
- (A) the total of the amounts paid by the United States under section 254 l –1(g) of this title on behalf of the individual for any period of obligated service not served;
- (B) an amount equal to the product of the number of months of obligated service that were not completed by the individual, multiplied by $7,500; and
- (C) the interest on the amounts described in subparagraphs (A) and (B), at the maximum legal prevailing rate, as determined by the Treasurer of the United States, from the date of the breach;
- (2) The Secretary may terminate a contract with an individual under section 254 l –1 of this title if, not later than 45 days before the end of the fiscal year in which the contract was entered into, the individual—
- (A) submits a written request for such termination; and
- (B) repays all amounts paid on behalf of the individual under section 254 l –1(g) of this title.
- (3) Damages that the United States is entitled to recover shall be paid in accordance with subsection (b)(1)(B).
- (1) If (for any reason not specified in subsection (a) or section 254p(d) of this title ) an individual breaches the written contract of the individual under section 254 l –1 of this title by failing either to begin such individual’s service obligation in accordance with section 254m or 254n of this title or to complete such service obligation, the United States shall be entitled to recover from the individual an amount equal to the sum of—
- (d)
- (1) Any obligation of an individual under the Scholarship Program (or a contract thereunder) or the Loan Repayment Program (or a contract thereunder) for service or payment of damages shall be canceled upon the death of the individual.
- (2) The Secretary shall by regulation provide for the partial or total waiver or suspension of any obligation of service or payment by an individual under the Scholarship Program (or a contract thereunder) or the Loan Repayment Program (or a contract thereunder) whenever compliance by the individual is impossible or would involve extreme hardship to the individual and if enforcement of such obligation with respect to any individual would be unconscionable.
- (3)
- (A) Any obligation of an individual under the Scholarship Program (or a contract thereunder) or the Loan Repayment Program (or a contract thereunder) for payment of damages may be released by a discharge in bankruptcy under title 11 only if such discharge is granted after the expiration of the 7-year period beginning on the first date that payment of such damages is required, and only if the bankruptcy court finds that nondischarge of the obligation would be unconscionable.
- (B)
- (i) Subparagraph (A) shall apply to any financial obligation of an individual under the provision of law specified in clause (ii) to the same extent and in the same manner as such subparagraph applies to any obligation of an individual under the Scholarship or Loan Repayment Program (or contract thereunder) for payment of damages.
- (ii) The provision of law referred to in clause (i) is subsection (f) of section 234 1 of this title, as in effect prior to the repeal of such section by section 408(b)(1) of Public Law 94–484 .
- (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, there shall be no limitation on the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an action relating to an offset or garnishment, or other action, may be initiated or taken by the Secretary, the Attorney General, or the head of another Federal agency, as the case may be, for the repayment of the amount due from an individual under this section.
- (f) The amendment made by section 313(a)(4) of the Health Care Safety Net Amendments of 2002 ( Public Law 107–251 ) shall apply to any obligation for which a discharge in bankruptcy has not been granted before the date that is 31 days after October 26, 2002 .
§ 254p. Special loans for former Corps members to enter private practice
- (a) The Secretary may, out of appropriations authorized under section 254k of this title , make one loan to a Corps member who has agreed in writing—
- (1) to engage in the private full-time clinical practice of the profession of the member in a health professional shortage area (designated under section 254e of this title ) for a period of not less than 2 years which—
- (A) in the case of a Corps member who is required to complete a period of obligated service under this subpart, begins not later than 1 year after the date on which such individual completes such period of obligated service; and
- (B) in the case of an individual who is not required to complete a period of obligated service under this subpart, begins at such time as the Secretary considers appropriate;
- (2) to conduct such practice in accordance with section 254n(b)(1) of this title ; and
- (3) to such additional conditions as the Secretary may require to carry out this section.
- (1) to engage in the private full-time clinical practice of the profession of the member in a health professional shortage area (designated under section 254e of this title ) for a period of not less than 2 years which—
- (b)
- (1) The amount of a loan under subsection (a) to an individual shall not exceed $25,000.
- (2) The interest rate for any such loan shall not exceed an annual rate of 5 percent.
- (c) The Secretary may not make a loan under this section unless an application therefor has been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. The Secretary shall, by regulation, set interest rates and repayment terms for loans under this section.
- (d) If the Secretary determines that an individual has breached a written agreement entered into under subsection (a), he shall, as soon as practicable after making such determination, notify the individual of such determination. If within 60 days after the date of giving such notice, such individual is not practicing his profession in accordance with the agreement under such subsection and has not provided assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that he will not knowingly violate such agreement again, the United States shall be entitled to recover from such individual—
- (1) in the case of an individual who has received a grant under this section (as in effect prior to October 1, 1984 ), an amount determined under section 254 o (b) of this title, except that in applying the formula contained in such section “ϕ” shall be the sum of the amount of the grant made under subsection (a) to such individual and the interest on such amount which would be payable if at the time it was paid it was a loan bearing interest at the maximum legal prevailing rate, “t” shall be the number of months that such individual agreed to practice his profession under such agreement, and “s” shall be the number of months that such individual practices his profession in accordance with such agreement; and
- (2) in the case of an individual who has received a loan under this section, the full amount of the principal and interest owed by such individual under this section.
§ 254q. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out this section, 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “subpart,”. there is authorized to be appropriated, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, the following:
- (1) For fiscal year 2010, $320,461,632.
- (2) For fiscal year 2011, $414,095,394.
- (3) For fiscal year 2012, $535,087,442.
- (4) For fiscal year 2013, $691,431,432.
- (5) For fiscal year 2014, $893,456,433.
- (6) For fiscal year 2015, $1,154,510,336.
- (7) For fiscal year 2016, and each subsequent fiscal year, the amount appropriated for the preceding fiscal year adjusted by the product of—
- (A) one plus the average percentage increase in the costs of health professions education during the prior fiscal year; and
- (B) one plus the average percentage change in the number of individuals residing in health professions shortage areas designated under section 254f of this title during the prior fiscal year, relative to the number of individuals residing in such areas during the previous fiscal year.
- (b) Of the amounts appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall obligate not less than 10 percent for the purpose of providing contracts for—
- (1) scholarships under this subpart to individuals who have not previously received such scholarships; or
- (2) scholarships or loan repayments under the Loan Repayment Program under section 254 l –1 of this title to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds.
- (c) With respect to certification as a nurse practitioner, nurse midwife, or physician assistant, the Secretary shall, from amounts appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, obligate not less than a total of 10 percent for contracts for both scholarships under the Scholarship Program under section 254 l of this title and loan repayments under the Loan Repayment Program under section 254 l –1 of this title to individuals who are entering the first year of a course of study or program described in section 254 l (b)(1)(B) of this title that leads to such a certification or individuals who are eligible for the loan repayment program as specified in section 254 l –1(b) of this title for a loan related to such certification.
§ 254r. Grants to State Offices of Rural Health
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Federal Office of Rural Health Policy (established under section 912 of this title ), shall make grants to each State Office of Rural Health for the purpose of improving health care in rural areas.
- (b)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State office of rural health involved agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred in carrying out the purpose described in such subsection, to provide non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount equal to $3 for each $1 of Federal funds provided in the grant.
- (2) The Secretary may waive or reduce the non-Federal contribution if the Secretary determines that requiring matching funds would limit the State office of rural health’s ability to carry out the purpose described in subsection (a).
- (3) Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.
- (c) Recipients of a grant under subsection (a) shall use the grant funds for purposes of—
- (1) maintaining within the State office of rural health a clearinghouse for collecting and disseminating information on—
- (A) rural health care issues;
- (B) research findings relating to rural health care; and
- (C) innovative approaches to the delivery of health care in rural areas;
- (2) coordinating the activities carried out in the State that relate to rural health care, including providing coordination for the purpose of avoiding redundancy in such activities; and
- (3) identifying Federal and State programs regarding rural health, and providing technical assistance to public and nonprofit private entities regarding participation in such programs.
- (1) maintaining within the State office of rural health a clearinghouse for collecting and disseminating information on—
- (d) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State involved agrees that, for any fiscal year for which the State office of rural health receives such a grant, the office operated pursuant to subsection (a) of this section will be provided with an annual budget of not less than $150,000.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State office of rural health involved agrees that the grant will not be expended—
- (A) to provide health care (including providing cash payments regarding such care);
- (B) to conduct activities for which Federal funds are expended—
- (i) within the State to provide technical and other nonfinancial assistance under section 254c(f) of this title ;
- (ii) under a memorandum of agreement entered into with the State office of rural health under section 254c(h) of this title ; or
- (iii) under a grant under section 254q–1 of this title ;
- (C) to purchase medical equipment, to purchase ambulances, aircraft, or other vehicles, or to purchase major communications equipment;
- (D) to purchase or improve real property; or
- (E) to carry out any activity regarding a certificate of need.
- (2) Activities for which a State office of rural health may expend a grant under subsection (a) include—
- (A) paying the costs of maintaining an office of rural health for purposes of subsection (a);
- (B) subject to paragraph (1)(B)(iii), paying the costs of any activity carried out with respect to recruiting and retaining health professionals to serve in rural areas of the State; and
- (C) providing grants and contracts to public and nonprofit private entities to carry out activities authorized in this section.
- (3) The Secretary may impose a limit of no more than 15 percent on indirect costs claimed by the recipient of the grant.
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State office of rural health involved agrees that the grant will not be expended—
- (f) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the State office of rural health involved agrees—
- (1) to submit to the Secretary reports or performance data containing such information as the Secretary may require regarding activities carried out under this section; and
- (2) to submit such a report or performance data not later than September 30 of each fiscal year immediately following any fiscal year for which the State office of rural health has received such a grant.
- (g) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless an application for the grant is submitted to the Secretary and the application is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out such subsection.
- (h) The Secretary may not make payments under subsection (a) to a State office of rural health for any fiscal year subsequent to the first fiscal year of such payments unless the Secretary determines that, for the immediately preceding fiscal year, the State office of rural health has complied with each of the agreements made by the State office of rural health under this section.
- (i)
- (1) For the purpose of making grants under subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated $12,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
- (2) Amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) shall remain available until expended.
§ 254s. Native Hawaiian Health Scholarships
- (a) Subject to the availability of funds appropriated under the authority of subsection (d), the Secretary shall provide funds to Papa Ola Lokahi for the purpose of providing scholarship assistance to students who—
- (1) meet the requirements of section 254 l (b) of this title, and
- (2) are Native Hawaiians.
- (b)
- (1) The scholarship assistance provided under subsection (a) shall be provided under the same terms and subject to the same conditions, regulations, and rules that apply to scholarship assistance provided under section 254 l of this title.
- (2) The Native Hawaiian Health Scholarship program shall not be administered by or through the Indian Health Service.
- (c) For purposes of this section, the term “Native Hawaiian” means any individual who is—
- (1) a citizen of the United States,
- (2) a resident of the State of Hawaii, and
- (3) a descendant of the aboriginal people, who prior to 1778, occupied and exercised sovereignty in the area that now constitutes the State of Hawaii, as evidenced by—
- (A) genealogical records,
- (B) Kupuna (elders) or Kama’aina (long-term community residents) verification, or
- (C) birth records of the State of Hawaii.
- (d) There are authorized to be appropriated $1,800,000 for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, and 1992 for the purpose of funding the scholarship assistance provided under subsection (a).
§ 254t. Demonstration project
- (a) The Secretary shall establish a demonstration project to provide for the participation of individuals who are chiropractic doctors or pharmacists in the Loan Repayment Program described in section 254 l –1 of this title.
- (b) An individual that receives assistance under this section with regard to the program described in section 254 l –1 of this title shall comply with all rules and requirements described in such section (other than subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 254 l –1(b)(1) of this title) in order to receive assistance under this section.
- (c)
- (1) The demonstration project described in this section shall provide for the participation of individuals who shall provide services in rural and urban areas.
- (2) The Secretary may not assign an individual receiving assistance under this section to provide obligated service at a site unless—
- (A) the Secretary has assigned a physician (as defined in section 1395x(r) of this title ) or other health professional licensed to prescribe drugs to provide obligated service at such site under section 254m or 254n of this title; and
- (B) such physician or other health professional will provide obligated service at such site concurrently with the individual receiving assistance under this section.
- (3)
- (A) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require or imply that a physician or other health professional licensed to prescribe drugs must supervise an individual receiving assistance under the demonstration project under this section, with respect to such project.
- (B) Nothing in this section shall be construed to supersede State law regarding licensure of health professionals.
- (d) The demonstration project described in this section, and any providers who are selected to participate in such project, shall not be considered by the Secretary in the designation of a health professional shortage area under section 254e of this title during fiscal years 2002 through 2004.
- (e) This section shall not be construed to require any State to participate in the project described in this section.
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary shall evaluate the participation of individuals in the demonstration projects under this section and prepare and submit a report containing the information described in paragraph (2) to—
- (A) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate;
- (B) the Subcommittee on Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education of the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
- (C) the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives; and
- (D) the Subcommittee on Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education of the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
- (2) The report described in paragraph (1) shall detail—
- (A) the manner in which the demonstration project described in this section has affected access to primary care services, patient satisfaction, quality of care, and health care services provided for traditionally underserved populations;
- (B) how the participation of chiropractic doctors and pharmacists in the Loan Repayment Program might affect the designation of health professional shortage areas; and
- (C) whether adding chiropractic doctors and pharmacists as permanent members of the National Health Service Corps would be feasible and would enhance the effectiveness of the National Health Service Corps.
- (1) The Secretary shall evaluate the participation of individuals in the demonstration projects under this section and prepare and submit a report containing the information described in paragraph (2) to—
- (g)
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2002 through 2004.
- (2) If the Secretary determines and certifies to Congress by not later than September 30, 2004 , that the number of individuals participating in the demonstration project established under this section is insufficient for purposes of performing the evaluation described in subsection (f)(1), the authorization of appropriations under paragraph (1) shall be extended to include fiscal year 2005.
§ 254u. Public health departments
- (a) To the extent that funds are appropriated under subsection (e), the Secretary shall establish a demonstration project to provide for the participation of individuals who are eligible for the Loan Repayment Program described in section 254 l –1 of this title and who agree to complete their service obligation in a State health department that provides a significant amount of service to health professional shortage areas or areas at risk of a public health emergency, as determined by the Secretary, or in a local or tribal health department that serves a health professional shortage area or an area at risk of a public health emergency.
- (b) To be eligible to receive assistance under subsection (a), with respect to the program described in section 254 l –1 of this title, an individual shall—
- (1) comply with all rules and requirements described in such section (other than section 254 l –1(f)(1)(B)(iv) of this title); and
- (2) agree to serve for a time period equal to 2 years, or such longer period as the individual may agree to, in a State, local, or tribal health department, described in subsection (a).
- (c) The demonstration project described in subsection (a), and any healthcare providers who are selected to participate in such project, shall not be considered by the Secretary in the designation of health professional shortage areas under section 254e of this title during fiscal years 2007 through 2010.
- (d) Not later than 3 years after December 19, 2006 , the Secretary shall submit a report to the relevant committees of Congress that evaluates the participation of individuals in the demonstration project under subsection (a), the impact of such participation on State, local, and tribal health departments, and the benefit and feasibility of permanently allowing such placements in the Loan Repayment Program.
- (e) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2007 through 2010.
§ 254v. Clarification regarding service in schools and other community-based settings
- (a) An entity to which a participant in the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program (referred to in this section as a “participant”) is assigned under section 254f of this title may direct such participant to provide service as a behavioral or mental health professional at a school or other community-based setting located in a health professional shortage area.
- (b)
- (1) Any service described in subsection (a) that a participant provides may count towards such participant’s completion of any obligated service requirements under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, subject to any limitation imposed under paragraph (2).
- (2) The Secretary may impose a limitation on the number of hours of service described in subsection (a) that a participant may credit towards completing obligated service requirements, provided that the limitation allows a member to credit service described in subsection (a) for not less than 50 percent of the total hours required to complete such obligated service requirements.
- (c) The authorization under subsection (a) shall be notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart or subpart II.
§ 255. Home health services
- (a)
- (1) For the purpose of encouraging the establishment and initial operation of home health programs to provide home health services in areas in which such services are inadequate or not readily accessible, the Secretary may, in accordance with the provisions of this section, make grants to public and nonprofit private entities and loans to proprietary entities to meet the initial costs of establishing and operating such home health programs. Such grants and loans may include funds to provide training for paraprofessionals (including homemaker home health aides) to provide home health services.
- (2) In making grants and loans under this subsection, the Secretary shall—
- (A) consider the relative needs of the several States for home health services;
- (B) give preference to areas in which a high percentage of the population proposed to be served is composed of individuals who are elderly, medically indigent, or disabled; and
- (C) give special consideration to areas with inadequate means of transportation to obtain necessary health services.
- (3)
- (A) No loan may be made to a proprietary entity under this section unless the application of such entity for such loan contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that—
- (i) at the time the application is made the entity is fiscally sound;
- (ii) the entity is unable to secure a loan for the project for which the application is submitted from non-Federal lenders at the rate of interest prevailing in the area in which the entity is located; and
- (iii) during the period of the loan, such entity will remain fiscally sound.
- (B) Loans under this section shall be made at an interest rate comparable to the rate of interest prevailing on the date the loan is made with respect to the marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities, adjusted to provide for administrative costs.
- (A) No loan may be made to a proprietary entity under this section unless the application of such entity for such loan contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that—
- (4) Applications for grants and loans under this subsection shall be in such form and contain such information as the Secretary shall prescribe.
- (5) There are authorized to be appropriated for grants and loans under this subsection $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years ending on September 30, 1983 , September 30, 1984 , September 30, 1985 , September 30, 1986 , and September 30, 1987 .
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with public and private entities to assist them in developing appropriate training programs for paraprofessionals (including homemaker home health aides) to provide home health services.
- (2) Any program established with a grant or contract under this subsection to train homemaker home health aides shall—
- (A) extend for at least forty hours, and consist of classroom instruction and at least twenty hours (in the aggregate) of supervised clinical instruction directed toward preparing students to deliver home health services;
- (B) be carried out under appropriate professional supervision and be designed to train students to maintain or enhance the personal care of an individual in his home in a manner which promotes the functional independence of the individual; and
- (C) include training in—
- (i) personal care services designed to assist an individual in the activities of daily living such as bathing, exercising, personal grooming, and getting in and out of bed; and
- (ii) household care services such as maintaining a safe living environment, light housekeeping, and assisting in providing good nutrition (by the purchasing and preparation of food).
- (3) In making grants and entering into contracts under this subsection, special consideration shall be given to entities which establish or will establish programs to provide training for persons fifty years of age and older who wish to become paraprofessionals (including homemaker home health aides) to provide home health services.
- (4) Applications for grants and contracts under this subsection shall be in such form and contain such information as the Secretary shall prescribe.
- (5) There are authorized to be appropriated for grants and contracts under this subsection $2,000,000 for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1983 , September 30, 1984 , September 30, 1985 , September 30, 1986 , and September 30, 1987 .
- (c) The Secretary shall report to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives on or before January 1, 1984 , with respect to—
- (1) the impact of grants made and contracts entered into under subsections (a) and (b) (as such subsections were in effect prior to October 1, 1981 );
- (2) the need to continue grants and loans under subsections (a) and (b) (as such subsections are in effect on the day after January 4, 1983 ); and
- (3) the extent to which standards have been applied to the training of personnel who provide home health services.
- (d) For purposes of this section, the term “home health services” has the meaning prescribed for the term by section 1395x(m) of this title .
§ 256. Grants to strengthen the effectiveness, efficiency, and coordination of services for the uninsured and underinsured
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to eligible entities to assist in the development of integrated health care delivery systems to serve communities of individuals who are uninsured and individuals who are underinsured—
- (1) to improve the efficiency of, and coordination among, the providers providing services through such systems;
- (2) to assist communities in developing programs targeted toward preventing and managing chronic diseases; and
- (3) to expand and enhance the services provided through such systems.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall be an entity that—
- (1) represents a consortium—
- (A) whose principal purpose is to provide a broad range of coordinated health care services for a community defined in the entity’s grant application as described in paragraph (2); and
- (B) that includes at least one of each of the following providers that serve the community (unless such provider does not exist within the community, declines or refuses to participate, or places unreasonable conditions on their participation)—
- (i) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1395x(aa) of this title );
- (ii) a hospital with a low-income utilization rate (as defined in section 1396r–4(b)(3) of this title ), that is greater than 25 percent;
- (iii) a public health department; and
- (iv) an interested public or private sector health care provider or an organization that has traditionally served the medically uninsured and underserved; and
- (2) submits to the Secretary an application, in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, that—
- (A) defines a community or geographic area of uninsured and underinsured individuals;
- (B) identifies the providers who will participate in the consortium’s program under the grant, and specifies each provider’s contribution to the care of uninsured and underinsured individuals in the community, including the volume of care the provider provides to beneficiaries under the medicare, medicaid, and State child health insurance programs and to patients who pay privately for services;
- (C) describes the activities that the applicant and the consortium propose to perform under the grant to further the objectives of this section;
- (D) demonstrates the consortium’s ability to build on the current system (as of the date of submission of the application) for serving a community or geographic area of uninsured and underinsured individuals by involving providers who have traditionally provided a significant volume of care for that community;
- (E) demonstrates the consortium’s ability to develop coordinated systems of care that either directly provide or ensure the prompt provision of a broad range of high-quality, accessible services, including, as appropriate, primary, secondary, and tertiary services, as well as substance abuse treatment and mental health services in a manner that assures continuity of care in the community or geographic area;
- (F) provides evidence of community involvement in the development, implementation, and direction of the program that the entity proposes to operate;
- (G) demonstrates the consortium’s ability to ensure that individuals participating in the program are enrolled in public insurance programs for which the individuals are eligible or know of private insurance programs where available;
- (H) presents a plan for leveraging other sources of revenue, which may include State and local sources and private grant funds, and integrating current and proposed new funding sources in a way to assure long-term sustainability of the program;
- (I) describes a plan for evaluation of the activities carried out under the grant, including measurement of progress toward the goals and objectives of the program and the use of evaluation findings to improve program performance;
- (J) demonstrates fiscal responsibility through the use of appropriate accounting procedures and appropriate management systems;
- (K) demonstrates the consortium’s commitment to serve the community without regard to the ability of an individual or family to pay by arranging for or providing free or reduced charge care for the poor; and
- (L) includes such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.
- (1) represents a consortium—
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) For each of fiscal years 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006, the Secretary may not make more than 35 new awards under subsection (a) (excluding renewals of such awards).
- (B) This paragraph shall not be construed to affect awards made before fiscal year 2003.
- (2) An eligible entity may not receive a grant under this section (including with respect to any such grant made before fiscal year 2003) for more than 3 consecutive fiscal years, except that such entity may receive such a grant award for not more than 1 additional fiscal year if—
- (A) the eligible entity submits to the Secretary a request for a grant for such an additional fiscal year;
- (B) the Secretary determines that extraordinary circumstances (as defined in paragraph (3)) justify the granting of such request; and
- (C) the Secretary determines that granting such request is necessary to further the objectives described in subsection (a).
- (3)
- (A) In paragraph (2), the term “extraordinary circumstances” means an event (or events) that is outside of the control of the eligible entity that has prevented the eligible entity from fulfilling the objectives described by such entity in the application submitted under subsection (b)(2).
- (B) Extraordinary circumstances include—
- (i) natural disasters or other major disruptions to the security or health of the community or geographic area served by the eligible entity; or
- (ii) a significant economic deterioration in the community or geographic area served by such eligible entity, that directly and adversely affects the entity receiving an award under subsection (a).
- (1)
- (d) In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary—
- (1) shall accord priority to applicants that demonstrate the extent of unmet need in the community involved for a more coordinated system of care; and
- (2) may accord priority to applicants that best promote the objectives of this section, taking into consideration the extent to which the application involved—
- (A) identifies a community whose geographical area has a high or increasing percentage of individuals who are uninsured;
- (B) demonstrates that the applicant has included in its consortium providers, support systems, and programs that have a tradition of serving uninsured individuals and underinsured individuals in the community;
- (C) shows evidence that the program would expand utilization of preventive and primary care services for uninsured and underinsured individuals and families in the community, including behavioral and mental health services, oral health services, or substance abuse services;
- (D) proposes a program that would improve coordination between health care providers and appropriate social service providers;
- (E) demonstrates collaboration with State and local governments;
- (F) demonstrates that the applicant makes use of non-Federal contributions to the greatest extent possible; or
- (G) demonstrates a likelihood that the proposed program will continue after support under this section ceases.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), a grantee may use amounts provided under this section only for—
- (i) direct expenses associated with achieving the greater integration of a health care delivery system so that the system either directly provides or ensures the provision of a broad range of culturally competent services, as appropriate, including primary, secondary, and tertiary services, as well as substance abuse treatment and mental health services; and
- (ii) direct patient care and service expansions to fill identified or documented gaps within an integrated delivery system.
- (B) The following are examples of purposes for which a grantee may use grant funds under this section, when such use meets the conditions stated in subparagraph (A):
- (i) Increases in outreach activities and closing gaps in health care service.
- (ii) Improvements to case management.
- (iii) Improvements to coordination of transportation to health care facilities.
- (iv) Development of provider networks and other innovative models to engage physicians in voluntary efforts to serve the medically underserved within a community.
- (v) Recruitment, training, and compensation of necessary personnel.
- (vi) Acquisition of technology for the purpose of coordinating care.
- (vii) Improvements to provider communication, including implementation of shared information systems or shared clinical systems.
- (viii) Development of common processes for determining eligibility for the programs provided through the system, including creating common identification cards and single sliding scale discounts.
- (ix) Development of specific prevention and disease management tools and processes.
- (x) Translation services.
- (xi) Carrying out other activities that may be appropriate to a community and that would increase access by the uninsured to health care, such as access initiatives for which private entities provide non-Federal contributions to supplement the Federal funds provided through the grants for the initiatives.
- (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), a grantee may use amounts provided under this section only for—
- (2) Not more than 15 percent of the funds provided under a grant awarded under this section may be used for providing direct patient care and services.
- (3) The Secretary may use not more than 3 percent of funds appropriated to carry out this section for providing technical assistance to grantees, obtaining assistance of experts and consultants, holding meetings, developing of tools, disseminating of information, evaluation, and carrying out activities that will extend the benefits of programs funded under this section to communities other than the community served by the program funded.
- (1)
- (f)
- (1) A grantee under this section shall—
- (A) report to the Secretary annually regarding—
- (i) progress in meeting the goals and measurable objectives set forth in the grant application submitted by the grantee under subsection (b); and
- (ii) the extent to which activities conducted by such grantee have—
- (I) improved the effectiveness, efficiency, and coordination of services for uninsured and underinsured individuals in the communities or geographic areas served by such grantee;
- (II) resulted in the provision of better quality health care for such individuals; and
- (III) resulted in the provision of health care to such individuals at lower cost than would have been possible in the absence of the activities conducted by such grantee; and
- (B) provide for an independent annual financial audit of all records that relate to the disposition of funds received through the grant.
- (A) report to the Secretary annually regarding—
- (2) The Secretary may not renew an annual grant under this section for an entity for a fiscal year unless the Secretary is satisfied that the consortium represented by the entity has made reasonable and demonstrable progress in meeting the goals and measurable objectives set forth in the entity’s grant application for the preceding fiscal year.
- (1) A grantee under this section shall—
- (g) With respect to activities for which a grant under this section is authorized, the Secretary may award such a grant only if the applicant for the grant, and each of the participating providers, agree that the grantee and each such provider will maintain its expenditures of non-Federal funds for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures during the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year for which the applicant is applying to receive such grant.
- (h) The Secretary may, either directly or by grant or contract, provide any entity that receives a grant under this section with technical and other nonfinancial assistance necessary to meet the requirements of this section.
- (i) Not later than September 30, 2005 , the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report that describes the extent to which projects funded under this section have been successful in improving the effectiveness, efficiency, and coordination of services for uninsured and underinsured individuals in the communities or geographic areas served by such projects, including whether the projects resulted in the provision of better quality health care for such individuals, and whether such care was provided at lower costs, than would have been provided in the absence of such projects.
- (j) The Secretary may make demonstration awards under this section to historically black health professions schools for the purposes of—
- (1) developing patient-based research infrastructure at historically black health professions schools, which have an affiliation, or affiliations, with any of the providers identified in subsection (b)(1)(B);
- (2) establishment of joint and collaborative programs of medical research and data collection between historically black health professions schools and such providers, whose goal is to improve the health status of medically underserved populations; or
- (3) supporting the research-related costs of patient care, data collection, and academic training resulting from such affiliations.
- (k) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 through 2006.
- (l) Funds may not be appropriated to carry out this section after September 30, 2006 .
§ 256a. Patient navigator grants
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may make grants to eligible entities for the development and operation of demonstration programs to provide patient navigator services to improve health care outcomes. The Secretary shall coordinate with, and ensure the participation of, the Indian Health Service, the National Cancer Institute, the Office of Rural Health Policy, and such other offices and agencies as deemed appropriate by the Secretary, regarding the design and evaluation of the demonstration programs.
- (b) The Secretary shall require each recipient of a grant under this section to use the grant to recruit, assign, train, and employ patient navigators who have direct knowledge of the communities they serve to facilitate the care of individuals, including by performing each of the following duties:
- (1) Acting as contacts, including by assisting in the coordination of health care services and provider referrals, for individuals who are seeking prevention or early detection services for, or who following a screening or early detection service are found to have a symptom, abnormal finding, or diagnosis of, cancer or other chronic disease.
- (2) Facilitating the involvement of community organizations in assisting individuals who are at risk for or who have cancer or other chronic diseases to receive better access to high-quality health care services (such as by creating partnerships with patient advocacy groups, charities, health care centers, community hospice centers, other health care providers, or other organizations in the targeted community).
- (3) Notifying individuals of clinical trials and, on request, facilitating enrollment of eligible individuals in these trials.
- (4) Anticipating, identifying, and helping patients to overcome barriers within the health care system to ensure prompt diagnostic and treatment resolution of an abnormal finding of cancer or other chronic disease.
- (5) Coordinating with the relevant health insurance ombudsman programs to provide information to individuals who are at risk for or who have cancer or other chronic diseases about health coverage, including private insurance, health care savings accounts, and other publicly funded programs (such as Medicare, Medicaid, health programs operated by the Department of Veterans Affairs or the Department of Defense, the State children’s health insurance program, and any private or governmental prescription assistance programs).
- (6) Conducting ongoing outreach to health disparity populations, including the uninsured, rural populations, and other medically underserved populations, in addition to assisting other individuals who are at risk for or who have cancer or other chronic diseases to seek preventative care.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall require each recipient of a grant under this section to prohibit any patient navigator providing services under the grant from accepting any referral fee, kickback, or other thing of value in return for referring an individual to a particular health care provider.
- (2) The Secretary shall prohibit the use of any grant funds received under this section to pay any fees or costs resulting from any litigation, arbitration, mediation, or other proceeding to resolve a legal dispute.
- (d)
- (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the Secretary may award grants under this section for periods of not more than 3 years.
- (2) Subject to paragraph (3), the Secretary may extend the period of a grant under this section. Each such extension shall be for a period of not more than 1 year.
- (3) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall ensure that the total period of a grant does not exceed 4 years.
- (e)
- (1) To seek a grant under this section, an eligible entity shall submit an application to the Secretary in such form, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (2) At a minimum, the Secretary shall require each such application to outline how the eligible entity will establish baseline measures and benchmarks that meet the Secretary’s requirements to evaluate program outcomes.
- (3) The Secretary shall not award a grant to an entity under this section unless such entity provides assurances that patient navigators recruited, assigned, trained, or employed using grant funds meet minimum core proficiencies, as defined by the entity that submits the application, that are tailored for the main focus or intervention of the navigator involved.
- (f) The Secretary shall establish uniform baseline measures in order to properly evaluate the impact of the demonstration projects under this section.
- (g) In making grants under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that demonstrate in their applications plans to utilize patient navigator services to overcome significant barriers in order to improve health care outcomes in their respective communities.
- (h) An eligible entity that is receiving Federal funds for activities described in subsection (b) on the date on which the entity submits an application under subsection (e) may not receive a grant under this section unless the entity can demonstrate that amounts received under the grant will be utilized to expand services or provide new services to individuals who would not otherwise be served.
- (i) The Secretary shall ensure coordination of the demonstration grant program under this section with existing authorized programs in order to facilitate access to high-quality health care services.
- (j)
- (1) Not later than 6 months after the completion of the demonstration grant program under this section, the Secretary shall conduct a study of the results of the program and submit to the Congress a report on such results that includes the following:
- (A) An evaluation of the program outcomes, including—
- (i) quantitative analysis of baseline and benchmark measures; and
- (ii) aggregate information about the patients served and program activities.
- (B) Recommendations on whether patient navigator programs could be used to improve patient outcomes in other public health areas.
- (A) An evaluation of the program outcomes, including—
- (2) The Secretary may provide interim reports to the Congress on the demonstration grant program under this section at such intervals as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (3) The Secretary may require grant recipients under this section to submit interim and final reports on grant program outcomes.
- (1) Not later than 6 months after the completion of the demonstration grant program under this section, the Secretary shall conduct a study of the results of the program and submit to the Congress a report on such results that includes the following:
- (k) This section shall not be construed to authorize funding for the delivery of health care services (other than the patient navigator duties listed in subsection (b)).
- (l) In this section:
- (1) The term “eligible entity” means a public or nonprofit private health center (including a Federally qualified health center (as that term is defined in section 1395x(aa)(4) of this title )), a health facility operated by or pursuant to a contract with the Indian Health Service, a hospital, a cancer center, a rural health clinic, an academic health center, or a nonprofit entity that enters into a partnership or coordinates referrals with such a center, clinic, facility, or hospital to provide patient navigator services.
- (2) The term “health disparity population” means a population that, as determined by the Secretary, has a significant disparity in the overall rate of disease incidence, prevalence, morbidity, mortality, or survival rates as compared to the health status of the general population.
- (3) The term “patient navigator” means an individual who has completed a training program approved by the Secretary to perform the duties listed in subsection (b).
- (m)
- (1) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $2,000,000 for fiscal year 2006, $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2007, $8,000,000 for fiscal year 2008, $6,500,000 for fiscal year 2009, $3,500,000 for fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2011 through 2015.
- (2) The amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall remain available for obligation through the end of fiscal year 2015.
§ 256b. Limitation on prices of drugs purchased by covered entities
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with each manufacturer of covered outpatient drugs under which the amount required to be paid (taking into account any rebate or discount, as provided by the Secretary) to the manufacturer for covered outpatient drugs (other than drugs described in paragraph (3)) purchased by a covered entity on or after the first day of the first month that begins after November 4, 1992 , does not exceed an amount equal to the average manufacturer price for the drug under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] in the preceding calendar quarter, reduced by the rebate percentage described in paragraph (2). Each such agreement shall require that the manufacturer furnish the Secretary with reports, on a quarterly basis, of the price for each covered outpatient drug subject to the agreement that, according to the manufacturer, represents the maximum price that covered entities may permissibly be required to pay for the drug (referred to in this section as the “ceiling price”), and shall require that the manufacturer offer each covered entity covered outpatient drugs for purchase at or below the applicable ceiling price if such drug is made available to any other purchaser at any price.
- (2)
- (A) For a covered outpatient drug purchased in a calendar quarter, the “rebate percentage” is the amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to—
- (i) the average total rebate required under section 1927(c) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(c) ] with respect to the drug (for a unit of the dosage form and strength involved) during the preceding calendar quarter; divided by
- (ii) the average manufacturer price for such a unit of the drug during such quarter.
- (B)
- (i) For purposes of subparagraph (A), in the case of over the counter drugs, the “rebate percentage” shall be determined as if the rebate required under section 1927(c) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(c) ] is based on the applicable percentage provided under section 1927(c)(3) of such Act.
- (ii) The term “over the counter drug” means a drug that may be sold without a prescription and which is prescribed by a physician (or other persons authorized to prescribe such drug under State law).
- (A) For a covered outpatient drug purchased in a calendar quarter, the “rebate percentage” is the amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to—
- (3) Drugs described in this paragraph are drugs purchased by the entity for which payment is made by the State under the State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.].
- (4) In this section, the term “covered entity” means an entity that meets the requirements described in paragraph (5) and is one of the following:
- (A) A Federally-qualified health center (as defined in section 1905( l )(2)(B) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396d ( l )(2)(B)]).
- (B) An entity receiving a grant under section 256a 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title.
- (C) A family planning project receiving a grant or contract under section 300 of this title .
- (D) An entity receiving a grant under subpart II 1 of part C of subchapter XXIV (relating to categorical grants for outpatient early intervention services for HIV disease).
- (E) A State-operated AIDS drug purchasing assistance program receiving financial assistance under subchapter XXIV.
- (F) A black lung clinic receiving funds under section 937(a) of title 30 .
- (G) A comprehensive hemophilia diagnostic treatment center receiving a grant under section 501(a)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 701(a)(2) ].
- (H) A Native Hawaiian Health Center receiving funds under the Native Hawaiian Health Care Act of 1988.
- (I) An urban Indian organization receiving funds under title V of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act [ 25 U.S.C. 1651 et seq.].
- (J) Any entity receiving assistance under subchapter XXIV (other than a State or unit of local government or an entity described in subparagraph (D)), but only if the entity is certified by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (7).
- (K) An entity receiving funds under section 247c of this title (relating to treatment of sexually transmitted diseases) or section 247b(j)(2) 1 of this title (relating to treatment of tuberculosis) through a State or unit of local government, but only if the entity is certified by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (7).
- (L) A subsection (d) hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(1)(B) ]) that—
- (i) is owned or operated by a unit of State or local government, is a public or private non-profit corporation which is formally granted governmental powers by a unit of State or local government, or is a private non-profit hospital which has a contract with a State or local government to provide health care services to low income individuals who are not entitled to benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.] or eligible for assistance under the State plan under this subchapter;
- (ii) for the most recent cost reporting period that ended before the calendar quarter involved, had a disproportionate share adjustment percentage (as determined under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(F) ]) greater than 11.75 percent or was described in section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(II) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(F)(i)(II) ]; and
- (iii) does not obtain covered outpatient drugs through a group purchasing organization or other group purchasing arrangement.
- (M) A children’s hospital excluded from the Medicare prospective payment system pursuant to section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(1)(B)(iii) ], or a free-standing cancer hospital excluded from the Medicare prospective payment system pursuant to section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Social Security Act, that would meet the requirements of subparagraph (L), including the disproportionate share adjustment percentage requirement under clause (ii) of such subparagraph, if the hospital were a subsection (d) hospital as defined by section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act.
- (N) An entity that is a critical access hospital (as determined under section 1820(c)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395i–4(c)(2) ]), and that meets the requirements of subparagraph (L)(i).
- (O) An entity that is a rural referral center, as defined by section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(C)(i) ], or a sole community hospital, as defined by section 1886(d)(5)(C)(iii) of such Act, and that both meets the requirements of subparagraph (L)(i) and has a disproportionate share adjustment percentage equal to or greater than 8 percent.
- (5)
- (A)
- (i) A covered entity shall not request payment under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for medical assistance described in section 1905(a)(12) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)(12) ] with respect to a drug that is subject to an agreement under this section if the drug is subject to the payment of a rebate to the State under section 1927 of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8 ].
- (ii) The Secretary shall establish a mechanism to ensure that covered entities comply with clause (i). If the Secretary does not establish a mechanism within 12 months under the previous sentence, the requirements of section 1927(a)(5)(C) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(a)(5)(C) ] shall apply.
- (B) With respect to any covered outpatient drug that is subject to an agreement under this subsection, a covered entity shall not resell or otherwise transfer the drug to a person who is not a patient of the entity.
- (C) A covered entity shall permit the Secretary and the manufacturer of a covered outpatient drug that is subject to an agreement under this subsection with the entity (acting in accordance with procedures established by the Secretary relating to the number, duration, and scope of audits) to audit at the Secretary’s or the manufacturer’s expense the records of the entity that directly pertain to the entity’s compliance with the requirements described in subparagraphs 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “subparagraph”. (A) or (B) with respect to drugs of the manufacturer.
- (D) If the Secretary finds, after audit as described in subparagraph (C) and after notice and hearing, that a covered entity is in violation of a requirement described in subparagraphs 2 (A) or (B), the covered entity shall be liable to the manufacturer of the covered outpatient drug that is the subject of the violation in an amount equal to the reduction in the price of the drug (as described in subparagraph (A)) provided under the agreement between the entity and the manufacturer under this paragraph.
- (A)
- (6) In the case of a covered entity that is a distinct part of a hospital, the hospital shall not be considered a covered entity under this paragraph unless the hospital is otherwise a covered entity under this subsection.
- (7)
- (A) Not later than 60 days after November 4, 1992 , the Secretary shall develop and implement a process for the certification of entities described in subparagraphs (J) and (K) of paragraph (4).
- (B) The process developed under subparagraph (A) shall include a requirement that an entity applying for certification under this paragraph submit information to the Secretary concerning the amount such entity expended for covered outpatient drugs in the preceding year so as to assist the Secretary in evaluating the validity of the entity’s subsequent purchases of covered outpatient drugs at discounted prices.
- (C) The Secretary shall make available to all manufacturers of covered outpatient drugs a description of the criteria for certification under this paragraph.
- (D) The certification process developed by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) shall include procedures under which each State shall, not later than 30 days after the submission of the descriptions under subparagraph (C), prepare and submit a report to the Secretary that contains a list of entities described in subparagraphs (J) and (K) of paragraph (4) that are located in the State.
- (E) The Secretary shall require the recertification of entities certified pursuant to this paragraph on a not more frequent than annual basis, and shall require that such entities submit information to the Secretary to permit the Secretary to evaluate the validity of subsequent purchases by such entities in the same manner as that required under subparagraph (B).
- (8) The Secretary shall establish a prime vendor program under which covered entities may enter into contracts with prime vendors for the distribution of covered outpatient drugs. If a covered entity obtains drugs directly from a manufacturer, the manufacturer shall be responsible for the costs of distribution.
- (9) The Secretary shall notify manufacturers of covered outpatient drugs and single State agencies under section 1902(a)(5) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(5) ] of the identities of covered entities under this paragraph, and of entities that no longer meet the requirements of paragraph (5) or that are no longer certified pursuant to paragraph (7).
- (10) Nothing in this subsection shall prohibit a manufacturer from charging a price for a drug that is lower than the maximum price that may be charged under paragraph (1).
- (b)
- (1) In this section, the terms “average manufacturer price”, “covered outpatient drug”, and “manufacturer” have the meaning given such terms in section 1927(k) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(k) ].
- (2) In this section, the term “covered drug”—
- (A) means a covered outpatient drug (as defined in section 1927(k)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(k)(2) ]); and
- (B) includes, notwithstanding paragraph (3)(A) of section 1927(k) of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(k)(3)(A) ], a drug used in connection with an inpatient or outpatient service provided by a hospital described in subparagraph (L), (M), (N), or (O) of subsection (a)(4) that is enrolled to participate in the drug discount program under this section.
- (c)
- (d)
- (1)
- (A) From amounts appropriated under paragraph (4), the Secretary shall provide for improvements in compliance by manufacturers with the requirements of this section in order to prevent overcharges and other violations of the discounted pricing requirements specified in this section.
- (B) The improvements described in subparagraph (A) shall include the following:
- (i) The development of a system to enable the Secretary to verify the accuracy of ceiling prices calculated by manufacturers under subsection (a)(1) and charged to covered entities, which shall include the following:
- (I) Developing and publishing through an appropriate policy or regulatory issuance, precisely defined standards and methodology for the calculation of ceiling prices under such subsection.
- (II) Comparing regularly the ceiling prices calculated by the Secretary with the quarterly pricing data that is reported by manufacturers to the Secretary.
- (III) Performing spot checks of sales transactions by covered entities.
- (IV) Inquiring into the cause of any pricing discrepancies that may be identified and either taking, or requiring manufacturers to take, such corrective action as is appropriate in response to such price discrepancies.
- (ii) The establishment of procedures for manufacturers to issue refunds to covered entities in the event that there is an overcharge by the manufacturers, including the following:
- (I) Providing the Secretary with an explanation of why and how the overcharge occurred, how the refunds will be calculated, and to whom the refunds will be issued.
- (II) Oversight by the Secretary to ensure that the refunds are issued accurately and within a reasonable period of time, both in routine instances of retroactive adjustment to relevant pricing data and exceptional circumstances such as erroneous or intentional overcharging for covered outpatient drugs.
- (iii) The provision of access through the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services to the applicable ceiling prices for covered outpatient drugs as calculated and verified by the Secretary in accordance with this section, in a manner (such as through the use of password protection) that limits such access to covered entities and adequately assures security and protection of privileged pricing data from unauthorized re-disclosure.
- (iv) The development of a mechanism by which—
- (I) rebates and other discounts provided by manufacturers to other purchasers subsequent to the sale of covered outpatient drugs to covered entities are reported to the Secretary; and
- (II) appropriate credits and refunds are issued to covered entities if such discounts or rebates have the effect of lowering the applicable ceiling price for the relevant quarter for the drugs involved.
- (v) Selective auditing of manufacturers and wholesalers to ensure the integrity of the drug discount program under this section.
- (vi) The imposition of sanctions in the form of civil monetary penalties, which—
- (I) shall be assessed according to standards established in regulations to be promulgated by the Secretary not later than 180 days after March 23, 2010 ;
- (II) shall not exceed $5,000 for each instance of overcharging a covered entity that may have occurred; and
- (III) shall apply to any manufacturer with an agreement under this section that knowingly and intentionally charges a covered entity a price for purchase of a drug that exceeds the maximum applicable price under subsection (a)(1).
- (i) The development of a system to enable the Secretary to verify the accuracy of ceiling prices calculated by manufacturers under subsection (a)(1) and charged to covered entities, which shall include the following:
- (2)
- (A) From amounts appropriated under paragraph (4), the Secretary shall provide for improvements in compliance by covered entities with the requirements of this section in order to prevent diversion and violations of the duplicate discount provision and other requirements specified under subsection (a)(5).
- (B) The improvements described in subparagraph (A) shall include the following:
- (i) The development of procedures to enable and require covered entities to regularly update (at least annually) the information on the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services relating to this section.
- (ii) The development of a system for the Secretary to verify the accuracy of information regarding covered entities that is listed on the website described in clause (i).
- (iii) The development of more detailed guidance describing methodologies and options available to covered entities for billing covered outpatient drugs to State Medicaid agencies in a manner that avoids duplicate discounts pursuant to subsection (a)(5)(A).
- (iv) The establishment of a single, universal, and standardized identification system by which each covered entity site can be identified by manufacturers, distributors, covered entities, and the Secretary for purposes of facilitating the ordering, purchasing, and delivery of covered outpatient drugs under this section, including the processing of chargebacks for such drugs.
- (v) The imposition of sanctions, in appropriate cases as determined by the Secretary, additional to those to which covered entities are subject under subsection (a)(5)(D), through one or more of the following actions:
- (I) Where a covered entity knowingly and intentionally violates subsection (a)(5)(B), the covered entity shall be required to pay a monetary penalty to a manufacturer or manufacturers in the form of interest on sums for which the covered entity is found liable under subsection (a)(5)(D), such interest to be compounded monthly and equal to the current short term interest rate as determined by the Federal Reserve for the time period for which the covered entity is liable.
- (II) Where the Secretary determines a violation of subsection (a)(5)(B) was systematic and egregious as well as knowing and intentional, removing the covered entity from the drug discount program under this section and disqualifying the entity from re-entry into such program for a reasonable period of time to be determined by the Secretary.
- (III) Referring matters to appropriate Federal authorities within the Food and Drug Administration, the Office of Inspector General of Department of Health and Human Services, or other Federal agencies for consideration of appropriate action under other Federal statutes, such as the Prescription Drug Marketing Act ( 21 U.S.C. 353 ). 1
- (3)
- (A) Not later than 180 days after March 23, 2010 , the Secretary shall promulgate regulations to establish and implement an administrative process for the resolution of claims by covered entities that they have been overcharged for drugs purchased under this section, and claims by manufacturers, after the conduct of audits as authorized by subsection (a)(5)(C), of violations of subsections 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “subsection”. (a)(5)(A) or (a)(5)(B), including appropriate procedures for the provision of remedies and enforcement of determinations made pursuant to such process through mechanisms and sanctions described in paragraphs (1)(B) and (2)(B).
- (B) Regulations promulgated by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) shall—
- (i) designate or establish a decision-making official or decision-making body within the Department of Health and Human Services to be responsible for reviewing and finally resolving claims by covered entities that they have been charged prices for covered outpatient drugs in excess of the ceiling price described in subsection (a)(1), and claims by manufacturers that violations of subsection (a)(5)(A) or (a)(5)(B) have occurred;
- (ii) establish such deadlines and procedures as may be necessary to ensure that claims shall be resolved fairly, efficiently, and expeditiously;
- (iii) establish procedures by which a covered entity may discover and obtain such information and documents from manufacturers and third parties as may be relevant to demonstrate the merits of a claim that charges for a manufacturer’s product have exceeded the applicable ceiling price under this section, and may submit such documents and information to the administrative official or body responsible for adjudicating such claim;
- (iv) require that a manufacturer conduct an audit of a covered entity pursuant to subsection (a)(5)(C) as a prerequisite to initiating administrative dispute resolution proceedings against a covered entity;
- (v) permit the official or body designated under clause (i), at the request of a manufacturer or manufacturers, to consolidate claims brought by more than one manufacturer against the same covered entity where, in the judgment of such official or body, consolidation is appropriate and consistent with the goals of fairness and economy of resources; and
- (vi) include provisions and procedures to permit multiple covered entities to jointly assert claims of overcharges by the same manufacturer for the same drug or drugs in one administrative proceeding, and permit such claims to be asserted on behalf of covered entities by associations or organizations representing the interests of such covered entities and of which the covered entities are members.
- (C) The administrative resolution of a claim or claims under the regulations promulgated under subparagraph (A) shall be a final agency decision and shall be binding upon the parties involved, unless invalidated by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
- (4) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection, such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2010 and each succeeding fiscal year.
- (1)
- (e) For covered entities described in subparagraph (M) (other than a children’s hospital described in subparagraph (M)), (N), or (O) of subsection (a)(4), the term “covered outpatient drug” shall not include a drug designated by the Secretary under section 360bb of title 21 for a rare disease or condition.
§ 256c. Bulk purchases of vaccines for certain programs
- (a)
- (1) Not later than 180 days after October 27, 1992 , the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in consultation with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall enter into negotiations with manufacturers of vaccines for the purpose of establishing and maintaining agreements under which entities described in paragraph (2) may purchase vaccines from the manufacturers at the prices specified in the agreements.
- (2) The entities referred to in paragraph (1) are entities that provide immunizations against vaccine-preventable diseases with assistance provided under section 254b of this title .
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, ensure that the prices provided for in agreements under such subsection are comparable to the prices provided for in agreements negotiated by the Secretary on behalf of grantees under section 247b(j)(1) of this title .
- (c) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary, in the discretion of the Secretary, may enter into the agreements described in such subsection (and may decline to enter into such agreements), may modify such agreements, may extend such agreements, and may terminate such agreements.
- (d) This section may not be construed as requiring any State to reduce or terminate the supply of vaccines provided by the State to any of the entities described in subsection (a)(2).
§ 256d. Breast and cervical cancer information
- (a) As a condition of receiving grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts under this chapter, each of the entities specified in subsection (c) shall, to the extent determined to be appropriate by the Secretary, make available information concerning breast and cervical cancer.
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), an entity specified in subsection (c)—
- (1) may make the information involved available to such individuals as the entity determines appropriate;
- (2) may, as appropriate, provide information under subsection (a) on the need for self-examination of the breasts and on the skills for such self-examinations;
- (3) shall provide information under subsection (a) in the language and cultural context most appropriate to the individuals to whom the information is provided; and
- (4) shall refer such clients as the entities determine appropriate for breast and cervical cancer screening, treatment, or other appropriate services.
- (c) The entities specified in this subsection are the following:
- (1) Entities receiving assistance under section 247b–7 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title (relating to tuberculosis).
- (2) Entities receiving assistance under section 247c of this title (relating to sexually transmitted diseases).
- (3) Migrant health centers receiving assistance under section 254b 1 of this title.
- (4) Community health centers receiving assistance under section 254c 1 of this title.
- (5) Entities receiving assistance under section 254b(h) of this title (relating to homeless individuals).
- (6) Entities receiving assistance under section 256a 1 of this title (relating to health services for residents of public housing).
- (7) Entities providing services with assistance under subchapter III–A or subchapter XVII.
- (8) Entities receiving assistance under section 300 of this title (relating to family planning).
- (9) Entities receiving assistance under subchapter XXIV (relating to services with respect to acquired immune deficiency syndrome).
- (10) Non-Federal entities authorized under the Indian Self-Determination Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5321 et seq.].
§ 256e. Program of payments to children’s hospitals that operate graduate medical education programs
§ 256e. Program of payments to children’s hospitals that operate graduate medical education programs
- (a) The Secretary shall make two payments under this section to each children’s hospital for each of fiscal years 2000 through 2005, each of fiscal years 2007 through 2011, each of fiscal years 2014 through 2018, and each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023, one for the direct expenses and the other for indirect expenses associated with operating approved graduate medical residency training programs. The Secretary shall promulgate regulations pursuant to the rulemaking requirements of title 5 which shall govern payments made under this subpart.
- (b)
- (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the amounts payable under this section to a children’s hospital for an approved graduate medical residency training program for a fiscal year are each of the following amounts:
- (A) The amount determined under subsection (c) for direct expenses associated with operating approved graduate medical residency training programs.
- (B) The amount determined under subsection (d) for indirect expenses associated with the treatment of more severely ill patients and the additional costs relating to teaching residents in such programs.
- (2)
- (A) The total of the payments made to children’s hospitals under paragraph (1)(A) or paragraph (1)(B) in a fiscal year shall not exceed the funds appropriated under paragraph (1) or (2), respectively, of subsection (f) for such payments for that fiscal year.
- (B) If the Secretary determines that the amount of funds appropriated under subsection (f)(1) for a fiscal year is insufficient to provide the total amount of payments otherwise due for such periods under paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall reduce the amounts so payable on a pro rata basis to reflect such shortfall.
- (3)
- (A)
- (i) The amount payable under this section to a children’s hospital for a fiscal year (beginning with fiscal year 2008 and after taking into account paragraph (2)) shall be reduced by 25 percent if the Secretary determines that—
- (I) the hospital has failed to provide the Secretary, as an addendum to the hospital’s application under this section for such fiscal year, the report required under subparagraph (B) for the previous fiscal year; or
- (II) such report fails to provide the information required under any clause of such subparagraph.
- (ii) Before imposing a reduction under clause (i) on the basis of a hospital’s failure to provide information described in clause (i)(II), the Secretary shall provide notice to the hospital of such failure and the Secretary’s intention to impose such reduction and shall provide the hospital with the opportunity to provide the required information within a period of 30 days beginning on the date of such notice. If the hospital provides such information within such period, no reduction shall be made under clause (i) on the basis of the previous failure to provide such information.
- (i) The amount payable under this section to a children’s hospital for a fiscal year (beginning with fiscal year 2008 and after taking into account paragraph (2)) shall be reduced by 25 percent if the Secretary determines that—
- (B) The report required under this subparagraph for a children’s hospital for a fiscal year is a report that includes (in a form and manner specified by the Secretary) the following information for the residency academic year completed immediately prior to such fiscal year:
- (i) The types of resident training programs that the hospital provided for residents described in subparagraph (C), such as general pediatrics, internal medicine/pediatrics, and pediatric subspecialties, including both medical subspecialties certified by the American Board of Pediatrics (such as pediatric gastroenterology) and non-medical subspecialties approved by other medical certification boards (such as pediatric surgery).
- (ii) The number of training positions for residents described in subparagraph (C), the number of such positions recruited to fill, and the number of such positions filled.
- (iii) The types of training that the hospital provided for residents described in subparagraph (C) related to the health care needs of different populations, such as children who are underserved for reasons of family income or geographic location, including rural and urban areas.
- (iv) The changes in residency training for residents described in subparagraph (C) which the hospital has made during such residency academic year (except that the first report submitted by the hospital under this subparagraph shall be for such changes since the first year in which the hospital received payment under this section), including—
- (I) changes in curricula, training experiences, and types of training programs, and benefits that have resulted from such changes; and
- (II) changes for purposes of training the residents in the measurement and improvement of the quality and safety of patient care.
- (v) The numbers of residents described in subparagraph (C) who completed their residency training at the end of such residency academic year and care for children within the borders of the service area of the hospital or within the borders of the State in which the hospital is located. Such numbers shall be disaggregated with respect to residents who completed residencies in general pediatrics or internal medicine/pediatrics, subspecialty residencies, and dental residencies.
- (C) The residents described in this subparagraph are those who—
- (i) are in full-time equivalent resident training positions in any training program sponsored by the hospital; or
- (ii) are in a training program sponsored by an entity other than the hospital, but who spend more than 75 percent of their training time at the hospital.
- (D) Not later than the end of fiscal year 2018, and the end of fiscal year 2022, the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall submit a report to the Congress—
- (i) summarizing the information submitted in reports to the Secretary under subparagraph (B);
- (ii) describing the results of the program carried out under this section; and
- (iii) making recommendations for improvements to the program.
- (A)
- (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the amounts payable under this section to a children’s hospital for an approved graduate medical residency training program for a fiscal year are each of the following amounts:
- (c)
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to a children’s hospital for direct graduate expenses relating to approved graduate medical residency training programs for a fiscal year is equal to the product of—
- (A) the updated per resident amount for direct graduate medical education, as determined under paragraph (2); and
- (B) the average number of full-time equivalent residents in the hospital’s graduate approved medical residency training programs (as determined under section 1395ww(h)(4) of this title during the fiscal year.
- (2) The updated per resident amount for direct graduate medical education for a hospital for a fiscal year is an amount determined as follows:
- (A) The Secretary shall compute for each hospital operating an approved graduate medical education program (regardless of whether or not it is a children’s hospital) a single per resident amount equal to the average (weighted by number of full-time equivalent residents) of the primary care per resident amount and the non-primary care per resident amount computed under section 1395ww(h)(2) of this title for cost reporting periods ending during fiscal year 1997.
- (B) The Secretary shall estimate the average proportion of the single per resident amounts computed under subparagraph (A) that is attributable to wages and wage-related costs.
- (C) The Secretary shall establish a standardized per resident amount for each such hospital—
- (i) by dividing the single per resident amount computed under subparagraph (A) into a wage-related portion and a non-wage-related portion by applying the proportion determined under subparagraph (B);
- (ii) by dividing the wage-related portion by the factor applied under section 1395ww(d)(3)(E) of this title for discharges occurring during fiscal year 1999 for the hospital’s area; and
- (iii) by adding the non-wage-related portion to the amount computed under clause (ii).
- (D) The Secretary shall compute a national average per resident amount equal to the average of the standardized per resident amounts computed under subparagraph (C) for such hospitals, with the amount for each hospital weighted by the average number of full-time equivalent residents at such hospital.
- (E) The Secretary shall compute for each such hospital that is a children’s hospital a per resident amount—
- (i) by dividing the national average per resident amount computed under subparagraph (D) into a wage-related portion and a non-wage-related portion by applying the proportion determined under subparagraph (B);
- (ii) by multiplying the wage-related portion by the factor applied under section 1395ww(d)(3)(E) of this title for discharges occurring during the preceding fiscal year for the hospital’s area; and
- (iii) by adding the non-wage-related portion to the amount computed under clause (ii).
- (F) The Secretary shall update such per resident amount for each such children’s hospital by the estimated percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers during the period beginning October 1997 and ending with the midpoint of the Federal fiscal year for which payments are made.
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to a children’s hospital for direct graduate expenses relating to approved graduate medical residency training programs for a fiscal year is equal to the product of—
- (d)
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to a children’s hospital for indirect expenses associated with the treatment of more severely ill patients and the additional costs associated with the teaching of residents for a fiscal year is equal to an amount determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) In determining the amount under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
- (A) take into account variations in case mix among children’s hospitals and the ratio of the number of full-time equivalent residents in the hospitals’ approved graduate medical residency training programs to beds (but excluding beds or bassinets assigned to healthy newborn infants); and
- (B) assure that the aggregate of the payments for indirect expenses associated with the treatment of more severely ill patients and the additional costs related to the teaching of residents under this section in a fiscal year are equal to the amount appropriated for such expenses for the fiscal year involved under subsection (f)(2).
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary shall determine, before the beginning of each fiscal year involved for which payments may be made for a hospital under this section, the amounts of the payments for direct graduate medical education and indirect medical education for such fiscal year and shall (subject to paragraph (2)) make the payments of such amounts in 12 equal interim installments during such period. Such interim payments to each individual hospital shall be based on the number of residents reported in the hospital’s most recently filed Medicare cost report prior to the application date for the Federal fiscal year for which the interim payment amounts are established. In the case of a hospital that does not report residents on a Medicare cost report, such interim payments shall be based on the number of residents trained during the hospital’s most recently completed Medicare cost report filing period.
- (2) The Secretary shall withhold up to 25 percent from each interim installment for direct and indirect graduate medical education paid under paragraph (1) as necessary to ensure a hospital will not be overpaid on an interim basis.
- (3) Prior to the end of each fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine any changes to the number of residents reported by a hospital in the application of the hospital for the current fiscal year to determine the final amount payable to the hospital for the current fiscal year for both direct expense and indirect expense amounts. Based on such determination, the Secretary shall recoup any overpayments made and pay any balance due to the extent possible. The final amount so determined shall be considered a final intermediary determination for the purposes of section 1395 oo of this title and shall be subject to administrative and judicial review under that section in the same manner as the amount of payment under section 1395ww(d) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title is subject to review under such section.
- (f)
- (1)
- (A) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for payments under subsection (b)(1)(A)—
- (i) for fiscal year 2000, $90,000,000;
- (ii) for fiscal year 2001, $95,000,000;
- (iii) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005, such sums as may be necessary;
- (iv) for each of fiscal years 2007 through 2011, $110,000,000;
- (v) for each of fiscal years 2014 through 2018, $100,000,000; and
- (vi) for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023, $105,000,000.
- (B) The amounts appropriated under subparagraph (A) for fiscal year 2000 shall remain available for obligation through the end of fiscal year 2001.
- (A) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for payments under subsection (b)(1)(A)—
- (2) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for payments under subsection (b)(1)(B)—
- (A) for fiscal year 2000, $190,000,000;
- (B) for fiscal year 2001, $190,000,000;
- (C) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005, such sums as may be necessary;
- (D) for each of fiscal years 2007 through 2011, $220,000,000;
- (E) for each of fiscal years 2014 through 2018, $200,000,000; and
- (F) for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023, $220,000,000.
- (1)
- (g) In this section:
- (1) The term “approved graduate medical residency training program” has the meaning given the term “approved medical residency training program” in section 1395ww(h)(5)(A) of this title .
- (2) The term “children’s hospital” means a hospital with a Medicare payment agreement and which is excluded from the Medicare inpatient prospective payment system pursuant to section 1395ww(d)(1)(B)(iii) of this title and its accompanying regulations.
- (3) The term “direct graduate medical education costs” has the meaning given such term in section 1395ww(h)(5)(C) of this title .
- (h)
- (1) The Secretary is authorized to make available up to 25 percent of the total amounts in excess of $245,000,000 appropriated under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (f), but not to exceed $7,000,000, for payments to hospitals qualified as described in paragraph (2), for the direct and indirect expenses associated with operating approved graduate medical residency training programs, as described in subsection (a).
- (2)
- (A) To qualify to receive payments under paragraph (1), a hospital shall be a free-standing hospital—
- (i) with a Medicare payment agreement and that is excluded from the Medicare inpatient hospital prospective payment system pursuant to section 1395ww(d)(1)(B) of this title and its accompanying regulations;
- (ii) whose inpatients are predominantly individuals under 18 years of age;
- (iii) that has an approved medical residency training program as defined in section 1395ww(h)(5)(A) of this title ; and
- (iv) that is not otherwise qualified to receive payments under this section or section 1395ww(h) of this title .
- (B) In the case of a freestanding children’s hospital that, on April 7, 2014 , meets the requirements of subparagraph (A) but for which the Secretary has not determined an average number of full-time equivalent residents under section 1395ww(h)(4) of this title , the Secretary may establish such number of full-time equivalent residents for the purposes of calculating payments under this subsection.
- (A) To qualify to receive payments under paragraph (1), a hospital shall be a free-standing hospital—
- (3) Payments to hospitals made under this subsection shall be made in the same manner as payments are made to children’s hospitals, as described in subsections (b) through (e).
- (4) The direct and indirect payment amounts under this subsection shall be determined using per resident amounts that are no greater than the per resident amounts used for determining direct and indirect payment amounts under subsection (a).
- (5) A hospital receiving payments under this subsection shall be subject to the reporting requirements under subsection (b)(3).
- (6)
- (A) If the payments to qualified hospitals under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year are less than the total amount made available under such paragraph for that fiscal year, any remaining amounts for such fiscal year may be made available to all hospitals participating in the program under this subsection or subsection (a).
- (B) For purposes of distributing the remaining amounts described in subparagraph (A), the Secretary may establish a quality bonus system, whereby the Secretary distributes bonus payments to hospitals participating in the program under this subsection or subsection (a) that meet standards specified by the Secretary, which may include a focus on quality measurement and improvement, interpersonal and communications skills, delivering patient-centered care, and practicing in integrated health systems, including training in community-based settings. In developing such standards, the Secretary shall collaborate with relevant stakeholders, including program accrediting bodies, certifying boards, training programs, health care organizations, health care purchasers, and patient and consumer groups.
§ 256f. Designated dental health professional shortage area
In this subpart, the term “designated dental health professional shortage area” means an area, population group, or facility that is designated by the Secretary as a dental health professional shortage area under section 254e of this title or designated by the applicable State as having a dental health professional shortage.
§ 256g. Grants for innovative programs
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, is authorized to award grants to States for the purpose of helping States develop and implement innovative programs to address the dental workforce needs of designated dental health professional shortage areas in a manner that is appropriate to the States’ individual needs.
- (b) A State receiving a grant under subsection (a) may use funds received under the grant for—
- (1) loan forgiveness and repayment programs for dentists who—
- (A) agree to practice in designated dental health professional shortage areas;
- (B) are dental school graduates who agree to serve as public health dentists for the Federal, State, or local government; and
- (C) agree to—
- (i) provide services to patients regardless of such patients’ ability to pay; and
- (ii) use a sliding payment scale for patients who are unable to pay the total cost of services;
- (2) dental recruitment and retention efforts;
- (3) grants and low-interest or no-interest loans to help dentists who participate in the medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) to establish or expand practices in designated dental health professional shortage areas by equipping dental offices or sharing in the overhead costs of such practices;
- (4) the establishment or expansion of dental residency programs in coordination with accredited dental training institutions in States without dental schools;
- (5) programs developed in consultation with State and local dental societies to expand or establish oral health services and facilities in designated dental health professional shortage areas, including services and facilities for children with special needs, such as—
- (A) the expansion or establishment of a community-based dental facility, free-standing dental clinic, consolidated health center dental facility, school-linked dental facility, or United States dental school-based facility;
- (B) the establishment of a mobile or portable dental clinic;
- (C) the establishment or expansion of private dental services to enhance capacity through additional equipment or additional hours of operation;
- (D) the establishment or development of models for the provision of dental services to children and adults, such as dental homes, including for the elderly, blind, individuals with disabilities, and individuals living in long-term care facilities; and
- (E) the establishment of initiatives to reduce the use of emergency departments by individuals who seek dental services more appropriately delivered in a dental primary care setting;
- (6) placement and support of dental students, dental residents, and advanced dentistry trainees;
- (7) continuing dental education, including distance-based education;
- (8) practice support through teledentistry conducted in accordance with State laws;
- (9) community-based prevention services such as water fluoridation and dental sealant programs;
- (10) coordination with local educational agencies within the State to foster programs that promote children going into oral health or science professions;
- (11) the establishment of faculty recruitment programs at accredited dental training institutions whose mission includes community outreach and service and that have a demonstrated record of serving underserved States;
- (12) the development of a State dental officer position or the augmentation of a State dental office to coordinate oral health and access issues in the State; and
- (13) any other activities determined to be appropriate by the Secretary.
- (1) loan forgiveness and repayment programs for dentists who—
- (c)
- (1) Each State desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
- (2) The application shall include assurances that the State will meet the requirements of subsection (d) and that the State possesses sufficient infrastructure to manage the activities to be funded through the grant and to evaluate and report on the outcomes resulting from such activities.
- (d) The Secretary may not make a grant to a State under this section unless that State agrees that, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the State in carrying out the activities for which the grant was awarded, the State will provide non-Federal contributions in an amount equal to not less than 40 percent of Federal funds provided under the grant. The State may provide the contributions in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, and services and may provide the contributions from State, local, or private sources.
- (e) Not later than 5 years after October 26, 2002 , the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report containing data relating to whether grants provided under this section have increased access to dental services in designated dental health professional shortage areas.
- (f) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $13,903,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 256h. Program of payments to teaching health centers that operate graduate medical education programs
- (a)
- (1) Subject to subsection (h)(2), the Secretary shall make payments under this section for direct expenses and indirect expenses to qualified teaching health centers that are listed as sponsoring institutions by the relevant accrediting body for, as appropriate—
- (A) maintenance of filled positions at existing approved graduate medical residency training programs;
- (B) expansion of existing approved graduate medical residency training programs; and
- (C) establishment of new approved graduate medical residency training programs.
- (2) In making payments under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consider the cost of training residents at teaching health centers and the implications of the per resident amount on approved graduate medical residency training programs at teaching health centers.
- (3) In making payments under paragraph (1)(C), the Secretary shall give priority to qualified teaching health centers that—
- (A) serve a health professional shortage area with a designation in effect under section 254e of this title or a medically underserved community (as defined in section 295p of this title ); or
- (B) are located in a rural area (as defined in section 1395ww(d)(2)(D) of this title ).
- (1) Subject to subsection (h)(2), the Secretary shall make payments under this section for direct expenses and indirect expenses to qualified teaching health centers that are listed as sponsoring institutions by the relevant accrediting body for, as appropriate—
- (b)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the amounts payable under this section to qualified teaching health centers for an approved graduate medical residency training program for a fiscal year are each of the following amounts:
- (A) The amount determined under subsection (c) for direct expenses associated with sponsoring approved graduate medical residency training programs.
- (B) The amount determined under subsection (d) for indirect expenses associated with the additional costs relating to teaching residents in such programs.
- (2)
- (A) The total of the payments made to qualified teaching health centers under paragraph (1)(A) or paragraph (1)(B) in a fiscal year shall not exceed the amount of funds appropriated under subsection (g) for such payments for that fiscal year.
- (B) The Secretary shall limit the funding of full-time equivalent residents in order to ensure the direct and indirect payments as determined under subsection 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “subsections”. (c) and (d) do not exceed the total amount of funds appropriated in a fiscal year under subsection (g).
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the amounts payable under this section to qualified teaching health centers for an approved graduate medical residency training program for a fiscal year are each of the following amounts:
- (c)
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to qualified teaching health centers for direct graduate expenses relating to approved graduate medical residency training programs for a fiscal year is equal to the product of—
- (A) the updated national per resident amount for direct graduate medical education, as determined under paragraph (2); and
- (B) the average number of full-time equivalent residents in the teaching health center’s graduate approved medical residency training programs as determined under section 1395ww(h)(4) of this title (without regard to the limitation under subparagraph (F) of such section) during the fiscal year.
- (2) The updated per resident amount for direct graduate medical education for a qualified teaching health center for a fiscal year is an amount determined as follows:
- (A) The Secretary shall compute for each individual qualified teaching health center a per resident amount—
- (i) by dividing the national average per resident amount computed under section 256e(c)(2)(D) of this title into a wage-related portion and a non-wage related portion by applying the proportion determined under subparagraph (B);
- (ii) by multiplying the wage-related portion by the factor applied under section 1395ww(d)(3)(E) of this title (but without application of section 4410 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww note)) during the preceding fiscal year for the teaching health center’s area; and
- (iii) by adding the non-wage-related portion to the amount computed under clause (ii).
- (B) The Secretary shall update such per resident amount for each such qualified teaching health center as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (A) The Secretary shall compute for each individual qualified teaching health center a per resident amount—
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to qualified teaching health centers for direct graduate expenses relating to approved graduate medical residency training programs for a fiscal year is equal to the product of—
- (d)
- (1) The amount determined under this subsection for payments to qualified teaching health centers for indirect expenses associated with the additional costs of teaching residents for a fiscal year is equal to an amount determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) In determining the amount under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—
- (A) evaluate indirect training costs relative to supporting a primary care residency program in qualified teaching health centers; and
- (B) based on this evaluation, assure that the aggregate of the payments for indirect expenses under this section and the payments for direct graduate medical education as determined under subsection (c) in a fiscal year do not exceed the amount appropriated for such expenses as determined in subsection (g).
- (3) Before the Secretary makes a payment under this subsection pursuant to a determination of indirect expenses under paragraph (1), the Secretary may provide to qualified teaching health centers a payment, in addition to any payment made under subsection (c), for expected indirect expenses associated with the additional costs of teaching residents for a fiscal year, based on an estimate by the Secretary.
- (e) Payments under this section—
- (1) shall be in addition to any payments—
- (A) for the indirect costs of medical education under section 1395ww(d)(5)(B) of this title ;
- (B) for direct graduate medical education costs under section 1395ww(h) of this title ; and
- (C) for direct costs of medical education under section 1395ww(k) of this title ;
- (2) shall not be taken into account in applying the limitation on the number of total full-time equivalent residents under subparagraphs (F) and (G) of section 1395ww(h)(4) of this title and clauses (v), (vi)(I), and (vi)(II) of section 1395ww(d)(5)(B) of this title for the portion of time that a resident rotates to a hospital; and
- (3) shall not include the time in which a resident is counted toward full-time equivalency by a hospital under paragraph (2) or under section 1395ww(d)(5)(B)(iv) of this title , section 1395ww(h)(4)(E) of this title , or section 256e of this title .
- (1) shall be in addition to any payments—
- (f) The Secretary shall determine any changes to the number of residents reported by a teaching health center in the application of the teaching health center for the current fiscal year to determine the final amount payable to the teaching health center for the current fiscal year for both direct expense and indirect expense amounts. Based on such determination, the Secretary shall recoup any overpayments made to pay any balance due to the extent possible. The final amount so determined shall be considered a final intermediary determination for the purposes of section 1395 oo of this title and shall be subject to administrative and judicial review under that section in the same manner as the amount of payment under section 1395ww(d) 2 2 See References in Text note below. of this title is subject to review under such section.
- (g)
- (1) To carry out this section, there are appropriated such sums as may be necessary, not to exceed $230,000,000, for the period of fiscal years 2011 through 2015, $60,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2016 and 2017, $126,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through fiscal year 2020, and $27,379,452 for the period beginning on October 1, 2020 , and ending on December 18, 2020 , to remain available until expended.
- (2) Of the amount made available to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary may not use more than 5 percent of such amount for the expenses of administering this section.
- (h)
- (1) The report required under this paragraph for a qualified teaching health center for a fiscal year is a report that includes (in a form and manner specified by the Secretary) the following information for the residency academic year completed immediately prior to such fiscal year:
- (A) The types of primary care resident approved training programs that the qualified teaching health center provided for residents.
- (B) The number of approved training positions for residents described in paragraph (4).
- (C) The number of residents described in paragraph (4) who completed their residency training at the end of such residency academic year and care for vulnerable populations living in underserved areas.
- (D) The number of patients treated by residents described in paragraph (4).
- (E) The number of visits by patients treated by residents described in paragraph (4).
- (F) Of the number of residents described in paragraph (4) who completed their residency training at the end of such residency academic year, the number and percentage of such residents entering primary care practice (meaning any of the areas of practice listed in the definition of a primary care residency program in section 293 l –1 of this title).
- (G) Of the number of residents described in paragraph (4) who completed their residency training at the end of such residency academic year, the number and percentage of such residents who entered practice at a health care facility—
- (i) primarily serving a health professional shortage area with a designation in effect under section 254e of this title or a medically underserved community (as defined in section 295p of this title ); or
- (ii) located in a rural area (as defined in section 1395ww(d)(2)(D) of this title ).
- (H) Other information as deemed appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may audit a qualified teaching health center to ensure the accuracy and completeness of the information submitted in a report under paragraph (1).
- (B) A teaching health center may only receive payment in a cost reporting period for a number of such resident positions that is greater than the base level of primary care resident positions, as determined by the Secretary. For purposes of this subparagraph, the “base level of primary care residents” for a teaching health center is the level of such residents as of a base period.
- (3)
- (A) The amount payable under this section to a qualified teaching health center for a fiscal year shall be reduced by at least 25 percent if the Secretary determines that—
- (i) the qualified teaching health center has failed to provide the Secretary, as an addendum to the qualified teaching health center’s application under this section for such fiscal year, the report required under paragraph (1) for the previous fiscal year; or
- (ii) such report fails to provide complete and accurate information required under any subparagraph of such paragraph.
- (B) Before imposing a reduction under subparagraph (A) on the basis of a qualified teaching health center’s failure to provide complete and accurate information described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the Secretary shall provide notice to the teaching health center of such failure and the Secretary’s intention to impose such reduction and shall provide the teaching health center with the opportunity to provide the required information within the period of 30 days beginning on the date of such notice. If the teaching health center provides such information within such period, no reduction shall be made under subparagraph (A) on the basis of the previous failure to provide such information.
- (A) The amount payable under this section to a qualified teaching health center for a fiscal year shall be reduced by at least 25 percent if the Secretary determines that—
- (4) The residents described in this paragraph are those who are in part-time or full-time equivalent resident training positions at a qualified teaching health center in any approved graduate medical residency training program.
- (1) The report required under this paragraph for a qualified teaching health center for a fiscal year is a report that includes (in a form and manner specified by the Secretary) the following information for the residency academic year completed immediately prior to such fiscal year:
- (i) The Secretary shall promulgate regulations to carry out this section.
- (j) In this section:
- (1) The term “approved graduate medical residency training program” means a residency or other postgraduate medical training program—
- (A) participation in which may be counted toward certification in a specialty or subspecialty and includes formal postgraduate training programs in geriatric medicine approved by the Secretary; and
- (B) that meets criteria for accreditation (as established by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education, the American Osteopathic Association, or the American Dental Association).
- (2) The term “new approved graduate medical residency training program” means an approved graduate medical residency training program for which the sponsoring qualified teaching health center has not received a payment under this section for a previous fiscal year (other than pursuant to subsection (a)(1)(C)).
- (3) The term “primary care residency program” has the meaning given that term in section 293 l –1 of this title.
- (4) The term “qualified teaching health center” has the meaning given the term “teaching health center” in section 293 l –1 of this title.
- (1) The term “approved graduate medical residency training program” means a residency or other postgraduate medical training program—
§ 256i. Community-based collaborative care network program
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to eligible entities to support community-based collaborative care networks that meet the requirements of subsection (b).
- (b)
- (1) A community-based collaborative care network (referred to in this section as a “network”) shall be a consortium of health care providers with a joint governance structure (including providers within a single entity) that provides comprehensive coordinated and integrated health care services (as defined by the Secretary) for low-income populations.
- (2) A network shall include the following providers (unless such provider does not exist within the community, declines or refuses to participate, or places unreasonable conditions on their participation):
- (A) A hospital that meets the criteria in section 1396r–4(b)(1) of this title ; and
- (B) All Federally qualified health centers (as defined in section 1395x(aa) of this title 1 1 So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should appear. located in the community.
- (3) In awarding grants, the Secretary shall give priority to networks that include—
- (A) the capability to provide the broadest range of services to low-income individuals;
- (B) the broadest range of providers that currently serve a high volume of low-income individuals; and
- (C) a county or municipal department of health.
- (c)
- (1) A network described in subsection (b) shall submit an application to the Secretary.
- (2) In subsequent years, based on the performance of grantees, the Secretary may provide renewal grants to prior year grant recipients.
- (d)
- (1) Grant funds may be used for the following activities:
- (A) Assist low-income individuals to—
- (i) access and appropriately use health services;
- (ii) enroll in health coverage programs; and
- (iii) obtain a regular primary care provider or a medical home.
- (B) Provide case management and care management.
- (C) Perform health outreach using neighborhood health workers or through other means.
- (D) Provide transportation.
- (E) Expand capacity, including through telehealth, after-hours services or urgent care.
- (F) Provide direct patient care services.
- (A) Assist low-income individuals to—
- (2) The Secretary may limit the percent of grant funding that may be spent on direct care services provided by grantees of programs administered by the Health Resources and Services Administration or impose other requirements on such grantees deemed necessary.
- (1) Grant funds may be used for the following activities:
- (e) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2011 through 2015.
§ 257. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§ 257. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§ 257a. Transferred
§ 257a. Transferred
§ 258. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§ 258. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§ 258a. Transferred
§ 258a. Transferred
§ 261a. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§§ 259 to 261a. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIV, § 3405(a) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1221 , as amended by Pub. L. 114–198, title I, § 110(b) , July 22, 2016 , 130 Stat. 710
§ 262. Regulation of biological products
- (a)
- (1) No person shall introduce or deliver for introduction into interstate commerce any biological product unless—
- (A) a biologics license under this subsection or subsection (k) is in effect for the biological product; and
- (B) each package of the biological product is plainly marked with—
- (i) the proper name of the biological product contained in the package;
- (ii) the name, address, and applicable license number of the manufacturer of the biological product; and
- (iii) the expiration date of the biological product.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall establish, by regulation, requirements for the approval, suspension, and revocation of biologics licenses.
- (B) A person that submits an application for a license under this paragraph shall submit to the Secretary as part of the application any assessments required under section 505B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355c ].
- (C) The Secretary shall approve a biologics license application—
- (i) on the basis of a demonstration that—
- (I) the biological product that is the subject of the application is safe, pure, and potent; and
- (II) the facility in which the biological product is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure that the biological product continues to be safe, pure, and potent; and
- (ii) if the applicant (or other appropriate person) consents to the inspection of the facility that is the subject of the application, in accordance with subsection (c).
- (i) on the basis of a demonstration that—
- (D) A person that submits an application for a license under this paragraph is subject to sections 505( o ), 505(p), and 505–1 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355 ( o ), (p), 355–1].
- (E)
- (i) The Secretary may rely upon qualified data summaries to support the approval of a supplemental application, with respect to a qualified indication for a drug, submitted under this subsection, if such supplemental application complies with the requirements of subparagraph (B) of section 505(c)(5) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(c)(5) ].
- (ii) In this subparagraph, the terms “qualified indication” and “qualified data summary” have the meanings given such terms in section 505(c)(5) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
- (3) The Secretary shall prescribe requirements under which a biological product undergoing investigation shall be exempt from the requirements of paragraph (1).
- (1) No person shall introduce or deliver for introduction into interstate commerce any biological product unless—
- (b) No person shall falsely label or mark any package or container of any biological product or alter any label or mark on the package or container of the biological product so as to falsify the label or mark.
- (c) Any officer, agent, or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services, authorized by the Secretary for the purpose, may during all reasonable hours enter and inspect any establishment for the propagation or manufacture and preparation of any biological product.
- (d)
- (1) Upon a determination that a batch, lot, or other quantity of a product licensed under this section presents an imminent or substantial hazard to the public health, the Secretary shall issue an order immediately ordering the recall of such batch, lot, or other quantity of such product. An order under this paragraph shall be issued in accordance with section 554 of title 5 .
- (2) Any violation of paragraph (1) shall subject the violator to a civil penalty of up to $100,000 per day of violation. The amount of a civil penalty under this paragraph shall, effective December 1 of each year beginning 1 year after the effective date of this paragraph, be increased by the percent change in the Consumer Price Index for the base quarter of such year over the Consumer Price Index for the base quarter of the preceding year, adjusted to the nearest ⅒ of 1 percent. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “base quarter”, as used with respect to a year, means the calendar quarter ending on September 30 of such year and the price index for a base quarter is the arithmetical mean of such index for the 3 months comprising such quarter.
- (e) No person shall interfere with any officer, agent, or employee of the Service in the performance of any duty imposed upon him by this section or by regulations made by authority thereof.
- (f) Any person who shall violate, or aid or abet in violating, any of the provisions of this section shall be punished upon conviction by a fine not exceeding $500 or by imprisonment not exceeding one year, or by both such fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court.
- (g) Nothing contained in this chapter shall be construed as in any way affecting, modifying, repealing, or superseding the provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.].
- (h) A partially processed biological product which—
- (1) is not in a form applicable to the prevention, treatment, or cure of diseases or injuries of man;
- (2) is not intended for sale in the United States; and
- (3) is intended for further manufacture into final dosage form outside the United States,
- (i) In this section:
- (1) The term “biological product” means a virus, therapeutic serum, toxin, antitoxin, vaccine, blood, blood component or derivative, allergenic product, protein, or analogous product, or arsphenamine or derivative of arsphenamine (or any other trivalent organic arsenic compound), applicable to the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of human beings.
- (2) The term “biosimilar” or “biosimilarity”, in reference to a biological product that is the subject of an application under subsection (k), means—
- (A) that the biological product is highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components; and
- (B) there are no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of the safety, purity, and potency of the product.
- (3) The term “interchangeable” or “interchangeability”, in reference to a biological product that is shown to meet the standards described in subsection (k)(4), means that the biological product may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product.
- (4) The term “reference product” means the single biological product licensed under subsection (a) against which a biological product is evaluated in an application submitted under subsection (k).
- (j) The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.], including the requirements under sections 505( o ), 505(p), and 505–1 of such Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355 ( o ), (p), 355–1], applies to a biological product subject to regulation under this section, except that a product for which a license has been approved under subsection (a) shall not be required to have an approved application under section 505 of such Act.
- (k)
- (1) Any person may submit an application for licensure of a biological product under this subsection.
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) An application submitted under this subsection shall include information demonstrating that—
- (I) the biological product is biosimilar to a reference product based upon data derived from—
- (II) the biological product and reference product utilize the same mechanism or mechanisms of action for the condition or conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling, but only to the extent the mechanism or mechanisms of action are known for the reference product;
- (III) the condition or conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the labeling proposed for the biological product have been previously approved for the reference product;
- (IV) the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the biological product are the same as those of the reference product; and
- (V) the facility in which the biological product is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure that the biological product continues to be safe, pure, and potent.
- (ii) The Secretary may determine, in the Secretary’s discretion, that an element described in clause (i)(I) is unnecessary in an application submitted under this subsection.
- (iii) An application submitted under this subsection—
- (I) shall include publicly-available information regarding the Secretary’s previous determination that the reference product is safe, pure, and potent; and
- (II) may include any additional information in support of the application, including publicly-available information with respect to the reference product or another biological product.
- (i) An application submitted under this subsection shall include information demonstrating that—
- (B) An application (or a supplement to an application) submitted under this subsection may include information demonstrating that the biological product meets the standards described in paragraph (4).
- (A)
- (3) Upon review of an application (or a supplement to an application) submitted under this subsection, the Secretary shall license the biological product under this subsection if—
- (A) the Secretary determines that the information submitted in the application (or the supplement) is sufficient to show that the biological product—
- (i) is biosimilar to the reference product; or
- (ii) meets the standards described in paragraph (4), and therefore is interchangeable with the reference product; and
- (B) the applicant (or other appropriate person) consents to the inspection of the facility that is the subject of the application, in accordance with subsection (c).
- (A) the Secretary determines that the information submitted in the application (or the supplement) is sufficient to show that the biological product—
- (4) Upon review of an application submitted under this subsection or any supplement to such application, the Secretary shall determine the biological product to be interchangeable with the reference product if the Secretary determines that the information submitted in the application (or a supplement to such application) is sufficient to show that—
- (A) the biological product—
- (i) is biosimilar to the reference product; and
- (ii) can be expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient; and
- (B) for a biological product that is administered more than once to an individual, the risk in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between use of the biological product and the reference product is not greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch.
- (A) the biological product—
- (5)
- (A) A biological product, in an application submitted under this subsection, may not be evaluated against more than 1 reference product.
- (B) An application submitted under this subsection shall be reviewed by the division within the Food and Drug Administration that is responsible for the review and approval of the application under which the reference product is licensed.
- (C) The authority of the Secretary with respect to risk evaluation and mitigation strategies under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] shall apply to biological products licensed under this subsection in the same manner as such authority applies to biological products licensed under subsection (a).
- (6) Upon review of an application submitted under this subsection relying on the same reference product for which a prior biological product has received a determination of interchangeability for any condition of use, the Secretary shall not make a determination under paragraph (4) that the second or subsequent biological product is interchangeable for any condition of use until the earlier of—
- (A) 1 year after the first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar biological product to be approved as interchangeable for that reference product;
- (B) 18 months after—
- (i) a final court decision on all patents in suit in an action instituted under subsection ( l )(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first approved interchangeable biosimilar biological product; or
- (ii) the dismissal with or without prejudice of an action instituted under subsection ( l )(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first approved interchangeable biosimilar biological product; or
- (C)
- (i) 42 months after approval of the first interchangeable biosimilar biological product if the applicant that submitted such application has been sued under subsection ( l )(6) and such litigation is still ongoing within such 42-month period; or
- (ii) 18 months after approval of the first interchangeable biosimilar biological product if the applicant that submitted such application has not been sued under subsection ( l )(6).
- (7)
- (A) Approval of an application under this subsection may not be made effective by the Secretary until the date that is 12 years after the date on which the reference product was first licensed under subsection (a).
- (B) An application under this subsection may not be submitted to the Secretary until the date that is 4 years after the date on which the reference product was first licensed under subsection (a).
- (C) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall not apply to a license for or approval of—
- (i) a supplement for the biological product that is the reference product; or
- (ii) a subsequent application filed by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product that is the reference product (or a licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for—
- (I) a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device, or strength; or
- (II) a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency.
- (D)
- (i) An approved application that is deemed to be a license for a biological product under this section pursuant to section 7002(e)(4) of the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 shall not be treated as having been first licensed under subsection (a) for purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B).
- (ii) Subparagraph (C) shall apply with respect to a reference product referred to in such subparagraph that was the subject of an approved application that was deemed to be a license pursuant to section 7002(e)(4) of the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009.
- (iii) The exclusivity periods described in section 527, section 505A(b)(1)(A)(ii), and section 505A(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360cc and 355a(b)(1)(A)(ii), (c)(1)(A)(ii)] shall continue to apply to a biological product after an approved application for the biological product is deemed to be a license for the biological product under subsection (a) pursuant to section 7002(e)(4) of the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009.
- (8)
- (A) The Secretary may, after opportunity for public comment, issue guidance in accordance, except as provided in subparagraph (B)(i), with section 701(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 371(h) ] with respect to the licensure of a biological product under this subsection. Any such guidance may be general or specific.
- (B)
- (i) The Secretary shall provide the public an opportunity to comment on any proposed guidance issued under subparagraph (A) before issuing final guidance.
- (ii) The Secretary shall establish a process through which the public may provide the Secretary with input regarding priorities for issuing guidance.
- (C) The issuance (or non-issuance) of guidance under subparagraph (A) shall not preclude the review of, or action on, an application submitted under this subsection.
- (D) If the Secretary issues product class-specific guidance under subparagraph (A), such guidance shall include a description of—
- (i) the criteria that the Secretary will use to determine whether a biological product is highly similar to a reference product in such product class; and
- (ii) the criteria, if available, that the Secretary will use to determine whether a biological product meets the standards described in paragraph (4).
- (E)
- (i) The Secretary may indicate in a guidance document that the science and experience, as of the date of such guidance, with respect to a product or product class (not including any recombinant protein) does not allow approval of an application for a license as provided under this subsection for such product or product class.
- (ii) The Secretary may issue a subsequent guidance document under subparagraph (A) to modify or reverse a guidance document under clause (i).
- (iii) Clause (i) shall not be construed to require the Secretary to approve a product with respect to which the Secretary has not indicated in a guidance document that the science and experience, as described in clause (i), does not allow approval of such an application.
- (l)
- (1)
- (A) Unless otherwise agreed to by a person that submits an application under subsection (k) (referred to in this subsection as the “subsection (k) applicant”) and the sponsor of the application for the reference product (referred to in this subsection as the “reference product sponsor”), the provisions of this paragraph shall apply to the exchange of information described in this subsection.
- (B)
- (i) When a subsection (k) applicant submits an application under subsection (k), such applicant shall provide to the persons described in clause (ii), subject to the terms of this paragraph, confidential access to the information required to be produced pursuant to paragraph (2) and any other information that the subsection (k) applicant determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate (referred to in this subsection as the “confidential information”).
- (ii) The persons described in this clause are the following:
- (I) One or more attorneys designated by the reference product sponsor who are employees of an entity other than the reference product sponsor (referred to in this paragraph as the “outside counsel”), provided that such attorneys do not engage, formally or informally, in patent prosecution relevant or related to the reference product.
- (II) One attorney that represents the reference product sponsor who is an employee of the reference product sponsor, provided that such attorney does not engage, formally or informally, in patent prosecution relevant or related to the reference product.
- (iii) A representative of the owner of a patent exclusively licensed to a reference product sponsor with respect to the reference product and who has retained a right to assert the patent or participate in litigation concerning the patent may be provided the confidential information, provided that the representative informs the reference product sponsor and the subsection (k) applicant of his or her agreement to be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in this paragraph, including those under clause (ii).
- (C) No person that receives confidential information pursuant to subparagraph (B) shall disclose any confidential information to any other person or entity, including the reference product sponsor employees, outside scientific consultants, or other outside counsel retained by the reference product sponsor, without the prior written consent of the subsection (k) applicant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
- (D) Confidential information shall be used for the sole and exclusive purpose of determining, with respect to each patent assigned to or exclusively licensed by the reference product sponsor, whether a claim of patent infringement could reasonably be asserted if the subsection (k) applicant engaged in the manufacture, use, offering for sale, sale, or importation into the United States of the biological product that is the subject of the application under subsection (k).
- (E) The confidential information disclosed under this paragraph is, and shall remain, the property of the subsection (k) applicant. By providing the confidential information pursuant to this paragraph, the subsection (k) applicant does not provide the reference product sponsor or the outside counsel any interest in or license to use the confidential information, for purposes other than those specified in subparagraph (D).
- (F) In the event that the reference product sponsor files a patent infringement suit, the use of confidential information shall continue to be governed by the terms of this paragraph until such time as a court enters a protective order regarding the information. Upon entry of such order, the subsection (k) applicant may redesignate confidential information in accordance with the terms of that order. No confidential information shall be included in any publicly-available complaint or other pleading. In the event that the reference product sponsor does not file an infringement action by the date specified in paragraph (6), the reference product sponsor shall return or destroy all confidential information received under this paragraph, provided that if the reference product sponsor opts to destroy such information, it will confirm destruction in writing to the subsection (k) applicant.
- (G) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed—
- (i) as an admission by the subsection (k) applicant regarding the validity, enforceability, or infringement of any patent; or
- (ii) as an agreement or admission by the subsection (k) applicant with respect to the competency, relevance, or materiality of any confidential information.
- (H) The disclosure of any confidential information in violation of this paragraph shall be deemed to cause the subsection (k) applicant to suffer irreparable harm for which there is no adequate legal remedy and the court shall consider immediate injunctive relief to be an appropriate and necessary remedy for any violation or threatened violation of this paragraph.
- (2) Not later than 20 days after the Secretary notifies the subsection (k) applicant that the application has been accepted for review, the subsection (k) applicant—
- (A) shall provide to the reference product sponsor a copy of the application submitted to the Secretary under subsection (k), and such other information that describes the process or processes used to manufacture the biological product that is the subject of such application; and
- (B) may provide to the reference product sponsor additional information requested by or on behalf of the reference product sponsor.
- (3)
- (A) Not later than 60 days after the receipt of the application and information under paragraph (2), the reference product sponsor shall provide to the subsection (k) applicant—
- (i) a list of patents for which the reference product sponsor believes a claim of patent infringement could reasonably be asserted by the reference product sponsor, or by a patent owner that has granted an exclusive license to the reference product sponsor with respect to the reference product, if a person not licensed by the reference product sponsor engaged in the making, using, offering to sell, selling, or importing into the United States of the biological product that is the subject of the subsection (k) application; and
- (ii) an identification of the patents on such list that the reference product sponsor would be prepared to license to the subsection (k) applicant.
- (B) Not later than 60 days after receipt of the list under subparagraph (A), the subsection (k) applicant—
- (i) may provide to the reference product sponsor a list of patents to which the subsection (k) applicant believes a claim of patent infringement could reasonably be asserted by the reference product sponsor if a person not licensed by the reference product sponsor engaged in the making, using, offering to sell, selling, or importing into the United States of the biological product that is the subject of the subsection (k) application;
- (ii) shall provide to the reference product sponsor, with respect to each patent listed by the reference product sponsor under subparagraph (A) or listed by the subsection (k) applicant under clause (i)—
- (I) a detailed statement that describes, on a claim by claim basis, the factual and legal basis of the opinion of the subsection (k) applicant that such patent is invalid, unenforceable, or will not be infringed by the commercial marketing of the biological product that is the subject of the subsection (k) application; or
- (II) a statement that the subsection (k) applicant does not intend to begin commercial marketing of the biological product before the date that such patent expires; and
- (iii) shall provide to the reference product sponsor a response regarding each patent identified by the reference product sponsor under subparagraph (A)(ii).
- (C) Not later than 60 days after receipt of the list and statement under subparagraph (B), the reference product sponsor shall provide to the subsection (k) applicant a detailed statement that describes, with respect to each patent described in subparagraph (B)(ii)(I), on a claim by claim basis, the factual and legal basis of the opinion of the reference product sponsor that such patent will be infringed by the commercial marketing of the biological product that is the subject of the subsection (k) application and a response to the statement concerning validity and enforceability provided under subparagraph (B)(ii)(I).
- (A) Not later than 60 days after the receipt of the application and information under paragraph (2), the reference product sponsor shall provide to the subsection (k) applicant—
- (4)
- (A) After receipt by the subsection (k) applicant of the statement under paragraph (3)(C), the reference product sponsor and the subsection (k) applicant shall engage in good faith negotiations to agree on which, if any, patents listed under paragraph (3) by the subsection (k) applicant or the reference product sponsor shall be the subject of an action for patent infringement under paragraph (6).
- (B) If, within 15 days of beginning negotiations under subparagraph (A), the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor fail to agree on a final and complete list of which, if any, patents listed under paragraph (3) by the subsection (k) applicant or the reference product sponsor shall be the subject of an action for patent infringement under paragraph (6), the provisions of paragraph (5) shall apply to the parties.
- (5)
- (A) The subsection (k) applicant shall notify the reference product sponsor of the number of patents that such applicant will provide to the reference product sponsor under subparagraph (B)(i)(I).
- (B)
- (i) On a date agreed to by the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor, but in no case later than 5 days after the subsection (k) applicant notifies the reference product sponsor under subparagraph (A), the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor shall simultaneously exchange—
- (I) the list of patents that the subsection (k) applicant believes should be the subject of an action for patent infringement under paragraph (6); and
- (II) the list of patents, in accordance with clause (ii), that the reference product sponsor believes should be the subject of an action for patent infringement under paragraph (6).
- (ii)
- (I) Subject to subclause (II), the number of patents listed by the reference product sponsor under clause (i)(II) may not exceed the number of patents listed by the subsection (k) applicant under clause (i)(I).
- (II) If a subsection (k) applicant does not list any patent under clause (i)(I), the reference product sponsor may list 1 patent under clause (i)(II).
- (i) On a date agreed to by the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor, but in no case later than 5 days after the subsection (k) applicant notifies the reference product sponsor under subparagraph (A), the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor shall simultaneously exchange—
- (6)
- (A) If the subsection (k) applicant and the reference product sponsor agree on patents as described in paragraph (4), not later than 30 days after such agreement, the reference product sponsor shall bring an action for patent infringement with respect to each such patent.
- (B) If the provisions of paragraph (5) apply to the parties as described in paragraph (4)(B), not later than 30 days after the exchange of lists under paragraph (5)(B), the reference product sponsor shall bring an action for patent infringement with respect to each patent that is included on such lists.
- (C)
- (i) Not later than 30 days after a complaint is served to a subsection (k) applicant in an action for patent infringement described under this paragraph, the subsection (k) applicant shall provide the Secretary with notice and a copy of such complaint.
- (ii) The Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register notice of a complaint received under clause (i).
- (7) In the case of a patent that—
- (A) is issued to, or exclusively licensed by, the reference product sponsor after the date that the reference product sponsor provided the list to the subsection (k) applicant under paragraph (3)(A); and
- (B) the reference product sponsor reasonably believes that, due to the issuance of such patent, a claim of patent infringement could reasonably be asserted by the reference product sponsor if a person not licensed by the reference product sponsor engaged in the making, using, offering to sell, selling, or importing into the United States of the biological product that is the subject of the subsection (k) application,
- (8)
- (A) The subsection (k) applicant shall provide notice to the reference product sponsor not later than 180 days before the date of the first commercial marketing of the biological product licensed under subsection (k).
- (B) After receiving the notice under subparagraph (A) and before such date of the first commercial marketing of such biological product, the reference product sponsor may seek a preliminary injunction prohibiting the subsection (k) applicant from engaging in the commercial manufacture or sale of such biological product until the court decides the issue of patent validity, enforcement, and infringement with respect to any patent that is—
- (i) included in the list provided by the reference product sponsor under paragraph (3)(A) or in the list provided by the subsection (k) applicant under paragraph (3)(B); and
- (ii) not included, as applicable, on—
- (I) the list of patents described in paragraph (4); or
- (II) the lists of patents described in paragraph (5)(B).
- (C) If the reference product sponsor has sought a preliminary injunction under subparagraph (B), the reference product sponsor and the subsection (k) applicant shall reasonably cooperate to expedite such further discovery as is needed in connection with the preliminary injunction motion.
- (9)
- (A) If a subsection (k) applicant provides the application and information required under paragraph (2)(A), neither the reference product sponsor nor the subsection (k) applicant may, prior to the date notice is received under paragraph (8)(A), bring any action under section 2201 of title 28 for a declaration of infringement, validity, or enforceability of any patent that is described in clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (8)(B).
- (B) If a subsection (k) applicant fails to complete an action required of the subsection (k) applicant under paragraph (3)(B)(ii), paragraph (5), paragraph (6)(C)(i), paragraph (7), or paragraph (8)(A), the reference product sponsor, but not the subsection (k) applicant, may bring an action under section 2201 of title 28 for a declaration of infringement, validity, or enforceability of any patent included in the list described in paragraph (3)(A), including as provided under paragraph (7).
- (C) If a subsection (k) applicant fails to provide the application and information required under paragraph (2)(A), the reference product sponsor, but not the subsection (k) applicant, may bring an action under section 2201 of title 28 for a declaration of infringement, validity, or enforceability of any patent that claims the biological product or a use of the biological product.
- (1)
- (m)
- (1) The provisions of subsections (a), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j), (k), ( l ), (n), and (p) of section 505A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(a) , (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (j), (k), ( l ), (n), (p)] shall apply with respect to the extension of a period under paragraphs (2) and (3) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to the extension of a period under subsection (b) or (c) of section 505A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(b) , (c)].
- (2) If, prior to approval of an application that is submitted under subsection (a), the Secretary determines that information relating to the use of a new biological product in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, the Secretary makes a written request for pediatric studies (which shall include a timeframe for completing such studies), the applicant agrees to the request, such studies are completed using appropriate formulations for each age group for which the study is requested within any such timeframe, and the reports thereof are submitted and accepted in accordance with section 505A(d)(4) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(d)(4) ]—
- (A) the periods for such biological product referred to in subsection (k)(7) are deemed to be 4 years and 6 months rather than 4 years and 12 years and 6 months rather than 12 years; and
- (B) if the biological product is designated under section 526 1 1 See References in Text note below. [ 21 U.S.C. 360bb ] for a rare disease or condition, the period for such biological product referred to in section 527(a) 1 [ 21 U.S.C. 360cc(a) ] is deemed to be 7 years and 6 months rather than 7 years.
- (3) If the Secretary determines that information relating to the use of a licensed biological product in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population and makes a written request to the holder of an approved application under subsection (a) for pediatric studies (which shall include a timeframe for completing such studies), the holder agrees to the request, such studies are completed using appropriate formulations for each age group for which the study is requested within any such timeframe, and the reports thereof are submitted and accepted in accordance with section 505A(d)(4) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(d)(4) ]—
- (A) the periods for such biological product referred to in subsection (k)(7) are deemed to be 4 years and 6 months rather than 4 years and 12 years and 6 months rather than 12 years; and
- (B) if the biological product is designated under section 526 1 [ 21 U.S.C. 360bb ] for a rare disease or condition, the period for such biological product referred to in section 527(a) 1 [ 21 U.S.C. 360cc(a) ] is deemed to be 7 years and 6 months rather than 7 years.
- (4) The Secretary shall not extend a period referred to in paragraph (2)(A), (2)(B), (3)(A), or (3)(B) if the determination under section 505A(d)(4) 1 [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(d)(4) ] is made later than 9 months prior to the expiration of such period.
- (n)
- (1) In the case of an application under subsection (a) with respect to a biological product for which the Secretary provides notice to the sponsor that the Secretary intends to issue a scientific and medical evaluation and recommend controls under the Controlled Substances Act [ 21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.], approval of such application shall not take effect until the interim final rule controlling the biological product is issued in accordance with section 201(j) of the Controlled Substances Act [ 21 U.S.C. 811(j) ].
- (2) For purposes of this section, with respect to an application described in paragraph (1), references to the date of approval of such application, or licensure of the product subject to such application, shall mean the later of—
- (A) the date an application is approved under subsection (a); or
- (B) the date of issuance of the interim final rule controlling the biological product.
§ 262a. Enhanced control of dangerous biological agents and toxins
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary shall by regulation establish and maintain a list of each biological agent and each toxin that has the potential to pose a severe threat to public health and safety.
- (B) In determining whether to include an agent or toxin on the list under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall—
- (i) consider—
- (I) the effect on human health of exposure to the agent or toxin;
- (II) the degree of contagiousness of the agent or toxin and the methods by which the agent or toxin is transferred to humans;
- (III) the availability and effectiveness of pharmacotherapies and immunizations to treat and prevent any illness resulting from infection by the agent or toxin; and
- (IV) any other criteria, including the needs of children and other vulnerable populations, that the Secretary considers appropriate; and
- (ii) consult with appropriate Federal departments and agencies and with scientific experts representing appropriate professional groups, including groups with pediatric expertise.
- (i) consider—
- (2) The Secretary shall review and republish the list under paragraph (1) biennially, or more often as needed, and shall by regulation revise the list as necessary in accordance with such paragraph.
- (1)
- (b) The Secretary shall by regulation provide for—
- (1) the establishment and enforcement of safety procedures for the transfer of listed agents and toxins, including measures to ensure—
- (A) proper training and appropriate skills to handle such agents and toxins; and
- (B) proper laboratory facilities to contain and dispose of such agents and toxins;
- (2) the establishment and enforcement of safeguard and security measures to prevent access to such agents and toxins for use in domestic or international terrorism or for any other criminal purpose;
- (3) the establishment of procedures to protect the public safety in the event of a transfer or potential transfer of such an agent or toxin in violation of the safety procedures established under paragraph (1) or the safeguard and security measures established under paragraph (2); and
- (4) appropriate availability of biological agents and toxins for research, education, and other legitimate purposes.
- (1) the establishment and enforcement of safety procedures for the transfer of listed agents and toxins, including measures to ensure—
- (c) The Secretary shall by regulation provide for the establishment and enforcement of standards and procedures governing the possession and use of listed agents and toxins, including the provisions described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (b), in order to protect the public health and safety.
- (d)
- (1) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall require registration with the Secretary of the possession, use, and transfer of listed agents and toxins, and shall include provisions to ensure that persons seeking to register under such regulations have a lawful purpose to possess, use, or transfer such agents and toxins, including provisions in accordance with subsection (e)(6).
- (2) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall require that registration include (if available to the person registering) information regarding the characterization of listed agents and toxins to facilitate their identification, including their source. The Secretary shall maintain a national database that includes the names and locations of registered persons, the listed agents and toxins such persons are possessing, using, or transferring, and information regarding the characterization of such agents and toxins.
- (e)
- (1) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall include appropriate safeguard and security requirements for persons possessing, using, or transferring a listed agent or toxin commensurate with the risk such agent or toxin poses to public health and safety (including the risk of use in domestic or international terrorism). The Secretary shall establish such requirements in collaboration with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General, and shall ensure compliance with such requirements as part of the registration system under such regulations.
- (2) Requirements under paragraph (1) shall include provisions to ensure that registered persons—
- (A) provide access to listed agents and toxins to only those individuals whom the registered person involved determines have a legitimate need to handle or use such agents and toxins;
- (B) submit the names and other identifying information for such individuals to the Secretary and the Attorney General, promptly after first determining that the individuals need access under subparagraph (A), and periodically thereafter while the individuals have such access, not less frequently than once every five years;
- (C) deny access to such agents and toxins by individuals whom the Attorney General has identified as restricted persons; and
- (D) limit or deny access to such agents and toxins by individuals whom the Attorney General has identified as within any category under paragraph (3)(B)(ii), if limiting or denying such access by the individuals involved is determined appropriate by the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General.
- (3)
- (A) Upon the receipt of names and other identifying information under paragraph (2)(B), the Attorney General shall, for the sole purpose of identifying whether the individuals involved are within any of the categories specified in subparagraph (B), promptly use criminal, immigration, national security, and other electronic databases that are available to the Federal Government and are appropriate for such purpose.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the categories specified in this subparagraph regarding an individual are that—
- (i) the individual is a restricted person; or
- (ii) the individual is reasonably suspected by any Federal law enforcement or intelligence agency of—
- (I) committing a crime set forth in section 2332b(g)(5) of title 18 ;
- (II) knowing involvement with an organization that engages in domestic or international terrorism (as defined in section 2331 of such title 18) or with any other organization that engages in intentional crimes of violence; or
- (III) being an agent of a foreign power (as defined in section 1801 of title 50 ).
- (C) After the receipt of a name and other identifying information under paragraph (2)(B), the Attorney General shall promptly notify the Secretary whether the individual is within any of the categories specified in subparagraph (B).
- (4) The Secretary, after receiving notice under paragraph (3) regarding an individual, shall promptly notify the registered person involved of whether the individual is granted or denied access under paragraph (2). If the individual is denied such access, the Secretary shall promptly notify the individual of the denial.
- (5) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall provide for a procedure through which, upon request to the Secretary by a registered person who submits names and other identifying information under paragraph (2)(B) and who demonstrates good cause, the Secretary may, as determined appropriate by the Secretary—
- (A) request the Attorney General to expedite the process of identification under paragraph (3)(A) and notification of the Secretary under paragraph (3)(C); and
- (B) expedite the notification of the registered person by the Secretary under paragraph (4).
- (6)
- (A) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall provide that an individual who seeks to register under either of such subsections is subject to the same processes described in paragraphs (2) through (4) as apply to names and other identifying information submitted to the Attorney General under paragraph (2)(B). Paragraph (5) does not apply for purposes of this subparagraph.
- (B) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall provide that, in determining whether to deny or revoke registration by a person other than an individual, the Secretary shall submit the name of such person to the Attorney General, who shall use criminal, immigration, national security, and other electronic databases available to the Federal Government, as appropriate for the purpose of promptly notifying the Secretary whether the person, or, where relevant, the individual who owns or controls such person, is a restricted person or is reasonably suspected by any Federal law enforcement or intelligence agency of being within any category specified in paragraph (3)(B)(ii) (as applied to persons, including individuals). Such regulations shall provide that a person who seeks to register under either of such subsections is subject to the same processes described in paragraphs (2) and (4) as apply to names and other identifying information submitted to the Attorney General under paragraph (2)(B). Paragraph (5) does not apply for purposes of this subparagraph. The Secretary may exempt Federal, State, or local governmental agencies from the requirements of this subparagraph.
- (7)
- (A)
- (i) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall provide for an opportunity for a review by the Secretary—
- (I) when requested by the individual involved, of a determination under paragraph (2) to deny the individual access to listed agents and toxins; and
- (II) when requested by the person involved, of a determination under paragraph (6) to deny or revoke registration for such person.
- (ii) During a review under clause (i), the Secretary may consider information relevant to the review ex parte to the extent that disclosure of the information could compromise national security or an investigation by any law enforcement agency.
- (iii) The decision of the Secretary in a review under clause (i) constitutes final agency action for purposes of section 702 of title 5 .
- (i) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall provide for an opportunity for a review by the Secretary—
- (B)
- (i) When reviewing a decision of the Secretary under subparagraph (A), and upon request made ex parte and in writing by the United States, a court, upon a sufficient showing, may review and consider ex parte documents containing information the disclosure of which could compromise national security or an investigation by any law enforcement agency. If the court determines that portions of the documents considered ex parte should be disclosed to the person involved to allow a response, the court shall authorize the United States to delete from such documents specified items of information the disclosure of which could compromise national security or an investigation by any law enforcement agency, or to substitute a summary of the information to which the person may respond. Any order by the court authorizing the disclosure of information that the United States believes could compromise national security or an investigation by any law enforcement agency shall be subject to the processes set forth in subparagraphs (A) and (B)(i) of section 2339B(f)(5) of title 18 (relating to interlocutory appeal and expedited consideration).
- (ii) In a review under subparagraph (A), and in any judical 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “judicial”. proceeding conducted pursuant to such review, neither the Secretary nor the Attorney General may be required to disclose to the public any information that under subsection (h) shall not be disclosed under section 552 of title 5 .
- (A)
- (8) Requirements under paragraph (1) shall include the prompt notification of the Secretary, and appropriate Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies, of the theft or loss of listed agents and toxins.
- (9) The Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, may provide technical assistance to registered persons to improve security of the facilities of such persons.
- (f) The Secretary shall have the authority to inspect persons subject to regulations under subsection (b) or (c) to ensure their compliance with such regulations, including prohibitions on restricted persons and other provisions of subsection (e).
- (g)
- (1) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall exempt clinical or diagnostic laboratories and other persons who possess, use, or transfer listed agents or toxins that are contained in specimens presented for diagnosis, verification, or proficiency testing, provided that—
- (A) the identification of such agents or toxins is reported to the Secretary, and when required under Federal, State, or local law, to other appropriate authorities; and
- (B) such agents or toxins are transferred or destroyed in a manner set forth by the Secretary by regulation.
- (2)
- (A) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall exempt products that are, bear, or contain listed agents or toxins and are cleared, approved, licensed, or registered under any of the Acts specified in subparagraph (B), unless the Secretary by order determines that applying additional regulation under subsection (b) or (c) to a specific product is necessary to protect public health and safety.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the Acts specified in this subparagraph are the following:
- (i) The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.].
- (ii) Section 262 of this title .
- (iii) The Act commonly known as the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act (the eighth paragraph under the heading “Bureau of Animal Industry” in the Act of March 4, 1913 ; 21 U.S.C. 151–159 ).
- (iv) The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act [ 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.].
- (C)
- (i) The Secretary may exempt an investigational product that is, bears, or contains a listed agent or toxin from the applicability of provisions of regulations under subsection (b) or (c) when such product is being used in an investigation authorized under any Federal Act and the Secretary determines that applying additional regulation under subsection (b) or (c) to such product is not necessary to protect public health and safety.
- (ii) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall set forth the procedures for applying for an exemption under clause (i). In the case of investigational products authorized under any of the Acts specified in subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall make a determination regarding a request for an exemption not later than 14 days after the first date on which both of the following conditions have been met by the person requesting the exemption:
- (I) The person has submitted to the Secretary an application for the exemption meeting the requirements established by the Secretary.
- (II) The person has notified the Secretary that the investigation has been authorized under such an Act.
- (3) The Secretary may temporarily exempt a person from the applicability of the requirements of this section, in whole or in part, if the Secretary determines that such exemption is necessary to provide for the timely participation of the person in a response to a domestic or foreign public health emergency (whether determined under section 247d(a) of this title or otherwise) that involves a listed agent or toxin. With respect to the emergency involved, such exemption for a person may not exceed 30 days, except that the Secretary, after review of whether such exemption remains necessary, may provide one extension of an additional 30 days.
- (4) Upon request of the Secretary of Agriculture, after the granting by such Secretary of an exemption under section 8401(g)(1)(D) of title 7 pursuant to a finding that there is an agricultural emergency, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may temporarily exempt a person from the applicability of the requirements of this section, in whole or in part, to provide for the timely participation of the person in a response to the agricultural emergency. With respect to the emergency involved, the exemption under this paragraph for a person may not exceed 30 days, except that upon request of the Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may, after review of whether such exemption remains necessary, provide one extension of an additional 30 days.
- (1) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall exempt clinical or diagnostic laboratories and other persons who possess, use, or transfer listed agents or toxins that are contained in specimens presented for diagnosis, verification, or proficiency testing, provided that—
- (h)
- (1) No Federal agency specified in paragraph (2) shall disclose under section 552 of title 5 any of the following:
- (A) Any registration or transfer documentation submitted under subsections (b) and (c) for the possession, use, or transfer of a listed agent or toxin; or information derived therefrom to the extent that it identifies the listed agent or toxin possessed, used, or transferred by a specific registered person or discloses the identity or location of a specific registered person.
- (B) The national database developed pursuant to subsection (d), or any other compilation of the registration or transfer information submitted under subsections (b) and (c) to the extent that such compilation discloses site-specific registration or transfer information.
- (C) Any portion of a record that discloses the site-specific or transfer-specific safeguard and security measures used by a registered person to prevent unauthorized access to listed agents and toxins.
- (D) Any notification of a release of a listed agent or toxin submitted under subsections (b) and (c), or any notification of theft or loss submitted under such subsections.
- (E) Any portion of an evaluation or report of an inspection of a specific registered person conducted under subsection (f) that identifies the listed agent or toxin possessed by a specific registered person or that discloses the identity or location of a specific registered person if the agency determines that public disclosure of the information would endanger public health or safety.
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1) only, the Federal agencies specified in this paragraph are the following:
- (A) The Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Department of Agriculture, and the Department of Transportation.
- (B) Any Federal agency to which information specified in paragraph (1) is transferred by any agency specified in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
- (C) Any Federal agency that is a registered person, or has a sub-agency component that is a registered person.
- (D) Any Federal agency that awards grants or enters into contracts or cooperative agreements involving listed agents and toxins to or with a registered person, and to which information specified in paragraph (1) is transferred by any such registered person.
- (3) This subsection may not be construed as altering the application of any exemptions to public disclosure under section 552 of title 5 , except as to subsection 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “section”. 552(b)(3) of such title, to any of the information specified in paragraph (1).
- (4) Except as specifically provided in paragraph (1), this subsection may not be construed as altering the authority of any Federal agency to withhold under section 552 of title 5 , or the obligation of any Federal agency to disclose under section 552 of title 5 , any information, including information relating to—
- (A) listed agents and toxins, or individuals seeking access to such agents and toxins;
- (B) registered persons, or persons seeking to register their possession, use, or transfer of such agents and toxins;
- (C) general safeguard and security policies and requirements under regulations under subsections (b) and (c); or
- (D) summary or statistical information concerning registrations, registrants, denials or revocations of registrations, listed agents and toxins, inspection evaluations and reports, or individuals seeking access to such agents and toxins.
- (5) This subsection may not be construed as providing any authority—
- (A) to withhold information from the Congress or any committee or subcommittee thereof; or
- (B) to withhold information from any person under any other Federal law or treaty.
- (1) No Federal agency specified in paragraph (2) shall disclose under section 552 of title 5 any of the following:
- (i)
- (1) In addition to any other penalties that may apply under law, any person who violates any provision of regulations under subsection (b) or (c) shall be subject to the United States for a civil money penalty in an amount not exceeding $250,000 in the case of an individual and $500,000 in the case of any other person.
- (2) The provisions of section 1320a–7a of this title (other than subsections (a), (b), (h), and (i), the first sentence of subsection (c), and paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (f)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under paragraph (1) in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1320a–7a(a) of this title . The Secretary may delegate authority under this subsection in the same manner as provided in section 1320a–7a(j)(2) of this title , and such authority shall include all powers as contained in section 6 of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
- (j) Regulations under subsections (b) and (c) shall require the prompt notification of the Secretary by a registered person whenever a release, meeting criteria established by the Secretary, of a listed agent or toxin has occurred outside of the biocontainment area of a facility of the registered person. Upon receipt of such notification and a finding by the Secretary that the release poses a threat to public health or safety, the Secretary shall take appropriate action to notify relevant State and local public health authorities, other relevant Federal authorities, and, if necessary, other appropriate persons (including the public). If the released listed agent or toxin is an overlap agent or toxin (as defined in subsection ( l )), the Secretary shall promptly notify the Secretary of Agriculture upon notification by the registered person.
- (k)
- (1) The Secretary shall report to the Congress annually on the number and nature of notifications received under subsection (e)(8) (relating to theft or loss) and subsection (j) (relating to releases).
- (2)
- (A) Not later than 1 year after June 24, 2019 , the Secretary shall report to the congressional committees of jurisdiction on the implementation of recommendations of the Federal Experts Security Advisory Panel concerning the select agent program.
- (B) The Secretary shall report to the congressional committees of jurisdiction annually following the submission of the report under subparagraph (A) until the recommendations described in such subparagraph are fully implemented, or a justification is provided for the delay in, or lack of, implementation.
- (l) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The terms “biological agent” and “toxin” have the meanings given such terms in section 178 of title 18 .
- (2) The term “listed agents and toxins” means biological agents and toxins listed pursuant to subsection (a)(1).
- (3) The term “listed agents or toxins” means biological agents or toxins listed pursuant to subsection (a)(1).
- (4) The term “overlap agents and toxins” means biological agents and toxins that—
- (A) are listed pursuant to subsection (a)(1); and
- (B) are listed pursuant to section 8401(a)(1) of title 7 .
- (5) The term “overlap agent or toxin” means a biological agent or toxin that—
- (A) is listed pursuant to subsection (a)(1); and
- (B) is listed pursuant to section 8401(a)(1) of title 7 .
- (6) The term “person” includes Federal, State, and local governmental entities.
- (7) The term “registered person” means a person registered under regulations under subsection (b) or (c).
- (8) The term “restricted person” has the meaning given such term in section 175b of title 18 .
- (m) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2007.
§ 263. Preparation of biological products by Service
- (a) The Service may prepare for its own use any product described in section 262 of this title and any product necessary to carrying out any of the purposes of section 241 of this title .
- (b) The Service may prepare any product described in section 262 of this title for the use of other Federal departments or agencies, and public or private agencies and individuals engaged in work in the field of medicine when such product is not available from establishments licensed under such section.
§ 263a. Certification of laboratories
- (a) As used in this section, the term “laboratory” or “clinical laboratory” means a facility for the biological, microbiological, serological, chemical, immuno-hematological, hematological, biophysical, cytological, pathological, or other examination of materials derived from the human body for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of any disease or impairment of, or the assessment of the health of, human beings.
- (b) No person may solicit or accept materials derived from the human body for laboratory examination or other procedure unless there is in effect for the laboratory a certificate issued by the Secretary under this section applicable to the category of examinations or procedures which includes such examination or procedure.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may issue or renew a certificate for a laboratory only if the laboratory meets the requirements of subsection (d).
- (2) A certificate issued under this section shall be valid for a period of 2 years or such shorter period as the Secretary may establish.
- (d)
- (1) A laboratory may be issued a certificate or have its certificate renewed if—
- (A) the laboratory submits (or if the laboratory is accredited under subsection (e), the accreditation body which accredited the laboratory submits), an application—
- (i) in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe,
- (ii) that describes the characteristics of the laboratory examinations and other procedures performed by the laboratory including—
- (I) the number and types of laboratory examinations and other procedures performed,
- (II) the methodologies for laboratory examinations and other procedures employed, and
- (III) the qualifications (educational background, training, and experience) of the personnel directing and supervising the laboratory and performing the laboratory examinations and other procedures, and
- (iii) that contains such other information as the Secretary may require to determine compliance with this section, and
- (B) the laboratory provides the Secretary—
- (i) with satisfactory assurances that the laboratory will be operated in accordance with standards issued by the Secretary under subsection (f), or
- (ii) with proof of accreditation under subsection (e),
- (C) the laboratory agrees to permit inspections by the Secretary under subsection (g),
- (D) the laboratory agrees to make records available and submit reports to the Secretary as the Secretary may reasonably require, and
- (E) the laboratory agrees to treat proficiency testing samples in the same manner as it treats materials derived from the human body referred to it for laboratory examinations or other procedures in the ordinary course of business, except that no proficiency testing sample shall be referred to another laboratory for analysis as prohibited under subsection (i)(4).
- (A) the laboratory submits (or if the laboratory is accredited under subsection (e), the accreditation body which accredited the laboratory submits), an application—
- (2)
- (A) A laboratory which only performs laboratory examinations and procedures described in paragraph (3) shall be issued a certificate of waiver or have its certificate of waiver renewed if—
- (i) the laboratory submits an application—
- (I) in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe,
- (II) that describes the characteristics of the laboratory examinations and other procedures performed by the laboratory, including the number and types of laboratory examinations and other procedures performed, the methodologies for laboratory examinations and other procedures employed, and the qualifications (educational background, training, and experience) of the personnel directing and supervising the laboratory and performing the laboratory examinations and other procedures, and
- (III) that contains such other information as the Secretary may reasonably require to determine compliance with this section, and
- (ii) the laboratory agrees to make records available and submit reports to the Secretary as the Secretary may require.
- (i) the laboratory submits an application—
- (B) If a laboratory makes changes in the examinations and other procedures performed by it only with respect to examinations and procedures which are described in paragraph (3), the laboratory shall report such changes to the Secretary not later than 6 months after the change has been put into effect. If a laboratory proposes to make changes in the examinations and procedures performed by it such that the laboratory will perform an examination or procedure not described in paragraph (3), the laboratory shall report such change to the Secretary before the change takes effect.
- (C) Subsections (f) and (g) shall not apply to a laboratory to which has been issued a certificate of waiver.
- (A) A laboratory which only performs laboratory examinations and procedures described in paragraph (3) shall be issued a certificate of waiver or have its certificate of waiver renewed if—
- (3) The examinations and procedures identified in paragraph (2) are laboratory examinations and procedures that have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration for home use or that, as determined by the Secretary, are simple laboratory examinations and procedures that have an insignificant risk of an erroneous result, including those that—
- (A) employ methodologies that are so simple and accurate as to render the likelihood of erroneous results by the user negligible, or
- (B) the Secretary has determined pose no unreasonable risk of harm to the patient if performed incorrectly.
- (4) As used in this section, the term “certificate” includes a certificate of waiver issued under paragraph (2).
- (1) A laboratory may be issued a certificate or have its certificate renewed if—
- (e)
- (1) A laboratory may be accredited for purposes of obtaining a certificate if the laboratory—
- (A) meets the standards of an approved accreditation body, and
- (B) authorizes the accreditation body to submit to the Secretary (or such State agency as the Secretary may designate) such records or other information as the Secretary may require.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may approve a private nonprofit organization to be an accreditation body for the accreditation of laboratories if—
- (i) using inspectors qualified to evaluate the methodologies used by the laboratories in performing laboratory examinations and other procedures, the accreditation body agrees to inspect a laboratory for purposes of accreditation with such frequency as determined by 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “by the”. Secretary,
- (ii) the standards applied by the body in determining whether or not to accredit a laboratory are equal to or more stringent than the standards issued by the Secretary under subsection (f),
- (iii) there is adequate provision for assuring that the standards of the accreditation body continue to be met by the laboratory,
- (iv) in the case of any laboratory accredited by the body which has had its accreditation denied, suspended, withdrawn, or revoked or which has had any other action taken against it by the accrediting body, the accrediting body agrees to submit to the Secretary the name of such laboratory within 30 days of the action taken,
- (v) the accreditation body agrees to notify the Secretary at least 30 days before it changes its standards, and
- (vi) if the accreditation body has its approval withdrawn by the Secretary, the body agrees to notify each laboratory accredited by the body of the withdrawal within 10 days of the withdrawal.
- (B) The Secretary shall promulgate criteria and procedures for approving an accreditation body and for withdrawing such approval if the Secretary determines that the accreditation body does not meet the requirements of subparagraph (A).
- (C) If the Secretary withdraws the approval of an accreditation body under subparagraph (B), the certificate of any laboratory accredited by the body shall continue in effect for 60 days after the laboratory receives notification of the withdrawal of the approval, except that the Secretary may extend such period for a laboratory if it determines that the laboratory submitted an application for accreditation or a certificate in a timely manner after receipt of the notification of the withdrawal of approval. If an accreditation body withdraws or revokes the accreditation of a laboratory, the certificate of the laboratory shall continue in effect—
- (i) for 45 days after the laboratory receives notice of the withdrawal or revocation of the accreditation, or
- (ii) until the effective date of any action taken by the Secretary under subsection (i).
- (D) The Secretary shall evaluate annually the performance of each approved accreditation body by—
- (i) inspecting under subsection (g) a sufficient number of the laboratories accredited by such body to allow a reasonable estimate of the performance of such body, and
- (ii) such other means as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (A) The Secretary may approve a private nonprofit organization to be an accreditation body for the accreditation of laboratories if—
- (3)
- (1) A laboratory may be accredited for purposes of obtaining a certificate if the laboratory—
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary shall issue standards to assure consistent performance by laboratories issued a certificate under this section of valid and reliable laboratory examinations and other procedures. Such standards shall require each laboratory issued a certificate under this section—
- (A) to maintain a quality assurance and quality control program adequate and appropriate for the validity and reliability of the laboratory examinations and other procedures of the laboratory and to meet requirements relating to the proper collection, transportation, and storage of specimens and the reporting of results,
- (B) to maintain records, equipment, and facilities necessary for the proper and effective operation of the laboratory,
- (C) in performing and carrying out its laboratory examinations and other procedures, to use only personnel meeting such qualifications as the Secretary may establish for the direction, supervision, and performance of examinations and procedures within the laboratory, which qualifications shall take into consideration competency, training, experience, job performance, and education and which qualifications shall, as appropriate, be different on the basis of the type of examinations and procedures being performed by the laboratory and the risks and consequences of erroneous results associated with such examinations and procedures,
- (D) to qualify under a proficiency testing program meeting the standards established by the Secretary under paragraph (3), and
- (E) to meet such other requirements as the Secretary determines necessary to assure consistent performance by such laboratories of accurate and reliable laboratory examinations and procedures.
- (2) In developing the standards to be issued under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, within the flexibility provided under subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (1), take into consideration—
- (A) the examinations and procedures performed and the methodologies employed,
- (B) the degree of independent judgment involved,
- (C) the amount of interpretation involved,
- (D) the difficulty of the calculations involved,
- (E) the calibration and quality control requirements of the instruments used,
- (F) the type of training required to operate the instruments used in the methodology, and
- (G) such other factors as the Secretary considers relevant.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary shall establish standards for the proficiency testing programs for laboratories issued a certificate under this section which are conducted by the Secretary, conducted by an organization approved under subparagraph (C), or conducted by an approved accrediting body. The standards shall require that a laboratory issued a certificate under this section be tested for each examination and procedure conducted within a category of examinations or procedures for which it has received a certificate, except for examinations and procedures for which the Secretary has determined that a proficiency test cannot reasonably be developed. The testing shall be conducted on a quarterly basis, except where the Secretary determines for technical and scientific reasons that a particular examination or procedure may be tested less frequently (but not less often than twice per year).
- (B) The standards established under subparagraph (A) shall include uniform criteria for acceptable performance under a proficiency testing program, based on the available technology and the clinical relevance of the laboratory examination or other procedure subject to such program. The criteria shall be established for all examinations and procedures and shall be uniform for each examination and procedure. The standards shall also include a system for grading proficiency testing performance to determine whether a laboratory has performed acceptably for a particular quarter and acceptably for a particular examination or procedure or category of examination or procedure over a period of successive quarters.
- (C) For the purpose of administering proficiency testing programs which meet the standards established under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall approve a proficiency testing program offered by a private nonprofit organization or a State if the program meets the standards established under subparagraph (A) and the organization or State provides technical assistance to laboratories seeking to qualify under the program. The Secretary shall evaluate each program approved under this subparagraph annually to determine if the program continues to meet the standards established under subparagraph (A) and shall withdraw the approval of any program that no longer meets such standards.
- (D) The Secretary shall perform, or shall direct a program approved under subparagraph (C) to perform, onsite proficiency testing to assure compliance with the requirements of subsection (d)(5). The Secretary shall perform, on an onsite or other basis, proficiency testing to evaluate the performance of a proficiency testing program approved under subparagraph (C) and to assure quality performance by a laboratory.
- (E) The Secretary may, in lieu of or in addition to actions authorized under subsection (h), (i), or (j), require any laboratory which fails to perform acceptably on an individual examination and procedure or a category of examination and procedures—
- (i) to undertake training and to obtain the necessary technical assistance to meet the requirements of the proficency 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “proficiency”. testing program,
- (ii) to enroll in a program of enhanced proficiency testing, or
- (iii) to undertake any combination of the training, technical assistance, or testing described in clauses (i) and (ii).
- (F) The Secretary shall establish a system to make the results of the proficiency testing programs subject to the standards established by the Secretary under subparagraph (A) available, on a reasonable basis, upon request of any person. The Secretary shall include with results made available under this subparagraph such explanatory information as may be appropriate to assist in the interpretation of such results.
- (4)
- (A) The Secretary shall establish national standards for quality assurance in cytology services designed to assure consistent performance by laboratories of valid and reliable cytological services.
- (B) The standards established under subparagraph (A) shall include—
- (i) the maximum number of cytology slides that any individual may screen in a 24-hour period,
- (ii) requirements that a clinical laboratory maintain a record of (I) the number of cytology slides screened during each 24-hour period by each individual who examines cytology slides for the laboratory, and (II) the number of hours devoted during each 24-hour period to screening cytology slides by such individual,
- (iii) criteria for requiring rescreening of cytological preparations, such as (I) random rescreening of cytology specimens determined to be in the benign category, (II) focused rescreening of such preparations in high risk groups, and (III) for each abnormal cytological result, rescreening of all prior cytological specimens for the patient, if available,
- (iv) periodic confirmation and evaluation of the proficiency of individuals involved in screening or interpreting cytological preparations, including announced and unannounced on-site proficiency testing of such individuals, with such testing to take place, to the extent practicable, under normal working conditions,
- (v) procedures for detecting inadequately prepared slides, for assuring that no cytological diagnosis is rendered on such slides, and for notifying referring physicians of such slides,
- (vi) requirements that all cytological screening be done on the premises of a laboratory that is certified under this section,
- (vii) requirements for the retention of cytology slides by laboratories for such periods of time as the Secretary considers appropriate, and
- (viii) standards requiring periodic inspection of cytology services by persons capable of evaluating the quality of cytology services.
- (1) The Secretary shall issue standards to assure consistent performance by laboratories issued a certificate under this section of valid and reliable laboratory examinations and other procedures. Such standards shall require each laboratory issued a certificate under this section—
- (g)
- (1) The Secretary may, on an announced or unannounced basis, enter and inspect, during regular hours of operation, laboratories which have been issued a certificate under this section. In conducting such inspections the Secretary shall have access to all facilities, equipment, materials, records, and information that the Secretary determines have a bearing on whether the laboratory is being operated in accordance with this section. As part of such an inspection the Secretary may copy any such material or require to it 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “require it to”. be submitted to the Secretary. An inspection under this paragraph may be made only upon presenting identification to the owner, operator, or agent in charge of the laboratory being inspected.
- (2) The Secretary shall conduct inspections of laboratories under paragraph (1) to determine their compliance with the requirements of subsection (d) and the standards issued under subsection (f). Inspections of laboratories not accredited under subsection (e) shall be conducted on a biennial basis or with such other frequency as the Secretary determines to be necessary to assure compliance with such requirements and standards. Inspections of laboratories accredited under subsection (e) shall be conducted on such basis as the Secretary determines is necessary to assure compliance with such requirements and standards.
- (h)
- (1) If the Secretary determines that a laboratory which has been issued a certificate under this section no longer substantially meets the requirements for the issuance of a certificate, the Secretary may impose intermediate sanctions in lieu of the actions authorized by subsection (i).
- (2) The intermediate sanctions which may be imposed under paragraph (1) shall consist of—
- (A) directed plans of correction,
- (B) civil money penalties in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for each violation listed in subsection (i)(1) or for each day of substantial noncompliance with the requirements of this section,
- (C) payment for the costs of onsite monitoring, or
- (D) any combination of the actions described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C).
- (3) The Secretary shall develop and implement procedures with respect to when and how each of the intermediate sanctions is to be imposed under paragraph (1). Such procedures shall provide for notice to the laboratory and a reasonable opportunity to respond to the proposed sanction and appropriate procedures for appealing determinations relating to the imposition of intermediate sanctions 4 4 So in original. Probably should be followed by a period.
- (i)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the certificate of a laboratory issued under this section may be suspended, revoked, or limited if the Secretary finds, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to the owner or operator of the laboratory, that such owner or operator or any employee of the laboratory—
- (A) has been guilty of misrepresentation in obtaining the certificate,
- (B) has performed or represented the laboratory as entitled to perform a laboratory examination or other procedure which is not within a category of laboratory examinations or other procedures authorized in the certificate,
- (C) has failed to comply with the requirements of subsection (d) or the standards prescribed by the Secretary under subsection (f),
- (D) has failed to comply with reasonable requests of the Secretary for—
- (i) any information or materials, or
- (ii) work on materials,
- (E) has refused a reasonable request of the Secretary, or any Federal officer or employee duly designated by the Secretary, for permission to inspect the laboratory and its operations and pertinent records during the hours the laboratory is in operation,
- (F) has violated or aided and abetted in the violation of any provisions of this section or of any regulation promulgated thereunder, or
- (G) has not complied with an intermediate sanction imposed under subsection (h).
- (2) If the Secretary determines that—
- (A) the failure of a laboratory to comply with the standards of the Secretary under subsection (f) presents an imminent and serious risk to human health, or
- (B) a laboratory has engaged in an action described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of paragraph (1),
- (3) No person who has owned or operated a laboratory which has had its certificate revoked may, within 2 years of the revocation of the certificate, own or operate a laboratory for which a certificate has been issued under this section, except that if the revocation occurs pursuant to paragraph (4) the Secretary may substitute intermediate sanctions under subsection (h) instead of the 2-year prohibition against ownership or operation which would otherwise apply under this paragraph. The certificate of a laboratory which has been excluded from participation under the medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.] because of actions relating to the quality of the laboratory shall be suspended for the period the laboratory is so excluded.
- (4) Any laboratory that the Secretary determines intentionally refers its proficiency testing samples to another laboratory for analysis may have its certificate revoked for at least one year and shall be subject to appropriate fines and penalties as provided for in subsection (h).
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the certificate of a laboratory issued under this section may be suspended, revoked, or limited if the Secretary finds, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to the owner or operator of the laboratory, that such owner or operator or any employee of the laboratory—
- (j) Whenever the Secretary has reason to believe that continuation of any activity by a laboratory would constitute a significant hazard to the public health the Secretary may bring suit in the district court of the United States for the district in which such laboratory is situated to enjoin continuation of such activity. Upon proper showing, a temporary injunction or restraining order against continuation of such activity pending issuance of a final order under this subsection shall be granted without bond by such court.
- (k)
- (1) Any laboratory which has had an intermediate sanction imposed under subsection (h) or has had its certificate suspended, revoked, or limited under subsection (i) may, at any time within 60 days after the date the action of the Secretary under subsection (i) or (h) becomes final, file a petition with the United States court of appeals for the circuit wherein the laboratory has its principal place of business for judicial review of such action. As soon as practicable after receipt of the petition, the clerk of the court shall transmit a copy of the petition to the Secretary or other officer designated by the Secretary for that purpose. As soon as practicable after receipt of the copy, the Secretary shall file in the court the record on which the action of the Secretary is based, as provided in section 2112 of title 28 .
- (2) If the petitioner applies to the court for leave to adduce additional evidence, and shows to the satisfaction of the court that such additional evidence is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to adduce such evidence in the proceeding before the Secretary, the court may order such additional evidence (and evidence in rebuttal of such additional evidence) to be taken before the Secretary, and to be adduced upon the hearing in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the court may deem proper. The Secretary may modify the findings of the Secretary as to the facts, or make new findings, by reason of the additional evidence so taken, and the Secretary shall file such modified or new findings, and the recommendations of the Secretary, if any, for the modification or setting aside of his original action, with the return of such additional evidence.
- (3) Upon the filing of the petition referred to in paragraph (1), the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action, or to set it aside in whole or in part, temporarily or permanently. The findings of the Secretary as to the facts, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive.
- (4) The judgment of the court affirming or setting aside, in whole or in part, any such action of the Secretary shall be final, subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28 .
- (l) Any person who intentionally violates any requirement of this section or any regulation promulgated thereunder shall be imprisoned for not more than one year or fined under title 18, or both, except that if the conviction is for a second or subsequent violation of such a requirement such person shall be imprisoned for not more than 3 years or fined in accordance with title 18, or both.
- (m)
- (1) The Secretary shall require payment of fees for the issuance and renewal of certificates, except that the Secretary shall only require a nominal fee for the issuance and renewal of certificates of waiver.
- (2) The Secretary shall require the payment of fees for inspections of laboratories which are not accredited and for the cost of performing proficiency testing on laboratories which do not participate in proficiency testing programs approved under subsection (f)(3)(C).
- (3)
- (A) Fees imposed under paragraph (1) shall be sufficient to cover the general costs of administering this section, including evaluating and monitoring proficiency testing programs approved under subsection (f) and accrediting bodies and implementing and monitoring compliance with the requirements of this section.
- (B) Fees imposed under paragraph (2) shall be sufficient to cover the cost of the Secretary in carrying out the inspections and proficiency testing described in paragraph (2).
- (C) Fees imposed under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall vary by group or classification of laboratory, based on such considerations as the Secretary determines are relevant, which may include the dollar volume and scope of the testing being performed by the laboratories.
- (n) On April 1, 1990 and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall compile and make available to physicians and the general public information, based on the previous calendar year, which the Secretary determines is useful in evaluating the performance of a laboratory, including—
- (1) a list of laboratories which have been convicted under Federal or State laws relating to fraud and abuse, false billings, or kickbacks,
- (2) a list of laboratories—
- (A) which have had their certificates revoked, suspended, or limited under subsection (i), or
- (B) which have been the subject of a sanction under subsection ( l ),
- (3) a list of laboratories subject to intermediate sanctions under subsection (h) together with a statement of the reasons for the sanctions,
- (4) a list of laboratories whose accreditation has been withdrawn or revoked together with a statement of the reasons for the withdrawal or revocation,
- (5) a list of laboratories against which the Secretary has taken action under subsection (j) together with a statement of the reasons for such action, and
- (6) a list of laboratories which have been excluded from participation under title XVIII or XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq.].
- (o) In carrying out this section, the Secretary may, pursuant to agreement, use the services or facilities of any Federal or State or local public agency or nonprofit private organization, and may pay therefor in advance or by way of reimbursement, and in such installments, as the Secretary may determine.
- (p)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), nothing in this section shall be construed as affecting the power of any State to enact and enforce laws relating to the matters covered by this section to the extent that such laws are not inconsistent with this section or with the regulations issued under this section.
- (2) If a State enacts laws relating to matters covered by this section which provide for requirements equal to or more stringent than the requirements of this section or than the regulations issued under this section, the Secretary may exempt clinical laboratories in that State from compliance with this section.
- (q) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with appropriate private organizations and public agencies.
§ 263b. Certification of mammography facilities
- (a) As used in this section:
- (1) The term “accreditation body” means a body that has been approved by the Secretary under subsection (e)(1)(A) to accredit mammography facilities.
- (2) The term “certificate” means the certificate described in subsection (b)(1).
- (3)
- (A) The term “facility” means a hospital, outpatient department, clinic, radiology practice, or mobile unit, an office of a physician, or other facility as determined by the Secretary, that conducts breast cancer screening or diagnosis through mammography activities. Such term does not include a facility of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
- (B) For the purposes of this section, the activities of a facility include the operation of equipment to produce the mammogram, the processing of the film, the initial interpretation of the mammogram and the viewing conditions for that interpretation. Where procedures such as the film processing, or the interpretation of the mammogram are performed in a location different from where the mammogram is performed, the facility performing the mammogram shall be responsible for meeting the quality standards described in subsection (f).
- (4) The term “inspection” means an onsite evaluation of the facility by the Secretary, or State or local agency on behalf of the Secretary.
- (5) The term “mammogram” means a radiographic image produced through mammography.
- (6) The term “mammography” means radiography of the breast.
- (7) The term “survey” means an onsite physics consultation and evaluation performed by a medical physicist as described in subsection (f)(1)(E).
- (8) The term “review physician” means a physician as prescribed by the Secretary under subsection (f)(1)(D) who meets such additional requirements as may be established by an accreditation body under subsection (e) and approved by the Secretary to review clinical images under subsection (e)(1)(B)(i) on behalf of the accreditation body.
- (b)
- (1) No facility may conduct an examination or procedure described in paragraph (2) involving mammography after October 1, 1994 , unless the facility obtains—
- (A) a certificate or a temporary renewal certificate—
- (i) that is issued, and, if applicable, renewed, by the Secretary in accordance with paragraphs 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “paragraph”. (1) or (2) of subsection (c);
- (ii) that is applicable to the examination or procedure to be conducted; and
- (iii) that is displayed prominently in such facility; or
- (B) a provisional certificate or a limited provisional certificate—
- (i) that is issued by the Secretary in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (c);
- (ii) that is applicable to the examination or procedure to be conducted; and
- (iii) that is displayed prominently in such facility.
- (A) a certificate or a temporary renewal certificate—
- (2) A facility shall obtain a certificate in order to—
- (A) operate radiological equipment that is used to image the breast;
- (B) provide for the interpretation of a mammogram produced by such equipment at the facility or under arrangements with a qualified individual at a facility different from where the mammography examination is performed; and
- (C) provide for the processing of film produced by such equipment at the facility or under arrangements with a qualified individual at a facility different from where the mammography examination is performed.
- (1) No facility may conduct an examination or procedure described in paragraph (2) involving mammography after October 1, 1994 , unless the facility obtains—
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may issue or renew a certificate for a facility if the person or agent described in subsection (d)(1)(A) meets the applicable requirements of subsection (d)(1) with respect to the facility. The Secretary may issue or renew a certificate under this paragraph for not more than 3 years.
- (2) The Secretary may issue a temporary renewal certificate, for a period of not to exceed 45 days, to a facility seeking reaccreditation if the accreditation body has issued an accreditation extension, for a period of not to exceed 45 days, for any of the following:
- (A) The facility has submitted the required materials to the accreditation body within the established time frames for the submission of such materials but the accreditation body is unable to complete the reaccreditation process before the certification expires.
- (B) The facility has acquired additional or replacement equipment, or has had significant personnel changes or other unforeseen situations that have caused the facility to be unable to meet reaccreditation timeframes, but in the opinion of the accreditation body have not compromised the quality of mammography.
- (3) The Secretary may, upon the request of an accreditation body, issue a limited provisional certificate to an entity to enable the entity to conduct examinations for educational purposes while an onsite visit from an accreditation body is in progress. Such certificate shall be valid only during the time the site visit team from the accreditation body is physically in the facility, and in no case shall be valid for longer than 72 hours. The issuance of a certificate under this paragraph, shall not preclude the entity from qualifying for a provisional certificate under paragraph (4).
- (4) The Secretary may issue a provisional certificate for an entity to enable the entity to qualify as a facility. The applicant for a provisional certificate shall meet the requirements of subsection (d)(1), except providing information required by clauses (iii) and (iv) of subsection (d)(1)(A). A provisional certificate may be in effect no longer than 6 months from the date it is issued, except that it may be extended once for a period of not more than 90 days if the owner, lessor, or agent of the facility demonstrates to the Secretary that without such extension access to mammography in the geographic area served by the facility would be significantly reduced and if the owner, lessor, or agent of the facility will describe in a report to the Secretary steps that will be taken to qualify the facility for certification under subsection (b)(1).
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may issue or renew a certificate for a facility if—
- (A) the person who owns or leases the facility or an authorized agent of the person, submits to the Secretary, in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, an application that contains at a minimum—
- (i) a description of the manufacturer, model, and type of each x-ray machine, image receptor, and processor operated in the performance of mammography by the facility;
- (ii) a description of the procedures currently used to provide mammography at the facility, including—
- (I) the types of procedures performed and the number of such procedures performed in the prior 12 months;
- (II) the methodologies for mammography; and
- (III) the names and qualifications (educational background, training, and experience) of the personnel performing mammography and the physicians reading and interpreting the results from the procedures;
- (iii) proof of on-site survey by a qualified medical physicist as described in subsection (f)(1)(E); and
- (iv) proof of accreditation in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe; and
- (B) the person or agent submits to the Secretary—
- (i) a satisfactory assurance that the facility will be operated in accordance with standards established by the Secretary under subsection (f) to assure the safety and accuracy of mammography;
- (ii) a satisfactory assurance that the facility will—
- (I) permit inspections under subsection (g);
- (II) make such records and information available, and submit such reports, to the Secretary as the Secretary may require; and
- (III) update the information submitted under subparagraph (A) or assurances submitted under this subparagraph on a timely basis as required by the Secretary; and
- (iii) such other information as the Secretary may require.
- (A) the person who owns or leases the facility or an authorized agent of the person, submits to the Secretary, in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, an application that contains at a minimum—
- (2) If the Secretary denies an application for the certification of a facility submitted under paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall provide the owner or lessor of the facility or the agent of the owner or lessor who submitted such application—
- (A) a statement of the grounds on which the denial is based, and
- (B) an opportunity for an appeal in accordance with the procedures set forth in regulations of the Secretary published at part 498 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations.
- (3) If the application for the certification of a facility is denied, the facility may not operate unless the denial of the application is overturned at the conclusion of the administrative appeals process provided in the regulations referred to in paragraph (2)(B).
- (1) The Secretary may issue or renew a certificate for a facility if—
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary may approve a private nonprofit organization or State agency to accredit facilities for purposes of subsection (d)(1)(A)(iv) if the accreditation body meets the standards for accreditation established by the Secretary as described in subparagraph (B) and provides the assurances required by subparagraph (C).
- (B) The Secretary shall establish standards for accreditation bodies, including—
- (i) standards that require an accreditation body to perform—
- (I) a review of clinical images from each facility accredited by such body not less often than every 3 years which review will be made by qualified review physicians; and
- (II) a review of a random sample of clinical images from such facilities in each 3-year period beginning October 1, 1994 , which review will be made by qualified review physicians;
- (ii) standards that prohibit individuals conducting the reviews described in clause (i) from maintaining any relationship to the facility undergoing review which would constitute a conflict of interest;
- (iii) standards that limit the imposition of fees for accreditation to reasonable amounts;
- (iv) standards that require as a condition of accreditation that each facility undergo a survey at least annually by a medical physicist as described in subsection (f)(1)(E) to ensure that the facility meets the standards described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (f)(1);
- (v) standards that require monitoring and evaluation of such survey, as prescribed by the Secretary;
- (vi) standards that are equal to standards established under subsection (f) which are relevant to accreditation as determined by the Secretary; and
- (vii) such additional standards as the Secretary may require.
- (i) standards that require an accreditation body to perform—
- (C) The accrediting body shall provide the Secretary satisfactory assurances that the body will—
- (i) comply with the standards as described in subparagraph (B);
- (ii) comply with the requirements described in paragraph (4);
- (iii) submit to the Secretary the name of any facility for which the accreditation body denies, suspends, or revokes accreditation;
- (iv) notify the Secretary in a timely manner before the accreditation body changes the standards of the body;
- (v) notify each facility accredited by the accreditation body if the Secretary withdraws approval of the accreditation body under paragraph (2) in a timely manner; and
- (vi) provide such other additional information as the Secretary may require.
- (D) Not later than 9 months after October 27, 1992 , the Secretary shall promulgate regulations under which the Secretary may approve an accreditation body.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall promulgate regulations under which the Secretary may withdraw the approval of an accreditation body if the Secretary determines that the accreditation body does not meet the standards under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), the requirements of clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1), or the requirements of paragraph (4).
- (B) If the Secretary withdraws the approval of an accreditation body under subparagraph (A), the certificate of any facility accredited by the body shall continue in effect until the expiration of a reasonable period, as determined by the Secretary, for such facility to obtain another accreditation.
- (3) To be accredited by an approved accreditation body a facility shall meet—
- (A) the standards described in paragraph (1)(B) which the Secretary determines are applicable to the facility, and
- (B) such other standards which the accreditation body may require.
- (4) To ensure that facilities accredited by an accreditation body will continue to meet the standards of the accreditation body, the accreditation body shall—
- (A) make onsite visits on an annual basis of a sufficient number of the facilities accredited by the body to allow a reasonable estimate of the performance of the body; and
- (B) take such additional measures as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (5) If an accreditation body revokes the accreditation of a facility, the certificate of the facility shall continue in effect until such time as may be determined by the Secretary.
- (6)
- (A) The Secretary shall evaluate annually the performance of each approved accreditation body by—
- (i) inspecting under subsection (g)(2) a sufficient number of the facilities accredited by the body to allow a reasonable estimate of the performance of the body; and
- (ii) such additional means as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (B) The Secretary shall annually prepare and submit to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that describes the results of the evaluation conducted in accordance with subparagraph (A).
- (A) The Secretary shall evaluate annually the performance of each approved accreditation body by—
- (1)
- (f)
- (1) The standards referred to in subsection (d)(1)(B)(i) are standards established by the Secretary which include—
- (A) standards that require establishment and maintenance of a quality assurance and quality control program at each facility that is adequate and appropriate to ensure the reliability, clarity, and accuracy of interpretation of mammograms and standards for appropriate radiation dose;
- (B) standards that require use of radiological equipment specifically designed for mammography, including radiologic standards and standards for other equipment and materials used in conjunction with such equipment;
- (C) a requirement that personnel who perform mammography—
- (i)
- (I) be licensed by a State to perform radiological procedures; or
- (II) be certified as qualified to perform radiological procedures by an organization described in paragraph (2)(A); and
- (ii) during the 2-year period beginning October 1, 1994 , meet training standards for personnel who perform mammography or meet experience requirements which shall at a minimum include 1 year of experience in the performance of mammography; and
- (iii) upon the expiration of such 2-year period meet minimum training standards for personnel who perform mammograms;
- (i)
- (D) a requirement that mammograms be interpreted by a physician who is certified as qualified to interpret radiological procedures, including mammography—
- (i)
- (I) by a board described in paragraph (2)(B); or
- (II) by a program that complies with the standards described in paragraph (2)(C); and
- (ii) who meets training and continuing medical education requirements as established by the Secretary;
- (i)
- (E) a requirement that individuals who survey mammography facilities be medical physicists—
- (i) licensed or approved by a State to perform such surveys, reviews, or inspections for mammography facilities;
- (ii) certified in diagnostic radiological physics or certified as qualified to perform such surveys by a board as described in paragraph (2)(D); or
- (iii) in the first 5 years after October 27, 1992 , who meet other criteria established by the Secretary which are comparable to the criteria described in clause (i) or (ii);
- (F) a requirement that a medical physicist who is qualified in mammography as described in subparagraph (E) survey mammography equipment and oversee quality assurance practices at each facility;
- (G) a requirement that—
- (i) a facility that performs any mammogram—
- (I) except as provided in subclause (II), maintain the mammogram in the permanent medical records of the patient for a period of not less than 5 years, or not less than 10 years if no subsequent mammograms of such patient are performed at the facility, or longer if mandated by State law; and
- (II) upon the request of or on behalf of the patient, transfer the mammogram to a medical institution, to a physician of the patient, or to the patient directly; and
- (ii)
- (I) a facility must assure the preparation of a written report of the results of any mammography examination signed by the interpreting physician;
- (II) such written report shall be provided to the patient’s physicians (if any);
- (III) if such a physician is not available or if there is no such physician, the written report shall be sent directly to the patient; and
- (IV) whether or not such a physician is available or there is no such physician, a summary of the written report shall be sent directly to the patient in terms easily understood by a lay person; and
- (i) a facility that performs any mammogram—
- (H) standards relating to special techniques for mammography of patients with breast implants.
- (2) The Secretary shall by regulation—
- (A) specify organizations eligible to certify individuals to perform radiological procedures as required by paragraph (1)(C);
- (B) specify boards eligible to certify physicians to interpret radiological procedures, including mammography, as required by paragraph (1)(D);
- (C) establish standards for a program to certify physicians described in paragraph (1)(D); and
- (D) specify boards eligible to certify medical physicists who are qualified to survey mammography equipment and to oversee quality assurance practices at mammography facilities.
- (1) The standards referred to in subsection (d)(1)(B)(i) are standards established by the Secretary which include—
- (g)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary may enter and inspect facilities to determine compliance with the certification requirements under subsection (b) and the standards established under subsection (f). The Secretary shall, if feasible, delegate to a State or local agency the authority to make such inspections.
- (B) The Secretary, or State or local agency acting on behalf of the Secretary, may conduct inspections only on presenting identification to the owner, operator, or agent in charge of the facility to be inspected.
- (C) In conducting inspections, the Secretary or State or local agency acting on behalf of the Secretary—
- (i) shall have access to all equipment, materials, records, and information that the Secretary or State or local agency considers necessary to determine whether the facility is being operated in accordance with this section; and
- (ii) may copy, or require the facility to submit to the Secretary or the State or local agency, any of the materials, records, or information.
- (D) Qualified individuals, as determined by the Secretary, shall conduct all inspections. The Secretary may request that a State or local agency acting on behalf of the Secretary designate a qualified officer or employee to conduct the inspections, or designate a qualified Federal officer or employee to conduct inspections. The Secretary shall establish minimum qualifications and appropriate training for inspectors and criteria for certification of inspectors in order to inspect facilities for compliance with subsection (f).
- (E) The Secretary or State or local agency acting on behalf of the Secretary shall conduct inspections under this paragraph of each facility not less often than annually, subject to paragraph (6).
- (F) The Secretary or a State or local agency acting on behalf of the Secretary which is responsible for inspecting mammography facilities shall maintain records of annual inspections required under this paragraph for a period as prescribed by the Secretary. Such a State or local agency shall annually prepare and submit to the Secretary a report concerning the inspections carried out under this paragraph. Such reports shall include a description of the facilities inspected and the results of such inspections.
- (2) The Secretary shall inspect annually a sufficient number of the facilities accredited by an accreditation body to provide the Secretary with a reasonable estimate of the performance of such body.
- (3) The Secretary shall inspect annually facilities inspected by State or local agencies acting on behalf of the Secretary to assure a reasonable performance by such State or local agencies.
- (4) The Secretary, or State or local agency, may conduct inspections under paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), during regular business hours or at a mutually agreeable time and after providing such notice as the Secretary may prescribe, except that the Secretary may waive such requirements if the continued performance of mammography at such facility threatens the public health.
- (5) Nothing in this section limits the authority of the Secretary to conduct limited reinspections of facilities found not to be in compliance with this section.
- (6)
- (A) The Secretary may establish a demonstration program under which inspections under paragraph (1) of selected facilities are conducted less frequently by the Secretary (or as applicable, by State or local agencies acting on behalf of the Secretary) than the interval specified in subparagraph (E) of such paragraph.
- (B) Any demonstration program under subparagraph (A) shall be carried out in accordance with the following:
- (i) The program may not be implemented before April 1, 2001 . Preparations for the program may be carried out prior to such date.
- (ii) In carrying out the program, the Secretary may not select a facility for inclusion in the program unless the facility is substantially free of incidents of noncompliance with the standards under subsection (f). The Secretary may at any time provide that a facility will no longer be included in the program.
- (iii) The number of facilities selected for inclusion in the program shall be sufficient to provide a statistically significant sample, subject to compliance with clause (ii).
- (iv) Facilities that are selected for inclusion in the program shall be inspected at such intervals as the Secretary determines will reasonably ensure that the facilities are maintaining compliance with such standards.
- (1)
- (h)
- (1) In order to promote voluntary compliance with this section, the Secretary may, in lieu of taking the actions authorized by subsection (i), impose one or more of the following sanctions:
- (A) Directed plans of correction which afford a facility an opportunity to correct violations in a timely manner.
- (B) Payment for the cost of onsite monitoring.
- (2) If the Secretary determines that the quality of mammography performed by a facility (whether or not certified pursuant to subsection (c)) was so inconsistent with the quality standards established pursuant to subsection (f) as to present a significant risk to individual or public health, the Secretary may require such facility to notify patients who received mammograms at such facility, and their referring physicians, of the deficiencies presenting such risk, the potential harm resulting, appropriate remedial measures, and such other relevant information as the Secretary may require.
- (3) The Secretary may assess civil money penalties in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for—
- (A) failure to obtain a certificate as required by subsection (b),
- (B) each failure by a facility to substantially comply with, or each day on which a facility fails to substantially comply with, the standards established under subsection (f) or the requirements described in subclauses (I) through (III) of subsection (d)(1)(B)(ii),
- (C) each failure to notify a patient of risk as required by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (2), and
- (D) each violation, or for each aiding and abetting in a violation of, any provision of, or regulation promulgated under, this section by an owner, operator, or any employee of a facility required to have a certificate.
- (4) The Secretary shall develop and implement procedures with respect to when and how each of the sanctions is to be imposed under paragraphs (1) through (3). Such procedures shall provide for notice to the owner or operator of the facility and a reasonable opportunity for the owner or operator to respond to the proposed sanctions and appropriate procedures for appealing determinations relating to the imposition of sanctions.
- (1) In order to promote voluntary compliance with this section, the Secretary may, in lieu of taking the actions authorized by subsection (i), impose one or more of the following sanctions:
- (i)
- (1) The certificate of a facility issued under subsection (c) may be suspended or revoked if the Secretary finds, after providing, except as provided in paragraph (2), reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing to the owner or operator of the facility, that the owner, operator, or any employee of the facility—
- (A) has been guilty of misrepresentation in obtaining the certificate;
- (B) has failed to comply with the requirements of subsection (d)(1)(B)(ii)(III) or the standards established by the Secretary under subsection (f);
- (C) has failed to comply with reasonable requests of the Secretary (or of an accreditation body approved pursuant to subsection (e)) for any record, information, report, or material that the Secretary (or such accreditation body or State carrying out certification program requirements pursuant to subsection (q)) concludes is necessary to determine the continued eligibility of the facility for a certificate or continued compliance with the standards established under subsection (f);
- (D) has refused a reasonable request of the Secretary, any Federal officer or employee duly designated by the Secretary, or any State or local officer or employee duly designated by the State or local agency, for permission to inspect the facility or the operations and pertinent records of the facility in accordance with subsection (g);
- (E) has violated or aided and abetted in the violation of any provision of, or regulation promulgated under, this section; or
- (F) has failed to comply with a sanction imposed under subsection (h).
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may suspend the certificate of the facility before holding a hearing required by paragraph (1) if the Secretary has reason to believe that the circumstance of the case will support one or more of the findings described in paragraph (1) and that—
- (i) the failure or violation was intentional; or
- (ii) the failure or violation presents a serious risk to human health.
- (B) If the Secretary suspends a certificate under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall provide an opportunity for a hearing to the owner or operator of the facility not later than 60 days from the effective date of the suspension. The suspension shall remain in effect until the decision of the Secretary made after the hearing.
- (A) The Secretary may suspend the certificate of the facility before holding a hearing required by paragraph (1) if the Secretary has reason to believe that the circumstance of the case will support one or more of the findings described in paragraph (1) and that—
- (3) If the Secretary revokes the certificate of a facility on the basis of an act described in paragraph (1), no person who owned or operated the facility at the time of the act may, within 2 years of the revocation of the certificate, own or operate a facility that requires a certificate under this section.
- (1) The certificate of a facility issued under subsection (c) may be suspended or revoked if the Secretary finds, after providing, except as provided in paragraph (2), reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing to the owner or operator of the facility, that the owner, operator, or any employee of the facility—
- (j) If the Secretary determines that—
- (1) continuation of any activity related to the provision of mammography by a facility would constitute a serious risk to human health, the Secretary may bring suit in the district court of the United States for the district in which the facility is situated to enjoin continuation of the activity; and
- (2) a facility is operating without a certificate as required by subsection (b), the Secretary may bring suit in the district court of the United States for the district in which the facility is situated to enjoin the operation of the facility.
- (k)
- (1) If the Secretary imposes a sanction on a facility under subsection (h) or suspends or revokes the certificate of a facility under subsection (i), the owner or operator of the facility may, not later than 60 days after the date the action of the Secretary becomes final, file a petition with the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which the facility is situated for judicial review of the action. As soon as practicable after receipt of the petition, the clerk of the court shall transmit a copy of the petition to the Secretary or other officer designated by the Secretary. As soon as practicable after receipt of the copy, the Secretary shall file in the court the record on which the action of the Secretary is based, as provided in section 2112 of title 28 .
- (2) If the petitioner applies to the court for leave to adduce additional evidence, and shows to the satisfaction of the court that the additional evidence is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to adduce such evidence in the proceeding before the Secretary, the court may order the additional evidence (and evidence in rebuttal of the additional evidence) to be taken before the Secretary, and to be adduced upon the hearing in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the court may determine to be proper. The Secretary may modify the findings of the Secretary as to the facts, or make new findings, by reason of the additional evidence so taken, and the Secretary shall file the modified or new findings, and the recommendations of the Secretary, if any, for the modification or setting aside of the original action of the Secretary with the return of the additional evidence.
- (3) Upon the filing of the petition referred to in paragraph (1), the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action, or to set the action aside in whole or in part, temporarily or permanently. The findings of the Secretary as to the facts, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive.
- (4) The judgment of the court affirming or setting aside, in whole or in part, any action of the Secretary shall be final, subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification, as provided in section 1254 of title 28 .
- (l)
- (1) Not later than October 1, 1996 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall compile and make available to physicians and the general public information that the Secretary determines is useful in evaluating the performance of facilities, including a list of facilities—
- (A) that have been convicted under Federal or State laws relating to fraud and abuse, false billings, or kickbacks;
- (B) that have been subject to sanctions under subsection (h), together with a statement of the reasons for the sanctions;
- (C) that have had certificates revoked or suspended under subsection (i), together with a statement of the reasons for the revocation or suspension;
- (D) against which the Secretary has taken action under subsection (j), together with a statement of the reasons for the action;
- (E) whose accreditation has been revoked, together with a statement of the reasons of the revocation;
- (F) against which a State has taken adverse action; and
- (G) that meets such other measures of performance as the Secretary may develop.
- (2) The information to be compiled under paragraph (1) shall be information for the calendar year preceding the date the information is to be made available to the public.
- (3) The information to be compiled under paragraph (1) shall be accompanied by such explanatory information as may be appropriate to assist in the interpretation of the information compiled under such paragraph.
- (1) Not later than October 1, 1996 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall compile and make available to physicians and the general public information that the Secretary determines is useful in evaluating the performance of facilities, including a list of facilities—
- (m) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the authority of any State to enact and enforce laws relating to the matters covered by this section that are at least as stringent as this section or the regulations issued under this section.
- (n)
- (1) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the National Mammography Quality Assurance Advisory Committee (hereafter in this subsection referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (2) The Advisory Committee shall be composed of not fewer than 13, nor more than 19 individuals, who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government. The Secretary shall make appointments to the Advisory Committee from among—
- (A) physicians,
- (B) practitioners, and
- (C) other health professionals,
- (3) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (A) advise the Secretary on appropriate quality standards and regulations for mammography facilities;
- (B) advise the Secretary on appropriate standards and regulations for accreditation bodies;
- (C) advise the Secretary in the development of regulations with respect to sanctions;
- (D) assist in developing procedures for monitoring compliance with standards under subsection (f);
- (E) make recommendations and assist in the establishment of a mechanism to investigate consumer complaints;
- (F) report on new developments concerning breast imaging that should be considered in the oversight of mammography facilities;
- (G) determine whether there exists a shortage of mammography facilities in rural and health professional shortage areas and determine the effects of personnel or other requirements of subsection (f) on access to the services of such facilities in such areas;
- (H) determine whether there will exist a sufficient number of medical physicists after October 1, 1999 , to assure compliance with the requirements of subsection (f)(1)(E);
- (I) determine the costs and benefits of compliance with the requirements of this section (including the requirements of regulations promulgated under this section); and
- (J) perform other activities that the Secretary may require.
- (4) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than quarterly for the first 3 years of the program and thereafter, at least annually.
- (5) The Secretary shall appoint a chairperson of the Advisory Committee.
- (o) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with appropriate Federal agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services for the purposes of developing standards, regulations, evaluations, and procedures for compliance and oversight.
- (p)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary shall award grants to such entities as the Secretary may determine to be appropriate to establish surveillance systems in selected geographic areas to provide data to evaluate the functioning and effectiveness of breast cancer screening programs in the United States, including assessments of participation rates in screening mammography, diagnostic procedures, incidence of breast cancer, mode of detection (mammography screening or other methods), outcome and follow up information, and such related epidemiologic analyses that may improve early cancer detection and contribute to reduction in breast cancer mortality. Grants may be awarded for further research on breast cancer surveillance systems upon the Secretary’s review of the evaluation of the program.
- (B) Grants awarded under subparagraph (A) may be used—
- (i) to study—
- (I) methods to link mammography and clinical breast examination records with population-based cancer registry data;
- (II) methods to provide diagnostic outcome data, or facilitate the communication of diagnostic outcome data, to radiology facilities for purposes of evaluating patterns of mammography interpretation; and
- (III) mechanisms for limiting access and maintaining confidentiality of all stored data; and
- (ii) to conduct pilot testing of the methods and mechanisms described in subclauses (I), (II), and (III) of clause (i) on a limited basis.
- (i) to study—
- (C) To be eligible to receive funds under this paragraph, an entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (D) A recipient of a grant under this paragraph shall submit a report to the Secretary containing the results of the study and testing conducted under clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B), along with recommendations for methods of establishing a breast cancer screening surveillance system.
- (2) The Secretary shall establish a breast cancer screening surveillance system based on the recommendations contained in the report described in paragraph (1)(D).
- (3) The Secretary shall establish standards and procedures for the operation of the breast cancer screening surveillance system, including procedures to maintain confidentiality of patient records.
- (4) The Secretary shall recruit facilities to provide to the breast cancer screening surveillance system relevant data that could help in the research of the causes, characteristics, and prevalence of, and potential treatments for, breast cancer and benign breast conditions, if the information may be disclosed under section 552 of title 5 .
- (1)
- (q)
- (1) The Secretary may, upon application, authorize a State—
- (A) to carry out, subject to paragraph (2), the certification program requirements under subsections (b), (c), (d), (g)(1), (h), (i), and (j) (including the requirements under regulations promulgated pursuant to such subsections), and
- (B) to implement the standards established by the Secretary under subsection (f),
- (2) The Secretary may approve an application under paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that—
- (A) the State has enacted laws and issued regulations relating to mammography facilities which are the requirements of this section (including the requirements under regulations promulgated pursuant to such subsections), and
- (B) the State has provided satisfactory assurances that the State—
- (i) has the legal authority and qualified personnel necessary to enforce the requirements of and the regulations promulgated pursuant to this section (including the requirements under regulations promulgated pursuant to such subsections),
- (ii) will devote adequate funds to the administration and enforcement of such requirements, and
- (iii) will provide the Secretary with such information and reports as the Secretary may require.
- (3) In a State with an approved application—
- (A) the Secretary shall carry out the Secretary’s functions under subsections (e) and (f);
- (B) the Secretary may take action under subsections (h), (i), and (j); and
- (C) the Secretary shall conduct oversight functions under subsections (g)(2) and (g)(3).
- (4)
- (A) The Secretary may, after providing notice and opportunity for corrective action, withdraw the approval of a State’s authority under paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that the State does not meet the requirements of such paragraph. The Secretary shall promulgate regulations for the implementation of this subparagraph.
- (B) If the Secretary withdraws the approval of a State under subparagraph (A), the certificate of any facility certified by the State shall continue in effect until the expiration of a reasonable period, as determined by the Secretary, for such facility to obtain certification by the Secretary.
- (1) The Secretary may, upon application, authorize a State—
- (r)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary shall, in accordance with this paragraph assess and collect fees from persons described in subsection (d)(1)(A) (other than persons who are governmental entities, as determined by the Secretary) to cover the costs of inspections conducted under subsection (g)(1) by the Secretary or a State acting under a delegation under subparagraph (A) of such subsection. Fees may be assessed and collected under this paragraph only in such manner as would result in an aggregate amount of fees collected during any fiscal year which equals the aggregate amount of costs for such fiscal year for inspections of facilities of such persons under subsection (g)(1). A person’s liability for fees shall be reasonably based on the proportion of the inspection costs which relate to such person.
- (B)
- (i) Fees collected under subparagraph (A) shall be deposited as an offsetting collection to the appropriations for the Department of Health and Human Services as provided in appropriation Acts and shall remain available without fiscal year limitation.
- (ii) Fees collected under subparagraph (A) shall be collected and available only to the extent provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
- (2) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section—
- (A) to award research grants under subsection (p), such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 2007; and
- (B) for the Secretary to carry out other activities which are not supported by fees authorized and collected under paragraph (1), such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1993 through 2007.
- (1)
§ 264. Regulations to control communicable diseases
- (a) The Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary, is authorized to make and enforce such regulations as in his judgment are necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission, or spread of communicable diseases from foreign countries into the States or possessions, or from one State or possession into any other State or possession. For purposes of carrying out and enforcing such regulations, the Surgeon General may provide for such inspection, fumigation, disinfection, sanitation, pest extermination, destruction of animals or articles found to be so infected or contaminated as to be sources of dangerous infection to human beings, and other measures, as in his judgment may be necessary.
- (b) Regulations prescribed under this section shall not provide for the apprehension, detention, or conditional release of individuals except for the purpose of preventing the introduction, transmission, or spread of such communicable diseases as may be specified from time to time in Executive orders of the President upon the recommendation of the Secretary, in consultation with the Surgeon General, 1 1 So in original. The comma probably should not appear. .
- (c) Except as provided in subsection (d), regulations prescribed under this section, insofar as they provide for the apprehension, detention, examination, or conditional release of individuals, shall be applicable only to individuals coming into a State or possession from a foreign country or a possession.
- (d)
- (1) Regulations prescribed under this section may provide for the apprehension and examination of any individual reasonably believed to be infected with a communicable disease in a qualifying stage and (A) to be moving or about to move from a State to another State; or (B) to be a probable source of infection to individuals who, while infected with such disease in a qualifying stage, will be moving from a State to another State. Such regulations may provide that if upon examination any such individual is found to be infected, he may be detained for such time and in such manner as may be reasonably necessary. For purposes of this subsection, the term “State” includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia.
- (2) For purposes of this subsection, the term “qualifying stage”, with respect to a communicable disease, means that such disease—
- (A) is in a communicable stage; or
- (B) is in a precommunicable stage, if the disease would be likely to cause a public health emergency if transmitted to other individuals.
- (e) Nothing in this section or section 266 of this title , or the regulations promulgated under such sections, may be construed as superseding any provision under State law (including regulations and including provisions established by political subdivisions of States), except to the extent that such a provision conflicts with an exercise of Federal authority under this section or section 266 of this title .
§ 265. Suspension of entries and imports from designated places to prevent spread of communicable diseases
Whenever the Surgeon General determines that by reason of the existence of any communicable disease in a foreign country there is serious danger of the introduction of such disease into the United States, and that this danger is so increased by the introduction of persons or property from such country that a suspension of the right to introduce such persons and property is required in the interest of the public health, the Surgeon General, in accordance with regulations approved by the President, shall have the power to prohibit, in whole or in part, the introduction of persons and property from such countries or places as he shall designate in order to avert such danger, and for such period of time as he may deem necessary for such purpose.
§ 266. Special quarantine powers in time of war
- (b) of section 264 of this title , the Secretary, in consultation with the Surgeon General, is authorized to provide by regulations for the apprehension and examination, in time of war, of any individual reasonably believed
- (1) to be infected with such disease and
- (2) to be a probable source of infection to members of the armed forces of the United States or to individuals engaged in the production or transportation of arms, munitions, ships, food, clothing, or other supplies for the armed forces. Such regulations may provide that if upon examination any such individual is found to be so infected, he may be detained for such time and in such manner as may be reasonably necessary.
§ 267. Quarantine stations, grounds, and anchorages
- (a) Except as provided in title II 1 1 See References in Text note below. of the Act of June 15, 1917 , as amended, the Surgeon General shall control, direct, and manage all United States quarantine stations, grounds, and anchorages, designate their boundaries, and designate the quarantine officers to be in charge thereof. With the approval of the President he shall from time to time select suitable sites for and establish such additional stations, grounds, and anchorages in the States and possessions of the United States as in his judgment are necessary to prevent the introduction of communicable diseases into the States and possessions of the United States.
- (b) The Surgeon General shall establish the hours during which quarantine service shall be performed at each quarantine station, and, upon application by any interested party, may establish quarantine inspection during the twenty-four hours of the day, or any fraction thereof, at such quarantine stations as, in his opinion, require such extended service. He may restrict the performance of quarantine inspection to hours of daylight for such arriving vessels as cannot, in his opinion, be satisfactorily inspected during hours of darkness. No vessel shall be required to undergo quarantine inspection during the hours of darkness, unless the quarantine officer at such quarantine station shall deem an immediate inspection necessary to protect the public health. Uniformity shall not be required in the hours during which quarantine inspection may be obtained at the various ports of the United States.
- (c) The Surgeon General shall fix a reasonable rate of extra compensation for overtime services of employees of the United States Public Health Service, Foreign Quarantine Division, performing overtime duties including the operation of vessels, in connection with the inspection or quarantine treatment of persons (passengers and crews), conveyances, or goods arriving by land, water, or air in the United States or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof, hereinafter referred to as “employees of the Public Health Service”, when required to be on duty between the hours of 6 o’clock postmeridian and 6 o’clock antemeridian (or between the hours of 7 o’clock postmeridian and 7 o’clock antemeridian at stations which have a declared workday of from 7 o’clock antemeridian to 7 o’clock postmeridian), or on Sundays or holidays, such rate, in lieu of compensation under any other provision of law, to be fixed at two times the basic hourly rate for each hour that the overtime extends beyond 6 o’clock (or 7 o’clock as the case may be) postmeridian, and two times the basic hourly rate for each overtime hour worked on Sundays or holidays. As used in this subsection, the term “basic hourly rate” shall mean the regular basic rate of pay which is applicable to such employees for work performed within their regular scheduled tour of duty.
- (d)
- (1) The said extra compensation shall be paid to the United States by the owner, agent, consignee, operator, or master or other person in charge of any conveyance, for whom, at his request, services as described in this subsection (hereinafter referred to as overtime service) are performed. If such employees have been ordered to report for duty and have so reported, and the requested services are not performed by reason of circumstances beyond the control of the employees concerned, such extra compensation shall be paid on the same basis as though the overtime services had actually been performed during the period between the time the employees were ordered to report for duty and did so report, and the time they were notified that their services would not be required, and in any case as though their services had continued for not less than one hour. The Surgeon General with the approval of the Secretary of Health and Human Services may prescribe regulations requiring the owner, agent, consignee, operator, or master or other person for whom the overtime services are performed to file a bond in such amounts and containing such conditions and with such sureties, or in lieu of a bond, to deposit money or obligations of the United States in such amount, as will assure the payment of charges under this subsection, which bond or deposit may cover one or more transactions or all transactions during a specified period: Provided , That no charges shall be made for services performed in connection with the inspection of (1) persons arriving by international highways, ferries, bridges, or tunnels, or the conveyances in which they arrive, or (2) persons arriving by aircraft or railroad trains, the operations of which are covered by published schedules, or the aircraft or trains in which they arrive, or (3) persons arriving by vessels operated between Canadian ports and ports on Puget Sound or operated on the Great Lakes and connecting waterways, the operations of which are covered by published schedules, or the vessels in which they arrive.
- (2) Moneys collected under this subsection shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the appropriation charged with the expense of the services, and the appropriations so credited shall be available for the payment of such compensation to the said employees for services so rendered.
§ 268. Quarantine duties of consular and other officers
- (a) Any consular or medical officer of the United States, designated for such purpose by the Secretary, shall make reports to the Surgeon General, on such forms and at such intervals as the Surgeon General may prescribe, of the health conditions at the port or place at which such officer is stationed.
- (b) It shall be the duty of the customs officers and of Coast Guard officers to aid in the enforcement of quarantine rules and regulations; but no additional compensation, except actual and necessary traveling expenses, shall be allowed any such officer by reason of such services.
§ 269. Bills of health
- (a) Except as otherwise prescribed in regulations, any vessel at any foreign port or place clearing or departing for any port or place in a State or possession shall be required to obtain from the consular officer of the United States or from the Public Health Service officer, or other medical officer of the United States designated by the Surgeon General, at the port or place of departure, a bill of health in duplicate, in the form prescribed by the Surgeon General. The President, from time to time, shall specify the ports at which a medical officer shall be stationed for this purpose. Such bill of health shall set forth the sanitary history and condition of said vessel, and shall state that it has in all respects complied with the regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (c). Before granting such duplicate bill of health, such consular or medical officer shall be satisfied that the matters and things therein stated are true. The consular officer shall be entitled to demand and receive the fees for bills of health and such fees shall be established by regulation.
- (b) Original bills of health shall be delivered to the collectors of customs at the port of entry. Duplicate copies of such bills of health shall be delivered at the time of inspection to quarantine officers at such port. The bills of health herein prescribed shall be considered as part of the ship’s papers, and when duly certified to by the proper consular or other officer of the United States, over his official signature and seal, shall be accepted as evidence of the statements therein contained in any court of the United States.
- (c) The Surgeon General shall from time to time prescribe regulations, applicable to vessels referred to in subsection (a) of this section for the purpose of preventing the introduction into the States or possessions of the United States of any communicable disease by securing the best sanitary condition of such vessels, their cargoes, passengers, and crews. Such regulations shall be observed by such vessels prior to departure, during the course of the voyage, and also during inspection, disinfection, or other quarantine procedure upon arrival at any United States quarantine station.
- (d) The provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply to vessels plying between such foreign ports on or near the frontiers of the United States and ports of the United States as are designated by treaty.
- (e) It shall be unlawful for any vessel to enter any port in any State or possession of the United States to discharge its cargo, or land its passengers, except upon a certificate of the quarantine officer that regulations prescribed under subsection (c) have in all respects been complied with by such officer, the vessel, and its master. The master of every such vessel shall deliver such certificate to the collector of customs at the port of entry, together with the original bill of health and other papers of the vessel. The certificate required by this subsection shall be procurable from the quarantine officer, upon arrival of the vessel at the quarantine station and satisfactory inspection thereof, at any time within which quarantine services are performed at such station.
§ 270. Quarantine regulations governing civil air navigation and civil aircraft
The Surgeon General is authorized to provide by regulations for the application to air navigation and aircraft of any of the provisions of sections 267 to 269 of this title and regulations prescribed thereunder (including penalties and forfeitures for violations of such sections and regulations), to such extent and upon such conditions as he deems necessary for the safeguarding of the public health.
§ 271. Penalties for violation of quarantine laws
- (a) Any person who violates any regulation prescribed under sections 264 to 266 of this title, or any provision of section 269 of this title or any regulation prescribed thereunder, or who enters or departs from the limits of any quarantine station, ground, or anchorage in disregard of quarantine rules and regulations or without permission of the quarantine officer in charge, shall be punished by a fine of not more than $1,000 or by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.
- (b) Any vessel which violates section 269 of this title , or any regulations thereunder or under section 267 of this title , or which enters within or departs from the limits of any quarantine station, ground, or anchorage in disregard of the quarantine rules and regulations or without permission of the officer in charge, shall forfeit to the United States not more than $5,000, the amount to be determined by the court, which shall be a lien on such vessel, to be recovered by proceedings in the proper district court of the United States. In all such proceedings the United States attorney shall appear on behalf of the United States; and all such proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules and laws governing cases of seizure of vessels for violation of the revenue laws of the United States.
- (c) With the approval of the Secretary, the Surgeon General may, upon application therefor, remit or mitigate any forfeiture provided for under subsection (b) of this section, and he shall have authority to ascertain the facts upon all such applications.
§ 272. Administration of oaths by quarantine officers
Medical officers of the United States, when performing duties as quarantine officers at any port or place within the United States, are authorized to take declarations and administer oaths in matters pertaining to the administration of the quarantine laws and regulations of the United States.
§ 273. Organ procurement organizations
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants for the planning of qualified organ procurement organizations described in subsection (b).
- (2) The Secretary may make grants for the establishment, initial operation, consolidation, and expansion of qualified organ procurement organizations described in subsection (b).
- (b)
- (1) A qualified organ procurement organization for which grants may be made under subsection (a) is an organization which, as determined by the Secretary, will carry out the functions described in paragraph (2) 1 1 See References in Text note below. and—
- (A) is a nonprofit entity,
- (B) has accounting and other fiscal procedures (as specified by the Secretary) necessary to assure the fiscal stability of the organization,
- (C) has an agreement with the Secretary to be reimbursed under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.] for the procurement of kidneys,
- (D) notwithstanding any other provision of law, has met the other requirements of this section and has been certified or recertified by the Secretary within the previous 4-year period as meeting the performance standards to be a qualified organ procurement organization through a process that either—
- (i) granted certification or recertification within such 4-year period with such certification or recertification in effect as of January 1, 2000 , and remaining in effect through the earlier of—
- (I) January 1, 2002 ; or
- (II) the completion of recertification under the requirements of clause (ii); or
- (ii) is defined through regulations that are promulgated by the Secretary by not later than January 1, 2002 , that—
- (I) require recertifications of qualified organ procurement organizations not more frequently than once every 4 years;
- (II) rely on outcome and process performance measures that are based on empirical evidence, obtained through reasonable efforts, of organ donor potential and other related factors in each service area of qualified organ procurement organizations;
- (III) use multiple outcome measures as part of the certification process; and
- (IV) provide for a qualified organ procurement organization to appeal a decertification to the Secretary on substantive and procedural grounds; 2 2 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a comma.
- (i) granted certification or recertification within such 4-year period with such certification or recertification in effect as of January 1, 2000 , and remaining in effect through the earlier of—
- (E) has a defined service area that is of sufficient size to assure maximum effectiveness in the procurement and equitable distribution of organs, and that either includes an entire metropolitan statistical area (as specified by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget) or does not include any part of the area,
- (F) has a director and such other staff, including the organ donation coordinators and organ procurement specialists necessary to effectively obtain organs from donors in its service area, and
- (G) has a board of directors or an advisory board which—
- (i) is composed of—
- (I) members who represent hospital administrators, intensive care or emergency room personnel, tissue banks, and voluntary health associations in its service area,
- (II) members who represent the public residing in such area,
- (III) a physician with knowledge, experience, or skill in the field of histocompatability 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “histocompatibility”. or an individual with a doctorate degree in a biological science with knowledge, experience, or skill in the field of histocompatibility,
- (IV) a physician with knowledge or skill in the field of neurology, and
- (V) from each transplant center in its service area which has arrangements described in paragraph (3)(G) with the organization, a member who is a surgeon who has practicing privileges in such center and who performs organ transplant surgery,
- (ii) has the authority to recommend policies for the procurement of organs and the other functions described in paragraph (3), and
- (iii) has no authority over any other activity of the organization.
- (i) is composed of—
- (2)
- (A) Not later than 90 days after November 16, 1990 , the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of proposed rulemaking to establish criteria for determining whether an entity meets the requirement established in paragraph (1)(E). 1
- (B) Not later than 1 year after November 16, 1990 , the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a final rule to establish the criteria described in subparagraph (A).
- (3) An organ procurement organization shall—
- (A) have effective agreements, to identify potential organ donors, with a substantial majority of the hospitals and other health care entities in its service area which have facilities for organ donations,
- (B) conduct and participate in systematic efforts, including professional education, to acquire all useable organs from potential donors,
- (C) arrange for the acquisition and preservation of donated organs and provide quality standards for the acquisition of organs which are consistent with the standards adopted by the Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network under section 274(b)(2)(E) of this title , including arranging for testing with respect to identifying organs that are infected with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV),
- (D) arrange for the appropriate tissue typing of donated organs,
- (E) have a system to allocate donated organs equitably among transplant patients according to established medical criteria,
- (F) provide or arrange for the transportation of donated organs to transplant centers,
- (G) have arrangements to coordinate its activities with transplant centers in its service area,
- (H) participate in the Organ Procurement Transplantation Network established under section 274 of this title ,
- (I) have arrangements to cooperate with tissue banks for the retrieval, processing, preservation, storage, and distribution of tissues as may be appropriate to assure that all useable tissues are obtained from potential donors,
- (J) evaluate annually the effectiveness of the organization in acquiring potentially available organs, and
- (K) assist hospitals in establishing and implementing protocols for making routine inquiries about organ donations by potential donors.
- (1) A qualified organ procurement organization for which grants may be made under subsection (a) is an organization which, as determined by the Secretary, will carry out the functions described in paragraph (2) 1 1 See References in Text note below. and—
- (c) Pancreata procured by an organ procurement organization and used for islet cell transplantation or research shall be counted for purposes of certification or recertification under subsection (b).
§ 273a. National living donor mechanisms
The Secretary may establish and maintain mechanisms to evaluate the long-term effects associated with living organ donations by individuals who have served as living donors.
§ 273b. Report on the long-term health effects of living organ donation
Not later than 1 year after December 21, 2007 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report that details the progress made towards understanding the long-term health effects of living organ donation.
§ 274. Organ procurement and transplantation network
- (a) The Secretary shall by contract provide for the establishment and operation of an Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network which meets the requirements of subsection (b). The amount provided under such contract in any fiscal year may not exceed $7,000,000. Funds for such contracts shall be made available from funds available to the Public Health Service from appropriations for fiscal years beginning after fiscal year 1984.
- (b)
- (1) The Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network shall carry out the functions described in paragraph (2) and shall—
- (A) be a private nonprofit entity that has an expertise in organ procurement and transplantation, and
- (B) have a board of directors—
- (i) that includes representatives of organ procurement organizations (including organizations that have received grants under section 273 of this title ), transplant centers, voluntary health associations, and the general public; and
- (ii) that shall establish an executive committee and other committees, whose chairpersons shall be selected to ensure continuity of leadership for the board.
- (2) The Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network shall—
- (A) establish in one location or through regional centers—
- (i) a national list of individuals who need organs, and
- (ii) a national system, through the use of computers and in accordance with established medical criteria, to match organs and individuals included in the list, especially individuals whose immune system makes it difficult for them to receive organs,
- (B) establish membership criteria and medical criteria for allocating organs and provide to members of the public an opportunity to comment with respect to such criteria,
- (C) maintain a twenty-four-hour telephone service to facilitate matching organs with individuals included in the list,
- (D) assist organ procurement organizations in the nationwide distribution of organs equitably among transplant patients,
- (E) adopt and use standards of quality for the acquisition and transportation of donated organs,
- (F) prepare and distribute, on a regionalized basis (and, to the extent practicable, among regions or on a national basis), samples of blood sera from individuals who are included on the list and whose immune system makes it difficult for them to receive organs, in order to facilitate matching the compatibility of such individuals with organ donors,
- (G) coordinate, as appropriate, the transportation of organs from organ procurement organizations to transplant centers,
- (H) provide information to physicians and other health professionals regarding organ donation,
- (I) collect, analyze, and publish data concerning organ donation and transplants,
- (J) carry out studies and demonstration projects for the purpose of improving procedures for organ procurement and allocation,
- (K) work actively to increase the supply of donated organs,
- (L) submit to the Secretary an annual report containing information on the comparative costs and patient outcomes at each transplant center affiliated with the organ procurement and transplantation network,
- (M) recognize the differences in health and in organ transplantation issues between children and adults throughout the system and adopt criteria, polices, and procedures that address the unique health care needs of children,
- (N) carry out studies and demonstration projects for the purpose of improving procedures for organ donation procurement and allocation, including but not limited to projects to examine and attempt to increase transplantation among populations with special needs, including children and individuals who are members of racial or ethnic minority groups, and among populations with limited access to transportation, and
- (O) provide that for purposes of this paragraph, the term “children” refers to individuals who are under the age of 18.
- (A) establish in one location or through regional centers—
- (3) In adopting and using standards of quality under paragraph (2)(E), the Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network may adopt and use such standards with respect to organs infected with human immunodeficiency virus (in this paragraph referred to as “HIV”), provided that any such standards ensure that organs infected with HIV may be transplanted only into individuals who—
- (A) are infected with HIV before receiving such organ; and
- (B)
- (i) are participating in clinical research approved by an institutional review board under the criteria, standards, and regulations described in subsections (a) and (b) of section 274f–5 of this title ; or
- (ii) if the Secretary has determined under section 274f–5(c) of this title that participation in such clinical research, as a requirement for such transplants, is no longer warranted, are receiving a transplant under the standards and regulations under section 274f–5(c) of this title .
- (1) The Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network shall carry out the functions described in paragraph (2) and shall—
- (c) The Secretary shall establish procedures for—
- (1) receiving from interested persons critical comments relating to the manner in which the Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network is carrying out the duties of the Network under subsection (b); and
- (2) the consideration by the Secretary of such critical comments.
§ 274a. Scientific registry
The Secretary shall, by grant or contract, develop and maintain a scientific registry of the recipients of organ transplants. The registry shall include such information respecting patients and transplant procedures as the Secretary deems necessary to an ongoing evaluation of the scientific and clinical status of organ transplantation. The Secretary shall prepare for inclusion in the report under section 274d of this title an analysis of information derived from the registry.
§ 274b. General provisions respecting grants and contracts
- (a) No grant may be made under this part or contract entered into under section 274 or 274a of this title unless an application therefor has been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. Such an application shall be in such form and shall be submitted in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe.
- (b)
- (1) A grant for planning under section 273(a)(1) of this title may be made for one year with respect to any organ procurement organization and may not exceed $100,000.
- (2) Grants under section 273(a)(2) of this title may be made for two years. No such grant may exceed $500,000 for any year and no organ procurement organization may receive more than $800,000 for initial operation or expansion.
- (3) Grants or contracts under section 273(a)(3) of this title may be made for not more than 3 years.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall determine the amount of a grant or contract made under section 273 or 274a of this title. Payments under such grants and contracts may be made in advance on the basis of estimates or by the way of reimbursement, with necessary adjustments on account of underpayments or overpayments, and in such installments and on such terms and conditions as the Secretary finds necessary to carry out the purposes of such grants and contracts.
- (2)
- (A) Each recipient of a grant or contract under section 273 or 274a of this title shall keep such records as the Secretary shall prescribe, including records which fully disclose the amount and disposition by such recipient of the proceeds of such grant or contract, the total cost of the undertaking in connection with which such grant or contract was made, and the amount of that portion of the cost of the undertaking supplied by other sources, and such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.
- (B) The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records of the recipient of a grant or contract under section 273 or 274a of this title that are pertinent to such grant or contract.
- (d) For purposes of this part:
- (1) The term “transplant center” means a health care facility in which transplants of organs are performed.
- (2) The term “organ” means the human kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, and any other human organ (other than corneas and eyes) specified by the Secretary by regulation and for purposes of section 274a of this title , such term includes bone marrow.
§ 274c. Administration
The Secretary shall designate and maintain an identifiable administrative unit in the Public Health Service to—
- (1) administer this part and coordinate with the organ procurement activities under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.],
- (2) conduct a program of public information to inform the public of the need for organ donations,
- (3) provide technical assistance to organ procurement organizations, the Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network established under section 274 of this title , and other entities in the health care system involved in organ donations, procurement, and transplants, and
- (4) provide information—
- (i) to patients, their families, and their physicians about transplantation; and
- (ii) to patients and their families about the resources available nationally and in each State, and the comparative costs and patient outcomes at each transplant center affiliated with the organ procurement and transplantation network, in order to assist the patients and families with the costs associated with transplantation.
§ 274d. Report
Not later than February 10 of 1991 and of each second year thereafter, the Secretary shall publish, and submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate. 1 1 So in original. The period probably should be a comma. a report on the scientific and clinical status of organ transplantation. The Secretary shall consult with the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration in the preparation of the report.
§ 274e. Prohibition of organ purchases
- (a) It shall be unlawful for any person to knowingly acquire, receive, or otherwise transfer any human organ for valuable consideration for use in human transplantation if the transfer affects interstate commerce. The preceding sentence does not apply with respect to human organ paired donation.
- (b) Any person who violates subsection (a) shall be fined not more than $50,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both.
- (c) For purposes of subsection (a):
- (1) The term “human organ” means the human (including fetal) kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, bone marrow, cornea, eye, bone, and skin or any subpart thereof and any other human organ (or any subpart thereof, including that derived from a fetus) specified by the Secretary of Health and Human Services by regulation.
- (2) The term “valuable consideration” does not include the reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control, and storage of a human organ or the expenses of travel, housing, and lost wages incurred by the donor of a human organ in connection with the donation of the organ.
- (3) The term “interstate commerce” has the meaning prescribed for it by section 321(b) of title 21 .
- (4) The term “human organ paired donation” means the donation and receipt of human organs under the following circumstances:
- (A) An individual (referred to in this paragraph as the “first donor”) desires to make a living donation of a human organ specifically to a particular patient (referred to in this paragraph as the “first patient”), but such donor is biologically incompatible as a donor for such patient.
- (B) A second individual (referred to in this paragraph as the “second donor”) desires to make a living donation of a human organ specifically to a second particular patient (referred to in this paragraph as the “second patient”), but such donor is biologically incompatible as a donor for such patient.
- (C) Subject to subparagraph (D), the first donor is biologically compatible as a donor of a human organ for the second patient, and the second donor is biologically compatible as a donor of a human organ for the first patient.
- (D) If there is any additional donor-patient pair as described in subparagraph (A) or (B), each donor in the group of donor-patient pairs is biologically compatible as a donor of a human organ for a patient in such group.
- (E) All donors and patients in the group of donor-patient pairs (whether 2 pairs or more than 2 pairs) enter into a single agreement to donate and receive such human organs, respectively, according to such biological compatibility in the group.
- (F) Other than as described in subparagraph (E), no valuable consideration is knowingly acquired, received, or otherwise transferred with respect to the human organs referred to in such subparagraph.
§ 274f. Reimbursement of travel and subsistence expenses incurred toward living organ donation
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to States, transplant centers, qualified organ procurement organizations under section 273 of this title , or other public or private entities for the purpose of—
- (1) providing for the reimbursement of travel and subsistence expenses incurred by individuals toward making living donations of their organs (in this section referred to as “donating individuals”); and
- (2) providing for the reimbursement of such incidental nonmedical expenses that are so incurred as the Secretary determines by regulation to be appropriate.
- (b) The Secretary shall, in carrying out subsection (a), give preference to those individuals that the Secretary determines are more likely to be otherwise unable to meet such expenses.
- (c) The Secretary may, in carrying out subsection (a), consider—
- (1) the term “donating individuals” as including individuals who in good faith incur qualifying expenses toward the intended donation of an organ but with respect to whom, for such reasons as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, no donation of the organ occurs; and
- (2) the term “qualifying expenses” as including the expenses of having relatives or other individuals, not to exceed 2, accompany or assist the donating individual for purposes of subsection (a) (subject to making payment for only those types of expenses that are paid for a donating individual).
- (d) An award may be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant involved agrees that the award will not be expended to pay the qualifying expenses of a donating individual to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such expenses—
- (1) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program;
- (2) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis; or
- (3) by the recipient of the organ.
- (e) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “donating individuals” has the meaning indicated for such term in subsection (a)(1), subject to subsection (c)(1).
- (2) The term “qualifying expenses” means the expenses authorized for purposes of subsection (a), subject to subsection (c)(2).
- (f) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2005 through 2009.
§ 274g. Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $8,000,000 for fiscal year 1991, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1992 and 1993.
§ 274i. Eligibility requirements for Stephanie Tubbs Jones Gift of Life Medal
- (a) Subject to the provisions of this section and the availability of funds under this part, any organ donor, or the family of any organ donor, shall be eligible for a Stephanie Tubbs Jones Gift of Life Medal (hereafter in this part referred to as a “medal”).
- (b) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall direct the entity operating the Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network to—
- (1) establish an application procedure requiring the relevant organ procurement organization through which an individual or family of the individual made an organ donation, to submit to such entity documentation supporting the eligibility of the individual or the family, respectively, to receive a medal;
- (2) determine through the documentation provided and, if necessary, independent investigation whether the individual or family, respectively, is eligible to receive such a medal; and
- (3) arrange for the presentation to the relevant organ procurement organization all medals struck pursuant to section 274i–2 of this title to individuals or families that are determined to be eligible to receive medals.
- (c)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), only 1 medal may be presented to a family under subsection (b). Such medal shall be presented to the donating family member, or in the case of a deceased donor, the family member who signed the consent form authorizing, or who otherwise authorized, the donation of the organ involved.
- (2) In the case of a family in which more than 1 member is an organ donor, a medal may be presented for each such organ donor.
§ 274k. National Program
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall by one or more contracts establish and maintain a C.W. Bill Young Cell Transplantation Program (referred to in this section as the “Program”), successor to the National Bone Marrow Donor Registry, that has the purpose of increasing the number of transplants for recipients suitably matched to biologically unrelated donors of bone marrow and cord blood, and that meets the requirements of this section. The Secretary may award a separate contract to perform each of the major functions of the Program described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) if deemed necessary by the Secretary to operate an effective and efficient system that is in the best interest of patients. The Secretary shall conduct a separate competition for the initial establishment of the cord blood functions of the Program. The Program shall be under the general supervision of the Secretary. The Secretary shall establish an Advisory Council to advise, assist, consult with, and make recommendations to the Secretary on matters related to the activities carried out by the Program. The members of the Advisory Council shall be appointed in accordance with the following:
- (1) Each member of the Advisory Council shall serve for a term of 2 years, and each such member may serve as many as 3 consecutive 2-year terms, except that—
- (A) such limitations shall not apply to the Chair of the Advisory Council (or the Chair-elect) or to the member of the Advisory Council who most recently served as the Chair; and
- (B) one additional consecutive 2-year term may be served by any member of the Advisory Council who has no employment, governance, or financial affiliation with any donor center, recruitment organization, transplant center, or cord blood bank.
- (2) A member of the Advisory Council may continue to serve after the expiration of the term of such member until a successor is appointed.
- (3) In order to ensure the continuity of the Advisory Council, the Advisory Council shall be appointed so that each year the terms of approximately one-third of the members of the Advisory Council expire.
- (4) The membership of the Advisory Council—
- (A) shall include as voting members a balanced number of representatives including representatives of marrow donor centers and marrow transplant centers, representatives of cord blood banks and participating birthing hospitals, recipients of a bone marrow transplant, recipients of a cord blood transplant, persons who require such transplants, family members of such a recipient or family members of a patient who has requested the assistance of the Program in searching for an unrelated donor of bone marrow or cord blood, persons with expertise in bone marrow and cord blood transplantation, persons with expertise in typing, matching, and transplant outcome data analysis, persons with expertise in the social sciences, basic scientists with expertise in the biology of adult stem cells, and members of the general public; and
- (B) shall include as nonvoting members representatives from the Department of Defense Marrow Donor Recruitment and Research Program operated by the Department of the Navy, the Division of Transplantation of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Food and Drug Administration, and the National Institutes of Health.
- (5) Members of the Advisory Council shall be chosen so as to ensure objectivity and balance and reduce the potential for conflicts of interest. The Secretary shall establish bylaws and procedures—
- (A) to prohibit any member of the Advisory Council who has an employment, governance, or financial affiliation with a donor center, recruitment organization, transplant center, or cord blood bank from participating in any decision that materially affects the center, recruitment organization, transplant center, or cord blood bank; and
- (B) to limit the number of members of the Advisory Council with any such affiliation.
- (6) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall submit to Congress an annual report on the activities carried out under this section.
- (1) Each member of the Advisory Council shall serve for a term of 2 years, and each such member may serve as many as 3 consecutive 2-year terms, except that—
- (b) The Secretary shall, through a public process, recognize one or more accreditation entities for the accreditation of cord blood banks.
- (c) The Secretary shall, through a public process, examine issues of informed consent, including—
- (1) the appropriate timing of such consent; and
- (2) the information provided to the maternal donor regarding all of her medically appropriate cord blood options.
- (d)
- (1) With respect to bone marrow, the Program shall—
- (A) operate a system for identifying, matching, and facilitating the distribution of bone marrow that is suitably matched to candidate patients;
- (B) consistent with paragraph (3), permit transplant physicians, other appropriate health care professionals, and patients to search by means of electronic access all available bone marrow donors listed in the Program;
- (C) carry out a program for the recruitment of bone marrow donors in accordance with subsection (e), including with respect to increasing the representation of racial and ethnic minority groups (including persons of mixed ancestry) in the enrollment of the Program;
- (D) maintain and expand medical contingency response capabilities, in coordination with Federal programs, to prepare for and respond effectively to biological, chemical, or radiological attacks, and other public health emergencies that can damage marrow, so that the capability of supporting patients with marrow damage from disease can be used to support casualties with marrow damage;
- (E) carry out informational and educational activities in accordance with subsection (e);
- (F) at least annually update information to account for changes in the status of individuals as potential donors of bone marrow;
- (G) provide for a system of patient advocacy through the office established under subsection (h);
- (H) provide case management services for any potential donor of bone marrow to whom the Program has provided a notice that the potential donor may be suitably matched to a particular patient through the office established under subsection (h);
- (I) with respect to searches for unrelated donors of bone marrow that are conducted through the system under subparagraph (A), collect, analyze, and publish data in a standardized electronic format on the number and percentage of patients at each of the various stages of the search process, including data regarding the furthest stage reached, the number and percentage of patients who are unable to complete the search process, and the reasons underlying such circumstances;
- (J) support studies and demonstration and outreach projects for the purpose of increasing the number of individuals who are willing to be marrow donors to ensure a genetically diverse donor pool; and
- (K) facilitate research with the appropriate Federal agencies to improve the availability, efficiency, safety, and cost of transplants from unrelated donors and the effectiveness of Program operations.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to cord blood, the Program shall—
- (i) operate a system for identifying, matching, and facilitating the distribution of donated cord blood units that are suitably matched to candidate patients and meet all applicable Federal and State regulations (including informed consent and Food and Drug Administration regulations) from a qualified cord blood bank;
- (ii) consistent with paragraph (3), allow transplant physicians, other appropriate health care professionals, and patients to search by means of electronic access all available cord blood units made available through the Program;
- (iii) allow transplant physicians and other appropriate health care professionals to reserve, as defined by the Secretary, a cord blood unit for transplantation;
- (iv) support and expand new and existing studies and demonstration and outreach projects for the purpose of increasing cord blood unit donation and collection from a genetically diverse population and expanding the number of cord blood unit collection sites partnering with cord blood banks receiving a contract under the National Cord Blood Inventory program under section 2 of the Stem Cell Therapeutic and Research Act of 2005, including such studies and projects that focus on—
- (I) remote collection of cord blood units, consistent with the requirements under the Program and the National Cord Blood Inventory program goal described in section 2(a) of the Stem Cell Therapeutic and Research Act of 2005; and
- (II) exploring novel approaches or incentives to encourage innovative technological advances that could be used to collect cord blood units, consistent with the requirements under the Program and such National Cord Blood Inventory program goal;
- (v) provide for a system of patient advocacy through the office established under subsection (h);
- (vi) coordinate with the qualified cord blood banks to support informational and educational activities in accordance with subsection (g);
- (vii) maintain and expand medical contingency response capabilities, in coordination with Federal programs, to prepare for and respond effectively to biological, chemical, or radiological attacks, and other public health emergencies that can damage marrow, so that the capability of supporting patients with marrow damage from disease can be used to support casualties with marrow damage; and
- (viii) with respect to the system under subparagraph (A), collect, analyze, and publish data in a standardized electronic format, as required by the Secretary, on the number and percentage of patients at each of the various stages of the search process, including data regarding the furthest stage reached, the number and percentage of patients who are unable to complete the search process, and the reasons underlying such circumstances.
- (B) In carrying out subparagraph (A)(iv), not later than 1 year after October 8, 2010 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall set an annual goal of increasing collections of high quality cord blood units, 1 1 See 2015 Amendment note below. consistent with the inventory goal described in section 2(a) of the Stem Cell Therapeutic and Research Act of 2005 (referred to in this subparagraph as the “inventory goal”), and shall identify at least one project under subparagraph (A)(iv) to replicate and expand nationwide, as appropriate. If the Secretary cannot identify a project as described in the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall submit a plan, not later than 180 days after the date on which the Secretary was required to identify such a project, to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives for expanding collection of high quality cord blood units, including remote collection, 1 consistent with the requirements under the National Cord Blood Inventory program under section 2 of the Stem Cell Therapeutic and Research Act of 2005 and the inventory goal. Each such plan shall be made available to the public.
- (C) In this paragraph, the term “remote collection” means the collection of cord blood units at locations that do not have written contracts with cord blood banks for collection support.
- (A) With respect to cord blood, the Program shall—
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary shall ensure that health care professionals and patients are able to search electronically for and facilitate access to, in the manner and to the extent defined by the Secretary and consistent with the functions described in paragraphs (1)(A) and (2)(A)(i), cells from bone marrow donors and cord blood units through a single point of access.
- (B) The Secretary shall require all recipients of contracts under this section to make available a standard dataset for purposes of subparagraph (A) in a standardized electronic format that enables transplant physicians to compare among and between bone marrow donors and cord blood units to ensure the best possible match for the patient.
- (4) The term “qualified cord blood bank” means a cord blood bank that—
- (A) has obtained all applicable Federal and State licenses, certifications, registrations (including pursuant to the regulations of the Food and Drug Administration), and other authorizations required to operate and maintain a cord blood bank;
- (B) has implemented donor screening, cord blood collection practices, and processing methods intended to protect the health and safety of donors and transplant recipients to improve transplant outcomes, including with respect to the transmission of potentially harmful infections and other diseases;
- (C) is accredited by an accreditation entity recognized by the Secretary under subsection (b);
- (D) has established a system of strict confidentiality to protect the identity and privacy of patients and donors in accordance with existing Federal and State law;
- (E) has established a system for encouraging donation by a genetically diverse group of donors; and
- (F) has established a system to confidentially maintain linkage between a cord blood unit and a maternal donor.
- (1) With respect to bone marrow, the Program shall—
- (e)
- (1) The Program shall carry out activities for the recruitment of bone marrow donors. Such recruitment program shall identify populations that are underrepresented among potential donors enrolled with the Program. In the case of populations that are identified under the preceding sentence:
- (A) The Program shall give priority to carrying out activities under this part to increase representation for such populations in order to enable a member of such a population, to the extent practicable, to have a probability of finding a suitable unrelated donor that is comparable to the probability that an individual who is not a member of an underrepresented population would have.
- (B) The Program shall consider racial and ethnic minority groups (including persons of mixed ancestry) to be populations that have been identified for purposes of this paragraph, and shall carry out subparagraph (A) with respect to such populations.
- (2)
- (A) The Program shall carry out informational and educational activities, in coordination with organ donation public awareness campaigns operated through the Department of Health and Human Services, for purposes of recruiting individuals to serve as donors of bone marrow, and shall test and enroll with the Program potential bone marrow donors. Such information and educational activities shall include the following:
- (i) Making information available to the general public, including information describing the needs of patients with respect to donors of bone marrow.
- (ii) Educating and providing information to individuals who are willing to serve as potential bone marrow donors.
- (iii) Training individuals in requesting individuals to serve as potential bone marrow donors.
- (B) In carrying out informational and educational activities under subparagraph (A), the Program shall give priority to recruiting individuals to serve as donors of bone marrow for populations that are identified under paragraph (1).
- (A) The Program shall carry out informational and educational activities, in coordination with organ donation public awareness campaigns operated through the Department of Health and Human Services, for purposes of recruiting individuals to serve as donors of bone marrow, and shall test and enroll with the Program potential bone marrow donors. Such information and educational activities shall include the following:
- (3) In addition to activities regarding recruitment, the recruitment program under paragraph (1) shall provide information to physicians, other health care professionals, and the public regarding bone marrow transplants from unrelated donors as a treatment option.
- (4) The requirements of this subsection shall be carried out by the entity that has been awarded a contract by the Secretary under subsection (a) to carry out the functions described in subsection (d)(1).
- (1) The Program shall carry out activities for the recruitment of bone marrow donors. Such recruitment program shall identify populations that are underrepresented among potential donors enrolled with the Program. In the case of populations that are identified under the preceding sentence:
- (f) The Secretary shall enforce, for participating entities, including the Program, individual marrow donor centers, marrow donor registries, marrow collection centers, and marrow transplant centers—
- (1) quality standards and standards for tissue typing, obtaining the informed consent of donors, and providing patient advocacy;
- (2) donor selection criteria, based on established medical criteria, to protect both the donor and the recipient and to prevent the transmission of potentially harmful infectious diseases such as the viruses that cause hepatitis and the etiologic agent for Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome;
- (3) procedures to ensure the proper collection and transportation of the marrow;
- (4) standards for the system for patient advocacy operated under subsection (h), including standards requiring the provision of appropriate information (at the start of the search process and throughout the process) to patients and their families and physicians;
- (5) standards that—
- (A) require the establishment of a system of strict confidentiality to protect the identity and privacy of patients and donors in accordance with Federal and State law; and
- (B) prescribe the purposes for which the records described in subparagraph (A) may be disclosed, and the circumstances and extent of the disclosure; and
- (6) in the case of a marrow donor center or marrow donor registry participating in the program, procedures to ensure the establishment of a method for integrating donor files, searches, and general procedures of the center or registry with the Program.
- (g)
- (1) The Program shall support activities, in cooperation with qualified cord blood banks, for the recruitment of cord blood donors. Such recruitment program shall identify populations that are underrepresented among cord blood donors. In the case of populations that are identified under the preceding sentence:
- (A) The Program shall give priority to supporting activities under this part to increase representation for such populations in order to enable a member of such a population, to the extent practicable, to have a probability of finding a suitable cord blood unit that is comparable to the probability that an individual who is not a member of an underrepresented population would have.
- (B) The Program shall consider racial and ethnic minority groups (including persons of mixed ancestry) to be populations that have been identified for purposes of this paragraph, and shall support activities under subparagraph (A) with respect to such populations.
- (2)
- (A) In carrying out the recruitment program under paragraph (1), the Program shall support informational and educational activities in coordination with qualified cord blood banks and organ donation public awareness campaigns operated through the Department of Health and Human Services, for purposes of recruiting pregnant women to serve as donors of cord blood. Such information and educational activities shall include the following:
- (i) Making information available to the general public, including information describing the needs of patients with respect to cord blood units.
- (ii) Educating and providing information to pregnant women who are willing to donate cord blood units.
- (iii) Training individuals in requesting pregnant women to serve as cord blood donors.
- (B) In carrying out informational and educational activities under subparagraph (A), the Program shall give priority to supporting the recruitment of pregnant women to serve as donors of cord blood for populations that are identified under paragraph (1).
- (A) In carrying out the recruitment program under paragraph (1), the Program shall support informational and educational activities in coordination with qualified cord blood banks and organ donation public awareness campaigns operated through the Department of Health and Human Services, for purposes of recruiting pregnant women to serve as donors of cord blood. Such information and educational activities shall include the following:
- (3) In addition to activities regarding recruitment, the recruitment program under paragraph (1) shall provide information to physicians, other health care professionals, and the public regarding cord blood transplants from donors as a treatment option.
- (4) The requirements of this subsection shall be carried out by the entity that has been awarded a contract by the Secretary under subsection (a) to carry out the functions described in subsection (d)(2).
- (1) The Program shall support activities, in cooperation with qualified cord blood banks, for the recruitment of cord blood donors. Such recruitment program shall identify populations that are underrepresented among cord blood donors. In the case of populations that are identified under the preceding sentence:
- (h)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish and maintain, through a contract or other means determined appropriate by the Secretary, an office of patient advocacy (in this subsection referred to as the “Office”).
- (2) The Office shall meet the following requirements:
- (A) The Office shall be headed by a director.
- (B) The Office shall be staffed by individuals with expertise in bone marrow and cord blood therapy covered under the Program.
- (C) The Office shall operate a system for patient advocacy, which shall be separate from mechanisms for donor advocacy, and which shall serve patients for whom the Program is conducting, or has been requested to conduct, a search for a bone marrow donor or cord blood unit.
- (D) In the case of such a patient, the Office shall serve as an advocate for the patient by directly providing to the patient (or family members, physicians, or other individuals acting on behalf of the patient) individualized services with respect to efficiently utilizing the system under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) to conduct an ongoing search for a bone marrow donor or cord blood unit and assist with information regarding third party payor matters.
- (E) In carrying out subparagraph (D), the Office shall monitor the system under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (d) to determine whether the search needs of the patient involved are being met, including with respect to the following:
- (i) Periodically providing to the patient (or an individual acting on behalf of the patient) information regarding bone marrow donors or cord blood units that are suitably matched to the patient, and other information regarding the progress being made in the search.
- (ii) Informing the patient (or such other individual) if the search has been interrupted or discontinued.
- (iii) Identifying and resolving problems in the search, to the extent practicable.
- (F) The Office shall ensure that the following data are made available to patients:
- (i) The resources available through the Program.
- (ii) A comparison of transplant centers regarding search and other costs that prior to transplantation are charged to patients by transplant centers.
- (iii) The post-transplant outcomes for individual transplant centers.
- (iv) Information concerning issues that patients may face after a transplant.
- (v) Such other information as the Program determines to be appropriate.
- (G) The Office shall conduct surveys of patients (or family members, physicians, or other individuals acting on behalf of patients) to determine the extent of satisfaction with the system for patient advocacy under this subsection, and to identify ways in which the system can be improved to best meet the needs of patients.
- (3)
- (A) In serving as an advocate for a patient under paragraph (2), the Office shall provide individualized case management services directly to the patient (or family members, physicians, or other individuals acting on behalf of the patient), including—
- (i) individualized case assessment; and
- (ii) the functions described in paragraph (2)(D) (relating to progress in the search process).
- (B) In addition to the case management services described in paragraph (1) for patients, the Office shall, on behalf of patients who have completed the search for a bone marrow donor or cord blood unit, provide information and education on the process of receiving a transplant, including the post-transplant process.
- (A) In serving as an advocate for a patient under paragraph (2), the Office shall provide individualized case management services directly to the patient (or family members, physicians, or other individuals acting on behalf of the patient), including—
- (i) The Secretary shall establish and provide information to the public on procedures under which the Secretary shall receive and consider comments from interested persons relating to the manner in which the Program is carrying out the duties of the Program. The Secretary may promulgate regulations under this section.
- (j) In developing policies affecting the Program, the Secretary shall consult with the Advisory Council, the Department of Defense Marrow Donor Recruitment and Research Program operated by the Department of the Navy, and the board of directors of each entity awarded a contract under this section.
- (k)
- (1) To be eligible to enter into a contract under this section, an entity shall submit to the Secretary and obtain approval of an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe.
- (2) In awarding contracts under this section, the Secretary shall give consideration to the continued safety of donors and patients and other factors deemed appropriate by the Secretary.
- (l) Entities eligible to receive a contract under this section shall include private nonprofit entities.
- (m)
- (1) Each recipient of a contract or subcontract under subsection (a) shall keep such records as the Secretary shall prescribe, including records that fully disclose the amount and disposition by the recipient of the proceeds of the contract, the total cost of the undertaking in connection with which the contract was made, and the amount of the portion of the cost of the undertaking supplied by other sources, and such other records as will facilitate an effective audit.
- (2) The Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the recipient of a contract or subcontract entered into under this section that are pertinent to the contract, for the purpose of conducting audits and examinations.
- (n) Any person who discloses the content of any record referred to in subsection (d)(4)(D) or (f)(5)(A) without the prior written consent of the donor or potential donor with respect to whom the record is maintained, or in violation of the standards described in subsection (f)(5)(B), shall be imprisoned for not more than 2 years or fined in accordance with title 18, or both.
§ 274l. Stem cell therapeutic outcomes database
- (a) The Secretary shall by contract establish and maintain a scientific database of information relating to patients who have been recipients of a stem cell therapeutics product (including bone marrow, cord blood, or other such product) from a donor.
- (b) The outcomes database shall include information in a standardized electronic format with respect to patients described in subsection (a), diagnosis, transplant procedures, results, long-term follow-up, and such other information as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, to conduct an ongoing evaluation of the scientific and clinical status of transplantation involving recipients of a stem cell therapeutics product from a donor.
- (c) The Secretary shall require the entity awarded a contract under this section to submit to the Secretary an annual report concerning patient outcomes with respect to each transplant center, based on data collected and maintained by the entity pursuant to this section.
- (d) The outcomes database shall make relevant scientific information not containing individually identifiable information available to the public in the form of summaries and data sets to encourage medical research and to provide information to transplant programs, physicians, patients, entities awarded a contract under section 274k of this title 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma. donor registries, and cord blood banks.
§ 274m. Authorization of appropriations
For the purpose of carrying out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated $33,000,000 for fiscal year 2015 and $30,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2016 through 2020.
§ 275. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(a) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
§ 275. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(a) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
§ 280b. Research
- (a) The Secretary, through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall—
- (1) conduct, and give assistance to public and nonprofit private entities, scientific institutions, and individuals engaged in the conduct of, research relating to the causes, mechanisms, prevention, diagnosis, treatment of injuries, and rehabilitation from injuries;
- (2) make grants to, or enter into cooperative agreements or contracts with, public and nonprofit private entities (including academic institutions, hospitals, and laboratories) and individuals for the conduct of such research; and
- (3) make grants to, or enter into cooperative agreements or contracts with, academic institutions for the purpose of providing training on the causes, mechanisms, prevention, diagnosis, treatment of injuries, and rehabilitation from injuries.
- (b) The Secretary, through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall collect and disseminate, through publications and other appropriate means, information concerning the practical applications of research conducted or assisted under subsection (a). In carrying out the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall disseminate such information to the public, including through elementary and secondary schools.
§ 280c. Establishment of program
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall make not less than 5, and not more than 20, grants to States for the purpose of assisting grantees in carrying out demonstration projects—
- (1) to identify low-income individuals who can avoid institutionalization or prolonged hospitalization if skilled medical services, skilled nursing care services, homemaker or home health aide services, or personal care services are provided in the homes of the individuals;
- (2) to pay the costs of the provision of such services in the homes of such individuals; and
- (3) to coordinate the provision by public and private entities of such services, and other long-term care services, in the homes of such individuals.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) to a State unless the State agrees to ensure that—
- (1) not less than 25 percent of the grant is expended to provide services under such subsection to individuals who are not less than 65 years of age; and
- (2) of the portion of the grant reserved by the State for purposes of complying with paragraph (1), not less than 10 percent is expended to provide such services to individuals who are not less than 85 years of age.
- (c) A State may not make payments from a grant under subsection (a) for any item or service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such item or service—
- (1) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program; or
- (2) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis.
§ 280d. Transferred
§ 280d. Transferred
§ 280e. National program of cancer registries
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control, may make grants to States, or may make grants or enter into contracts with academic or nonprofit organizations designated by the State to operate the State’s cancer registry in lieu of making a grant directly to the State, to support the operation of population-based, statewide registries to collect, for each condition specified in paragraph (2)(A), data concerning—
- (A) demographic information about each case of cancer;
- (B) information on the industrial or occupational history of the individuals with the cancers, to the extent such information is available from the same record;
- (C) administrative information, including date of diagnosis and source of information;
- (D) pathological data characterizing the cancer, including the cancer site, stage of disease (pursuant to Staging Guide), incidence, and type of treatment; and
- (E) other elements determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2)
- (A) For purposes of paragraph (1), the conditions referred to in this paragraph are the following:
- (i) Each form of in-situ and invasive cancer (with the exception of basal cell and squamous cell carcinoma of the skin), including malignant brain-related tumors.
- (ii) Benign brain-related tumors.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A):
- (i) The term “brain-related tumor” means a listed primary tumor (whether malignant or benign) occurring in any of the following sites:
- (I) The brain, meninges, spinal cord, cauda equina, a cranial nerve or nerves, or any other part of the central nervous system.
- (II) The pituitary gland, pineal gland, or craniopharyngeal duct.
- (ii) The term “listed”, with respect to a primary tumor, means a primary tumor that is listed in the International Classification of Diseases for Oncology (commonly referred to as the ICD–O).
- (iii) The term “International Classification of Diseases for Oncology” means a classification system that includes topography (site) information and histology (cell type information) developed by the World Health Organization, in collaboration with international centers, to promote international comparability in the collection, classification, processing, and presentation of cancer statistics. The ICD–O system is a supplement to the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (commonly known as the ICD) and is the standard coding system used by cancer registries worldwide. Such term includes any modification made to such system for purposes of the United States. Such term further includes any published classification system that is internationally recognized as a successor to the classification system referred to in the first sentence of this clause.
- (i) The term “brain-related tumor” means a listed primary tumor (whether malignant or benign) occurring in any of the following sites:
- (C) References in this section to cancer registries shall be considered to be references to registries described in this subsection.
- (A) For purposes of paragraph (1), the conditions referred to in this paragraph are the following:
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control, may make grants to States, or may make grants or enter into contracts with academic or nonprofit organizations designated by the State to operate the State’s cancer registry in lieu of making a grant directly to the State, to support the operation of population-based, statewide registries to collect, for each condition specified in paragraph (2)(A), data concerning—
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) only if the State, or the academic or nonprofit private organization designated by the State to operate the cancer registry of the State, involved agrees, with respect to the costs of the program, to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount that is not less than 25 percent of such costs or $1 for every $3 of Federal funds provided in the grant.
- (2)
- (A) Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.
- (B) With respect to a State in which the purpose described in subsection (a) is to be carried out, the Secretary, in making a determination of the amount of non-Federal contributions provided under paragraph (1), may include only such contributions as are in excess of the amount of such contributions made by the State toward the collection of data on cancer for the fiscal year preceding the first year for which a grant under subsection (a) is made with respect to the State. The Secretary may decrease the amount of non-Federal contributions that otherwise would have been required by this subsection in those cases in which the State can demonstrate that decreasing such amount is appropriate because of financial hardship.
- (c)
- (1) No grant shall be made by the Secretary under subsection (a) unless an application has been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. Such application shall be in such form, submitted in such a manner, and be accompanied by such information, as the Secretary may specify. No such application may be approved unless it contains assurances that the applicant will use the funds provided only for the purposes specified in the approved application and in accordance with the requirements of this section, that the application will establish such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure proper disbursement and accounting of Federal funds paid to the applicant under subsection (a), and that the applicant will comply with the peer review requirements under sections 289 and 289a of this title.
- (2) Each applicant, prior to receiving Federal funds under subsection (a), shall provide assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the applicant will—
- (A) provide for the establishment of a registry in accordance with subsection (a);
- (B) comply with appropriate standards of completeness, timeliness, and quality of population-based cancer registry data;
- (C) provide for the annual publication of reports of cancer data under subsection (a); and
- (D) provide for the authorization under State law of the statewide cancer registry, including promulgation of regulations providing—
- (i) a means to assure complete reporting of cancer cases (as described in subsection (a)) to the statewide cancer registry by hospitals or other facilities providing screening, diagnostic or therapeutic services to patients with respect to cancer;
- (ii) a means to assure the complete reporting of cancer cases (as defined in subsection (a)) to the statewide cancer registry by physicians, surgeons, and all other health care practitioners diagnosing or providing treatment for cancer patients, except for cases directly referred to or previously admitted to a hospital or other facility providing screening, diagnostic or therapeutic services to patients in that State and reported by those facilities;
- (iii) a means for the statewide cancer registry to access all records of physicians and surgeons, hospitals, outpatient clinics, nursing homes, and all other facilities, individuals, or agencies providing such services to patients which would identify cases of cancer or would establish characteristics of the cancer, treatment of the cancer, or medical status of any identified patient;
- (iv) for the reporting of cancer case data to the statewide cancer registry in such a format, with such data elements, and in accordance with such standards of quality timeliness and completeness, as may be established by the Secretary;
- (v) for the protection of the confidentiality of all cancer case data reported to the statewide cancer registry, including a prohibition on disclosure to any person of information reported to the statewide cancer registry that identifies, or could lead to the identification of, an individual cancer patient, except for disclosure to other State cancer registries and local and State health officers;
- (vi) for a means by which confidential case data may in accordance with State law be disclosed to cancer researchers for the purposes of cancer prevention, control and research;
- (vii) for the authorization or the conduct, by the statewide cancer registry or other persons and organizations, of studies utilizing statewide cancer registry data, including studies of the sources and causes of cancer, evaluations of the cost, quality, efficacy, and appropriateness of diagnostic, therapeutic, rehabilitative, and preventative services and programs relating to cancer, and any other clinical, epidemiological, or other cancer research; and
- (viii) for protection for individuals complying with the law, including provisions specifying that no person shall be held liable in any civil action with respect to a cancer case report provided to the statewide cancer registry, or with respect to access to cancer case information provided to the statewide cancer registry.
- (d)
- (1) This section may not be construed to act as a replacement for or diminishment of the program carried out by the Director of the National Cancer Institute and designated by such Director as the Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program (SEER).
- (2) In areas where both such programs exist, the Secretary shall ensure that SEER support is not supplanted and that any additional activities are consistent with the guidelines provided for in subsection (c)(2)(C) and (D) and are appropriately coordinated with the existing SEER program.
- (3) The Secretary may not transfer administration responsibility for such SEER program from such Director.
- (4) To encourage the greatest possible efficiency and effectiveness of Federally supported efforts with respect to the activities described in this subsection, the Secretary shall take steps to assure the appropriate coordination of programs supported under this part with existing Federally supported cancer registry programs.
- (e) In the case of a grant under subsection (a) to any State specified in subsection (b) of section 280e–3 of this title , the Secretary may establish such conditions regarding the receipt of the grant as the Secretary determines are necessary to facilitate the collection of data for the study carried out under such section.
§ 280g. Children’s asthma treatment grants program
- (a)
- (1) In addition to any other payments made under this chapter or title V of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], the Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to carry out the following purposes:
- (A) To provide access to quality medical care for children who live in areas that have a high prevalence of asthma and who lack access to medical care.
- (B) To provide on-site education to parents, children, health care providers, and medical teams to recognize the signs and symptoms of asthma, and to train them in the use of medications to treat asthma and prevent its exacerbations.
- (C) To decrease preventable trips to the emergency room by making medication available to individuals who have not previously had access to treatment or education in the management of asthma.
- (D) To provide other services, such as smoking cessation programs, home modification, and other direct and support services that ameliorate conditions that exacerbate or induce asthma.
- (2) In making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary may make grants designed to develop and expand the following projects:
- (A) Projects to provide comprehensive asthma services to children in accordance with the guidelines of the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program (through the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute), including access to care and treatment for asthma in a community-based setting.
- (B) Projects to fully equip mobile health care clinics that provide preventive asthma care including diagnosis, physical examinations, pharmacological therapy, skin testing, peak flow meter testing, and other asthma-related health care services.
- (C) Projects to conduct validated asthma management education programs for patients with asthma and their families, including patient education regarding asthma management, family education on asthma management, and the distribution of materials, including displays and videos, to reinforce concepts presented by medical teams.
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) An eligible entity shall submit an application to the Secretary for a grant under this section in such form and manner as the Secretary may require.
- (ii) An application submitted under this subparagraph shall include a plan for the use of funds awarded under the grant and such other information as the Secretary may require.
- (B) In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that demonstrate that the activities to be carried out under this section shall be in localities within areas of known or suspected high prevalence of childhood asthma or high asthma-related mortality or high rate of hospitalization or emergency room visits for asthma (relative to the average asthma prevalence rates and associated mortality rates in the United States). Acceptable data sets to demonstrate a high prevalence of childhood asthma or high asthma-related mortality may include data from Federal, State, or local vital statistics, claims data under title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.], other public health statistics or surveys, or other data that the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, deems appropriate.
- (A)
- (3) For purposes of this section, the term “eligible entity” means a public or nonprofit private entity (including a State or political subdivision of a State), or a consortium of any of such entities.
- (1) In addition to any other payments made under this chapter or title V of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.], the Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to carry out the following purposes:
- (b) An eligible entity shall identify in the plan submitted as part of an application for a grant under this section how the entity will coordinate operations and activities under the grant with—
- (1) other programs operated in the State that serve children with asthma, including any such programs operated under title V, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.]; and
- (2) one or more of the following—
- (A) the child welfare and foster care and adoption assistance programs under parts B and E of title IV of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 620 et seq., 670 et seq.];
- (B) the head start program established under the Head Start Act ( 42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.);
- (C) the program of assistance under the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants and children (WIC) under section 1786 of this title ;
- (D) local public and private elementary or secondary schools; or
- (E) public housing agencies, as defined in section 1437a of this title .
- (c) An eligible entity that receives a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary an evaluation of the operations and activities carried out under the grant that includes—
- (1) a description of the health status outcomes of children assisted under the grant;
- (2) an assessment of the utilization of asthma-related health care services as a result of activities carried out under the grant;
- (3) the collection, analysis, and reporting of asthma data according to guidelines prescribed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; and
- (4) such other information as the Secretary may require.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary, in making any grant under this section or any other grant that is asthma-related (as determined by the Secretary) to a State, shall give preference to any State that satisfies the following:
- (A) The State must require that each public elementary school and secondary school in that State will grant to any student in the school an authorization for the self-administration of medication to treat that student’s asthma or anaphylaxis, if—
- (i) a health care practitioner prescribed the medication for use by the student during school hours and instructed the student in the correct and responsible use of the medication;
- (ii) the student has demonstrated to the health care practitioner (or such practitioner’s designee) and the school nurse (if available) the skill level necessary to use the medication and any device that is necessary to administer such medication as prescribed;
- (iii) the health care practitioner formulates a written treatment plan for managing asthma or anaphylaxis episodes of the student and for medication use by the student during school hours; and
- (iv) the student’s parent or guardian has completed and submitted to the school any written documentation required by the school, including the treatment plan formulated under clause (iii) and other documents related to liability.
- (B) An authorization granted under subparagraph (A) must allow the student involved to possess and use his or her medication—
- (i) while in school;
- (ii) while at a school-sponsored activity, such as a sporting event; and
- (iii) in transit to or from school or school-sponsored activities.
- (C) An authorization granted under subparagraph (A)—
- (i) must be effective only for the same school and school year for which it is granted; and
- (ii) must be renewed by the parent or guardian each subsequent school year in accordance with this subsection.
- (D) The State must require that backup medication, if provided by a student’s parent or guardian, be kept at a student’s school in a location to which the student has immediate access in the event of an asthma or anaphylaxis emergency.
- (E) The State must require that information described in subparagraphs (A)(iii) and (A)(iv) be kept on file at the student’s school in a location easily accessible in the event of an asthma or anaphylaxis emergency.
- (F) In determining the preference (if any) to be given to a State under this subsection, the Secretary shall give additional preference to a State that provides to the Secretary the certification described in subparagraph (G) and that requires that each public elementary school and secondary school in the State—
- (i) permits trained personnel of the school to administer epinephrine to any student of the school reasonably believed to be having an anaphylactic reaction;
- (ii) maintains a supply of epinephrine in a secure location that is easily accessible to trained personnel of the school for the purpose of administration to any student of the school reasonably believed to be having an anaphylactic reaction; and
- (iii) has in place a plan for having on the premises of the school during all operating hours of the school one or more individuals who are trained personnel of the school.
- (G) The certification required in subparagraph (F) shall be a certification made by the State attorney general that the State has reviewed any applicable civil liability protection law to determine the application of such law with regard to elementary and secondary school trained personnel who may administer epinephrine to a student reasonably believed to be having an anaphylactic reaction and has concluded that such law provides adequate civil liability protection applicable to such trained personnel. For purposes of the previous sentence, the term “civil liability protection law” means a State law offering legal protection to individuals who give aid on a voluntary basis in an emergency to an individual who is ill, in peril, or otherwise incapacitated.
- (A) The State must require that each public elementary school and secondary school in that State will grant to any student in the school an authorization for the self-administration of medication to treat that student’s asthma or anaphylaxis, if—
- (2) Nothing in this subsection creates a cause of action or in any other way increases or diminishes the liability of any person under any other law.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection:
- (A) The terms “elementary school” and “secondary school” have the meaning given to those terms in section 7801 of title 20 .
- (B) The term “health care practitioner” means a person authorized under law to prescribe drugs subject to section 353(b) of title 21 .
- (C) The term “medication” means a drug as that term is defined in section 321 of title 21 and includes inhaled bronchodilators and auto-injectable epinephrine.
- (D) The term “self-administration” means a student’s discretionary use of his or her prescribed asthma or anaphylaxis medication, pursuant to a prescription or written direction from a health care practitioner.
- (E) The term “trained personnel” means, with respect to an elementary or secondary school, an individual—
- (i) who has been designated by the principal (or other appropriate administrative staff) of the school to administer epinephrine on a voluntary basis outside their scope of employment;
- (ii) who has received training in the administration of epinephrine; and
- (iii) whose training in the administration of epinephrine meets appropriate medical standards and has been documented by appropriate administrative staff of the school.
- (1) The Secretary, in making any grant under this section or any other grant that is asthma-related (as determined by the Secretary) to a State, shall give preference to any State that satisfies the following:
- (e) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
§ 280h. Grants to promote childhood nutrition and physical activity
- (a) The Secretary, acting though the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award competitive grants to States and political subdivisions of States for the development and implementation of State and community-based intervention programs to promote good nutrition and physical activity in children and adolescents.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a grant under this section a State or political subdivision of a State shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including a plan that describes—
- (1) how the applicant proposes to develop a comprehensive program of school- and community-based approaches to encourage and promote good nutrition and appropriate levels of physical activity with respect to children or adolescents in local communities;
- (2) the manner in which the applicant shall coordinate with appropriate State and local authorities, such as State and local school departments, State departments of health, chronic disease directors, State directors of programs under section 1786 of this title , 5-a-day coordinators, governors councils for physical activity and good nutrition, and State and local parks and recreation departments; and
- (3) the manner in which the applicant will evaluate the effectiveness of the program carried out under this section.
- (c) A State or political subdivision of a State shall use amount received under a grant under this section to—
- (1) develop, implement, disseminate, and evaluate school- and community-based strategies in States to reduce inactivity and improve dietary choices among children and adolescents;
- (2) expand opportunities for physical activity programs in school- and community-based settings; and
- (3) develop, implement, and evaluate programs that promote good eating habits and physical activity including opportunities for children with cognitive and physical disabilities.
- (d) The Secretary may set-aside an amount not to exceed 10 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under subsection (h) to permit the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to—
- (1) provide States and political subdivisions of States with technical support in the development and implementation of programs under this section; and
- (2) disseminate information about effective strategies and interventions in preventing and treating obesity through the promotion of good nutrition and physical activity.
- (e) Not to exceed 10 percent of the amount of a grant awarded to the State or political subdivision under subsection (a) for a fiscal year may be used by the State or political subdivision for administrative expenses.
- (f) A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be for a term of 3 years.
- (g) In this section, the term “children and adolescents” means individuals who do not exceed 18 years of age.
- (h) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
§ 280i. Developmental disabilities surveillance and research program
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may award grants or cooperative agreements to eligible entities for the collection, analysis, and reporting of State epidemiological data for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. An eligible entity shall assist with the development and coordination of State autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disability surveillance efforts within a region. In making such awards, the Secretary may provide direct technical assistance in lieu of cash.
- (2) In submitting epidemiological data to the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (1), an eligible entity shall report data according to guidelines prescribed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, after consultation with relevant State, local, and Tribal public health officials, private sector developmental disability researchers, and advocates for individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities.
- (3) To be eligible to receive an award under paragraph (1), an entity shall be a public or nonprofit private entity (including a health department of a State or a political subdivision of a State, a university, any other educational institution, an Indian tribe, or a tribal organization), and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, award grants or cooperative agreements for the establishment or support of regional centers of excellence in autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities epidemiology for the purpose of collecting and analyzing information on the number, incidence, correlates, and causes of autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities for children and adults.
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1), an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application containing such agreements and information as the Secretary may require, including an agreement that the center to be established or supported under the grant or cooperative agreement shall operate in accordance with the following:
- (A) The center will collect, analyze, and report autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disability data according to guidelines prescribed by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, after consultation with State, local, and Tribal public health officials, private sector developmental disability researchers, advocates for individuals with autism spectrum disorder, and advocates for individuals with other developmental disabilities.
- (B) The center will develop or extend an area of special research expertise (including genetics, epigenetics, and epidemiological research related to environmental exposures), immunology, and other relevant research specialty areas.
- (C) The center will identify eligible cases and controls through its surveillance system and conduct research into factors which may cause or increase the risk of autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities.
- (c) The Secretary shall coordinate the Federal response to requests for assistance from State health, mental health, and education department officials regarding potential or alleged autism spectrum disorder or developmental disability clusters.
- (d) In this part:
- (1) The terms “Indian tribe” and “tribal organization” have the meanings given such terms in section 1603 of title 25 .
- (2) The term “other developmental disabilities” has the meaning given the term “developmental disability” in section 15002(8) of this title .
- (3) The term “State” means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (e) This section shall not apply after September 30, 2024 .
§ 280j. National strategy for quality improvement in health care
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, through a transparent collaborative process, shall establish a national strategy to improve the delivery of health care services, patient health outcomes, and population health.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall identify national priorities for improvement in developing the strategy under paragraph (1).
- (B) The Secretary shall ensure that priorities identified under subparagraph (A) will—
- (i) have the greatest potential for improving the health outcomes, efficiency, and patient-centeredness of health care for all populations, including children and vulnerable populations;
- (ii) identify areas in the delivery of health care services that have the potential for rapid improvement in the quality and efficiency of patient care;
- (iii) address gaps in quality, efficiency, comparative effectiveness information (taking into consideration the limitations set forth in subsections (c) and (d) of section 1182 of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320e–1(c) , (d)]), and health outcomes measures and data aggregation techniques;
- (iv) improve Federal payment policy to emphasize quality and efficiency;
- (v) enhance the use of health care data to improve quality, efficiency, transparency, and outcomes;
- (vi) address the health care provided to patients with high-cost chronic diseases;
- (vii) improve research and dissemination of strategies and best practices to improve patient safety and reduce medical errors, preventable admissions and readmissions, and health care-associated infections;
- (viii) reduce health disparities across health disparity populations (as defined in section 285t 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title) and geographic areas; and
- (ix) address other areas as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (C) In identifying priorities under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall take into consideration the recommendations submitted by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395aaa(a) ] and other stakeholders.
- (D) The Secretary shall collaborate, coordinate, and consult with State agencies responsible for administering the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] and the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.] with respect to developing and disseminating strategies, goals, models, and timetables that are consistent with the national priorities identified under subparagraph (A).
- (b)
- (1) The national strategy shall include a comprehensive strategic plan to achieve the priorities described in subsection (a).
- (2) The strategic plan shall include provisions for addressing, at a minimum, the following:
- (A) Coordination among agencies within the Department, which shall include steps to minimize duplication of efforts and utilization of common quality measures, where available. Such common quality measures shall be measures identified by the Secretary under section 1139A or 1139B of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320b–9a , 1320b–9b] or endorsed under section 1890 of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395aaa ].
- (B) Agency-specific strategic plans to achieve national priorities.
- (C) Establishment of annual benchmarks for each relevant agency to achieve national priorities.
- (D) A process for regular reporting by the agencies to the Secretary on the implementation of the strategic plan.
- (E) Strategies to align public and private payers with regard to quality and patient safety efforts.
- (F) Incorporating quality improvement and measurement in the strategic plan for health information technology required by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 ( Public Law 111–5 ).
- (c) The Secretary shall update the national strategy not less than annually. Any such update shall include a review of short- and long-term goals.
- (d)
- (1) Not later than January 1, 2011 , the Secretary shall submit to the relevant committees of Congress the national strategy described in subsection (a).
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary shall submit to the relevant committees of Congress an annual update to the strategy described in paragraph (1).
- (B) Each update submitted under subparagraph (A) shall include—
- (i) a review of the short- and long-term goals of the national strategy and any gaps in such strategy;
- (ii) an analysis of the progress, or lack of progress, in meeting such goals and any barriers to such progress;
- (iii) the information reported under section 1139A of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320b–9a ], consistent with the reporting requirements of such section; and
- (iv) in the case of an update required to be submitted on or after January 1, 2014 , the information reported under section 1139B(b)(4) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320b–9b(b)(4) ], consistent with the reporting requirements of such section.
- (C) Compliance with the requirements of clauses (iii) and (iv) of subparagraph (B) shall satisfy the reporting requirements under sections 1139A(a)(6) and 1139B(b)(4), respectively, of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320b–9a(a)(6) , 1320b–9b(b)(4)].
- (e) Not later than January 1, 2011 , the Secretary shall create an Internet website to make public information regarding—
- (1) the national priorities for health care quality improvement established under subsection (a)(2);
- (2) the agency-specific strategic plans for health care quality described in subsection (b)(2)(B); and
- (3) other information, as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
§ 280k. Oral healthcare prevention education campaign
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in consultation with professional oral health organizations, shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, establish a 5-year national, public education campaign (referred to in this section as the “campaign”) that is focused on oral health education, including prevention of oral disease such as early childhood and other caries, periodontal disease, and oral cancer.
- (b) In establishing the campaign under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
- (1) ensure that activities are targeted towards specific populations such as children, pregnant women, parents, the elderly, individuals with disabilities, and ethnic and racial minority populations, including Indians, Alaska Natives and Native Hawaiians (as defined in section 1603(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of title 25) in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner; and
- (2) utilize science-based strategies to convey oral health prevention messages that include, but are not limited to, community water fluoridation and dental sealants.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to eligible entities to collaborate with State or local public health officials, tribal health officials, oral health professional organizations, and others, as appropriate, to develop and implement initiatives to improve oral health, including activities to prevent dental disease and reduce barriers to the provision of dental services, including—
- (A) through community-wide dental disease prevention programs; and
- (B) by increasing public awareness and education related to oral health and dental disease prevention.
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this subsection, an entity shall be—
- (A) a dental association;
- (B) a State or tribal health department or State or tribal oral health program;
- (C) an accredited dental education, dental hygiene, or postdoctoral dental education program; or
- (D) a non-profit community-based organization that partners with public and private non-profit entities, such as an academic institution, to facilitate the provision of dental services to underserved populations.
- (1) The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to eligible entities to collaborate with State or local public health officials, tribal health officials, oral health professional organizations, and others, as appropriate, to develop and implement initiatives to improve oral health, including activities to prevent dental disease and reduce barriers to the provision of dental services, including—
§ 280l. Technical assistance for employer-based wellness programs
In order to expand the utilization of evidence-based prevention and health promotion approaches in the workplace, the Director shall—
- (1) provide employers (including small, medium, and large employers, as determined by the Director) with technical assistance, consultation, tools, and other resources in evaluating such employers’ employer-based wellness programs, including—
- (A) measuring the participation and methods to increase participation of employees in such programs;
- (B) developing standardized measures that assess policy, environmental and systems changes necessary to have a positive health impact on employees’ health behaviors, health outcomes, and health care expenditures; and
- (C) evaluating such programs as they relate to changes in the health status of employees, the absenteeism of employees, the productivity of employees, the rate of workplace injury, and the medical costs incurred by employees; and
- (2) build evaluation capacity among workplace staff by training employers on how to evaluate employer-based wellness programs and ensuring evaluation resources, technical assistance, and consultation are available to workplace staff as needed through such mechanisms as web portals, call centers, or other means.
§ 280m. Young women’s breast health awareness and support of young women diagnosed with breast cancer
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct a national evidence-based education campaign to increase awareness of young women’s knowledge regarding—
- (A) breast health in young women of all racial, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds;
- (B) breast awareness and good breast health habits;
- (C) the occurrence of breast cancer and the general and specific risk factors in women who may be at high risk for breast cancer based on familial, racial, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds such as Ashkenazi Jewish populations;
- (D) evidence-based information that would encourage young women and their health care professional to increase early detection of breast cancers; and
- (E) the availability of health information and other resources for young women diagnosed with breast cancer.
- (2) The campaign shall provide evidence-based, age-appropriate messages and materials as developed by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Advisory Committee established under paragraph (4).
- (3) In conducting the education campaign under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall award grants to entities to establish national multimedia campaigns oriented to young women that may include advertising through television, radio, print media, billboards, posters, all forms of existing and especially emerging social networking media, other Internet media, and any other medium determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (4)
- (A) Not later than 60 days after March 23, 2010 , the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish an advisory committee to assist in creating and conducting the education campaigns under paragraph (1) and subsection (b)(1).
- (B) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall appoint to the advisory committee under subparagraph (A) such members as deemed necessary to properly advise the Secretary, and shall include organizations and individuals with expertise in breast cancer, disease prevention, early detection, diagnosis, public health, social marketing, genetic screening and counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, palliative care, and survivorship in young women.
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct a national evidence-based education campaign to increase awareness of young women’s knowledge regarding—
- (b) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and in consultation with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall conduct an education campaign among physicians and other health care professionals to increase awareness—
- (1) of breast health, symptoms, and early diagnosis and treatment of breast cancer in young women, including specific risk factors such as family history of cancer and women that may be at high risk for breast cancer, such as Ashkenazi Jewish population;
- (2) on how to provide counseling to young women about their breast health, including knowledge of their family cancer history and importance of providing regular clinical breast examinations;
- (3) concerning the importance of discussing healthy behaviors, and increasing awareness of services and programs available to address overall health and wellness, and making patient referrals to address tobacco cessation, good nutrition, and physical activity;
- (4) on when to refer patients to a health care provider with genetics expertise;
- (5) on how to provide counseling that addresses long-term survivorship and health concerns of young women diagnosed with breast cancer; and
- (6) on when to provide referrals to organizations and institutions that provide credible health information and substantive assistance and support to young women diagnosed with breast cancer.
- (c) The Secretary, acting through—
- (1) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct prevention research on breast cancer in younger women, including—
- (A) behavioral, survivorship studies, and other research on the impact of breast cancer diagnosis on young women;
- (B) formative research to assist with the development of educational messages and information for the public, targeted populations, and their families about breast health, breast cancer, and healthy lifestyles;
- (C) testing and evaluating existing and new social marketing strategies targeted at young women; and
- (D) surveys of health care providers and the public regarding knowledge, attitudes, and practices related to breast health and breast cancer prevention and control in high-risk populations; and
- (2) the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall conduct research to develop and validate new screening tests and methods for prevention and early detection of breast cancer in young women.
- (1) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct prevention research on breast cancer in younger women, including—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall award grants to organizations and institutions to provide health information from credible sources and substantive assistance directed to young women diagnosed with breast cancer and pre-neoplastic breast diseases.
- (2) In making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give priority to applicants that deal specifically with young women diagnosed with breast cancer and pre-neoplastic breast disease.
- (e) In conducting an education campaign or other program under subsections (a), (b), (c), or (d), the Secretary shall avoid duplicating other existing Federal breast cancer education efforts.
- (f) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall—
- (1) measure—
- (A) young women’s awareness regarding breast health, including knowledge of family cancer history, specific risk factors and early warning signs, and young women’s proactive efforts at early detection;
- (B) the number or percentage of young women utilizing information regarding lifestyle interventions that foster healthy behaviors;
- (C) the number or percentage of young women receiving regular clinical breast exams; and
- (D) the number or percentage of young women who perform breast self exams, and the frequency of such exams, before the implementation of this section;
- (2) not less than every 3 years, measure the impact of such activities; and
- (3) submit reports to the Congress on the results of such measurements.
- (1) measure—
- (g) In this section, the term “young women” means women 15 to 44 years of age.
- (h) To carry out subsections (a), (b), (c)(1), and (d), there are authorized to be appropriated $4,900,000 for each of fiscal years 2015 through 2019.
§ 281. Organization of National Institutes of Health
- (a) The National Institutes of Health is an agency of the Service.
- (b) The following agencies of the National Institutes of Health are national research institutes or national centers:
- (1) The National Cancer Institute.
- (2) The National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute.
- (3) The National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.
- (4) The National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases.
- (5) The National Institute on Aging.
- (6) The National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases.
- (7) The Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development.
- (8) The National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research.
- (9) The National Eye Institute.
- (10) The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke.
- (11) The National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders.
- (12) The National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.
- (13) The National Institute on Drug Abuse.
- (14) The National Institute of Mental Health.
- (15) The National Institute of General Medical Sciences.
- (16) The National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.
- (17) The National Institute of Nursing Research.
- (18) The National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering.
- (19) The National Human Genome Research Institute.
- (20) The National Library of Medicine.
- (21) The National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences.
- (22) The John E. Fogarty International Center for Advanced Study in the Health Sciences.
- (23) The National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health.
- (24) The National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
- (25) Any other national center that, as an agency separate from any national research institute, was established within the National Institutes of Health as of the day before January 15, 2007 .
- (c)
- (1) Within the Office of the Director of the National Institutes of Health, there shall be a Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives (referred to in this subsection as the “Division”).
- (2)
- (A) The following offices are within the Division: The Office of AIDS Research, the Office of Research on Women’s Health, the Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research, the Office of Disease Prevention, the Office of Dietary Supplements, and any other office located within the Office of the Director of NIH as of the day before January 15, 2007 . In addition to such offices, the Director of NIH may establish within the Division such additional offices or other administrative units as the Director determines to be appropriate.
- (B) Each office in the Division—
- (i) shall continue to carry out the authorities that were in effect for the office before January 15, 2007 ; and
- (ii) shall, as determined appropriate by the Director of NIH, support the Division with respect to the authorities described in section 282(b)(7) of this title .
- (d)
- (1) In the National Institutes of Health, the number of national research institutes and national centers may not exceed a total of 27, including any such institutes or centers established under authority of paragraph (2) or under authority of this subchapter as in effect on the day before January 15, 2007 .
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may establish in the National Institutes of Health one or more additional national research institutes to conduct and support research, training, health information, and other programs with respect to any particular disease or groups of diseases or any other aspect of human health if—
- (i) the Secretary determines that an additional institute is necessary to carry out such activities; and
- (ii) the additional institute is not established before the expiration of 180 days after the Secretary has provided the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate written notice of the determination made under clause (i) with respect to the institute.
- (B) The Secretary may reorganize the functions of any national research institute and may abolish any national research institute if the Secretary determines that the institute is no longer required. A reorganization or abolition may not take effect under this paragraph before the expiration of 180 days after the Secretary has provided the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate written notice of the reorganization or abolition.
- (A) The Secretary may establish in the National Institutes of Health one or more additional national research institutes to conduct and support research, training, health information, and other programs with respect to any particular disease or groups of diseases or any other aspect of human health if—
- (3) Notwithstanding subsection (c), the Director of NIH may, after a series of public hearings, and with the approval of the Secretary, reorganize the offices within the Office of the Director, including the addition, removal, or transfer of functions of such offices, and the establishment or termination of such offices, if the Director determines that the overall management and operation of programs and activities conducted or supported by such offices would be more efficiently carried out under such a reorganization.
- (4) Notwithstanding any conflicting provisions of this subchapter, the director of a national research institute or a national center may, after a series of public hearings and with the approval of the Director of NIH, reorganize the divisions, centers, or other administrative units within such institute or center, including the addition, removal, or transfer of functions of such units, and the establishment or termination of such units, if the director of such institute or center determines that the overall management and operation of programs and activities conducted or supported by such divisions, centers, or other units would be more efficiently carried out under such a reorganization.
- (e)
- (1) Not later than 60 days after January 15, 2007 , the Secretary shall establish an advisory council within the National Institutes of Health to be known as the Scientific Management Review Board (referred to in this subsection as the “Board”).
- (2)
- (A) The Board shall provide advice to the appropriate officials under subsection (d) regarding the use of the authorities established in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of such subsection to reorganize the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this subsection as “organizational authorities”). Not less frequently than once each 7 years, the Board shall—
- (i) determine whether and to what extent the organizational authorities should be used; and
- (ii) issue a report providing the recommendations of the Board regarding the use of the authorities and the reasons underlying the recommendations.
- (B) The activities of the Board with respect to a report under subparagraph (A) shall include the following:
- (i) Reviewing the research portfolio of the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this subsection as “NIH”) in order to determine the progress and effectiveness and value of the portfolio and the allocation among the portfolio activities of the resources of NIH.
- (ii) Determining pending scientific opportunities, and public health needs, with respect to research within the jurisdiction of NIH.
- (iii) For any proposal for organizational changes to which the Board gives significant consideration as a possible recommendation in such report—
- (I) analyzing the budgetary and operational consequences of the proposed changes;
- (II) taking into account historical funding and support for research activities at national research institutes and centers that have been established recently relative to national research institutes and centers that have been in existence for more than two decades;
- (III) estimating the level of resources needed to implement the proposed changes;
- (IV) assuming the proposed changes will be made and making a recommendation for the allocation of the resources of NIH among the national research institutes and national centers; and
- (V) analyzing the consequences for the progress of research in the areas affected by the proposed changes.
- (C) In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Board shall consult with—
- (i) the heads of national research institutes and national centers whose directors are not members of the Board;
- (ii) other scientific leaders who are officers or employees of NIH and are not members of the Board;
- (iii) advisory councils of the national research institutes and national centers;
- (iv) organizations representing the scientific community; and
- (v) organizations representing patients.
- (A) The Board shall provide advice to the appropriate officials under subsection (d) regarding the use of the authorities established in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of such subsection to reorganize the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this subsection as “organizational authorities”). Not less frequently than once each 7 years, the Board shall—
- (3) The Board shall consist of the Director of NIH, who shall be a permanent nonvoting member on an ex officio basis, and an odd number of additional members, not to exceed 21, all of whom shall be voting members. The voting members of the Board shall be the following:
- (A) Not fewer than 9 officials who are directors of national research institutes or national centers. The Secretary shall designate such officials for membership and shall ensure that the group of officials so designated includes directors of—
- (i) national research institutes whose budgets are substantial relative to a majority of the other institutes;
- (ii) national research institutes whose budgets are small relative to a majority of the other institutes;
- (iii) national research institutes that have been in existence for a substantial period of time without significant organizational change under subsection (d);
- (iv) as applicable, national research institutes that have undergone significant organization changes under such subsection, or that have been established under such subsection, other than national research institutes for which such changes have been in place for a substantial period of time; and
- (v) national centers.
- (B) Members appointed by the Secretary from among individuals who are not officers or employees of the United States. Such members shall include—
- (i) individuals representing the interests of public or private institutions of higher education that have historically received funds from NIH to conduct research; and
- (ii) individuals representing the interests of private entities that have received funds from NIH to conduct research or that have broad expertise regarding how the National Institutes of Health functions, exclusive of private entities to which clause (i) applies.
- (A) Not fewer than 9 officials who are directors of national research institutes or national centers. The Secretary shall designate such officials for membership and shall ensure that the group of officials so designated includes directors of—
- (4) The Chair of the Board shall be selected by the Secretary from among the members of the Board appointed under paragraph (3)(B). The term of office of the Chair shall be 2 years.
- (5)
- (A) The Board shall meet at the call of the Chair or upon the request of the Director of NIH, but not fewer than 5 times with respect to issuing any particular report under paragraph (2)(A). The location of the meetings of the Board is subject to the approval of the Director of NIH.
- (B) Of the meetings held under subparagraph (A) with respect to a report under paragraph (2)(A)—
- (i) one or more shall be directed toward the scientific community to address scientific needs and opportunities related to proposals for organizational changes under subsection (d), or as the case may be, related to a proposal that no such changes be made; and
- (ii) one or more shall be directed toward consumer organizations to address the needs and opportunities of patients and their families with respect to proposals referred to in clause (i).
- (C) For each meeting under subparagraph (B), the Director of NIH shall post on the Internet site of the National Institutes of Health a summary of the proceedings.
- (6) The provisions of subsections (b)(4) and (c) of section 284a of this title apply with respect to the Board to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to an advisory council referred to in such subsections, except that the reference in such subsection (c) to 4 years regarding the term of an appointed member is deemed to be a reference to 5 years.
- (7)
- (A) Each report under paragraph (2)(A) shall be submitted to—
- (i) the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
- (ii) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
- (iii) the Secretary; and
- (iv) officials with organizational authorities, other than any such official who served as a member of the Board with respect to the report involved.
- (B) The Director of NIH shall post each report under paragraph (2) on the Internet site of the National Institutes of Health.
- (C) Not later than 18 months after January 15, 2007 , the Board shall submit to the committees specified in subparagraph (A) a report describing the activities of the Board.
- (A) Each report under paragraph (2)(A) shall be submitted to—
- (f)
- (1) With respect to an official who has organizational authorities within the meaning of subsection (e)(2)(A), if a recommendation to the official for an organizational change is made in a report under such subsection, the official shall, except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection, make the change in accordance with the following:
- (A) Not later than 100 days after the report is submitted under subsection (e)(7)(A), the official shall initiate the applicable public process required in subsection (d) toward making the change.
- (B) The change shall be fully implemented not later than the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the date on which such process is initiated.
- (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to a recommendation made in a report under subsection (e)(2)(A) if the recommendation is for—
- (A) an organizational change under subsection (d)(2) that constitutes the establishment, termination, or consolidation of one or more national research institutes or national centers; or
- (B) an organizational change under subsection (d)(3).
- (3)
- (A) Paragraph (1) does not apply to a recommendation for an organizational change made in a report under subsection (e)(2)(A) if, not later than 90 days after the report is submitted under subsection (e)(7)(A), the Director of NIH submits to the committees specified in such subsection a report providing that the Director objects to the change, which report includes the reasons underlying the objection.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), an objection by the Director of NIH may be made to the entirety of a recommended organizational change or to 1 or more aspects of the change. Any aspect of a change not objected to by the Director in a report under subparagraph (A) shall be implemented in accordance with paragraph (1).
- (4) An organizational change under subsection (d)(2) that is initiated pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be carried out by regulation in accordance with the procedures for substantive rules under section 553 of title 5 . A rule under the preceding sentence shall be considered a major rule for purposes of chapter 8 of such title (relating to congressional review of agency rulemaking).
- (1) With respect to an official who has organizational authorities within the meaning of subsection (e)(2)(A), if a recommendation to the official for an organizational change is made in a report under such subsection, the official shall, except as provided in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection, make the change in accordance with the following:
- (g) For purposes of this subchapter:
- (1) The term “Director of NIH” means the Director of the National Institutes of Health.
- (2) The terms “national research institute” and “national center” mean an agency of the National Institutes of Health that is—
- (A) listed in subsection (b) and not terminated under subsection (d)(2)(A); or
- (B) established by the Director of NIH under such subsection.
- (h) For purposes of this subchapter, a reference to the National Institutes of Health includes its agencies.
§ 282. Director of National Institutes of Health
- (a) The National Institutes of Health shall be headed by the Director of NIH who shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Director of NIH shall perform functions as provided under subsection (b) and as the Secretary may otherwise prescribe.
- (b) In carrying out the purposes of section 241 of this title , the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH—
- (1) shall carry out this subchapter, including being responsible for the overall direction of the National Institutes of Health and for the establishment and implementation of general policies respecting the management and operation of programs and activities within the National Institutes of Health;
- (2) shall coordinate and oversee the operation of the national research institutes, national centers, and administrative entities within the National Institutes of Health;
- (3) shall, in consultation with the heads of the national research institutes and national centers, be responsible for program coordination across the national research institutes and national centers, including conducting priority-setting reviews, to ensure that the research portfolio of the National Institutes of Health is balanced and free of unnecessary duplication, and takes advantage of collaborative, cross-cutting research;
- (4) shall assemble accurate data to be used to assess research priorities, including—
- (A) information to better evaluate scientific opportunity, public health burdens, and progress in reducing health disparities; and
- (B) data on study populations of clinical research, funded by or conducted at each national research institute and national center, which—
- (i) specifies the inclusion of—
- (I) women;
- (II) members of minority groups;
- (III) relevant age categories, including pediatric subgroups; and
- (IV) other demographic variables as the Director of the National Institutes of Health determines appropriate;
- (ii) is disaggregated by research area, condition, and disease categories; and
- (iii) is to be made publicly available on the Internet website of the National Institutes of Health;
- (i) specifies the inclusion of—
- (5) shall ensure that scientifically based strategic planning is implemented in support of research priorities as determined by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health, and through the development, implementation, and updating of the strategic plan developed under subsection (m);
- (6) shall ensure that the resources of the National Institutes of Health are sufficiently allocated for research projects identified in strategic plans;
- (7)
- (A) shall, through the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives—
- (i) identify research that represents important areas of emerging scientific opportunities, rising public health challenges, or knowledge gaps that deserve special emphasis and would benefit from conducting or supporting additional research that involves collaboration between 2 or more national research institutes or national centers, or would otherwise benefit from strategic coordination and planning;
- (ii) include information on such research in reports under section 283 of this title ; and
- (iii) in the case of such research supported with funds referred to in subparagraph (B)—
- (I) require as appropriate that proposals include milestones and goals for the research;
- (II) require that the proposals include timeframes for funding of the research; and
- (III) ensure appropriate consideration of proposals for which the principal investigator is an individual who has not previously served as the principal investigator of research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health;
- (B)
- (i) may, with respect to funds reserved under section 282a(c)(1) of this title for the Common Fund, allocate such funds to the national research institutes and national centers for conducting and supporting research that is identified under subparagraph (A); and
- (ii) shall, with respect to funds appropriated to the Common Fund pursuant to section 282a(a)(2) of this title , allocate such funds to the national research institutes and national centers for making grants for pediatric research that is identified under subparagraph (A); and
- (C) may assign additional functions to the Division in support of responsibilities identified in subparagraph (A), as determined appropriate by the Director;
- (A) shall, through the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives—
- (8) shall, in coordination with the heads of the national research institutes and national centers, ensure that such institutes and centers—
- (A) preserve an emphasis on investigator-initiated research project grants, including with respect to research involving collaboration between 2 or more such institutes or centers;
- (B) when appropriate, maximize investigator-initiated research project grants in their annual research portfolios;
- (C) foster collaboration between clinical research projects funded by the respective national research institutes and national centers that—
- (i) conduct research involving human subjects; and
- (ii) collect similar data; and
- (D) encourage the collaboration described in subparagraph (C) to—
- (i) allow for an increase in the number of subjects studied; and
- (ii) utilize diverse study populations, with special consideration to biological, social, and other determinants of health that contribute to health disparities;
- (9) shall ensure that research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health is subject to review in accordance with section 289a of this title and that, after such review, the research is reviewed in accordance with section 289a–1(a)(2) of this title by the appropriate advisory council under section 284a of this title before the research proposals are approved for funding;
- (10) shall have authority to review and approve the establishment of all centers of excellence recommended by the national research institutes;
- (11)
- (A) shall oversee research training for all of the national research institutes and National Research Service Awards in accordance with section 288 of this title ; and
- (B) may conduct and support research training—
- (i) for which fellowship support is not provided under section 288 of this title ; and
- (ii) that does not consist of residency training of physicians or other health professionals;
- (12) may, from funds appropriated under section 282a(b) of this title , reserve funds to provide for research on matters that have not received significant funding relative to other matters, to respond to new issues and scientific emergencies, and to act on research opportunities of high priority;
- (13) may, subject to appropriations Acts, collect and retain registration fees obtained from third parties to defray expenses for scientific, educational, and research-related conferences;
- (14) for the national research institutes and administrative entities within the National Institutes of Health—
- (A) may acquire, construct, improve, repair, operate, and maintain, at the site of such institutes and entities, laboratories, and other research facilities, other facilities, equipment, and other real or personal property, and
- (B) may acquire, without regard to section 8141 of title 40 , by lease or otherwise through the Administrator of General Services, buildings or parts of buildings in the District of Columbia or communities located adjacent to the District of Columbia for use for a period not to exceed ten years;
- (15) may secure resources for research conducted by or through the National Institutes of Health;
- (16) may, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, establish such technical and scientific peer review groups and scientific program advisory committees as are needed to carry out the requirements of this subchapter and appoint and pay the members of such groups, except that officers and employees of the United States shall not receive additional compensation for service as members of such groups;
- (17) may secure for the National Institutes of Health consultation services and advice of persons from the United States or abroad;
- (18) may use, with their consent, the services, equipment, personnel, information, and facilities of other Federal, State, or local public agencies, with or without reimbursement therefor;
- (19) may, for purposes of study, admit and treat at facilities of the National Institutes of Health individuals not otherwise eligible for such treatment;
- (20) may accept voluntary and uncompensated services;
- (21) may perform such other administrative functions as the Secretary determines are needed to effectively carry out this subchapter;
- (22) may appoint physicians, dentists, and other health care professionals, subject to the provisions of title 5 relating to appointments and classifications in the competitive service, and may compensate such professionals subject to the provisions of chapter 74 of title 38;
- (23) shall designate a contact point or office to help innovators and physicians identify sources of funding available for pediatric medical device development;
- (24) implement the Cures Acceleration Network described in section 287a of this title ; and
- (25) may require recipients of National Institutes of Health awards to share scientific data, to the extent feasible, generated from such National Institutes of Health awards in a manner that is consistent with all applicable Federal laws and regulations, including such laws and regulations for the protection of—
- (A) human research participants, including with respect to privacy, security, informed consent, and protected health information; and
- (B) proprietary interests, confidential commercial information, and the intellectual property rights of the funding recipient.
- (c) The Director of NIH may make available to individuals and entities, for biomedical and behavioral research, substances and living organisms. Such substances and organisms shall be made available under such terms and conditions (including payment for them) as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (d)
- (1) The Director of NIH may obtain (in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 , but without regard to the limitation in such section on the period of service) the services of not more than 220 experts or consultants, with scientific or other professional qualifications, for the National Institutes of Health.
- (2)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), experts and consultants whose services are obtained under paragraph (1) shall be paid or reimbursed, in accordance with title 5, for their travel to and from their place of service and for other expenses associated with their assignment.
- (B) Expenses specified in subparagraph (A) shall not be allowed in connection with the assignment of an expert or consultant whose services are obtained under paragraph (1) unless the expert or consultant has agreed in writing to complete the entire period of the assignment or one year of the assignment, whichever is shorter, unless separated or reassigned for reasons which are beyond the control of the expert or consultant and which are acceptable to the Secretary. If the expert or consultant violates the agreement, the money spent by the United States for such expenses is recoverable from the expert or consultant as a debt due the United States. The Secretary may waive in whole or in part a right of recovery under this subparagraph.
- (e) The Director of NIH shall—
- (1) advise the agencies of the National Institutes of Health on medical applications of research;
- (2) coordinate, review, and facilitate the systematic identification and evaluation of, clinically relevant information from research conducted by or through the national research institutes;
- (3) promote the effective transfer of the information described in paragraph (2) to the health care community and to entities that require such information;
- (4) monitor the effectiveness of the activities described in paragraph (3); and
- (5) ensure that, after January 1, 1994 , all new or revised health education and promotion materials developed or funded by the National Institutes of Health and intended for the general public are in a form that does not exceed a level of functional literacy, as defined in the National Literacy Act of 1991 ( Public Law 102–73 ).
- (f) There shall be in the National Institutes of Health an Associate Director for Prevention. The Director of NIH shall delegate to the Associate Director for Prevention the functions of the Director relating to the promotion of the disease prevention research programs of the national research institutes and the coordination of such programs among the national research institutes and between the national research institutes and other public and private entities, including elementary, secondary, and post-secondary schools. The Associate Director shall—
- (1) annually review the efficacy of existing policies and techniques used by the national research institutes to disseminate the results of disease prevention and behavioral research programs; and
- (2) recommend, coordinate, and oversee the modification or reconstruction of such policies and techniques to ensure maximum dissemination, using advanced technologies to the maximum extent practicable, of research results to such entities.
- (g)
- (h) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH and the Directors of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health, shall, in conducting and supporting programs for research, research training, recruitment, and other activities, provide for an increase in the number of women and individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial and ethnic minorities) in the fields of biomedical and behavioral research.
- (i)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall establish, maintain, and operate a data bank of information on clinical trials for drugs for serious or life-threatening diseases and conditions (in this subsection referred to as the “data bank”). The activities of the data bank shall be integrated and coordinated with related activities of other agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services, and to the extent practicable, coordinated with other data banks containing similar information.
- (B) The Secretary shall establish the data bank after consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the directors of the appropriate agencies of the National Institutes of Health (including the National Library of Medicine), and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (2) In carrying out paragraph (1), the Secretary shall collect, catalog, store, and disseminate the information described in such paragraph. The Secretary shall disseminate such information through information systems, which shall include toll-free telephone communications, available to individuals with serious or life-threatening diseases and conditions, to other members of the public, to health care providers, and to researchers.
- (3) The data bank shall include the following:
- (A) A registry of clinical trials (whether federally or privately funded) of experimental treatments for serious or life-threatening diseases and conditions under regulations promulgated pursuant to section 355(i) of title 21 , which provides a description of the purpose of each experimental drug, either with the consent of the protocol sponsor, or when a trial to test effectiveness begins. Information provided shall consist of eligibility criteria for participation in the clinical trials, a description of the location of trial sites, a point of contact for those wanting to enroll in the trial, and a description of whether, and through what procedure, the manufacturer or sponsor of the investigation of a new drug will respond to requests for protocol exception, with appropriate safeguards, for single-patient and expanded protocol use of the new drug, particularly in children, and shall be in a form that can be readily understood by members of the public. Such information shall be forwarded to the data bank by the sponsor of the trial not later than 21 days after the approval of the protocol.
- (B) Information pertaining to experimental treatments for serious or life-threatening diseases and conditions that may be available—
- (i) under a treatment investigational new drug application that has been submitted to the Secretary under section 360bbb(c) of title 21 ; or
- (ii) as a Group C cancer drug (as defined by the National Cancer Institute).
- (4) The data bank shall not include information relating to an investigation if the sponsor has provided a detailed certification to the Secretary that disclosure of such information would substantially interfere with the timely enrollment of subjects in the investigation, unless the Secretary, after the receipt of the certification, provides the sponsor with a detailed written determination that such disclosure would not substantially interfere with such enrollment.
- (5) Fees collected under section 379h of title 21 shall not be used in carrying out this subsection.
- (1)
- (j)
- (1)
- (A) In this subsection:
- (i) The term “applicable clinical trial” means an applicable device clinical trial or an applicable drug clinical trial.
- (ii) The term “applicable device clinical trial” means—
- (I) a prospective clinical study of health outcomes comparing an intervention with a device subject to section 360(k), 360e, or 360j(m) of title 21 against a control in human subjects (other than a small clinical trial to determine the feasibility of a device, or a clinical trial to test prototype devices where the primary outcome measure relates to feasibility and not to health outcomes); and
- (II) a pediatric postmarket surveillance as required under section 360 l of title 21.
- (iii)
- (I) The term “applicable drug clinical trial” means a controlled clinical investigation, other than a phase I clinical investigation, of a drug subject to section 355 of title 21 or to section 262 of this title .
- (II) For purposes of subclause (I), the term “clinical investigation” has the meaning given that term in section 312.3 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation).
- (III) For purposes of subclause (I), the term “phase I” has the meaning given that term in section 312.21 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation).
- (iv) The term “clinical trial information” means, with respect to an applicable clinical trial, those data elements that the responsible party is required to submit under paragraph (2) or under paragraph (3).
- (v) The term “completion date” means, with respect to an applicable clinical trial, the date that the final subject was examined or received an intervention for the purposes of final collection of data for the primary outcome, whether the clinical trial concluded according to the prespecified protocol or was terminated.
- (vi) The term “device” means a device as defined in section 321(h) of title 21 .
- (vii) The term “drug” means a drug as defined in section 321(g) of title 21 or a biological product as defined in section 262 of this title .
- (viii) The term “ongoing” means, with respect to a clinical trial of a drug or a device and to a date, that—
- (I) 1 or more patients is enrolled in the clinical trial; and
- (II) the date is before the completion date of the clinical trial.
- (ix) The term “responsible party”, with respect to a clinical trial of a drug or device, means—
- (I) the sponsor of the clinical trial (as defined in section 50.3 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation)); or
- (II) the principal investigator of such clinical trial if so designated by a sponsor, grantee, contractor, or awardee, so long as the principal investigator is responsible for conducting the trial, has access to and control over the data from the clinical trial, has the right to publish the results of the trial, and has the ability to meet all of the requirements under this subsection for the submission of clinical trial information.
- (B) The Secretary shall develop a mechanism by which the responsible party for each applicable clinical trial shall submit the identity and contact information of such responsible party to the Secretary at the time of submission of clinical trial information under paragraph (2).
- (A) In this subsection:
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) To enhance patient enrollment and provide a mechanism to track subsequent progress of clinical trials, the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall expand, in accordance with this subsection, the clinical trials registry of the data bank described under subsection (i)(1) (referred to in this subsection as the “registry data bank”). The Director of NIH shall ensure that the registry data bank is made publicly available through the Internet.
- (ii) The clinical trial information required to be submitted under this paragraph for an applicable clinical trial shall include—
- (I) descriptive information, including—
- (II) recruitment information, including—
- (III) location and contact information, including—
- (IV) administrative data (which the Secretary may make publicly available as necessary), including—
- (iii) The Secretary may by regulation modify the requirements for clinical trial information under this paragraph, if the Secretary provides a rationale for why such a modification improves and does not reduce such clinical trial information.
- (B)
- (i) The Director of NIH shall ensure that the public may, in addition to keyword searching, search the entries in the registry data bank by 1 or more of the following criteria:
- (I) The disease or condition being studied in the clinical trial, using Medical Subject Headers (MeSH) descriptors.
- (II) The name of the intervention, including any drug or device being studied in the clinical trial.
- (III) The location of the clinical trial.
- (IV) The age group studied in the clinical trial, including pediatric subpopulations.
- (V) The study phase of the clinical trial.
- (VI) The sponsor of the clinical trial, which may be the National Institutes of Health or another Federal agency, a private industry source, or a university or other organization.
- (VII) The recruitment status of the clinical trial.
- (VIII) The National Clinical Trial number or other study identification for the clinical trial.
- (ii) Not later than 18 months after September 27, 2007 , the Director of NIH shall ensure that the public may search the entries of the registry data bank by the safety issue, if any, being studied in the clinical trial as a primary or secondary outcome.
- (iii) The Director of NIH shall also ensure that the public may search the entries of the registry data bank by such other elements as the Director deems necessary on an ongoing basis.
- (iv) The Director of the NIH shall ensure that the registry data bank is easily used by the public, and that entries are easily compared.
- (i) The Director of NIH shall ensure that the public may, in addition to keyword searching, search the entries in the registry data bank by 1 or more of the following criteria:
- (C) The responsible party for an applicable clinical trial, including an applicable drug clinical trial for a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, that is initiated after, or is ongoing on the date that is 90 days after, September 27, 2007 , shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry data bank the clinical trial information described in of 1 1 So in original. The word “of” probably should not appear. subparagraph (A)(ii) not later than the later of—
- (i) 90 days after September 27, 2007 ;
- (ii) 21 days after the first patient is enrolled in such clinical trial; or
- (iii) in the case of a clinical trial that is not for a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and that is ongoing on September 27, 2007 , 1 year after September 27, 2007 .
- (D)
- (i) The Director of NIH shall ensure that clinical trial information for an applicable drug clinical trial submitted in accordance with this paragraph is posted in the registry data bank not later than 30 days after such submission.
- (ii) The Director of NIH shall ensure that clinical trial information for an applicable device clinical trial submitted in accordance with this paragraph is posted publicly in the registry data bank—
- (I) not earlier than the date of clearance under section 360(k) of title 21 , or approval under section 360e or 360j(m) of title 21, as applicable, for a device that was not previously cleared or approved, and not later than 30 days after such date, unless the responsible party affirmatively requests that the Director of the National Institutes of Health publicly post such clinical trial information for an applicable device clinical trial prior to such date of clearance or approval; or
- (II) for a device that was previously cleared or approved, not later than 30 days after the clinical trial information under paragraph (3)(C) is required to be posted by the Secretary.
- (iii) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall inform responsible parties of the option to request that clinical trial information for an applicable device clinical trial be publicly posted prior to the date of clearance or approval, in accordance with clause (ii)(I).
- (iv) An applicable clinical trial for a product that is a combination of drug, device, or biological product shall be considered—
- (I) an applicable drug clinical trial, if the Secretary determines under section 353(g) of title 21 that the primary mode of action of such product is that of a drug or biological product; or
- (II) an applicable device clinical trial, if the Secretary determines under such section that the primary mode of action of such product is that of a device.
- (A)
- (3)
- (A)
- (i) Beginning not later than 90 days after September 27, 2007 , for those clinical trials that form the primary basis of an efficacy claim or are conducted after the drug involved is approved or after the device involved is cleared or approved, the Secretary shall ensure that the registry data bank includes links to results information as described in clause (ii) for such clinical trial—
- (I) not earlier than 30 days after the date of the approval of the drug involved or clearance or approval of the device involved; or
- (II) not later than 30 days after the results information described in clause (ii) becomes publicly available.
- (ii)
- (I) The Secretary shall ensure that the registry data bank includes links to the following information:
- (II) The Secretary shall ensure that the registry data bank includes links to the following information:
- (iii) The Secretary may include the links described in clause (ii) for data bank entries for clinical trials submitted to the data bank prior to September 27, 2007 , as available.
- (i) Beginning not later than 90 days after September 27, 2007 , for those clinical trials that form the primary basis of an efficacy claim or are conducted after the drug involved is approved or after the device involved is cleared or approved, the Secretary shall ensure that the registry data bank includes links to results information as described in clause (ii) for such clinical trial—
- (B) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall—
- (i) expand the registry data bank to include the results of applicable clinical trials (referred to in this subsection as the “registry and results data bank”);
- (ii) ensure that such results are made publicly available through the Internet;
- (iii) post publicly a glossary for the lay public explaining technical terms related to the results of clinical trials; and
- (iv) in consultation with experts on risk communication, provide information with the information included under subparagraph (C) in the registry and results data bank to help ensure that such information does not mislead the patients or the public.
- (C) Not later than 1 year after September 27, 2007 , the Secretary shall include in the registry and results data bank for each applicable clinical trial for a drug that is approved under section 355 of title 21 or licensed under section 262 of this title or a device that is cleared under section 360(k) of title 21 or approved under section 360e or 360j(m) of title 21, the following elements:
- (i) A table of the demographic and baseline data collected overall and for each arm of the clinical trial to describe the patients who participated in the clinical trial, including the number of patients who dropped out of the clinical trial and the number of patients excluded from the analysis, if any.
- (ii) The primary and secondary outcome measures as submitted under paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(I)( ll ), and a table of values for each of the primary and secondary outcome measures for each arm of the clinical trial, including the results of scientifically appropriate tests of the statistical significance of such outcome measures.
- (iii) A point of contact for scientific information about the clinical trial results.
- (iv) Whether there exists an agreement (other than an agreement solely to comply with applicable provisions of law protecting the privacy of participants) between the sponsor or its agent and the principal investigator (unless the sponsor is an employer of the principal investigator) that restricts in any manner the ability of the principal investigator, after the completion date of the trial, to discuss the results of the trial at a scientific meeting or any other public or private forum, or to publish in a scientific or academic journal information concerning the results of the trial.
- (D)
- (i) To provide more complete results information and to enhance patient access to and understanding of the results of clinical trials, not later than 3 years after September 27, 2007 , the Secretary shall by regulation expand the registry and results data bank as provided under this subparagraph.
- (ii)
- (I) The regulations under this subparagraph shall require the inclusion of the results information described in clause (iii) for—
- (II) The regulations under this subparagraph shall establish whether or not the results information described in clause (iii) shall be required for—
- (iii) The regulations under this subparagraph shall require, in addition to the elements described in subparagraph (C), information within each of the following categories:
- (I) A summary of the clinical trial and its results that is written in non-technical, understandable language for patients, if the Secretary determines that such types of summary can be included without being misleading or promotional.
- (II) A summary of the clinical trial and its results that is technical in nature, if the Secretary determines that such types of summary can be included without being misleading or promotional.
- (III) The full protocol or such information on the protocol for the trial as may be necessary to help to evaluate the results of the trial.
- (IV) Such other categories as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (iv) The results information described in clause (iii) shall be submitted to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank as provided by subparagraph (E), except that the Secretary shall by regulation determine—
- (I) whether the 1-year period for submission of clinical trial information described in subparagraph (E)(i) should be increased from 1 year to a period not to exceed 18 months;
- (II) whether the clinical trial information described in clause (iii) should be required to be submitted for an applicable clinical trial for which the clinical trial information described in subparagraph (C) is submitted to the registry and results data bank before the effective date of the regulations issued under this subparagraph; and
- (III) in the case when the clinical trial information described in clause (iii) is required to be submitted for the applicable clinical trials described in clause (ii)(II), the date by which such clinical trial information shall be required to be submitted, taking into account—
- (v) The regulations under this subparagraph shall also establish—
- (I) a standard format for the submission of clinical trial information under this paragraph to the registry and results data bank;
- (II) additional information on clinical trials and results that is written in nontechnical, understandable language for patients;
- (III) considering the experience under the pilot quality control project described in paragraph (5)(C), procedures for quality control, including using representative samples, with respect to completeness and content of clinical trial information under this subsection, to help ensure that data elements are not false or misleading and are non-promotional;
- (IV) the appropriate timing and requirements for updates of clinical trial information, and whether and, if so, how such updates should be tracked;
- (V) a statement to accompany the entry for an applicable clinical trial when the primary and secondary outcome measures for such clinical trial are submitted under paragraph (4)(A) after the date specified for the submission of such information in paragraph (2)(C); and
- (VI) additions or modifications to the manner of reporting of the data elements established under subparagraph (C).
- (vi) The Secretary shall consider the status of the consensus data elements set for reporting clinical trial results of the World Health Organization when issuing the regulations under this subparagraph.
- (vii) The Secretary shall hold a public meeting no later than 18 months after September 27, 2007 , to provide an opportunity for input from interested parties with regard to the regulations to be issued under this subparagraph.
- (E)
- (i) Except as provided in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial that is described in clause (ii) shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information described in subparagraph (C) not later than 1 year, or such other period as may be provided by regulation under subparagraph (D), after the earlier of—
- (I) the estimated completion date of the trial as described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(I)(jj)); 2 2 So in original. The second closing parenthesis probably should not appear. or
- (II) the actual date of completion.
- (ii) An applicable clinical trial described in this clause is an applicable clinical trial subject to—
- (I) paragraph (2)(C); and
- (II)
- (iii) If the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial submits a certification that clause (iv) or (v) applies to such clinical trial, the responsible party shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) as required under the applicable clause.
- (iv) With respect to an applicable clinical trial that is completed before the drug is initially approved under section 355 of title 21 or initially licensed under section 262 of this title , or the device is initially cleared under section 360(k) or initially approved under section 360e or 360j(m) of title 21, the responsible party shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) not later than 30 days after the drug or device is approved under such section 355, licensed under such section 262, cleared under such section 360(k), or approved under such section 360e or 360j(m), as applicable.
- (v)
- (I) With respect to an applicable clinical trial where the manufacturer of the drug or device is the sponsor of an applicable clinical trial, and such manufacturer has filed, or will file within 1 year, an application seeking approval under section 355 of title 21 , licensing under section 262 of this title , or clearance under section 360(k), or approval under section 360e or 360j(m) of title 21 for the use studied in such clinical trial (which use is not included in the labeling of the approved drug or device), then the responsible party shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) on the earlier of the date that is 30 days after the date—
- (II) If a manufacturer makes a certification under clause (iii) that this clause applies with respect to a clinical trial, the manufacturer shall make such a certification with respect to each applicable clinical trial that is required to be submitted in an application or report for licensure, approval, or clearance (under section 262 of this title or section 355, 360(k), 360e, or 360j(m) of title 21, as applicable) of the use studied in the clinical trial.
- (III) The responsible party shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information subject to subclause (I) on the date that is 2 years after the date a certification under clause (iii) was made to the Director of NIH, if an action referred to in item (aa), (bb), or (cc) of subclause (I) has not occurred by such date.
- (vi) The Director of NIH may provide an extension of the deadline for submission of clinical trial information under clause (i) if the responsible party for the trial submits to the Director a written request that demonstrates good cause for the extension and provides an estimate of the date on which the information will be submitted. The Director of NIH may grant more than one such extension for a clinical trial.
- (i) Except as provided in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial that is described in clause (ii) shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank the clinical trial information described in subparagraph (C) not later than 1 year, or such other period as may be provided by regulation under subparagraph (D), after the earlier of—
- (F) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall notify the Director of NIH when there is an action described in subparagraph (E)(iv) or item (aa), (bb), or (cc) of subparagraph (E)(v)(I) with respect to an application or a report that includes a certification required under paragraph (5)(B) of such action not later than 30 days after such action.
- (G) The Director of NIH shall ensure that the clinical trial information described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) for an applicable clinical trial submitted in accordance with this paragraph is posted publicly in the registry and results database not later than 30 days after such submission.
- (H) The Secretary may waive any applicable requirements of this paragraph for an applicable clinical trial, upon a written request from the responsible party, if the Secretary determines that extraordinary circumstances justify the waiver and that providing the waiver is consistent with the protection of public health, or in the interest of national security. Not later than 30 days after any part of a waiver is granted, the Secretary shall notify, in writing, the appropriate committees of Congress of the waiver and provide an explanation for why the waiver was granted.
- (I)
- (i) Not later than 18 months after September 27, 2007 , the Secretary shall by regulation determine the best method for including in the registry and results data bank appropriate results information on serious adverse and frequent adverse events for applicable clinical trials described in subparagraph (C) in a manner and form that is useful and not misleading to patients, physicians, and scientists.
- (ii) If the Secretary fails to issue the regulation required by clause (i) by the date that is 24 months after September 27, 2007 , clause (iii) shall take effect.
- (iii) Upon the application of clause (ii), the Secretary shall include in the registry and results data bank for applicable clinical trials described in subparagraph (C), in addition to the clinical trial information described in subparagraph (C), the following elements:
- (I) A table of anticipated and unanticipated serious adverse events grouped by organ system, with number and frequency of such event in each arm of the clinical trial.
- (II) A table of anticipated and unanticipated adverse events that are not included in the table described in subclause (I) that exceed a frequency of 5 percent within any arm of the clinical trial, grouped by organ system, with number and frequency of such event in each arm of the clinical trial.
- (iv) In carrying out clause (iii), the Secretary shall, in consultation with experts in risk communication, post with the tables information to enhance patient understanding and to ensure such tables do not mislead patients or the lay public.
- (v) Clinical trial information included in the registry and results data bank pursuant to this subparagraph is deemed to be clinical trial information included in such data bank pursuant to subparagraph (C).
- (A)
- (4)
- (A) A responsible party for a clinical trial that is not an applicable clinical trial, or that is an applicable clinical trial that is not subject to paragraph (2)(C), may submit complete clinical trial information described in paragraph (2) or paragraph (3) provided the responsible party submits clinical trial information for each applicable clinical trial that is required to be submitted under section 262 of this title or under section 355, 360(k), 360e, or 360j(m) of title 21 in an application or report for licensure, approval, or clearance of the drug or device for the use studied in the clinical trial.
- (B)
- (i) Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3) and subparagraph (A), in any case in which the Secretary determines for a specific clinical trial described in clause (ii) that posting in the registry and results data bank of clinical trial information for such clinical trial is necessary to protect the public health—
- (I) the Secretary may require by notification that such information be submitted to the Secretary in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) except with regard to timing of submission;
- (II) unless the responsible party submits a certification under paragraph (3)(E)(iii), such information shall be submitted not later than 30 days after the date specified by the Secretary in the notification; and
- (III) failure to comply with the requirements under subclauses (I) and (II) shall be treated as a violation of the corresponding requirement of such paragraphs.
- (ii) A clinical trial described in this clause is—
- (I) an applicable clinical trial for a drug that is approved under section 355 of title 21 or licensed under section 262 of this title or for a device that is cleared under section 360(k) of title 21 or approved under section 360e or section 360j(m) of title 21 , whose completion date is on or after the date 10 years before September 27, 2007 ; or
- (II) an applicable clinical trial that is described by both by 3 3 So in original. paragraph (2)(C) and paragraph (3)(D)(ii)(II)). 4 4 So in original. The second closing parenthesis probably should not appear.
- (i) Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (3) and subparagraph (A), in any case in which the Secretary determines for a specific clinical trial described in clause (ii) that posting in the registry and results data bank of clinical trial information for such clinical trial is necessary to protect the public health—
- (C)
- (i) The responsible party for an applicable clinical trial shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank updates to reflect changes to the clinical trial information submitted under paragraph (2). Such updates—
- (I) shall be provided not less than once every 12 months, unless there were no changes to the clinical trial information during the preceding 12-month period;
- (II) shall include identification of the dates of any such changes;
- (III) not later than 30 days after the recruitment status of such clinical trial changes, shall include an update of the recruitment status; and
- (IV) not later than 30 days after the completion date of the clinical trial, shall include notification to the Director that such clinical trial is complete.
- (ii) The Director of NIH shall make updates submitted under clause (i) publicly available in the registry data bank. Except with regard to overall recruitment status, individual site status, location, and contact information, the Director of NIH shall ensure that updates to elements required under subclauses (I) to (V) of paragraph (2)(A)(ii) do not result in the removal of any information from the original submissions or any preceding updates, and information in such databases is presented in a manner that enables users to readily access each original element submission and to track the changes made by the updates. The Director of NIH shall provide a link from the table of primary and secondary outcomes required under paragraph (3)(C)(ii) to the tracked history required under this clause of the primary and secondary outcome measures submitted under paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(I)( ll ).
- (i) The responsible party for an applicable clinical trial shall submit to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the registry and results data bank updates to reflect changes to the clinical trial information submitted under paragraph (2). Such updates—
- (5)
- (A)
- (i) If an applicable clinical trial is funded in whole or in part by a grant from any agency of the Department of Health and Human Services, including the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, or the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, any grant or progress report forms required under such grant shall include a certification that the responsible party has made all required submissions to the Director of NIH under paragraphs (2) and (3).
- (ii) The heads of the agencies referred to in clause (i), as applicable, shall verify that the clinical trial information for each applicable clinical trial for which a grantee is the responsible party has been submitted under paragraphs (2) and (3) before releasing any remaining funding for a grant or funding for a future grant to such grantee.
- (iii) If the head of an agency referred to in clause (i), as applicable, verifies that a grantee has not submitted clinical trial information as described in clause (ii), such agency head shall provide notice to such grantee of such non-compliance and allow such grantee 30 days to correct such non-compliance and submit the required clinical trial information.
- (iv) The Secretary shall—
- (I) consult with other agencies that conduct research involving human subjects in accordance with any section of part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations), to determine if any such research is an applicable clinical trial; and
- (II) develop with such agencies procedures comparable to those described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) to ensure that clinical trial information for such applicable clinical trial is submitted under paragraphs (2) and (3).
- (B) At the time of submission of an application under section 355 of title 21 , section 360e of title 21 , section 360j(m) of title 21 , or section 262 of this title , or submission of a report under section 360(k) of title 21 , such application or submission shall be accompanied by a certification that all applicable requirements of this subsection have been met. Where available, such certification shall include the appropriate National Clinical Trial control numbers.
- (C)
- (i) Until the effective date of the regulations issued under paragraph (3)(D), the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall conduct a pilot project to determine the optimal method of verification to help to ensure that the clinical trial information submitted under paragraph (3)(C) is non-promotional and is not false or misleading in any particular under subparagraph (D). The Secretary shall use the publicly available information described in paragraph (3)(A) and any other information available to the Secretary about applicable clinical trials to verify the accuracy of the clinical trial information submitted under paragraph (3)(C).
- (ii) If the Secretary determines that any clinical trial information was not submitted as required under this subsection, or was submitted but is false or misleading in any particular, the Secretary shall notify the responsible party and give such party an opportunity to remedy such noncompliance by submitting the required revised clinical trial information not later than 30 days after such notification.
- (D)
- (i) The clinical trial information submitted by a responsible party under this subsection shall not be false or misleading in any particular.
- (ii) Clause (i) shall not have the effect of—
- (I) requiring clinical trial information with respect to an applicable clinical trial to include information from any source other than such clinical trial involved; or
- (II) requiring clinical trial information described in paragraph (3)(D) to be submitted for purposes of paragraph (3)(C).
- (E)
- (i) If the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial fails to submit clinical trial information for such clinical trial as required under paragraphs (2) or (3), the Director of NIH shall include in the registry and results data bank entry for such clinical trial a notice—
- (I) that the responsible party is not in compliance with this chapter by—
- (II) of the penalties imposed for the violation, if any; and
- (III) whether the responsible party has corrected the clinical trial information in the registry and results data bank.
- (ii) If the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial fails to submit the primary and secondary outcomes as required under section 2(A)(ii)(I)( ll ), 5 5 So in original. Probably should be “paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(I)( ll ),”. the Director of NIH shall include in the registry and results data bank entry for such clinical trial a notice that the responsible party is not in compliance by failing to register the primary and secondary outcomes in accordance with this chapter, and that the primary and secondary outcomes were not publicly disclosed in the database before conducting the clinical trial.
- (iii) The notice under clause (i) for a violation described in clause (i)(I)(aa) shall include the following statement: “The entry for this clinical trial was not complete at the time of submission, as required by law. This may or may not have any bearing on the accuracy of the information in the entry.”.
- (iv) The notice under clause (i) for a violation described in clause (i)(I)(bb) shall include the following statement: “The entry for this clinical trial was found to be false or misleading and therefore not in compliance with the law.”.
- (v) The notice under clause (ii) for a violation described in clause (ii) shall include the following statement: “The entry for this clinical trial did not contain information on the primary and secondary outcomes at the time of submission, as required by law. This may or may not have any bearing on the accuracy of the information in the entry.”.
- (vi) The Director of NIH shall provide that the public may easily search the registry and results data bank for entries that include notices required under this subparagraph.
- (i) If the responsible party for an applicable clinical trial fails to submit clinical trial information for such clinical trial as required under paragraphs (2) or (3), the Director of NIH shall include in the registry and results data bank entry for such clinical trial a notice—
- (A)
- (6)
- (A) Nothing in this subsection (or under section 552 of title 5 ) shall require the Secretary to publicly disclose, by any means other than the registry and results data bank, information described in subparagraph (B).
- (B) Information described in this subparagraph is—
- (i) information submitted to the Director of NIH under this subsection, or information of the same general nature as (or integrally associated with) the information so submitted; and
- (ii) information not otherwise publicly available, including because it is protected from disclosure under section 552 of title 5 .
- (7) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $10,000,000 for each fiscal year.
- (1)
- (k)
- (1) The Director of NIH may establish a program to provide day care services for the employees of the National Institutes of Health similar to those services provided by other Federal agencies (including the availability of day care service on a 24-hour-a-day basis).
- (2) Any day care provider at the National Institutes of Health shall establish a sliding scale of fees that takes into consideration the income and needs of the employee.
- (3) For purposes regarding the provision of day care services, the Director of NIH may enter into rental or lease purchase agreements.
- (l)
- (1) Not later than 90 days after January 15, 2007 , the Director of NIH shall establish within the Office of the Director an advisory council to be known as the “Council of Councils” (referred to in this subsection as the “Council”) for the purpose of advising the Director on matters related to the policies and activities of the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives, including making recommendations with respect to the conduct and support of research described in subsection (b)(7).
- (2)
- (A) The Council shall be composed of 27 members selected by the Director of NIH with approval from the Secretary from among the list of nominees under subparagraph (C).
- (B) In selecting the members of the Council, the Director of NIH shall ensure—
- (i) the representation of a broad range of disciplines and perspectives; and
- (ii) the ongoing inclusion of at least 1 representative from each national research institute whose budget is substantial relative to a majority of the other institutes.
- (C) The Director of NIH shall maintain an updated list of individuals who have been nominated to serve on the Council, which list shall consist of the following:
- (i) For each national research institute and national center, 3 individuals nominated by the head of such institute or center from among the members of the advisory council of the institute or center, of which—
- (I) two shall be scientists; and
- (II) one shall be from the general public or shall be a leader in the field of public policy, law, health policy, economics, or management.
- (ii) For each office within the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives, 1 individual nominated by the head of such office.
- (iii) Members of the Council of Public Representatives.
- (i) For each national research institute and national center, 3 individuals nominated by the head of such institute or center from among the members of the advisory council of the institute or center, of which—
- (3)
- (A) The term of service for a member of the Council shall be 6 years, except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C).
- (B) Of the initial members selected for the Council, the Director of NIH shall designate—
- (i) nine for a term of 6 years;
- (ii) nine for a term of 4 years; and
- (iii) nine for a term of 2 years.
- (C) Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term. A member may serve after the expiration of that member’s term until a successor has taken office.
- (m)
- (1) Not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , and at least every 6 years thereafter, the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall develop and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress and post on the Internet website of the National Institutes of Health, a coordinated strategy (to be known as the “National Institutes of Health Strategic Plan”) to provide direction to the biomedical research investments made by the National Institutes of Health, to facilitate collaboration across the institutes and centers, to leverage scientific opportunity, and to advance biomedicine.
- (2) The strategy under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) identify strategic research priorities and objectives across biomedical research, including—
- (i) an assessment of the state of biomedical and behavioral research, including areas of opportunity with respect to basic, clinical, and translational research;
- (ii) priorities and objectives to advance the treatment, cure, and prevention of health conditions;
- (iii) emerging scientific opportunities, rising public health challenges, and scientific knowledge gaps; and
- (iv) the identification of near-, mid-, and long-term scientific needs;
- (B) consider, in carrying out subparagraph (A)—
- (i) disease burden in the United States and the potential for return on investment to the United States;
- (ii) rare diseases and conditions;
- (iii) biological, social, and other determinants of health that contribute to health disparities; and
- (iv) other factors the Director of National Institutes of Health determines appropriate;
- (C) include multi-institute priorities, including coordination of research among institutes and centers;
- (D) include strategic priorities for funding research through the Common Fund, in accordance with section 282a(c)(1)(C) of this title ;
- (E) address the National Institutes of Health’s proposed and ongoing activities related to training and the biomedical workforce; and
- (F) describe opportunities for collaboration with other agencies and departments, as appropriate.
- (A) identify strategic research priorities and objectives across biomedical research, including—
- (3) Strategic plans developed and updated by the national research institutes and national centers of the National Institutes of Health shall be prepared regularly and in such a manner that such plans will be informed by the strategic plans developed and updated under this subsection. Such plans developed by and updated by the national research institutes and national centers shall have a common template.
- (4) The Director of National Institutes of Health shall develop the strategic plan under paragraph (1) in consultation with the directors of the national research institutes and national centers, researchers, patient advocacy groups, and industry leaders.
- (n)
- (1) The Director of NIH may approve, after consideration of a proposal under paragraph (2)(A), requests by the national research institutes and centers, or program officers within the Office of the Director to engage in transactions other than a contract, grant, or cooperative agreement with respect to projects that carry out—
- (A) the Precision Medicine Initiative under section 289g–5 of this title ;
- (B) subsection (b)(7), except that not more than 50 percent of the funds available for a fiscal year through the Common Fund under section 282a(c)(1) of this title for purposes of carrying out such subsection (b)(7) may be used to engage in such other transactions; or
- (C) high impact cutting-edge research that fosters scientific creativity and increases fundamental biological understanding leading to the prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of diseases and disorders, or research urgently required to respond to a public health threat.
- (2) The authority provided under this subsection may be used to conduct or support high impact cutting-edge research described in paragraph (1) using the other transactions authority described in such paragraph if the institute, center, or office—
- (A) submits a proposal to the Director of NIH for the use of such authority before conducting or supporting the research, including why the use of such authority is essential to promoting the success of the project;
- (B) receives approval for the use of such authority from the Director of NIH; and
- (C) for each year in which the institute, center, or office has used such authority in accordance with this subsection, submits a report to the Director of NIH on the activities of the institute, center, or office relating to such research.
- (1) The Director of NIH may approve, after consideration of a proposal under paragraph (2)(A), requests by the national research institutes and centers, or program officers within the Office of the Director to engage in transactions other than a contract, grant, or cooperative agreement with respect to projects that carry out—
§ 282a. Authorization of appropriations
- (a)
- (1) For purposes of carrying out this subchapter, there are authorized to be appropriated—
- (A) $30,331,309,000 for fiscal year 2007;
- (B) $32,831,309,000 for fiscal year 2008;
- (C) such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009;
- (D) $34,851,000,000 for fiscal year 2018;
- (E) $35,585,871,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
- (F) $36,472,442,775 for fiscal year 2020.
- (2) For the purpose of carrying out section 282(b)(7)(B)(ii) of this title , there is authorized to be appropriated to the Common Fund, out of the 10-Year Pediatric Research Initiative Fund described in section 9008 of title 26 , and in addition to amounts otherwise made available under paragraph (1) of this subsection and reserved under subsection (c)(1)(B)(i) of this section, $12,600,000 for each of fiscal years 2014 through 2023.
- (1) For purposes of carrying out this subchapter, there are authorized to be appropriated—
- (b) Of the amount authorized to be appropriated under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, there are authorized to be appropriated for programs and activities under this subchapter carried out through the Office of the Director of NIH such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2007 through 2009.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) For the purpose of allocations under section 282(b)(7)(B) of this title (relating to research identified by the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives), there is established an account to be known as the Common Fund.
- (B)
- (i) Of the total amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) for fiscal year 2007 or any subsequent fiscal year, the Director of NIH shall reserve an amount for the Common Fund, subject to any applicable provisions in appropriations Acts.
- (ii) For each fiscal year, the percentage constituted by the amount reserved under clause (i) relative to the total amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) for such year may not be less than the percentage constituted by the amount so reserved for the preceding fiscal year relative to the total amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) for such preceding fiscal year, subject to any applicable provisions in appropriations Acts.
- (C) As part of the National Institutes of Health Strategic Plan required under section 282(m) of this title , the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall submit a report to the Congress containing a strategic plan for funding research described in section 282(b)(7)(A)(i) of this title (including personnel needs) through the Common Fund. Each such plan shall include the following:
- (i) An estimate of the amounts determined by the Director of NIH to be appropriate for maximizing the potential of such research.
- (ii) An estimate of the amounts determined by the Director of NIH to be sufficient only for continuing to fund research activities previously identified by the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives.
- (iii) An estimate of the amounts determined by the Director of NIH to be necessary to fund research described in section 282(b)(7)(A)(i) of this title —
- (I) that is in addition to the research activities described in clause (ii); and
- (II) for which there is the most substantial need.
- (D) During the 6-month period following the end of the first fiscal year for which the total amount reserved under subparagraph (B) is equal to 5 percent of the total amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) for such fiscal year, the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, in consultation with the advisory council established under section 282(k) of this title , shall submit recommendations to the Congress for changes regarding amounts for the Common Fund.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to the total amount appropriated under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2008 or any subsequent fiscal year, if the head of a national research institute or national center fails to submit the report required by subparagraph (B) for the preceding fiscal year, the amount made available for the institute or center for the fiscal year involved may not exceed the amount made available for the institute or center for fiscal year 2006.
- (B) Not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , the head of each national research institute or national center shall submit to the Director of the National Institutes of Health a report, to be included in the triennial report under section 283 of this title , on the amount made available by the institute or center for conducting or supporting research that involves collaboration between the institute or center and 1 or more other national research institutes or national centers.
- (C) For purposes of determining the amount or percentage of funds to be reported under subparagraph (B), any amounts made available to an institute or center under section 282(b)(7)(B) of this title shall be included.
- (D) Upon receipt of each report submitted under subparagraph (B), the Director of NIH shall review and, in cases of discrepancy, verify the accuracy of the amounts specified in the report.
- (E) At the request of any national research institute or national center, the Director of NIH may waive the application of this paragraph to such institute or center if the Director finds that the conduct or support of research described in subparagraph (B) is inconsistent with the mission of such institute or center.
- (1)
- (d) Of the total amount appropriated under subsection (a)(1) for a fiscal year, the Director of NIH may (in addition to the reservation under subsection (c)(1) for such year) transfer not more than 1 percent for programs or activities that are authorized in this subchapter and identified by the Director to receive funds pursuant to this subsection. In making such transfers, the Director may not decrease any appropriation account under subsection (a)(1) by more than 1 percent.
- (e) This section may not be construed as affecting the authorities of the Director of NIH under section 281 of this title .
§ 282b. Electronic coding of grants and activities
The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall establish an electronic system to uniformly code research grants and activities of the Office of the Director and of all the national research institutes and national centers. The electronic system shall be searchable by a variety of codes, such as the type of research grant, the research entity managing the grant, and the public health area of interest. When permissible, the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall provide information on relevant literature and patents that are associated with research activities of the National Institutes of Health.
§ 282c. Public access to funded investigators’ final manuscripts
The Director of the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) shall require in the current fiscal year and thereafter that all investigators funded by the NIH submit or have submitted for them to the National Library of Medicine’s PubMed Central an electronic version of their final, peer-reviewed manuscripts upon acceptance for publication, to be made publicly available no later than 12 months after the official date of publication: Provided , That the NIH shall implement the public access policy in a manner consistent with copyright law.
§ 282d. Transferred
§ 282d. Transferred
§ 283. Triennial reports of Director of NIH
- (a) The Director of NIH shall submit to the Congress on a triennial basis a report in accordance with this section. The first report shall be submitted not later than 1 year after January 15, 2007 . Each such report shall include the following information:
- (1) An assessment of the state of biomedical and behavioral research.
- (2) A description of the activities conducted or supported by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health and policies respecting the programs of such agencies.
- (3) A description of intra-National Institutes of Health activities, including—
- (A) identification of the percentage of funds made available by each national research institute and national center with respect to each applicable fiscal year for conducting or supporting research that involves collaboration between the institute or center and 1 or more other national research institutes or national centers; and
- (B) recommendations for promoting coordination of information among the centers of excellence.
- (4) A catalog of all the research activities of the agencies, prepared in accordance with the following:
- (A) The catalog shall, for each such activity—
- (i) identify the agency or agencies involved;
- (ii) state whether the activity was carried out directly by the agencies or was supported by the agencies and describe to what extent the agency was involved; and
- (iii) identify whether the activity was carried out through a center of excellence.
- (B) In the case of clinical research, the catalog shall, as appropriate, identify study populations by demographic variables, including biological and social variables and relevant age categories (such as pediatric subgroups), and determinants of health, that contribute to research on minority health and health disparities.
- (C) Research activities listed in the catalog shall include, where applicable, the following:
- (i) Epidemiological studies and longitudinal studies.
- (ii) Disease registries, information clearinghouses, and other data systems.
- (iii) Public education and information campaigns.
- (iv) Training activities, including—
- (I) National Research Service Awards and Clinical Transformation Science Awards;
- (II) graduate medical education programs, including information on the number and type of graduate degrees awarded during the period in which the programs received funding under this subchapter;
- (III) investigator-initiated awards for postdoctoral training and postdoctoral training funded through research grants;
- (IV) a breakdown by demographic variables and other appropriate categories; and
- (V) an evaluation and comparison of outcomes and effectiveness of various training programs.
- (v) Clinical trials, including a breakdown of participation by study populations and demographic variables, including relevant age categories (such as pediatric subgroups), information submitted by each national research institute and national center to the Director of National Institutes of Health under section 289a–2(f) of this title , and such other information as may be necessary to demonstrate compliance with section 289a–2 of this title and other applicable requirements regarding inclusion of demographic groups.
- (vi) Translational research activities with other agencies of the Public Health Service.
- (A) The catalog shall, for each such activity—
- (5) A summary of the research activities throughout the agencies, which summary shall be organized by the following categories, where applicable:
- (A) Cancer.
- (B) Neurosciences.
- (C) Life stages, human development, and rehabilitation.
- (D) Organ systems.
- (E) Autoimmune diseases.
- (F) Genomics.
- (G) Molecular biology and basic science.
- (H) Technology development.
- (I) Chronic diseases, including pain and palliative care.
- (J) Infectious diseases and bioterrorism.
- (K) Minority health and health disparities.
- (L) Such additional categories as the Director determines to be appropriate.
- (6) A review of each entity receiving funding under this subchapter in its capacity as a center of excellence (in this paragraph referred to as a “center of excellence”), including the following—
- (A) an evaluation of the performance and research outcomes of each center of excellence; and
- (B) recommendations for improving the effectiveness, efficiency, and outcomes of the centers of excellence.
- (b) In a report under subsection (a), the Director of NIH, when reporting on research activities relating to a specific disease, disorder, or other adverse health condition, shall—
- (1) present information in a standardized format;
- (2) identify the actual dollar amounts obligated for such activities; and
- (3) include a plan for research on the specific disease, disorder, or other adverse health condition, including a statement of objectives regarding the research, the means for achieving the objectives, a date by which the objectives are expected to be achieved, and justifications for revisions to the plan.
- (c) In addition to reports required by subsections (a) and (b), the Director of NIH or the head of a national research institute or national center may submit to the Congress such additional reports as the Director or the head of such institute or center determines to be appropriate.
§ 283a. Annual reporting to increase interagency collaboration and coordination
- (a) On an annual basis, the Director of NIH shall submit to the Secretary a report on the activities of the National Institutes of Health involving collaboration with other agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (b) Each calendar year, the Director of NIH shall submit to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs a report that identifies each clinical trial that is registered during such calendar year in the databank of information established under section 282(i) of this title .
- (c) On an annual basis, the Director of NIH shall submit to the Congress a report that describes how the National Institutes of Health and its agencies store and track human tissue samples.
- (d) The first report under subsections (a), (b), and (c) shall be submitted not later than 1 year after January 15, 2007 .
§ 283b. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–525, title I, § 101(b)(2) , Nov. 22, 2000 , 114 Stat. 2501
§ 283b. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–525, title I, § 101(b)(2) , Nov. 22, 2000 , 114 Stat. 2501
§ 283c. Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research
- (a) There is established within the Office of the Director of NIH an office to be known as the Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research (in this section referred to as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a director, who shall be appointed by the Director of NIH.
- (b)
- (1) With respect to research on the relationship between human behavior and the development, treatment, and prevention of medical conditions, the Director of the Office shall—
- (A) coordinate research conducted or supported by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health; and
- (B) identify projects of behavioral and social sciences research that should be conducted or supported by the national research institutes, and develop such projects in cooperation with such institutes.
- (2) Research authorized under paragraph (1) includes research on teen pregnancy, infant mortality, violent behavior, suicide, and homelessness. Such research does not include neurobiological research, or research in which the behavior of an organism is observed for the purpose of determining activity at the cellular or molecular level.
- (1) With respect to research on the relationship between human behavior and the development, treatment, and prevention of medical conditions, the Director of the Office shall—
§ 283d. Children’s Vaccine Initiative
The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the National Vaccine Program under subchapter XIX and acting through the Directors of the National Institute for Allergy and Infectious Diseases, the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, the National Institute for Aging, and other public and private programs, shall carry out activities, which shall be consistent with the global Children’s Vaccine Initiative, to develop affordable new and improved vaccines to be used in the United States and in the developing world that will increase the efficacy and efficiency of the prevention of infectious diseases. In carrying out such activities, the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, develop and make available vaccines that require fewer contacts to deliver, that can be given early in life, that provide long lasting protection, that obviate refrigeration, needles and syringes, and that protect against a larger number of diseases.
§ 283e. Plan for use of animals in research
- (a) The Director of NIH, after consultation with the committee established under subsection (e), shall prepare a plan—
- (1) for the National Institutes of Health to conduct or support research into—
- (A) methods of biomedical research and experimentation that do not require the use of animals;
- (B) methods of such research and experimentation that reduce the number of animals used in such research;
- (C) methods of such research and experimentation that produce less pain and distress in such animals; and
- (D) methods of such research and experimentation that involve the use of marine life (other than marine mammals);
- (2) for establishing the validity and reliability of the methods described in paragraph (1);
- (3) for encouraging the acceptance by the scientific community of such methods that have been found to be valid and reliable; and
- (4) for training scientists in the use of such methods that have been found to be valid and reliable.
- (1) for the National Institutes of Health to conduct or support research into—
- (b) Not later than October 1, 1993 , the Director of NIH shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, the plan required in subsection (a) and shall begin implementation of the plan.
- (c) The Director of NIH shall periodically review, and as appropriate, make revisions in the plan required under subsection (a). A description of any revision made in the plan shall be included in the first biennial report under section 283 of this title that is submitted after the revision is made.
- (d) The Director of NIH shall take such actions as may be appropriate to convey to scientists and others who use animals in biomedical or behavioral research or experimentation information respecting the methods found to be valid and reliable under subsection (a)(2).
- (e)
- (1) The Director of NIH shall establish within the National Institutes of Health a committee to be known as the Interagency Coordinating Committee on the Use of Animals in Research (in this subsection referred to as the “Committee”).
- (2) The Committee shall provide advice to the Director of NIH on the preparation of the plan required in subsection (a).
- (3) The Committee shall be composed of—
- (A) the Directors of each of the national research institutes (or the designees of such Directors); and
- (B) representatives of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Food and Drug Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the National Science Foundation, and such additional agencies as the Director of NIH determines to be appropriate, which representatives shall include not less than one veterinarian with expertise in laboratory-animal medicine.
§ 283f. Requirements regarding surveys of sexual behavior
With respect to any survey of human sexual behavior proposed to be conducted or supported through the National Institutes of Health, the survey may not be carried out unless—
- (1) the proposal has undergone review in accordance with any applicable requirements of sections 289 and 289a of this title; and
- (2) the Secretary, in accordance with section 289a–1 of this title , makes a determination that the information expected to be obtained through the survey will assist—
- (A) in reducing the incidence of sexually transmitted diseases, the incidence of infection with the human immunodeficiency virus, or the incidence of any other infectious disease; or
- (B) in improving reproductive health or other conditions of health.
§ 283g. Muscular dystrophy; initiative through Director of National Institutes of Health
- (a)
- (1) The Director of NIH, in coordination with the Directors of the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, and the other national research institutes as appropriate, shall expand and intensify programs of such Institutes with respect to research and related activities concerning various forms of muscular dystrophy, including Duchenne, Becker, congenital muscular dystrophy, limb-girdle muscular dystrophy, myotonic, facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (referred to in this section as “FSHD”) and other forms of muscular dystrophy.
- (2) The Directors referred to in paragraph (1) shall jointly coordinate the programs referred to in such paragraph and consult with the Muscular Dystrophy Interagency Coordinating Committee established under section 6 of the MD–CARE Act. 1 1 See References in Text note below.
- (3) The Director of NIH shall allocate the amounts appropriated to carry out this section for each fiscal year among the national research institutes referred to in paragraph (1).
- (b)
- (1) The Director of NIH shall award grants and contracts under subsection (a)(1) to public or nonprofit private entities to pay all or part of the cost of planning, establishing, improving, and providing basic operating support for centers of excellence regarding research on various forms of muscular dystrophy. Such centers of excellence shall be known as the “Paul D. Wellstone Muscular Dystrophy Cooperative Research Centers”.
- (2) Each center under paragraph (1) shall supplement but not replace the establishment of a comprehensive research portfolio in all the muscular dystrophies. As a whole, the centers shall conduct basic and clinical research in all forms of muscular dystrophy including early detection, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment, including the fields of muscle biology, genetics, noninvasive imaging, cardiac and pulmonary function, and pharmacological and other therapies.
- (3) The Director of NIH shall, as appropriate, provide for the coordination of information among centers under paragraph (1) and ensure regular communication and sharing of data between such centers.
- (4) Each center under paragraph (1) shall use the facilities of a single institution, or be formed from a consortium of cooperating institutions, meeting such requirements as may be prescribed by the Director of NIH.
- (5) Support for a center established under paragraph (1) may be provided under this section for a period of not to exceed 5 years. Such period may be extended for 1 or more additional periods not exceeding 5 years if the operations of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate technical and scientific peer review group established by the Director of NIH and if such group has recommended to the Director that such period should be extended.
- (c) The Director of NIH shall provide for a program under subsection (a)(1) under which samples of tissues and genetic materials that are of use in research on muscular dystrophy are donated, collected, preserved, and made available for such research. The program shall be carried out in accordance with accepted scientific and medical standards for the donation, collection, and preservation of such samples.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish the Muscular Dystrophy Coordinating Committee (referred to in this section as the “Coordinating Committee”) to coordinate activities across the National Institutes and with other Federal health programs and activities relating to the various forms of muscular dystrophy.
- (2) The Coordinating Committee shall consist of not more than 18 members to be appointed by the Secretary, of which—
- (A) ⅔ of such members shall represent governmental agencies, including the directors or their designees of each of the national research institutes involved in research with respect to muscular dystrophy and representatives of all other Federal departments and agencies whose programs involve health functions or responsibilities relevant to such diseases, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Administration for Community Living and representatives of other governmental agencies that serve children and adults with muscular dystrophy, including the Department of Education and the Social Security Administration; and
- (B) ⅓ of such members shall be public members, including a broad cross section of persons affected with muscular dystrophies including parents or legal guardians, affected individuals, researchers, and clinicians.
- (3)
- (A) With respect to muscular dystrophy, the Chair of the Coordinating Committee shall serve as the principal advisor to the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary for Health, and the Director of NIH, and shall provide advice to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, and to the heads of other relevant agencies. The Coordinating Committee shall select the Chair for a term not to exceed 2 years.
- (B) The Chair of the Committee shall be appointed by and be directly responsible to the Secretary.
- (4) The following shall apply with respect to the Coordinating Committee:
- (A) The Coordinating Committee shall receive necessary and appropriate administrative support from the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (B) The Coordinating Committee shall meet as appropriate as determined by the Secretary, in consultation with the chair, 2 2 So in original. Probably should be capitalized. but shall meet no fewer than two times per calendar year.
- (e)
- (1) Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2001 , the Coordinating Committee shall develop a plan for conducting and supporting research and education on muscular dystrophy through the agencies represented on the Coordinating Committee pursuant to subsection (d)(2)(A) and shall periodically review and revise the plan. The plan shall—
- (A) provide for a broad range of research and education activities relating to biomedical, epidemiological, psychosocial, public services, and rehabilitative issues, including studies of the impact of such diseases in rural and underserved communities, studies to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of providing independent living resources and support to patients with various forms of muscular dystrophy, and studies to determine optimal clinical care interventions for adults with various forms of muscular dystrophy;
- (B) identify priorities among the programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health regarding such diseases; and
- (C) reflect input from a broad range of scientists, patients, and advocacy groups.
- (2) The plan under paragraph (1) shall, with respect to each form of muscular dystrophy, provide for the following as appropriate:
- (A) Research to determine the reasons underlying the incidence and prevalence of various forms of muscular dystrophy.
- (B) Basic research concerning the etiology and genetic links of the disease and potential causes of mutations.
- (C) The development of improved screening techniques.
- (D) Basic and clinical research for the development and evaluation of new treatments, including new biological agents and new clinical interventions to improve the health of those with muscular dystrophy.
- (E) Information and education programs for health care professionals and the public.
- (1) Not later than 1 year after December 18, 2001 , the Coordinating Committee shall develop a plan for conducting and supporting research and education on muscular dystrophy through the agencies represented on the Coordinating Committee pursuant to subsection (d)(2)(A) and shall periodically review and revise the plan. The plan shall—
- (f) The Secretary shall, under subsection (a)(1), provide for a means through which the public can obtain information on the existing and planned programs and activities of the Department of Health and Human Services with respect to various forms of muscular dystrophy and through which the Secretary can receive comments from the public regarding such programs and activities.
- (g) The Coordinating Committee may evaluate the potential need to enhance the clinical research infrastructure required to test emerging therapies for the various forms of muscular dystrophy by prioritizing the achievement of the goals related to this topic in the plan under subsection (e)(1).
§ 283i. Transferred
§§ 283h, 283i. Transferred
§ 283j. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. A, title II, § 2042(f)(1) , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1073
§ 283j. Repealed. Pub. L. 114–255, div. A, title II, § 2042(f)(1) , Dec. 13, 2016 , 130 Stat. 1073
§ 283k. Biomedical and behavioral research facilities
- (a)
- (1) The Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, may make grants or contracts to public and nonprofit private entities to expand, remodel, renovate, or alter existing research facilities or construct new research facilities, subject to the provisions of this section.
- (2) For purposes of this section, the terms “construction” and “cost of construction” include the construction of new buildings and the expansion, renovation, remodeling, and alteration of existing buildings, including architects’ fees, but do not include the cost of acquisition of land or off-site improvements.
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) There is established a Scientific and Technical Review Board on Biomedical and Behavioral Research Facilities (referred to in this section as the “Board”).
- (B) The Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, may approve an application for a grant under subsection (a) only if the Board has under paragraph (2) recommended the application for approval.
- (2)
- (A) The Board shall provide advice to the Director of NIH and the Council of Councils established under section 282( l ) of this title (in this section referred to as the “Council”) in carrying out this section.
- (B) In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Board shall make a determination of the merit of each application submitted for a grant under subsection (a), after consideration of the requirements established in subsection (c), and shall report the results of the determination to the Director of NIH and the Council. Such determinations shall be conducted in a manner consistent with procedures established under section 289a of this title .
- (C) In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Board shall, in the case of applications recommended for approval, make recommendations to the Director and the Council on the amount that should be provided under the grant.
- (D) In carrying out subparagraph (A), the Board shall prepare an annual report for the Director of NIH and the Council describing the activities of the Board in the fiscal year for which the report is made. Each such report shall be available to the public, and shall—
- (i) summarize and analyze expenditures made under this section;
- (ii) provide a summary of the types, numbers, and amounts of applications that were recommended for grants under subsection (a) but that were not approved by the Director of NIH; and
- (iii) contain the recommendations of the Board for any changes in the administration of this section.
- (3)
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Board shall be composed of 15 members to be appointed by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, and such ad-hoc or temporary members as the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, determines to be appropriate. All members of the Board, including temporary and ad-hoc members, shall be voting members.
- (B) Not more than three individuals who are officers or employees of the Federal Government may serve as members of the Board.
- (4) In selecting individuals for membership on the Board, the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall ensure that the members are individuals who, by virtue of their training or experience, are eminently qualified to perform peer review functions. In selecting such individuals for such membership, the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall ensure that the members of the Board collectively—
- (A) are experienced in the planning, construction, financing, and administration of entities that conduct biomedical or behavioral research sciences;
- (B) are knowledgeable in making determinations of the need of entities for biomedical or behavioral research facilities, including such facilities for the dentistry, nursing, pharmacy, and allied health professions;
- (C) are knowledgeable in evaluating the relative priorities for applications for grants under subsection (a) in view of the overall research needs of the United States; and
- (D) are experienced with emerging centers of excellence, as described in subsection (c)(2).
- (5)
- (A) In carrying out paragraph (2), the Board may convene workshops and conferences, and collect data as the Board considers appropriate.
- (B) In carrying out paragraph (2), the Board may establish subcommittees within the Board. Such subcommittees may hold meetings as determined necessary to enable the subcommittee to carry out its duties.
- (6)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), each appointed member of the Board shall hold office for a term of 4 years. Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which such member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of the term of the predecessor.
- (B) Members appointed to the Board shall serve staggered terms as specified by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, when making the appointments.
- (C) No member of the Board shall be eligible for reappointment to the Board until 1 year has elapsed after the end of the most recent term of the member.
- (7) Members of the Board who are not officers or employees of the United States shall receive for each day the members are engaged in the performance of the functions of the Board compensation at the same rate received by members of other national advisory councils established under this subchapter.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) The Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, may make a grant under subsection (a) only if the applicant for the grant meets the following conditions:
- (A) The applicant is determined by such Director to be competent to engage in the type of research for which the proposed facility is to be constructed.
- (B) The applicant provides assurances satisfactory to the Director that—
- (i) for not less than 20 years after completion of the construction involved, the facility will be used for the purposes of the research for which it is to be constructed;
- (ii) sufficient funds will be available to meet the non-Federal share of the cost of constructing the facility;
- (iii) sufficient funds will be available, when construction is completed, for the effective use of the facility for the research for which it is being constructed; and
- (iv) the proposed construction will expand the applicant’s capacity for research, or is necessary to improve or maintain the quality of the applicant’s research.
- (C) The applicant meets reasonable qualifications established by the Director with respect to—
- (i) the relative scientific and technical merit of the applications, and the relative effectiveness of the proposed facilities, in expanding the capacity for biomedical or behavioral research and in improving the quality of such research;
- (ii) the quality of the research or training, or both, to be carried out in the facilities involved;
- (iii) the congruence of the research activities to be carried out within the facility with the research and investigator manpower needs of the United States; and
- (iv) the age and condition of existing research facilities.
- (D) The applicant has demonstrated a commitment to enhancing and expanding the research productivity of the applicant.
- (2) From the amount appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year up to $50,000,000, the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall make available 25 percent of such amount, and from the amount appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year that is over $50,000,000, the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall make available up to 25 percent of such amount, for grants under subsection (a) to applicants that in addition to meeting the requirements established in paragraph (1), have demonstrated emerging excellence in biomedical or behavioral research, as follows:
- (A) The applicant has a plan for research or training advancement and possesses the ability to carry out the plan.
- (B) The applicant carries out research and research training programs that have a special relevance to a problem, concern, or unmet health need of the United States.
- (C) The applicant has been productive in research or research development and training.
- (D) The applicant—
- (i) has been designated as a center of excellence under section 293c 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title;
- (ii) is located in a geographic area whose population includes a significant number of individuals with health status deficit, and the applicant provides health services to such individuals; or
- (iii) is located in a geographic area in which a deficit in health care technology, services, or research resources may adversely affect the health status of the population of the area in the future, and the applicant is carrying out activities with respect to protecting the health status of such population.
- (1) The Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, may make a grant under subsection (a) only if the applicant for the grant meets the following conditions:
- (d) The Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, may make a grant under subsection (a) only if an application for the grant is submitted to the Director and the application is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the Director determines to be necessary to carry out this section.
- (e)
- (1) The amount of any grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be determined by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,, 2 2 So in original. except that such amount shall not exceed—
- (A) 50 percent (or, in the case of the Institute, 75 percent) of the necessary cost of the construction of a proposed facility as determined by the Director; or
- (B) in the case of a multipurpose facility, 40 percent (or, in the case of the Institute, 75 percent) of that part of the necessary cost of construction that the Director determines to be proportionate to the contemplated use of the facility.
- (2) On the approval of any application for a grant under subsection (a), the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, shall reserve, from any appropriation available for such grants, the amount of such grant, and shall pay such amount, in advance or by way of reimbursement, and in such installments consistent with the construction progress, as the Director may determine appropriate. The reservation of any amount by the Director under this paragraph may be amended by the Director, either on the approval of an amendment of the application or on the revision of the estimated cost of construction of the facility.
- (3) In determining the amount of any grant under subsection (a), there shall be excluded from the cost of construction an amount equal to the sum of—
- (A) the amount of any other Federal grant that the applicant has obtained, or is assured of obtaining, with respect to construction that is to be financed in part by a grant authorized under this section; and
- (B) the amount of any non-Federal funds required to be expended as a condition of such other Federal grant.
- (4) The limitations imposed under paragraph (1) may be waived at the discretion of the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, for applicants meeting the conditions described in subsection (c).
- (1) The amount of any grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be determined by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,, 2 2 So in original. except that such amount shall not exceed—
- (f) If, not later than 20 years after the completion of construction for which a grant has been awarded under subsection (a)—
- (1) in the case of an award by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, the applicant or other owner of the facility shall cease to be a public or non profit 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “nonprofit”. private entity; or
- (2) the facility shall cease to be used for the research purposes for which it was constructed (unless the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH or the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, determines, in accordance with regulations, that there is good cause for releasing the applicant or other owner from obligation to do so),
- (g) Not later than 6 months after June 10, 1993 , the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, after consultation with the Council, shall issue guidelines with respect to grants under subsection (a).
§ 283l. Construction of regional centers for research on primates
- (a) With respect to activities carried out by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, to support regional centers for research on primates, the Director of NIH may, for each of the fiscal years 2000 through 2002, reserve from the amounts appropriated to carry out section 283k of this title such sums as necessary for the purpose of making awards of grants and contracts to public or nonprofit private entities to construct, renovate, or otherwise improve such regional centers. The reservation of such amounts for any fiscal year is subject to the availability of qualified applicants for such awards.
- (b) The Director of NIH may not make a grant or enter into a contract under subsection (a) unless the applicant for such assistance agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the applicant in carrying out the purpose described in such subsection, to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions in cash toward such costs in an amount equal to not less than $1 for each $4 of Federal funds provided in such assistance.
§ 283m. Sanctuary system for surplus chimpanzees
- (a) The Secretary shall provide for the establishment and operation in accordance with this section of a system to provide for the lifetime care of chimpanzees that have been used, or were bred or purchased for use, in research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health, the Food and Drug Administration, or other agencies of the Federal Government, and with respect to which it has been determined by the Secretary that the chimpanzees are not needed for such research (in this section referred to as “surplus chimpanzees”).
- (b) The Secretary shall carry out this section, including the establishment of regulations under subsection (d), in consultation with the board of directors of the nonprofit private entity that receives the contract under subsection (e) (relating to the operation of the sanctuary system).
- (c) All surplus chimpanzees owned by the Federal Government shall be accepted into the sanctuary system. Subject to standards under subsection (d)(4), any chimpanzee that is not owned by the Federal Government can be accepted into the system if the owner transfers to the sanctuary system title to the chimpanzee.
- (d)
- (1) Not later than 180 days after December 20, 2000 , the Secretary shall by regulation establish standards for operating the sanctuary system to provide for the permanent retirement of surplus chimpanzees. In establishing the standards, the Secretary shall consider the recommendations of the board of directors of the nonprofit private entity that receives the contract under subsection (e), and shall consider the recommendations of the National Research Council applicable to surplus chimpanzees that are made in the report published in 1997 and entitled “Chimpanzees in Research—Strategies for Their Ethical Care, Management, and Use”.
- (2) With respect to chimpanzees that are accepted into the sanctuary system, standards under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
- (A) A prohibition that the chimpanzees may not be used for research, except as authorized under paragraph (3).
- (B) Provisions regarding the housing of the chimpanzees.
- (C) Provisions regarding the behavioral well-being of the chimpanzees.
- (D) A requirement that the chimpanzees be cared for in accordance with the Animal Welfare Act [ 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq.].
- (E) A requirement that the chimpanzees be prevented from breeding.
- (F) A requirement that complete histories be maintained on the health and use in research of the chimpanzees.
- (G) A requirement that the chimpanzees be monitored for the purpose of promptly detecting the presence in the chimpanzees of any condition that may be a threat to the public health or the health of other chimpanzees.
- (H) A requirement that chimpanzees posing such a threat be contained in accordance with applicable recommendations of the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (I) A prohibition that none of the chimpanzees may be subjected to euthanasia, except as in the best interests of the chimpanzee involved, as determined by the system and an attending veterinarian.
- (J) A prohibition that the chimpanzees may not be discharged from the system.
- (K) A provision that the Secretary may, in the discretion of the Secretary, accept into the system chimpanzees that are not surplus chimpanzees.
- (L) Such additional standards as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (3)
- (A) For purposes of paragraph (2)(A), standards under paragraph (1) shall provide that a chimpanzee accepted into the sanctuary system may not be used for studies or research, except that the chimpanzee may be used for noninvasive behavioral studies or medical studies based on information collected during the course of normal veterinary care that is provided for the benefit of the chimpanzee, provided that any such study involves minimal physical and mental harm, pain, distress, and disturbance to the chimpanzee and the social group in which the chimpanzee lives.
- (B) For purposes of paragraph (2)(A), a condition for the use in studies or research of a chimpanzee accepted into the sanctuary system is (in addition to conditions under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph) that the applicant for such use has not been fined for, or signed a consent decree for, any violation of the Animal Welfare Act [ 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq.].
- (4) With respect to a chimpanzee that is not owned by the Federal Government and is offered for acceptance into the sanctuary system, standards under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
- (A) A provision that the Secretary may authorize the imposition of a fee for accepting such chimpanzee into the system, except as follows:
- (i) Such a fee may not be imposed for accepting the chimpanzee if, on the day before December 20, 2000 , the chimpanzee was owned by the nonprofit private entity that receives the contract under subsection (e) or by any individual sanctuary facility receiving a subcontract or grant under subsection (e)(1).
- (ii) Such a fee may not be imposed for accepting the chimpanzee if the chimpanzee is owned by an entity that operates a primate center, and if the chimpanzee is housed in the primate center pursuant to the program for regional centers for research on primates that is carried out by the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH,. 1 1 So in original. Comma probably should not appear.
- (B) A provision that the Secretary may deny such chimpanzee acceptance into the system if the capacity of the system is not sufficient to accept the chimpanzee, taking into account the physical capacity of the system; the financial resources of the system; the number of individuals serving as the staff of the system, including the number of professional staff; the necessity of providing for the safety of the staff and of the public; the necessity of caring for accepted chimpanzees in accordance with the standards under paragraph (1); and such other factors as may be appropriate.
- (C) A provision that the Secretary may deny such chimpanzee acceptance into the system if a complete history of the health and use in research of the chimpanzee is not available to the Secretary.
- (D) Such additional standards as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (A) A provision that the Secretary may authorize the imposition of a fee for accepting such chimpanzee into the system, except as follows:
- (e)
- (1) Subject to the availability of funds pursuant to subsection (g), the Secretary shall make an award of a contract to a nonprofit private entity under which the entity has the responsibility of operating (and establishing, as applicable) the sanctuary system and awarding subcontracts or grants to individual sanctuary facilities that meet the standards under subsection (d).
- (2) The Secretary may make an award under paragraph (1) to a nonprofit private entity only if the entity meets the following requirements:
- (A) The entity has a governing board of directors that is composed and appointed in accordance with paragraph (3) and is satisfactory to the Secretary.
- (B) The terms of service for members of such board are in accordance with paragraph (3).
- (C) The members of the board serve without compensation. The members may be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in carrying out the duties of the board.
- (D) The entity has an executive director meeting such requirements as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (E) The entity makes the agreement described in paragraph (4) (relating to non-Federal contributions).
- (F) The entity agrees to comply with standards under subsection (d).
- (G) The entity agrees to make necropsy reports on chimpanzees in the sanctuary system available on a reasonable basis to persons who conduct biomedical or behavioral research, with priority given to such persons who are Federal employees or who receive financial support from the Federal Government for research.
- (H) Such other requirements as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (3) For purposes of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2):
- (A) The governing board of directors of the nonprofit private entity involved is composed and appointed in accordance with this paragraph if the following conditions are met:
- (i) Such board is composed of not more than 13 voting members.
- (ii) Such members include individuals with expertise and experience in the science of managing captive chimpanzees (including primate veterinary care), appointed from among individuals endorsed by organizations that represent individuals in such field.
- (iii) Such members include individuals with expertise and experience in the field of animal protection, appointed from among individuals endorsed by organizations that represent individuals in such field.
- (iv) Such members include individuals with expertise and experience in the zoological field (including behavioral primatology), appointed from among individuals endorsed by organizations that represent individuals in such field.
- (v) Such members include individuals with expertise and experience in the field of the business and management of nonprofit organizations, appointed from among individuals endorsed by organizations that represent individuals in such field.
- (vi) Such members include representatives from entities that provide accreditation in the field of laboratory animal medicine.
- (vii) Such members include individuals with expertise and experience in the field of containing biohazards.
- (viii) Such members include an additional member who serves as the chair of the board, appointed from among individuals who have been endorsed for purposes of clause (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v).
- (ix) None of the members of the board has been fined for, or signed a consent decree for, any violation of the Animal Welfare Act [ 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq.].
- (B) The terms of service for members of the board of directors are in accordance with this paragraph if the following conditions are met:
- (i) The term of the chair of the board is 3 years.
- (ii) The initial members of the board select, by a random method, one member from each of the six fields specified in subparagraph (A) to serve a term of 2 years and (in addition to the chair) one member from each of such fields to serve a term of 3 years.
- (iii) After the initial terms under clause (ii) expire, each member of the board (other than the chair) is appointed to serve a term of 2 years.
- (iv) An individual whose term of service expires may be reappointed to the board.
- (v) A vacancy in the membership of the board is filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.
- (vi) If a member of the board does not serve the full term applicable to the member, the individual appointed to fill the resulting vacancy is appointed for the remainder of the term of the predecessor member.
- (A) The governing board of directors of the nonprofit private entity involved is composed and appointed in accordance with this paragraph if the following conditions are met:
- (4) The agreement required in paragraph (2)(E) for a nonprofit private entity (relating to the award of the contract under paragraph (1)) is an agreement that, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the entity in establishing and operating the sanctuary system, the entity will make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs, in cash or in kind, in an amount not less than the following, as applicable:
- (A) For expenses associated with establishing the sanctuary system (as determined by the Secretary), 10 percent of such costs ($1 for each $9 of Federal funds provided under the contract under paragraph (1)).
- (B) For expenses associated with operating the sanctuary system (as determined by the Secretary), 25 percent of such costs ($1 for each $3 of Federal funds provided under such contract).
- (5) If the Secretary determines that an entity meeting the requirements of paragraph (2) does not exist, not later than 60 days after December 20, 2000 , the Secretary shall, for purposes of paragraph (1), make a grant for the establishment of such an entity, including paying the cost of incorporating the entity under the law of one of the States.
- (f) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “permanent retirement”, with respect to a chimpanzee that has been accepted into the sanctuary system, means that under subsection (a) the system provides for the lifetime care of the chimpanzee, that under subsection (d)(2) the system does not permit the chimpanzee to be used in research (except as authorized under subsection (d)(3)) or to be euthanized (except as provided in subsection (d)(2)(I)), that under subsection (d)(2) the system will not discharge the chimpanzee from the system, and that under such subsection the system otherwise cares for the chimpanzee.
- (2) The term “sanctuary system” means the system described in subsection (a).
- (3) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
- (4) The term “surplus chimpanzees” has the meaning given that term in subsection (a).
- (g)
- (1) Of the amount appropriated for the National Institutes of Health, there are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section and for the care, maintenance, and transportation of all chimpanzees otherwise under the ownership or control of the National Institutes of Health, and to enable the National Institutes of Health to operate more efficiently and economically by decreasing the overall Federal cost of providing for the care, maintenance, and transportation of chimpanzees—
- (A) for fiscal year 2014, $12,400,000;
- (B) for fiscal year 2015, $11,650,000;
- (C) for fiscal year 2016, $10,900,000;
- (D) for fiscal year 2017, $10,150,000; and
- (E) for fiscal year 2018, $9,400,000.
- (2) With respect to amounts authorized to be appropriated by paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary may use a portion of such amounts to make awards of grants or contracts to public or private entities operating facilities that, as determined by the Secretary in consultation with the board of directors of the nonprofit private entity that receives the contract under subsection (e), provide for the retirement of chimpanzees in accordance with the same standards that apply to the sanctuary system pursuant to regulations under subsection (d). Such an award may be expended for the expenses of operating the facilities involved.
- (3) Not later than 180 days after November 27, 2013 , the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations in the House of Representatives a report, to be updated biennially, regarding—
- (A) the care, maintenance, and transportation of the chimpanzees under the ownership or control of the National Institutes of Health;
- (B) costs related to such care, maintenance, and transportation, and any other related costs; and
- (C) the research status of such chimpanzees.
- (1) Of the amount appropriated for the National Institutes of Health, there are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section and for the care, maintenance, and transportation of all chimpanzees otherwise under the ownership or control of the National Institutes of Health, and to enable the National Institutes of Health to operate more efficiently and economically by decreasing the overall Federal cost of providing for the care, maintenance, and transportation of chimpanzees—
§ 283n. Shared Instrumentation Grant Program
- (a) In determining whether to award a grant to an applicant under the Shared Instrumentation Grant Program, the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall consider—
- (1) the extent to which an award for the specific instrument involved would meet the scientific needs and enhance the planned research endeavors of the major users by providing an instrument that is unavailable or to which availability is highly limited;
- (2) with respect to the instrument involved, the availability and commitment of the appropriate technical expertise within the major user group or the applicant institution for use of the instrumentation;
- (3) the adequacy of the organizational plan for the use of the instrument involved and the internal advisory committee for oversight of the applicant, including sharing arrangements if any;
- (4) the applicant’s commitment for continued support of the utilization and maintenance of the instrument; and
- (5) the extent to which the specified instrument will be shared and the benefit of the proposed instrument to the overall research community to be served.
- (b) In awarding grants under the program described in subsection (a), the Director of NIH, acting through the Office of the Director of NIH, shall comply with the peer review requirements in section 289a of this title .
§ 283o. Next generation of researchers
- (a) There shall be established within the Office of the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Next Generation of Researchers Initiative (referred to in this section as the “Initiative”), through which the Director shall coordinate all policies and programs within the National Institutes of Health that are focused on promoting and providing opportunities for new researchers and earlier research independence.
- (b) The Director of the National Institutes of Health, through the Initiative shall—
- (1) promote policies and programs within the National Institutes of Health that are focused on improving opportunities for new researchers and promoting earlier research independence, including existing policies and programs, as appropriate;
- (2) develop, modify, or prioritize policies, as needed, within the National Institutes of Health to promote opportunities for new researchers and earlier research independence, such as policies to increase opportunities for new researchers to receive funding, enhance training and mentorship programs for researchers, and enhance workforce diversity;
- (3) coordinate, as appropriate, with relevant agencies, professional and academic associations, academic institutions, and others, to improve and update existing information on the biomedical research workforce in order to inform programs related to the training, recruitment, and retention of biomedical researchers; and
- (4) carry out other activities, including evaluation and oversight of existing programs, as appropriate, to promote the development of the next generation of researchers and earlier research independence.
§ 283p. Population focused research
The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall, as appropriate, encourage efforts to improve research related to the health of sexual and gender minority populations, including by—
- (1) facilitating increased participation of sexual and gender minority populations in clinical research supported by the National Institutes of Health, and reporting on such participation, as applicable;
- (2) facilitating the development of valid and reliable methods for research relevant to sexual and gender minority populations; and
- (3) addressing methodological challenges.
§ 283q. Eureka prize competitions
- (a) Pursuant to the authorities and processes established under section 3719 of title 15 , the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall support prize competitions for one or both of the following goals:
- (1) Identifying and funding areas of biomedical science that could realize significant advancements through a prize competition.
- (2) Improving health outcomes, particularly with respect to human diseases and conditions—
- (A) for which public and private investment in research is disproportionately small relative to Federal Government expenditures on prevention and treatment activities with respect to such diseases and conditions, such that Federal expenditures on health programs would be reduced;
- (B) that are serious and represent a significant disease burden in the United States; or
- (C) for which there is potential for significant return on investment to the United States.
- (b) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall—
- (1) collect information on—
- (A) the effect of innovations funded through the prize competitions under this section in advancing biomedical science or improving health outcomes pursuant to subsection (a); and
- (B) the effect of the innovations on Federal expenditures; and
- (2) include the information collected under paragraph (1) in the triennial report under section 283 of this title (as amended by section 2032).
- (1) collect information on—
§ 284. Directors of national research institutes
- (a)
- (1) The Director of the National Cancer Institute shall be appointed by the President, and the Directors of the other national research institutes and national centers shall be appointed by the Secretary, acting through the Director of National Institutes of Health. Each Director of a national research institute or national center shall report directly to the Director of National Institutes of Health.
- (2)
- (A) A Director of a national research institute or national center who is appointed by the Secretary, acting through the Director of National Institutes of Health, shall be appointed for 5 years.
- (B) At the end of the term of a Director of a national research institute or national center, the Director may be reappointed in accordance with standards applicable to the relevant appointment mechanism. There shall be no limit on the number of terms that a Director may serve.
- (C) If the office of a Director of a national research institute or national center becomes vacant before the end of such Director’s term, the Director appointed to fill the vacancy shall be appointed for a 5-year term starting on the date of such appointment.
- (D) Each Director of a national research institute or national center who is serving on December 13, 2016 , shall be deemed to be appointed for a 5-year term under this subsection beginning on such date.
- (E) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to limit the authority of the Secretary or the Director of National Institutes of Health to terminate the appointment of a director referred to in subparagraph (A) before the expiration of such director’s 5-year term.
- (F) Appointments and reappointments under this subsection shall be made on the basis of ability and experience as it relates to the mission of the National Institutes of Health and its components, including compliance with any legal requirement that the Secretary or Director of National Institutes of Health determines relevant.
- (3) The restrictions contained in section 202 of the Departments of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1993 ( Public Law 102–394 ; 42 U.S.C. 238f note) related to consultants and individual scientists appointed for limited periods of time shall not apply to Directors appointed under this subsection.
- (b)
- (1) In carrying out the purposes of section 241 of this title with respect to human diseases or disorders or other aspects of human health for which the national research institutes were established, the Secretary, acting through the Director of each national research institute—
- (A) shall encourage and support research, investigations, experiments, demonstrations, and studies in the health sciences related to—
- (i) the maintenance of health,
- (ii) the detection, diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of human diseases and disorders,
- (iii) the rehabilitation of individuals with human diseases, disorders, and disabilities, and
- (iv) the expansion of knowledge of the processes underlying human diseases, disorders, and disabilities, the processes underlying the normal and pathological functioning of the body and its organ systems, and the processes underlying the interactions between the human organism and the environment;
- (B) may, subject to the peer review prescribed under section 289a(b) of this title and any advisory council review under section 284a(a)(3)(A)(i) of this title , conduct the research, investigations, experiments, demonstrations, and studies referred to in subparagraph (A);
- (C) shall, as appropriate, conduct and support research that has the potential to transform the scientific field, has inherently higher risk, and that seeks to address major current challenges;
- (D) may conduct and support research training (i) for which fellowship support is not provided under section 288 of this title , and (ii) which is not residency training of physicians or other health professionals;
- (E) may develop, implement, and support demonstrations and programs for the application of the results of the activities of the institute to clinical practice and disease prevention activities;
- (F) may develop, conduct, and support public and professional education and information programs;
- (G) may secure, develop and maintain, distribute, and support the development and maintenance of resources needed for research;
- (H) may make available the facilities of the institute to appropriate entities and individuals engaged in research activities and cooperate with and assist Federal and State agencies charged with protecting the public health;
- (I) may accept unconditional gifts made to the institute for its activities, and, in the case of gifts of a value in excess of $50,000, establish suitable memorials to the donor;
- (J) may secure for the institute consultation services and advice of persons from the United States or abroad;
- (K) may use, with their consent, the services, equipment, personnel, information, and facilities of other Federal, State, or local public agencies, with or without reimbursement therefor;
- (L) may accept voluntary and uncompensated services; and
- (M) may perform such other functions as the Secretary determines are needed to carry out effectively the purposes of the institute.
- (A) shall encourage and support research, investigations, experiments, demonstrations, and studies in the health sciences related to—
- (2) Support for an activity or program under this subsection may be provided through grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements. The Secretary, acting through the Director of each national research institute—
- (A) may enter into a contract for research, training, or demonstrations only if the contract has been recommended after technical and scientific peer review required by regulations under section 289a of this title ;
- (B) may make grants and cooperative agreements under paragraph (1) for research, training, or demonstrations, except that—
- (i) if the direct cost of the grant or cooperative agreement to be made does not exceed $50,000, such grant or cooperative agreement may be made only if such grant or cooperative agreement has been recommended after technical and scientific peer review required by regulations under section 289a of this title , and
- (ii) if the direct cost of the grant or cooperative agreement to be made exceeds $50,000, such grant or cooperative agreement may be made only if such grant or cooperative agreement has been recommended after technical and scientific peer review required by regulations under section 289a of this title and is recommended under section 284a(a)(3)(A)(ii) of this title by the advisory council for the national research institute involved; and
- (C) shall, subject to section 300cc–40c(d)(2) of this title , receive from the President and the Office of Management and Budget directly all funds appropriated by the Congress for obligation and expenditure by the Institute.
- (3) Before an award is made by a national research institute or by a national center for a grant for a research program or project (commonly referred to as an “R-series grant”), other than an award constituting a noncompetitive renewal of such a grant, or a noncompetitive administrative supplement to such a grant, the Director of such national research institute or national center shall, consistent with the peer review process—
- (A) review and make the final decision with respect to making the award; and
- (B) take into consideration, as appropriate—
- (i) the mission of the national research institute or national center and the scientific priorities identified in the strategic plan under section 282(m) of this title ;
- (ii) programs or projects funded by other agencies on similar research topics; and
- (iii) advice by staff and the advisory council or board of such national research institute or national center.
- (1) In carrying out the purposes of section 241 of this title with respect to human diseases or disorders or other aspects of human health for which the national research institutes were established, the Secretary, acting through the Director of each national research institute—
- (c) In carrying out subsection (b), each Director of a national research institute—
- (1) shall coordinate, as appropriate, the activities of the institute with similar programs of other public and private entities;
- (2) shall cooperate with the Directors of the other national research institutes in the development and support of multidisciplinary research and research that involves more than one institute;
- (3) may, in consultation with the advisory council for the Institute and with the approval of the Director of NIH—
- (A) establish technical and scientific peer review groups in addition to those appointed under section 282(b)(16) of this title ; and
- (B) appoint the members of peer review groups established under subparagraph (A); and
- (4) may publish, or arrange for the publication of, information with respect to the purpose of the Institute without regard to section 501 of title 44 .
§ 284a. Advisory councils
- (a)
- (1) Except as provided in subsection (h), the Secretary shall appoint an advisory council for each national research institute which (A) shall advise, assist, consult with, and make recommendations to the Secretary and the Director of such institute on matters related to the activities carried out by and through the institute and the policies respecting such activities, and (B) shall carry out the special functions prescribed by part C.
- (2) Each advisory council for a national research institute may recommend to the Secretary acceptance, in accordance with section 238 of this title , of conditional gifts for study, investigation, or research respecting the diseases, disorders, or other aspect of human health with respect to which the institute was established, for the acquisition of grounds, or for the construction, equipping, or maintenance of facilities for the institute.
- (3) Each advisory council for a national research institute—
- (A)
- (i) may on the basis of the materials provided under section 289a(b)(2) of this title respecting research conducted at the institute, make recommendations to the Director of the institute respecting such research,
- (ii) may review applications for grants and cooperative agreements for research or training and for which advisory council approval is required under section 284(b)(2) of this title and recommend for approval applications for projects which show promise of making valuable contributions to human knowledge, and
- (iii) may review any grant, contract, or cooperative agreement proposed to be made or entered into by the institute;
- (B) may collect, by correspondence or by personal investigation, information as to studies which are being carried on in the United States or any other country as to the diseases, disorders, or other aspect of human health with respect to which the institute was established and with the approval of the Director of the institute make available such information through appropriate publications for the benefit of public and private health entities and health professions personnel and scientists and for the information of the general public; and
- (C) may appoint subcommittees and convene workshops and conferences.
- (A)
- (b)
- (1) Each advisory council shall consist of ex officio members and not more than eighteen members appointed by the Secretary. The ex officio members shall be nonvoting members.
- (2) The ex officio members of an advisory council shall consist of—
- (A) the Secretary, the Director of NIH, the Director of the national research institute for which the council is established, the Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs or the Chief Dental Director of the Department of Veterans Affairs, and the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs (or the designees of such officers), and
- (B) such additional officers or employees of the United States as the Secretary determines necessary for the advisory council to effectively carry out its functions.
- (3) The members of an advisory council who are not ex officio members shall be appointed as follows:
- (A) Two-thirds of the members shall be appointed by the Secretary from among the leading representatives of the health and scientific disciplines (including not less than two individuals who are leaders in the fields of public health and the behavioral or social sciences) relevant to the activities of the national research institute for which the advisory council is established.
- (B) One-third of the members shall be appointed by the Secretary from the general public and shall include leaders in fields of public policy, law, health policy, economics, and management.
- (4) Members of an advisory council who are officers or employees of the United States shall not receive any compensation for service on the advisory council. The other members of an advisory council shall receive, for each day (including traveltime) they are engaged in the performance of the functions of the advisory council, compensation at rates not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate in effect for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule.
- (c) The term of office of an appointed member of an advisory council is four years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall be appointed for the remainder of such term and the Secretary shall make appointments to an advisory council in such a manner as to ensure that the terms of the members do not all expire in the same year. A member may serve after the expiration of the member’s term for 180 days after the date of such expiration. A member who has been appointed for a term of four years may not be reappointed to an advisory council before two years from the date of expiration of such term of office. If a vacancy occurs in the advisory council among the appointed members, the Secretary shall make an appointment to fill the vacancy within 90 days from the date the vacancy occurs.
- (d) The chairman of an advisory council shall be selected by the Secretary from among the appointed members, except that the Secretary may select the Director of the national research institute for which the advisory council is established to be the chairman of the advisory council. The term of office of the chairman shall be two years.
- (e) The advisory council shall meet at the call of the chairman or upon the request of the Director of the national research institute for which it was established, but at least three times each fiscal year. The location of the meetings of each advisory council is subject to the approval of the Director of the national research institute for which the advisory council was established.
- (f) The Director of the national research institute for which an advisory council is established shall designate a member of the staff of the institute to serve as the executive secretary of the advisory council. The Director of such institute shall make available to the advisory council such staff, information, and other assistance as it may require to carry out its functions. The Director of such institute shall provide orientation and training for new members of the advisory council to provide them with such information and training as may be appropriate for their effective participation in the functions of the advisory council.
- (g) Each advisory council may prepare, for inclusion in the biennial report made under section 284b 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title, (1) comments respecting the activities of the advisory council in the fiscal years respecting which the report is prepared, (2) comments on the progress of the national research institute for which it was established in meeting its objectives, and (3) recommendations respecting the future directions and program and policy emphasis of the institute. Each advisory council may prepare such additional reports as it may determine appropriate.
- (h)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), this section does not terminate the membership of any advisory council for a national research institute which was in existence on November 20, 1985 . After November 20, 1985 —
- (A) the Secretary shall make appointments to each such advisory council in such a manner as to bring about as soon as practicable the composition for such council prescribed by this section;
- (B) each advisory council shall organize itself in accordance with this section and exercise the functions prescribed by this section; and
- (C) the Director of each national research institute shall perform for such advisory council the functions prescribed by this section.
- (2)
- (A) The National Cancer Advisory Board shall be the advisory council for the National Cancer Institute. This section applies to the National Cancer Advisory Board, except that—
- (i) appointments to such Board shall be made by the President;
- (ii) the term of office of an appointed member shall be 6 years;
- (iii) of the members appointed to the Board—
- (I) not less than 5 members shall be individuals knowledgeable in environmental carcinogenesis (including carcinogenesis involving occupational and dietary factors); and
- (II) not less than one member shall be an individual knowledgeable in pediatric oncology;
- (iv) the chairman of the Board shall be selected by the President from the appointed members and shall serve as chairman for a term of two years;
- (v) the ex officio members of the Board shall be nonvoting members and shall be the Secretary, the Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy, the Director of NIH, the Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, the Director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, the Secretary of Labor, the Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Chairman of the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs, and the Director of the Office of Science of the Department of Energy (or the designees of such officers); and
- (vi) the Board shall meet at least four times each fiscal year.
- (B) This section applies to the advisory council to the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, except that the advisory council shall meet at least four times each fiscal year.
- (A) The National Cancer Advisory Board shall be the advisory council for the National Cancer Institute. This section applies to the National Cancer Advisory Board, except that—
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), this section does not terminate the membership of any advisory council for a national research institute which was in existence on November 20, 1985 . After November 20, 1985 —
§ 284b. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(1)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
§ 284b. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(1)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
§ 284c. Certain uses of funds
- (a)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the sum of the amounts obligated in any fiscal year for administrative expenses of the National Institutes of Health may not exceed an amount which is 5.5 percent of the total amount appropriated for such fiscal year for the National Institutes of Health.
- (2) Paragraph (1) does not apply to the National Library of Medicine, the National Center for Nursing Research, the John E. Fogarty International Center for Advanced Study in the Health Sciences, the Warren G. Magnuson Clinical Center, and the Office of Medical Applications of Research.
- (3) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “administrative expenses” means expenses incurred for the support of activities relevant to the award of grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements and expenses incurred for general administration of the scientific programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health.
- (b) For fiscal year 1989 and subsequent fiscal years, amounts made available to the National Institutes of Health shall be available for payment of nurses and allied health professionals in accordance with payment authorities, scheduling options, benefits, and other authorities provided under chapter 73 of title 38 for nurses of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
§ 284d. Definitions
- (a) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “health services research” means research endeavors that study the impact of the organization, financing and management of health services on the quality, cost, access to and outcomes of care. Such term does not include research on the efficacy of services to prevent, diagnose, or treat medical conditions.
- (b) As used in this subchapter, the term “clinical research” means patient oriented clinical research conducted with human subjects, or research on the causes and consequences of disease in human populations involving material of human origin (such as tissue specimens and cognitive phenomena) for which an investigator or colleague directly interacts with human subjects in an outpatient or inpatient setting to clarify a problem in human physiology, pathophysiology or disease, or epidemiologic or behavioral studies, outcomes research or health services research, or developing new technologies, therapeutic interventions, or clinical trials.
§ 284e. Research on osteoporosis, Paget’s disease, and related bone disorders
- (a) The Directors of the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases, the National Institute on Aging, the National Institute of Dental Research, and the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, shall expand and intensify the programs of such Institutes with respect to research and related activities concerning osteoporosis, Paget’s disease, and related bone disorders.
- (b) The Directors referred to in subsection (a) shall jointly coordinate the programs referred to in such subsection and consult with the Arthritis and Musculoskeletal Diseases Interagency Coordinating Committee and the Interagency Task Force on Aging Research.
- (c)
- (1) In order to assist in carrying out the purpose described in subsection (a), the Director of NIH shall provide for the establishment of an information clearinghouse on osteoporosis and related bone disorders to facilitate and enhance knowledge and understanding on the part of health professionals, patients, and the public through the effective dissemination of information.
- (2) For the purpose of carrying out paragraph (1), the Director of NIH shall enter into a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract with a nonprofit private entity involved in activities regarding the prevention and control of osteoporosis and related bone disorders.
§ 284f. Parkinson’s disease
- (a) The Director of NIH shall establish a program for the conduct and support of research and training with respect to Parkinson’s disease (subject to the extent of amounts appropriated to carry out this section).
- (b)
- (1) The Director of NIH shall provide for the coordination of the program established under subsection (a) among all of the national research institutes conducting Parkinson’s disease research.
- (2) Coordination under paragraph (1) shall include the convening of a research planning conference not less frequently than once every 2 years. Each such conference shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representatives a report concerning the conference.
- (c)
- (1) The Director of NIH is authorized to award Core Center Grants to encourage the development of innovative multidisciplinary research and provide training concerning Parkinson’s disease. The Director is authorized to award not more than 10 Core Center Grants and designate each center funded under such grants as a Morris K. Udall Center for Research on Parkinson’s Disease.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to Parkinson’s disease, each center assisted under this subsection shall—
- (i) use the facilities of a single institution or a consortium of cooperating institutions, and meet such qualifications as may be prescribed by the Director of the NIH; and
- (ii) conduct basic and clinical research.
- (B) With respect to Parkinson’s disease, each center assisted under this subsection may—
- (i) conduct training programs for scientists and health professionals;
- (ii) conduct programs to provide information and continuing education to health professionals;
- (iii) conduct programs for the dissemination of information to the public;
- (iv) separately or in collaboration with other centers, establish a nationwide data system derived from patient populations with Parkinson’s disease, and where possible, comparing relevant data involving general populations;
- (v) separately or in collaboration with other centers, establish a Parkinson’s Disease Information Clearinghouse to facilitate and enhance knowledge and understanding of Parkinson’s disease; and
- (vi) separately or in collaboration with other centers, establish a national education program that fosters a national focus on Parkinson’s disease and the care of those with Parkinson’s disease.
- (A) With respect to Parkinson’s disease, each center assisted under this subsection shall—
- (3) A center may use funds provided under paragraph (1) to provide stipends for scientists and health professionals enrolled in training programs under paragraph (2)(B).
- (4) Support of a center under this subsection may be for a period not exceeding five years. Such period may be extended by the Director of NIH for one or more additional periods of not more than five years if the operations of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate technical and scientific peer review group established by the Director and if such group has recommended to the Director that such period should be extended.
- (d) The Director of NIH is authorized to establish a grant program to support investigators with a proven record of excellence and innovation in Parkinson’s disease research and who demonstrate potential for significant future breakthroughs in the understanding of the pathogensis, 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “pathogenesis,”. diagnosis, and treatment of Parkinson’s disease. Grants under this subsection shall be available for a period of not to exceed 5 years.
§ 284g. Expansion, intensification, and coordination of activities of National Institutes of Health with respect to research on autism spectrum disorder
- (a)
- (1) The Director of NIH (in this section referred to as the “Director”) shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, expand, intensify, and coordinate the activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research on autism spectrum disorder, including basic and clinical research in fields including pathology, developmental neurobiology, genetics, epigenetics, pharmacology, nutrition, immunology, neuroimmunology, neurobehavioral development, endocrinology, gastroenterology, toxicology, and interventions to maximize outcomes for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Such research shall investigate the causes (including possible environmental causes), diagnosis or ruling out, early and ongoing detection, prevention, services across the lifespan, supports, intervention, and treatment of autism spectrum disorder, including dissemination and implementation of clinical care, supports, interventions, and treatments.
- (2) The Director may consolidate program activities under this section if such consolidation would improve program efficiencies and outcomes.
- (3) The Director shall carry out this section acting through the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health and in collaboration with any other agencies that the Director determines appropriate.
- (b)
- (1) The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) make awards of grants and contracts to public or nonprofit private entities to pay all or part of the cost of planning, establishing, improving, and providing basic operating support for centers of excellence regarding research on autism spectrum disorder.
- (2) Each center under paragraph (1) shall conduct basic and clinical research into autism spectrum disorder. Such research should include investigations into the causes, diagnosis, early and ongoing detection, prevention, and treatment of autism spectrum disorder across the lifespan. The centers, as a group, shall conduct research including the fields of developmental neurobiology, genetics, genomics, psychopharmacology, developmental psychology, behavioral psychology, and clinical psychology.
- (3)
- (A) A center under paragraph (1) may expend amounts provided under such paragraph to carry out a program to make individuals aware of opportunities to participate as subjects in research conducted by the centers.
- (B) A program under subparagraph (A) may, in accordance with such criteria as the Director may establish, provide to the subjects described in such subparagraph, referrals for health and other services, and such patient care costs as are required for research.
- (C) The extent to which a center can demonstrate availability and access to clinical services shall be considered by the Director in decisions about awarding grants to applicants which meet the scientific criteria for funding under this section.
- (D) The Director may consider, as appropriate, the extent to which a center can demonstrate availability and access to clinical services for youth and adults from diverse racial, ethnic, geographic, or linguistic backgrounds in decisions about awarding grants to applicants which meet the scientific criteria for funding under this section.
- (4) Each center under paragraph (1) shall use the facilities of a single institution, or be formed from a consortium of cooperating institutions, meeting such requirements as may be prescribed by the Director.
- (5)
- (A) The Director shall provide for the establishment of not less than five centers under paragraph (1).
- (B) Support for a center established under paragraph (1) may be provided under this section for a period of not to exceed 5 years. Such period may be extended for one or more additional periods not exceeding 5 years if the operations of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate technical and scientific peer review group established by the Director and if such group has recommended to the Director that such period should be extended.
- (c) The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) provide for a program under which samples of tissues and genetic materials that are of use in research on autism spectrum disorder are donated, collected, preserved, and made available for such research. The program shall be carried out in accordance with accepted scientific and medical standards for the donation, collection, and preservation of such samples.
- (d) The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) provide for means through which the public can obtain information on the existing and planned programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to autism spectrum disorder and through which the Director can receive comments from the public regarding such programs and activities.
§ 284h. Pediatric Research Initiative
- (a) The Secretary shall establish within the Office of the Director of NIH a Pediatric Research Initiative (referred to in this section as the “Initiative”) to conduct and support research that is directly related to diseases, disorders, and other conditions in children. The Initiative shall be headed by the Director of NIH.
- (b) The purpose of the Initiative is to provide funds to enable the Director of NIH—
- (1) to increase support for pediatric biomedical research within the National Institutes of Health to realize the expanding opportunities for advancement in scientific investigations and care for children;
- (2) to enhance collaborative efforts among the Institutes to conduct and support multidisciplinary research in the areas that the Director deems most promising; and
- (3) in coordination with the Food and Drug Administration, to increase the development of adequate pediatric clinical trials and pediatric use information to promote the safer and more effective use of prescription drugs in the pediatric population.
- (c) In carrying out subsection (b), the Director of NIH shall—
- (1) consult with the Director of the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development and the other national research institutes, in considering their requests for new or expanded pediatric research efforts, and consult with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and other advisors as the Director determines to be appropriate;
- (2) have broad discretion in the allocation of any Initiative assistance among the Institutes, among types of grants, and between basic and clinical research so long as the assistance is directly related to the illnesses and conditions of children; and
- (3) be responsible for the oversight of any newly appropriated Initiative funds and annually report to Congress and the public on the extent of the total funds obligated to conduct or support pediatric research across the National Institutes of Health, including the specific support and research awards allocated through the Initiative.
- (d)
- (1) In carrying out the Initiative, the Director of NIH, in collaboration with the national research institutes and national centers that carry out activities involving pediatric research, shall support a National Pediatric Research Network in order to more effectively support pediatric research and optimize the use of Federal resources. Such National Pediatric Research Network may be comprised of, as appropriate—
- (A) the pediatric research consortia receiving awards under paragraph (2); or
- (B) other consortia, centers, or networks focused on pediatric research that are recognized by the Director of NIH and established pursuant to the authorities vested in the National Institutes of Health by other sections of this chapter.
- (2)
- (A) The Director of NIH shall award funding, including through grants, contracts, or other mechanisms, to public or private nonprofit entities for providing support for pediatric research consortia, including with respect to—
- (i) basic, clinical, behavioral, or translational research to meet unmet needs for pediatric research; and
- (ii) training researchers in pediatric research techniques in order to address unmet pediatric research needs.
- (B) The Director of NIH shall, as appropriate, ensure that—
- (i) each consortium receiving an award under subparagraph (A) conducts or supports at least one category of research described in subparagraph (A)(i) and collectively such consortia conduct or support such categories of research; and
- (ii) one or more such consortia provide training described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
- (C) Each consortium receiving an award under subparagraph (A) shall—
- (i) be formed from a collaboration of cooperating institutions;
- (ii) be coordinated by a lead institution or institutions;
- (iii) agree to disseminate scientific findings, including from clinical trials, rapidly and efficiently, as appropriate, to—
- (I) other consortia;
- (II) the National Institutes of Health;
- (III) the Food and Drug Administration;
- (IV) and 1 1 So in original. The word “and” probably should appear at end of subcl. (III). other relevant agencies; and
- (iv) meet such requirements as may be prescribed by the Director of NIH.
- (D) Any support received by a consortium under subparagraph (A) shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other public or private support for activities authorized to be supported under this paragraph.
- (E) Support of a consortium under subparagraph (A) shall be for a period of not to exceed 5 years. Such period may be extended at the discretion of the Director of NIH.
- (A) The Director of NIH shall award funding, including through grants, contracts, or other mechanisms, to public or private nonprofit entities for providing support for pediatric research consortia, including with respect to—
- (3) The Director of NIH shall, as appropriate—
- (A) provide for the coordination of activities (including the exchange of information and regular communication) among the consortia established pursuant to paragraph (2); and
- (B) require the periodic preparation and submission to the Director of reports on the activities of each such consortium.
- (4) Each consortium receiving an award under paragraph (2)(A) may provide assistance, as appropriate, to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for activities related to patient registries and other surveillance systems upon request by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (1) In carrying out the Initiative, the Director of NIH, in collaboration with the national research institutes and national centers that carry out activities involving pediatric research, shall support a National Pediatric Research Network in order to more effectively support pediatric research and optimize the use of Federal resources. Such National Pediatric Research Network may be comprised of, as appropriate—
- (e) In making awards under subsection (d)(2) for pediatric research consortia, the Director of NIH shall ensure that an appropriate number of such awards are awarded to such consortia that agree to—
- (1) consider pediatric rare diseases or conditions, or those related to birth defects; and
- (2) conduct or coordinate one or more multisite clinical trials of therapies for, or approaches to, the prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of one or more pediatric rare diseases or conditions.
- (f) The Director of NIH may transfer amounts appropriated under this section to any of the Institutes for a fiscal year to carry out the purposes of the Initiative under this section.
§ 284i. Autoimmune diseases
- (a)
- (1) The Director of NIH shall expand, intensify, and coordinate research and other activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to autoimmune diseases.
- (2) With respect to amounts appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year, the Director of NIH shall allocate the amounts among the national research institutes that are carrying out paragraph (1).
- (3) The term “autoimmune disease” includes, for purposes of this section such diseases or disorders with evidence of autoimmune pathogensis 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “pathogenesis”. as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall ensure that the Autoimmune Diseases Coordinating Committee (referred to in this section as the “Coordinating Committee”) coordinates activities across the National Institutes and with other Federal health programs and activities relating to such diseases.
- (2) The Coordinating Committee shall be composed of the directors or their designees of each of the national research institutes involved in research with respect to autoimmune diseases and representatives of all other Federal departments and agencies whose programs involve health functions or responsibilities relevant to such diseases, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Food and Drug Administration.
- (3)
- (A) With respect to autoimmune diseases, the Chair of the Committee shall serve as the principal advisor to the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary for Health, and the Director of NIH, and shall provide advice to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, and other relevant agencies.
- (B) The Chair of the Committee shall be directly responsible to the Director of NIH.
- (c)
- (1) Not later than 1 year after October 17, 2000 , the Coordinating Committee shall develop a plan for conducting and supporting research and education on autoimmune diseases through the national research institutes and shall periodically review and revise the plan. The plan shall—
- (A) provide for a broad range of research and education activities relating to biomedical, psychosocial, and rehabilitative issues, including studies of the disproportionate impact of such diseases on women;
- (B) identify priorities among the programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health regarding such diseases; and
- (C) reflect input from a broad range of scientists, patients, and advocacy groups.
- (2) The plan under paragraph (1) shall, with respect to autoimmune diseases, provide for the following as appropriate:
- (A) Research to determine the reasons underlying the incidence and prevalence of the diseases.
- (B) Basic research concerning the etiology and causes of the diseases.
- (C) Epidemiological studies to address the frequency and natural history of the diseases, including any differences among the sexes and among racial and ethnic groups.
- (D) The development of improved screening techniques.
- (E) Clinical research for the development and evaluation of new treatments, including new biological agents.
- (F) Information and education programs for health care professionals and the public.
- (3) The Director of NIH shall ensure that programs and activities of the National Institutes of Health regarding autoimmune diseases are implemented in accordance with the plan under paragraph (1).
- (1) Not later than 1 year after October 17, 2000 , the Coordinating Committee shall develop a plan for conducting and supporting research and education on autoimmune diseases through the national research institutes and shall periodically review and revise the plan. The plan shall—
§ 284j. Muscular dystrophy research
- (a) The Director of NIH shall expand and increase coordination in the activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research on muscular dystrophies, including Duchenne muscular dystrophy.
- (b) The Director of NIH shall carry out this section through the appropriate institutes, including the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke and in collaboration with any other agencies that the Director determines appropriate.
§ 284k. Clinical research
- (a) The Director of National Institutes of Health shall undertake activities to support and expand the involvement of the National Institutes of Health in clinical research.
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Director of National Institutes of Health shall—
- (1) consider the recommendations of the Division of Research Grants Clinical Research Study Group and other recommendations for enhancing clinical research; and
- (2) establish intramural and extramural clinical research fellowship programs directed specifically at medical and dental students and a continuing education clinical research training program at the National Institutes of Health.
- (c) The Director of National Institutes of Health, in cooperation with the Directors of the Institutes, Centers, and Divisions of the National Institutes of Health, shall support and expand the resources available for the diverse needs of the clinical research community, including inpatient, outpatient, and critical care clinical research.
- (d) The Director of National Institutes of Health shall establish peer review mechanisms to evaluate applications for the awards and fellowships provided for in subsection (b)(2) and section 284 l of this title. Such review mechanisms shall include individuals who are exceptionally qualified to appraise the merits of potential clinical research training and research grant proposals.
§ 284l. Enhancement awards
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall make grants (to be referred to as “Mentored Patient-Oriented Research Career Development Awards”) to support individual careers in clinical research at general clinical research centers or at other institutions that have the infrastructure and resources deemed appropriate for conducting patient-oriented clinical research.
- (B) Grants under subparagraph (A) shall be used to support clinical investigators in the early phases of their independent careers by providing salary and such other support for a period of supervised study.
- (2) An application for a grant under this subsection shall be submitted by an individual scientist at such time as the Director may require.
- (1)
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall make grants (to be referred to as “Mid-Career Investigator Awards in Patient-Oriented Research”) to support individual clinical research projects at general clinical research centers or at other institutions that have the infrastructure and resources deemed appropriate for conducting patient-oriented clinical research.
- (B) Grants under subparagraph (A) shall be used to provide support for mid-career level clinicians to allow such clinicians to devote time to clinical research and to act as mentors for beginning clinical investigators.
- (2) An application for a grant under this subsection shall be submitted by an individual scientist at such time as the Director requires.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall make grants (to be referred to as “Graduate Training in Clinical Investigation Awards”) to support individuals pursuing master’s or doctoral degrees in clinical investigation.
- (2) An application for a grant under this subsection shall be submitted by an individual scientist at such time as the Director may require.
- (3) Grants under this subsection shall be for terms of 2 years or more and shall provide stipend, tuition, and institutional support for individual advanced degree programs in clinical investigation.
- (4) As used in this subsection, the term “advanced degree programs in clinical investigation” means programs that award a master’s or Ph.D. degree in clinical investigation after 2 or more years of training in areas such as the following:
- (A) Analytical methods, biostatistics, and study design.
- (B) Principles of clinical pharmacology and pharmacokinetics.
- (C) Clinical epidemiology.
- (D) Computer data management and medical informatics.
- (E) Ethical and regulatory issues.
- (F) Biomedical writing.
- (d)
- (1) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall make grants (to be referred to as “Clinical Research Curriculum Awards”) to institutions for the development and support of programs of core curricula for training clinical investigators, including medical students. Such core curricula may include training in areas such as the following:
- (A) Analytical methods, biostatistics, and study design.
- (B) Principles of clinical pharmacology and pharmacokinetics.
- (C) Clinical epidemiology.
- (D) Computer data management and medical informatics.
- (E) Ethical and regulatory issues.
- (F) Biomedical writing.
- (2) An application for a grant under this subsection shall be submitted by an individual institution or a consortium of institutions at such time as the Director may require. An institution may submit only one such application.
- (3) Grants under this subsection shall be for terms of up to 5 years and may be renewable.
- (1) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall make grants (to be referred to as “Clinical Research Curriculum Awards”) to institutions for the development and support of programs of core curricula for training clinical investigators, including medical students. Such core curricula may include training in areas such as the following:
§ 284m. Program for pediatric studies of drugs
- (a)
- (1) Not later than one year after September 27, 2007 , the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health and in consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and experts in pediatric research, shall develop and publish a priority list of needs in pediatric therapeutics, including drugs, biological products, or indications that require study. The list shall be revised every three years.
- (2) In developing and prioritizing the list under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
- (A) shall consider—
- (i) therapeutic gaps in pediatrics that may include developmental pharmacology, pharmacogenetic determinants of drug response, metabolism of drugs and biologics in children, and pediatric clinical trials;
- (ii) particular pediatric diseases, disorders or conditions where more complete knowledge and testing of therapeutics, including drugs and biologics, and identification of biomarkers for such diseases, disorders, or conditions, may be beneficial in pediatric populations; and
- (iii) the adequacy of necessary infrastructure to conduct pediatric pharmacological research, including research networks and trained pediatric investigators; and
- (B) may consider the availability of qualified countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6a of this title ), security countermeasures (as defined in section 247d–6b of this title ), and qualified pandemic or epidemic products (as defined in section 247d–6d of this title ) to address the needs of pediatric populations, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, consistent with the purposes of this section.
- (A) shall consider—
- (b) The Secretary, acting through the National Institutes of Health, shall award funds to entities that have the expertise to conduct pediatric clinical trials or other research (including qualified universities, hospitals, laboratories, contract research organizations, practice groups, federally funded programs such as pediatric pharmacology research units, other public or private institutions, or individuals) to enable the entities to conduct the drug studies or other research on the issues described in paragraphs (1) and (2)(A) of subsection (a). The Secretary may use contracts, grants, or other appropriate funding mechanisms to award funds under this subsection.
- (c)
- (1) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall, as appropriate, submit proposed pediatric study requests for consideration by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs for pediatric studies of a specific pediatric indication identified under subsection (a). Such a proposed pediatric study request shall be made in a manner equivalent to a written request made under subsection (b) or (c) of section 505A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a ], or section 262(m) of this title , including with respect to the information provided on the pediatric studies to be conducted pursuant to the request. The Director of the National Institutes of Health may submit a proposed pediatric study request for a drug for which—
- (A)
- (i) there is an approved application under section 505(j) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(j) ] or section 262(k) of this title ; or
- (ii) there is a submitted application that could be approved under the criteria of such section; and
- (B) there remains no patent listed pursuant to section 505(b)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355(b)(1) ], and every three-year and five-year period referred to in subsection (c)(3)(E)(ii), (c)(3)(E)(iii), (c)(3)(E)(iv), (j)(5)(F)(ii), (j)(5)(F)(iii), or (j)(5)(F)(iv) of section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355 ], or applicable twelve-year period referred to in section 262(k)(7) of this title , and any seven-year period referred to in section 527 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 360cc ] has ended for at least one form of the drug; and
- (C) additional studies are needed to assess the safety and effectiveness of the use of the drug in the pediatric population.
- (A)
- (2) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs, in consultation with the Director of the National Institutes of Health, may issue a written request based on the proposed pediatric study request for the indication or indications submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) (which shall include a timeframe for negotiations for an agreement) for pediatric studies concerning a drug identified under subsection (a) to all holders of an approved application for the drug. Such a written request shall be made in a manner equivalent to the manner in which a written request is made under subsection (b) or (c) of section 505A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a ] or section 262(m) of this title , including with respect to information provided on the pediatric studies to be conducted pursuant to the request and using appropriate formulations for each age group for which the study is requested.
- (3) If the Commissioner of Food and Drugs does not receive a response to a written request issued under paragraph (2) not later than 30 days after the date on which a request was issued, the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health and in consultation with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall publish a request for proposals to conduct the pediatric studies described in the written request in accordance with subsection (b).
- (4) A holder that receives a first right of refusal shall not be entitled to respond to a request for proposals under paragraph (3).
- (5) A contract, grant, or other funding may be awarded under this section only if a proposal is submitted to the Secretary in such form and manner, and containing such agreements, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out this section.
- (6)
- (A) On completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an award under this section, a report concerning the study shall be submitted to the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs. The report shall include all data generated in connection with the study, including a written request if issued.
- (B)
- (i) Each report submitted under subparagraph (A) shall be considered to be in the public domain (subject to section 505A(d)(4) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(d)(4) ]) and not later than 90 days after submission of such report, shall be—
- (I) posted on the internet website of the National Institutes of Health in a manner that is accessible and consistent with all applicable Federal laws and regulations, including such laws and regulations for the protection of—
- (II) assigned a docket number by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and made available for the submission of public comments.
- (ii) An interested person may submit written comments concerning such pediatric studies to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, and the submitted comments shall become part of the docket file with respect to each of the drugs.
- (i) Each report submitted under subparagraph (A) shall be considered to be in the public domain (subject to section 505A(d)(4) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a(d)(4) ]) and not later than 90 days after submission of such report, shall be—
- (C) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall take action in a timely and appropriate manner in response to the reports submitted under subparagraph (A), and shall begin such action upon receipt of the report under subparagraph (A), in accordance with paragraph (7).
- (7) Within the 180-day period after the date on which a report is submitted under paragraph (6)(A), the Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall—
- (A) review the report and such other data as are available concerning the safe and effective use in the pediatric population of the drug studied;
- (B) negotiate with the holders of approved applications for the drug studied for any labeling changes that the Commissioner of Food and Drugs determines to be appropriate and requests the holders to make; and
- (C)
- (i) include in the public docket file a reference to the location of the report on the internet website of the National Institutes of Health and a copy of any requested labeling changes; and
- (ii) publish through a posting on the Web site of the Food and Drug Administration a summary of the report and a copy of any requested labeling changes.
- (8)
- (A) If, not later than the end of the 180-day period specified in paragraph (7), the holder of an approved application for the drug involved does not agree to any labeling change requested by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs under that paragraph, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall refer the request to the Pediatric Advisory Committee.
- (B) Not later than 90 days after receiving a referral under subparagraph (A), the Pediatric Advisory Committee shall—
- (i) review the available information on the safe and effective use of the drug in the pediatric population, including study reports submitted under this section; and
- (ii) make a recommendation to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs as to appropriate labeling changes, if any.
- (9) Not later than 30 days after receiving a recommendation from the Pediatric Advisory Committee under paragraph (8)(B)(ii) with respect to a drug, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall consider the recommendation and, if appropriate, make a request to the holders of approved applications for the drug to make any labeling change that the Commissioner of Food and Drugs determines to be appropriate.
- (10) If a holder of an approved application for a drug, within 30 days after receiving a request to make a labeling change under paragraph (9), does not agree to make a requested labeling change, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs may deem the drug to be misbranded under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.].
- (11) Nothing in this subsection limits the authority of the United States to bring an enforcement action under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] when a drug lacks appropriate pediatric labeling. Neither course of action (the Pediatric Advisory Committee process or an enforcement action referred to in the preceding sentence) shall preclude, delay, or serve as the basis to stay the other course of action.
- (1) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall, as appropriate, submit proposed pediatric study requests for consideration by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs for pediatric studies of a specific pediatric indication identified under subsection (a). Such a proposed pediatric study request shall be made in a manner equivalent to a written request made under subsection (b) or (c) of section 505A of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 355a ], or section 262(m) of this title , including with respect to the information provided on the pediatric studies to be conducted pursuant to the request. The Director of the National Institutes of Health may submit a proposed pediatric study request for a drug for which—
- (d)
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
- (2) Any amount appropriated under paragraph (1) shall remain available to carry out this section until expended.
§ 284n. Certain demonstration projects
- (a)
- (1) From amounts to be appropriated under section 282a(b) of this title , the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of NIH, (in this subsection referred to as the “Secretary”) in consultation with the Director of the National Science Foundation, the Secretary of Energy, and other agency heads when necessary, may allocate funds for the national research institutes and national centers to make grants for the purpose of improving the public health through demonstration projects for biomedical research at the interface between the biological, behavioral, and social sciences and the physical, chemical, mathematical, and computational sciences.
- (2) The Secretary shall establish goals, priorities, and methods of evaluation for research under paragraph (1), and shall provide for interagency collaboration with respect to such research. In developing such goals, priorities, and methods, the Secretary shall ensure that—
- (A) the research reflects the vision of innovation and higher risk with long-term payoffs; and
- (B) the research includes a wide spectrum of projects, funded at various levels, with varying timeframes.
- (3) A grant may be made under paragraph (1) only if the application for the grant has undergone technical and scientific peer review under section 289a of this title and has been reviewed by the advisory council under section 282(k) of this title or has been reviewed by an advisory council composed of representatives from appropriate scientific disciplines who can fully evaluate the applicant.
- (b)
- (1) From amounts to be appropriated under section 282a(b) of this title , the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, may allocate funds for the national research institutes and national centers to make awards of grants or contracts or to engage in other transactions for demonstration projects for high-impact, cutting-edge research that fosters scientific creativity and increases fundamental biological understanding leading to the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and disorders. The head of a national research institute or national center may conduct or support such high-impact, cutting-edge research (with funds allocated under the preceding sentence or otherwise available for such purpose) if the institute or center gives notice to the Director of NIH beforehand and submits a report to the Director of NIH on an annual basis on the activities of the institute or center relating to such research.
- (2) In carrying out the program under paragraph (1), the Director of NIH shall give special consideration to coordinating activities with national research institutes whose budgets are substantial relative to a majority of the other institutes.
- (3) Activities relating to research described in paragraph (1) shall be designed by the Director of NIH or the head of a national research institute or national center, as applicable, to enable such research to be carried out with maximum flexibility and speed.
- (4) In providing for research described in paragraph (1), the Director of NIH or the head of a national research institute or national center, as applicable, shall seek to facilitate partnerships between public and private entities and shall coordinate when appropriate with the Foundation for the National Institutes of Health.
- (5) A grant for research described in paragraph (1) may be made only if the application for the grant has undergone technical and scientific peer review under section 289a of this title and has been reviewed by the advisory council under section 282(k) of this title .
- (c) Not later than the end of fiscal year 2009, the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall conduct an evaluation of the activities under this section and submit a report to the Congress on the results of such evaluation.
- (d) For purposes of this section, the terms “Director of NIH”, “national research institute”, and “national center” have the meanings given such terms in section 281 of this title .
§ 284o. Activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research on paralysis
- (a) The Director of the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this section and sections 280g–9 and 284p of this title as the “Director”), pursuant to the general authority of the Director, may develop mechanisms to coordinate the paralysis research and rehabilitation activities of the Institutes and Centers of the National Institutes of Health in order to further advance such activities and avoid duplication of activities.
- (b)
- (1) The Director may make awards of grants to public or private entities to pay all or part of the cost of planning, establishing, improving, and providing basic operating support for consortia in paralysis research. The Director shall designate each consortium funded through such grants as a Christopher and Dana Reeve Paralysis Research Consortium.
- (2) Each consortium under paragraph (1)—
- (A) may conduct basic, translational, and clinical paralysis research;
- (B) may focus on advancing treatments and developing therapies in paralysis research;
- (C) may focus on one or more forms of paralysis that result from central nervous system trauma or stroke;
- (D) may facilitate and enhance the dissemination of clinical and scientific findings; and
- (E) may replicate the findings of consortia members or other researchers for scientific and translational purposes.
- (3) The Director may, as appropriate, provide for the coordination of information among consortia under paragraph (1) and ensure regular communication among members of the consortia, and may require the periodic preparation of reports on the activities of the consortia and the submission of the reports to the Director.
- (4) Each consortium under paragraph (1) may use the facilities of a single lead institution, or be formed from several cooperating institutions, meeting such requirements as may be prescribed by the Director.
- (c) The Director may provide for a mechanism to educate and disseminate information on the existing and planned programs and research activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to paralysis and through which the Director can receive comments from the public regarding such programs and activities.
§ 284p. Activities of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research with implications for enhancing daily function for persons with paralysis
- (a) The Director, pursuant to the general authority of the Director, may make awards of grants to public or private entities to pay all or part of the costs of planning, establishing, improving, and providing basic operating support to multicenter networks of clinical sites that will collaborate to design clinical rehabilitation intervention protocols and measures of outcomes on one or more forms of paralysis that result from central nervous system trauma, disorders, or stroke, or any combination of such conditions.
- (b) A multicenter network of clinical sites funded through this section may—
- (1) focus on areas of key scientific concern, including—
- (A) improving functional mobility;
- (B) promoting behavioral adaptation to functional losses, especially to prevent secondary complications;
- (C) assessing the efficacy and outcomes of medical rehabilitation therapies and practices and assisting technologies;
- (D) developing improved assistive technology to improve function and independence; and
- (E) understanding whole body system responses to physical impairments, disabilities, and societal and functional limitations; and
- (2) replicate the findings of network members or other researchers for scientific and translation purposes.
- (1) focus on areas of key scientific concern, including—
- (c) The Director may, as appropriate, provide for the coordination of information among networks funded through this section and ensure regular communication among members of the networks, and may require the periodic preparation of reports on the activities of the networks and submission of reports to the Director.
§ 284q. Pain research
- (a)
- (1) The Director of NIH is encouraged to continue and expand, through the Pain Consortium, an aggressive program of basic and clinical research on the causes of and potential treatments for pain.
- (2) Not less than annually, the Pain Consortium, in consultation with the Division of Program Coordination, Planning, and Strategic Initiatives, shall develop and submit to the Director of NIH recommendations on appropriate pain research initiatives that could be undertaken with funds reserved under section 282a(c)(1) of this title for the Common Fund or otherwise available for such initiatives.
- (3) In this subsection, the term “Pain Consortium” means the Pain Consortium of the National Institutes of Health or a similar trans-National Institutes of Health coordinating entity designated by the Secretary for purposes of this subsection.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish not later than 1 year after March 23, 2010 , and as necessary maintain a committee, to be known as the Interagency Pain Research Coordinating Committee (in this section referred to as the “Committee”), to coordinate all efforts within the Department of Health and Human Services and other Federal agencies that relate to pain research.
- (2)
- (A) The Committee shall be composed of the following voting members:
- (i) Not more than 7 voting Federal representatives appoint 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “appointed”. by the Secretary from agencies that conduct pain care research and treatment.
- (ii) 12 additional voting members appointed under subparagraph (B).
- (B) The Committee shall include additional voting members appointed by the Secretary as follows:
- (i) 6 non-Federal members shall be appointed from among scientists, physicians, and other health professionals.
- (ii) 6 members shall be appointed from members of the general public, who are representatives of leading research, advocacy, and service organizations for individuals with pain-related conditions.
- (C) The Committee shall include such nonvoting members as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
- (A) The Committee shall be composed of the following voting members:
- (3) The voting members of the Committee shall select a chairperson from among such members. The selection of a chairperson shall be subject to the approval of the Director of NIH.
- (4) The Committee shall meet at the call of the chairperson of the Committee or upon the request of the Director of NIH, but in no case less often than once each year.
- (5) The Committee shall—
- (A) develop a summary of advances in pain care research supported or conducted by the Federal agencies relevant to the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain, including information on best practices for the utilization of non-pharmacologic treatments, non-addictive medical products, and other drugs or devices approved or cleared by the Food and Drug Administration;
- (B) identify critical gaps in basic and clinical research on—
- (i) the symptoms and causes of pain, including the identification of relevant biomarkers and screening models and the epidemiology of acute and chronic pain;
- (ii) the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management of acute and chronic pain, including with respect to non-pharmacologic treatments, non-addictive medical products, and other drugs or devices approved or cleared by the Food and Drug Administration; and
- (iii) risk factors for, and early warning signs of, substance use disorders in populations with acute and chronic pain; and
- (C) make recommendations to the Director of NIH—
- (i) to ensure that the activities of the National Institutes of Health and other Federal agencies are free of unnecessary duplication of effort;
- (ii) on how best to disseminate information on pain care and epidemiological data related to acute and chronic pain; and
- (iii) on how to expand partnerships between public entities and private entities to expand collaborative, cross-cutting research.
- (6) The Secretary shall ensure that recommendations and actions taken by the Director with respect to the topics discussed at the meetings described in paragraph (4) are included in appropriate reports to Congress.
- (7) The Secretary shall review the necessity of the Committee at least once every 2 years.
§ 284r. Basic research
- (1) Not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , the Director of the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this section as the “Director of the National Institutes of Health”), taking into consideration the recommendations developed under section 2039, 1 1 See References in Text note below. shall develop policies for projects of basic research funded by National Institutes of Health to assess—
- (A) relevant biological variables including sex, as appropriate; and
- (B) how differences between male and female cells, tissues, or animals may be examined and analyzed.
- (2) The Director of the National Institutes of Health may update or revise the policies developed under paragraph (1) as appropriate.
- (3) In developing, updating, or revising the policies under this section, the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall—
- (A) consult with—
- (i) the Office of Research on Women’s Health;
- (ii) the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare; and
- (iii) appropriate members of the scientific and academic communities; and
- (B) conduct outreach to solicit feedback from members of the scientific and academic communities on the influence of sex as a variable in basic research, including feedback on when it is appropriate for projects of basic research involving cells, tissues, or animals to include both male and female cells, tissues, or animals.
- (A) consult with—
- (4) The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall—
- (A) ensure that projects of basic research funded by the National Institutes of Health are conducted in accordance with the policies developed, updated, or revised under this section, as applicable; and
- (B) encourage that the results of such research, when published or reported, be disaggregated as appropriate with respect to the analysis of any sex differences.
§ 284s. Tick-borne diseases
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as “the Secretary”) shall continue to conduct or support epidemiological, basic, translational, and clinical research related to vector-borne diseases, including tick-borne diseases.
- (b) The Secretary shall ensure that each triennial report under section 283 of this title (as amended by section 2032) includes information on actions undertaken by the National Institutes of Health to carry out subsection (a) with respect to tick-borne diseases.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish a working group, to be known as the Tick-Borne Disease Working Group (referred to in this section as the “Working Group”), comprised of representatives of appropriate Federal agencies and other non-Federal entities, to provide expertise and to review all efforts within the Department of Health and Human Services related to all tick-borne diseases, to help ensure interagency coordination and minimize overlap, and to examine research priorities.
- (2) The working group shall—
- (A) not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , develop or update a summary of—
- (i) ongoing tick-borne disease research, including research related to causes, prevention, treatment, surveillance, diagnosis, diagnostics, duration of illness, and intervention for individuals with tick-borne diseases;
- (ii) advances made pursuant to such research;
- (iii) Federal activities related to tick-borne diseases, including—
- (I) epidemiological activities related to tick-borne diseases; and
- (II) basic, clinical, and translational tick-borne disease research related to the pathogenesis, prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of tick-borne diseases;
- (iv) gaps in tick-borne disease research described in clause (iii)(II);
- (v) the Working Group’s meetings required under paragraph (4); and
- (vi) the comments received by the Working Group;
- (B) make recommendations to the Secretary regarding any appropriate changes or improvements to such activities and research; and
- (C) solicit input from States, localities, and nongovernmental entities, including organizations representing patients, health care providers, researchers, and industry regarding scientific advances, research questions, surveillance activities, and emerging strains in species of pathogenic organisms.
- (A) not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , develop or update a summary of—
- (3) The members of the working group shall represent a diversity of scientific disciplines and views and shall be composed of the following members:
- (A) Seven Federal members, consisting of one or more representatives of each of the following:
- (i) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health.
- (ii) The Food and Drug Administration.
- (iii) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (iv) The National Institutes of Health.
- (v) Such other agencies and offices of the Department of Health and Human Services as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (B) Seven non–Federal public members, consisting of representatives of the following categories:
- (i) Physicians and other medical providers with experience in diagnosing and treating tick-borne diseases.
- (ii) Scientists or researchers with expertise.
- (iii) Patients and their family members.
- (iv) Nonprofit organizations that advocate for patients with respect to tick-borne diseases.
- (v) Other individuals whose expertise is determined by the Secretary to be beneficial to the functioning of the Working Group.
- (A) Seven Federal members, consisting of one or more representatives of each of the following:
- (4) The Working Group shall meet not less than twice each year.
- (5) Not later than 2 years after December 13, 2016 , and every 2 years thereafter until termination of the Working Group pursuant to paragraph (7), the Working Group shall—
- (A) submit a report on its activities under paragraph (2)(A) and any recommendations under paragraph (2)(B) to the Secretary, the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate; and
- (B) make such report publicly available on the Internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (6) The Working Group shall be treated as an advisory committee subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.).
- (7) The Working Group under this section shall terminate 6 years after December 13, 2016 .
§ 285. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Cancer Institute (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to the cause, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of cancer, rehabilitation from cancer, and the continuing care of cancer patients and the families of cancer patients.
§ 285a. National Cancer Program
- (1) an expanded, intensified, and coordinated cancer research program encompassing the research programs conducted and supported by the Institute and the related research programs of the other national research institutes, including an expanded and intensified research program for the prevention of cancer caused by occupational or environmental exposure to carcinogens, and
- (2) the other programs and activities of the Institute.
§ 285b. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to heart, blood vessel, lung, and blood diseases and with respect to the use of blood and blood products and the management of blood resources.
§ 285c. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to diabetes mellitus and endocrine and metabolic diseases, digestive diseases and nutritional disorders, and kidney, urologic, and hematologic diseases.
§ 285d. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research and training, the dissemination of health information, and other programs with respect to arthritis and musculoskeletal and skin diseases (including sports-related disorders), with particular attention to the effect of these diseases on children.
§ 285e. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute on Aging (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of biomedical, social, and behavioral research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to the aging process and the diseases and other special problems and needs of the aged.
§ 285f. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to allergic and immunologic diseases and disorders and infectious diseases, including tropical diseases.
§ 285g. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to gynecologic health, maternal health, child health, intellectual disabilities, human growth and development, including prenatal development, population research, and special health problems and requirements of mothers and children.
§ 285h. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Dental Research is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to the cause, prevention, and methods of diagnosis and treatment of dental and oral diseases and conditions.
§ 285i. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Eye Institute (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to blinding eye diseases, visual disorders, mechanisms of visual function, preservation of sight, and the special health problems and requirements of the blind. Subject to section 285i–1 of this title , the Director of the Institute may carry out a program of grants for public and private nonprofit vision research facilities.
§ 285j. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to neurological disease and disorder and stroke.
§ 285k. National Institute of General Medical Sciences
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute of General Medical Sciences is the conduct and support of research, training, and, as appropriate, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to general or basic medical sciences and related natural or behavioral sciences which have significance for two or more other national research institutes or are outside the general area of responsibility of any other national research institute.
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) In the case of entities described in subparagraph (B), the Director of NIH, acting through the Director of the National Institute of General Medical Sciences, shall establish a program to enhance the competitiveness of such entities in obtaining funds from the national research institutes for conducting biomedical and behavioral research.
- (B) The entities referred to in subparagraph (A) are entities that conduct biomedical and behavioral research and are located in a State in which the aggregate success rate for applications to the national research institutes for assistance for such research by the entities in the State has historically constituted a low success rate of obtaining such funds, relative to such aggregate rate for such entities in other States.
- (C) With respect to enhancing competitiveness for purposes of subparagraph (A), the Director of NIH, in carrying out the program established under such subparagraph, may—
- (i) provide technical assistance to the entities involved, including technical assistance in the preparation of applications for obtaining funds from the national research institutes;
- (ii) assist the entities in developing a plan for biomedical or behavioral research proposals; and
- (iii) assist the entities in implementing such plan.
- (2) The Director of NIH shall establish a program of supporting projects of biomedical or behavioral research whose principal researchers are individuals who have not previously served as the principal researchers of such projects supported by the Director.
- (1)
§ 285l. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, health information dissemination, and other programs with respect to factors in the environment that affect human health, directly or indirectly.
§ 285m. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (hereafter referred to in this subpart as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research and training, the dissemination of health information, and other programs with respect to disorders of hearing and other communication processes, including diseases affecting hearing, balance, voice, speech, language, taste, and smell.
§ 285n. Purpose of Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of biomedical and behavioral research, health services research, research training, and health information dissemination with respect to the prevention of alcohol abuse and the treatment of alcoholism.
- (b) The research program established under this subpart shall encompass the social, behavioral, and biomedical etiology, mental and physical health consequences, and social and economic consequences of alcohol abuse and alcoholism. In carrying out the program, the Director of the Institute is authorized to—
- (1) collect and disseminate through publications and other appropriate means (including the development of curriculum materials), information as to, and the practical application of, the research and other activities under the program;
- (2) make available research facilities of the Public Health Service to appropriate public authorities, and to health officials and scientists engaged in special study;
- (3) make grants to universities, hospitals, laboratories, and other public or nonprofit institutions, and to individuals for such research projects as are recommended by the National Advisory Council on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, giving special consideration to projects relating to—
- (A) the relationship between alcohol abuse and domestic violence,
- (B) the effects of alcohol use during pregnancy,
- (C) the impact of alcoholism and alcohol abuse on the family, the workplace, and systems for the delivery of health services,
- (D) the relationship between the abuse of alcohol and other drugs,
- (E) the effect on the incidence of alcohol abuse and alcoholism of social pressures, legal requirements respecting the use of alcoholic beverages, the cost of such beverages, and the economic status and education of users of such beverages,
- (F) the interrelationship between alcohol use and other health problems,
- (G) the comparison of the cost and effectiveness of various treatment methods for alcoholism and alcohol abuse and the effectiveness of prevention and intervention programs for alcoholism and alcohol abuse,
- (H) alcoholism and alcohol abuse among women;
- (4) secure from time to time and for such periods as he deems advisable, the assistance and advice of experts, scholars, and consultants from the United States or abroad;
- (5) promote the coordination of research programs conducted by the Institute, and similar programs conducted by the National Institute of Drug Abuse and by other departments, agencies, organizations, and individuals, including all National Institutes of Health research activities which are or may be related to the problems of individuals suffering from alcoholism or alcohol abuse or those of their families or the impact of alcohol abuse on other health problems;
- (6) conduct an intramural program of biomedical, behavioral, epidemiological, and social research, including research into the most effective means of treatment and service delivery, and including research involving human subjects, which is—
- (A) located in an institution capable of providing all necessary medical care for such human subjects, including complete 24-hour medical diagnostic services by or under the supervision of physicians, acute and intensive medical care, including 24-hour emergency care, psychiatric care, and such other care as is determined to be necessary for individuals suffering from alcoholism and alcohol abuse; and
- (B) associated with an accredited medical or research training institution;
- (7) for purposes of study, admit and treat at institutions, hospitals, and stations of the Public Health Service, persons not otherwise eligible for such treatment;
- (8) provide to health officials, scientists, and appropriate public and other nonprofit institutions and organizations, technical advice and assistance on the application of statistical and other scientific research methods to experiments, studies, and surveys in health and medical fields;
- (9) enter into contracts under this subchapter without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41 ; and
- (10) adopt, upon recommendation of the National Advisory Council on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, such additional means as he deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.
- (c) The Director of the Institute shall collaborate with the Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in focusing the services research activities of the Institute and in disseminating the results of such research to health professionals and the general public.
§ 285o. Purpose of Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute on Drug Abuse (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of biomedical and behavioral research, health services research, research training, and health information dissemination with respect to the prevention of drug abuse and the treatment of drug abusers.
- (b) The research program established under this subpart shall encompass the social, behavioral, and biomedical etiology, mental and physical health consequences, and social and economic consequences of drug abuse. In carrying out the program, the Director of the Institute shall give special consideration to projects relating to drug abuse among women (particularly with respect to pregnant women).
- (c) The Director of the Institute shall collaborate with the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in focusing the services research activities of the Institute and in disseminating the results of such research to health professionals and the general public.
§ 285p. Purpose of Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute of Mental Health (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of biomedical and behavioral research, health services research, research training, and health information dissemination with respect to the cause, diagnosis, treatment, control and prevention of mental illness.
- (b) The research program established under this subpart shall include support for biomedical and behavioral neuroscience and shall be designed to further the treatment and prevention of mental illness, the promotion of mental health, and the study of the psychological, social and legal factors that influence behavior.
- (c) The Director of the Institute shall collaborate with the Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration in focusing the services research activities of the Institute and in disseminating the results of such research to health professionals and the general public.
- (d)
- (1) The Director of the Institute shall—
- (A) develop and publish information with respect to the causes of suicide and the means of preventing suicide; and
- (B) make such information generally available to the public and to health professionals.
- (2) Information described in paragraph (1) shall especially relate to suicide among individuals under 24 years of age.
- (1) The Director of the Institute shall—
- (e)
- (1) The Director of the Institute shall designate an Associate Director for Special Populations.
- (2) The Associate Director for Special Populations shall—
- (A) develop and coordinate research policies and programs to assure increased emphasis on the mental health needs of women and minority populations;
- (B) support programs of basic and applied social and behavioral research on the mental health problems of women and minority populations;
- (C) study the effects of discrimination on institutions and individuals, including majority institutions and individuals;
- (D) support and develop research designed to eliminate institutional discrimination; and
- (E) provide increased emphasis on the concerns of women and minority populations in training programs, service delivery programs, and research endeavors of the Institute.
§ 285q. Purpose of Institute
The general purpose of the National Institute of Nursing Research (in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of, and dissemination of information respecting, basic and clinical nursing research, training, and other programs in patient care research.
§ 285r. Purpose of the Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering (in this section referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, the dissemination of health information, and other programs with respect to biomedical imaging, biomedical engineering, and associated technologies and modalities with biomedical applications (in this section referred to as “biomedical imaging and bioengineering”).
- (b)
- (1) The Director of the Institute, with the advice of the Institute’s advisory council, shall establish a National Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering Program (in this section referred to as the “Program”).
- (2) Activities under the Program shall include the following with respect to biomedical imaging and bioengineering:
- (A) Research into the development of new techniques and devices.
- (B) Related research in physics, engineering, mathematics, computer science, and other disciplines.
- (C) Technology assessments and outcomes studies to evaluate the effectiveness of biologics, materials, processes, devices, procedures, and informatics.
- (D) Research in screening for diseases and disorders.
- (E) The advancement of existing imaging and bioengineering modalities, including imaging, biomaterials, and informatics.
- (F) The development of target-specific agents to enhance images and to identify and delineate disease.
- (G) The development of advanced engineering and imaging technologies and techniques for research from the molecular and genetic to the whole organ and body levels.
- (H) The development of new techniques and devices for more effective interventional procedures (such as image-guided interventions).
- (3)
- (A) With respect to the Program, the Director of the Institute shall prepare and transmit to the Secretary and the Director of NIH a plan to initiate, expand, intensify, and coordinate activities of the Institute with respect to biomedical imaging and bioengineering. The plan shall include such comments and recommendations as the Director of the Institute determines appropriate. The Director of the Institute shall periodically review and revise the plan and shall transmit any revisions of the plan to the Secretary and the Director of NIH.
- (B) The plan under subparagraph (A) shall include the recommendations of the Director of the Institute with respect to the following:
- (i) Where appropriate, the consolidation of programs of the National Institutes of Health for the express purpose of enhancing support of activities regarding basic biomedical imaging and bioengineering research.
- (ii) The coordination of the activities of the Institute with related activities of the other agencies of the National Institutes of Health and with related activities of other Federal agencies.
- (c) The establishment under section 284a of this title of an advisory council for the Institute is subject to the following:
- (1) The number of members appointed by the Secretary shall be 12.
- (2) Of such members—
- (A) six members shall be scientists, engineers, physicians, and other health professionals who represent disciplines in biomedical imaging and bioengineering and who are not officers or employees of the United States; and
- (B) six members shall be scientists, engineers, physicians, and other health professionals who represent other disciplines and are knowledgeable about the applications of biomedical imaging and bioengineering in medicine, and who are not officers or employees of the United States.
- (3) In addition to the ex officio members specified in section 284a(b)(2) of this title , the ex officio members of the advisory council shall include the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the National Science Foundation, and the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (or the designees of such officers).
§ 285s. Purpose of Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Human Genome Research Institute (in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is to characterize the structure and function of the human genome, including the mapping and sequencing of individual genes. Such purpose includes—
- (1) planning and coordinating the research goal of the genome project;
- (2) reviewing and funding research proposals;
- (3) developing training programs;
- (4) coordinating international genome research;
- (5) communicating advances in genome science to the public; and
- (6) reviewing and funding proposals to address the ethical and legal issues associated with the genome project (including legal issues regarding patents).
- (b) The Director of the Institute may conduct and support research training—
- (1) for which fellowship support is not provided under section 288 of this title ; and
- (2) that is not residency training of physicians or other health professionals.
- (c)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), of the amounts appropriated to carry out subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Director of the Institute shall make available not less than 5 percent for carrying out paragraph (6) of such subsection.
- (2) With respect to providing funds under subsection (a)(6) for proposals to address the ethical issues associated with the genome project, paragraph (1) shall not apply for a fiscal year if the Director of the Institute certifies to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, that the Director has determined that an insufficient number of such proposals meet the applicable requirements of sections 289 and 289a of this title.
§ 285t. Purpose of Institute
- (a) The general purpose of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities (in this subpart referred to as the “Institute”) is the conduct and support of research, training, dissemination of information, and other programs with respect to minority health conditions and other populations with health disparities.
- (b) The Director of the Institute shall in expending amounts appropriated under this subpart give priority to conducting and supporting minority health disparities research.
- (c) For purposes of this subpart:
- (1) The term “minority health disparities research” means basic, clinical, and behavioral research on minority health conditions (as defined in paragraph (2)), including research to prevent, diagnose, and treat such conditions.
- (2) The term “minority health conditions”, with respect to individuals who are members of minority groups, means all diseases, disorders, and conditions (including with respect to mental health and substance abuse)—
- (A) unique to, more serious, or more prevalent in such individuals;
- (B) for which the factors of medical risk or types of medical intervention may be different for such individuals, or for which it is unknown whether such factors or types are different for such individuals; or
- (C) with respect to which there has been insufficient research involving such individuals as subjects or insufficient data on such individuals.
- (3) The term “minority group” has the meaning given the term “racial and ethnic minority group” in section 300u–6 of this title .
- (4) The terms “minority” and “minorities” refer to individuals from a minority group.
- (d) For purposes of this subpart:
- (1) A population is a health disparity population if, as determined by the Director of the Institute after consultation with the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, there is a significant disparity in the overall rate of disease incidence, prevalence, morbidity, mortality, or survival rates in the population as compared to the health status of the general population.
- (2) The Director shall give priority consideration to determining whether minority groups qualify as health disparity populations under paragraph (1).
- (3) The term “health disparities research” means basic, clinical, and behavioral research on health disparity populations (including individual members and communities of such populations) that relates to health disparities as defined under paragraph (1), including the causes of such disparities and methods to prevent, diagnose, and treat such disparities.
- (e) The Director of the Institute shall act as the primary Federal official with responsibility for coordinating all minority health disparities research and other health disparities research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health, and—
- (1) shall represent the health disparities research program of the National Institutes of Health, including the minority health disparities research program, at all relevant Executive branch task forces, committees and planning activities; and
- (2) shall maintain communications with all relevant Public Health Service agencies, including the Indian Health Service, and various other departments of the Federal Government to ensure the timely transmission of information concerning advances in minority health disparities research and other health disparities research between these various agencies for dissemination to affected communities and health care providers.
- (f)
- (1) Subject to the provisions of this section and other applicable law, the Director of NIH, the Director of the Institute, and the directors of the other agencies of the National Institutes of Health in collaboration (and in consultation with the advisory council for the Institute) shall—
- (A) establish a comprehensive plan and budget for the conduct and support of all minority health disparities research and other health disparities research activities of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health (which plan and budget shall be first established under this subsection not later than 12 months after November 22, 2000 );
- (B) ensure that the plan and budget establish priorities among the health disparities research activities that such agencies are authorized to carry out;
- (C) ensure that the plan and budget establish objectives regarding such activities, describes the means for achieving the objectives, and designates the date by which the objectives are expected to be achieved;
- (D) ensure that, with respect to amounts appropriated for activities of the Institute, the plan and budget give priority in the expenditure of funds to conducting and supporting minority health disparities research;
- (E) ensure that all amounts appropriated for such activities are expended in accordance with the plan and budget;
- (F) review the plan and budget not less than annually, and revise the plan and budget as appropriate;
- (G) ensure that the plan and budget serve as a broad, binding statement of policies regarding minority health disparities research and other health disparities research activities of the agencies, but do not remove the responsibility of the heads of the agencies for the approval of specific programs or projects, or for other details of the daily administration of such activities, in accordance with the plan and budget; and
- (H) promote coordination and collaboration among the agencies conducting or supporting minority health or other health disparities research.
- (2) With respect to health disparities research activities of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Institute shall ensure that the plan and budget under paragraph (1) provide for—
- (A) basic research and applied research, including research and development with respect to products;
- (B) research that is conducted by the agencies;
- (C) research that is supported by the agencies;
- (D) proposals developed pursuant to solicitations by the agencies and for proposals developed independently of such solicitations; and
- (E) behavioral research and social sciences research, which may include cultural and linguistic research in each of the agencies.
- (3) The plan and budget under paragraph (1) shall include a separate statement of the plan and budget for minority health disparities research.
- (1) Subject to the provisions of this section and other applicable law, the Director of NIH, the Director of the Institute, and the directors of the other agencies of the National Institutes of Health in collaboration (and in consultation with the advisory council for the Institute) shall—
- (g) The Director of the Institute shall work with the Director of NIH and the directors of the agencies of the National Institutes of Health to carry out the provisions of section 289a–2 of this title that relate to minority groups.
- (h)
- (1) The Director of the Institute may carry out a program to facilitate minority health disparities research and other health disparities research by providing for research endowments—
- (1) 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “(A)”. at centers of excellence under section 293 of this title ; and
- (2) 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “(B)”. at centers of excellence under section 285t–1 of this title .
- (2) The Director of the Institute may provide for a research endowment under paragraph (1) only if the institution involved meets the following conditions:
- (A) The institution does not have an endowment that is worth in excess of an amount equal to 50 percent of the national median of endowment funds at institutions that conduct similar biomedical research or training of health professionals.
- (B) The application of the institution under paragraph (1) regarding a research endowment has been recommended pursuant to technical and scientific peer review and has been approved by the advisory council under subsection (j).
- (1) The Director of the Institute may carry out a program to facilitate minority health disparities research and other health disparities research by providing for research endowments—
- (i) In carrying out subsection (a), the Director of the Institute—
- (1) shall assist the Director of NIH in carrying out section 283k(c)(2) of this title and in committing resources for construction at Institutions of Emerging Excellence under such section;
- (2) shall establish projects to promote cooperation among Federal agencies, State, local, tribal, and regional public health agencies, and private entities in health disparities research; and
- (3) may utilize information from previous health initiatives concerning minorities and other health disparity populations.
- (j)
- (1) The Secretary shall, in accordance with section 284a of this title , establish an advisory council to advise, assist, consult with, and make recommendations to the Director of the Institute on matters relating to the activities described in subsection (a), and with respect to such activities to carry out any other functions described in section 284a of this title for advisory councils under such section. Functions under the preceding sentence shall include making recommendations on budgetary allocations made in the plan under subsection (f), and shall include reviewing reports under subsection (k) before the reports are submitted under such subsection.
- (2) With respect to the membership of the advisory council under paragraph (1), a majority of the members shall be individuals with demonstrated expertise regarding minority health disparity and other health disparity issues; representatives of communities impacted by minority and other health disparities shall be included; and a diversity of health professionals shall be represented. The membership shall in addition include a representative of the Office of Behavioral and Social Sciences Research under section 283c of this title .
- (k) The Director of the Institute, as the primary Federal official with responsibility for coordinating all research and activities conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health on minority health and health disparities, shall plan, coordinate, review, and evaluate research and other activities conducted or supported by the national research institutes and national centers. The Director of the Institute may foster partnerships between the national research institutes and national centers and may encourage the funding of collaborative research projects to achieve the goals of the National Institutes of Health that are related to minority health and health disparities.
§ 286. National Library of Medicine
- (a) In order to assist the advancement of medical and related sciences and to aid the dissemination and exchange of scientific and other information important to the progress of medicine and to the public health, there is established the National Library of Medicine (hereafter in this part referred to as the “Library”).
- (b) The Secretary, through the Library and subject to subsection (d), shall—
- (1) acquire and preserve books, periodicals, prints, films, recordings, and other library materials pertinent to medicine;
- (2) organize the materials specified in paragraph (1) by appropriate cataloging, indexing, and bibliographical listings;
- (3) publish and disseminate the catalogs, indexes, and bibliographies referred to in paragraph (2);
- (4) make available, through loans, photographic or other copying procedures, or otherwise, such materials in the Library as the Secretary determines appropriate;
- (5) provide reference and research assistance;
- (6) publicize the availability from the Library of the products and services described in any of paragraphs (1) through (5);
- (7) promote the use of computers and telecommunications by health professionals (including health professionals in rural areas) for the purpose of improving access to biomedical information for health care delivery and medical research; and
- (8) engage in such other activities as the Secretary determines appropriate and as the Library’s resources permit.
- (c) The Secretary may exchange, destroy, or otherwise dispose of any books, periodicals, films, and other library materials not needed for the permanent use of the Library.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may, after obtaining the advice and recommendations of the Board of Regents, prescribe rules under which the Library will—
- (A) provide copies of its publications or materials,
- (B) will make available its facilities for research, or
- (C) will make available its bibliographic, reference, or other services,
- (2) Rules prescribed under paragraph (1) may provide for making available such publications, materials, facilities, or services—
- (A) without charge as a public service,
- (B) upon a loan, exchange, or charge basis, or
- (C) in appropriate circumstances, under contract arrangements made with a public or other nonprofit entity.
- (1) The Secretary may, after obtaining the advice and recommendations of the Board of Regents, prescribe rules under which the Library will—
- (e) Whenever the Secretary, with the advice of the Board of Regents, determines that—
- (1) in any geographic area of the United States there is no regional medical library adequate to serve such area;
- (2) under criteria prescribed for the administration of section 286b–6 of this title , there is a need for a regional medical library to serve such area; and
- (3) because there is no medical library located in such area which, with financial assistance under section 286b–6 of this title , can feasibly be developed into a regional medical library adequate to serve such area,
- (f) Section 238 of this title shall be applicable to the acceptance and administration of gifts made for the benefit of the Library or for carrying out any of its functions, and the Board of Regents shall make recommendations to the Secretary relating to establishment within the Library of suitable memorials to the donors.
- (g) For purposes of this part, the terms “medicine” and “medical”, except when used in section 286a of this title , include preventive and therapeutic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, hospitalization, nursing, public health, and the fundamental sciences related thereto, and other related fields of study, research, or activity.
§ 286a. Board of Regents
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) The Board of Regents of the National Library of Medicine consists of ex officio members and ten members appointed by the Secretary.
- (B) The ex officio members are the Surgeons General of the Public Health Service, the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force, the Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Dean of the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, the Assistant Director for Biological, Behavioral, and Social Sciences of the National Science Foundation, the Director of the National Agricultural Library, and the Librarian of Congress (or their designees).
- (C) The appointed members shall be selected from among leaders in the various fields of the fundamental sciences, medicine, dentistry, public health, hospital administration, pharmacology, health communications technology, or scientific or medical library work, or in public affairs. At least six of the appointed members shall be selected from among leaders in the fields of medical, dental, or public health research or education.
- (2) The Board shall annually elect one of the appointed members to serve as chairman until the next election. The Secretary shall designate a member of the Library staff to act as executive secretary of the Board.
- (1)
- (b) The Board shall advise, consult with, and make recommendations to the Secretary on matters of policy in regard to the Library, including such matters as the acquisition of materials for the Library, the scope, content, and organization of the Library’s services, and the rules under which its materials, publications, facilities, and services shall be made available to various kinds of users. The Secretary shall include in the annual report of the Secretary to the Congress a statement covering the recommendations made by the Board and the disposition thereof. The Secretary may use the services of any member of the Board in connection with matters related to the work of the Library, for such periods, in addition to conference periods, as the Secretary may determine.
- (c) Each appointed member of the Board shall hold office for a term of four years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the predecessor of such member was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. None of the appointed members shall be eligible for reappointment within one year after the end of the preceding term of such member.
§ 286b. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title XIV, § 1402(b) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 171
§ 286b. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title XIV, § 1402(b) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 171
§ 286c. Purpose, establishment, functions, and funding of National Center for Biotechnology Information
- (a) In order to focus and expand the collection, storage, retrieval, and dissemination of the results of biotechnology research by information systems, and to support and enhance the development of new information technologies to aid in the understanding of the molecular processes that control health and disease, there is established the National Center for Biotechnology Information (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “Center”) in the National Library of Medicine.
- (b) The Secretary, through the Center and subject to section 286(d) of this title , shall—
- (1) design, develop, implement, and manage automated systems for the collection, storage, retrieval, analysis, and dissemination of knowledge concerning human molecular biology, biochemistry, and genetics;
- (2) perform research into advanced methods of computer-based information processing capable of representing and analyzing the vast number of biologically important molecules and compounds;
- (3) enable persons engaged in biotechnology research and medical care to use systems developed under paragraph (1) and methods described in paragraph (2); and
- (4) coordinate, as much as is practicable, efforts to gather biotechnology information on an international basis.
§ 286d. National Information Center
- (a) There is established within the Library an entity to be known as the National Information Center on Health Services Research and Health Care Technology (in this section referred to as the “Center”).
- (b) The purpose of the Center is the collection, storage, analysis, retrieval, and dissemination of information on health services research, clinical practice guidelines, and on health care technology, including the assessment of such technology. Such purpose includes developing and maintaining data bases and developing and implementing methods of carrying out such purpose.
- (c) The Director of the Center shall ensure that information under subsection (b) concerning clinical practice guidelines is collected and maintained electronically and in a convenient format. Such Director shall develop and publish criteria for the inclusion of practice guidelines and technology assessments in the information center database.
- (d) The Secretary, acting through the Center, shall coordinate the activities carried out under this section through the Center with related activities of the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
§ 287. National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences
- (a) The purpose of the National Center for Advancing Translational Sciences (in this subpart referred to as the “Center”) is to advance translational sciences, including by—
- (1) coordinating and developing resources that leverage basic research in support of translational science; and
- (2) developing partnerships and working cooperatively to foster synergy in ways that do not create duplication, redundancy, and competition with industry activities.
- (b)
- (1) The Center may develop and provide infrastructure and resources for all phases of clinical trials research. Except as provided in paragraph (2), the Center may support clinical trials only through the end of phase IIB.
- (2) The Center may support clinical trial activities through the end of phase III for a treatment for a rare disease or condition (as defined in section 360bb of title 21 ) so long as—
- (A) the Center gives public notice for a period of at least 120 days of the Center’s intention to support the clinical trial activities in phase III;
- (B) no public or private organization provides credible written intent to the Center that the organization has timely plans to further the clinical trial activities or conduct clinical trials of a similar nature beyond phase IIB; and
- (C) the Center ensures that support of the clinical trial activities in phase III will not increase the Federal Government’s liability beyond the award value of the Center’s support.
- (c) The Center shall publish a report on a biennial basis that, with respect to all research supported by the Center, includes a complete list of—
- (1) the molecules being studied;
- (2) clinical trial activities being conducted;
- (3) the methods and tools in development;
- (4) ongoing partnerships, including—
- (A) the rationale for each partnership;
- (B) the status of each partnership;
- (C) the funding provided by the Center to other entities pursuant to each partnership, and
- (D) the activities which have been transferred to industry pursuant to each partnership;
- (5) known research activity of other entities that is or will expand upon research activity of the Center;
- (6) the methods and tools, if any, that have been developed since the last biennial report was prepared; and
- (7) the methods and tools, if any, that have been developed and are being utilized by the Food and Drug Administration to support medical product reviews.
- (d) The first biennial report submitted under this section after December 13, 2016 , shall include a complete list of all of the methods and tools, if any, which have been developed by research supported by the Center.
- (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to disclose any information that is a trade secret, or other privileged or confidential information subject to section 552(b)(4) of title 5 or section 1905 of title 18 .
§ 287a. Cures Acceleration Network
- (a) In this section:
- (1) The term “biological product” has the meaning given such term in section 262 of this title .
- (2) The terms “drug” and “device” have the meanings given such terms in section 321 of title 21 .
- (3) The term “high need cure” means a drug (as that term is defined by section 321(g)(1) of title 21 , 1 1 So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should precede the comma. biological product (as that term is defined by section 262(i) 2 2 See References in Text note below. of this title), or device (as that term is defined by section 321(h) of title 21 ) that, in the determination of the Director of the Center—
- (A) is a priority to diagnose, mitigate, prevent, or treat harm from any disease or condition; and
- (B) for which the incentives of the commercial market are unlikely to result in its adequate or timely development.
- (4) The term “medical product” means a drug, device, biological product, or product that is a combination of drugs, devices, and biological products.
- (b) Subject to the appropriation of funds as described in subsection (g), there is established within the Center a program to be known as the Cures Acceleration Network (referred to in this section as “CAN”), which shall—
- (1) be under the direction of the Director of the Center, taking into account the recommendations of a CAN Review Board (referred to in this section as the “Board”), described in subsection (d); and
- (2) award grants and contracts to eligible entities, as described in subsection (e), to accelerate the development of high need cures, including through the development of medical products and behavioral therapies.
- (c) The functions of the CAN are to—
- (1) conduct and support revolutionary advances in basic research, translating scientific discoveries from bench to bedside;
- (2) award grants and contracts to eligible entities to accelerate the development of high need cures;
- (3) provide the resources necessary for government agencies, independent investigators, research organizations, biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, and other entities to develop high need cures;
- (4) reduce the barriers between laboratory discoveries and clinical trials for new therapies; and
- (5) facilitate review in the Food and Drug Administration for the high need cures funded by the CAN, through activities that may include—
- (A) the facilitation of regular and ongoing communication with the Food and Drug Administration regarding the status of activities conducted under this section;
- (B) ensuring that such activities are coordinated with the approval requirements of the Food and Drug Administration, with the goal of expediting the development and approval of countermeasures and products; and
- (C) connecting interested persons with additional technical assistance made available under section 360bbb–4 of title 21 .
- (d)
- (1) There is established a Cures Acceleration Network Review Board (referred to in this section as the “Board”), which shall advise the Director of the Center on the conduct of the activities of the Cures Acceleration Network.
- (2)
- (A)
- (i) The Board shall be comprised of 24 members who are appointed by the Secretary and who serve at the pleasure of the Secretary.
- (ii) The Secretary shall designate, from among the 24 members appointed under clause (i), one Chairperson of the Board (referred to in this section as the “Chairperson”) and one Vice Chairperson.
- (B)
- (i) Each member shall be appointed to serve a 4-year term, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term.
- (ii) A member may be appointed to serve not more than 3 terms on the Board, and may not serve more than 2 such terms consecutively.
- (C)
- (i) The Secretary shall appoint individuals to the Board based solely upon the individual’s established record of distinguished service in one of the areas of expertise described in clause (ii). Each individual appointed to the Board shall be of distinguished achievement and have a broad range of disciplinary interests.
- (ii) The Secretary shall select individuals based upon the following requirements:
- (I) For each of the fields of—
- (II) At least 4 individuals shall be recognized leaders in professional venture capital or private equity organizations and have demonstrated experience in private equity investing.
- (III) At least 8 individuals shall represent disease advocacy organizations.
- (A)
- (3)
- (A) In addition to the 24 Board members described in paragraph (2), the Secretary shall appoint as ex-officio members of the Board—
- (i) a representative of the National Institutes of Health, recommended by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services;
- (ii) a representative of the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs, recommended by the Secretary of Defense;
- (iii) a representative of the Office of the Under Secretary for Health for the Veterans Health Administration, recommended by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs;
- (iv) a representative of the National Science Foundation, recommended by the Chair of the National Science Board; and
- (v) a representative of the Food and Drug Administration, recommended by the Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (B) Each ex-officio member shall serve a 3-year term on the Board, except that the Chairperson may adjust the terms of the initial ex-officio members in order to provide for a staggered term of appointment for all such members.
- (A) In addition to the 24 Board members described in paragraph (2), the Secretary shall appoint as ex-officio members of the Board—
- (4)
- (A)
- (i) The Board shall advise, and provide recommendations to, the Director of the Center with respect to—
- (I) policies, programs, and procedures for carrying out the duties of the Director of the Center under this section; and
- (II) significant barriers to successful translation of basic science into clinical application (including issues under the purview of other agencies and departments).
- (ii) In the case that the Board identifies a significant barrier, as described in clause (i)(II), the Board shall submit to the Secretary a report regarding such barrier.
- (i) The Board shall advise, and provide recommendations to, the Director of the Center with respect to—
- (B) With respect to each recommendation provided by the Board under subparagraph (A)(i), the Director of the Center shall respond in writing to the Board, indicating whether such Director will implement such recommendation. In the case that the Director of the Center indicates a recommendation of the Board will not be implemented, such Director shall provide an explanation of the reasons for not implementing such recommendation.
- (A)
- (5)
- (A) The Board shall meet 4 times per calendar year, at the call of the Chairperson.
- (B)
- (i) A quorum shall consist of a total of 13 members of the Board, excluding ex-officio members, with diverse representation as described in clause (iii).
- (ii) Each meeting of the Board shall be attended by either the Chairperson or the Vice Chairperson.
- (iii) At each meeting of the Board, there shall be not less than one scientist, one representative of a disease advocacy organization, and one representative of a professional venture capital or private equity organization.
- (6)
- (A) Members shall receive compensation at a rate to be fixed by the Chairperson but not to exceed a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which the member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Board. All members of the Board who are officers or employees of the United States shall serve without compensation in addition to that received for their services as officers or employees of the United States.
- (B) Members of the Board shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for persons employed intermittently by the Federal Government under section 5703(b) 3 3 So in original. Section 5703 of title 5 does not contain a subsec. (b). of title 5, while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Board.
- (e)
- (1) To carry out the purposes described in this section, the Director of the Center shall award contracts, grants, or cooperative agreements to the entities described in paragraph (2), to—
- (A) promote innovation in technologies supporting the advanced research and development and production of high need cures, including through the development of medical products and behavioral therapies.
- (B) accelerate the development of high need cures, including through the development of medical products, behavioral therapies, and biomarkers that demonstrate the safety or effectiveness of medical products; or
- (C) help the award recipient establish protocols that comply with Food and Drug Administration standards and otherwise permit the recipient to meet regulatory requirements at all stages of development, manufacturing, review, approval, and safety surveillance of a medical product.
- (2) To receive assistance under paragraph (1), an entity shall—
- (A) be a public or private entity, which may include a private or public research institution, an institution of higher education, a medical center, a biotechnology company, a pharmaceutical company, a disease advocacy organization, a patient advocacy organization, or an academic research institution;
- (B) submit an application containing—
- (i) a detailed description of the project for which the entity seeks such grant or contract;
- (ii) a timetable for such project;
- (iii) an assurance that the entity will submit—
- (I) interim reports describing the entity’s—
- (II) a final report at the conclusion of the grant period, describing the outcomes of the project; and
- (iv) a description of the protocols the entity will follow to comply with Food and Drug Administration standards and regulatory requirements at all stages of development, manufacturing, review, approval, and safety surveillance of a medical product; and
- (C) provide such additional information as the Director of the Center may require.
- (3)
- (A)
- (i) Each award under this subparagraph shall be not more than $15,000,000 per project for the first fiscal year for which the project is funded, which shall be payable in one payment.
- (ii) An eligible entity receiving an award under clause (i) may apply for additional funding for such project by submitting to the Director of the Center the information required under subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (2). The Director may fund a project of such eligible entity in an amount not to exceed $15,000,000 for a fiscal year subsequent to the initial award under clause (i).
- (iii) As a condition for receiving an award under this subsection, an eligible entity shall contribute to the project non-Federal funds in the amount of $1 for every $3 awarded under clauses (i) and (ii), except that the Director of the Center may waive or modify such matching requirement in any case where the Director determines that the goals and objectives of this section cannot adequately be carried out unless such requirement is waived.
- (B)
- (i) Each award under this subparagraph shall be not more than $15,000,000 per project for the first fiscal year for which the project is funded, which shall be payable in one payment.
- (ii) An eligible entity receiving an award under clause (i) may apply for additional funding for such project by submitting to the Board the information required under subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (2). The Director of the Center may fund a project of such eligible entity in an amount not to exceed $15,000,000 for a fiscal year subsequent to the initial award under clause (i).
- (C) If the Director of the Center determines that the goals and objectives of this section cannot adequately be carried out through a contract, grant, or cooperative agreement, the Director of the Center shall have flexible research authority to use other transactions to fund projects in accordance with the terms and conditions of this section. Awards made under such flexible research authority for a fiscal year shall not exceed 20 percent of the total funds appropriated under subsection (g)(1) for such fiscal year.
- (A)
- (4) The Director of the Center may suspend the award to any entity upon noncompliance by such entity with provisions and plans under this section or diversion of funds.
- (5) The Director of the Center may enter into agreements with other entities to conduct periodic audits of the projects funded by grants or contracts awarded under this subsection.
- (6) At the end of a grant or contract period, a recipient shall follow the closeout procedures under section 74.71 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation).
- (7) A determination by the Director of the Center as to whether a drug, device, or biological product is a high need cure (for purposes of subsection (a)(3)) shall not be subject to judicial review.
- (1) To carry out the purposes described in this section, the Director of the Center shall award contracts, grants, or cooperative agreements to the entities described in paragraph (2), to—
- (f) Any grant, cooperative agreement, or contract awarded under this section shall be awarded on a competitive basis.
- (g)
- (1) For purposes of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for subsequent fiscal years. Funds appropriated under this section shall be available until expended.
- (2) No funds appropriated under this chapter, other than funds appropriated under paragraph (1), may be allocated to the Cures Acceleration Network.
§ 287b. General purpose
The general purpose of the John E. Fogarty International Center for Advanced Study in the Health Sciences is to—
- (1) facilitate the assembly of scientists and others in the biomedical, behavioral, and related fields for discussion, study, and research relating to the development of health science internationally;
- (2) provide research programs, conferences, and seminars to further international cooperation and collaboration in the life sciences;
- (3) provide postdoctorate fellowships for research training in the United States and abroad and promote exchanges of senior scientists between the United States and other countries;
- (4) coordinate the activities of the National Institutes of Health concerned with the health sciences internationally; and
- (5) receive foreign visitors to the National Institutes of Health.
§ 287c. Transferred
§ 287c. Transferred
§ 287d. Office of Research on Women’s Health
- (a) There is established within the Office of the Director of NIH an office to be known as the Office of Research on Women’s Health (in this part referred to as the “Office”). The Office shall be headed by a director, who shall be appointed by the Director of NIH and who shall report directly to the Director.
- (b) The Director of the Office shall—
- (1) identify projects of research on women’s health that should be conducted or supported by the national research institutes;
- (2) identify multidisciplinary research relating to research on women’s health that should be so conducted or supported;
- (3) carry out paragraphs (1) and (2) with respect to the aging process in women, with priority given to menopause;
- (4) promote coordination and collaboration among entities conducting research identified under any of paragraphs (1) through (3);
- (5) encourage the conduct of such research by entities receiving funds from the national research institutes;
- (6) recommend an agenda for conducting and supporting such research;
- (7) promote the sufficient allocation of the resources of the national research institutes for conducting and supporting such research;
- (8) assist in the administration of section 289a–2 of this title with respect to the inclusion of women as subjects in clinical research; and
- (9) prepare the report required in section 287d–2 of this title .
- (c)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b), the Director of the Office shall establish a committee to be known as the Coordinating Committee on Research on Women’s Health (in this subsection referred to as the “Coordinating Committee”).
- (2) The Coordinating Committee shall be composed of the Directors of the national research institutes (or the senior-level staff designees of the Directors).
- (3) The Director of the Office shall serve as the chair of the Coordinating Committee.
- (4) With respect to research on women’s health, the Coordinating Committee shall assist the Director of the Office in—
- (A) identifying the need for such research, and making an estimate each fiscal year of the funds needed to adequately support the research;
- (B) identifying needs regarding the coordination of research activities, including intramural and extramural multidisciplinary activities;
- (C) supporting the development of methodologies to determine the circumstances in which obtaining data specific to women (including data relating to the age of women and the membership of women in ethnic or racial groups) is an appropriate function of clinical trials of treatments and therapies;
- (D) supporting the development and expansion of clinical trials of treatments and therapies for which obtaining such data has been determined to be an appropriate function; and
- (E) encouraging the national research institutes to conduct and support such research, including such clinical trials.
- (d)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b), the Director of the Office shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Research on Women’s Health (in this subsection referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (2) The Advisory Committee shall be composed of no fewer than 12, and not more than 18 individuals, who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government. The Director of NIH shall make appointments to the Advisory Committee from among physicians, practitioners, scientists, and other health professionals, whose clinical practice, research specialization, or professional expertise includes a significant focus on research on women’s health. A majority of the members of the Advisory Committee shall be women.
- (3) The Director of the Office shall serve as the chair of the Advisory Committee.
- (4) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (A) advise the Director of the Office on appropriate research activities to be undertaken by the national research institutes with respect to—
- (i) research on women’s health;
- (ii) research on gender differences in clinical drug trials, including responses to pharmacological drugs;
- (iii) research on gender differences in disease etiology, course, and treatment;
- (iv) research on obstetrical and gynecological health conditions, diseases, and treatments; and
- (v) research on women’s health conditions which require a multidisciplinary approach;
- (B) report to the Director of the Office on such research;
- (C) provide recommendations to such Director regarding activities of the Office (including recommendations on the development of the methodologies described in subsection (c)(4)(C) and recommendations on priorities in carrying out research described in subparagraph (A)); and
- (D) assist in monitoring compliance with section 289a–2 of this title regarding the inclusion of women in clinical research.
- (A) advise the Director of the Office on appropriate research activities to be undertaken by the national research institutes with respect to—
- (5)
- (A) The Advisory Committee shall prepare a biennial report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings made by the Committee regarding—
- (i) compliance with section 289a–2 of this title ;
- (ii) the extent of expenditures made for research on women’s health by the agencies of the National Institutes of Health; and
- (iii) the level of funding needed for such research.
- (B) The report required in subparagraph (A) shall be submitted to the Director of NIH for inclusion in the report required in section 283 of this title .
- (A) The Advisory Committee shall prepare a biennial report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings made by the Committee regarding—
- (e) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Personnel and in collaboration with the Director of the Office, shall determine the extent to which women are represented among senior physicians and scientists of the national research institutes and among physicians and scientists conducting research with funds provided by such institutes, and as appropriate, carry out activities to increase the extent of such representation.
- (f) For purposes of this part:
- (1) The term “women’s health conditions”, with respect to women of all age, ethnic, and racial groups, means all diseases, disorders, and conditions (including with respect to mental health)—
- (A) unique to, more serious, or more prevalent in women;
- (B) for which the factors of medical risk or types of medical intervention are different for women, or for which it is unknown whether such factors or types are different for women; or
- (C) with respect to which there has been insufficient clinical research involving women as subjects or insufficient clinical data on women.
- (2) The term “research on women’s health” means research on women’s health conditions, including research on preventing such conditions.
- (1) The term “women’s health conditions”, with respect to women of all age, ethnic, and racial groups, means all diseases, disorders, and conditions (including with respect to mental health)—
§ 288. Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall—
- (A) provide Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards for—
- (i) biomedical and behavioral research at the National Institutes of Health in matters relating to the cause, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of the diseases or other health problems to which the activities of the National Institutes of Health and Administration 1 1 So in original. Reference to Administration probably should not appear. are directed;
- (ii) training at the National Institutes of Health and at the Administration 1 of individuals to undertake such research;
- (iii) biomedical and behavioral research and health services research (including research in primary medical care) at public and nonprofit private entities; and
- (iv) pre-doctoral and post-doctoral training at public and private institutions of individuals to undertake biomedical and behavioral research;
- (B) make grants to public and nonprofit private institutions to enable such institutions to make Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards for research (and training to undertake biomedical and behavioral research) in the matters described in subparagraph (A)(i) to individuals selected by such institutions; and
- (C) provide contracts for scholarships and loan repayments in accordance with sections 288–4 and 288–5 2 2 See References in Text note below. of this title, subject to providing not more than an aggregate 50 such contracts during the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.
- (A) provide Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards for—
- (2) Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards may not be used to support residency training of physicians and other health professionals.
- (3) In awarding Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards under this section, the Secretary shall take account of the Nation’s overall need for biomedical research personnel by giving special consideration to physicians who agree to undertake a minimum of two years of biomedical research.
- (4) The Secretary shall carry out paragraph (1) in a manner that will result in the recruitment of women, and individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial and ethnic minorities), into fields of biomedical or behavioral research and in the provision of research training to women and such individuals.
- (1) The Secretary shall—
- (b)
- (1) No Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award may be made by the Secretary to any individual unless—
- (A) the individual has submitted to the Secretary an application therefor and the Secretary has approved the application;
- (B) the individual provides, in such form and manner as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe, assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the individual will meet the service requirement of subsection (c); and
- (C) in the case of a Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award for a purpose described in subsection (a)(1)(A)(iii), the individual has been sponsored (in such manner as the Secretary may by regulation require) by the institution at which the research or training under the award will be conducted.
- (2) The making of grants under subsection (a)(1)(B) for Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards shall be subject to review and approval by the appropriate advisory councils within the Department of Health and Human Services (A) whose activities relate to the research or training under the awards, or (B) for the entity at which such research or training will be conducted.
- (3) No grant may be made under subsection (a)(1)(B) unless an application therefor has been submitted to and approved by the Secretary. Such application shall be in such form, submitted in such manner, and contain such information, as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe. Subject to the provisions of this section (other than paragraph (1)), Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards made under a grant under subsection (a)(1)(B) shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary shall prescribe.
- (4) The period of any Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award made to any individual under subsection (a) may not exceed—
- (A) five years in the aggregate for pre-doctoral training; and
- (B) three years in the aggregate for post-doctoral training;
- (5) Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Awards shall provide for such stipends, tuition, fees, and allowances (including travel and subsistence expenses and dependency allowances), adjusted periodically to reflect increases in the cost of living, for the recipients of the awards as the Secretary may deem necessary. A Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award made to an individual for research or research training at a non-Federal public or nonprofit private institution shall also provide for payments to be made to the institution for the cost of support services (including the cost of faculty salaries, supplies, equipment, general research support, and related items) provided such individual by such institution. The amount of any such payments to any institution shall be determined by the Secretary and shall bear a direct relationship to the reasonable costs of the institution for establishing and maintaining the quality of its biomedical and behavioral research and training programs.
- (1) No Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award may be made by the Secretary to any individual unless—
- (c)
- (1) Each individual who is awarded a Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award for postdoctoral research training shall, in accordance with paragraph (3), engage in research training, research, or teaching that is health-related (or any combination thereof) for the period specified in paragraph (2). Such period shall be served in accordance with the usual patterns of scientific employment.
- (2)
- (A) The period referred to in paragraph (1) is 12 months, or one month for each month for which the individual involved receives a Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award for postdoctoral research training, whichever is less.
- (B) With respect to postdoctoral research training, in any case in which an individual receives a Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award for more than 12 months, the 13th month and each subsequent month of performing activities under the Award shall be considered to be activities engaged in toward satisfaction of the requirement established in paragraph (1) regarding a period of service.
- (3) The requirement of paragraph (1) shall be complied with by any individual to whom it applies within such reasonable period of time, after the completion of such individual’s award, as the Secretary shall by regulation prescribe. The Secretary shall by regulation prescribe the type of research and teaching in which an individual may engage to comply with such requirement and such other requirements respecting research and teaching as the Secretary considers appropriate.
- (4)
- (A) If any individual to whom the requirement of paragraph (1) is applicable fails, within the period prescribed by paragraph (3), to comply with such requirements, the United States shall be entitled to recover from such individual an amount determined in accordance with the formula—
- (B) Any amount which the United States is entitled to recover under subparagraph (A) shall, within the three-year period beginning on the date the United States becomes entitled to recover such amount, be paid to the United States. Until any amount due the United States under subparagraph (A) on account of any Ruth L. Kirschstein National Research Service Award is paid, there shall accrue to the United States interest on such amount at a rate fixed by the Secretary of the Treasury after taking into consideration private consumer rates of interest prevailing on the date the United States becomes entitled to such amount.
- (5)
- (A) Any obligation of an individual under paragraph (1) shall be canceled upon the death of such individual.
- (B) The Secretary shall by regulation provide for the waiver or suspension of any such obligation applicable to any individual whenever compliance by such individual is impossible or would involve substantial hardship to such individual or would be against equity and good conscience.
§ 288a. Visiting Scientist Awards
- (a) The Secretary may make awards (hereafter in this section referred to as “Visiting Scientist Awards”) to outstanding scientists who agree to serve as visiting scientists at institutions of postsecondary education which have significant enrollments of disadvantaged students. Visiting Scientist Awards shall be made by the Secretary to enable the faculty and students of such institutions to draw upon the special talents of scientists from other institutions for the purpose of receiving guidance, advice, and instruction with regard to research, teaching, and curriculum development in the biomedical and behavioral sciences and such other aspects of these sciences as the Secretary shall deem appropriate.
- (b) The amount of each Visiting Scientist Award shall include such sum as shall be commensurate with the salary or remuneration which the individual receiving the award would have been entitled to receive from the institution with which the individual has, or had, a permanent or immediately prior affiliation. Eligibility for and terms of Visiting Scientist Awards shall be determined in accordance with regulations the Secretary shall prescribe.
§ 288b. Studies respecting biomedical and behavioral research personnel
- (a) The Secretary shall, in accordance with subsection (b), arrange for the conduct of a continuing study to—
- (1) establish (A) the Nation’s overall need for biomedical and behavioral research personnel, (B) the subject areas in which such personnel are needed and the number of such personnel needed in each such area, and (C) the kinds and extent of training which should be provided such personnel;
- (2) assess (A) current training programs available for the training of biomedical and behavioral research personnel which are conducted under this chapter, at or through national research institutes under the National Institutes of Health, and (B) other current training programs available for the training of such personnel;
- (3) identify the kinds of research positions available to and held by individuals completing such programs;
- (4) determine, to the extent feasible, whether the programs referred to in clause (B) of paragraph (2) would be adequate to meet the needs established under paragraph (1) if the programs referred to in clause (A) of paragraph (2) were terminated; and
- (5) determine what modifications in the programs referred to in paragraph (2) are required to meet the needs established under paragraph (1).
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall request the National Academy of Sciences to conduct the study required by subsection (a) under an arrangement under which the actual expenses incurred by such Academy in conducting such study will be paid by the Secretary. If the National Academy of Sciences is willing to do so, the Secretary shall enter into such an arrangement with such Academy for the conduct of such study.
- (2) If the National Academy of Sciences is unwilling to conduct such study under such an arrangement, then the Secretary shall enter into a similar arrangement with other appropriate nonprofit private groups or associations under which such groups or associations will conduct such study and prepare and submit the reports thereon as provided in subsection (c). 1 1 See References in Text note below.
- (3) The National Academy of Sciences or other group or association conducting the study required by subsection (a) shall conduct such study in consultation with the Director of NIH.
§ 289. Institutional review boards; ethics guidance program
- (a) The Secretary shall by regulation require that each entity which applies for a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this chapter for any project or program which involves the conduct of biomedical or behavioral research involving human subjects submit in or with its application for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that it has established (in accordance with regulations which the Secretary shall prescribe) a board (to be known as an “Institutional Review Board”) to review biomedical and behavioral research involving human subjects conducted at or supported by such entity in order to protect the rights of the human subjects of such research.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish a program within the Department of Health and Human Services under which requests for clarification and guidance with respect to ethical issues raised in connection with biomedical or behavioral research involving human subjects are responded to promptly and appropriately.
- (2) The Secretary shall establish a process for the prompt and appropriate response to information provided to the Director of NIH respecting incidences of violations of the rights of human subjects of research for which funds have been made available under this chapter. The process shall include procedures for the receiving of reports of such information from recipients of funds under this chapter and taking appropriate action with respect to such violations.
§ 289a. Peer review requirements
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall by regulation require appropriate technical and scientific peer review of—
- (A) applications made for grants and cooperative agreements under this chapter for biomedical and behavioral research; and
- (B) applications made for biomedical and behavioral research and development contracts to be administered through the National Institutes of Health.
- (2) Regulations promulgated under paragraph (1) shall require that the review of applications made for grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements required by the regulations be conducted—
- (A) to the extent practical, in a manner consistent with the system for technical and scientific peer review applicable on November 20, 1985 , to grants under this chapter for biomedical and behavioral research, and
- (B) to the extent practical, by technical and scientific peer review groups performing such review on or before November 20, 1985 ,
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall by regulation require appropriate technical and scientific peer review of—
- (b) The Director of NIH shall establish procedures for periodic technical and scientific peer review of research at the National Institutes of Health. Such procedures shall require that—
- (1) the reviewing entity be provided a written description of the research to be reviewed, and
- (2) the reviewing entity provide the advisory council of the national research institute involved with such description and the results of the review by the entity,
- (c)
- (1) In technical and scientific peer review under this section of proposals for clinical research, the consideration of any such proposal (including the initial consideration) shall, except as provided in paragraph (2), include an evaluation of the technical and scientific merit of the proposal regarding compliance with section 289a–2 of this title .
- (2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any proposal for clinical research that, pursuant to subsection (b) of section 289a–2 of this title , is not subject to the requirement of subsection (a) of such section regarding the inclusion of women and members of minority groups as subjects in clinical research.
§ 289b. Office of Research Integrity
- (a)
- (1) Not later than 90 days after June 10, 1993 , the Secretary shall establish an office to be known as the Office of Research Integrity (referred to in this section as the “Office”), which shall be established as an independent entity in the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (2) The Office shall be headed by a Director, who shall be appointed by the Secretary, be experienced and specially trained in the conduct of research, and have experience in the conduct of investigations of research misconduct. The Secretary shall carry out this section acting through the Director of the Office. The Director shall report to the Secretary.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary shall by regulation establish a definition for the term “research misconduct” for purposes of this section.
- (B) For purposes of this section, the term “financial assistance” means a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement.
- (b) The Secretary shall by regulation require that each entity that applies for financial assistance under this chapter for any project or program that involves the conduct of biomedical or behavioral research submit in or with its application for such assistance—
- (1) assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that such entity has established and has in effect (in accordance with regulations which the Secretary shall prescribe) an administrative process to review reports of research misconduct in connection with biomedical and behavioral research conducted at or sponsored by such entity;
- (2) an agreement that the entity will report to the Director any investigation of alleged research misconduct in connection with projects for which funds have been made available under this chapter that appears substantial; and
- (3) an agreement that the entity will comply with regulations issued under this section.
- (c) The Secretary shall by regulation establish a process to be followed by the Director for the prompt and appropriate—
- (1) response to information provided to the Director respecting research misconduct in connection with projects for which funds have been made available under this chapter;
- (2) receipt of reports by the Director of such information from recipients of funds under this chapter;
- (3) conduct of investigations, when appropriate; and
- (4) taking of other actions, including appropriate remedies, with respect to such misconduct.
- (d) The Secretary shall by regulation establish procedures for the Director to monitor administrative processes and investigations that have been established or carried out under this section.
- (e)
- (1) In the case of any entity required to establish administrative processes under subsection (b), the Secretary shall by regulation establish standards for preventing, and for responding to the occurrence of retaliation by such entity, its officials or agents, against an employee in the terms and conditions of employment in response to the employee having in good faith—
- (A) made an allegation that the entity, its officials or agents, has engaged in or failed to adequately respond to an allegation of research misconduct; or
- (B) cooperated with an investigation of such an allegation.
- (2) The Secretary shall by regulation establish procedures for the Director to monitor the implementation of the standards established by an entity under paragraph (1) for the purpose of determining whether the procedures have been established, and are being utilized, in accordance with the standards established under such paragraph.
- (3) The Secretary shall by regulation establish remedies for noncompliance by an entity, its officials or agents, which has engaged in retaliation in violation of the standards established under paragraph (1). Such remedies may include termination of funding provided by the Secretary for such project or recovery of funding being provided by the Secretary for such project, or other actions as appropriate.
- (1) In the case of any entity required to establish administrative processes under subsection (b), the Secretary shall by regulation establish standards for preventing, and for responding to the occurrence of retaliation by such entity, its officials or agents, against an employee in the terms and conditions of employment in response to the employee having in good faith—
§ 289c. Research on public health emergencies
If the Secretary determines, after consultation with the Director of NIH, the Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration, or the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, that a disease or disorder constitutes a public health emergency, the Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH—
- (1) shall expedite the review by advisory councils under section 284a of this title and by peer review groups under section 289a of this title of applications for grants for research on such disease or disorder or proposals for contracts for such research;
- (2) shall exercise the authority in section 6101 of title 41 respecting public exigencies to waive the advertising requirements of such section in the case of proposals for contracts for such research;
- (3) may provide administrative supplemental increases in existing grants and contracts to support new research relevant to such disease or disorder; and
- (4) shall disseminate, to health professionals and the public, information on the cause, prevention, and treatment of such disease or disorder that has been developed in research assisted under this section.
§ 289d. Animals in research
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of NIH, shall establish guidelines for the following:
- (1) The proper care of animals to be used in biomedical and behavioral research.
- (2) The proper treatment of animals while being used in such research. Guidelines under this paragraph shall require—
- (A) the appropriate use of tranquilizers, analgesics, anesthetics, paralytics, and euthanasia for animals in such research; and
- (B) appropriate pre-surgical and post-surgical veterinary medical and nursing care for animals in such research.
- (3) The organization and operation of animal care committees in accordance with subsection (b).
- (b)
- (1) Guidelines of the Secretary under subsection (a)(3) shall require animal care committees at each entity which conducts biomedical and behavioral research with funds provided under this chapter (including the National Institutes of Health and the national research institutes) to assure compliance with the guidelines established under subsection (a).
- (2) Each animal care committee shall be appointed by the chief executive officer of the entity for which the committee is established, shall be composed of not fewer than three members, and shall include at least one individual who has no association with such entity and at least one doctor of veterinary medicine.
- (3) Each animal care committee of a research entity shall—
- (A) review the care and treatment of animals in all animal study areas and facilities of the research entity at least semi-annually to evaluate compliance with applicable guidelines established under subsection (a) for appropriate animal care and treatment;
- (B) keep appropriate records of reviews conducted under subparagraph (A); and
- (C) for each review conducted under subparagraph (A), file with the Director of NIH at least annually (i) a certification that the review has been conducted, and (ii) reports of any violations of guidelines established under subsection (a) or assurances required under paragraph (1) which were observed in such review and which have continued after notice by the committee to the research entity involved of the violations.
- (c) The Director of NIH shall require each applicant for a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement involving research on animals which is administered by the National Institutes of Health or any national research institute to include in its application or contract proposal, submitted after the expiration of the twelve-month period beginning on November 20, 1985 —
- (1) assurances satisfactory to the Director of NIH that—
- (A) the applicant meets the requirements of the guidelines established under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) and has an animal care committee which meets the requirements of subsection (b); and
- (B) scientists, animal technicians, and other personnel involved with animal care, treatment, and use by the applicant have available to them instruction or training in the humane practice of animal maintenance and experimentation, and the concept, availability, and use of research or testing methods that limit the use of animals or limit animal distress; and
- (2) a statement of the reasons for the use of animals in the research to be conducted with funds provided under such grant or contract.
- (1) assurances satisfactory to the Director of NIH that—
- (d) If the Director of NIH determines that—
- (1) the conditions of animal care, treatment, or use in an entity which is receiving a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement involving research on animals under this subchapter do not meet applicable guidelines established under subsection (a);
- (2) the entity has been notified by the Director of NIH of such determination and has been given a reasonable opportunity to take corrective action; and
- (3) no action has been taken by the entity to correct such conditions;
- (e) No guideline or regulation promulgated under subsection (a) or (c) may require a research entity to disclose publicly trade secrets or commercial or financial information which is privileged or confidential.
§ 289e. Use of appropriations
- (a) Appropriations to carry out the purposes of this subchapter, unless otherwise expressly provided, may be expended in the District of Columbia for—
- (1) personal services;
- (2) stenographic recording and translating services;
- (3) travel expenses (including the expenses of attendance at meetings when specifically authorized by the Secretary);
- (4) rental;
- (5) supplies and equipment;
- (6) purchase and exchange of medical books, books of reference, directories, periodicals, newspapers, and press clippings;
- (7) purchase, operation, and maintenance of passenger motor vehicles;
- (8) printing and binding (in addition to that otherwise provided by law); and
- (9) all other necessary expenses in carrying out this subchapter.
- (b)
- (1) None of the amounts appropriated under this chapter for the purposes of this subchapter may be obligated for the construction of facilities (including the acquisition of land) unless a provision of this subchapter establishes express authority for such purpose and unless the Act making appropriations under such provision specifies that the amounts appropriated are available for such purpose.
- (2) Any grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts authorized in this subchapter for the construction of facilities may be awarded only on a competitive basis.
§ 289f. Gifts and donations; memorials
The Secretary may, in accordance with section 238 of this title , accept conditional gifts for the National Institutes of Health or a national research institute or for the acquisition of grounds or for the erection, equipment, or maintenance of facilities for the National Institutes of Health or a national research institute. Donations of $50,000 or over for the National Institutes of Health or a national research institute for carrying out the purposes of this subchapter may be acknowledged by the establishment within the National Institutes of Health or a national research institute of suitable memorials to the donors.
§ 289g. Fetal research
- (a) The Secretary may not conduct or support any research or experimentation, in the United States or in any other country, on a nonviable living human fetus ex utero or a living human fetus ex utero for whom viability has not been ascertained unless the research or experimentation—
- (1) may enhance the well-being or meet the health needs of the fetus or enhance the probability of its survival to viability; or
- (2) will pose no added risk of suffering, injury, or death to the fetus and the purpose of the research or experimentation is the development of important biomedical knowledge which cannot be obtained by other means.
- (b) In administering the regulations for the protection of human research subjects which—
- (1) apply to research conducted or supported by the Secretary;
- (2) involve living human fetuses in utero; and
- (3) are published in section 46.208 of part 46 of title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations;
§ 289h. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(b)(2) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
§ 289h. Repealed. Pub. L. 103–43, title I, § 121(b)(2) , June 10, 1993 , 107 Stat. 133
§ 290. National Institutes of Health Management Fund; establishment; advancements; availability; final adjustments of advances
For the purpose of facilitating the economical and efficient conduct of operations in the National Institutes of Health which are financed by two or more appropriations where the costs of operation are not readily susceptible of distribution as charges to such appropriations, there is established the National Institutes of Health Management Fund. Such amounts as the Director of the National Institutes of Health may determine to represent a reasonable distribution of estimated costs among the various appropriations involved may be advanced each year to this fund and shall be available for expenditure for such costs under such regulations as may be prescribed by said Director, including the operation of facilities for the sale of meals to employees and others at rates to be determined by said Director to be sufficient to cover the reasonable value of the meals served and the proceeds thereof shall be deposited to the credit of this fund: Provided , That funds advanced to this fund shall be available only in the fiscal year in which they are advanced: Provided further , That final adjustments of advances in accordance with actual costs shall be effected wherever practicable with the appropriations from which such funds are advanced.
§ 290a. Victims of fire
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish, within the National Institutes of Health and in cooperation with the Administrator of FEMA, an expanded program of research on burns, treatment of burn injuries, and rehabilitation of victims of fires. The National Institutes of Health shall—
- (1) sponsor and encourage the establishment throughout the Nation of twenty-five additional burn centers, which shall comprise separate hospital facilities providing specialized burn treatment and including research and teaching programs and twenty-five additional burn units, which shall comprise specialized facilities in general hospitals used only for burn victims;
- (2) provide training and continuing support of specialists to staff the new burn centers and burn units;
- (3) sponsor and encourage the establishment of ninety burn programs in general hospitals which comprise staffs of burn injury specialists;
- (4) provide special training in emergency care for burn victims;
- (5) augment sponsorship of research on burns and burn treatment;
- (6) administer and support a systematic program of research concerning smoke inhalation injuries; and
- (7) sponsor and support other research and training programs in the treatment and rehabilitation of burn injury victims.
- (b) For purposes of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $5,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1975 and not to exceed $8,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976 .
§ 290aa. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
- (a) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (hereafter referred to in this subchapter as the “Administration”) is an agency of the Service.
- (b) The following Centers are agencies of the Administration:
- (1) The Center for Substance Abuse Treatment.
- (2) The Center for Substance Abuse Prevention.
- (3) The Center for Mental Health Services.
- (c)
- (1) The Administration shall be headed by an official to be known as the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Assistant Secretary”) who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
- (2) The Assistant Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary, may appoint a Deputy Assistant Secretary and may employ and prescribe the functions of such officers and employees, including attorneys, as are necessary to administer the activities to be carried out through the Administration.
- (d) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall—
- (1) supervise the functions of the Centers of the Administration in order to assure that the programs carried out through each such Center receive appropriate and equitable support and that there is cooperation among the Centers in the implementation of such programs;
- (2) establish and implement, through the respective Centers, a comprehensive program to improve the provision of treatment and related services to individuals with respect to substance use disorders and mental illness and to improve prevention services, promote mental health and protect the legal rights of individuals with mental illnesses and individuals with substance use disorders;
- (3) carry out the administrative and financial management, policy development and planning, evaluation, knowledge dissemination, and public information functions that are required for the implementation of this subchapter;
- (4) assure that the Administration conduct and coordinate demonstration projects, evaluations, and service system assessments and other activities necessary to improve the availability and quality of treatment, prevention and related services;
- (5) support activities that will improve the provision of treatment, prevention and related services, including the development of national mental health and substance use disorder goals and model programs;
- (6) in cooperation with the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Health Resources and Services Administration, develop educational materials and intervention strategies to reduce the risks of HIV, hepatitis, tuberculosis, and other communicable diseases among individuals with mental or substance use disorders, and to develop appropriate mental health services for individuals with such diseases or disorders;
- (7) coordinate Federal policy with respect to the provision of treatment services for substance use disorders, including services that utilize drugs or devices approved or cleared by the Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of substance use disorders;
- (8) conduct programs, and assure the coordination of such programs with activities of the National Institutes of Health and the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, as appropriate, to evaluate the process, outcomes and community impact of prevention and treatment services and systems of care in order to identify the manner in which such services can most effectively be provided;
- (9) collaborate with the Director of the National Institutes of Health in the development and maintenance of a system by which the relevant research findings of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the National Institute of Mental Health, and, as appropriate, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality are disseminated to service providers in a manner designed to improve the delivery and effectiveness of prevention, treatment, and recovery support services and are appropriately incorporated into programs carried out by the Administration;
- (10) encourage public and private entities that provide health insurance to provide benefits for substance use disorder and mental health services;
- (11) work with relevant agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services on integrating mental health promotion and substance use disorder prevention with general health promotion and disease prevention and integrating mental and substance use disorders treatment services with physical health treatment services;
- (12) monitor compliance by hospitals and other facilities with the requirements of sections 290dd–1 and 290dd–2 of this title;
- (13) with respect to grant programs authorized under this subchapter or part B of subchapter XVII, or grant programs otherwise funded by the Administration—
- (A) require that all grants that are awarded for the provision of services are subject to performance and outcome evaluations;
- (B) ensure that the director of each Center of the Administration consistently documents the application of criteria when awarding grants and the ongoing oversight of grantees after such grants are awarded;
- (C) require that all grants that are awarded to entities other than States are awarded only after the State in which the entity intends to provide services—
- (i) is notified of the pendency of the grant application; and
- (ii) is afforded an opportunity to comment on the merits of the application; and
- (D) inform a State when any funds are awarded through such a grant to any entity within such State;
- (14) assure that services provided with amounts appropriated under this subchapter are provided bilingually, if appropriate;
- (15) improve coordination among prevention programs, treatment facilities and nonhealth care systems such as employers, labor unions, and schools, and encourage the adoption of employee assistance programs and student assistance programs;
- (16) maintain a clearinghouse for substance use disorder information, including evidence-based and promising best practices for prevention, treatment, and recovery support services for individuals with mental and substance use disorders, to assure the widespread dissemination of such information to States, political subdivisions, educational agencies and institutions, treatment providers, and the general public;
- (17) in collaboration with the National Institute on Aging, and in consultation with the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism and the National Institute of Mental Health, as appropriate, promote and evaluate substance use disorder services for older Americans in need of such services, and mental health services for older Americans who are seriously mentally ill;
- (18) promote the coordination of service programs conducted by other departments, agencies, organizations and individuals that are or may be related to the problems of individuals suffering from mental illness or substance abuse, including liaisons with the Social Security Administration, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and other programs of the Department, as well as liaisons with the Department of Education, Department of Justice, and other Federal Departments and offices, as appropriate;
- (19) consult with State, local, and tribal governments, nongovernmental entities, and individuals with mental illness, particularly adults with a serious mental illness, children with a serious emotional disturbance, and the family members of such adults and children, with respect to improving community-based and other mental health services;
- (20) collaborate with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to improve the provision of mental and substance use disorder services provided by the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs to members of the Armed Forces, veterans, and the family members of such members and veterans, including through the provision of services using the telehealth capabilities of the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs;
- (21) collaborate with the heads of relevant Federal agencies and departments, States, communities, and nongovernmental experts to improve mental and substance use disorders services for chronically homeless individuals, including by designing strategies to provide such services in supportive housing;
- (22) work with States and other stakeholders to develop and support activities to recruit and retain a workforce addressing mental and substance use disorders;
- (23) collaborate with the Attorney General and representatives of the criminal justice system to improve mental and substance use disorders services for individuals who have been arrested or incarcerated;
- (24) after providing an opportunity for public input, set standards for grant programs under this subchapter for mental and substance use disorders services and prevention programs, which standards may address—
- (A) the capacity of the grantee to implement the award;
- (B) requirements for the description of the program implementation approach;
- (C) the extent to which the grant plan submitted by the grantee as part of its application must explain how the grantee will reach the population of focus and provide a statement of need, which may include information on how the grantee will increase access to services and a description of measurable objectives for improving outcomes;
- (D) the extent to which the grantee must collect and report on required performance measures; and
- (E) the extent to which the grantee is proposing to use evidence-based practices; and
- (25) advance, through existing programs, the use of performance metrics, including those based on the recommendations on performance metrics from the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation under section 6021(d) of the Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016.
- (e)
- (1) There may be in the Administration an Associate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment Policy to whom the Assistant Secretary may delegate the functions of promoting, monitoring, and evaluating service programs for the prevention and treatment of alcoholism and alcohol abuse within the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and the Center for Mental Health Services, and coordinating such programs among the Centers, and among the Centers and other public and private entities. The Associate Administrator also may ensure that alcohol prevention, education, and policy strategies are integrated into all programs of the Centers that address substance abuse prevention, education, and policy, and that the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention addresses the Healthy People 2010 goals and the National Dietary Guidelines of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Agriculture related to alcohol consumption.
- (2)
- (A) The Assistant Secretary, acting through the Associate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment Policy, shall develop, and periodically review and as appropriate revise, a plan for programs and policies to treat and prevent alcoholism and alcohol abuse. The plan shall be developed (and reviewed and revised) in collaboration with the Directors of the Centers of the Administration and in consultation with members of other Federal agencies and public and private entities.
- (B) Not later than 1 year after July 10, 1992 , the Assistant Secretary shall submit to the Congress the first plan developed under subparagraph (A).
- (3)
- (A) Not less than once during each 2 years, the Assistant Secretary, acting through the Associate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treatment Policy, shall prepare a report describing the alcoholism and alcohol abuse prevention and treatment programs undertaken by the Administration and its agencies, and the report shall include a detailed statement of the expenditures made for the activities reported on and the personnel used in connection with such activities.
- (B) Each report under subparagraph (A) shall include a description of any revisions in the plan under paragraph (2) made during the preceding 2 years.
- (C) Each report under subparagraph (A) shall be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for inclusion in the biennial report under subsection (m).
- (f)
- (1) The Assistant Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary, shall appoint an Associate Administrator for Women’s Services who shall report directly to the Assistant Secretary.
- (2) The Associate Administrator appointed under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) establish a committee to be known as the Coordinating Committee for Women’s Services (hereafter in this subparagraph referred to as the “Coordinating Committee”), which shall be composed of the Directors of the agencies of the Administration (or the designees of the Directors);
- (B) acting through the Coordinating Committee, with respect to women’s substance abuse and mental health services—
- (i) identify the need for such services, and make an estimate each fiscal year of the funds needed to adequately support the services;
- (ii) identify needs regarding the coordination of services;
- (iii) encourage the agencies of the Administration to support such services; and
- (iv) assure that the unique needs of minority women, including Native American, Hispanic, African-American and Asian women, are recognized and addressed within the activities of the Administration; and
- (C) establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee for Women’s Services, which shall be composed of not more than 10 individuals, a majority of whom shall be women, who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government, to be appointed by the Assistant Secretary from among physicians, practitioners, treatment providers, and other health professionals, whose clinical practice, specialization, or professional expertise includes a significant focus on women’s substance abuse and mental health conditions, that shall—
- (i) advise the Associate Administrator on appropriate activities to be undertaken by the agencies of the Administration with respect to women’s substance abuse and mental health services, including services which require a multidisciplinary approach;
- (ii) collect and review data, including information provided by the Secretary (including the material referred to in paragraph (3)), and report biannually to the Assistant Secretary regarding the extent to which women are represented among senior personnel, and make recommendations regarding improvement in the participation of women in the workforce of the Administration; and
- (iii) prepare, for inclusion in the biennial report required pursuant to subsection (m), a description of activities of the Committee, including findings made by the Committee regarding—
- (I) the extent of expenditures made for women’s substance abuse and mental health services by the agencies of the Administration; and
- (II) the estimated level of funding needed for substance abuse and mental health services to meet the needs of women;
- (D) improve the collection of data on women’s health by—
- (i) reviewing the current data at the Administration to determine its uniformity and applicability;
- (ii) developing standards for all programs funded by the Administration so that data are, to the extent practicable, collected and reported using common reporting formats, linkages and definitions; and
- (iii) reporting to the Assistant Secretary a plan for incorporating the standards developed under clause (ii) in all Administration programs and a plan to assure that the data so collected are accessible to health professionals, providers, researchers, and members of the public; and
- (E) shall establish, maintain, and operate a program to provide information on women’s substance abuse and mental health services.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Personnel, shall conduct a study to evaluate the extent to which women are represented among senior personnel at the Administration.
- (B) Not later than 90 days after July 10, 1992 , the Assistant Secretary for Personnel shall provide the Advisory Committee for Women’s Services with a study plan, including the methodology of the study and any sampling frames. Not later than 180 days after July 10, 1992 , the Assistant Secretary shall prepare and submit directly to the Advisory Committee a report concerning the results of the study conducted under subparagraph (A).
- (C) The Secretary shall prepare and provide to the Advisory Committee for Women’s Services any additional data as requested.
- (4) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to preclude the Secretary from establishing within the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration an Office of Women’s Health.
- (5) For purposes of this subsection, the term “women’s substance abuse and mental health conditions”, with respect to women of all age, ethnic, and racial groups, means all aspects of substance abuse and mental illness—
- (A) unique to or more prevalent among women; or
- (B) with respect to which there have been insufficient services involving women or insufficient data.
- (g)
- (1) The Assistant Secretary, with the approval of the Secretary, shall appoint a Chief Medical Officer to serve within the Administration.
- (2) The Assistant Secretary shall select the Chief Medical Officer from among individuals who—
- (A) have a doctoral degree in medicine or osteopathic medicine;
- (B) have experience in the provision of mental or substance use disorder services;
- (C) have experience working with mental or substance use disorder programs;
- (D) have an understanding of biological, psychosocial, and pharmaceutical treatments of mental or substance use disorders; and
- (E) are licensed to practice medicine in one or more States.
- (3) The Chief Medical Officer shall—
- (A) serve as a liaison between the Administration and providers of mental and substance use disorders prevention, treatment, and recovery services;
- (B) assist the Assistant Secretary in the evaluation, organization, integration, and coordination of programs operated by the Administration;
- (C) promote evidence-based and promising best practices, including culturally and linguistically appropriate practices, as appropriate, for the prevention and treatment of, and recovery from, mental and substance use disorders, including serious mental illness and serious emotional disturbances;
- (D) participate in regular strategic planning with the Administration;
- (E) coordinate with the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation to assess the use of performance metrics to evaluate activities within the Administration related to mental and substance use disorders; and
- (F) coordinate with the Assistant Secretary to ensure mental and substance use disorders grant programs within the Administration consistently utilize appropriate performance metrics and evaluation designs.
- (h)
- (1) The Assistant Secretary may obtain (in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 , but without regard to the limitation in such section on the number of days or the period of service) the services of not more than 20 experts or consultants who have professional qualifications. Such experts and consultants shall be obtained for the Administration and for each of its agencies.
- (2)
- (A) Experts and consultants whose services are obtained under paragraph (1) shall be paid or reimbursed for their expenses associated with traveling to and from their assignment location in accordance with sections 5724, 5724a(a), 5724a(c), and 5726(c) of title 5.
- (B) Expenses specified in subparagraph (A) may not be allowed in connection with the assignment of an expert or consultant whose services are obtained under paragraph (1), unless and until the expert or consultant agrees in writing to complete the entire period of assignment or one year, whichever is shorter, unless separated or reassigned for reasons beyond the control of the expert or consultant that are acceptable to the Secretary. If the expert or consultant violates the agreement, the money spent by the United States for the expenses specified in subparagraph (A) is recoverable from the expert or consultant as a debt of the United States. The Secretary may waive in whole or in part a right of recovery under this subparagraph.
- (i) The Assistant Secretary shall, without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title, relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, establish such peer review groups and program advisory committees as are needed to carry out the requirements of this subchapter and appoint and pay members of such groups, except that officers and employees of the United States shall not receive additional compensation for services as members of such groups. The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall not apply to the duration of a peer review group appointed under this subsection.
- (j) The Assistant Secretary may accept voluntary and uncompensated services.
- (k) The Assistant Secretary shall ensure that programs and activities assigned under this subchapter to the Administration are fully administered by the respective Centers to which such programs and activities are assigned.
- (l)
- (1) Not later than September 30, 2018 , and every 4 years thereafter, the Assistant Secretary shall develop and carry out a strategic plan in accordance with this subsection for the planning and operation of activities carried out by the Administration, including evidence-based programs.
- (2) In developing and carrying out the strategic plan under this subsection, the Assistant Secretary shall take into consideration the findings and recommendations of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation under section 6021(d) of the Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016 and the report of the Interdepartmental Serious Mental Illness Coordinating Committee under section 6031 of such Act.
- (3) Not later than September 30, 2018 , and every 4 years thereafter, the Assistant Secretary shall—
- (A) submit the strategic plan developed under paragraph (1) to the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate; and
- (B) post such plan on the Internet website of the Administration.
- (4) The strategic plan developed under paragraph (1) shall—
- (A) identify strategic priorities, goals, and measurable objectives for mental and substance use disorders activities and programs operated and supported by the Administration, including priorities to prevent or eliminate the burden of mental and substance use disorders;
- (B) identify ways to improve the quality of services for individuals with mental and substance use disorders, and to reduce homelessness, arrest, incarceration, violence, including self-directed violence, and unnecessary hospitalization of individuals with a mental or substance use disorder, including adults with a serious mental illness or children with a serious emotional disturbance;
- (C) ensure that programs provide, as appropriate, access to effective and evidence-based prevention, diagnosis, intervention, treatment, and recovery services, including culturally and linguistically appropriate services, as appropriate, for individuals with a mental or substance use disorder;
- (D) identify opportunities to collaborate with the Health Resources and Services Administration to develop or improve—
- (i) initiatives to encourage individuals to pursue careers (especially in rural and underserved areas and with rural and underserved populations) as psychiatrists, including child and adolescent psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric nurse practitioners, physician assistants, clinical social workers, certified peer support specialists, licensed professional counselors, or other licensed or certified mental health or substance use disorder professionals, including such professionals specializing in the diagnosis, evaluation, or treatment of adults with a serious mental illness or children with a serious emotional disturbance; and
- (ii) a strategy to improve the recruitment, training, and retention of a workforce for the treatment of individuals with mental or substance use disorders, or co-occurring disorders;
- (E) identify opportunities to improve collaboration with States, local governments, communities, and Indian tribes and tribal organizations (as such terms are defined in section 5304 of title 25 ); and
- (F) specify a strategy to disseminate evidence-based and promising best practices related to prevention, diagnosis, early intervention, treatment, and recovery services related to mental illness, particularly for adults with a serious mental illness and children with a serious emotional disturbance, and for individuals with a substance use disorder.
- (m) Not later than September 30, 2020 , and every 2 years thereafter, the Assistant Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, and post on the Internet website of the Administration, a report containing at a minimum—
- (1) a review of activities conducted or supported by the Administration, including progress toward strategic priorities, goals, and objectives identified in the strategic plan developed under subsection (l);
- (2) an assessment of programs and activities carried out by the Assistant Secretary, including the extent to which programs and activities under this subchapter and part B of subchapter XVII meet identified goals and performance measures developed for the respective programs and activities;
- (3) a description of the progress made in addressing gaps in mental and substance use disorders prevention, treatment, and recovery services and improving outcomes by the Administration, including with respect to serious mental illnesses, serious emotional disturbances, and co-occurring disorders;
- (4) a description of the manner in which the Administration coordinates and partners with other Federal agencies and departments related to mental and substance use disorders, including activities related to—
- (A) the implementation and dissemination of research findings into improved programs, including with respect to how advances in serious mental illness and serious emotional disturbance research have been incorporated into programs;
- (B) the recruitment, training, and retention of a mental and substance use disorders workforce;
- (C) the integration of mental disorder services, substance use disorder services, and physical health services;
- (D) homelessness; and
- (E) veterans;
- (5) a description of the manner in which the Administration promotes coordination by grantees under this subchapter, and part B of subchapter XVII, with State or local agencies; and
- (6) a description of the activities carried out under section 290aa–0(e) of this title , with respect to mental and substance use disorders, including—
- (A) the number and a description of grants awarded;
- (B) the total amount of funding for grants awarded;
- (C) a description of the activities supported through such grants, including outcomes of programs supported; and
- (D) information on how the National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Laboratory is consulting with the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation and collaborating with the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, and the Center for Mental Health Services to carry out such activities; and
- (7) recommendations made by the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation under section 6021 of the Helping Families in Mental Health Crisis Reform Act of 2016 to improve programs within the Administration, and actions taken in response to such recommendations to improve programs within the Administration.
- (n) With respect to awards of grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts under this subchapter, the Assistant Secretary, or the Director of the Center involved, as the case may be, may not make such an award unless—
- (1) an application for the award is submitted to the official involved;
- (2) with respect to carrying out the purpose for which the award is to be provided, the application provides assurances of compliance satisfactory to such official; and
- (3) the application is otherwise in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and information as the official determines to be necessary to carry out the purpose for which the award is to be provided.
- (o)
- (1) Notwithstanding section 290aa–3 of this title and except as provided in paragraph (2), the Secretary may use not to exceed 2.5 percent of all amounts appropriated under this subchapter for a fiscal year to make noncompetitive grants, contracts or cooperative agreements to public entities to enable such entities to address emergency substance abuse or mental health needs in local communities.
- (2) Amounts appropriated under part C shall not be subject to paragraph (1).
- (3) The Secretary shall establish criteria for determining that a substance abuse or mental health emergency exists and publish such criteria in the Federal Register prior to providing funds under this subsection.
- (4) Amounts made available for carrying out this subsection shall remain available through the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which such amounts are appropriated.
- (p) No information, if an establishment or person supplying the information or described in it is identifiable, obtained in the course of activities undertaken or supported under section 290aa–4 of this title may be used for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was supplied unless such establishment or person has consented (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) to its use for such other purpose. Such information may not be published or released in other form if the person who supplied the information or who is described in it is identifiable unless such person has consented (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) to its publication or release in other form.
- (q) For the purpose of providing grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
§ 290b. Establishment and duties of Foundation
- (a) The Secretary shall, acting through the Director of NIH, establish a nonprofit corporation to be known as the Foundation for the National Institutes of Health (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Foundation”). The Foundation shall not be an agency or instrumentality of the United States Government.
- (b) The purpose of the Foundation shall be to support the National Institutes of Health in its mission (including collection of funds for pediatric pharmacologic research), and to advance collaboration with biomedical researchers from universities, industry, and nonprofit organizations.
- (c)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b), the Foundation may solicit and accept gifts, grants, and other donations, establish accounts, and invest and expend funds in support of the following activities with respect to the purpose described in such subsection:
- (A) A program to provide and administer endowed positions that are associated with the research program of the National Institutes of Health. Such endowments may be expended for the compensation of individuals holding the positions, for staff, equipment, quarters, travel, and other expenditures that are appropriate in supporting the endowed positions.
- (B) A program to provide and administer fellowships and grants to research personnel in order to work and study in association with the National Institutes of Health. Such fellowships and grants may include stipends, travel, health insurance benefits and other appropriate expenses. The recipients of fellowships shall be selected by the donors and the Foundation upon the recommendation of the National Institutes of Health employees in the laboratory where the fellow would serve, and shall be subject to the agreement of the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Executive Director of the Foundation.
- (C) A program to collect funds for pediatric pharmacologic research and studies.
- (D) Supplementary programs to provide for—
- (i) scientists of other countries to serve in research capacities in the United States in association with the National Institutes of Health or elsewhere, or opportunities for employees of the National Institutes of Health or other public health officials in the United States to serve in such capacities in other countries, or both;
- (ii) the conduct and support of studies, projects, and research, which may include stipends, travel and other support for personnel in collaboration with national and international non-profit and for-profit organizations;
- (iii) the conduct and support of forums, meetings, conferences, courses, and training workshops that may include undergraduate, graduate, post-graduate, and post-doctoral accredited courses and the maintenance of accreditation of such courses by the Foundation at the State and national level for college or continuing education credits or for degrees;
- (iv) programs to support and encourage teachers and students of science at all levels of education and programs for the general public which promote the understanding of science;
- (v) programs for writing, editing, printing, publishing, and vending of books and other materials; and
- (vi) the conduct of other activities to carry out and support the purpose described in subsection (b).
- (E) The Cures Acceleration Network described in section 287a of this title .
- (2) The Foundation may assess fees for the provision of professional, administrative and management services by the Foundation in amounts determined reasonable and appropriate by the Executive Director.
- (3) The Foundation shall be the sole entity responsible for carrying out the activities described in this subsection.
- (1) In carrying out subsection (b), the Foundation may solicit and accept gifts, grants, and other donations, establish accounts, and invest and expend funds in support of the following activities with respect to the purpose described in such subsection:
- (d)
- (1)
- (A) The Foundation shall have a Board of Directors (hereafter referred to in this section as the “Board”), which shall be composed of ex officio and appointed members in accordance with this subsection. All appointed members of the Board shall be voting members.
- (B) The ex officio members of the Board shall be—
- (i) the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Subcommittee on Health and the Environment (Committee on Energy and Commerce) or their designees, in the case of the House of Representatives;
- (ii) the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Labor and Human Resources or their designees, in the case of the Senate;
- (iii) the Director of the National Institutes of Health; and
- (iv) the Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
- (C) The ex officio members of the Board under subparagraph (B) shall appoint to the Board individuals from among a list of candidates to be provided by the National Academy of Science. Such appointed members shall include—
- (i) representatives of the general biomedical field;
- (ii) representatives of experts in pediatric medicine and research;
- (iii) representatives of the general biobehavioral field, which may include experts in biomedical ethics; and
- (iv) representatives of the general public, which may include representatives of affected industries.
- (D)
- (i) Not later than 30 days after June 10, 1993 , the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall convene a meeting of the ex officio members of the Board to—
- (I) incorporate the Foundation and establish the general policies of the Foundation for carrying out the purposes of subsection (b), including the establishment of the bylaws of the Foundation; and
- (II) appoint the members of the Board in accordance with subparagraph (C).
- (ii) Upon the appointment of the appointed members of the Board under clause (i)(II), the terms of service as members of the Board of the ex officio members of the Board described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall terminate. The ex officio members of the Board described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of subparagraph (B) shall continue to serve as ex officio members of the Board.
- (i) Not later than 30 days after June 10, 1993 , the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall convene a meeting of the ex officio members of the Board to—
- (E) The agreement of not less than three-fifths of the members of the ex officio members of the Board shall be required for the appointment of each member to the initial Board.
- (F) No employee of the National Institutes of Health shall be appointed as a member of the Board.
- (G) The Board may, through amendments to the bylaws of the Foundation, provide that the number of appointed members of the Board shall be greater than the number specified in subparagraph (C).
- (2)
- (A) The ex officio members of the Board under paragraph (1)(B) shall designate an individual to serve as the initial Chair of the Board.
- (B) Upon the termination of the term of service of the initial Chair of the Board, the appointed members of the Board shall elect a member of the Board to serve as the Chair of the Board.
- (3)
- (A) The term of office of each member of the Board appointed under paragraph (1)(C) shall be 5 years, except that the terms of offices for the initial appointed members of the Board shall expire as determined by the ex officio members and the Chair.
- (B) Any vacancy in the membership of the appointed members of the Board shall be filled in accordance with the bylaws of the Foundation established in accordance with paragraph (6), and shall not affect the power of the remaining appointed members to execute the duties of the Board.
- (C) If a member of the Board does not serve the full term applicable under subparagraph (A), the individual appointed to fill the resulting vacancy shall be appointed for the remainder of the term of the predecessor of the individual.
- (D) A member of the Board may continue to serve after the expiration of the term of the member until a successor is appointed.
- (4) Members of the Board may not receive compensation for service on the Board. Such members may be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in carrying out the duties of the Board, as set forth in the bylaws issued by the Board.
- (5) A majority of the appointed members of the Board shall constitute a quorum for purposes of conducting the business of the Board.
- (6)
- (A) In establishing bylaws under this subsection, the Board shall ensure that the following are provided for:
- (i) Policies for the selection of the officers, employees, agents, and contractors of the Foundation.
- (ii) Policies, including ethical standards, for the acceptance, solicitation, and disposition of donations and grants to the Foundation and for the disposition of the assets of the Foundation. Policies with respect to ethical standards shall ensure that officers, employees and agents of the Foundation (including members of the Board) avoid encumbrances that would result in a conflict of interest, including a financial conflict of interest or a divided allegiance. Such policies shall include requirements for the provision of information concerning any ownership or controlling interest in entities related to the activities of the Foundation by such officers, employees and agents and their spouses and relatives.
- (iii) Policies for the conduct of the general operations of the Foundation.
- (iv) Policies for writing, editing, printing, publishing, and vending of books and other materials.
- (B) In establishing bylaws under this subsection, the Board shall ensure that such bylaws (and activities carried out under the bylaws) do not—
- (i) reflect unfavorably upon the ability of the Foundation or the National Institutes of Health to carry out its responsibilities or official duties in a fair and objective manner; or
- (ii) compromise, or appear to compromise, the integrity of any governmental agency or program, or any officer or employee involved in such program.
- (A) In establishing bylaws under this subsection, the Board shall ensure that the following are provided for:
- (1)
- (e) The initial members of the Board shall serve as incorporators and shall take whatever actions necessary to incorporate the Foundation.
- (f) The Foundation shall be considered to be a corporation under section 501(c) of title 26 , and shall be subject to the provisions of such section.
- (g)
- (1) The Foundation shall have an Executive Director who shall be appointed by the Board and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Executive Director shall be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Foundation and shall have such specific duties and responsibilities as the Board shall prescribe.
- (2) The rate of compensation of the Executive Director shall be fixed by the Board.
- (h) In carrying out subsection (b), the Foundation may—
- (1) operate under the direction of its Board;
- (2) adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed;
- (3) provide for 1 or more officers, employees, and agents, as may be necessary, define their duties, and require surety bonds or make other provisions against losses occasioned by acts of such persons;
- (4) hire, promote, compensate, and discharge officers and employees of the Foundation, and define the duties of the officers and employees;
- (5) with the consent of any executive department or independent agency, use the information, services, staff, and facilities of such in carrying out this section;
- (6) sue and be sued in its corporate name, and complain and defend in courts of competent jurisdiction;
- (7) modify or consent to the modification of any contract or agreement to which it is a party or in which it has an interest under this part;
- (8) establish a process for the selection of candidates for positions under subsection (c);
- (9) enter into contracts with public and private organizations for the writing, editing, printing, and publishing of books and other material;
- (10) take such action as may be necessary to obtain patents and licenses for devices and procedures developed by the Foundation and its employees;
- (11) solicit, accept, hold, administer, invest, and spend any gift, devise, or bequest of real or personal property made to the Foundation;
- (12) enter into such other contracts, leases, cooperative agreements, and other transactions as the Executive Director considers appropriate to conduct the activities of the Foundation;
- (13) appoint other groups of advisors as may be determined necessary from time to time to carry out the functions of the Foundation;
- (14) enter into such other contracts, leases, cooperative agreements, and other transactions as the Executive Director considers appropriate to conduct the activities of the Foundation; and
- (15) exercise other powers as set forth in this section, and such other incidental powers as are necessary to carry out its powers, duties, and functions in accordance with this part.
- (i) No participant in the program established under this part shall exercise any administrative control over any Federal employee.
- (j)
- (1) The members of the Board shall be accountable for the integrity of the operations of the Foundation and shall ensure such integrity through the development and enforcement of criteria and procedures relating to standards of conduct, financial disclosure statements, conflict of interest rules, recusal and waiver rules, audits and other matter determined appropriate by the Board.
- (2) Any individual who is an officer, employee, or member of the Board of the Foundation may not (in accordance with policies and requirements developed under subsection (d)(6)) personally or substantially participate in the consideration or determination by the Foundation of any matter that would directly or predictably affect any financial interest of the individual or a relative (as such term is defined in section 109(16) of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978) of the individual, of any business organization or other entity, or of which the individual is an officer or employee, or is negotiating for employment, or in which the individual has any other financial interest.
- (3) The Foundation shall—
- (A) provide for annual audits of the financial condition of the Foundation; and
- (B) make such audits, and all other records, documents, and other papers of the Foundation, available to the Secretary and the Comptroller General of the United States for examination or audit.
- (4)
- (A) Not later than 5 months following the end of each fiscal year, the Foundation shall publish a report describing the activities of the Foundation during the preceding fiscal year. Each such report shall include for the fiscal year involved a comprehensive statement of the operations, activities, financial condition, and accomplishments of the Foundation, including an accounting of the use of amounts transferred under subsection ( l ).
- (B) With respect to the financial condition of the Foundation, each report under subparagraph (A) shall include the source, and a description of, all gifts or grants to the Foundation of real or personal property, and the source and amount of all gifts or grants to the Foundation of money. Each such report shall include a specification of any restrictions on the purposes for which gifts or grants to the Foundation may be used.
- (C) The Foundation shall make copies of each report submitted under subparagraph (A) available—
- (i) for public inspection, and shall upon request provide a copy of the report to any individual for a charge that shall not exceed the cost of providing the copy; and
- (ii) to the appropriate committees of Congress.
- (D) The Board shall annually hold a public meeting to summarize the activities of the Foundation and distribute written reports concerning such activities and the scientific results derived from such activities.
- (5) Federal employees may serve on committees advisory to the Foundation and otherwise cooperate with and assist the Foundation in carrying out its function, so long as the employees do not direct or control Foundation activities.
- (6) The Foundation may, pursuant to appropriate agreements, merge with, acquire, or use the resources of existing nonprofit private corporations with missions similar to the purposes of the Foundation, such as the Foundation for Advanced Education in the Sciences.
- (7) The Board shall adopt written standards with respect to the ownership of any intellectual property rights derived from the collaborative efforts of the Foundation prior to the commencement of such efforts.
- (8) The activities conducted in support of the National Institutes of Health Amendments of 1990 ( Public Law 101–613 ), and the amendments made by such Act, shall not be nullified by the enactment of this section. 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “subsection”.
- (9)
- (A) The Foundation shall exist solely as an entity to work in collaboration with the research programs of the National Institutes of Health. The Foundation may not undertake activities (such as the operation of independent laboratories or competing for Federal research funds) that are independent of those of the National Institutes of Health research programs.
- (B)
- (i) Gifts, grants, and other donations to the Foundation may be designated for pediatric research and studies on drugs, and funds so designated shall be used solely for grants for research and studies under subsection (c)(1)(C).
- (ii) Other gifts, grants, or donations received by the Foundation and not described in clause (i) may also be used to support such pediatric research and studies.
- (iii) The recipient of a grant for research and studies shall agree to provide the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, at the conclusion of the research and studies—
- (I) a report describing the results of the research and studies; and
- (II) all data generated in connection with the research and studies.
- (iv) The Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall take appropriate action in response to a report received under clause (iii) in accordance with paragraphs (7) through (12) 2 2 See References in Text note below. of section 284m(c) of this title , including negotiating with the holders of approved applications for the drugs studied for any labeling changes that the Commissioner determines to be appropriate and requests the holders to make.
- (C) Subparagraph (A) does not apply to the program described in subsection (c)(1)(C).
- (10) The Foundation may transfer funds to the National Institutes of Health and the National Institutes of Health may accept transfers of funds from the Foundation. Any funds transferred under this paragraph shall be subject to all Federal limitations relating to federally-funded research.
- (k)
- (1) In the case of any individual who is not an employee of the Federal Government and who serves in association with the National Institutes of Health, with respect to financial assistance received from the Foundation, the Foundation may not provide the assistance of, or otherwise permit the work at the National Institutes of Health to begin until a memorandum of understanding between the individual and the Director of the National Institutes of Health, or the designee of such Director, has been executed specifying that the individual shall be subject to such ethical and procedural standards of conduct relating to duties performed at the National Institutes of Health, as the Director of the National Institutes of Health determines is appropriate.
- (2) The Director of the National Institutes of Health may provide facilities, utilities and support services to the Foundation if it is determined by the Director to be advantageous to the research programs of the National Institutes of Health.
- (l) From amounts appropriated to the National Institutes of Health, for each fiscal year, the Director of NIH shall transfer not less than $500,000 and not more than $1,250,000 to the Foundation.
§ 290bb. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment
- (a) There is established in the Administration a Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Center”). The Center shall be headed by a Director (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Director”) appointed by the Secretary from among individuals with extensive experience or academic qualifications in the treatment of substance use disorders or in the evaluation of substance use disorder treatment systems.
- (b) The Director of the Center shall—
- (1) administer the substance use disorder treatment block grant program authorized in section 300x–21 of this title ;
- (2) ensure that emphasis is placed on children and adolescents in the development of treatment programs;
- (3) collaborate with the Attorney General to develop programs to provide substance use disorder treatment services to individuals who have had contact with the Justice system, especially adolescents;
- (4) collaborate with the Director of the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention in order to provide outreach services to identify individuals in need of treatment services, with emphasis on the provision of such services to pregnant and postpartum women and their infants and to individuals who illicitly use drugs intravenously;
- (5) collaborate with the Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, with the Director of the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, and with the States to promote the study, dissemination, and implementation of research findings that will improve the delivery and effectiveness of treatment services;
- (6) collaborate with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services to promote the increased integration into the mainstream of the health care system of the United States of programs for providing treatment services;
- (7) evaluate plans submitted by the States pursuant to section 300x–32(a)(6) of this title in order to determine whether the plans adequately provide for the availability, allocation, and effectiveness of treatment services;
- (8) sponsor regional workshops on improving the quality and availability of treatment services;
- (9) provide technical assistance to public and nonprofit private entities that provide treatment services, including technical assistance with respect to the process of submitting to the Director applications for any program of grants or contracts;
- (10) carry out activities to educate individuals on the need for establishing treatment facilities within their communities;
- (11) encourage public and private entities that provide health insurance to provide benefits for outpatient treatment services and other nonhospital-based treatment services;
- (12) evaluate treatment programs to determine the quality and appropriateness of various forms of treatment, which shall be carried out through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements provided to public or nonprofit private entities;
- (13) ensure the consistent documentation of the application of criteria when awarding grants and the ongoing oversight of grantees after such grants are awarded;
- (14) work with States, providers, and individuals in recovery, and their families, to promote the expansion of recovery support services and systems of care oriented toward recovery;
- (15) in cooperation with the Secretary, implement and disseminate, as appropriate, the recommendations in the report entitled “Protecting Our Infants Act: Final Strategy” issued by the Department of Health and Human Services in 2017; and
- (16) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders, and through public-private partnerships, encourage education about substance use disorders for pregnant women and health care providers who treat pregnant women and babies.
- (c) In carrying out the duties established in subsection (b), the Director may make grants to and enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with public and nonprofit private entities.
§ 290dd. Substance abuse among government and other employees
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall be responsible for fostering substance abuse prevention and treatment programs and services in State and local governments and in private industry.
- (2)
- (A) Consistent with the responsibilities described in paragraph (1), the Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall develop a variety of model programs suitable for replication on a cost-effective basis in different types of business concerns and State and local governmental entities.
- (B) The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall disseminate information and materials relative to such model programs to the State agencies responsible for the administration of substance abuse prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation activities and shall, to the extent feasible provide technical assistance to such agencies as requested.
- (b)
- (1) No person may be denied or deprived of Federal civilian employment or a Federal professional or other license or right solely on the grounds of prior substance abuse.
- (2) This subsection shall not apply to employment in—
- (A) the Central Intelligence Agency;
- (B) the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
- (C) the National Security Agency;
- (D) any other department or agency of the Federal Government designated for purposes of national security by the President; or
- (E) in any position in any department or agency of the Federal Government, not referred to in subparagraphs (A) through (D), which position is determined pursuant to regulations prescribed by the head of such agency or department to be a sensitive position.
- (3) The inapplicability of the prohibition described in paragraph (1) to the employment described in paragraph (2) shall not be construed to reflect on the applicability of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [ 29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.] or other anti-discrimination laws to such employment.
- (c) This section shall not be construed to prohibit the dismissal from employment of a Federal civilian employee who cannot properly function in his employment.
§ 290ee. Opioid overdose reversal medication access and education grant programs
- (a) The Secretary shall make grants to States to—
- (1) implement strategies for pharmacists to dispense a drug or device approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act [ 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose, as appropriate, pursuant to a standing order;
- (2) encourage pharmacies to dispense opioid overdose reversal medication pursuant to a standing order;
- (3) develop or provide training materials that persons authorized to prescribe or dispense a drug or device approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose may use to educate the public concerning—
- (A) when and how to safely administer such drug or device; and
- (B) steps to be taken after administering such drug or device; and
- (4) educate the public concerning the availability of drugs or devices approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose without a person-specific prescription.
- (b) A grant may be made under this section only if the State involved has authorized standing orders to be issued for drugs or devices approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose.
- (c) In making grants under this section, the Secretary may give preference to States that have a significantly higher rate of opioid overdoses than the national average, and that—
- (1) have not implemented standing orders regarding drugs or devices approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose;
- (2) authorize standing orders to be issued that permit community-based organizations, substance abuse programs, or other nonprofit entities to acquire, dispense, or administer drugs or devices approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose; or
- (3) authorize standing orders to be issued that permit police, fire, or emergency medical services agencies to acquire and administer drugs or devices approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose.
- (d)
- (1) A State may not receive more than one grant under this section at a time.
- (2) A grant under this section shall be for a period of 3 years.
- (3) A State may use not more than 20 percent of a grant under this section for educating the public pursuant to subsection (a)(4).
- (e) To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, a State shall submit an application to the Secretary in such form and manner and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, including detailed proposed expenditures of grant funds.
- (f) A State that receives a grant under this section shall, at least annually for the duration of the grant, submit a report to the Secretary evaluating the progress of the activities supported through the grant. Such reports shall include information on the number of pharmacies in the State that dispense a drug or device approved or cleared under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for emergency treatment of known or suspected opioid overdose under a standing order, and other information as the Secretary determines appropriate to evaluate the use of grant funds.
- (g) In this section the term “standing order” means a document prepared by a person authorized to prescribe medication that permits another person to acquire, dispense, or administer medication without a person-specific prescription.
- (h)
- (1) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2017 through 2019.
- (2) Not more than 3 percent of the amounts made available to carry out this section may be used by the Secretary for administrative expenses of carrying out this section.
§ 290ff. Comprehensive community mental health services for children with serious emotional disturbances
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Center for Mental Health Services, shall make grants to public entities for the purpose of providing comprehensive community mental health services to children with a serious emotional disturbance, which may include efforts to identify and serve children at risk.
- (2) For purposes of this part, the term “public entity” means any State, any political subdivision of a State, and any Indian tribe or tribal organization (as defined in section 5304(b) and section 5304(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of title 25).
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) to a public entity only if—
- (A) in the case of a public entity that is a State, the State is a grantee under section 300x of this title ;
- (B) in the case of a public entity that is a political subdivision of a State, the State in which the political subdivision is located is such a grantee; and
- (C) in the case of a public entity that is an Indian tribe or tribal organization, the State in which the tribe or tribal organization is located is such a grantee.
- (2)
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) only if, in the case of any service under such subsection that is covered in the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the State involved—
- (i) the public entity involved will provide the service directly, and the entity has entered into a participation agreement under the State plan and is qualified to receive payments under such plan; or
- (ii) the public entity will enter into an agreement with an organization under which the organization will provide the service, and the organization has entered into such a participation agreement and is qualified to receive such payments.
- (B)
- (i) In the case of an organization making an agreement under subparagraph (A)(ii) regarding the provision of services under subsection (a), the requirement established in such subparagraph regarding a participation agreement shall be waived by the Secretary if the organization does not, in providing health or mental health services, impose a charge or accept reimbursement available from any third-party payor, including reimbursement under any insurance policy or under any Federal or State health benefits program.
- (ii) A determination by the Secretary of whether an organization referred to in clause (i) meets the criteria for a waiver under such clause shall be made without regard to whether the organization accepts voluntary donations regarding the provision of services to the public.
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) only if, in the case of any service under such subsection that is covered in the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] for the State involved—
- (3) In making grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall—
- (A) equitably allocate such assistance among the principal geographic regions of the United States;
- (B) consider the extent to which the public entity involved has a need for the grant; and
- (C) in the case of any public entity that is a political subdivision of a State or that is an Indian tribe or tribal organization—
- (i) shall consider any comments regarding the application of the entity for such a grant that are received by the Secretary from the State in which the entity is located; and
- (ii) shall give special consideration to the entity if the State agrees to provide a portion of the non-Federal contributions required in subsection (c) regarding such a grant.
- (1) The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) to a public entity only if—
- (c)
- (1) A funding agreement for a grant under subsection (a) is that the public entity involved will, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the entity in carrying out the purpose described in such subsection, make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount that—
- (A) for the first fiscal year for which the entity receives payments from a grant under such subsection, is not less than $1 for each $3 of Federal funds provided in the grant;
- (B) for any second or third such fiscal year, is not less than $1 for each $3 of Federal funds provided in the grant;
- (C) for any fourth such fiscal year, is not less than $1 for each $1 of Federal funds provided in the grant; and
- (D) for any fifth and sixth such fiscal year, 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “years,”. is not less than $2 for each $1 of Federal funds provided in the grant.
- (2)
- (A) Non-Federal contributions required in paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.
- (B) In making a determination of the amount of non-Federal contributions for purposes of subparagraph (A), the Secretary may include only non-Federal contributions in excess of the average amount of non-Federal contributions made by the public entity involved toward the purpose described in subsection (a) for the 2-year period preceding the first fiscal year for which the entity receives a grant under such section.
- (1) A funding agreement for a grant under subsection (a) is that the public entity involved will, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the entity in carrying out the purpose described in such subsection, make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount that—
§ 290gg. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIII, § 3301(c)(4) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1209
§ 290gg. Repealed. Pub. L. 106–310, div. B, title XXXIII, § 3301(c)(4) , Oct. 17, 2000 , 114 Stat. 1209
§ 290hh. Children and violence
- (a) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education and the Attorney General, shall carry out directly or through grants, contracts or cooperative agreements with public entities a program to assist local communities in developing ways to assist children in dealing with violence.
- (b) Under the program under subsection (a), the Secretary may—
- (1) provide financial support to enable local communities to implement programs to foster the health and development of children;
- (2) provide technical assistance to local communities with respect to the development of programs described in paragraph (1);
- (3) provide assistance to local communities in the development of policies to address violence when and if it occurs;
- (4) assist in the creation of community partnerships among law enforcement, education systems and mental health and substance abuse service systems; and
- (5) establish mechanisms for children and adolescents to report incidents of violence or plans by other children or adolescents to commit violence.
- (c) An application for a grant, contract or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate that—
- (1) the applicant will use amounts received to create a partnership described in subsection (b)(4) to address issues of violence in schools;
- (2) the activities carried out by the applicant will provide a comprehensive method for addressing violence, that will include—
- (A) security;
- (B) educational reform;
- (C) the review and updating of school policies;
- (D) alcohol and drug abuse prevention and early intervention services;
- (E) mental health prevention and treatment services; and
- (F) early childhood development and psychosocial services; and
- (3) the applicant will use amounts received only for the services described in subparagraphs (D), (E), and (F) of paragraph (2).
- (d) The Secretary shall ensure that grants, contracts or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) will be distributed equitably among the regions of the country and among urban and rural areas.
- (e) With respect to a grant, contract or cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during which payments under such an award will be made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years.
- (f) The Secretary shall conduct an evaluation of each project carried out under this section and shall disseminate the results of such evaluations to appropriate public and private entities.
- (g) The Secretary shall establish comprehensive information and education programs to disseminate the findings of the knowledge development and application under this section to the general public and to health care professionals.
- (h) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2002 and 2003.
§ 290ii. Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain facilities
- (a) A public or private general hospital, nursing facility, intermediate care facility, or other health care facility, that receives support in any form from any program supported in whole or in part with funds appropriated to any Federal department or agency shall protect and promote the rights of each resident of the facility, including the right to be free from physical or mental abuse, corporal punishment, and any restraints or involuntary seclusions imposed for purposes of discipline or convenience.
- (b) Restraints and seclusion may only be imposed on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) if—
- (1) the restraints or seclusion are imposed to ensure the physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others; and
- (2) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only upon the written order of a physician, or other licensed practitioner permitted by the State and the facility to order such restraint or seclusion, that specifies the duration and circumstances under which the restraints are to be used (except in emergency circumstances specified by the Secretary until such an order could reasonably be obtained).
- (c) This part shall not be construed to affect or impede any Federal or State law or regulations that provide greater protections than this part regarding seclusion and restraint.
- (d) In this section:
- (1) The term “restraints” means—
- (A) any physical restraint that is a mechanical or personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or head freely, not including devices, such as orthopedically prescribed devices, surgical dressings or bandages, protective helmets, or any other methods that involves the physical holding of a resident for the purpose of conducting routine physical examinations or tests or to protect the resident from falling out of bed or to permit the resident to participate in activities without the risk of physical harm to the resident (such term does not include a physical escort); and
- (B) a drug or medication that is used as a restraint to control behavior or restrict the resident’s freedom of movement that is not a standard treatment for the resident’s medical or psychiatric condition.
- (2) The term “seclusion” means a behavior control technique involving locked isolation. Such term does not include a time out.
- (3) The term “physical escort” means the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a resident who is acting out to walk to a safe location.
- (4) The term “time out” means a behavior management technique that is part of an approved treatment program and may involve the separation of the resident from the group, in a non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. Time out is not seclusion.
- (1) The term “restraints” means—
§ 290jj. Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain non-medical, community-based facilities for children and youth
- (a)
- (1) A public or private non-medical, community-based facility for children and youth (as defined in regulations to be promulgated by the Secretary) that receives support in any form from any program supported in whole or in part with funds appropriated under this chapter shall protect and promote the rights of each resident of the facility, including the right to be free from physical or mental abuse, corporal punishment, and any restraints or involuntary seclusions imposed for purposes of discipline or convenience.
- (2) Notwithstanding this part, a facility that provides inpatient psychiatric treatment services for individuals under the age of 21, as authorized and defined in subsections (a)(16) and (h) of section 1905 of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396d ], shall comply with the requirements of part H.
- (3) A non-medical, community-based facility for children and youth funded under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] shall continue to meet all existing requirements for participation in such program that are not affected by this part.
- (b)
- (1) Physical restraints and seclusion may only be imposed on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) if—
- (A) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only in emergency circumstances and only to ensure the immediate physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others and less restrictive interventions have been determined to be ineffective; and
- (B) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only by an individual trained and certified, by a State-recognized body (as defined in regulation promulgated by the Secretary) and pursuant to a process determined appropriate by the State and approved by the Secretary, in the prevention and use of physical restraint and seclusion, including the needs and behaviors of the population served, relationship building, alternatives to restraint and seclusion, de-escalation methods, avoiding power struggles, thresholds for restraints and seclusion, the physiological and psychological impact of restraint and seclusion, monitoring physical signs of distress and obtaining medical assistance, legal issues, position asphyxia, escape and evasion techniques, time limits, the process for obtaining approval for continued restraints, procedures to address problematic restraints, documentation, processing with children, and follow-up with staff, and investigation of injuries and complaints.
- (2)
- (A) Until such time as the State develops a process to assure the proper training and certification of facility personnel in the skills and competencies referred 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by “to”. in paragraph (1)(B), the facility involved shall develop and implement an interim procedure that meets the requirements of subparagraph (B).
- (B) A procedure developed under subparagraph (A) shall—
- (i) ensure that a supervisory or senior staff person with training in restraint and seclusion who is competent to conduct a face-to-face assessment (as defined in regulations promulgated by the Secretary), will assess the mental and physical well-being of the child or youth being restrained or secluded and assure that the restraint or seclusion is being done in a safe manner;
- (ii) ensure that the assessment required under clause (i) take place as soon as practicable, but in no case later than 1 hour after the initiation of the restraint or seclusion; and
- (iii) ensure that the supervisory or senior staff person continues to monitor the situation for the duration of the restraint and seclusion.
- (3)
- (A) The use of a drug or medication that is used as a restraint to control behavior or restrict the resident’s freedom of movement that is not a standard treatment for the resident’s medical or psychiatric condition in nonmedical community-based facilities for children and youth described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited.
- (B) The use of mechanical restraints in non-medical, community-based facilities for children and youth described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited.
- (C) A non-medical, community-based facility for children and youth described in subsection (a)(1) may only use seclusion when a staff member is continuously face-to-face monitoring the resident and when strong licensing or accreditation and internal controls are in place.
- (1) Physical restraints and seclusion may only be imposed on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) if—
- (c)
- (1) Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the use of restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive support, or medical protection.
- (2) This part shall not be construed to affect or impede any Federal or State law or regulations that provide greater protections than this part regarding seclusion and restraint.
- (d) In this section:
- (1) The term “mechanical restraint” means the use of devices as a means of restricting a resident’s freedom of movement.
- (2) The term “physical escort” means the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a resident who is acting out to walk to a safe location.
- (3) The term “physical restraint” means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or head freely. Such term does not include a physical escort.
- (4) The term “seclusion” means a behavior control technique involving locked isolation. Such term does not include a time out.
- (5) The term “time out” means a behavior management technique that is part of an approved treatment program and may involve the separation of the resident from the group, in a non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. Time out is not seclusion.
§ 290kk. Applicability to designated programs
- (a) Subject to subsection (b), this part applies to discretionary and formula grant programs administered by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration that make awards of financial assistance to public or private entities for the purpose of carrying out activities to prevent or treat substance abuse (in this part referred to as a “designated program”). Designated programs include the program under subpart II of part B of subchapter XVII (relating to formula grants to the States).
- (b) This part does not apply to any award of financial assistance under a designated program for a purpose other than the purpose specified in subsection (a).
- (c) For purposes of this part (and subject to subsection (b)):
- (1) The term “designated program” has the meaning given such term in subsection (a).
- (2) The term “financial assistance” means a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract.
- (3) The term “program beneficiary” means an individual who receives program services.
- (4) The term “program participant” means a public or private entity that has received financial assistance under a designated program.
- (5) The term “program services” means treatment for substance abuse, or preventive services regarding such abuse, provided pursuant to an award of financial assistance under a designated program.
- (6) The term “religious organization” means a nonprofit religious organization.
§ 290ll. Fellowships
- (a) The Secretary shall maintain a program, to be known as the Minority Fellowship Program, under which the Secretary shall award fellowships, which may include stipends, for the purposes of—
- (1) increasing the knowledge of mental and substance use disorders practitioners on issues related to prevention, treatment, and recovery support for individuals who are from racial and ethnic minority populations and who have a mental or substance use disorder;
- (2) improving the quality of mental and substance use disorder prevention and treatment services delivered to racial and ethnic minority populations; and
- (3) increasing the number of culturally competent mental and substance use disorders professionals who teach, administer services, conduct research, and provide direct mental or substance use disorder services to racial and ethnic minority populations.
- (b) The fellowships awarded under subsection (a) shall be for postbaccalaureate training (including for master’s and doctoral degrees) for mental and substance use disorder treatment professionals, including in the fields of psychiatry, nursing, social work, psychology, marriage and family therapy, mental health counseling, and substance use disorder and addiction counseling.
- (c) To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $12,669,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
§ 291. Congressional declaration of purpose
The purpose of this subchapter is—
- (a) to assist the several States in the carrying out of their programs for the construction and modernization of such public or other nonprofit community hospitals and other medical facilities as may be necessary, in conjunction with existing facilities, to furnish adequate hospital, clinic, or similar services to all their people;
- (b) to stimulate the development of new or improved types of physical facilities for medical, diagnostic, preventive, treatment, or rehabilitative services; and
- (c) to promote research, experiments, and demonstrations relating to the effective development and utilization of hospital, clinic, or similar services, facilities, and resources, and to promote the coordination of such research, experiments, and demonstrations and the useful application of their results.
§ 291a. Authorization of appropriations
In order to assist the States in carrying out the purposes of section 291 of this title , there are authorized to be appropriated—
- (a) for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 —
- (1) $20,800,000 for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit facilities for long-term care;
- (2) $70,000,000 for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit outpatient facilities;
- (3) $15,000,000 for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit rehabilitation facilities;
- (b) for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers, $150,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1965 , $160,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1966 , $170,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1967 , $180,000,000 each for the next two fiscal years, $195,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 , $147,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 , $152,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 , $157,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , and $41,400,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 ; and
- (c) for grants for modernization of the facilities referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), $65,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 , $80,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 , $90,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , and $50,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974 .
§ 291b. State allotments
- (a)
- (1) Each State shall be entitled for each fiscal year to an allotment bearing the same ratio to the sums appropriated for such year pursuant to subparagraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively, of section 291a(a) of this title , and to an allotment bearing the same ratio to the sums appropriated for such year pursuant to section 291a(b) of this title , as the product of—
- (A) the population of such State, and
- (B) the square of its allotment percentage,
- (2) For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall, in accordance with regulations, make allotments among the States, from the sums appropriated for such year under section 291a(c) of this title , on the basis of the population, the financial need, and the extent of the need for modernization of the facilities referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 291a of this title , of the respective States.
- (1) Each State shall be entitled for each fiscal year to an allotment bearing the same ratio to the sums appropriated for such year pursuant to subparagraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively, of section 291a(a) of this title , and to an allotment bearing the same ratio to the sums appropriated for such year pursuant to section 291a(b) of this title , as the product of—
- (b)
- (1) The allotment to any State under subsection (a) for any fiscal year which is less than—
- (A) $50,000 for the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam and $100,000 for any other State, in the case of an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit rehabilitation facilities,
- (B) $100,000 for the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam and $200,000 for any other State in the case of an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit outpatient facilities,
- (C) $200,000 for the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam and $300,000 for any other State in the case of an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit facilities for long-term care or for the construction of public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers, or for the modernization of facilities referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of section 291a of this title , or
- (D) $200,000 for the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam and $300,000 for any other State in the case of an allotment for grants for the modernization of facilities referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of section 291a of this title ,
- (2) An allotment of the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam for any fiscal year may be increased as provided in paragraph (1) only to the extent it satisfies the Surgeon General, at such time prior to the beginning of such year as the Surgeon General may designate, that such increase will be used for payments under and in accordance with the provisions of this part.
- (1) The allotment to any State under subsection (a) for any fiscal year which is less than—
- (c) For the purposes of this part—
- (1) The “allotment percentage” for any State shall be 100 per centum less that percentage which bears the same ratio to 50 per centum as the per capita income of such State bears to the per capita income of the United States, except that (A) the allotment percentage shall in no case be more than 75 per centum or less than 33⅓ per centum, and (B) the allotment percentage for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Virgin Islands shall be 75 per centum.
- (2) The allotment percentages shall be determined by the Surgeon General between July 1 and September 30 of each even-numbered year, on the basis of the average of the per capita incomes of each of the States and of the United States for the three most recent consecutive years for which satisfactory data are available from the Department of Commerce, and the States shall be notified promptly thereof. Such determination shall be conclusive for each of the two fiscal years in the period beginning July 1 next succeeding such determination.
- (3) The population of the several States shall be determined on the basis of the latest figures certified by the Department of Commerce.
- (4) The term “United States” means (but only for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2)) the fifty States and the District of Columbia.
- (d)
- (1) Any sum allotted to a State, other than the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and Guam for a fiscal year under this section and remaining unobligated at the end of such year shall remain available to such State, for the purpose for which made, for the next two fiscal years (and for such years only), in addition to the sums allotted to such State for such purposes for such next two fiscal years.
- (2) Any sum allotted to the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or Guam for a fiscal year under this section and remaining unobligated at the end of such year shall remain available to it, for the purpose for which made, for the next two fiscal years (and for such years only), in addition to the sums allotted to it for such purpose for each of such next two fiscal years.
- (e)
- (1) Upon the request of any State that a specified portion of any allotment of such State under subsection (a) for any fiscal year be added to any other allotment or allotments of such State under such subsection for such year, the Secretary shall promptly (but after application of subsection (b)) adjust the allotments of such State in accordance with such request and shall notify the State agency; except that the aggregate of the portions so transferred from an allotment for a fiscal year pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the amount specified with respect to such allotment in clause (A), (B), (C), or (D), as the case may be, of subsection (b)(1) which is applicable to such State.
- (2) In addition to the transfer of portions of allotments under paragraph (1), upon the request of any State that a specified portion of any allotment of such State under subsection (a), other than an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit rehabilitation facilities, be added to another allotment of such State under such subsection, other than an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers, and upon simultaneous certification to the Secretary by the State agency in such State to the effect that—
- (A) it has afforded a reasonable opportunity to make applications for the portion so specified and there have been no approvable applications for such portion, or
- (B) in the case of a request to transfer a portion of an allotment for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers, use of such portion as requested by such State agency will better carry out the purposes of this subchapter,
- (3) In addition to the transfer of portions of allotments under paragraph (1) or (2), upon the request of any State that a specified portion of an allotment of such State under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) be added to an allotment of such State under paragraph (1) of such subsection for grants for the construction of public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers, and upon simultaneous certification by the State agency in such State to the effect that the need for new public or other nonprofit hospitals and public health centers is substantially greater than the need for modernization of facilities referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of section 291a of this title , the Secretary shall promptly (but after application of subsection (b) of this section) adjust the allotments of such State in accordance with such request and shall notify the State agency.
- (4) After adjustment of allotments of any State, as provided in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of this subsection, the allotments as so adjusted shall be deemed to be the State’s allotments under this section.
- (f) In accordance with regulations, any State may file with the Surgeon General a request that a specified portion of an allotment to it under this part for grants for construction of any type of facility, or for modernization of facilities, be added to the corresponding allotment of another State for the purpose of meeting a portion of the Federal share of the cost of a project for the construction of a facility of that type in such other State, or for modernization of a facility in such other State, as the case may be. If it is found by the Surgeon General (or, in the case of a rehabilitation facility, by the Surgeon General and the Secretary) that construction or modernization of the facility with respect to which the request is made would meet needs of the State making the request and that use of the specified portion of such State’s allotment, as requested by it, would assist in carrying out the purposes of this subchapter, such portion of such State’s allotment shall be added to the corresponding allotment of the other State, to be used for the purpose referred to above.
§ 291c. General regulations
The Surgeon General, with the approval of the Federal Hospital Council and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall by general regulations prescribe—
- (a) the general manner in which the State agency shall determine the priority of projects based on the relative need of different areas lacking adequate facilities of various types for which assistance is available under this part, giving special consideration—
- (1) in the case of projects for the construction of hospitals, to facilities serving areas with relatively small financial resources and, at the option of the State, rural communities;
- (2) in the case of projects for the construction of rehabilitation facilities, to facilities operated in connection with a university teaching hospital which will provide an integrated program of medical, psychological, social, and vocational evaluation and services under competent supervision;
- (3) in the case of projects for modernization of facilities, to facilities serving densely populated areas;
- (4) in the case of projects for construction or modernization of outpatient facilities, to any outpatient facility that will be located in, and provide services for residents of, an area determined by the Secretary to be a rural or urban poverty area;
- (5) to projects for facilities which, alone or in conjunction with other facilities, will provide comprehensive health care, including outpatient and preventive care as well as hospitalization;
- (6) to facilities which will provide training in health or allied health professions; and
- (7) to facilities which will provide to a significant extent, for the treatment of alcoholism;
- (b) general standards of construction and equipment for facilities of different classes and in different types of location, for which assistance is available under this part;
- (c) criteria for determining needs for general hospital and long-term care beds, and needs for hospitals and other facilities for which aid under this part is available, and for developing plans for the distribution of such beds and facilities;
- (d) criteria for determining the extent to which existing facilities, for which aid under this part is available, are in need of modernization; and
- (e) that the State plan shall provide for adequate hospitals, and other facilities for which aid under this part is available, for all persons residing in the State, and adequate hospitals (and such other facilities) to furnish needed services for persons unable to pay therefor. Such regulations may also require that before approval of an application for a project is recommended by a State agency to the Surgeon General for approval under this part, assurance shall be received by the State from the applicant that (1) the facility or portion thereof to be constructed or modernized will be made available to all persons residing in the territorial area of the applicant; and (2) there will be made available in the facility or portion thereof to be constructed or modernized a reasonable volume of services to persons unable to pay therefor, but an exception shall be made if such a requirement is not feasible from a financial viewpoint.
§ 291d. State plans
- (a) Any State desiring to participate in this part may submit a State plan. Such plan must—
- (1) designate a single State agency as the sole agency for the administration of the plan, or designate such agency as the sole agency for supervising the administration of the plan;
- (2) contain satisfactory evidence that the State agency designated in accordance with paragraph (1) of this subsection will have authority to carry out such plan in conformity with this part;
- (3) provide for the designation of a State advisory council which shall include (A) representatives of nongovernmental organizations or groups, and of public agencies, concerned with the operation, construction, or utilization of hospital or other facilities for diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of illness or disease, or for provision of rehabilitation services, and representatives particularly concerned with education or training of health professions personnel, and (B) an equal number of representatives of consumers familiar with the need for the services provided by such facilities, to consult with the State agency in carrying out the plan, and provide, if such council does not include any representatives of nongovernmental organizations or groups, or State agencies, concerned with rehabilitation, for consultation with organizations, groups, and State agencies so concerned;
- (4) set forth, in accordance with criteria established in regulations prescribed under section 291c of this title and on the basis of a statewide inventory of existing facilities, a survey of need, and (except to the extent provided by or pursuant to such regulations) community, area, or regional plans—
- (A) the number of general hospital beds and long-term care beds, and the number and types of hospital facilities and facilities for long-term care, needed to provide adequate facilities for inpatient care of people residing in the State, and a plan for the distribution of such beds and facilities in service areas throughout the State;
- (B) the public health centers needed to provide adequate public health services for people residing in the State, and a plan for the distribution of such centers throughout the State;
- (C) the outpatient facilities needed to provide adequate diagnostic or treatment services to ambulatory patients residing in the State, and a plan for distribution of such facilities throughout the State;
- (D) the rehabilitation facilities needed to assure adequate rehabilitation services for disabled persons residing in the State, and a plan for distribution of such facilities throughout the State; and
- (E) effective January 1, 1966 , the extent to which existing facilities referred to in section 291a(a) or (b) of this title in the State are in need of modernization;
- (5) set forth a construction and modernization program conforming to the provisions set forth pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection and regulations prescribed under section 291c of this title and providing for construction or modernization of the hospital or long-term care facilities, public health centers, outpatient facilities, and rehabilitation facilities which are needed, as determined under the provisions so set forth pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection;
- (6) set forth, with respect to each of such types of medical facilities, the relative need, determined in accordance with regulations prescribed under section 291c of this title , for projects for facilities of that type, and provide for the construction or modernization, insofar as financial resources available therefor and for maintenance and operation make possible, in the order of such relative need;
- (7) provide minimum standards (to be fixed in the discretion of the State) for the maintenance and operation of facilities providing inpatient care which receive aid under this part and, effective July 1, 1966 , provide for enforcement of such standards with respect to projects approved by the Surgeon General under this part after June 30, 1964 ;
- (8) provide such methods of administration of the State plan, including methods relating to the establishment and maintenance of personnel standards on a merit basis (except that the Surgeon General shall exercise no authority with respect to the selection, tenure of office, or compensation of any individual employed in accordance with such methods), as are found by the Surgeon General to be necessary for the proper and efficient operation of the plan;
- (9) provide for affording to every applicant for a construction or modernization project an opportunity for a hearing before the State agency;
- (10) provide that the State agency will make such reports, in such form and containing such information, as the Surgeon General may from time to time reasonably require, and will keep such records and afford such access thereto as the Surgeon General may find necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports;
- (11) provide that the Comptroller General of the United States or his duly authorized representatives shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to the records specified in paragraph (10) of this subsection;
- (12) provide that the State agency will from time to time, but not less often than annually, review its State plan and submit to the Surgeon General any modifications thereof which it considers necessary; and
- (13) Effective 1 1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized. July 1, 1971 , provide that before any project for construction or modernization of any general hospital is approved by the State agency there will be reasonable assurance of adequate provision for extended care services (as determined in accordance with regulations) to patients of such hospital when such services are medically appropriate for them, with such services being provided in facilities which (A) are structurally part of, physically connected with, or in immediate proximity to, such hospital, and (B) either (i) are under the supervision of the professional staff of such hospital or (ii) have organized medical staffs and have in effect transfer agreements with such hospital; except that the Secretary may, at the request of the State agency, waive compliance with clause (A) or (B), or both such clauses, as the case may be, in the case of any project if the State agency has determined that compliance with such clause or clauses in such case would be inadvisable.
- (b) The Surgeon General shall approve any State plan and any modification thereof which complies with the provisions of subsection (a). If any such plan or modification thereof shall have been disapproved by the Surgeon General for failure to comply with subsection (a), the Federal Hospital Council shall, upon request of the State agency, afford it an opportunity for hearing. If such Council determines that the plan or modification complies with the provisions of such subsection, the Surgeon General shall thereupon approve such plan or modification.
§ 291e. Projects for construction or modernization
- (a) For each project pursuant to a State plan approved under this part, there shall be submitted to the Surgeon General, through the State agency, an application by the State or a political subdivision thereof or by a public or other nonprofit agency. If two or more such agencies join in the project, the application may be filed by one or more of such agencies. Such application shall set forth—
- (1) a description of the site for such project;
- (2) plans and specifications therefor, in accordance with regulations prescribed under section 291c of this title ;
- (3) reasonable assurance that title to such site is or will be vested in one or more of the agencies filing the application or in a public or other nonprofit agency which is to operate the facility on completion of the project;
- (4) reasonable assurance that adequate financial support will be available for the completion of the project and for its maintenance and operation when completed;
- (5) reasonable assurance that all laborers and mechanics employed by contractors or subcontractors in the performance of construction or modernization on the project will be paid wages at rates not less than those prevailing on similar work in the locality as determined by the Secretary of Labor in accordance with sections 3141–3144, 3146, and 3147 of title 40; and the Secretary of Labor shall have with respect to the labor standards specified in this paragraph the authority and functions set forth in Reorganization Plan Numbered 14 of 1950 (15 F.R. 3176) and section 3145 of title 40 ; and
- (6) a certification by the State agency of the Federal share for the project.
- (b) The Surgeon General shall approve such application if sufficient funds to pay the Federal share of the cost of such project are available from the appropriate allotment to the State, and if the Surgeon General finds (1) that the application contains such reasonable assurance as to title, financial support, and payment of prevailing rates of wages; (2) that the plans and specifications are in accord with the regulations prescribed pursuant to section 291c of this title ; (3) that the application is in conformity with the State plan approved under section 291d of this title and contains an assurance that in the operation of the project there will be compliance with the applicable requirements of the regulations prescribed under section 291c(e) of this title , and with State standards for operation and maintenance; and (4) that the application has been approved and recommended by the State agency, opportunity has been provided, prior to such approval and recommendation, for consideration of the project by the public or nonprofit private agency or organization which has developed the comprehensive regional, metropolitan area, or other local area plan or plans referred to in section 246(b) of this title covering the area in which such project is to be located or, if there is no such agency or organization, by the State agency administering or supervising the administration of the State plan approved under section 246(a) of this title , and the application is for a project which is entitled to priority over other projects within the State in accordance with the regulations prescribed pursuant to section 291c(a) of this title . Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Surgeon General may approve such an application for a project for construction or modernization of a rehabilitation facility only if it is also approved by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
- (c) No application shall be disapproved until the Surgeon General has afforded the State agency an opportunity for a hearing.
- (d) Amendment of any approved application shall be subject to approval in the same manner as an original application.
- (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, no application for an outpatient facility shall be approved under this section unless the applicant is (1) a State, political subdivision, or public agency, or (2) a corporation or association which owns and operates a nonprofit hospital (as defined in section 291 o of this title) or which provides reasonable assurance that the services of a general hospital will be available to patients of such facility who are in need of hospital care.
§ 291f. Payments for construction or modernization
- (a) Upon certification to the Surgeon General by the State agency, based upon inspection by it, that work has been performed upon a project, or purchases have been made, in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and that payment of an installment is due to the applicant, such installment shall be paid to the State, from the applicable allotment of such State, except that (1) if the State is not authorized by law to make payments to the applicant, or if the State so requests, the payment shall be made directly to the applicant, (2) if the Surgeon General, after investigation or otherwise, has reason to believe that any act (or failure to act) has occurred requiring action pursuant to section 291g of this title , payment may, after he has given the State agency notice of opportunity for hearing pursuant to such section, be withheld, in whole or in part, pending corrective action or action based on such hearing, and (3) the total of payments under this subsection with respect to such project may not exceed an amount equal to the Federal share of the cost of construction of such project.
- (b) In case an amendment to an approved application is approved as provided in section 291e of this title or the estimated cost of a project is revised upward, any additional payment with respect thereto may be made from the applicable allotment of the State for the fiscal year in which such amendment or revision is approved.
- (c)
- (1) At the request of any State, a portion of any allotment or allotments of such State under this part shall be available to pay one-half (or such smaller share as the State may request) of the expenditures found necessary by the Surgeon General for the proper and efficient administration during such year of the State plan approved under this part; except that not more than 4 per centum of the total of the allotments of such State for a year, or $100,000, whichever is less, shall be available for such purpose for such year. Payments of amounts due under this paragraph may be made in advance or by way of reimbursement, and in such installments, as the Surgeon General may determine.
- (2) Any amount paid under paragraph (1) of this subsection to any State for any fiscal year shall be paid on condition that there shall be expended from State sources for such year for administration of the State plan approved under this part not less than the total amount expended for such purposes from such sources during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 .
§ 291g. Withholding of payments; noncompliance with requirements
Whenever the Surgeon General, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to the State agency designated as provided in section 291d(a)(1) of this title , finds—
- (a) that the State agency is not complying substantially with the provisions required by section 291d of this title to be included in its State plan; or
- (b) that any assurance required to be given in an application filed under section 291e of this title is not being or cannot be carried out; or
- (c) that there is a substantial failure to carry out plans and specifications approved by the Surgeon General under section 291e of this title ; or
- (d) that adequate State funds are not being provided annually for the direct administration of the State plan,
- (e) no further payments will be made to the State under this part, or
- (f) no further payments will be made from the allotments of such State from appropriations under any one or more subparagraphs or paragraphs of section 291a of this title , or for any project or projects, designated by the Surgeon General as being affected by the action or inaction referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section,
§ 291h. Judicial review
- (a) If the Surgeon General refuses to approve any application for a project submitted under section 291e of this title or section 291j of this title , the State agency through which such application was submitted, or if any State is dissatisfied with his action under section 291g of this title such State may appeal to the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such State is located, by filing a petition with such court within sixty days after such action. A copy of the petition shall be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the Surgeon General, or any officer designated by him for that purpose. The Surgeon General shall thereupon file in the court the record of the proceedings on which he based his action, as provided in section 2112 of title 28 . Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Surgeon General or to set it aside, in whole or in part, temporarily or permanently, but until the filing of the record, the Surgeon General may modify or set aside his order.
- (b) The findings of the Surgeon General as to the facts, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive, but the court, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Surgeon General to take further evidence, and the Surgeon General may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify his previous action, and shall file in the court the record of the further proceedings. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.
- (c) The judgment of the court affirming or setting aside, in whole or in part, any action of the Surgeon General shall be final, subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28 . The commencement of proceedings under this section shall not, unless so specifically ordered by the court, operate as a stay of the Surgeon General’s action.
§ 291i. Recovery of expenditures under certain conditions
- (a) If any facility with respect to which funds have been paid under section 291f of this title shall, at any time within 20 years after the completion of construction or modernization—
- (1) be sold or transferred to any entity (A) which is not qualified to file an application under section 291e of this title , or (B) which is not approved as a transferee by the State agency designated pursuant to section 291d of this title , or its successor, or
- (2) cease to be a public health center or a public or other nonprofit hospital, outpatient facility, facility for long-term care, or rehabilitation facility,
- (b) The transferor of a facility which is sold or transferred as described in subsection (a)(1), or the owner of a facility the use of which is changed as described in subsection (a)(2), shall provide the Secretary written notice of such sale, transfer, or change not later than the expiration of 10 days from the date on which such sale, transfer, or change occurs.
- (c)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount the United States shall be entitled to recover under subsection (a) is an amount bearing the same ratio to the then value (as determined by the agreement of the parties or in an action brought in the district court of the United States for the district for which the facility involved is situated) of so much of the facility as constituted an approved project or projects as the amount of the Federal participation bore to the cost of the construction or modernization of such project or projects.
- (2)
- (A) After the expiration of—
- (i) 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b), in the case of a facility which is sold or transferred or the use of which changes after July 18, 1984 , or
- (ii) thirty days after July 18, 1984 , or if later 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b), in the case of a facility which was sold or transferred or the use of which changed before July 18, 1984 . 1 1 So in original. The period probably should be a comma.
- (B) The period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the period beginning—
- (i) in the case of a facility which was sold or transferred or the use of which changed before July 18, 1984 , thirty days after such date or if later 180 days after the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which a notice is required by subsection (b),
- (ii) in the case of a facility with respect to which notice is provided in accordance with subsection (b), upon the expiration of 180 days after the receipt of such notice, or
- (iii) in the case of a facility with respect to which such notice is not provided as prescribed by subsection (b), on the date of the sale, transfer, or change of use for which such notice was to be provided,
- (A) After the expiration of—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(1) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that the entity to which the facility was sold or transferred—
- (A) has established an irrevocable trust—
- (i) in an amount equal to the greater of twice the cost of the remaining obligation of the facility under clause (2) of section 291c(e) of this title or the amount, determined under subsection (c), that the United States is entitled to recover, and
- (ii) which will only be used by the entity to provide the care required by clause (2) of section 291c(e) of this title ; and
- (B) will meet the obligation of the facility under clause (1) of section 291c(e) of this title .
- (A) has established an irrevocable trust—
- (2) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(2) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that there is good cause for waiving such rights with respect to such facility.
- (1) The Secretary may waive the recovery rights of the United States under subsection (a)(1) with respect to a facility in any State if the Secretary determines, in accordance with regulations, that the entity to which the facility was sold or transferred—
- (e) The right of recovery of the United States under subsection (a) shall not constitute a lien on any facility with respect to which funds have been paid under section 291f of this title .
§ 291j. Loans
- (a) In order further to assist the States in carrying out the purposes of this subchapter, the Surgeon General is authorized to make a loan of funds to the applicant for any project for construction or modernization which meets all of the conditions specified for a grant under this part.
- (b) Except as provided in this section, an application for a loan with respect to any project under this part shall be submitted, and shall be approved by the Surgeon General, in accordance with the same procedures and subject to the same limitations and conditions as would be applicable to the making of a grant under this part for such project. Any such application may be approved in any fiscal year only if sufficient funds are available from the allotment for the type of project involved. All loans under this section shall be paid directly to the applicant.
- (c)
- (1) The amount of a loan under this part shall not exceed an amount equal to the Federal share of the estimated cost of construction or modernization under the project. Where a loan and a grant are made under this part with respect to the same project, the aggregate amount of such loan and such grant shall not exceed an amount equal to the Federal share of the estimated cost of construction or modernization under the project. Each loan shall bear interest at the rate arrived at by adding one-quarter of 1 per centum per annum to the rate which the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be equal to the current average yield on all outstanding marketable obligations of the United States as of the last day of the month preceding the date the application for the loan is approved and by adjusting the result so obtained to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum. Each loan made under this part shall mature not more than forty years after the date on which such loan is made, except that nothing in this part shall prohibit the payment of all or part of the loan at any time prior to the maturity date. In addition to the terms and conditions provided for, each loan under this part shall be made subject to such terms, conditions, and covenants relating to repayment of principal, payment of interest, and other matters as may be agreed upon by the applicant and the Surgeon General.
- (2) The Surgeon General may enter into agreements modifying any of the terms and conditions of a loan made under this part whenever he determines such action is necessary to protect the financial interest of the United States.
- (3) If, at any time before a loan for a project has been repaid in full, any of the events specified in clause (a) or clause (b) of section 291i 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title occurs with respect to such project, the unpaid balance of the loan shall become immediately due and payable by the applicant, and any transferee of the facility shall be liable to the United States for such repayment.
- (d) Any loan under this part shall be made out of the allotment from which a grant for the project concerned would be made. Payments of interest and repayments of principal on loans under this part shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
§ 291k. Federal Hospital Council
- (a) In administering this subchapter, the Surgeon General shall consult with a Federal Hospital Council consisting of the Surgeon General, who shall serve as Chairman ex officio, and twelve members appointed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Six of the twelve appointed members shall be persons who are outstanding in fields pertaining to medical facility and health activities, and three of these six shall be authorities in matters relating to the operation of hospitals or other medical facilities, one of them shall be an authority in matters relating to individuals with intellectual disabilities, and one of them shall be an authority in matters relating to mental health, and the other six members shall be appointed to represent the consumers of the services provided by such facilities and shall be persons familiar with the need for such services in urban or rural areas.
- (b) Each appointed member shall hold office for a term of four years, except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which his predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. An appointed member shall not be eligible to serve continuously for more than two terms (whether beginning before or after August 18, 1964 ) but shall be eligible for reappointment if he has not served immediately preceding his reappointment.
- (c) The Council shall meet as frequently as the Surgeon General deems necessary, but not less than once each year. Upon request by three or more members, it shall be the duty of the Surgeon General to call a meeting of the Council.
- (d) The Council is authorized to appoint such special advisory or technical committees as may be useful in carrying out its functions.
§ 291l. Conference of State agencies
Whenever in his opinion the purposes of this subchapter would be promoted by a conference, the Surgeon General may invite representatives of as many State agencies, designated in accordance with section 291d of this title , to confer as he deems necessary or proper. A conference of the representatives of all such State agencies shall be called annually by the Surgeon General. Upon the application of five or more of such State agencies, it shall be the duty of the Surgeon General to call a conference of representatives of all State agencies joining in the request.
§ 291m. State control of operations
Except as otherwise specifically provided, nothing in this subchapter shall be construed as conferring on any Federal officer or employee the right to exercise any supervision or control over the administration, personnel, maintenance, or operation of any facility with respect to which any funds have been or may be expended under this subchapter.
§ 291n. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–174, § 3(b)(1) , Dec. 5, 1967 , 81 Stat. 535
§ 291n. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–174, § 3(b)(1) , Dec. 5, 1967 , 81 Stat. 535
§ 291o. Definitions
For the purposes of this subchapter—
- (a) The term “State” includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Virgin Islands, and the District of Columbia.
- (b)
- (1) The term “Federal share” with respect to any project means the proportion of the cost of such project to be paid by the Federal Government under this subchapter.
- (2) With respect to any project in any State for which a grant is made from an allotment from an appropriation under section 291a of this title , the Federal share shall be the amount determined by the State agency designated in accordance with section 291d of this title , but not more than 66⅔ per centum or the State’s allotment percentage, whichever is the lower, except that, if the State’s allotment percentage is lower than 50 per centum, such allotment percentage shall be deemed to be 50 per centum for purposes of this paragraph.
- (3) Prior to the approval of the first project in a State during any fiscal year the State agency designated in accordance with section 291d of this title shall give the Secretary written notification of the maximum Federal share established pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection for projects in such State to be approved by the Secretary during such fiscal year and the method for determining the actual Federal share to be paid with respect to such projects; and such maximum Federal share and such method of determination for projects in such State approved during such fiscal year shall not be changed after such approval.
- (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, the Federal share shall, at the option of the State agency, be equal to the per centum provided under such paragraphs plus an incentive per centum (which when combined with the per centum provided under such paragraphs shall not exceed 90 per centum) specified by the State agency in the case of (A) projects that will provide services primarily for persons in an area determined by the Secretary to be a rural or urban poverty area, and (B) projects that offer potential for reducing health care costs through shared services among health care facilities, through interfacility cooperation, or through the construction or modernization of free-standing outpatient facilities.
- (c) The term “hospital” includes general, tuberculosis, and other types of hospitals, and related facilities, such as laboratories, outpatient departments, nurses’ home facilities, extended care facilities, facilities related to programs for home health services, self-care units, and central service facilities, operated in connection with hospitals, and also includes education or training facilities for health professions personnel operated as an integral part of a hospital, but does not include any hospital furnishing primarily domiciliary care.
- (d) The term “public health center” means a publicly owned facility for the provision of public health services, including related publicly owned facilities such as laboratories, clinics, and administrative offices operated in connection with such a facility.
- (e) The term “nonprofit” as applied to any facility means a facility which is owned and operated by one or more nonprofit corporations or associations no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.
- (f) The term “outpatient facility” means a facility (located in or apart from a hospital) for the diagnosis or diagnosis and treatment of ambulatory patients (including ambulatory inpatients)—
- (1) which is operated in connection with a hospital, or
- (2) in which patient care is under the professional supervision of persons licensed to practice medicine or surgery in the State, or, in the case of dental diagnosis or treatment, under the professional supervision of persons licensed to practice dentistry in the State; or
- (3) which offers to patients not requiring hospitalization the services of licensed physicians in various medical specialties, and which provides to its patients a reasonably full-range of diagnostic and treatment services.
- (g) The term “rehabilitation facility” means a facility which is operated for the primary purpose of assisting in the rehabilitation of disabled persons through an integrated program of—
- (1) medical evaluation and services, and
- (2) psychological, social, or vocational evaluation and services,
- (3) the major portion of the required evaluation and services is furnished within the facility; and
- (4) either (A) the facility is operated in connection with a hospital, or (B) all medical and related health services are prescribed by, or are under the general direction of, persons licensed to practice medicine or surgery in the State.
- (h) The term “facility for long-term care” means a facility (including an extended care facility) providing in-patient care for convalescent or chronic disease patients who require skilled nursing care and related medical services—
- (1) which is a hospital (other than a hospital primarily for the care and treatment of mentally ill or tuberculosis patients) or is operated in connection with a hospital, or
- (2) in which such nursing care and medical services are prescribed by, or are performed under the general direction of, persons licensed to practice medicine or surgery in the State.
- (i) The term “construction” includes construction of new buildings, expansion, remodeling, and alteration of existing buildings, and initial equipment of any such buildings (including medical transportation facilities) and, in any case in which it will help to provide a service not previously provided in the community, equipment of any buildings; including architects’ fees, but excluding the cost of off-site improvements and, except with respect to public health centers, the cost of the acquisition of land.
- (j) The term “cost” as applied to construction or modernization means the amount found by the Surgeon General to be necessary for construction and modernization respectively, under a project, except that such term, as applied to a project for modernization of a facility for which a grant or loan is to be made from an allotment under section 291b(a)(2) of this title , does not include any amount found by the Surgeon General to be attributable to expansion of the bed capacity of such facility.
- (k) The term “modernization” includes alteration, major repair (to the extent permitted by regulations), remodeling, replacement, and renovation of existing buildings (including initial equipment thereof), and replacement of obsolete, built-in (as determined in accordance with regulations) equipment of existing buildings.
- (l) The term “title”, when used with reference to a site for a project, means a fee simple, or such other estate or interest (including a leasehold on which the rental does not exceed 4 per centum of the value of the land) as the Surgeon General finds sufficient to assure for a period of not less than fifty years’ undisturbed use and possession for the purposes of construction and operation of the project.
§ 292. Statement of purpose
The purpose of this subpart is to enable the Secretary to provide a Federal program of student loan insurance for students in (and certain former students of) eligible institutions (as defined in section 292 o of this title).
§ 292a. Scope and duration of loan insurance program
- (a) The total principal amount of new loans made and installments paid pursuant to lines of credit (as defined in section 292 o of this title) to borrowers covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart shall not exceed $350,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, $375,000,000 for fiscal year 1994, and $425,000,000 for fiscal year 1995. If the total amount of new loans made and installments paid pursuant to lines of credit in any fiscal year is less than the ceiling established for such year, the difference between the loans made and installments paid and the ceiling shall be carried over to the next fiscal year and added to the ceiling applicable to that fiscal year, and if in any fiscal year no ceiling has been established, any difference carried over shall constitute the ceiling for making new loans (including loans to new borrowers) and paying installments for such fiscal year. Thereafter, Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart may be granted only for loans made (or for loan installments paid pursuant to lines of credit) to enable students, who have obtained prior loans insured under this subpart, to continue or complete their educational program or to obtain a loan under section 292d(a)(1)(B) of this title to pay interest on such prior loans; but no insurance may be granted for any loan made or installment paid after September 30, 1998 . The total principal amount of Federal loan insurance available under this subsection shall be granted by the Secretary without regard to any apportionment for the purpose of chapter 15 of title 31 and without regard to any similar limitation.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may, if necessary to assure an equitable distribution of the benefits of this subpart, assign, within the maximum amounts specified in subsection (a), Federal loan insurance quotas applicable to eligible lenders, or to States or areas, and may from time to time reassign unused portions of these quotas.
- (2) In providing certificates of insurance under section 292e of this title through comprehensive contracts, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible lenders that agree—
- (A) to make loans to students at interest rates below the rates prevailing, during the period involved, for loans covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart; or
- (B) to make such loans under terms that are otherwise favorable to the student relative to the terms under which eligible lenders are generally making such loans during such period.
- (c)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Student Loan Marketing Association, established under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [ 20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.], is authorized to make advances on the security of, purchase, service, sell, consolidate, or otherwise deal in loans which are insured by the Secretary under this subpart, except that if any loan made under this subpart is included in a consolidated loan pursuant to the authority of the Association under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, the interest rate on such consolidated loan shall be set at the weighted average interest rate of all such loans offered for consolidation and the resultant per centum shall be rounded downward to the nearest one-eighth of 1 per centum, except that the interest rate shall be no less than the applicable interest rate of the guaranteed student loan program established under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. In the case of such a consolidated loan, the borrower shall be responsible for any interest which accrues prior to the beginning of the repayment period of the loan, or which accrues during a period in which principal need not be paid (whether or not such principal is in fact paid) by reason of any provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [ 20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.].
- (2) With respect to Federal regulations for lenders, this subpart may not be construed to preclude the applicability of such regulations to the Student Loan Marketing Association or to any other entity in the business of purchasing student loans, including such regulations with respect to applications, contracts, and due diligence.
§ 292b. Limitations on individual insured loans and on loan insurance
- (a) The total of the loans made to a student in any academic year or its equivalent (as determined by the Secretary) which may be covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart may not exceed $20,000 in the case of a student enrolled in a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, or podiatric medicine, and $12,500 in the case of a student enrolled in a school of pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology. The aggregate insured unpaid principal amount for all such insured loans made to any borrower shall not at any time exceed $80,000 in the case of a borrower who is or was a student enrolled in a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, or podiatric medicine, and $50,000 in the case of a borrower who is or was a student enrolled in a school of pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or clinical psychology. The annual insurable limit per student shall not be exceeded by a line of credit under which actual payments by the lender to the borrower will not be made in any year in excess of the annual limit.
- (b) The insurance liability on any loan insured by the Secretary under this subpart shall be 100 percent of the unpaid balance of the principal amount of the loan plus interest. The full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under the provisions of section 292f or 292m of this title.
§ 292c. Sources of funds
Loans made by eligible lenders in accordance with this subpart shall be insurable by the Secretary whether made from funds fully owned by the lender or from funds held by the lender in a trust or similar capacity and available for such loans.
§ 292d. Eligibility of borrowers and terms of insured loans
- (a) A loan by an eligible lender shall be insurable by the Secretary under the provisions of this subpart only if—
- (1) made to—
- (A) a student who—
- (i)
- (I) has been accepted for enrollment at an eligible institution, or (II) in the case of a student attending an eligible institution, is in good standing at that institution, as determined by the institution;
- (ii) is or will be a full-time student at the eligible institution;
- (iii) has agreed that all funds received under such loan shall be used solely for tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, including fees, books, and laboratory expenses, and reasonable living expenses, incurred by such students;
- (iv) if required under section 3802 of title 50 to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section; and
- (v) in the case of a pharmacy student, has satisfactorily completed three years of training; or
- (i)
- (B) an individual who—
- (i) has previously had a loan insured under this subpart when the individual was a full-time student at an eligible institution;
- (ii) is in a period during which, pursuant to paragraph (2), the principal amount of such previous loan need not be paid;
- (iii) has agreed that all funds received under the proposed loan shall be used solely for repayment of interest due on previous loans made under this subpart; and
- (iv) if required under section 3802 of title 50 to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section;
- (A) a student who—
- (2) evidenced by a note or other written agreement which—
- (A) is made without security and without endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and such note or other written agreement executed by him would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, an endorsement may be required;
- (B) provides for repayment of the principal amount of the loan in installments over a period of not less than 10 years (unless sooner repaid) nor more than 25 years beginning not earlier than 9 months nor later than 12 months after the date of—
- (i) the date on which—
- (I) the borrower ceases to be a participant in an accredited internship or residency program of not more than four years in duration;
- (II) the borrower completes the fourth year of an accredited internship or residency program of more than four years in duration; or
- (III) the borrower, if not a participant in a program described in subclause (I) or (II), ceases to carry, at an eligible institution, the normal full-time academic workload as determined by the institution; or
- (ii) the date on which a borrower who is a graduate of an eligible institution ceases to be a participant in a fellowship training program not in excess of two years or a participant in a full-time educational activity not in excess of two years, which—
- (I) is directly related to the health profession for which the borrower prepared at an eligible institution, as determined by the Secretary; and
- (II) may be engaged in by the borrower during such a two-year period which begins within twelve months after the completion of the borrower’s participation in a program described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i) or prior to the completion of the borrower’s participation in such program,
- (i) the date on which—
- (C) provides that periodic installments of principal and interest need not be paid, but interest shall accrue, during any period (i) during which the borrower is pursuing a full-time course of study at an eligible institution (or at an institution defined by section 1002(a) of title 20 ); (ii) not in excess of four years during which the borrower is a participant in an accredited internship or residency program (including any period in such a program described in subclause (I) or subclause (II) of subparagraph (B)(i)); (iii) not in excess of three years, during which the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States; (iv) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is in service as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [ 22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.]; (v) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is a member of the National Health Service Corps; (vi) not in excess of three years during which the borrower is in service as a full-time volunteer under title I of the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 [ 42 U.S.C. 4951 et seq.]; (vii) not in excess of 3 years, for a borrower who has completed an accredited internship or residency training program in osteopathic general practice, family medicine, general internal medicine, preventive medicine, or general pediatrics and who is practicing primary care; (viii) not in excess of 1 year, for borrowers who are graduates of schools of chiropractic; (ix) any period not in excess of two years which is described in subparagraph (B)(ii); (x) not in excess of three years, during which the borrower is providing health care services to Indians through an Indian health program (as defined in section 1616a(a)(2)(A) of title 25 ; 1 1 So in original. Probably should be preceded by a closing parenthesis. and (xi) in addition to all other deferments for which the borrower is eligible under clauses (i) through (x), any period during which the borrower is a member of the Armed Forces on active duty during the Persian Gulf conflict, and any period described in clauses (i) through (xi) shall not be included in determining the 25-year period described in subparagraph (B);
- (D) provides for interest on the unpaid principal balance of the loan at a yearly rate, not exceeding the applicable maximum rate prescribed and defined by the Secretary (within the limits set forth in subsection (b)) on a national, regional, or other appropriate basis, which interest shall be compounded not more frequently than annually and payable in installments over the period of the loan except as provided in subparagraph (C), except that the note or other written agreement may provide that payment of any interest may be deferred until not later than the date upon which repayment of the first installment of principal falls due or the date repayment of principal is required to resume (whichever is applicable) and may further provide that, on such date, the amount of the interest which has so accrued may be added to the principal for the purposes of calculating a repayment schedule;
- (E) offers, in accordance with criteria prescribed by regulation by the Secretary, a schedule for repayment of principal and interest under which payment of a portion of the principal and interest otherwise payable at the beginning of the repayment period (as defined in such regulations) is deferred until a later time in the period;
- (F) entitles the borrower to accelerate without penalty repayment of the whole or any part of the loan;
- (G) provides that the check for the proceeds of the loan shall be made payable jointly to the borrower and the eligible institution in which the borrower is enrolled; and
- (H) contains such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of this subpart and with the regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this subpart, as may be agreed upon by the parties to such loan, including, if agreed upon, a provision requiring the borrower to pay to the lender, in addition to principal and interest, amounts equal to the insurance premiums payable by the lender to the Secretary with respect to such loan; and
- (3) subject to the consent of the student and subject to applicable law, the eligible lender has obtained from the student appropriate demographic information regarding the student, including racial or ethnic background.
- (1) made to—
- (b) The rate of interest prescribed and defined by the Secretary for the purpose of subsection (a)(2)(D) may not exceed the average of the bond equivalent rates of the 91-day Treasury bills auctioned for the previous quarter plus 3 percentage points, rounded to the next higher one-eighth of 1 percent.
- (c) The total of the payments by a borrower during any year or any repayment period with respect to the aggregate amount of all loans to that borrower which are insured under this subpart shall not be less than the annual interest on the outstanding principal, except as provided in subsection (a)(2)(C), unless the borrower, in the written agreement described in subsection (a)(2), agrees to make payments during any year or any repayment period in a lesser amount.
- (d) No provision of any law of the United States (other than subsections (a)(2)(D) and (b)) or of any State that limits the rate or amount of interest payable on loans shall apply to a loan insured under this subpart.
- (e) Any period of time granted to a borrower under this subpart in the form of forbearance on the loan shall not be included in the 25-year total loan repayment period under subsection (a)(2)(C).
- (f) Lenders and holders under this subpart shall offer borrowers graduated loan repayment schedules that, during the first 5 years of loan repayment, are based on the borrower’s debt-to-income ratio.
- (g) With respect to any determination of the financial need of a student for a loan covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart, this subpart may not be construed to limit the authority of any school to make such allowances for students with special circumstances as the school determines appropriate.
- (h) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “active duty” has the meaning given such term in section 101(18) of title 37 , except that such term does not include active duty for training.
- (2) The term “Persian Gulf conflict” means the period beginning on August 2, 1990 , and ending on the date thereafter prescribed by Presidential proclamation or by law.
§ 292e. Certificate of loan insurance; effective date of insurance
- (a)
- (1) If, upon application by an eligible lender, made upon such form, containing such information, and supported by such evidence as the Secretary may require, and otherwise in conformity with this section, the Secretary finds that the applicant has made a loan to an eligible borrower which is insurable under the provisions of this subpart, he may issue to the applicant a certificate of insurance covering the loan and setting forth the amount and terms of the insurance.
- (2) Insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance pursuant to subsection (a)(1) shall become effective upon the date of issuance of the certificate, except that the Secretary is authorized, in accordance with regulations, to issue commitments with respect to proposed loans, or with respect to lines (or proposed lines) of credit, submitted by eligible lenders, and in that event, upon compliance with subsection (a)(1) by the lender, the certificate of insurance may be issued effective as of the date when any loan, or any payment by the lender pursuant to a line of credit, to be covered by such insurance is made to a student described in section 292d(a)(1) of this title . Such insurance shall cease to be effective upon 60 days’ default by the lender in the payment of any installment of the premiums payable pursuant to section 292g of this title .
- (3) An application submitted pursuant to subsection (a)(1) shall contain—
- (A) an agreement by the applicant to pay, in accordance with regulations, the premiums fixed by the Secretary pursuant to section 292g of this title ; and
- (B) an agreement by the applicant that if the loan is covered by insurance the applicant will submit such supplementary reports and statements during the effective period of the loan agreement, upon such forms, at such times, and containing such information as the Secretary may prescribe by or pursuant to regulation.
- (b)
- (1) In lieu of requiring a separate insurance application and issuing a separate certificate of insurance for each loan made by an eligible lender as provided in subsection (a), the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations consistent with section 292a of this title , issue to any eligible lender applying therefor a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage which shall, without further action by the Secretary, insure all insurable loans made by that lender, on or after the date of the certificate and before a specified cutoff date, within the limits of an aggregate maximum amount stated in the certificate. Such regulations may provide for conditioning such insurance, with respect to any loan, upon compliance by the lender with such requirements (to be stated or incorporated by reference in the certificate) as in the Secretary’s judgment will best achieve the purpose of this subsection while protecting the financial interest of the United States and promoting the objectives of this subpart, including (but not limited to) provisions as to the reporting of such loans and information relevant thereto to the Secretary and as to the payment of initial and other premiums and the effect of default therein, and including provision for confirmation by the Secretary from time to time (through endorsement of the certificate) of the coverage of specific new loans by such certificate, which confirmation shall be incontestable by the Secretary in the absence of fraud or misrepresentation of fact or patent error.
- (2) If the holder of a certificate of comprehensive insurance coverage issued under this subsection grants to a borrower a line of credit extending beyond the cutoff date specified in that certificate, loans or payments thereon made by the holder after that date pursuant to the line of credit shall not be deemed to be included in the coverage of that certificate except as may be specifically provided therein; but, subject to the limitations of section 292a of this title , the Secretary may, in accordance with regulations, make commitments to insure such future loans or payments, and such commitments may be honored either as provided in subsection (a) or by inclusion of such insurance in comprehensive coverage under this subsection for the period or periods in which such future loans or payments are made.
- (c) The rights of an eligible lender arising under insurance evidenced by a certificate of insurance issued to it under this section may be assigned by such lender, subject to regulation by the Secretary, only to—
- (1) another eligible lender (including a public entity in the business of purchasing student loans); or
- (2) the Student Loan Marketing Association.
- (d) The consolidation of the obligations of two or more federally insured loans obtained by a borrower in any fiscal year into a single obligation evidenced by a single instrument of indebtedness or the refinancing of a single loan shall not affect the insurance by the United States. If the loans thus consolidated are covered by separate certificates of insurance issued under subsection (a), the Secretary may upon surrender of the original certificates issue a new certificate of insurance in accordance with that subsection upon the consolidated obligation. If the loans thus consolidated are covered by a single comprehensive certificate issued under subsection (b), the Secretary may amend that certificate accordingly.
- (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the lender and the borrower, by mutual agreement, from consolidating all of the borrower’s loans insured under this subpart into a single instrument (or, if the borrower obtained only 1 loan insured under this subpart, refinancing the loan 1 time) under the terms applicable to an insured loan made at the same time as the consolidation. The lender or loan holder should provide full information to the borrower concerning the advantages and disadvantages of loan consolidation or refinancing. Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the consolidation of the borrower’s loans insured under this subpart under section 1078–3 of title 20 . Any loans insured pursuant to this subpart that are consolidated under section 1078–3 of title 20 shall not be eligible for special allowance payments under section 1087–1 of title 20 .
§ 292f. Default of borrower
- (a)
- (1) Upon default by the borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance pursuant to this subpart, and after a substantial collection effort (including, subject to subsection (h), commencement and prosecution of an action) as determined under regulations of the Secretary, the insurance beneficiary shall promptly notify the Secretary and the Secretary shall, if requested (at that time or after further collection efforts) by the beneficiary, or may on his own motion, if the insurance is still in effect, pay to the beneficiary the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan as soon as that amount has been determined, except that, if the insurance beneficiary including any servicer of the loan is not designated for “exceptional performance”, as set forth in paragraph (2), the Secretary shall pay to the beneficiary a sum equal to 98 percent of the amount of the loss sustained by the insured upon that loan.
- (2)
- (A) Where the Secretary determines that an eligible lender, holder, or servicer has a compliance performance rating that equals or exceeds 97 percent, the Secretary shall designate that eligible lender, holder, or servicer, as the case may be, for exceptional performance.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a compliance performance rating is determined with respect to compliance with due diligence in the disbursement, servicing, and collection of loans under this subpart for each year for which the determination is made. Such rating shall be equal to the percentage of all due diligence requirements applicable to each loan, on average, as established by the Secretary, with respect to loans serviced during the period by the eligible lender, holder, or servicer.
- (C) Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer desiring a designation under subparagraph (A) shall have an annual financial and compliance audit conducted with respect to the loan portfolio of such eligible lender, holder, or servicer, by a qualified independent organization from a list of qualified organizations identified by the Secretary and in accordance with standards established by the Secretary. The standards shall measure the lender’s, holder’s, or servicer’s compliance with due diligence standards and shall include a defined statistical sampling technique designed to measure the performance rating of the eligible lender, holder, or servicer for the purpose of this section. Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer shall submit the audit required by this section to the Secretary.
- (D) The Secretary shall make the determination under subparagraph (A) based upon the audits submitted under this paragraph and any information in the possession of the Secretary or submitted by any other agency or office of the Federal Government.
- (E) To maintain its status as an exceptional performer, the lender, holder, or servicer shall undergo a quarterly compliance audit at the end of each quarter (other than the quarter in which status as an exceptional performer is established through a financial and compliance audit, as described in subparagraph (C)), and submit the results of such audit to the Secretary. The compliance audit shall review compliance with due diligence requirements for the period beginning on the day after the ending date of the previous audit, in accordance with standards determined by the Secretary.
- (F) The Secretary shall revoke the designation of a lender, holder, or servicer under subparagraph (A) if any quarterly audit required under subparagraph (E) is not received by the Secretary by the date established by the Secretary or if the audit indicates the lender, holder, or servicer has failed to meet the standards for designation as an exceptional performer under subparagraph (A). A lender, holder, or servicer receiving a compliance audit not meeting the standard for designation as an exceptional performer may reapply for designation under subparagraph (A) at any time.
- (G) Nothing in this section shall restrict or limit the authority of the Secretary to require the submission of claims documentation evidencing servicing performed on loans, except that the Secretary may not require exceptional performers to submit greater documentation than that required for lenders, holders, and servicers not designated under subparagraph (A).
- (H) Each eligible lender, holder, or servicer shall pay for all the costs associated with the audits required under this section.
- (I) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, a designation under subparagraph (A) may be revoked at any time by the Secretary if the Secretary determines that the eligible lender, holder, or servicer has failed to maintain an overall level of compliance consistent with the audit submitted by the eligible lender, holder, or servicer under this paragraph or if the Secretary asserts that the lender, holder, or servicer may have engaged in fraud in securing designation under subparagraph (A) or is failing to service loans in accordance with program requirements.
- (J) A lender, holder, or servicer designated under subparagraph (A) that fails to service loans or otherwise comply with applicable program regulations shall be considered in violation of the Federal False Claims Act.
- (b) Upon payment by the Secretary of the amount of the loss pursuant to subsection (a), the United States shall be subrogated for all of the rights of the holder of the obligation upon the insured loan and shall be entitled to an assignment of the note or other evidence of the insured loan by the insurance beneficiary. If the net recovery made by the Secretary on a loan after deduction of the cost of that recovery (including reasonable administrative costs) exceeds the amount of the loss, the excess shall be paid over to the insured. The Secretary may sell without recourse to eligible lenders (or other entities that the Secretary determines are capable of dealing in such loans) notes or other evidence of loans received through assignment under the first sentence.
- (c) Nothing in this section or in this subpart shall be construed to preclude any forbearance for the benefit of the borrower which may be agreed upon by the parties to the insured loan and approved by the Secretary or to preclude forbearance by the Secretary in the enforcement of the insured obligation after payment on that insurance.
- (d) Nothing in this section or in this subpart shall be construed to excuse the eligible lender or holder of a federally insured loan from exercising reasonable care and diligence in the making of loans under the provisions of this subpart and from exercising a substantial effort in the collection of loans under the provisions of this subpart. If the Secretary, after reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing to an eligible lender, finds that the lender has failed to exercise such care and diligence, to exercise such substantial efforts, to make the reports and statements required under section 292e(a)(3) of this title , or to pay the required Federal loan insurance premiums, he shall disqualify that lender from obtaining further Federal insurance on loans granted pursuant to this subpart until he is satisfied that its failure has ceased and finds that there is reasonable assurance that the lender will in the future exercise necessary care and diligence, exercise substantial effort, or comply with such requirements, as the case may be.
- (e) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “insurance beneficiary” means the insured or its authorized assignee in accordance with section 292e(c) of this title .
- (2) The term “amount of the loss” means, with respect to a loan, unpaid balance of the principal amount and interest on such loan, less the amount of any judgment collected pursuant to default proceedings commenced by the eligible lender or holder involved.
- (3) The term “default” includes only such defaults as have existed for 120 days.
- (4) The term “servicer” means any agency acting on behalf of the insurance beneficiary.
- (f) The Secretary shall, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, cause to be reduced Federal reimbursements or payments for health services under any Federal law to borrowers who are practicing their professions and have defaulted on their loans insured under this subpart in amounts up to the remaining balance of such loans. Procedures for reduction of payments under the medicare program are provided under section 1395ccc of this title . Notwithstanding such section 1395ccc of this title , any funds recovered under this subsection shall be deposited in the insurance fund established under section 292i of this title .
- (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, a debt that is a loan insured under the authority of this subpart may be released by a discharge in bankruptcy under any chapter of title 11, only if such discharge is granted—
- (1) after the expiration of the seven-year period beginning on the first date when repayment of such loan is required, exclusive of any period after such date in which the obligation to pay installments on the loan is suspended;
- (2) upon a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that the nondischarge of such debt would be unconscionable; and
- (3) upon the condition that the Secretary shall not have waived the Secretary’s rights to apply subsection (f) to the borrower and the discharged debt.
- (h)
- (1) With respect to the default by a borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart, the Secretary shall, under subsection (a), require an eligible lender or holder to commence and prosecute an action for such default unless—
- (A) in the determination of the Secretary—
- (i) the eligible lender or holder has made reasonable efforts to serve process on the borrower involved and has been unsuccessful with respect to such efforts, or
- (ii) prosecution of such an action would be fruitless because of the financial or other circumstances of the borrower;
- (B) for such loans made before November 4, 1988 , the loan involved was made in an amount of less than $5,000; or
- (C) for such loans made after November 4, 1988 , the loan involved was made in an amount of less than $2,500.
- (A) in the determination of the Secretary—
- (2) With respect to an eligible lender or holder that has commenced an action pursuant to subsection (a), the Secretary shall make the payment required in such subsection, or deny the claim for such payment, not later than 60 days after the date on which the Secretary determines that the lender or holder has made reasonable efforts to secure a judgment and collect on the judgment entered into pursuant to this subsection.
- (3) With respect to any State court judgment that is obtained by a lender or holder against a borrower for default on a loan insured under this subpart and that is subrogated to the United States under subsection (b), any United States attorney may register such judgment with the Federal courts for enforcement.
- (1) With respect to the default by a borrower on any loan covered by Federal loan insurance under this subpart, the Secretary shall, under subsection (a), require an eligible lender or holder to commence and prosecute an action for such default unless—
- (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, there shall be no limitation on the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an offset, garnishment, or other action may be initiated or taken by the Secretary, the Attorney General, or other administrative head of another Federal agency, as the case may be, for the repayment of the amount due from a borrower on a loan made under this subpart that has been assigned to the Secretary under subsection (b).
- (j) An institution or postgraduate training program attended by a borrower may assist in the collection of any loan of that borrower made under this subpart which becomes delinquent, including providing information concerning the borrower to the Secretary and to past and present lenders and holders of the borrower’s loans, contacting the borrower in order to encourage repayment, and withholding services in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary under section 292n(a)(7) of this title . The institution or postgraduate training program shall not be subject to section 1692g of title 15 for purposes of carrying out activities authorized by this section.
§ 292g. Risk-based premiums
- (a) With respect to a loan made under this subpart on or after January 1, 1993 , the Secretary, in accordance with subsection (b), shall assess a risk-based premium on an eligible borrower and, if required under this section, an eligible institution that is based on the default rate of the eligible institution involved (as defined in section 292 o of this title).
- (b) Except as provided in subsection (d)(2), the risk-based premium to be assessed under subsection (a) shall be as follows:
- (1) With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of not to exceed five percent, such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 6 percent of the principal amount of the loan.
- (2)
- (A) With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of five percent but not to exceed 10 percent—
- (i) such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 8 percent of the principal amount of the loan; and
- (ii) such institution shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 5 percent of the principal amount of the loan.
- (B) An institution of the type described in subparagraph (A) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary for approval, an annual default management plan, that shall specify the detailed short-term and long-term procedures that such institution will have in place to minimize defaults on loans to borrowers under this subpart. Under such plan the institution shall, among other measures, provide an exit interview to all borrowers that includes information concerning repayment schedules, loan deferments, forbearance, and the consequences of default.
- (A) With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of five percent but not to exceed 10 percent—
- (3)
- (A) With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of 10 percent but not to exceed 20 percent—
- (i) such borrower shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 8 percent of the principal amount of the loan; and
- (ii) such institution shall be assessed a risk-based premium in an amount equal to 10 percent of the principal amount of the loan.
- (B) An institution of the type described in subparagraph (A) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary for approval a plan that meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B).
- (A) With respect to an eligible borrower seeking to obtain a loan for attendance at an eligible institution that has a default rate of in excess of 10 percent but not to exceed 20 percent—
- (4) An individual shall not be eligible to obtain a loan under this subpart for attendance at an institution that has a default rate in excess of 20 percent.
- (c) Lenders shall reduce by 50 percent the risk-based premium to eligible borrowers if a credit worthy parent or other responsible party co-signs the loan note.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall afford an institution not less than one hearing, and may consider mitigating circumstances, prior to making such institution ineligible for participation in the program under this subpart.
- (2) In carrying out this section with respect to an institution, the Secretary may grant an institution a waiver of requirements of paragraphs (2) through (4) of subsection (b) if the Secretary determines that the default rate for such institution is not an accurate indicator because the volume of the loans under this subpart made by such institution has been insufficient.
- (3) During the 3-year period beginning on October 13, 1992 —
- (A) subsection (b)(4) shall not apply with respect to any eligible institution that is a Historically Black College or University; and
- (B) any such institution that has a default rate in excess of 20 percent, and any eligible borrower seeking a loan for attendance at the institution, shall be subject to subsection (b)(3) to the same extent and in the same manner as eligible institutions and borrowers described in such subsection.
- (e) An institution may pay off the outstanding principal and interest owed by the borrowers of such institution who have defaulted on loans made under this subpart in order to reduce the risk category of the institution.
§ 292h. Office for Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction
- (a) The Secretary shall establish, within the Division of Student Assistance of the Bureau of Health Professions, an office to be known as the Office for Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction (in this section referred to as the “Office”).
- (b) It shall be the purpose of the Office to achieve a reduction in the number and amounts of defaults on loans guaranteed under this subpart. In carrying out such purpose the Office shall—
- (1) conduct analytical and evaluative studies concerning loans and loan defaults;
- (2) carry out activities designed to reduce loan defaults;
- (3) respond to special circumstances that may exist in the financial lending environment that may lead to loan defaults;
- (4) coordinate with other Federal entities that are involved with student loan programs, including—
- (A) with respect to the Department of Education, in the development of a single student loan application form, a single student loan deferment form, a single disability form, and a central student loan database; and
- (B) with respect to the Department of Justice, in the recovery of payments from health professionals who have defaulted on loans guaranteed under this subpart; and
- (5) provide technical assistance to borrowers, lenders, holders, and institutions concerning deferments and collection activities.
- (c) In conjunction with the report submitted under subsection (b), the Office shall—
- (1) compile, and publish in the Federal Register, a list of the borrowers who are in default under this subpart; and
- (2) send the report and notices of default with respect to these borrowers to relevant Federal agencies and to schools, school associations, professional and specialty associations, State licensing boards, hospitals with which such borrowers may be associated, and any other relevant organizations.
- (d) In the case of amounts reserved under section 292i(a)(2)(B) of this title for obligation under this subsection, the Secretary may obligate the amounts for the purpose of administering the Office, including 7 full-time equivalent employment positions for such Office. With respect to such purpose, amounts made available under the preceding sentence are in addition to amounts made available to the Health Resources and Services Administration for program management for the fiscal year involved. With respect to such employment positions, the positions are in addition to the number of full-time equivalent employment positions that otherwise is authorized for the Department of Health and Human Services for the fiscal year involved.
§ 292i. Insurance account
- (a)
- (1) There is hereby established a student loan insurance account (in this section referred to as the “Account”) which shall be available without fiscal year limitation to the Secretary for making payments in connection with the collection and default of loans insured under this subpart by the Secretary.
- (2)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), all amounts received by the Secretary as premium charges for insurance and as receipts, earnings, or proceeds derived from any claim or other assets acquired by the Secretary in connection with his operations under this subpart, and any other moneys, property, or assets derived by the Secretary from the operations of the Secretary in connection with this section, shall be deposited in the Account.
- (B) With respect to amounts described in subparagraph (A) that are received by the Secretary for fiscal year 1993 and subsequent fiscal years, the Secretary may, before depositing such amounts in the Account, reserve from the amounts each such fiscal year not more than $1,000,000 for obligation under section 292h(d) of this title .
- (3) All payments in connection with the default of loans insured by the Secretary under this subpart shall be paid from the Account.
- (b) If at any time the moneys in the Account are insufficient to make payments in connection with the collection or default of any loan insured by the Secretary under this subpart, the Secretary of the Treasury may lend the Account such amounts as may be necessary to make the payments involved, subject to the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990 [ 2 U.S.C. 661 et seq.].
§ 292j. Powers and responsibilities of Secretary
- (a) In the performance of, and with respect to, the functions, powers, and duties vested in the Secretary by this subpart, the Secretary is authorized as follows:
- (1) To prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this subpart.
- (2) To sue and be sued in any district court of the United States. Such district courts shall have jurisdiction of civil actions arising under this subpart without regard to the amount in controversy, and any action instituted under this subsection by or against the Secretary shall survive notwithstanding any change in the person occupying the office of Secretary or any vacancy in that office. No attachment, injunction, garnishment, or other similar process, mesne or final, shall be issued against the Secretary or property under the control of the Secretary. Nothing herein shall be constructed to except litigation arising out of activities under this subpart from the application of sections 517 and 547 of title 28.
- (3) To include in any contract for Federal loan insurance such terms, conditions, and covenants relating to repayment of principal and payments of interest, relating to his obligations and rights and to those of eligible lenders, and borrowers in case of default, and relating to such other matters as the Secretary determines to be necessary to assure that the purposes of this subpart will be achieved. Any term, condition, and covenant made pursuant to this paragraph or any other provisions of this subpart may be modified by the Secretary if the Secretary determines that modification is necessary to protect the financial interest of the United States.
- (4) Subject to the specific limitations in the subpart, to consent to the modification of any note or other instrument evidencing a loan which has been insured by him under this subpart (including modifications with respect to the rate of interest, time of payment of any installment of principal and interest or any portion thereof, or any other provision).
- (5) To enforce, pay, compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, lien, or demand, however acquired, including any equity or any right or 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “of”. redemption.
- (b) The Secretary shall, with respect to the financial operations arising by reason of this subpart—
- (1) prepare annually and submit a budget program as provided for wholly owned Government corporations by chapter 91 of title 31; and
- (2) maintain with respect to insurance under this subpart an integral set of accounts.
§ 292k. Participation by Federal credit unions in Federal, State, and private student loan insurance programs
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, Federal credit unions shall, pursuant to regulations of the Administrator of the National Credit Union Administration, have power to make insured loans to eligible students in accordance with the provisions of this subpart relating to Federal insured loans.
§ 292l. Determination of eligible students
For purposes of determining eligible students under this part, in the case of a public school in a State that offers an accelerated, integrated program of study combining undergraduate premedical education and medical education leading to advanced entry, by contractual agreement, into an accredited four-year school of medicine which provides the remaining training leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, whenever in this part a provision refers to a student at a school of medicine, such reference shall include only a student enrolled in any of the last four years of such accelerated, integrated program of study.
§ 292m. Repayment by Secretary of loans of deceased or disabled borrowers
If a borrower who has received a loan dies or becomes permanently and totally disabled (as determined in accordance with regulations of the Secretary), the Secretary shall discharge the borrower’s liability on the loan by repaying the amount owed on the loan from the account established under section 292i of this title .
§ 292n. Additional requirements for institutions and lenders
- (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, the Secretary is authorized to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to provide for—
- (1) a fiscal audit of an eligible institution with regard to any funds obtained from a borrower who has received a loan insured under this subpart;
- (2) the establishment of reasonable standards of financial responsibility and appropriate institutional capability for the administration by an eligible institution of a program of student financial aid with respect to funds obtained from a student who has received a loan insured under this subpart;
- (3) the limitation, suspension, or termination of the eligibility under this subpart of any otherwise eligible institution, whenever the Secretary has determined, after notice and affording an opportunity for hearing, that such institution has violated or failed to carry out any regulation prescribed under this subpart;
- (4) the collection of information from the borrower, lender, or eligible institution to assure compliance with the provisions of section 292d of this title ;
- (5) the assessing of tuition or fees to borrowers in amounts that are the same or less than the amount of tuition and fees assessed to nonborrowers;
- (6) the submission, by the institution or the lender to the Office of Health Education Assistance Loan Default Reduction, of information concerning each loan made under this subpart, including the date when each such loan was originated, the date when each such loan is sold, the identity of the loan holder and information concerning a change in the borrower’s status;
- (7) the withholding of services, including academic transcripts, financial aid transcripts, and alumni services, by an institution from a borrower upon the default of such borrower of a loan under this subpart, except in case of a borrower who has filed for bankruptcy; and
- (8) the offering, by the lender to the borrower, of a variety of repayment options, including fixed-rate, graduated repayment with negative amortization permitted, and income dependent payments for a limited period followed by level monthly payments.
- (b) The Secretary shall require an eligible institution to record, and make available to the lender and to the Secretary upon request, the name, address, postgraduate destination, and other reasonable identifying information for each student of such institution who has a loan insured under this subpart.
- (c) Each participating eligible institution must have, at the beginning of each academic year, a workshop concerning the provisions of this subpart that all student borrowers shall be required to attend.
§ 292o. Definitions
For purposes of this subpart:
- (1) The term “eligible institution” means, with respect to a fiscal year, a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, podiatric medicine, pharmacy, public health, allied health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration or behavioral and mental health practice, including clinical psychology.
- (2) The term “eligible lender” means an eligible institution that became a lender under this subpart prior to September 15, 1992 , an agency or instrumentality of a State, a financial or credit institution (including an insurance company) which is subject to examination and supervision by an agency of the United States or of any State, a pension fund approved by the Secretary for this purpose, or a nonprofit private entity designated by the State, regulated by the State, and approved by the Secretary.
- (3) The term “line of credit” means an arrangement or agreement between the lender and the borrower whereby a loan is paid out by the lender to the borrower in annual installments, or whereby the lender agrees to make, in addition to the initial loan, additional loans in subsequent years.
- (4) The term “school of allied health” means a program in a school of allied health (as defined in section 295p of this title ) which leads to a masters’ degree or a doctoral degree.
- (5)
- (A) The term “default rate”, in the case of an eligible entity, means the percentage constituted by the ratio of—
- (i) the principal amount of loans insured under this subpart—
- (I) that are made with respect to the entity and that enter repayment status after April 7, 1987 ; and
- (II) for which amounts have been paid under section 292f(a) of this title to insurance beneficiaries, exclusive of any loan for which amounts have been so paid as a result of the death or total and permanent disability of the borrower; exclusive of any loan for which the borrower begins payments to the Secretary on the loan pursuant to section 292f(b) of this title and maintains payments for 12 consecutive months in accordance with the agreement involved (with the loan subsequently being included or excluded, as the case may be, as amounts paid under section 292f(a) of this title according to whether further defaults occur and whether with respect to the default involved compliance with such requirement regarding 12 consecutive months occurs); and exclusive of any loan on which payments may not be recovered by reason of the obligation under the loan being discharged in bankruptcy under title 11; to
- (ii) the total principal amount of loans insured under this subpart that are made with respect to the entity and that enter repayment status after April 7, 1987 .
- (i) the principal amount of loans insured under this subpart—
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a loan insured under this subpart shall be considered to have entered repayment status if the applicable period described in subparagraph (B) of section 292d(a)(2) of this title regarding the loan has expired (without regard to whether any period described in subparagraph (C) of such section is applicable regarding the loan).
- (C) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “eligible entity” means an eligible institution, an eligible lender, or a holder, as the case may be.
- (D) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a loan is made with respect to an eligible entity if—
- (i) in the case of an eligible institution, the loan was made to students of the institution;
- (ii) in the case of an eligible lender, the loan was made by the lender; and
- (iii) in the case of a holder, the loan was purchased by the holder.
- (A) The term “default rate”, in the case of an eligible entity, means the percentage constituted by the ratio of—
- (6) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Education.
§ 292p. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For fiscal year 1993 and subsequent fiscal years, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the adequacy of the student loan insurance account under this subpart and for the purpose of administering this subpart.
- (b) Sums appropriated under subsection (a) shall remain available until expended.
§ 292q. Agreements for operation of school loan funds
- (a) The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement for the establishment and operation of a student loan fund in accordance with this subpart with any public or other nonprofit school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine.
- (b) Each agreement entered into under this section shall—
- (1) provide for establishment of a student loan fund by the school;
- (2) provide for deposit in the fund of—
- (A) the Federal capital contributions to the fund;
- (B) an amount equal to not less than one-ninth of such Federal capital contributions, contributed by such institution;
- (C) collections of principal and interest on loans made from the fund;
- (D) collections pursuant to section 292r(j) of this title ; and
- (E) any other earnings of the fund;
- (3) provide that the fund shall be used only for loans to students of the school in accordance with the agreement and for costs of collection of such loans and interest thereon;
- (4) provide that loans may be made from such funds only to students pursuing a full-time course of study at the school leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, doctor of osteopathy, bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, or doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree;
- (5) provide that the school shall advise, in writing, each applicant for a loan from the student loan fund of the provisions of section 292r of this title under which outstanding loans from the student loan fund may be paid (in whole or in part) by the Secretary; and
- (6) contain such other provisions as are necessary to protect the financial interests of the United States.
- (c)
- (1) Any standard established by the Secretary by regulation for the collection by schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine of loans made pursuant to loan agreements under this subpart shall provide that the failure of any such school to collect such loans shall be measured in accordance with this subsection. This subsection may not be construed to require such schools to reimburse the student loan fund under this subpart for loans that became uncollectible prior to August 1985 or to penalize such schools with respect to such loans.
- (2) The measurement of a school’s failure to collect loans made under this subpart shall be the ratio (stated as a percentage) that the defaulted principal amount outstanding of such school bears to the matured loans of such school.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection:
- (A) The term “default” means the failure of a borrower of a loan made under this subpart to—
- (i) make an installment payment when due; or
- (ii) comply with any other term of the promissory note for such loan,
- (B) The term “defaulted principal amount outstanding” means the total amount borrowed from the loan fund of a school that has reached the repayment stage (minus any principal amount repaid or canceled) on loans—
- (i) repayable monthly and in default for at least 120 days; and
- (ii) repayable less frequently than monthly and in default for at least 180 days;
- (C) The term “grace period” means the period of one year beginning on the date on which the borrower ceases to pursue a full-time course of study at a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, or veterinary medicine; and
- (D) The term “matured loans” means the total principal amount of all loans made by a school under this subpart minus the total principal amount of loans made by such school to students who are—
- (i) enrolled in a full-time course of study at such school; or
- (ii) in their grace period.
- (A) The term “default” means the failure of a borrower of a loan made under this subpart to—
§ 292r. Loan provisions
- (a)
- (1) Loans from a student loan fund (established under an agreement with a school under section 292q of this title ) may not, subject to paragraph (2), exceed for any student for a school year (or its equivalent) the cost of attendance (including tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living costs) for that year at the educational institution attended by the student (as determined by such educational institution).
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the amount of the loan may, in the case of the third or fourth year of a student at a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, be increased to the extent necessary to pay the balances of loans that, from sources other than the student loan fund under section 292q of this title , were made to the individual for attendance at the school. The authority to make such an increase is subject to the school and the student agreeing that such amount (as increased) will be expended to pay such balances.
- (b) Subject to section 292s of this title , any such loans shall be made on such terms and conditions as the school may determine, but may be made only to a student—
- (1) who is in need of the amount thereof to pursue a full-time course of study at the school leading to a degree of doctor of medicine, doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, doctor of osteopathy, bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, or doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree; and
- (2) who, if required under section 3802 of title 50 to present himself for and submit to registration under such section, has presented himself and submitted to registration under such section.
- (c) Such loans shall be repayable in equal or graduated periodic installments (with the right of the borrower to accelerate repayment) over the period of not less than 10 years nor more than 25 years, at the discretion of the institution, which begins one year after the student ceases to pursue a full-time course of study at a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, podiatry, optometry, or veterinary medicine, excluding from such period—
- (1) all periods—
- (A) not in excess of three years of active duty performed by the borrower as a member of a uniformed service;
- (B) not in excess of three years during which the borrower serves as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [ 22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.];
- (C) during which the borrower participates in advanced professional training, including internships and residencies; and
- (D) during which the borrower is pursuing a full-time course of study at such a school; and
- (2) a period—
- (A) not in excess of two years during which a borrower who is a full-time student in such a school leaves the school, with the intent to return to such school as a full-time student, in order to engage in a full-time educational activity which is directly related to the health profession for which the borrower is preparing, as determined by the Secretary; or
- (B) not in excess of two years during which a borrower who is a graduate of such a school is a participant in a fellowship training program or a full-time educational activity which—
- (i) is directly related to the health profession for which such borrower prepared at such school, as determined by the Secretary; and
- (ii) may be engaged in by the borrower during such a two-year period which begins within twelve months after the completion of the borrower’s participation in advanced professional training described in paragraph (1)(C) or prior to the completion of such borrower’s participation in such training.
- (1) all periods—
- (d) The liability to repay the unpaid balance of such a loan and accrued interest thereon shall be canceled upon the death of the borrower, or if the Secretary determines that he has become permanently, and totally disabled.
- (e) Such loans shall bear interest, on the unpaid balance of the loan, computed only for periods for which the loan is repayable, at the rate of 5 percent per year.
- (f) Loans shall be made under this subpart without security or endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and the note or other evidence of obligation executed by him would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, either security or endorsement may be required.
- (g) No note or other evidence of a loan made under this subpart may be transferred or assigned by the school making the loan except that, if the borrowers transfer to another school participating in the program under this subpart, such note or other evidence of a loan may be transferred to such other school.
- (h) Subject to regulations of the Secretary, a school may assess a charge with respect to loans made this subpart 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “under this subpart”. to cover the costs of insuring against cancellation of liability under subsection (d).
- (i) Subject to regulations of the Secretary, and in accordance with this section, a school shall assess a charge with respect to a loan made under this subpart for failure of the borrower to pay all or any part of an installment when it is due and, in the case of a borrower who is entitled to deferment of the loan under subsection (c), for any failure to file timely and satisfactory evidence of such entitlement. No such charge may be made if the payment of such installment or the filing of such evidence is made within 60 days after the date on which such installment or filing is due. The amount of any such charge may not exceed an amount equal to 6 percent of the amount of such installment. The school may elect to add the amount of any such charge to the principal amount of the loan as of the first day after the day on which such installment or evidence was due, or to make the amount of the charge payable to the school not later than the due date of the next installment after receipt by the borrower of notice of the assessment of the charge.
- (j) A school may provide, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, that during the repayment period of a loan from a loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this subpart payments of principal and interest by the borrower with respect to all the outstanding loans made to him from loan funds so established shall be at a rate equal to not less than $40 per month.
- (k) Upon application by a person who received, and is under an obligation to repay, any loan made to such person as a health professions student to enable him to study medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, or podiatry, the Secretary may undertake to repay (without liability to the applicant) all or any part of such loan, and any interest or portion thereof outstanding thereon, upon his determination, pursuant to regulations establishing criteria therefor, that the applicant—
- (1) failed to complete such studies leading to his first professional degree;
- (2) is in exceptionally needy circumstances;
- (3) is from a low-income or disadvantaged family as those terms may be defined by such regulations; and
- (4) has not resumed, or cannot reasonably be expected to resume, the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, or podiatric medicine, within two years following the date upon which he terminated such studies.
- (l) The Secretary is authorized to attempt to collect any loan which was made under this subpart, which is in default, and which was referred to the Secretary by a school with which the Secretary has an agreement under this subpart, on behalf of that school under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may prescribe (including reimbursement from the school’s student loan fund for expenses the Secretary may reasonably incur in attempting collection), but only if the school has complied with such requirements as the Secretary may specify by regulation with respect to the collection of loans under this subpart. A loan so referred shall be treated as a debt subject to section 5514 of title 5 . Amounts collected shall be deposited in the school’s student loan fund. Whenever the Secretary desires the institution of a civil action regarding any such loan, the Secretary shall refer the matter to the Attorney General for appropriate action.
- (m)
- (1) It is the purpose of this subsection to ensure that obligations to repay loans under this section are enforced without regard to any Federal or State statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period within which debts may be enforced.
- (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, no limitation shall terminate the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an offset, garnishment, or other action may be initiated or taken by a school that has an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to section 292q of this title that is seeking the repayment of the amount due from a borrower on a loan made under this subpart after the default of the borrower on such loan.
§ 292s. Medical schools and primary health care
- (a)
- (1) Subject to the provisions of this subsection, in the case of student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, each agreement entered into under such section with such a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that the school will make a loan from such fund to a student only if the student agrees—
- (A) to enter and complete a residency training program in primary health care not later than 4 years after the date on which the student graduates from such school; and
- (B) to practice in such care for 10 years (including residency training in primary health care) or through the date on which the loan is repaid in full, whichever occurs first.
- (2)
- (A) The requirement established in paragraph (1) regarding the student loan fund of a school does not apply to a student if—
- (i) the first loan to the student from such fund is made before July 1, 1993 ; or
- (ii) the loan is made from—
- (I) a Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title that is made from amounts appropriated under section 292t(f) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title (in this section referred to as an “exempt Federal capital contribution”); or
- (II) a school contribution made under section 292q of this title pursuant to such a Federal capital contribution (in this section referred to as an “exempt school contribution”).
- (B) A Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt Federal capital contribution if the contribution was made from amounts appropriated before October 1, 1990 . A school contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt school contribution if the contribution was made pursuant to a Federal capital contribution under such section that was made from amounts appropriated before such date.
- (A) The requirement established in paragraph (1) regarding the student loan fund of a school does not apply to a student if—
- (3) Each agreement entered into with a student pursuant to paragraph (1) shall provide that, if the student fails to comply with such agreement, the loan involved will begin to accrue interest at a rate of 2 percent per year greater than the rate at which the student would pay if compliant in such year.
- (4)
- (A) With respect to the obligation of an individual under an agreement made under paragraph (1) as a student, the Secretary shall provide for the partial or total waiver or suspension of the obligation whenever compliance by the individual is impossible, or would involve extreme hardship to the individual, and if enforcement of the obligation with respect to the individual would be unconscionable.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the obligation of an individual shall be waived if—
- (i) the status of the individual as a student of the school involved is terminated before graduation from the school, whether voluntarily or involuntarily; and
- (ii) the individual does not, after such termination, resume attendance at the school or begin attendance at any other school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.
- (C) If an individual resumes or begins attendance for purposes of subparagraph (B), the obligation of the individual under the agreement under paragraph (1) shall be considered to have been suspended for the period in which the individual was not in attendance.
- (D) This paragraph may not be construed as authorizing the waiver or suspension of the obligation of a student to repay, in accordance with section 292r of this title , loans from student loan funds under section 292q of this title .
- (1) Subject to the provisions of this subsection, in the case of student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, each agreement entered into under such section with such a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that the school will make a loan from such fund to a student only if the student agrees—
- (b)
- (1) Subject to the provisions of this subsection, in the case of student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, each agreement entered into under such section with such a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that, for the 1-year period ending on June 30, 1997 ; 2 2 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a comma. and for the 1-year period ending on June 30 of each subsequent fiscal year, the school will meet not less than 1 of the conditions described in paragraph (2) with respect to graduates of the school whose date of graduation from the school occurred approximately 4 years before the end of the 1-year period involved.
- (2) With respect to graduates described in paragraph (1) (in this paragraph referred to as “designated graduates”), the conditions referred to in such paragraph for a school for a 1-year period are as follows:
- (A) Not less than 50 percent of designated graduates of the school meet the criterion of either being in a residency training program in primary health care, or being engaged in a practice in such care (having completed such a program).
- (B) Not less than 25 percent of the designated graduates of the school meet such criterion, and such percentage is not less than 5 percentage points above the percentage of such graduates meeting such criterion for the preceding 1-year period.
- (C) In the case of schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine with student loans funds under section 292q of this title , the school involved is at or above the 75th percentile of such schools whose designated graduates meet such criterion.
- (3) Not later than 90 days after the close of each 1-year period described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make a determination of whether the school involved has for such period complied with such paragraph and shall in writing inform the school of the determination. Such determination shall be made only after consideration of the report submitted to the Secretary by the school under paragraph (6).
- (4)
- (A)
- (i) Subject to subparagraph (C), each agreement under section 292q of this title with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine shall provide that, if the school fails to comply with paragraph (1) for a 1-year period under such paragraph, the school—
- (I) will pay to the Secretary the amount applicable under subparagraph (B) for the period; and
- (II) will pay such amount not later than 90 days after the school is informed under paragraph (3) of the determination of the Secretary regarding such period.
- (ii) Any amount that a school is required to pay under clause (i) may be paid from the student loan fund of the school under section 292q of this title .
- (i) Subject to subparagraph (C), each agreement under section 292q of this title with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine shall provide that, if the school fails to comply with paragraph (1) for a 1-year period under such paragraph, the school—
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the amount applicable for a school, subject to subparagraph (C), is—
- (i) for the 1-year period ending June 30, 1997 , an amount equal to 10 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund of the school under section 292q of this title ;
- (ii) for the 1-year period ending June 30, 1998 , an amount equal to 20 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund; and
- (iii) for any subsequent 1-year period under paragraph (1), an amount equal to 30 percent of the income received during such period by the student loan fund.
- (C) In determining the amount of income that a student loan fund has received for purposes of subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall exclude any income derived from exempt contributions. Payments made to the Secretary under subparagraph (A) may not be made with such contributions or with income derived from such contributions.
- (A)
- (5)
- (A) Amounts paid to the Secretary under paragraph (4) shall be expended to make Federal capital contributions to student loan funds under section 292q of this title of schools that are in compliance with paragraph (1).
- (B) A Federal capital contribution under section 292q of this title may not be construed as being an exempt Federal capital contribution if the contribution is made from payments under subparagraph (A). A school contribution under such section may not be construed as being an exempt school contribution if the contribution is made pursuant to a Federal capital contribution from such payments.
- (6) Each agreement under section 292q of this title with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine shall provide that the school will submit to the Secretary a report for each 1-year period under paragraph (1) that provides such information as the Secretary determines to be necessary for carrying out this subsection. Each such report shall include statistics concerning the current training or practice status of all graduates of such school whose date of graduation from the school occurred approximately 4 years before the end of the 1-year period involved.
- (c) For purposes of this section:
- (1) The term “exempt contributions” means exempt Federal capital contributions and exempt school contributions.
- (2) The term “exempt Federal capital contribution” means a Federal capital contribution described in subclause (I) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii).
- (3) The term “exempt school contribution” means a school contribution described in subclause (II) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii).
- (4) The term “income”, with respect to a student fund under section 292q of this title , means payments of principal and interest on any loan made from the fund, and any other earnings of the fund.
- (5) The term “primary health care” means family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, preventive medicine, or osteopathic general practice.
- (d) It is the sense of Congress that funds repaid under the loan program under this section should not be transferred to the Treasury of the United States or otherwise used for any other purpose other than to carry out this section.
§ 292t. Individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds
- (a) With respect to amounts appropriated under subsection (f), each agreement entered into under section 292q of this title with a school shall provide (in addition to the provisions required in subsection (b) of such section) that—
- (1) any Federal capital contribution made to the student loan fund of the school from such amounts, together with the school contribution appropriate under subsection (b)(2)(B) of such section to the amount of the Federal capital contribution, will be utilized only for the purpose of—
- (A) making loans to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds; and
- (B) the costs of the collection of the loans and interest on the loans; and
- (2) collections of principal and interest on loans made pursuant to paragraph (1), and any other earnings of the student loan fund attributable to amounts that are in the fund pursuant to such paragraph, will be utilized only for the purpose described in such paragraph.
- (1) any Federal capital contribution made to the student loan fund of the school from such amounts, together with the school contribution appropriate under subsection (b)(2)(B) of such section to the amount of the Federal capital contribution, will be utilized only for the purpose of—
- (b) The Secretary may not make a Federal capital contribution for purposes of subsection (a) for a fiscal year unless the health professions school involved—
- (1) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining students from disadvantaged backgrounds, including racial and ethnic minorities; and
- (2) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining minority faculty.
- (c) The Secretary may not make a Federal capital contribution for purposes of subsection (a) for a fiscal year unless the health professions school involved agrees—
- (1) to ensure that adequate instruction regarding minority health issues is provided for in the curricula of the school;
- (2) with respect to health clinics providing services to a significant number of individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds, including members of minority groups, to enter into arrangements with 1 or more such clinics for the purpose of providing students of the school with experience in providing clinical services to such individuals;
- (3) with respect to public or nonprofit private secondary educational institutions and undergraduate institutions of higher education, to enter into arrangements with 1 or more such institutions for the purpose of carrying out programs regarding the educational preparation of disadvantaged students, including minority students, to enter the health professions and regarding the recruitment of such individuals into the health professions;
- (4) to establish a mentor program for assisting disadvantaged students, including minority students, regarding the completion of the educational requirements for degrees from the school;
- (5) to be carrying out each of the activities specified in any of paragraphs (1) through (4) by not later than 1 year after the date on which the first Federal capital contribution is made to the school for purposes of subsection (a); and
- (6) to continue carrying out such activities, and the activities specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b), throughout the period during which the student loan fund established pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title is in operation.
- (d) With respect to Federal capital contributions to student loan funds under agreements under section 292q(b) of this title , any such contributions made before October 1, 1990 , together with the school contributions appropriate under paragraph (2)(B) of such section to the amount of the Federal capital contributions, may be utilized for the purpose of making loans to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, subject to section 292s(a)(2)(B) of this title .
- (e) For purposes of this section, the term “disadvantaged”, with respect to an individual, shall be defined by the Secretary.
- (f)
- (1)
- (2) In making Federal capital contributions to student loan funds for purposes of subsection (a), the Secretary shall give special consideration to health professions schools that have enrollments of underrepresented minorities above the national average for health professions schools.
§ 292u. Administrative provisions
The Secretary may agree to modifications of agreements or loans made under this subpart, and may compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, or demand of the United States arising or acquired under this subpart.
§ 292v. Provision by schools of information to students
- (a) With respect to loans made by a school under this subpart after June 30, 1986 , each school, in order to carry out the provisions of sections 292q and 292r of this title, shall, at any time such school makes such a loan to a student under this subpart, provide thorough and adequate loan information on loans made under this subpart to the student. The loan information required to be provided to the student by this subsection shall include—
- (1) the yearly and cumulative maximum amounts that may be borrowed by the student;
- (2) the terms under which repayment of the loan will begin;
- (3) the maximum number of years in which the loan must be repaid;
- (4) the interest rate that will be paid by the borrower and the minimum amount of the required monthly payment;
- (5) the amount of any other fees charged to the borrower by the lender;
- (6) any options the borrower may have for deferral, cancellation, prepayment, consolidation, or other refinancing of the loan;
- (7) a definition of default on the loan and a specification of the consequences which will result to the borrower if the borrower defaults, including a description of any arrangements which may be made with credit bureau organizations;
- (8) to the extent practicable, the effect of accepting the loan on the eligibility of the borrower for other forms of student assistance; and
- (9) a description of the actions that may be taken by the Federal Government to collect the loan, including a description of the type of information concerning the borrower that the Federal Government may disclose to (A) officers, employees, or agents of the Department of Health and Human Services, (B) officers, employees, or agents of schools with which the Secretary has an agreement under this subpart, or (C) any other person involved in the collection of a loan under this subpart.
- (b) Each school shall, immediately prior to the graduation from such school of a student who receives a loan under this subpart after June 30, 1986 , provide such student with a statement specifying—
- (1) each amount borrowed by the student under this subpart;
- (2) the total amount borrowed by the student under this subpart; and
- (3) a schedule for the repayment of the amounts borrowed under this subpart, including the number, amount, and frequency of payments to be made.
§ 292w. Procedures for appeal of termination of agreements
In any case in which the Secretary intends to terminate an agreement with a school under this subpart, the Secretary shall provide the school with a written notice specifying such intention and stating that the school may request a formal hearing with respect to such termination. If the school requests such a hearing within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, the Secretary shall provide such school with a hearing conducted by an administrative law judge.
§ 292x. Distribution of assets from loan funds
- (a) If a school terminates a loan fund established under an agreement pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title , or if the Secretary for good cause terminates the agreement with the school, there shall be a capital distribution as follows:
- (1) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to such balance in such fund on the date of termination of the fund as the total amount of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary pursuant to section 292q(b)(2)(A) of this title bears to the total amount in such fund derived from such Federal capital contributions and from funds deposited therein pursuant to section 292q(b)(2)(B) of this title .
- (2) The remainder of such balance shall be paid to the school.
- (b) If a capital distribution is made under subsection (a), the school involved shall, after the capital distribution, pay to the Secretary, not less often than quarterly, the same proportionate share of amounts received by the school in payment of principal or interest on loans made from the loan fund established pursuant to section 292q(b) of this title as was determined by the Secretary under subsection (a).
§ 292y. General provisions
- (a) The Secretary shall from time to time set dates by which schools must file applications for Federal capital contributions.
- (b) If the total of the amounts requested for any fiscal year in such applications exceeds the amounts appropriated under this section for that fiscal year, the allotment to the loan fund of each such school shall be reduced to whichever of the following is the smaller: (A) the amount requested in its application; or (B) an amount which bears the same ratio to the amounts appropriated as the number of students estimated by the Secretary to be enrolled in such school during such fiscal year bears to the estimated total number of students in all such schools during such year. Amounts remaining after allotment under the preceding sentence shall be reallotted in accordance with clause (B) of such sentence among schools whose applications requested more than the amounts so allotted to their loan funds, but with such adjustments as may be necessary to prevent the total allotted to any such school’s loan fund from exceeding the total so requested by it.
- (c) Funds available in any fiscal year for payment to schools under this subpart which are in excess of the amount appropriated pursuant to this section for that year shall be allotted among schools in such manner as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this subpart.
- (d) Allotments to a loan fund of a school shall be paid to it from time to time in such installments as the Secretary determines will not result in unnecessary accumulations in the loan fund at such school.
- (e)
- (1) Subject to section 292s(b)(5) of this title , any amounts from student loan funds under section 292q of this title that are returned to the Secretary by health professions schools shall be expended to make Federal capital contributions to such funds.
- (2) Amounts described in paragraph (1) that are returned to the Secretary shall be obligated before the end of the succeeding fiscal year.
- (3) In making Federal capital contributions to student loans funds under section 292q of this title for a fiscal year from amounts described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to health professions schools of the same disciplines as the health professions schools returning such amounts for the period during which the amounts expended for such contributions were received by the Secretary. Any such amounts that, prior to being so returned, were available only for the purpose of loans under this subpart to individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds shall be available only for such purpose.
- (f)
- (1) For the purpose of making Federal capital contributions to student loan funds established under section 292q of this title by schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine, there is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1996.
- (2)
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary may make a Federal capital contribution pursuant to paragraph (1) only if the school of medicine or osteopathic medicine involved meets the conditions described in subparagraph (A) of section 292s(b)(2) of this title or the conditions described in subparagraph (C) of such section.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions referred to in such subparagraph shall be applied with respect to graduates of the school involved whose date of graduation occurred approximately 3 years before June 30 of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the Federal capital contribution involved is made.
§ 293. Centers of excellence
- (a) The Secretary shall make grants to, and enter into contracts with, designated health professions schools described in subsection (c), and other public and nonprofit health or educational entities, for the purpose of assisting the schools in supporting programs of excellence in health professions education for under-represented minority individuals.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under subsection (a) unless the designated health professions school involved agrees, subject to subsection (c)(1)(C), to expend the grant—
- (1) to develop a large competitive applicant pool through linkages with institutions of higher education, local school districts, and other community-based entities and establish an education pipeline for health professions careers;
- (2) to establish, strengthen, or expand programs to enhance the academic performance of under-represented minority students attending the school;
- (3) to improve the capacity of such school to train, recruit, and retain under-represented minority faculty including the payment of such stipends and fellowships as the Secretary may determine appropriate;
- (4) to carry out activities to improve the information resources, clinical education, curricula and cultural competence of the graduates of the school, as it relates to minority health issues;
- (5) to facilitate faculty and student research on health issues particularly affecting under-represented minority groups, including research on issues relating to the delivery of health care;
- (6) to carry out a program to train students of the school in providing health services to a significant number of under-represented minority individuals through training provided to such students at community-based health facilities that—
- (A) provide such health services; and
- (B) are located at a site remote from the main site of the teaching facilities of the school; and
- (7) to provide stipends as the Secretary determines appropriate, in amounts as the Secretary determines appropriate.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) The designated health professions schools referred to in subsection (a) are such schools that meet each of the conditions specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), and that—
- (i) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (2)(A);
- (ii) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (3);
- (iii) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (4); or
- (iv) meet each of the conditions specified in paragraph (5).
- (B) The conditions specified in this subparagraph are that a designated health professions school—
- (i) has a significant number of under-represented minority individuals enrolled in the school, including individuals accepted for enrollment in the school;
- (ii) has been effective in assisting under-represented minority students of the school to complete the program of education and receive the degree involved;
- (iii) has been effective in recruiting under-represented minority individuals to enroll in and graduate from the school, including providing scholarships and other financial assistance to such individuals and encouraging under-represented minority students from all levels of the educational pipeline to pursue health professions careers; and
- (iv) has made significant recruitment efforts to increase the number of under-represented minority individuals serving in faculty or administrative positions at the school.
- (C) The condition specified in this subparagraph is that, in accordance with subsection (e)(1), the designated health profession school involved has with other health profession schools (designated or otherwise) formed a consortium to carry out the purposes described in subsection (b) at the schools of the consortium.
- (D) In the case of any criteria established by the Secretary for purposes of determining whether schools meet the conditions described in subparagraph (B), this section may not, with respect to racial and ethnic minorities, be construed to authorize, require, or prohibit the use of such criteria in any program other than the program established in this section.
- (A) The designated health professions schools referred to in subsection (a) are such schools that meet each of the conditions specified in subparagraphs (B) and (C), and that—
- (2)
- (A) The conditions specified in this subparagraph are that a designated health professions school—
- (i) is a school described in section 295p(1) of this title ; and
- (ii) received a contract under section 295g–8b of this title for fiscal year 1987, as such section was in effect for such fiscal year.
- (B) In addition to the purposes described in subsection (b), a grant under subsection (a) to a designated health professions school meeting the conditions described in subparagraph (A) may be expended—
- (i) to develop a plan to achieve institutional improvements, including financial independence, to enable the school to support programs of excellence in health professions education for under-represented minority individuals; and
- (ii) to provide improved access to the library and informational resources of the school.
- (C) The requirements of paragraph (1)(C) shall not apply to a historically black college or university that receives funding under paragraphs 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “paragraph”. (2) or (5).
- (A) The conditions specified in this subparagraph are that a designated health professions school—
- (3) The conditions specified in this paragraph are that—
- (A) with respect to Hispanic individuals, each of clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B) applies to the designated health professions school involved;
- (B) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a), that the school will, in carrying out the duties described in subsection (b), give priority to carrying out the duties with respect to Hispanic individuals; and
- (C) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a), that—
- (i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit community based Hispanic serving organizations, or public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Hispanic individuals, the purposes of which will be to carry out a program—
- (I) to identify Hispanic students who are interested in a career in the health profession involved; and
- (II) to facilitate the educational preparation of such students to enter the health professions school; and
- (ii) the school will make efforts to recruit Hispanic students, including students who have participated in the undergraduate or other matriculation program carried out under arrangements established by the school pursuant to clause (i)(II) and will assist Hispanic students regarding the completion of the educational requirements for a degree from the school.
- (i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit community based Hispanic serving organizations, or public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Hispanic individuals, the purposes of which will be to carry out a program—
- (4) Subject to subsection (e), the conditions specified in this paragraph are that—
- (A) with respect to Native Americans, each of clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B) applies to the designated health professions school involved;
- (B) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a), that the school will, in carrying out the duties described in subsection (b), give priority to carrying out the duties with respect to Native Americans; and
- (C) the school agrees, as a condition of receiving a grant under subsection (a), that—
- (i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Native Americans, the purpose of which arrangement will be to carry out a program—
- (I) to identify Native American students, from the institutions of higher education referred to in clause (i), who are interested in health professions careers; and
- (II) to facilitate the educational preparation of such students to enter the designated health professions school; and
- (ii) the designated health professions school will make efforts to recruit Native American students, including students who have participated in the undergraduate program carried out under arrangements established by the school pursuant to clause (i) and will assist Native American students regarding the completion of the educational requirements for a degree from the designated health professions school.
- (i) the school will establish an arrangement with 1 or more public or nonprofit private institutions of higher education, including schools of nursing, whose enrollment of students has traditionally included a significant number of Native Americans, the purpose of which arrangement will be to carry out a program—
- (5) The conditions specified in this paragraph are—
- (A) with respect to other centers of excellence, the conditions described in clauses (i) through (iv) of paragraph (1)(B); and
- (B) that the health professions school involved has an enrollment of under-represented minorities above the national average for such enrollments of health professions schools.
- (1)
- (d)
- (1) Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) and meeting the conditions described in paragraph (2) or (5) of subsection (c) shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Center of Excellence in Under-Represented Minority Health Professions Education.
- (2) Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) and meeting the conditions described in subsection (c)(3) shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Hispanic Center of Excellence in Health Professions Education.
- (3) Any designated health professions school receiving a grant under subsection (a) and meeting the conditions described in subsection (c)(4) shall, for purposes of this section, be designated by the Secretary as a Native American Center of Excellence in Health Professions Education. Any consortium receiving such a grant pursuant to subsection (e) shall, for purposes of this section, be so designated.
- (e) With respect to meeting the conditions specified in subsection (c)(4), the Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) to a designated health professions school that does not meet such conditions if—
- (1) the school has formed a consortium in accordance with subsection (d)(1); and
- (2) the schools of the consortium collectively meet such conditions, without regard to whether the schools individually meet such conditions.
- (f) The period during which payments are made under a grant under subsection (a) may not exceed 5 years. Such payments shall be subject to annual approval by the Secretary and to the availability of appropriations for the fiscal year involved to make the payments.
- (g) In this section:
- (1)
- (A) The term “health professions school” means, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a school of medicine, a school of osteopathic medicine, a school of dentistry, a school of pharmacy, or a graduate program in behavioral or mental health.
- (B) The definition established in subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the use of the term “designated health professions school” for purposes of subsection (c)(2).
- (2) The term “program of excellence” means any program carried out by a designated health professions school with a grant made under subsection (a), if the program is for purposes for which the school involved is authorized in subsection (b) or (c) to expend the grant.
- (3) The term “Native Americans” means American Indians, Alaskan Natives, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians.
- (1)
- (h)
- (1) Based on the amount appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year, the following subparagraphs shall apply as appropriate:
- (A) If the amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year are $24,000,000 or less—
- (i) the Secretary shall make available $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(2)(A); and
- (ii) and 2 2 So in original. The word “and” probably should not appear. available after grants are made with funds under clause (i), the Secretary shall make available—
- (I) 60 percent of such amount for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) (including meeting the conditions under subsection (e)); and
- (II) 40 percent of such amount for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5).
- (B) If amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year exceed $24,000,000 but are less than $30,000,000—
- (i) 80 percent of such excess amounts shall be made available for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the requirements described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) (including meeting conditions pursuant to subsection (e)); and
- (ii) 20 percent of such excess amount shall be made available for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5).
- (C) If amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year exceed $30,000,000 but are less than $40,000,000, the Secretary shall make available—
- (i) not less than $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(2)(A);
- (ii) not less than $12,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) (including meeting conditions pursuant to subsection (e));
- (iii) not less than $6,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5); and
- (iv) after grants are made with funds under clauses (i) through (iii), any remaining excess amount for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (2)(A), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (c).
- (D) If amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year are $40,000,000 or more, the Secretary shall make available—
- (i) not less than $16,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(2)(A);
- (ii) not less than $16,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (3) or (4) of subsection (c) (including meeting conditions pursuant to subsection (e));
- (iii) not less than $8,000,000 for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in subsection (c)(5); and
- (iv) after grants are made with funds under clauses (i) through (iii), any remaining funds for grants under subsection (a) to health professions schools that meet the conditions described in paragraph (2)(A), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (c).
- (A) If the amounts appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year are $24,000,000 or less—
- (2) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as limiting the centers of excellence referred to in this section to the designated amount, or to preclude such entities from competing for grants under this section.
- (3)
- (A) With respect to activities for which a grant made under this part are authorized to be expended, the Secretary may not make such a grant to a center of excellence for any fiscal year unless the center agrees to maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the center for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the school receives such a grant.
- (B) With respect to any Federal amounts received by a center of excellence and available for carrying out activities for which a grant under this part is authorized to be expended, the center shall, before expending the grant, expend the Federal amounts obtained from sources other than the grant, unless given prior approval from the Secretary.
- (1) Based on the amount appropriated under subsection (i) for a fiscal year, the following subparagraphs shall apply as appropriate:
- (i) To carry out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated $23,711,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
§ 293a. Scholarships for disadvantaged students
- (a) The Secretary may make a grant to an eligible entity (as defined in subsection (d)(1)) under this section for the awarding of scholarships by schools to any full-time student who is an eligible individual as defined in subsection (d). Such scholarships may be expended only for tuition expenses, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living expenses incurred in the attendance of such school.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant to an entity under subsection (a) unless the health professions and nursing schools involved agree that, in providing scholarships pursuant to the grant, the schools will give preference to students for whom the costs of attending the schools would constitute a severe financial hardship and, notwithstanding other provisions of this section, to former recipients of scholarships under sections 293 and 293d(d)(2)(B) of this title (as such sections existed on the day before November 13, 1998 ).
- (c) In awarding grants to eligible entities that are health professions and nursing schools, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities based on the proportion of graduating students going into primary care, the proportion of underrepresented minority students, and the proportion of graduates working in medically underserved communities.
- (d) In this section:
- (1) The term “eligible entities” means an entity that—
- (A) is a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing (as defined in section 296 of this title ), pharmacy, podiatric medicine, optometry, veterinary medicine, public health, chiropractic, or allied health, a school offering a graduate program in behavioral and mental health practice, or an entity providing programs for the training of physician assistants; and
- (B) is carrying out a program for recruiting and retaining students from disadvantaged backgrounds, including students who are members of racial and ethnic minority groups.
- (2) The term “eligible individual” means an individual who—
- (A) is from a disadvantaged background;
- (B) has a financial need for a scholarship; and
- (C) is enrolled (or accepted for enrollment) at an eligible health professions or nursing school as a full-time student in a program leading to a degree in a health profession or nursing.
- (1) The term “eligible entities” means an entity that—
§ 293b. Loan repayments and fellowships regarding faculty positions
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish a program of entering into contracts with individuals described in paragraph (2) under which the individuals agree to serve as members of the faculties of schools described in paragraph (3) in consideration of the Federal Government agreeing to pay, for each year of such service, not more than $30,000 of the principal and interest of the educational loans of such individuals.
- (2) The individuals referred to in paragraph (1) are individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds who—
- (A) have a degree in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing, or another health profession;
- (B) are enrolled in an approved graduate training program in medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, nursing, or other health profession; or
- (C) are enrolled as full-time students—
- (i) in an accredited (as determined by the Secretary) school described in paragraph (3); and
- (ii) in the final year of a course of a study or program, offered by such institution and approved by the Secretary, leading to a degree from such a school.
- (3) The schools described in this paragraph are schools of medicine, nursing (as schools of nursing are defined in section 296 of this title ), osteopathic medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, allied health, podiatric medicine, optometry, veterinary medicine, or public health, schools offering physician assistant education programs, or schools offering graduate programs in behavioral and mental health.
- (4) The Secretary may not enter into a contract under paragraph (1) unless—
- (A) the individual involved has entered into a contract with a school described in paragraph (3) to serve as a member of the faculty of the school for not less than 2 years; and
- (B) the contract referred to in subparagraph (A) provides that—
- (i) the school will, for each year for which the individual will serve as a member of the faculty under the contract with the school, make payments of the principal and interest due on the educational loans of the individual for such year in an amount equal to the amount of such payments made by the Secretary for the year;
- (ii) the payments made by the school pursuant to clause (i) on behalf of the individual will be in addition to the pay that the individual would otherwise receive for serving as a member of such faculty; and
- (iii) the school, in making a determination of the amount of compensation to be provided by the school to the individual for serving as a member of the faculty, will make the determination without regard to the amount of payments made (or to be made) to the individual by the Federal Government under paragraph (1).
- (5) The provisions of sections 254m, 254p, and 254q–1 of this title shall apply to the program established in paragraph (1) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the National Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program established in subpart III of part D of subchapter II, including the applicability of provisions regarding reimbursements for increased tax liability and regarding bankruptcy.
- (6) The Secretary may waive the requirement established in paragraph (4)(B) if the Secretary determines that the requirement will impose an undue financial hardship on the school involved.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities to assist such entities in increasing the number of underrepresented minority individuals who are members of the faculty of such schools.
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under this subsection, an entity shall provide an assurance, in the application submitted by the entity, that—
- (A) amounts received under such a grant or contract will be used to award a fellowship to an individual only if the individual meets the requirements of paragraphs (3) and (4); and
- (B) each fellowship awarded pursuant to the grant or contract will include—
- (i) a stipend in an amount not exceeding 50 percent of the regular salary of a similar faculty member for not to exceed 3 years of training; and
- (ii) an allowance for other expenses, such as travel to professional meetings and costs related to specialized training.
- (3) To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1), an applicant shall demonstrate to the Secretary that such applicant has or will have the ability to—
- (A) identify, recruit and select underrepresented minority individuals who have the potential for teaching, administration, or conducting research at a health professions institution;
- (B) provide such individuals with the skills necessary to enable them to secure a tenured faculty position at such institution, which may include training with respect to pedagogical skills, program administration, the design and conduct of research, grants writing, and the preparation of articles suitable for publication in peer reviewed journals;
- (C) provide services designed to assist such individuals in their preparation for an academic career, including the provision of counselors; and
- (D) provide health services to rural or medically underserved populations.
- (4) To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under paragraph (1) an applicant shall—
- (A) provide an assurance that such applicant will make available (directly through cash donations) $1 for every $1 of Federal funds received under this section for the fellowship;
- (B) provide an assurance that institutional support will be provided for the individual for the second and third years at a level that is equal to the total amount of institutional funds provided in the year in which the grant or contract was awarded;
- (C) provide an assurance that the individual that will receive the fellowship will be a member of the faculty of the applicant school; and
- (D) provide an assurance that the individual that will receive the fellowship will have, at a minimum, appropriate advanced preparation (such as a master’s or doctoral degree) and special skills necessary to enable such individual to teach and practice.
- (5) For purposes of this subsection, the term “underrepresented minority individuals” means individuals who are members of racial or ethnic minority groups that are underrepresented in the health professions including nursing.
§ 293c. Educational assistance in the health professions regarding individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds
- (a)
- (1) For the purpose of assisting individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, as determined in accordance with criteria prescribed by the Secretary, to undertake education to enter a health profession, the Secretary may make grants to and enter into contracts with schools of medicine, osteopathic medicine, public health, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, allied health, chiropractic, and podiatric medicine, public and nonprofit private schools that offer graduate programs in behavioral and mental health, programs for the training of physician assistants, and other public or private nonprofit health or educational entities to assist in meeting the costs described in paragraph (2).
- (2) A grant or contract under paragraph (1) may be used by the entity to meet the cost of—
- (A) identifying, recruiting, and selecting individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds, as so determined, for education and training in a health profession;
- (B) facilitating the entry of such individuals into such a school;
- (C) providing counseling, mentoring, or other services designed to assist such individuals to complete successfully their education at such a school;
- (D) providing, for a period prior to the entry of such individuals into the regular course of education of such a school, preliminary education and health research training designed to assist them to complete successfully such regular course of education at such a school, or referring such individuals to institutions providing such preliminary education;
- (E) publicizing existing sources of financial aid available to students in the education program of such a school or who are undertaking training necessary to qualify them to enroll in such a program;
- (F) paying such scholarships as the Secretary may determine for such individuals for any period of health professions education at a health professions school;
- (G) paying such stipends as the Secretary may approve for such individuals for any period of education in student-enhancement programs (other than regular courses), except that such a stipend may not be provided to an individual for more than 12 months, and such a stipend shall be in an amount determined appropriate by the Secretary (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of stipends);
- (H) carrying out programs under which such individuals gain experience regarding a career in a field of primary health care through working at facilities of public or private nonprofit community-based providers of primary health services; and
- (I) conducting activities to develop a larger and more competitive applicant pool through partnerships with institutions of higher education, school districts, and other community-based entities.
- (3) In this section, the term “regular course of education of such a school” as used in subparagraph (D) includes a graduate program in behavioral or mental health.
- (b) In making awards to eligible entities under subsection (a)(1), the Secretary shall give preference to approved applications for programs that involve a comprehensive approach by several public or nonprofit private health or educational entities to establish, enhance and expand educational programs that will result in the development of a competitive applicant pool of individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds who desire to pursue health professions careers. In considering awards for such a comprehensive partnership approach, the following shall apply with respect to the entity involved:
- (1) The entity shall have a demonstrated commitment to such approach through formal agreements that have common objectives with institutions of higher education, school districts, and other community-based entities.
- (2) Such formal agreements shall reflect the coordination of educational activities and support services, increased linkages, and the consolidation of resources within a specific geographic area.
- (3) The design of the educational activities involved shall provide for the establishment of a competitive health professions applicant pool of individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds by enhancing the total preparation (academic and social) of such individuals to pursue a health professions career.
- (4) The programs or activities under the award shall focus on developing a culturally competent health care workforce that will serve the unserved and underserved populations within the geographic area.
- (c) The Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall ensure that services and activities under subsection (a) are adequately allocated among the various racial and ethnic populations who are from disadvantaged backgrounds.
- (d) The Secretary may require that an entity that applies for a grant or contract under subsection (a), provide non-Federal matching funds, as appropriate, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant or contract. As determined by the Secretary, such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.
§ 293d. Authorization of appropriation
- (a) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 293a of this title , $51,470,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025. Of the amount appropriated in any fiscal year, the Secretary shall ensure that not less than 16 percent shall be distributed to schools of nursing.
- (b) For the purpose of carrying out section 293b of this title , there is authorized to be appropriated, $1,190,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (c) For the purpose of grants and contracts under section 293c(a)(1) of this title , there is authorized to be appropriated $15,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025. The Secretary may use not to exceed 20 percent of the amount appropriated for a fiscal year under this subsection to provide scholarships under section 293c(a)(2)(F) of this title .
- (d) Not later than September 30, 2025 , and every five years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report concerning the efforts of the Secretary to address the need for a representative mix of individuals from historically minority health professions schools, or from institutions or other entities that historically or by geographic location have a demonstrated record of training or educating underrepresented minorities, within various health professions disciplines, on peer review councils.
§ 293e. Grants for health professions education
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may make awards of grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to public and nonprofit private entities (including tribal entities) for the development, evaluation, and dissemination of research, demonstration projects, and model curricula for cultural competency, prevention, public health proficiency, reducing health disparities, and aptitude for working with individuals with disabilities training for use in health professions schools and continuing education programs, and for other purposes determined as appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) Unless specifically required otherwise in this subchapter, the Secretary shall accept applications for grants or contracts under this section from health professions schools, academic health centers, State or local governments, or other appropriate public or private nonprofit entities (or consortia of entities, including entities promoting multidisciplinary approaches) for funding and participation in health professions training activities. The Secretary may accept applications from for-profit private entities as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall collaborate with health professional societies, licensing and accreditation entities, health professions schools, and experts in minority health and cultural competency, prevention, and public health and disability groups, community-based organizations, and other organizations as determined appropriate by the Secretary. The Secretary shall coordinate with curricula and research and demonstration projects developed under section 296e–1 of this title .
- (c)
- (1) Model curricula developed under this section shall be disseminated through the Internet Clearinghouse under section 270 1 1 So in original. Act July 1, 1944 , does not contain a section 270. and such other means as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) The Secretary shall evaluate the adoption and the implementation of cultural competency, prevention, and public health, and working with individuals with a disability training curricula, and the facilitate 2 2 So in original. inclusion of these competency measures in quality measurement systems as appropriate.
- (d) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2015.
§ 293j. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(2) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
§ 293j. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(2) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
§ 293k. Primary care training and enhancement
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to, or enter into contracts with, an accredited public or nonprofit private hospital, school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, academically affiliated physician assistant training program, or a public or private nonprofit entity which the Secretary has determined is capable of carrying out such grant or contract—
- (A) to plan, develop, operate, or participate in an accredited professional training program, including an accredited residency or internship program in the field of family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics for medical students, interns, residents, or practicing physicians as defined by the Secretary;
- (B) to provide need-based financial assistance in the form of traineeships and fellowships to medical students, interns, residents, practicing physicians, or other medical personnel, who are participants in any such program, and who plan to specialize or work in the practice of the fields defined in subparagraph (A);
- (C) to plan, develop, and operate a program for the training of physicians who plan to teach in family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics training programs;
- (D) to plan, develop, and operate a program for the training of physicians teaching in community-based settings;
- (E) to provide financial assistance in the form of traineeships and fellowships to physicians who are participants in any such programs and who plan to teach or conduct research in a family medicine, general internal medicine, or general pediatrics training program;
- (F) to plan, develop, and operate a physician assistant education program, and for the training of individuals who will teach in programs to provide such training;
- (G) to plan, develop, and operate a program that identifies or develops innovative models of providing care, and trains primary care physicians on such models and in new competencies, as recommended by the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry and the National Health Care Workforce Commission established in section 294q of this title , which may include—
- (i) providing training to primary care physicians relevant to providing care through patient-centered medical homes (as defined by the Secretary for purposes of this section);
- (ii) developing tools and curricula relevant to patient-centered medical homes; and
- (iii) providing continuing education to primary care physicians relevant to patient-centered medical homes; and
- (H) to plan, develop, and operate joint degree programs to provide interdisciplinary and interprofessional graduate training in public health and other health professions to provide training in environmental health, infectious disease control, disease prevention and health promotion, epidemiological studies and injury control.
- (2) The period during which payments are made to an entity from an award of a grant or contract under this subsection shall be 5 years.
- (3) In awarding grants or contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary may give priority to qualified applicants that train residents in rural areas, including for Tribes or Tribal Organizations in such areas.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to, or enter into contracts with, an accredited public or nonprofit private hospital, school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, academically affiliated physician assistant training program, or a public or private nonprofit entity which the Secretary has determined is capable of carrying out such grant or contract—
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to or enter into contracts with accredited schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine to establish, maintain, or improve—
- (A) academic units or programs that improve clinical teaching and research in fields defined in subsection (a)(1)(A); or
- (B) programs that integrate academic administrative units in fields defined in subsection (a)(1)(A) to enhance interdisciplinary recruitment, training, and faculty development.
- (2) In making awards of grants and contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant for such an award that agrees to expend the award for the purpose of—
- (A) establishing academic units or programs in fields defined in subsection (a)(1)(A); or
- (B) substantially expanding such units or programs.
- (3) In awarding grants or contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give priority to qualified applicants that—
- (A) proposes 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “propose”. a collaborative project between academic administrative units of primary care;
- (B) proposes 1 innovative approaches to clinical teaching using models of primary care, such as the patient centered medical home, team management of chronic disease, and interprofessional integrated models of health care that incorporate transitions in health care settings and integration physical and mental health provision;
- (C) have a record of training the greatest percentage of providers, or that have demonstrated significant improvements in the percentage of providers trained, who enter and remain in primary care practice;
- (D) have a record of training individuals who are from underrepresented minority groups or from a rural or disadvantaged background;
- (E) provide training in the care of vulnerable populations such as children, older adults, homeless individuals, victims of abuse or trauma, individuals with mental health or substance use disorders, individuals with HIV/AIDS, and individuals with disabilities;
- (F) establish formal relationships and submit joint applications with federally qualified health centers, rural health clinics, area health education centers, or clinics located in underserved areas or that serve underserved populations;
- (G) teach trainees the skills to provide interprofessional, integrated care through collaboration among health professionals;
- (H) provide training in enhanced communication with patients, evidence-based practice, chronic disease management, preventive care, health information technology, or other competencies as recommended by the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry and the National Health Care Workforce Commission established in section 294q of this title ; or
- (I) provide training in cultural competency and health literacy.
- (4) The period during which payments are made to an entity from an award of a grant or contract under this subsection shall be 5 years.
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to or enter into contracts with accredited schools of medicine or osteopathic medicine to establish, maintain, or improve—
- (c)
- (1) For purposes of carrying out this section (other than subsection (b)(1)(B)), there are authorized to be appropriated $48,924,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (2) Fifteen percent of the amount appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) in each such fiscal year shall be allocated to the physician assistant training programs described in subsection (a)(1)(F), which prepare students for practice in primary care.
- (3) For purposes of carrying out subsection (b)(1)(B), there are authorized to be appropriated $750,000 for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 293l. Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry
- (a) The Secretary shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary Care Medicine and Dentistry (in this section referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall determine the appropriate number of individuals to serve on the Advisory Committee. Such individuals shall not be officers or employees of the Federal Government.
- (2) Not later than 90 days after November 13, 1998 , the Secretary shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee from among individuals who are health professionals. In making such appointments, the Secretary shall ensure a fair balance between the health professions, that at least 75 percent of the members of the Advisory Committee are health professionals, a broad geographic representation of members and a balance between urban and rural members. Members shall be appointed based on their competence, interest, and knowledge of the mission of the profession involved.
- (3) In appointing the members of the Advisory Committee under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall ensure the adequate representation of women and minorities.
- (c)
- (1) A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—
- (A) ⅓ of such members shall serve for a term of 1 year;
- (B) ⅓ of such members shall serve for a term of 2 years; and
- (C) ⅓ of such members shall serve for a term of 3 years.
- (2)
- (A) A vacancy on the Advisory Committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall be subject to any conditions which applied with respect to the original appointment.
- (B) An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member replaced.
- (1) A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—
- (d) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary concerning policy and program development and other matters of significance concerning the activities under section 293k of this title ;
- (2) not later than 3 years after November 13, 1998 , and annually thereafter, prepare and submit to the Secretary, and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings and recommendations made by the Committee concerning the activities under section 293k of this title ;
- (3) develop, publish, and implement performance measures for programs under this part;
- (4) develop and publish guidelines for longitudinal evaluations (as described in section 294n(d)(2) of this title ) for programs under this part; and
- (5) recommend appropriation levels for programs under this part.
- (e)
- (1) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than 2 times each year. Such meetings shall be held jointly with other related entities established under this subchapter where appropriate.
- (2) Not later than 14 days prior to the convening of a meeting under paragraph (1), the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available an agenda of the matters to be considered by the Advisory Committee at such meeting. At any such meeting, the Advisory Council 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “Committee”. shall distribute materials with respect to the issues to be addressed at the meeting. Not later than 30 days after the adjourning of such a meeting, the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available a summary of the meeting and any actions taken by the Committee based upon the meeting.
- (f)
- (1) Each member of the Advisory Committee shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Committee.
- (2) The members of the Advisory Committee shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Committee.
- (g) The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall apply to the Advisory Committee under this section only to the extent that the provisions of such Act do not conflict with the requirements of this section.
§ 293m. Rural physician training grants
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall establish a grant program for the purposes of assisting eligible entities in recruiting students most likely to practice medicine in underserved rural communities, providing rural-focused training and experience, and increasing the number of recent allopathic and osteopathic medical school graduates who practice in underserved rural communities.
- (b) In order to be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall—
- (1) be a school of allopathic or osteopathic medicine accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association approved by the Secretary for this purpose, or any combination or consortium of such schools; and
- (2) submit an application to the Secretary that includes a certification that such entity will use amounts provided to the institution as described in subsection (d)(1).
- (c) In awarding grant funds under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that—
- (1) demonstrate a record of successfully training students, as determined by the Secretary, who practice medicine in underserved rural communities;
- (2) demonstrate that an existing academic program of the eligible entity produces a high percentage, as determined by the Secretary, of graduates from such program who practice medicine in underserved rural communities;
- (3) demonstrate rural community institutional partnerships, through such mechanisms as matching or contributory funding, documented in-kind services for implementation, or existence of training partners with interprofessional expertise in community health center training locations or other similar facilities; or
- (4) submit, as part of the application of the entity under subsection (b), a plan for the long-term tracking of where the graduates of such entity practice medicine.
- (d)
- (1) An eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall use the funds made available under such grant to establish, improve, or expand a rural-focused training program (referred to in this section as the “Program”) meeting the requirements described in this subsection and to carry out such program.
- (2) An eligible entity shall—
- (A) enroll no fewer than 10 students per class year into the Program; and
- (B) develop criteria for admission to the Program that gives priority to students—
- (i) who have originated from or lived for a period of 2 or more years in an underserved rural community; and
- (ii) who express a commitment to practice medicine in an underserved rural community.
- (3) The Program shall require students to enroll in didactic coursework and clinical experience particularly applicable to medical practice in underserved rural communities, including—
- (A) clinical rotations in underserved rural communities, and in applicable specialties, or other coursework or clinical experience deemed appropriate by the Secretary; and
- (B) in addition to core school curricula, additional coursework or training experiences focused on medical issues prevalent in underserved rural communities.
- (4) Where available, the Program shall assist all students of the Program in obtaining clinical training experiences in locations with postgraduate programs offering residency training opportunities in underserved rural communities, or in local residency training programs that support and train physicians to practice in underserved rural communities.
- (5) The Program shall provide and require all students of the Program to participate in group activities designed to further develop, maintain, and reinforce the original commitment of such students to practice in an underserved rural community.
- (e) An eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on the success of the Program, based on criteria the Secretary determines appropriate, including the residency program selection of graduating students who participated in the Program.
- (f) Not later than 60 days after March 23, 2010 , the Secretary shall by regulation define “underserved rural community” for purposes of this section.
- (g) Any eligible entity receiving funds under this section shall use such funds to supplement, not supplant, any other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended by such entity to carry out the activities described in this section.
- (h) With respect to activities for which funds awarded under this section are to be expended, the entity shall agree to maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the entity receives a grant under this section.
- (i) There are authorized to be appropriated $4,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2013.
§ 293p. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(4) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3539
§§ 293n to 293p. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 102(4) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3539
§ 294. General provisions
- (a) To be eligible to receive assistance under this part, an academic institution shall use such assistance in collaboration with 2 or more disciplines.
- (b) An entity shall use assistance under this part to carry out innovative demonstration projects for strategic workforce supplementation activities as needed to meet national goals for interdisciplinary, community-based linkages. Such assistance may be used consistent with this part—
- (1) to develop and support training programs;
- (2) for faculty development;
- (3) for model demonstration programs;
- (4) for the provision of stipends for fellowship trainees;
- (5) to provide technical assistance; and
- (6) for other activities that will produce outcomes consistent with the purposes of this part.
§ 294a. Area health education centers
- (a) The Secretary shall make the following 2 types of awards in accordance with this section:
- (1) The Secretary shall make awards to eligible entities to enable such entities to initiate health care workforce educational programs or to continue to carry out comparable programs that are operating at the time the award is made by planning, developing, operating, and evaluating an area health education center program.
- (2) The Secretary shall make awards to eligible entities to maintain and improve the effectiveness and capabilities of an existing area health education center program, and make other modifications to the program that are appropriate due to changes in demographics, needs of the populations served, or other similar issues affecting the area health education center program. For the purposes of this section, the term “Program” refers to the area health education center program.
- (b)
- (1)
- (A) For purposes of subsection (a)(1), the term “eligible entity” means a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, an incorporated consortium of such schools, or the parent institutions of such a school. With respect to a State in which no area health education center program is in operation, the Secretary may award a grant or contract under subsection (a)(1) to a school of nursing.
- (B) For purposes of subsection (a)(2), the term “eligible entity” means an entity that has received funds under this section, is operating an area health education center program, including an area health education center or centers, and has a center or centers that are no longer eligible to receive financial assistance under subsection (a)(1).
- (2) An eligible entity desiring to receive an award under this section shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (1)
- (c)
- (1) An eligible entity shall use amounts awarded under a grant under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) to carry out the following activities:
- (A) Develop and implement strategies, in coordination with the applicable one-stop delivery system under section 3151(e) of title 29 , to recruit individuals from underrepresented minority populations or from disadvantaged or rural backgrounds into health professions, and support such individuals in attaining such careers.
- (B) Develop and implement strategies to foster and provide community-based training and education to individuals seeking careers in health professions within underserved areas for the purpose of developing and maintaining a diverse health care workforce that is prepared to deliver high-quality care, with an emphasis on primary care, in underserved areas or for health disparity populations, in collaboration with other Federal and State health care workforce development programs, the State workforce agency, and local workforce investment boards, and in health care safety net sites.
- (C) Prepare individuals to more effectively provide health services to underserved areas and health disparity populations through field placements or preceptorships in conjunction with community-based organizations, accredited primary care residency training programs, Federally qualified health centers, rural health clinics, public health departments, or other appropriate facilities.
- (D) Conduct and participate in interdisciplinary training that involves physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, dentists, psychologists, pharmacists, optometrists, community health workers, public and allied health professionals, or other health professionals, as practicable.
- (E) Deliver or facilitate continuing education and information dissemination programs for health care professionals, with an emphasis on individuals providing care in underserved areas and for health disparity populations.
- (F) Propose and implement effective program and outcomes measurement and evaluation strategies.
- (G) Establish a youth public health program to expose and recruit high school students into health careers, with a focus on careers in public health.
- (2) An eligible entity may use amounts awarded under a grant under subsection (a)(1) or subsection (a)(2) to carry out any of the following activities:
- (A) Develop and implement innovative curricula in collaboration with community-based accredited primary care residency training programs, Federally qualified health centers, rural health clinics, behavioral and mental health facilities, public health departments, or other appropriate facilities, with the goal of increasing the number of primary care physicians and other primary care providers prepared to serve in underserved areas and health disparity populations.
- (B) Coordinate community-based participatory research with academic health centers, and facilitate rapid flow and dissemination of evidence-based health care information, research results, and best practices to improve quality, efficiency, and effectiveness of health care and health care systems within community settings.
- (C) Develop and implement other strategies to address identified workforce needs and increase and enhance the health care workforce in the area served by the area health education center program.
- (1) An eligible entity shall use amounts awarded under a grant under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) to carry out the following activities:
- (d)
- (1) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall ensure the following:
- (A) An entity that receives an award under this section shall conduct at least 10 percent of clinical education required for medical students in community settings that are removed from the primary teaching facility of the contracting institution for grantees that operate a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine. In States in which an entity that receives an award under this section is a nursing school or its parent institution, the Secretary shall alternatively ensure that—
- (i) the nursing school conducts at least 10 percent of clinical education required for nursing students in community settings that are remote from the primary teaching facility of the school; and
- (ii) the entity receiving the award maintains a written agreement with a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine to place students from that school in training sites in the area health education center program area.
- (B) An entity receiving funds under subsection (a)(2) does not distribute such funding to a center that is eligible to receive funding under subsection (a)(1).
- (A) An entity that receives an award under this section shall conduct at least 10 percent of clinical education required for medical students in community settings that are removed from the primary teaching facility of the contracting institution for grantees that operate a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine. In States in which an entity that receives an award under this section is a nursing school or its parent institution, the Secretary shall alternatively ensure that—
- (2) The Secretary shall ensure that each area health education center program includes at least 1 area health education center, and that each such center—
- (A) is a public or private organization whose structure, governance, and operation is independent from the awardee and the parent institution of the awardee;
- (B) is not a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, the parent institution of such a school, or a branch campus or other subunit of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine or its parent institution, or a consortium of such entities;
- (C) designates an underserved area or population to be served by the center which is in a location removed from the main location of the teaching facilities of the schools participating in the program with such center and does not duplicate, in whole or in part, the geographic area or population served by any other center;
- (D) fosters networking and collaboration among communities and between academic health centers and community-based centers;
- (E) serves communities with a demonstrated need of health professionals in partnership with academic medical centers;
- (F) addresses the health care workforce needs of the communities served in coordination with the public workforce investment system; and
- (G) has a community-based governing or advisory board that reflects the diversity of the communities involved.
- (1) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall ensure the following:
- (e) With respect to the costs of operating a program through a grant under this section, to be eligible for financial assistance under this section, an entity shall make available (directly or through contributions from State, county or municipal governments, or the private sector) recurring non-Federal contributions in cash or in kind, toward such costs in an amount that is equal to not less than 50 percent of such costs. At least 25 percent of the total required non-Federal contributions shall be in cash. An entity may apply to the Secretary for a waiver of not more than 75 percent of the matching fund amount required by the entity for each of the first 3 years the entity is funded through a grant under subsection (a)(1).
- (f) Not less than 75 percent of the total amount provided to an area health education center program under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) shall be allocated to the area health education centers participating in the program under this section. To provide needed flexibility to newly funded area health education center programs, the Secretary may waive the requirement in the sentence for the first 2 years of a new area health education center program funded under subsection (a)(1).
- (g) An award to an entity under this section shall be not less than $250,000 annually per area health education center included in the program involved. If amounts appropriated to carry out this section are not sufficient to comply with the preceding sentence, the Secretary may reduce the per center amount provided for in such sentence as necessary, provided the distribution established in subsection (j)(2) is maintained.
- (h)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the period during which payments may be made under an award under subsection (a)(1) may not exceed—
- (A) in the case of a program, 12 years; or
- (B) in the case of a center within a program, 6 years.
- (2) The periods described in paragraph (1) shall not apply to programs receiving point of service maintenance and enhancement awards under subsection (a)(2) to maintain existing centers and activities.
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the period during which payments may be made under an award under subsection (a)(1) may not exceed—
- (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, section 295j(a) of this title shall not apply to an area health education center funded under this section.
- (j)
- (1) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $41,250,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (2) Of the amounts appropriated for a fiscal year under paragraph (1)—
- (A) not more than 35 percent shall be used for awards under subsection (a)(1);
- (B) not less than 60 percent shall be used for awards under subsection (a)(2);
- (C) not more than 1 percent shall be used for grants and contracts to implement outcomes evaluation for the area health education centers; and
- (D) not more than 4 percent shall be used for grants and contracts to provide technical assistance to entities receiving awards under this section.
- (3) An entity that receives an award under this section may carry over funds from 1 fiscal year to another without obtaining approval from the Secretary. In no case may any funds be carried over pursuant to the preceding sentence for more than 3 years.
- (k) It is the sense of the Congress that every State have an area health education center program in effect under this section.
§ 294b. Continuing educational support for health professionals serving in underserved communities
- (a) The Secretary shall make grants to, and enter into contracts with, eligible entities to improve health care, increase retention, increase representation of minority faculty members, enhance the practice environment, and provide information dissemination and educational support to reduce professional isolation through the timely dissemination of research findings using relevant resources.
- (b) For purposes of this section, the term “eligible entity” means an entity described in section 295 o –1(b) of this title.
- (c) An eligible entity desiring to receive an award under this section shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (d) An eligible entity shall use amounts awarded under a grant or contract under this section to provide innovative supportive activities to enhance education through distance learning, continuing educational activities, collaborative conferences, and electronic and telelearning activities, with priority for primary care.
- (e) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014, and such sums as may be necessary for each subsequent fiscal year.
§ 294c. Education and training relating to geriatrics
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under this subsection to entities described in paragraph (1), (3), or (4) of section 295p of this title , section 296(2) of this title , or section 298(d) of this title , or other health professions schools or programs approved by the Secretary, for the establishment or operation of Geriatrics Workforce Enhancement Programs that meet the requirements of paragraph (2).
- (2)
- (A) A Geriatrics Workforce Enhancement Program receiving an award under this section shall support the training of health professionals in geriatrics, including traineeships or fellowships. Such programs shall emphasize, as appropriate, patient and family engagement, integration of geriatrics with primary care and other appropriate specialties, and collaboration with community partners to address gaps in health care for older adults.
- (B) Activities conducted by a program under this section may include the following:
- (i) Clinical training on providing integrated geriatrics and primary care delivery services.
- (ii) Interprofessional training to practitioners from multiple disciplines and specialties, including training on the provision of care to older adults.
- (iii) Establishing or maintaining training-related community-based programs for older adults and caregivers to improve health outcomes for older adults.
- (iv) Providing education on Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias to families and caregivers of older adults, direct care workers, and health professions students, faculty, and providers.
- (3) Each grant, contract, or cooperative agreement or contract awarded under paragraph (1) shall be for a period not to exceed 5 years.
- (4) To be eligible to receive a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1), an entity described in such paragraph shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (5)
- (A) In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
- (i) shall give priority to programs that demonstrate coordination with another Federal or State program or another public or private entity;
- (ii) shall give priority to applicants with programs or activities that are expected to substantially benefit rural or medically underserved populations of older adults, or serve older adults in Indian Tribes or Tribal organizations; and
- (iii) may give priority to any program that—
- (I) integrates geriatrics into primary care practice;
- (II) provides training to integrate geriatric care into other specialties across care settings, including practicing clinical specialists, health care administrators, faculty without backgrounds in geriatrics, and students from all health professions;
- (III) emphasizes integration of geriatric care into existing service delivery locations and care across settings, including primary care clinics, medical homes, Federally qualified health centers, ambulatory care clinics, critical access hospitals, emergency care, assisted living and nursing facilities, and home- and community-based services, which may include adult daycare;
- (IV) supports the training and retraining of faculty, primary care providers, other direct care providers, and other appropriate professionals on geriatrics;
- (V) emphasizes education and engagement of family caregivers on disease management and strategies to meet the needs of caregivers of older adults; or
- (VI) proposes to conduct outreach to communities that have a shortage of geriatric workforce professionals.
- (B) In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to entities that provide services in areas with a shortage of geriatric workforce professionals.
- (A) In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
- (6) The Secretary may provide awardees with additional support for activities in areas of demonstrated need, which may include education and training for home health workers, family caregivers, and direct care workers on care for older adults.
- (7)
- (A) Each entity awarded a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on the activities conducted under such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, which may include information on the number of trainees, the number of professions and disciplines, the number of partnerships with health care delivery sites, the number of faculty and practicing professionals who participated in such programs, and other information, as the Secretary may require.
- (B) Not later than 4 years after the date of enactment of the Title VII Health Care Workforce Reauthorization Act of 2019 1 1 See References in Text note below. and every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that provides a summary of the activities and outcomes associated with grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements made under this section. Such reports shall include—
- (i) information on the number of trainees, faculty, and professionals who participated in programs under this section;
- (ii) information on the impact of the program conducted under this section on the health status of older adults, including in areas with a shortage of health professionals; and
- (iii) information on outreach and education provided under this section to families and caregivers of older adults.
- (C) The Secretary shall make reports submitted under paragraph (B) publically available on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall, as appropriate, establish or maintain a program to provide geriatric academic career awards to eligible entities applying on behalf of eligible individuals to promote the career development of such individuals as academic geriatricians or other academic geriatrics health professionals.
- (2)
- (A) For purposes of this subsection, the term “eligible entity” means—
- (i) an entity described in paragraph (1), (3), or (4) of section 295p of this title or section 296(2) of this title ; or
- (ii) another accredited health professions school or graduate program approved by the Secretary.
- (B) For purposes of this subsection, the term “eligible individual” means an individual who—
- (i)
- (I) is board certified or board eligible in internal medicine, family practice, psychiatry, or licensed dentistry, or has completed required training in a discipline and is employed in an accredited health professions school or graduate program that is approved by the Secretary; or
- (II) has completed an approved fellowship program in geriatrics, or has completed specialty training in geriatrics as required by the discipline and any additional geriatrics training as required by the Secretary; and
- (ii) has a junior, nontenured, faculty appointment at an accredited health professions school or graduate program in geriatrics or a geriatrics health profession.
- (i)
- (C) If an eligible individual is promoted during the period of an award under this subsection and thereby no longer meets the criteria of subparagraph (B)(ii), the individual shall continue to be treated as an eligible individual through the term of the award.
- (A) For purposes of this subsection, the term “eligible entity” means—
- (3) In order to receive an award under paragraph (1), an eligible entity, on behalf of an eligible individual, shall—
- (A) submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require;
- (B) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary may require, assurances that the eligible individual will meet the service requirement described in paragraph (6); and
- (C) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary may require, assurances that the individual has a full-time faculty appointment in a health professions institution and documented commitment from such eligible entity that the individual will spend 75 percent of the individual’s time that is supported by the award on teaching and developing skills in interdisciplinary education in geriatrics.
- (4) In making awards under this subsection, the Secretary shall seek to ensure geographical distribution among award recipients, including among rural or medically underserved areas of the United States.
- (5)
- (A) The amount of an award under this subsection shall be at least $75,000 for fiscal year 2021, adjusted for subsequent years in accordance with the consumer price index. The Secretary shall determine the amount of an award under this subsection for individuals who are not physicians.
- (B) The Secretary shall make awards under paragraph (1) for a period not to exceed 5 years.
- (6) An individual who receives an award under this subsection shall provide training in clinical geriatrics, including the training of interprofessional teams of health care professionals. The provision of such training shall constitute at least 75 percent of the obligations of such individual under the award.
- (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, section 295j(a) of this title shall not apply to awards made under this section.
- (d) There is authorized to be appropriated $40,737,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025 for purposes of carrying out this section.
§ 294d. Quentin N. Burdick program for rural interdisciplinary training
- (a) The Secretary may make grants or contracts under this section to help entities fund authorized activities under an application approved under subsection (c).
- (b)
- (1) Amounts provided under subsection (a) shall be used by the recipients to fund interdisciplinary training projects designed to—
- (A) use innovative or evidence-based methods to train health care practitioners to provide services in rural areas;
- (B) demonstrate and evaluate innovative interdisciplinary methods and models designed to provide access to cost-effective comprehensive health care;
- (C) deliver health care services to individuals residing in rural areas;
- (D) enhance the amount of relevant research conducted concerning health care issues in rural areas; and
- (E) increase the recruitment and retention of health care practitioners from rural areas and make rural practice a more attractive career choice for health care practitioners.
- (2) A recipient of funds under subsection (a) may use various methods in carrying out the projects described in paragraph (1), including—
- (A) the distribution of stipends to students of eligible applicants;
- (B) the establishment of a post-doctoral fellowship program;
- (C) the training of faculty in the economic and logistical problems confronting rural health care delivery systems; or
- (D) the purchase or rental of transportation and telecommunication equipment where the need for such equipment due to unique characteristics of the rural area is demonstrated by the recipient.
- (3)
- (A) An applicant shall not use more than 10 percent of the funds made available to such applicant under subsection (a) for administrative expenses.
- (B) Not more than 10 percent of the individuals receiving training with funds made available to an applicant under subsection (a) shall be trained as doctors of medicine or doctors of osteopathy.
- (C) An institution that receives a grant under this section shall use amounts received under such grant to supplement, not supplant, amounts made available by such institution for activities of the type described in subsection (b)(1) in the fiscal year preceding the year for which the grant is received.
- (1) Amounts provided under subsection (a) shall be used by the recipients to fund interdisciplinary training projects designed to—
- (c) Applications submitted for assistance under this section shall—
- (1) be jointly submitted by at least two eligible applicants with the express purpose of assisting individuals in academic institutions in establishing long-term collaborative relationships with health care providers in rural areas; and
- (2) designate a rural health care agency or agencies for clinical treatment or training, including hospitals, community health centers, migrant health centers, rural health clinics, community behavioral and mental health centers, long-term care facilities, Native Hawaiian health centers, or facilities operated by the Indian Health Service or an Indian tribe or tribal organization or Indian organization under a contract with the Indian Health Service under the Indian Self-Determination Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5321 et seq.].
- (d) For the purposes of this section, the term “rural” means geographic areas that are located outside of standard metropolitan statistical areas.
§ 294e. Allied health and other disciplines
- (a) The Secretary may make grants or contracts under this section to help entities fund activities of the type described in subsection (b).
- (b) Activities of the type described in this subsection include the following:
- (1) Assisting entities in meeting the costs associated with expanding or establishing programs that will increase the number of individuals trained in allied health professions. Programs and activities funded under this paragraph may include—
- (A) those that expand enrollments in allied health professions with the greatest shortages or whose services are most needed by geriatric populations or for maternal and child health;
- (B) those that provide rapid transition training programs in allied health fields to individuals who have baccalaureate degrees in health-related sciences;
- (C) those that establish community-based allied health training programs that link academic centers to rural clinical settings;
- (D) those that provide career advancement training for practicing allied health professionals;
- (E) those that expand or establish clinical training sites for allied health professionals in medically underserved or rural communities in order to increase the number of individuals trained;
- (F) those that develop curriculum that will emphasize knowledge and practice in the areas of prevention and health promotion, geriatrics, long-term care, home health and hospice care, and ethics;
- (G) those that expand or establish interdisciplinary training programs that promote the effectiveness of allied health practitioners in geriatric assessment and the rehabilitation of the elderly;
- (H) those that expand or establish demonstration centers to emphasize innovative models to link allied health clinical practice, education, and research;
- (I) those that provide financial assistance (in the form of traineeships) to students who are participants in any such program; and
- (i) who plan to pursue a career in an allied health field that has a demonstrated personnel shortage; and
- (ii) who agree upon completion of the training program to practice in a medically underserved community;
- (J) those to meet the costs of projects to plan, develop, and operate or maintain graduate programs in behavioral and mental health practice.
- (2) Planning and implementing projects in preventive and primary care training for podiatric physicians in approved or provisionally approved residency programs that shall provide financial assistance in the form of traineeships to residents who participate in such projects and who plan to specialize in primary care.
- (3) Carrying out demonstration projects in which chiropractors and physicians collaborate to identify and provide effective treatment for spinal and lower-back conditions.
- (1) Assisting entities in meeting the costs associated with expanding or establishing programs that will increase the number of individuals trained in allied health professions. Programs and activities funded under this paragraph may include—
§ 294f. Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages
- (a) The Secretary shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Interdisciplinary, Community-Based Linkages (in this section referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall determine the appropriate number of individuals to serve on the Advisory Committee. Such individuals shall not be officers or employees of the Federal Government.
- (2) Not later than 90 days after November 13, 1998 , the Secretary shall appoint the members of the Advisory Committee from among individuals who are health professionals from schools of the types described in sections 294a(b)(1)(A), 294c(b), and 294e(b) of this title. In making such appointments, the Secretary shall ensure a fair balance between the health professions, that at least 75 percent of the members of the Advisory Committee are health professionals, a broad geographic representation of members and a balance between urban and rural members. Members shall be appointed based on their competence, interest, and knowledge of the mission of the profession involved.
- (3) In appointing the members of the Advisory Committee under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall ensure the adequate representation of women and minorities.
- (c)
- (1) A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—
- (A) ⅓ of the members shall serve for a term of 1 year;
- (B) ⅓ of the members shall serve for a term of 2 years; and
- (C) ⅓ of the members shall serve for a term of 3 years.
- (2)
- (A) A vacancy on the Advisory Committee shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall be subject to any conditions which applied with respect to the original appointment.
- (B) An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member replaced.
- (1) A member of the Advisory Committee shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that of the members first appointed—
- (d) The Advisory Committee shall—
- (1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary concerning policy and program development and other matters of significance concerning the activities under this part;
- (2) not later than 3 years after November 13, 1998 , and annually thereafter, prepare and submit to the Secretary, and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the activities of the Committee, including findings and recommendations made by the Committee concerning the activities under this part;
- (3) develop, publish, and implement performance measures for programs under this part;
- (4) develop and publish guidelines for longitudinal evaluations (as described in section 294n(d)(2) of this title ) for programs under this part; and
- (5) recommend appropriation levels for programs under this part.
- (e)
- (1) The Advisory Committee shall meet not less than 3 times each year. Such meetings shall be held jointly with other related entities established under this subchapter where appropriate.
- (2) Not later than 14 days prior to the convening of a meeting under paragraph (1), the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available an agenda of the matters to be considered by the Advisory Committee at such meeting. At any such meeting, the Advisory Council 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “Committee”. shall distribute materials with respect to the issues to be addressed at the meeting. Not later than 30 days after the adjourning of such a meeting, the Advisory Committee shall prepare and make available a summary of the meeting and any actions taken by the Committee based upon the meeting.
- (f)
- (1) Each member of the Advisory Committee shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Committee.
- (2) The members of the Advisory Committee shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Committee.
- (g) The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall apply to the Advisory Committee under this section only to the extent that the provisions of such Act do not conflict with the requirements of this section.
§ 294g. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–148, title V, § 5306(a)(1) , Mar. 23, 2010 , 124 Stat. 626
§ 294g. Repealed. Pub. L. 111–148, title V, § 5306(a)(1) , Mar. 23, 2010 , 124 Stat. 626
§ 294h. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–4, title V, § 501(b)(2) , Mar. 7, 2013 , 127 Stat. 101
§ 294h. Repealed. Pub. L. 113–4, title V, § 501(b)(2) , Mar. 7, 2013 , 127 Stat. 101
§ 294i. Program for education and training in pain care
- (a) The Secretary may make awards of grants, cooperative agreements, and contracts to health professions schools, hospices, tribal health programs (as defined in section 1603 of title 25 ), and other public and nonprofit private entities for the development and implementation of programs to provide education and training to health care professionals in pain care.
- (b) An entity receiving an award under this section shall develop a comprehensive education and training plan that includes information and education on—
- (1) recognized means for assessing, diagnosing, preventing, treating, and managing pain and related signs and symptoms, including non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments and the medically appropriate use of controlled substances;
- (2) applicable Federal, State, and local laws, regulations, rules, and policies on controlled substances, including opioids;
- (3) interdisciplinary approaches to the delivery of pain care, including delivery through specialized centers providing comprehensive pain care treatment expertise, integrated, evidence-based pain management, and, as appropriate, non-pharmacotherapy;
- (4) cultural, linguistic, literacy, geographic, and other barriers to care in underserved populations;
- (5) recent findings, developments, and advancements in pain care research and the provision of pain care, which may include non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments intended to treat pain; and
- (6) the dangers of opioid abuse and misuse, detection of early warning signs of opioid use disorders (which may include best practices related to screening for opioid use disorders, training on screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment), and safe disposal options for prescription medications (including such options provided by law enforcement or other innovative deactivation mechanisms).
- (c) The Secretary shall (directly or through grants or contracts) provide for the evaluation of programs implemented under subsection (a) in order to determine the effect of such programs on knowledge and practice of pain care.
- (d) For purposes of this section the term “pain care” means the assessment, diagnosis, prevention, treatment, or management of acute or chronic pain regardless of causation or body location.
- (e) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2019 through 2023. Amounts appropriated under this subsection shall remain available until expended.
§ 294j. Demonstration program to integrate quality improvement and patient safety training into clinical education of health professionals
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to eligible entities or consortia under this section to carry out demonstration projects to develop and implement academic curricula that integrates 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “integrate”. quality improvement and patient safety in the clinical education of health professionals. Such awards shall be made on a competitive basis and pursuant to peer review.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity or consortium shall—
- (1) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require;
- (2) be or include—
- (A) a health professions school;
- (B) a school of public health;
- (C) a school of social work;
- (D) a school of nursing;
- (E) a school of pharmacy;
- (F) an institution with a graduate medical education program; or
- (G) a school of health care administration;
- (3) collaborate in the development of curricula described in subsection (a) with an organization that accredits such school or institution;
- (4) provide for the collection of data regarding the effectiveness of the demonstration project; and
- (5) provide matching funds in accordance with subsection (c).
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may award a grant to an entity or consortium under this section only if the entity or consortium agrees to make available non-Federal contributions toward the costs of the program to be funded under the grant in an amount that is not less than $1 for each $5 of Federal funds provided under the grant.
- (2) Non-Federal contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including equipment or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such contributions.
- (d) The Secretary shall take such action as may be necessary to evaluate the projects funded under this section and publish, make publicly available, and disseminate the results of such evaluations on as wide a basis as is practicable.
- (e) Not later than 2 years after March 23, 2010 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives a report that—
- (1) describes the specific projects supported under this section; and
- (2) contains recommendations for Congress based on the evaluation conducted under subsection (d).
§ 294k. Training demonstration program
- (a) The Secretary shall establish a training demonstration program to award grants to eligible entities to support—
- (1) training for medical residents and fellows to practice psychiatry and addiction medicine in underserved, community-based settings that integrate primary care with mental and substance use disorders prevention and treatment services;
- (2) training for nurse practitioners, physician assistants, health service psychologists, and social workers to provide mental and substance use disorders services in underserved community-based settings that integrate primary care and mental and substance use disorders services; and
- (3) establishing, maintaining, or improving academic units or programs that—
- (A) provide training for students or faculty, including through clinical experiences and research, to improve the ability to be able to recognize, diagnose, and treat mental and substance use disorders, with a special focus on addiction; or
- (B) develop evidence-based practices or recommendations for the design of the units or programs described in subparagraph (A), including curriculum content standards.
- (b)
- (1) A recipient of a grant under subsection (a)(1)—
- (A) shall use the grant funds—
- (i)
- (I) to plan, develop, and operate a training program for medical psychiatry residents and fellows in addiction medicine practicing in eligible entities described in subsection (c)(1); or
- (II) to train new psychiatric residents and fellows in addiction medicine to provide and expand access to integrated mental and substance use disorders services; and
- (ii) to provide at least 1 training track that is—
- (I) a virtual training track that includes an in-person rotation at a teaching health center or in a community-based setting, followed by a virtual rotation in which the resident or fellow continues to support the care of patients at the teaching health center or in the community-based setting through the use of health information technology and, as appropriate, telehealth services;
- (II) an in-person training track that includes a rotation, during which the resident or fellow practices at a teaching health center or in a community-based setting; or
- (III) an in-person training track that includes a rotation during which the resident practices in a community-based setting that specializes in the treatment of infants, children, adolescents, or pregnant or postpartum women; and
- (i)
- (B) may use the grant funds to provide additional support for the administration of the program or to meet the costs of projects to establish, maintain, or improve faculty development, or departments, divisions, or other units necessary to implement such training.
- (A) shall use the grant funds—
- (2) A recipient of a grant under subsection (a)(2)—
- (A) shall use the grant funds to plan, develop, or operate a training program to provide mental and substance use disorders services in underserved, community-based settings, as appropriate, that integrate primary care and mental and substance use disorders prevention and treatment services; and
- (B) may use the grant funds to provide additional support for the administration of the program or to meet the costs of projects to establish, maintain, or improve faculty development, or departments, divisions, or other units necessary to implement such program.
- (3) A recipient of a grant under subsection (a)(3) shall enter into a partnership with organizations such as an education accrediting organization (such as the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education, the Commission on Osteopathic College Accreditation, the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education, the Council on Social Work Education, American Psychological Association Commission on Accreditation, or the Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant) to carry out activities under subsection (a)(3).
- (1) A recipient of a grant under subsection (a)(1)—
- (c)
- (1) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a)(1), an entity shall—
- (A) be a consortium consisting of—
- (i) at least one teaching health center; and
- (ii) the sponsoring institution (or parent institution of the sponsoring institution) of—
- (I) a psychiatry residency program that is accredited by the Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education (or the parent institution of such a program); or
- (II) a fellowship in addiction medicine, as determined appropriate by the Secretary; or
- (B) be an entity described in subparagraph (A)(ii) that provides opportunities for residents or fellows to train in community-based settings that integrate primary care with mental and substance use disorders prevention and treatment services.
- (A) be a consortium consisting of—
- (2) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a)(2), an entity shall be—
- (A) a teaching health center (as defined in section 293 l –1(f) of this title);
- (B) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1396d( l )(2)(B) of this title);
- (C) a community mental health center (as defined in section 1395x(ff)(3)(B) of this title );
- (D) a rural health clinic (as defined in section 1395x(aa) of this title );
- (E) a health center operated by the Indian Health Service, an Indian tribe, a tribal organization, or an urban Indian organization (as defined in section 1603 of title 25 ); or
- (F) an entity with a demonstrated record of success in providing training for nurse practitioners, physician assistants, health service psychologists, and social workers.
- (3) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a)(3), an entity shall be a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, a nursing school, a physician assistant training program, a school of pharmacy, a school of social work, an accredited public or nonprofit private hospital, an accredited medical residency program, or a public or private nonprofit entity which the Secretary has determined is capable of carrying out such grant.
- (1) To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a)(1), an entity shall—
- (d)
- (1) In awarding grants under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that—
- (A) demonstrate sufficient size, scope, and capacity to undertake the requisite training of an appropriate number of psychiatric residents, fellows, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, or social workers in addiction medicine per year to meet the needs of the area served;
- (B) demonstrate experience in training providers to practice team-based care that integrates mental and substance use disorder prevention and treatment services with primary care in community-based settings;
- (C) demonstrate experience in using health information technology and, as appropriate, telehealth to support—
- (i) the delivery of mental and substance use disorders services at the eligible entities described in subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2); and
- (ii) community health centers in integrating primary care and mental and substance use disorders treatment; or
- (D) have the capacity to expand access to mental and substance use disorders services in areas with demonstrated need, as determined by the Secretary, such as tribal, rural, or other underserved communities.
- (2) In awarding grants under subsection (a)(3), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that—
- (A) have a record of training the greatest percentage of mental and substance use disorders providers who enter and remain in these fields or who enter and remain in settings with integrated primary care and mental and substance use disorder prevention and treatment services;
- (B) have a record of training individuals who are from underrepresented minority groups, including native populations, or from a rural or disadvantaged background;
- (C) provide training in the care of vulnerable populations such as infants, children, adolescents, pregnant and postpartum women, older adults, homeless individuals, victims of abuse or trauma, individuals with disabilities, and other groups as defined by the Secretary;
- (D) teach trainees the skills to provide interprofessional, integrated care through collaboration among health professionals; or
- (E) provide training in cultural competency and health literacy.
- (1) In awarding grants under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that—
- (e) Grants awarded under this section shall be for a minimum of 5 years.
- (f)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall conduct a study on the results of the demonstration program under this section.
- (B) Not later than 90 days after the completion of the first year of the training program and each subsequent year that the program is in effect, each recipient of a grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary such data as the Secretary may require for analysis for the report described in paragraph (2).
- (2) Not later than 1 year after receipt of the data described in paragraph (1)(B), the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that includes—
- (A) an analysis of the effect of the demonstration program under this section on the quality, quantity, and distribution of mental and substance use disorders services;
- (B) an analysis of the effect of the demonstration program on the prevalence of untreated mental and substance use disorders in the surrounding communities of health centers participating in the demonstration; and
- (C) recommendations on whether the demonstration program should be expanded.
- (1)
- (g) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022.
§ 294n. Health professions workforce information and analysis
- (a) It is the purpose of this section to—
- (1) provide for the development of information describing the health professions workforce and the analysis of workforce related issues; and
- (2) provide necessary information for decision-making regarding future directions in health professions and nursing programs in response to societal and professional needs.
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish the National Center for Health Workforce Analysis (referred to in this section as the “National Center”).
- (2) The National Center, in coordination to the extent practicable with the National Health Care Workforce Commission (established in section 294q of this title ), and relevant regional and State centers and agencies, shall—
- (A) provide for the development of information describing and analyzing the health care workforce and workforce related issues;
- (B) carry out the activities under section 295k(a) of this title ;
- (C) annually evaluate programs under this subchapter;
- (D) develop and publish performance measures and benchmarks for programs under this subchapter; and
- (E) establish, maintain, and publicize a national Internet registry of each grant awarded under this subchapter and a database to collect data from longitudinal evaluations (as described in subsection (d)(2)) on performance measures (as developed under sections 293 l (d)(3), 294f(d)(3), and 294 o (a)(3) of this title).
- (3)
- (A) The National Center shall collaborate with Federal agencies and relevant professional and educational organizations or societies for the purpose of linking data regarding grants awarded under this subchapter.
- (B) For the purpose of carrying out the activities described in subparagraph (A), the National Center may enter into contracts with relevant professional and educational organizations or societies.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall award grants to, or enter into contracts with, eligible entities for purposes of—
- (A) collecting, analyzing, and reporting data regarding programs under this subchapter to the National Center and to the public; and
- (B) providing technical assistance to local and regional entities on the collection, analysis, and reporting of data.
- (2) To be eligible for a grant or contract under this subsection, an entity shall—
- (A) be a State, a State workforce investment board, a public health or health professions school, an academic health center, or an appropriate public or private nonprofit entity; and
- (B) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (1) The Secretary shall award grants to, or enter into contracts with, eligible entities for purposes of—
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall increase the amount awarded to an eligible entity under this subchapter for a longitudinal evaluation of individuals who have received education, training, or financial assistance from programs under this subchapter.
- (2) A longitudinal evaluation shall be capable of—
- (A) studying practice patterns; and
- (B) collecting and reporting data on performance measures developed under sections 293 l (d)(3), 294f(d)(3), and 294 o (a)(3) of this title.
- (3) A longitudinal evaluation shall comply with guidelines issued under sections 293 l (d)(4), 294f(d)(4), and 294 o (a)(4) of this title.
- (4) To be eligible to obtain an increase under this section, an entity shall be a recipient of a grant or contract under this subchapter.
- (e)
- (1)
- (A) To carry out subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $5,663,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (B) To carry out subsection (c), there are authorized to be appropriated $4,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
- (C) To carry out subsection (d), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
- (2) Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve not less than $600,000 for conducting health professions research and for carrying out data collection and analysis in accordance with section 295k of this title .
- (3) Amounts otherwise appropriated for programs or activities under this subchapter may be used for activities under subsection (b) with respect to the programs or activities from which such amounts were made available.
- (1)
§ 294o. Advisory Council on Graduate Medical Education
- (a) There is established the Council on Graduate Medical Education (in this section referred to as the “Council”). The Council shall—
- (1) make recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the “Secretary”), and to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, with respect to—
- (A) the supply and distribution of physicians in the United States;
- (B) current and future shortages or excesses of physicians in medical and surgical specialties and subspecialties;
- (C) issues relating to foreign medical school graduates;
- (D) appropriate Federal policies with respect to the matters specified in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), including policies concerning changes in the financing of undergraduate and graduate medical education programs and changes in the types of medical education training in graduate medical education programs;
- (E) appropriate efforts to be carried out by hospitals, schools of medicine, schools of osteopathic medicine, and accrediting bodies with respect to the matters specified in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), including efforts for changes in undergraduate and graduate medical education programs; and
- (F) deficiencies in, and needs for improvements in, existing data bases concerning the supply and distribution of, and postgraduate training programs for, physicians in the United States and steps that should be taken to eliminate those deficiencies;
- (2) encourage entities providing graduate medical education to conduct activities to voluntarily achieve the recommendations of the Council under paragraph (1)(E);
- (3) develop, publish, and implement performance measures for programs under this subchapter, except for programs under part C or D;
- (4) develop and publish guidelines for longitudinal evaluations (as described in section 294n(d)(2) of this title ) for programs under this subchapter, except for programs under part C or D; and
- (5) recommend appropriation levels for programs under this subchapter, except for programs under part C or D.
- (1) make recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the “Secretary”), and to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, with respect to—
- (b) The Council shall be composed of—
- (1) the Assistant Secretary for Health or the designee of the Assistant Secretary;
- (2) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
- (3) the Chief Medical Director of the Department of Veterans Affairs;
- (4) the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration;
- (5) 6 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of practicing primary care physicians, national and specialty physician organizations, foreign medical graduates, and medical student and house staff associations;
- (6) 4 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of schools of medicine and osteopathic medicine and public and private teaching hospitals; and
- (7) 4 members appointed by the Secretary to include representatives of health insurers, business, and labor.
- (c)
- (1) Members of the Council appointed under paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of subsection (b) shall be appointed for a term of 4 years, except that the term of office of the members first appointed shall expire, as designated by the Secretary at the time of appointment, 4 at the end of 1 year, 4 at the end of 2 years, 3 at the end of 3 years, and 3 at the end of 4 years.
- (2) The Secretary shall appoint the first members to the Council under paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of subsection (b) within 60 days after October 13, 1992 .
- (d) The Council shall elect one of its members as Chairman of the Council.
- (e) Nine members of the Council shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may hold hearings.
- (f) Any vacancy in the Council shall not affect its power to function.
- (g) Each member of the Council who is not otherwise employed by the United States Government shall receive compensation at a rate equal to the daily rate prescribed for GS–18 under the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5 for each day, including traveltime, 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “travel time,”. such member is engaged in the actual performance of duties as a member of the Council. A member of the Council who is an officer or employee of the United States Government shall serve without additional compensation. All members of the Council shall be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred by them in the performance of their duties.
- (h)
- (1) In order to carry out the provisions of this section, the Council is authorized to—
- (A) collect such information, hold such hearings, and sit and act at such times and places, either as a whole or by subcommittee, and request the attendance and testimony of such witnesses and the production of such books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, and documents as the Council or such subcommittee may consider available; and
- (B) request the cooperation and assistance of Federal departments, agencies, and instrumentalities, and such departments, agencies, and instrumentalities are authorized to provide such cooperation and assistance.
- (2) The Council shall coordinate its activities with the activities of the Secretary under section 295k of this title . The Secretary shall, in cooperation with the Council and pursuant to the recommendations of the Council, take such steps as are practicable to eliminate deficiencies in the data base established under section 295k of this title and shall make available in its reports such comprehensive data sets as are developed pursuant to this section.
- (1) In order to carry out the provisions of this section, the Council is authorized to—
- (i) Not later than September 30, 2023 , and not less than every 5 years thereafter, the Council shall submit to the Secretary, and to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report on the recommendations described in subsection (a).
- (j) Amounts otherwise appropriated under this subchapter may be utilized by the Secretary to support the activities of the Council.
§ 294p. Pediatric rheumatology
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the appropriate agencies, shall evaluate whether the number of pediatric rheumatologists is sufficient to address the health care needs of children with arthritis and related conditions, and if the Secretary determines that the number is not sufficient, shall develop strategies to help address the shortfall.
- (b) Not later than October 1, 2001 , the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report describing the results of the evaluation under subsection (a), and as applicable, the strategies developed under such subsection.
- (c) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.
§ 294q. National Health Care Workforce Commission
- (a) It is the purpose of this section to establish a National Health Care Workforce Commission that—
- (1) serves as a national resource for Congress, the President, States, and localities;
- (2) communicates and coordinates with the Departments of Health and Human Services, Labor, Veterans Affairs, Homeland Security, and Education on related activities administered by one or more of such Departments;
- (3) develops and commissions evaluations of education and training activities to determine whether the demand for health care workers is being met;
- (4) identifies barriers to improved coordination at the Federal, State, and local levels and recommend ways to address such barriers; and
- (5) encourages innovations to address population needs, constant changes in technology, and other environmental factors.
- (b) There is hereby established the National Health Care Workforce Commission (in this section referred to as the “Commission”).
- (c)
- (1) The Commission shall be composed of 15 members to be appointed by the Comptroller General, without regard to section 5 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.).
- (2)
- (A) The membership of the Commission shall include individuals—
- (i) with national recognition for their expertise in health care labor market analysis, including health care workforce analysis; health care finance and economics; health care facility management; health care plans and integrated delivery systems; health care workforce education and training; health care philanthropy; providers of health care services; and other related fields; and
- (ii) who will provide a combination of professional perspectives, broad geographic representation, and a balance between urban, suburban, rural, and frontier representatives.
- (B)
- (i) The membership of the Commission shall include no less than one representative of—
- (I) the health care workforce and health professionals;
- (II) employers, including representatives of small business and self-employed individuals;
- (III) third-party payers;
- (IV) individuals skilled in the conduct and interpretation of health care services and health economics research;
- (V) representatives of consumers;
- (VI) labor unions;
- (VII) State or local workforce investment boards; and
- (VIII) educational institutions (which may include elementary and secondary institutions, institutions of higher education, including 2 and 4 year institutions, or registered apprenticeship programs).
- (ii) The remaining membership may include additional representatives from clause (i) and other individuals as determined appropriate by the Comptroller General of the United States.
- (i) The membership of the Commission shall include no less than one representative of—
- (C) Individuals who are directly involved in health professions education or practice shall not constitute a majority of the membership of the Commission.
- (D) The Comptroller General shall establish a system for public disclosure by members of the Commission of financial and other potential conflicts of interest relating to such members. Members of the Commission shall be treated as employees of Congress for purposes of applying title I of the Ethics in Government Act of 1978 [5 U.S.C. App.]. Members of the Commission shall not be treated as special government employees under title 18.
- (A) The membership of the Commission shall include individuals—
- (3)
- (A) The terms of members of the Commission shall be for 3 years except that the Comptroller General shall designate staggered terms for the members first appointed.
- (B) Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term. A member may serve after the expiration of that member’s term until a successor has taken office. A vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.
- (C) The Comptroller General shall make initial appointments of members to the Commission not later than September 30, 2010 .
- (4) While serving on the business of the Commission (including travel time), a member of the Commission shall be entitled to compensation at the per diem equivalent of the rate provided for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of tile 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “title”. 5, and while so serving away from home and the member’s regular place of business, a member may be allowed travel expenses, as authorized by the Chairman of the Commission. Physicians serving as personnel of the Commission may be provided a physician comparability allowance by the Commission in the same manner as Government physicians may be provided such an allowance by an agency under section 5948 of title 5 , and for such purpose subsection (i) of such section shall apply to the Commission in the same manner as it applies to the Tennessee Valley Authority. For purposes of pay (other than pay of members of the Commission) and employment benefits, rights, and privileges, all personnel of the Commission shall be treated as if they were employees of the United States Senate. Personnel of the Commission shall not be treated as employees of the Government Accountability Office for any purpose.
- (5) The Comptroller General shall designate a member of the Commission, at the time of appointment of the member, as Chairman and a member as Vice Chairman for that term of appointment, except that in the case of vacancy of the chairmanship or vice chairmanship, the Comptroller General may designate another member for the remainder of that member’s term.
- (6) The Commission shall meet at the call of the chairman, but no less frequently than on a quarterly basis.
- (d)
- (1) The Commission shall—
- (A) recognize efforts of Federal, State, and local partnerships to develop and offer health care career pathways of proven effectiveness;
- (B) disseminate information on promising retention practices for health care professionals; and
- (C) communicate information on important policies and practices that affect the recruitment, education and training, and retention of the health care workforce.
- (2) In order to develop a fiscally sustainable integrated workforce that supports a high-quality, readily accessible health care delivery system that meets the needs of patients and populations, the Commission, in consultation with relevant Federal, State, and local agencies, shall—
- (A) review current and projected health care workforce supply and demand, including the topics described in paragraph (3);
- (B) make recommendations to Congress and the Administration concerning national health care workforce priorities, goals, and policies;
- (C) by not later than October 1 of each year (beginning with 2011), submit a report to Congress and the Administration containing the results of such reviews and recommendations concerning related policies; and
- (D) by not later than April 1 of each year (beginning with 2011), submit a report to Congress and the Administration containing a review of, and recommendations on, at a minimum one high priority area as described in paragraph (4).
- (3) The topics described in this paragraph include—
- (A) current health care workforce supply and distribution, including demographics, skill sets, and demands, with projected demands during the subsequent 10 and 25 year periods;
- (B) health care workforce education and training capacity, including the number of students who have completed education and training, including registered apprenticeships; the number of qualified faculty; the education and training infrastructure; and the education and training demands, with projected demands during the subsequent 10 and 25 year periods;
- (C) the education loan and grant programs in titles VII and VIII of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 292 et seq. and 296 et seq.), with recommendations on whether such programs should become part of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq 2 2 So in original. Probably should be followed by a period. );
- (D) the implications of new and existing Federal policies which affect the health care workforce, including Medicare and Medicaid graduate medical education policies, titles VII and VIII of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 292 et seq. and 296 et seq.), the National Health Service Corps (with recommendations for aligning such programs with national health workforce priorities and goals), and other health care workforce programs, including those supported through the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 ( 20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.), the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), and any other Federal health care workforce programs;
- (E) the health care workforce needs of special populations, such as minorities, rural populations, medically underserved populations, gender specific needs, individuals with disabilities, and geriatric and pediatric populations with recommendations for new and existing Federal policies to meet the needs of these special populations; and
- (F) recommendations creating or revising national loan repayment programs and scholarship programs to require low-income, minority medical students to serve in their home communities, if designated as medical underserved community. 3 3 So in original.
- (4)
- (A) The initial high priority topics described in this paragraph include each of the following:
- (i) Integrated health care workforce planning that identifies health care professional skills needed and maximizes the skill sets of health care professionals across disciplines.
- (ii) An analysis of the nature, scopes of practice, and demands for health care workers in the enhanced information technology and management workplace.
- (iii) An analysis of how to align Medicare and Medicaid graduate medical education policies with national workforce goals.
- (iv) An analysis of, and recommendations for, eliminating the barriers to entering and staying in primary care, including provider compensation.
- (v) The education and training capacity, projected demands, and integration with the health care delivery system of each of the following:
- (I) Nursing workforce capacity at all levels.
- (II) Oral health care workforce capacity at all levels.
- (III) Mental and behavioral health care workforce capacity at all levels.
- (IV) Allied health and public health care workforce capacity at all levels.
- (V) Emergency medical service workforce capacity, including the retention and recruitment of the volunteer workforce, at all levels.
- (VI) The geographic distribution of health care providers as compared to the identified health care workforce needs of States and regions.
- (B) The Commission may require that additional topics be included under subparagraph (A). The appropriate committees of Congress may recommend to the Commission the inclusion of other topics for health care workforce development areas that require special attention.
- (A) The initial high priority topics described in this paragraph include each of the following:
- (5) The Commission shall—
- (A) review implementation progress reports on, and report to Congress about, the State Health Care Workforce Development Grant program established in section 294r of this title ;
- (B) in collaboration with the Department of Labor and in coordination with the Department of Education and other relevant Federal agencies, make recommendations to the fiscal and administrative agent under section 294r(b) of this title for grant recipients under section 294r of this title ;
- (C) assess the implementation of the grants under such section; and
- (D) collect performance and report information, including identified models and best practices, on grants from the fiscal and administrative agent under such section and distribute this information to Congress, relevant Federal agencies, and to the public.
- (6) The Commission shall study effective mechanisms for financing education and training for careers in health care, including public health and allied health.
- (7) The Commission shall submit recommendations to Congress, the Department of Labor, and the Department of Health and Human Services about improving safety, health, and worker protections in the workplace for the health care workforce.
- (8) The Commission shall assess and receive reports from the National Center for Health Care Workforce Analysis established under section 761(b) of the Public Service Health Act [ 42 U.S.C. 294n(b) ] (as amended by section 5103). 4 4 See References in Text note below.
- (1) The Commission shall—
- (e)
- (1) The Commission shall consult with Federal agencies (including the Departments of Health and Human Services, Labor, Education, Commerce, Agriculture, Defense, and Veterans Affairs and the Environmental Protection Agency), Congress, the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, the Medicaid and CHIP Payment and Access Commission, and, to the extent practicable, with State and local agencies, Indian tribes, voluntary health care organizations, professional societies, and other relevant public-private health care partnerships.
- (2) The Commission, consistent with established privacy rules, may secure directly from any department or agency of the Executive Branch information necessary to enable the Commission to carry out this section.
- (3) An employee of the Federal Government may be detailed to the Commission without reimbursement. The detail of such an employee shall be without interruption or loss of civil service status.
- (f) Subject to such review as the Comptroller General of the United States determines to be necessary to ensure the efficient administration of the Commission, the Commission may—
- (1) employ and fix the compensation of an executive director that shall not exceed the rate of basic pay payable for level V of the Executive Schedule and such other personnel as may be necessary to carry out its duties (without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service);
- (2) seek such assistance and support as may be required in the performance of its duties from appropriate Federal departments and agencies;
- (3) enter into contracts or make other arrangements, as may be necessary for the conduct of the work of the Commission (without regard to section 6101 of title 41 );
- (4) make advance, progress, and other payments which relate to the work of the Commission;
- (5) provide transportation and subsistence for persons serving without compensation; and
- (6) prescribe such rules and regulations as the Commission determines to be necessary with respect to the internal organization and operation of the Commission.
- (g)
- (1) In order to carry out its functions under this section, the Commission shall—
- (A) utilize existing information, both published and unpublished, where possible, collected and assessed either by its own staff or under other arrangements made in accordance with this section, including coordination with the Bureau of Labor Statistics;
- (B) carry out, or award grants or contracts for the carrying out of, original research and development, where existing information is inadequate, and
- (C) adopt procedures allowing interested parties to submit information for the Commission’s use in making reports and recommendations.
- (2) The Comptroller General of the United States shall have unrestricted access to all deliberations, records, and data of the Commission, immediately upon request.
- (3) The Commission shall be subject to periodic audit by an independent public accountant under contract to the Commission.
- (1) In order to carry out its functions under this section, the Commission shall—
- (h)
- (1) The Commission shall submit requests for appropriations in the same manner as the Comptroller General of the United States submits requests for appropriations. Amounts so appropriated for the Commission shall be separate from amounts appropriated for the Comptroller General.
- (2) There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.
- (3) The Commission may not accept gifts, bequeaths, or donations of property, but may accept and use donations of services for purposes of carrying out this section.
- (i) In this section:
- (1) The term “health care workforce” includes all health care providers with direct patient care and support responsibilities, such as physicians, nurses, nurse practitioners, primary care providers, preventive medicine physicians, optometrists, ophthalmologists, physician assistants, pharmacists, dentists, dental hygienists, and other oral healthcare professionals, allied health professionals, doctors of chiropractic, community health workers, health care paraprofessionals, direct care workers, psychologists and other behavioral and mental health professionals (including substance abuse prevention and treatment providers), social workers, physical and occupational therapists, certified nurse midwives, podiatrists, the EMS workforce (including professional and volunteer ambulance personnel and firefighters who perform emergency medical services), licensed complementary and alternative medicine providers, integrative health practitioners, public health professionals, and any other health professional that the Comptroller General of the United States determines appropriate.
- (2) The term “health professionals” includes—
- (A) dentists, dental hygienists, primary care providers, specialty physicians, nurses, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, psychologists and other behavioral and mental health professionals (including substance abuse prevention and treatment providers), social workers, physical and occupational therapists, optometrists, ophthalmologists, 5 5 See 2010 Amendment note below. public health professionals, clinical pharmacists, allied health professionals, doctors of chiropractic, community health workers, school nurses, certified nurse midwives, podiatrists, licensed complementary and alternative medicine providers, the EMS workforce (including professional and volunteer ambulance personnel and firefighters who perform emergency medical services), and integrative health practitioners;
- (B) national representatives of health professionals;
- (C) representatives of schools of medicine, osteopathy, nursing, dentistry, optometry, pharmacy, chiropractic, allied health, educational programs for public health professionals, behavioral and mental health professionals (as so defined), social workers, pharmacists, physical and occupational therapists, optometrists, ophthalmologists, 5 oral health care industry dentistry and dental hygiene, and physician assistants;
- (D) representatives of public and private teaching hospitals, and ambulatory health facilities, including Federal medical facilities; and
- (E) any other health professional the Comptroller General of the United States determines appropriate.
§ 294r. State health care workforce development grants
- (a) There is established a competitive health care workforce development grant program (referred to in this section as the “program”) for the purpose of enabling State partnerships to complete comprehensive planning and to carry out activities leading to coherent and comprehensive health care workforce development strategies at the State and local levels.
- (b) The Health Resources and Services Administration of the Department of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the “Administration”) shall be the fiscal and administrative agent for the grants awarded under this section. The Administration is authorized to carry out the program, in consultation with the National Health Care Workforce Commission (referred to in this section as the “Commission”), which shall review reports on the development, implementation, and evaluation activities of the grant program, including—
- (1) administering the grants;
- (2) providing technical assistance to grantees; and
- (3) reporting performance information to the Commission.
- (c)
- (1) A planning grant shall be awarded under this subsection for a period of not more than one year and the maximum award may not be more than $150,000.
- (2) To be eligible to receive a planning grant, an entity shall be an eligible partnership. An eligible partnership shall be a State workforce investment board, if it includes or modifies the members to include at least one representative from each of the following: health care employer, labor organization, a public 2-year institution of higher education, a public 4-year institution of higher education, the recognized State federation of labor, the State public secondary education agency, the State P–16 or P–20 Council if such a council exists, and a philanthropic organization that is actively engaged in providing learning, mentoring, and work opportunities to recruit, educate, and train individuals for, and retain individuals in, careers in health care and related industries.
- (3) The Governor of the State receiving a planning grant has the authority to appoint a fiscal and an administrative agency for the partnership.
- (4) Each State partnership desiring a planning grant shall submit an application to the Administrator of the Administration at such time and in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Administrator may reasonable 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “reasonably”. require. Each application submitted for a planning grant shall describe the members of the State partnership, the activities for which assistance is sought, the proposed performance benchmarks to be used to measure progress under the planning grant, a budget for use of the funds to complete the required activities described in paragraph (5), and such additional assurance and information as the Administrator determines to be essential to ensure compliance with the grant program requirements.
- (5) A State partnership receiving a planning grant shall carry out the following:
- (A) Analyze State labor market information in order to create health care career pathways for students and adults, including dislocated workers.
- (B) Identify current and projected high demand State or regional health care sectors for purposes of planning career pathways.
- (C) Identify existing Federal, State, and private resources to recruit, educate or train, and retain a skilled health care workforce and strengthen partnerships.
- (D) Describe the academic and health care industry skill standards for high school graduation, for entry into postsecondary education, and for various credentials and licensure.
- (E) Describe State secondary and postsecondary education and training policies, models, or practices for the health care sector, including career information and guidance counseling.
- (F) Identify Federal or State policies or rules to developing 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “develop”. a coherent and comprehensive health care workforce development strategy and barriers and a plan to resolve these barriers.
- (G) Participate in the Administration’s evaluation and reporting activities.
- (6) Before the State partnership receives a planning grant, such partnership and the Administrator of the Administration shall jointly determine the performance benchmarks that will be established for the purposes of the planning grant.
- (7) Each State partnership receiving a planning grant shall provide an amount, in cash or in kind, that is not less that 15 percent of the amount of the grant, to carry out the activities supported by the grant. The matching requirement may be provided from funds available under other Federal, State, local or private sources to carry out the activities.
- (8)
- (A) Not later than 1 year after a State partnership receives a planning grant, the partnership shall submit a report to the Administration on the State’s performance of the activities under the grant, including the use of funds, including matching funds, to carry out required activities, and a description of the progress of the State workforce investment board in meeting the performance benchmarks.
- (B) The Administration shall submit a report to Congress analyzing the planning activities, performance, and fund utilization of each State grant recipient, including an identification of promising practices and a profile of the activities of each State grant recipient.
- (d)
- (1) The Administration shall—
- (A) competitively award implementation grants to State partnerships to enable such partnerships to implement activities that will result in a coherent and comprehensive plan for health workforce development that will address current and projected workforce demands within the State; and
- (B) inform the Commission and Congress about the awards made.
- (2) An implementation grant shall be awarded for a period of no more than 2 years, except in those cases where the Administration determines that the grantee is high performing and the activities supported by the grant warrant up to 1 additional year of funding.
- (3) To be eligible for an implementation grant, a State partnership shall have—
- (A) received a planning grant under subsection (c) and completed all requirements of such grant; or
- (B) completed a satisfactory application, including a plan to coordinate with required partners and complete the required activities during the 2 year period of the implementation grant.
- (4) A State partnership receiving an implementation grant shall appoint a fiscal and an administration agent for the implementation of such grant.
- (5) Each eligible State partnership desiring an implementation grant shall submit an application to the Administration at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Administration may reasonably require. Each application submitted shall include—
- (A) a description of the members of the State partnership;
- (B) a description of how the State partnership completed the required activities under the planning grant, if applicable;
- (C) a description of the activities for which implementation grant funds are sought, including grants to regions by the State partnership to advance coherent and comprehensive regional health care workforce planning activities;
- (D) a description of how the State partnership will coordinate with required partners and complete the required partnership activities during the duration of an implementation grant;
- (E) a budget proposal of the cost of the activities supported by the implementation grant and a timeline for the provision of matching funds required;
- (F) proposed performance benchmarks to be used to assess and evaluate the progress of the partnership activities;
- (G) a description of how the State partnership will collect data to report progress in grant activities; and
- (H) such additional assurances as the Administration determines to be essential to ensure compliance with grant requirements.
- (6)
- (A) A State partnership that receives an implementation grant may reserve not less than 60 percent of the grant funds to make grants to be competitively awarded by the State partnership, consistent with State procurement rules, to encourage regional partnerships to address health care workforce development needs and to promote innovative health care workforce career pathway activities, including career counseling, learning, and employment.
- (B) An eligible State partnership receiving an implementation grant shall—
- (i) identify and convene regional leadership to discuss opportunities to engage in statewide health care workforce development planning, including the potential use of competitive grants to improve the development, distribution, and diversity of the regional health care workforce; the alignment of curricula for health care careers; and the access to quality career information and guidance and education and training opportunities;
- (ii) in consultation with key stakeholders and regional leaders, take appropriate steps to reduce Federal, State, or local barriers to a comprehensive and coherent strategy, including changes in State or local policies to foster coherent and comprehensive health care workforce development activities, including health care career pathways at the regional and State levels, career planning information, retraining for dislocated workers, and as appropriate, requests for Federal program or administrative waivers;
- (iii) develop, disseminate, and review with key stakeholders a preliminary statewide strategy that addresses short- and long-term health care workforce development supply versus demand;
- (iv) convene State partnership members on a regular basis, and at least on a semiannual basis;
- (v) assist leaders at the regional level to form partnerships, including technical assistance and capacity building activities;
- (vi) collect and assess data on and report on the performance benchmarks selected by the State partnership and the Administration for implementation activities carried out by regional and State partnerships; and
- (vii) participate in the Administration’s evaluation and reporting activities.
- (7) Before the State partnership receives an implementation grant, it and the Administrator shall jointly determine the performance benchmarks that shall be established for the purposes of the implementation grant.
- (8) Each State partnership receiving an implementation grant shall provide an amount, in cash or in kind that is not less than 25 percent of the amount of the grant, to carry out the activities supported by the grant. The matching funds may be provided from funds available from other Federal, State, local, or private sources to carry out such activities.
- (9)
- (A) For each year of the implementation grant, the State partnership receiving the implementation grant shall submit a report to the Administration on the performance of the State of the grant activities, including a description of the use of the funds, including matched funds, to complete activities, and a description of the performance of the State partnership in meeting the performance benchmarks.
- (B) The Administration shall submit a report to Congress analyzing implementation activities, performance, and fund utilization of the State grantees, including an identification of promising practices and a profile of the activities of each State grantee.
- (1) The Administration shall—
- (e)
- (1) There are authorized to be appropriated to award planning grants under subsection (c) $8,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for each subsequent fiscal year.
- (2) There are authorized to be appropriated to award implementation grants under subsection (d), $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for each subsequent fiscal year.
§ 295. General provisions
- (a) The Secretary may award grants or contracts to eligible entities to increase the number of individuals in the public health workforce, to enhance the quality of such workforce, and to enhance the ability of the workforce to meet national, State, and local health care needs.
- (b) To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under subsection (a) an entity shall—
- (1) be—
- (A) a health professions school, including an accredited school or program of public health, health administration, preventive medicine, or dental public health or a school providing health management programs;
- (B) an academic health center;
- (C) a State or local government; or
- (D) any other appropriate public or private nonprofit entity; and
- (2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (1) be—
- (c) In awarding grants or contracts under this section the Secretary may grant a preference to entities—
- (1) serving individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds (including underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities); and
- (2) graduating large proportions of individuals who serve in underserved communities.
- (d) Amounts provided under a grant or contract awarded under this section may be used for—
- (1) the costs of planning, developing, or operating demonstration training programs;
- (2) faculty development;
- (3) trainee support;
- (4) technical assistance;
- (5) to meet the costs of projects—
- (A) to plan and develop new residency training programs and to maintain or improve existing residency training programs in preventive medicine and dental public health, that have available full-time faculty members with training and experience in the fields of preventive medicine and dental public health; and
- (B) to provide financial assistance to residency trainees enrolled in such programs;
- (6) the retraining of existing public health workers as well as for increasing the supply of new practitioners to address priority public health, preventive medicine, public health dentistry, and health administration needs;
- (7) preparing public health professionals for employment at the State and community levels;
- (8) public health workforce loan repayment programs; or
- (9) other activities that may produce outcomes that are consistent with the purposes of this section.
- (e)
- (1) With respect to amounts used under this section for the training of health professionals, such training programs shall be designed to—
- (A) make public health education more accessible to the public and private health workforce;
- (B) increase the relevance of public health academic preparation to public health practice in the future;
- (C) provide education or training for students from traditional on-campus programs in practice-based sites; or
- (D) develop educational methods and distance-based approaches or technology that address adult learning requirements and increase knowledge and skills related to community-based cultural diversity in public health education.
- (2) Amounts provided under grants or contracts under this section may be used for the operation of programs designed to award traineeships to students in accredited schools of public health who enter educational programs in fields where there is a severe shortage of public health professionals, including epidemiology, biostatistics, environmental health, toxicology, public health nursing, nutrition, preventive medicine, maternal and child health, and behavioral and mental health professions.
- (1) With respect to amounts used under this section for the training of health professionals, such training programs shall be designed to—
§ 295a. Public health training centers
- (a) The Secretary may make grants or contracts for the operation of public health training centers.
- (b)
- (1) A public health training center shall be an accredited school of public health, or another public or nonprofit private institution accredited for the provision of graduate or specialized training in public health, that plans, develops, operates, and evaluates projects to improve preventive medicine, health promotion and disease prevention, or access to and quality of health care services in rural or medically underserved communities.
- (2) In awarding grants or contracts under this section the Secretary shall give preference to accredited schools of public health.
- (c) With respect to a public health training center, an award may not be made under subsection (a) unless the program agrees that it—
- (1) will establish or strengthen field placements for students in public or nonprofit private health agencies or organizations;
- (2) will involve faculty members and students in collaborative projects to enhance public health services to medically underserved communities;
- (3) will specifically designate a geographic area or medically underserved population to be served by the center that shall be in a location removed from the main location of the teaching facility of the school that is participating in the program with such center; and
- (4) will assess the health personnel needs of the area to be served by the center and assist in the planning and development of training programs to meet such needs.
§ 295b. Public health traineeships
- (a) The Secretary may make grants to accredited schools of public health, and to other public or nonprofit private institutions accredited for the provision of graduate or specialized training in public health, for the purpose of assisting such schools and institutions in providing traineeships to individuals described in subsection (b)(3).
- (b)
- (1) The amount of any grant under this section shall be determined by the Secretary.
- (2) Traineeships awarded under grants made under subsection (a) shall provide for tuition and fees and such stipends and allowances (including travel and subsistence expenses and dependency allowances) for the trainees as the Secretary may deem necessary.
- (3) The individuals referred to in subsection (a) are individuals who are pursuing a course of study in a health professions field in which there is a severe shortage of health professionals (which fields include the fields of epidemiology, environmental health, biostatistics, toxicology, nutrition, and maternal and child health).
§ 295c. Preventive medicine and public health training grant program
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award grants to, or enter into contracts with, eligible entities to provide training to graduate medical residents in preventive medicine specialties.
- (b) To be eligible for a grant or contract under subsection (a), an entity shall be—
- (1) an accredited school of public health or school of medicine or osteopathic medicine;
- (2) an accredited public or private nonprofit hospital;
- (3) a State, local, or tribal health department; or
- (4) a consortium of 2 or more entities described in paragraphs (1) through (3).
- (c) Amounts received under a grant or contract under this section shall be used to—
- (1) plan, develop (including the development of curricula), operate, or participate in an accredited residency or internship program in preventive medicine or public health;
- (2) defray the costs of practicum experiences, as required in such a program; and
- (3) establish, maintain, or improve—
- (A) academic administrative units (including departments, divisions, or other appropriate units) in preventive medicine and public health; or
- (B) programs that improve clinical teaching in preventive medicine and public health.
- (d) The Secretary shall submit to the Congress an annual report on the program carried out under this section.
§ 295d. Health administration traineeships and special projects
- (a) The Secretary may make grants to State or local governments (that have in effect preventive medical and dental public health residency programs) or public or nonprofit private educational entities (including graduate schools of social work and business schools that have health management programs) that offer a program described in subsection (b)—
- (1) to provide traineeships for students enrolled in such a program; and
- (2) to assist accredited programs health administration in the development or improvement of programs to prepare students for employment with public or nonprofit private entities.
- (b) The program referred to in subsection (a) is an accredited program in health administration, hospital administration, or health policy analysis and planning, which program is accredited by a body or bodies approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education and which meets such other quality standards as the Secretary of Health and Human Services by regulation may prescribe.
- (c) In making grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give preference to qualified applicants that meet the following conditions:
- (1) Not less than 25 percent of the graduates of the applicant are engaged in full-time practice settings in medically underserved communities.
- (2) The applicant recruits and admits students from medically underserved communities.
- (3) For the purpose of training students, the applicant has established relationships with public and nonprofit providers of health care in the community involved.
- (4) In training students, the applicant emphasizes employment with public or nonprofit private entities.
- (d)
- (1) Traineeships awarded under grants made under subsection (a) shall provide for tuition and fees and such stipends and allowances (including travel and subsistence expenses and dependency allowances) for the trainees as the Secretary may deem necessary.
- (2) Each entity applying for a grant under subsection (a) for traineeships shall assure to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the entity will give priority to awarding the traineeships to students who demonstrate a commitment to employment with public or nonprofit private entities in the fields with respect to which the traineeships are awarded.
§ 295e. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out this subpart, there is authorized to be appropriated $17,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (b) In obligating amounts appropriated under subsection (a), the Secretary may not obligate more than 30 percent for carrying out section 295b of this title .
§ 295f. Investment in tomorrow’s pediatric health care workforce
- (a) The Secretary shall establish and carry out a pediatric specialty loan repayment program under which the eligible individual agrees to be employed full-time for a specified period (which shall not be less than 2 years) in providing pediatric medical subspecialty, pediatric surgical specialty, or child and adolescent mental and behavioral health care, including substance abuse prevention and treatment services.
- (b) Through the program established under this section, the Secretary shall enter into contracts with qualified health professionals under which—
- (1) such qualified health professionals will agree to provide pediatric medical subspecialty, pediatric surgical specialty, or child and adolescent mental and behavioral health care in an area with a shortage of the specified pediatric subspecialty that has a sufficient pediatric population to support such pediatric subspecialty, as determined by the Secretary; and
- (2) the Secretary agrees to make payments on the principal and interest of undergraduate, graduate, or graduate medical education loans of professionals described in paragraph (1) of not more than $35,000 a year for each year of agreed upon service under such paragraph for a period of not more than 3 years during the qualified health professional’s—
- (A) participation in an accredited pediatric medical subspecialty, pediatric surgical specialty, or child and adolescent mental health subspecialty residency or fellowship; or
- (B) employment as a pediatric medical subspecialist, pediatric surgical specialist, or child and adolescent mental health professional serving an area or population described in such paragraph.
- (c)
- (1)
- (A) For purposes of contracts with respect to pediatric medical specialists and pediatric surgical specialists, the term “qualified health professional” means a licensed physician who—
- (i) is entering or receiving training in an accredited pediatric medical subspecialty or pediatric surgical specialty residency or fellowship; or
- (ii) has completed (but not prior to the end of the calendar year in which this section is enacted) the training described in subparagraph (B).
- (B) For purposes of contracts with respect to child and adolescent mental and behavioral health care, the term “qualified health professional” means a health care professional who—
- (i) has received specialized training or clinical experience in child and adolescent mental health in psychiatry, psychology, school psychology, behavioral pediatrics, psychiatric nursing, social work, school social work, substance abuse disorder prevention and treatment, marriage and family therapy, school counseling, or professional counseling;
- (ii) has a license or certification in a State to practice allopathic medicine, osteopathic medicine, psychology, school psychology, psychiatric nursing, social work, school social work, marriage and family therapy, school counseling, or professional counseling; or
- (iii) is a mental health service professional who completed (but not before the end of the calendar year in which this section is enacted) specialized training or clinical experience in child and adolescent mental health described in clause (i).
- (A) For purposes of contracts with respect to pediatric medical specialists and pediatric surgical specialists, the term “qualified health professional” means a licensed physician who—
- (2) The Secretary may not enter into a contract under this subsection with an eligible individual unless—
- (A) the individual agrees to work in, or for a provider serving, a health professional shortage area or medically underserved area, or to serve a medically underserved population;
- (B) the individual is a United States citizen or a permanent legal United States resident; and
- (C) if the individual is enrolled in a graduate program, the program is accredited, and the individual has an acceptable level of academic standing (as determined by the Secretary).
- (1)
- (d) In entering into contracts under this subsection, the Secretary shall give priority to applicants who—
- (1) are or will be working in a school or other pre-kindergarten, elementary, or secondary education setting;
- (2) have familiarity with evidence-based methods and cultural and linguistic competence health care services; and
- (3) demonstrate financial need.
- (e) There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
§ 295h. Loan repayment program for substance use disorder treatment workforce
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall carry out a program under which—
- (1) the Secretary enters into agreements with individuals to make payments in accordance with subsection (b) on the principal of and interest on any eligible loan; and
- (2) the individuals each agree to the requirements of service in substance use disorder treatment employment, as described in subsection (d).
- (b) For each year of obligated service by an individual pursuant to an agreement under subsection (a), the Secretary shall make a payment to such individual as follows:
- (1) The Secretary shall pay—
- (A) for each year of obligated service by an individual pursuant to an agreement under subsection (a), ⅙ of the principal of and interest on each eligible loan of the individual which is outstanding on the date the individual began service pursuant to the agreement; and
- (B) for completion of the sixth and final year of such service, the remainder of such principal and interest.
- (2) The total amount of payments under this section to any individual shall not exceed $250,000.
- (1) The Secretary shall pay—
- (c) The loans eligible for repayment under this section are each of the following:
- (1) Any loan for education or training for a substance use disorder treatment employment.
- (2) Any loan under part E of subchapter VI (relating to nursing student loans).
- (3) Any Federal Direct Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or Federal Direct Consolidation Loan (as such terms are used in section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [ 20 U.S.C. 1087e ]).
- (4) Any Federal Perkins Loan under part E of title I 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965”. of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
- (5) Any other Federal loan as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (d) Any individual receiving payments under this program as required by an agreement under subsection (a) shall agree to an annual commitment to full-time employment, with no more than 1 year passing between any 2 years of covered employment, in substance use disorder treatment employment in the United States in—
- (1) a Mental Health Professional Shortage Area, as designated under section 254e of this title ; or
- (2) a county (or a municipality, if not contained within any county) where the mean drug overdose death rate per 100,000 people over the past 3 years for which official data is available from the State, is higher than the most recent available national average overdose death rate per 100,000 people, as reported by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
- (e) No borrower may, for the same service, receive a reduction of loan obligations or a loan repayment under both—
- (1) this section; and
- (2) any Federally supported loan forgiveness program, including under section 254 l –1, 254q–1, or 297n of this title, or section 428J, 428L, 455(m), or 460 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 [ 20 U.S.C. 1078–10 , 1078–12, 1087e(m), 1087j].
- (f)
- (1) The Secretary may establish a liquidated damages formula to be used in the event of a breach of an agreement entered into under subsection (a).
- (2) The failure by an individual to complete the full period of service obligated pursuant to such an agreement, taken alone, shall not constitute a breach of the agreement, so long as the individual completed in good faith the years of service for which payments were made to the individual under this section.
- (g) The Secretary—
- (1) may establish such criteria and rules to carry out this section as the Secretary determines are needed and in addition to the criteria and rules specified in this section; and
- (2) shall give notice to the committees specified in subsection (h) of any criteria and rules so established.
- (h) Not later than 5 years after October 24, 2018 , and every other year thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on—
- (1) the number and location of borrowers who have qualified for loan repayments under this section; and
- (2) the impact of this section on the availability of substance use disorder treatment employees nationally and in shortage areas and counties described in subsection (d).
- (i) In this section:
- (1) The terms “Indian tribe” and “tribal organization” have the meanings given those terms in section 5304 of title 25 .
- (2) The term “municipality” means a city, town, or other public body created by or pursuant to State law, or an Indian tribe.
- (3) The term “substance use disorder treatment employment” means full-time employment (including a fellowship)—
- (A) where the primary intent and function of the position is the direct treatment or recovery support of patients with or in recovery from a substance use disorder, including master’s level social workers, psychologists, counselors, marriage and family therapists, psychiatric mental health practitioners, occupational therapists, psychology doctoral interns, and behavioral health paraprofessionals and physicians, physician assistants, and nurses, who are licensed or certified in accordance with applicable State and Federal laws; and
- (B) which is located at a substance use disorder treatment program, private physician practice, hospital or health system-affiliated inpatient treatment center or outpatient clinic (including an academic medical center-affiliated treatment program), correctional facility or program, youth detention center or program, inpatient psychiatric facility, crisis stabilization unit, community health center, community mental health or other specialty community behavioral health center, recovery center, school, community-based organization, telehealth platform, migrant health center, health program or facility operated by an Indian tribe or tribal organization, Federal medical facility, or any other facility as determined appropriate for purposes of this section by the Secretary.
- (j) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023.
§ 295j. Preferences and required information in certain programs
- (a)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), in making awards of grants or contracts under any of sections 293k and 294 of this title, the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant that—
- (A) has a high rate for placing graduates in practice settings having the principal focus of serving residents of medically underserved communities;
- (B) during the 2-year period preceding the fiscal year for which such an award is sought, has achieved a significant increase in the rate of placing graduates in such settings; or
- (C) utilizes a longitudinal evaluation (as described in section 294n(d)(2) of this title ) and reports data from such system to the national workforce database (as established under section 294n(b)(2)(E) of this title ).
- (2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary may not give an applicant preference if the proposal of the applicant is ranked at or below the 20th percentile of proposals that have been recommended for approval by peer review groups.
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), in making awards of grants or contracts under any of sections 293k and 294 of this title, the Secretary shall give preference to any qualified applicant that—
- (b) For purposes of this section, the term “graduate” means, unless otherwise specified, an individual who has successfully completed all training and residency requirements necessary for full certification in the health profession selected by the individual.
- (c)
- (1) To permit new programs to compete equitably for funding under this section, those new programs that meet at least 4 of the criteria described in paragraph (3) shall qualify for a funding preference under this section.
- (2) As used in this subsection, the term “new program” means any program that has graduated less than three classes. Upon graduating at least three classes, a program shall have the capability to provide the information necessary to qualify the program for the general funding preferences described in subsection (a).
- (3) The criteria referred to in paragraph (1) are the following:
- (A) The mission statement of the program identifies a specific purpose of the program as being the preparation of health professionals to serve underserved populations.
- (B) The curriculum of the program includes content which will help to prepare practitioners to serve underserved populations.
- (C) Substantial clinical training experience is required under the program in medically underserved communities.
- (D) A minimum of 20 percent of the clinical faculty of the program spend at least 50 percent of their time providing or supervising care in medically underserved communities.
- (E) The entire program or a substantial portion of the program is physically located in a medically underserved community.
- (F) Student assistance, which is linked to service in medically underserved communities following graduation, is available to the students in the program.
- (G) The program provides a placement mechanism for deploying graduates to medically underserved communities.
§ 295k. Health professions data
- (a) The Secretary shall establish a program, including a uniform health professions data reporting system, to collect, compile, and analyze data on health professions personnel which program shall initially include data respecting all physicians and dentists in the States. The Secretary is authorized to expand the program to include, whenever he determines it necessary, the collection, compilation, and analysis of data respecting pharmacists, optometrists, podiatrists, veterinarians, public health personnel, audiologists, speech pathologists, health care administration personnel, nurses, allied health personnel, medical technologists, chiropractors, clinical psychologists, professional counselors, and any other health personnel in States designated by the Secretary to be included in the program. Such data shall include data respecting the training, licensure status (including permanent, temporary, partial, limited, or institutional), place or places of practice, professional specialty, practice characteristics, place and date of birth, sex, and socioeconomic background of health professions personnel and such other demographic information regarding health professions personnel as the Secretary may require.
- (b)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall collect available information from appropriate local, State, and Federal agencies and other appropriate sources.
- (2) The Secretary shall conduct or enter into contracts for the conduct of analytic and descriptive studies of the health professions, including evaluations and projections of the supply of, and requirements for, the health professions by specialty and geographic location. Such studies shall include studies determining by specialty and geographic location the number of health professionals (including allied health professionals and health care administration personnel) who are members of minority groups, including Hispanics, and studies providing by specialty and geographic location evaluations and projections of the supply of, and requirements for, health professionals (including allied health professionals and health care administration personnel) to serve minority groups, including Hispanics.
- (3) The Secretary is authorized to make grants and to enter into contracts with States (or an appropriate nonprofit private entity in any State) for the purpose of participating in the program established under subsection (a). The Secretary shall determine the amount and scope of any such grant or contract. To be eligible for a grant or contract under this paragraph a State or entity shall submit an application in such form and manner and containing such information as the Secretary shall require. Such application shall include reasonable assurance, satisfactory to the Secretary, that—
- (A) such State (or nonprofit entity within a State) will establish a program of mandatory annual registration of the health professions personnel described in subsection (a) who reside or practice in such State and of health institutions licensed by such State, which registration shall include such information as the Secretary shall determine to be appropriate;
- (B) such State or entity shall collect such information and report it to the Secretary in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe; and
- (C) such State or entity shall comply with the requirements of subsection (e).
- (d) The Secretary shall submit to the Congress on October 1, 1993 , and biennially thereafter, the following reports:
- (1) A comprehensive report regarding the status of health personnel according to profession, including a report regarding the analytic and descriptive studies conducted under this section.
- (2) A comprehensive report regarding applicants to, and students enrolled in, programs and institutions for the training of health personnel, including descriptions and analyses of student indebtedness, student need for financial assistance, financial resources to meet the needs of students, student career choices such as practice specialty and geographic location and the relationship, if any, between student indebtedness and career choices.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary and each program entity shall in securing and maintaining any record of individually identifiable personal data (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as “personal data”) for purposes of this section—
- (A) inform any individual who is asked to supply personal data whether he is legally required, or may refuse, to supply such data and inform him of any specific consequences, known to the Secretary or program entity, as the case may be, of providing or not providing such data;
- (B) upon request, inform any individual if he is the subject of personal data secured or maintained by the Secretary or program entity, as the case may be, and make the data available to him in a form comprehensible to him;
- (C) assure that no use is made of personal data which use is not within the purposes of this section unless an informed consent has been obtained from the individual who is the subject of such data; and
- (D) upon request, inform any individual of the use being made of personal data respecting such individual and of the identity of the individuals and entities which will use the data and their relationship to the programs under this section.
- (2) Any entity which maintains a record of personal data and which receives a request from the Secretary or a program entity for such data for purposes of this section shall not transfer any such data to the Secretary or to a program entity unless the individual whose personal data is to be so transferred gives an informed consent for such transfer.
- (3)
- (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, personal data collected by the Secretary or any program entity under this section may not be made available or disclosed by the Secretary or any program entity to any person other than the individual who is the subject of such data unless (i) such person requires such data for purposes of this section, or (ii) in response to a demand for such data made by means of compulsory legal process. Any individual who is the subject of personal data made available or disclosed under clause (ii) shall be notified of the demand for such data.
- (B) Subject to all applicable laws regarding confidentiality, only the data collected by the Secretary under this section which is not personal data shall be made available to bona fide researchers and policy analysts (including the Congress) for the purposes of assisting in the conduct of studies respecting health professions personnel.
- (4) For purposes of this subsection, the term “program entity” means any public or private entity which collects, compiles, or analyzes health professions data under a grant, contract, or other arrangement with the Secretary under this section.
- (1) The Secretary and each program entity shall in securing and maintaining any record of individually identifiable personal data (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as “personal data”) for purposes of this section—
- (g) The Secretary shall provide technical assistance to the States and political subdivisions thereof in the development of systems (including model laws) concerning confidentiality and comparability of data collected pursuant to this section.
- (h)
- (1) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary may make grants, or enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with, and provide technical assistance to, any nonprofit entity in order to establish a uniform allied health professions data reporting system to collect, compile, and analyze data on the allied health professions personnel.
- (2) With respect to reports required in subsection (d), each such report made on or after October 1, 1991 , shall include a description and analysis of data collected pursuant to paragraph (1).
§ 295l. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 106(a)(2)(C) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3557
§ 295l. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 106(a)(2)(C) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3557
§ 295m. Prohibition against discrimination on basis of sex
The Secretary may not make a grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment under this subchapter to, or for the benefit of, any school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, podiatric medicine, or public health or any training center for allied health personnel, or graduate program in clinical psychology, unless the application for the grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the school or training center will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs. The Secretary may not enter into a contract under this subchapter with any such school or training center unless the school, training center, or graduate program furnishes assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that it will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs. In the case of a school of medicine which—
- (1) on October 13, 1992 , is in the process of changing its status as an institution which admits only female students to that of an institution which admits students without regard to their sex, and
- (2) is carrying out such change in accordance with a plan approved by the Secretary,
§ 295n. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 101(b)(1) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
§ 295n. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 101(b)(1) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3537
§ 295o. Matching requirement
The Secretary may require that an entity that applies for a grant or contract under this subchapter provide non-Federal matching funds, as appropriate, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant. As determined by the Secretary, such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.
§ 295p. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter:
- (1)
- (A) The terms “school of medicine”, “school of dentistry”, “school of osteopathic medicine”, “school of pharmacy”, “school of optometry”, “school of podiatric medicine”, “school of veterinary medicine”, “school of public health”, and “school of chiropractic” mean an accredited public or nonprofit private school in a State that provides training leading, respectively, to a degree of doctor of medicine, a degree of doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of osteopathy, a degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree or a degree of doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in public health or an equivalent degree, and a degree of doctor of chiropractic or an equivalent degree, and including advanced training related to such training provided by any such school.
- (B) The terms “graduate program in health administration” and “graduate program in clinical psychology” mean an accredited graduate program in a public or nonprofit private institution in a State that provides training leading, respectively, to a graduate degree in health administration or an equivalent degree and a doctoral degree in clinical psychology or an equivalent degree.
- (C) The terms “graduate program in clinical social work” and “graduate program in marriage and family therapy” and “graduate program in professional counseling” mean an accredited graduate program in a public or nonprofit private institution in a State that provides training, respectively, in a concentration in health or mental health care leading to a graduate degree in social work and a concentration leading to a graduate degree in marriage and family therapy and a concentration leading to a graduate degree in counseling.
- (D) The term “graduate program in behavioral health and mental health practice” means a graduate program in clinical psychology, behavioral health and mental health practice, clinical social work, professional counseling, or marriage and family therapy.
- (E) The term “accredited”, when applied to a school of medicine, osteopathic medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, public health, or chiropractic, or a graduate program in health administration, clinical psychology, clinical social work, professional counseling, or marriage and family therapy, means a school or program that is accredited by a recognized body or bodies approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education, except that a new school or program that, by reason of an insufficient period of operation, is not, at the time of application for a grant or contract under this subchapter, eligible for accreditation by such a recognized body or bodies, shall be deemed accredited for purposes of this subchapter, if the Secretary of Education finds, after consultation with the appropriate accreditation body or bodies, that there is reasonable assurance that the school or program will meet the accreditation standards of such body or bodies prior to the beginning of the academic year following the normal graduation date of the first entering class in such school or program.
- (2) The term “teaching facilities” means areas dedicated for use by students, faculty, or administrative or maintenance personnel for clinical purposes, research activities, libraries, classrooms, offices, auditoriums, dining areas, student activities, or other related purposes necessary for, and appropriate to, the conduct of comprehensive programs of education. Such term includes interim facilities but does not include off-site improvements or living quarters.
- (3) The term “physician assistant education program” means an educational program in a public or private institution in a State that—
- (A) has as its objective the education of individuals who, upon completion of their studies in the program, be 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “will be”. qualified to provide primary care medical services with the supervision of a physician; and
- (B) is accredited by the Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant.
- (4) The term “school of allied health” means a public or nonprofit private college, junior college, or university or hospital-based educational entity that—
- (A) provides, or can provide, programs of education to enable individuals to become allied health professionals or to provide additional training for allied health professionals;
- (B) provides training for not less than a total of twenty persons in the allied health curricula (except that this subparagraph shall not apply to any hospital-based educational entity);
- (C) includes or is affiliated with a teaching hospital; and
- (D) is accredited by a recognized body or bodies approved for such purposes by the Secretary of Education, or which provides to the Secretary satisfactory assurance by such accrediting body or bodies that reasonable progress is being made toward accreditation.
- (5) The term “allied health professionals” means a health professional (other than a registered nurse or physician assistant)—
- (A) who has received a certificate, an associate’s degree, a bachelor’s degree, a master’s degree, a doctoral degree, or postbaccalaureate training, in a science relating to health care;
- (B) who shares in the responsibility for the delivery of health care services or related services, including—
- (i) services relating to the identification, evaluation, and prevention of disease and disorders;
- (ii) dietary and nutrition services;
- (iii) health promotion services;
- (iv) rehabilitation services; or
- (v) health systems management services; and
- (C) who has not received a degree of doctor of medicine, a degree of doctor of osteopathy, a degree of doctor of dentistry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of veterinary medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of optometry or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of podiatric medicine or an equivalent degree, a degree of bachelor of science in pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of pharmacy or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in public health or an equivalent degree, a degree of doctor of chiropractic or an equivalent degree, a graduate degree in health administration or an equivalent degree, a doctoral degree in clinical psychology or an equivalent degree, or a degree in social work or an equivalent degree or a degree in counseling or an equivalent degree.
- (6) The term “medically underserved community” means an urban or rural area or population that—
- (A) is eligible for designation under section 254e of this title as a health professional shortage area;
- (B) is eligible to be served by a migrant health center under section 254b 2 2 See References in Text notes below. of this title, a community health center under section 254c 2 of this title, a grantee under section 254b(h) of this title (relating to homeless individuals), or a grantee under section 256a 2 of this title (relating to residents of public housing);
- (C) has a shortage of personal health services, as determined under criteria issued by the Secretary under section 1395x(aa)(2) of this title (relating to rural health clinics); or
- (D) is designated by a State Governor (in consultation with the medical community) as a shortage area or medically underserved community.
- (7) The term “Department” means the Department of Health and Human Services.
- (8) The term “nonprofit” refers to the status of an entity owned and operated by one or more corporations or associations no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.
- (9) The term “State” includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (10)
- (A) Subject to subparagraph (B), the term “underrepresented minorities” means, with respect to a health profession, racial and ethnic populations that are underrepresented in the health profession relative to the number of individuals who are members of the population involved.
- (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), Asian individuals shall be considered by the various subpopulations of such individuals.
- (11) The term “psychologist” means an individual who—
- (A) holds a doctoral degree in psychology; and
- (B) is licensed or certified on the basis of the doctoral degree in psychology, by the State in which the individual practices, at the independent practice level of psychology to furnish diagnostic, assessment, preventive, and therapeutic services directly to individuals.
- (12) The term “area health education center” means a public or nonprofit private organization that has a cooperative agreement or contract in effect with an entity that has received an award under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) of section 294a of this title , satisfies the requirements in section 294a(d)(1) of this title , and has as one of its principal functions the operation of an area health education center. Appropriate organizations may include hospitals, health organizations with accredited primary care training programs, accredited physician assistant educational programs associated with a college or university, and universities or colleges not operating a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.
- (13) The term “area health education center program” means 3 3 So in original. The word “a” probably should appear. cooperative program consisting of an entity that has received an award under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) of section 294a of this title for the purpose of planning, developing, operating, and evaluating an area health education center program and one or more area health education centers, which carries out the required activities described in section 294a(c) of this title , satisfies the program requirements in such section, 4 4 So in original. The word “and” probably should appear. has as one of its principal functions identifying and implementing strategies and activities that address health care workforce needs in its service area, in coordination with the local workforce investment boards.
- (14) The term “clinical social worker” has the meaning given the term in section 1395x(hh)(1) of this title .
- (15) The term “cultural competency” shall be defined by the Secretary in a manner consistent with section 300u–6(d)(3) of this title .
- (16) The term “direct care worker” has the meaning given that term in the 2010 Standard Occupational Classifications of the Department of Labor for Home Health Aides [31–1011], Psychiatric Aides [31–1013], Nursing Assistants [31–1014], and Personal Care Aides [39–9021].
- (17) The term “Federally qualified health center” has the meaning given that term in section 1395x(aa) of this title .
- (18) The term “frontier health professional shortage area” means an area—
- (A) with a population density less than 6 persons per square mile within the service area; and
- (B) with respect to which the distance or time for the population to access care is excessive.
- (19) The term “graduate psychology” means an accredited program in professional psychology.
- (20) The term “health disparity population” has the meaning given such term in section 299a–1(d)(1) of this title .
- (21) The term “health literacy” means the degree to which an individual has the capacity to obtain, communicate, process, and understand health information and services in order to make appropriate health decisions.
- (22) The term “mental health service professional” means an individual with a graduate or postgraduate degree from an accredited institution of higher education in psychiatry, psychology, school psychology, behavioral pediatrics, psychiatric nursing, social work, school social work, substance abuse disorder prevention and treatment, marriage and family counseling, school counseling, or professional counseling.
- (23) The term “one-stop delivery system” means a one-stop delivery system described in section 3151(e) of title 29 .
- (24) The term “paraprofessional child and adolescent mental health worker” means an individual who is not a mental or behavioral health service professional, but who works at the first stage of contact with children and families who are seeking mental or behavioral health services, including substance abuse prevention and treatment services.
- (25) The terms “racial and ethnic minority group” and “racial and ethnic minority population” have the meaning given the term “racial and ethnic minority group” in section 300u–6 of this title .
- (26) The term “rural health clinic” has the meaning given that term in section 1395x(aa) of this title .
§ 296. Definitions
As used in this subchapter:
- (1) The term “eligible entities” means schools of nursing, nursing centers, academic health centers, State or local governments, and other public or private nonprofit entities determined appropriate by the Secretary that submit to the Secretary an application in accordance with section 296a of this title .
- (2) The term “school of nursing” means an accredited (as defined in paragraph 6) collegiate, associate degree, or diploma school of nursing in a State where graduates are—
- (A) authorized to sit for the National Council Licensure EXamination-Registered Nurse (NCLEX–RN); or
- (B) licensed registered nurses who will receive a graduate or equivalent degree or training to become an advanced education nurse as defined by section 296j(b) of this title .
- (3) The term “collegiate school of nursing” means a department, division, or other administrative unit in a college or university which provides primarily or exclusively a program of education in professional nursing and related subjects leading to the degree of bachelor of arts, bachelor of science, bachelor of nursing, or to an equivalent degree, or to a graduate degree in nursing, or to an equivalent degree, and including advanced training related to such program of education provided by such school, but only if such program, or such unit, college or university is accredited.
- (4) The term “associate degree school of nursing” means a department, division, or other administrative unit in a junior college, community college, college, or university which provides primarily or exclusively a two-year program of education in professional nursing and allied subjects leading to an associate degree in nursing or to an equivalent degree, but only if such program, or such unit, college, or university is accredited.
- (5) The term “diploma school of nursing” means a school affiliated with a hospital or university, or an independent school, which provides primarily or exclusively a program of education in professional nursing and allied subjects leading to a diploma or to equivalent indicia that such program has been satisfactorily completed, but only if such program, or such affiliated school or such hospital or university or such independent school is accredited.
- (6)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term “accredited” when applied to any program of nurse education means a program accredited by a recognized body or bodies, or by a State agency, approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education and when applied to a hospital, school, college, or university (or a unit thereof) means a hospital, school, college, or university (or a unit thereof) which is accredited by a recognized body or bodies, or by a State agency, approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education. For the purpose of this paragraph, the Secretary of Education shall publish a list of recognized accrediting bodies, and of State agencies, which the Secretary of Education determines to be reliable authority as to the quality of education offered.
- (B) A new program of nursing that, by reason of an insufficient period of operation, is not, at the time of the submission of an application for a grant or contract under this subchapter, eligible for accreditation by such a recognized body or bodies or State agency, shall be deemed accredited for purposes of this subchapter if the Secretary of Education finds, after consultation with the appropriate accreditation body or bodies, that there is reasonable assurance that the program will meet the accreditation standards of such body or bodies prior to the beginning of the academic year following the normal graduation date of students of the first entering class in such a program.
- (7) The term “nonprofit” as applied to any school, agency, organization, or institution means one which is a corporation or association, or is owned and operated by one or more corporations or associations, no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.
- (8) The term “State” means a State, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (9) The term “ambulatory surgical center” has the meaning applicable to such term under title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.].
- (10) The term “Federally qualified health center” has the meaning given such term under section 1861(aa)(4) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(4) ].
- (11) The term “health care facility” means an Indian Health Service health center, a Native Hawaiian health center, a hospital, a Federally qualified health center, a rural health clinic, a nursing home, a home health agency, a hospice program, a public health clinic, a State or local department of public health, a skilled nursing facility, an ambulatory surgical center, or any other facility designated by the Secretary.
- (12) The term “home health agency” has the meaning given such term in section 1861( o ) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395x ( o )].
- (13) The term “hospice program” has the meaning given such term in section 1861(dd)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395x(dd)(2) ].
- (14) The term “rural health clinic” has the meaning given such term in section 1861(aa)(2) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(2) ].
- (15) The term “skilled nursing facility” has the meaning given such term in section 1819(a) of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395i–3(a) ].
- (16) The term “accelerated nursing degree program” means a program of education in professional nursing offered by an accredited school of nursing in which an individual holding a bachelors degree in another discipline receives a BSN or MSN degree in an accelerated time frame as determined by the accredited school of nursing.
- (17) The term “bridge or degree completion program” means a program of education in professional nursing offered by an accredited school of nursing, as defined in paragraph (2), that leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Such programs may include, Registered Nurse (RN) to Bachelor’s of Science of Nursing (BSN) programs, RN to MSN (Master of Science of Nursing) programs, or BSN to Doctoral programs.
- (18) The term “nurse managed health clinic” means a nurse-practice arrangement, managed by advanced practice nurses, that provides primary care or wellness services to underserved or vulnerable populations and that is associated with a school, college, university or department of nursing, federally qualified health center, or independent nonprofit health or social services agency.
§ 296a. Application
- (a) To be eligible to receive a grant or contract under this subchapter, an eligible entity shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application that meets the requirements of this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
- (b) An application submitted under this section shall contain the plan of the applicant for carrying out a project with amounts received under this subchapter. Such plan shall be consistent with relevant Federal, State, or regional program plans.
- (c) An application submitted under this section shall contain a specification by the applicant entity of performance outcome standards that the project to be funded under the grant or contract will be measured against. Such standards shall address relevant national nursing needs that the project will meet, and how such project aligns with the goals in section 296e(a) of this title . The recipient of a grant or contract under this section shall meet the standards set forth in the grant or contract application.
- (d) An application submitted under this section shall contain a description of the linkages with relevant educational and health care entities, including training programs for other health professionals as appropriate, that the project to be funded under the grant or contract will establish.
§ 296b. Use of funds
- (a) Amounts provided under a grant or contract awarded under this subchapter may be used for training program development and support, faculty development, model demonstrations, trainee support including tuition, books, program fees and reasonable living expenses during the period of training, technical assistance, workforce analysis, and dissemination of information, as appropriate to meet recognized nursing objectives, in accordance with this subchapter.
- (b) With respect to activities for which a grant awarded under this subchapter is to be expended, the entity shall agree to maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures maintained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the entity receives such a grant. Such Federal funds are intended to supplement, not supplant, existing non-Federal expenditures for such activities.
§ 296c. Matching requirement
The Secretary may require that an entity that applies for a grant or contract under this subchapter provide non-Federal matching funds, as appropriate, to ensure the institutional commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the grant. Such non-Federal matching funds may be provided directly or through donations from public or private entities and may be in cash or in-kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services.
§ 296d. Preference
In awarding grants or contracts under this subchapter, the Secretary shall give preference to applicants with projects that will substantially benefit rural or underserved populations, or help meet public health nursing needs in State or local health departments.
§ 296e. Generally applicable provisions
- (a) The Secretary shall ensure that grants and contracts under this subchapter are awarded on a competitive basis, as appropriate, to carry out innovative demonstration projects or provide for strategic workforce supplementation activities as needed to address national nursing needs, including—
- (1) addressing challenges, including through supporting training and education of nursing students, related to the distribution of the nursing workforce and existing or projected nursing workforce shortages in geographic areas that have been identified as having, or that are projected to have, a nursing shortage;
- (2) increasing access to and the quality of health care services, including by supporting the training of professional registered nurses, advanced practice registered nurses, and advanced education nurses within community based settings and in a variety of health delivery system settings; or
- (3) addressing the strategic goals and priorities identified by the Secretary and that are in accordance with this subchapter.
- (b)
- (1) Recipients of grants and contracts under this subchapter shall meet information requirements as specified by the Secretary.
- (2) The Secretary shall establish procedures to ensure the annual evaluation of programs and projects operated by recipients of grants under this subchapter. Such procedures shall ensure that continued funding for such programs and projects will be conditioned upon the reporting of data and information demonstrating that satisfactory progress has been made by the program or project in meeting the performance outcome standards (as described in section 296a of this title ) of such program or project.
- (c) Training programs conducted with amounts received under this subchapter shall meet applicable accreditation and quality standards.
- (d)
- (1) Subject to paragraph (2), in the case of an award to an entity of a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract under this subchapter, the period during which payments are made to the entity under the award may not exceed 5 years. The provision of payments under the award shall be subject to annual approval by the Secretary of the payments and subject to the availability of appropriations for the fiscal year involved to make the payments. This paragraph may not be construed as limiting the number of awards under the program involved that may be made to the entity.
- (2) In the case of an award to an entity of a grant, cooperative agreement, or contract under this subchapter, paragraph (1) shall apply only to the extent not inconsistent with any other provision of this subchapter that relates to the period during which payments may be made under the award.
- (e)
- (1) Each application for a grant under this subchapter, except advanced nurse traineeship grants under section 296j(a)(2) of this title , shall be submitted to a peer review group for an evaluation of the merits of the proposals made in the application. The Secretary may not approve such an application unless a peer review group has recommended the application for approval.
- (2) Each peer review group under this subsection shall be composed principally of individuals who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government, and have relevant expertise and experience. In providing for the establishment of peer review groups and procedures, the Secretary shall, except as otherwise provided, ensure sex, racial, ethnic, and geographic representation among the membership of such groups.
- (3) This subsection shall be carried out by the Secretary acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
- (f) The Secretary shall ensure that—
- (1) cross-cutting workforce analytical activities are carried out as part of the workforce information and analysis activities under this subchapter; and
- (2) discipline-specific workforce information is developed and analytical activities are carried out as part of—
- (A) the advanced education nursing activities under part B;
- (B) the workforce diversity activities under part C; and
- (C) basic nursing education and practice activities under part D.
- (g) Activities under grants or contracts under this subchapter shall, to the extent practicable, be consistent with related Federal, State, or regional nursing professions program plans and priorities.
- (h)
- (1) Applications for grants or contracts under this subchapter may be submitted by health professions schools, schools of nursing, academic health centers, State or local governments, or other appropriate public or private nonprofit entities as determined appropriate by the Secretary in accordance with this subchapter.
- (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a for-profit entity may be eligible for a grant or contract under this subchapter as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (i) Not later than September 30, 2020 , and biennially thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report that contains an assessment of the programs and activities of the Department of Health and Human Services related to enhancing the nursing workforce, including the extent to which programs and activities under this subchapter meet the identified goals and performance measures developed for the respective programs and activities, and the extent to which the Department coordinates with other Federal departments regarding programs designed to improve the nursing workforce.
§ 296f. Technical assistance
Funds appropriated under this subchapter may be used by the Secretary to provide technical assistance in relation to any of the authorities under this subchapter.
§ 296g. Prohibition against discrimination by schools on basis of sex
The Secretary may not make a grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment under this subchapter to, or for the benefit of, any school of nursing unless the application for the grant, loan guarantee, or interest subsidy payment contains assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the school will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs. The Secretary may not enter into a contract under this subchapter with any school unless the school furnishes assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that it will not discriminate on the basis of sex in the admission of individuals to its training programs.
§ 296j. Advanced education nursing grants
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities to meet the costs of—
- (1) projects that support the enhancement of advanced nursing education and practice; and
- (2) traineeships for individuals in advanced nursing education programs.
- (b) For purposes of this section, the term “advanced education nurses” means individuals trained in advanced degree programs including individuals in combined R.N./graduate degree programs, post-nursing master’s certificate programs, or, in the case of nurse midwives, in certificate programs in existence on the date that is one day prior to November 13, 1998 , to serve as nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, nurse midwives, nurse anesthetists, nurse educators, nurse administrators, clinical nurse leaders, or public health nurses, or in other nurse specialties determined by the Secretary to require advanced education.
- (c) Nurse practitioner programs eligible for support under this section are educational programs for registered nurses (irrespective of the type of school of nursing in which the nurses received their training) that—
- (1) meet guidelines prescribed by the Secretary; and
- (2) have as their objective the education of nurses who will upon completion of their studies in such programs, be qualified to effectively provide primary health care, including primary health care in homes and in ambulatory care facilities, long-term care facilities, acute care, and other health care settings.
- (d) Midwifery programs that are eligible for support under this section are educational programs that—
- (1) have as their objective the education of midwives; and
- (2) are accredited by the American College of Nurse-Midwives Accreditation Commission for Midwifery Education.
- (e) Nurse anesthesia programs eligible for support under this section are education programs that—
- (1) provide registered nurses with full-time anesthetist education; and
- (2) are accredited by the Council on Accreditation of Nurse Anesthesia Educational Programs.
- (f) Clinical nurse specialist programs eligible for support under this section are education programs that—
- (1) provide registered nurses with full-time clinical nurse specialist education; and
- (2) have as their objective the education of clinical nurse specialists who will, upon completion of such a program, be qualified to effectively provide care through the wellness and illness continuum to inpatients and outpatients experiencing acute and chronic illness.
- (g) The Secretary shall prescribe guidelines as appropriate for other advanced nurse education programs eligible for support under this section.
- (h)
- (1) The Secretary may not award a grant to an applicant under subsection (a) unless the applicant involved agrees that traineeships provided with the grant will only pay all or part of the costs of—
- (A) the tuition, books, and fees of the program of advanced nurse education with respect to which the traineeship is provided; and
- (B) the reasonable living expenses of the individual during the period for which the traineeship is provided.
- (2) In making awards of grants and contracts under subsection (a)(2), the Secretary shall give special consideration to an eligible entity that agrees to expend the award to train advanced education nurses who will practice in health professional shortage areas designated under section 254e of this title .
- (1) The Secretary may not award a grant to an applicant under subsection (a) unless the applicant involved agrees that traineeships provided with the grant will only pay all or part of the costs of—
§ 296m. Workforce diversity grants
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary may award grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities to meet the costs of special projects to increase nursing education opportunities for individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial and ethnic minorities underrepresented among registered nurses) by providing student scholarships or stipends, stipends for diploma or associate degree nurses to enter a bridge or degree completion program, student scholarships or stipends for accelerated nursing degree programs, pre-entry preparation, advanced education preparation, and retention activities.
- (b) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall take into consideration the recommendations of the National Advisory Council on Nurse Education and Practice and consult with nursing associations including the National Coalition of Ethnic Minority Nurse Associations, American 2 2 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “the”. Nurses Association, the National League for Nursing, the American Association of Colleges of Nursing, the National Black Nurses Association, the National Association of Hispanic Nurses, the Association of Asian American and Pacific Islander Nurses, the Native American Indian and Alaskan Nurses Association, and the National Council of State Boards of Nursing, and other organizations determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (c)
- (1) Recipients of awards under this section may be required, where requested, to report to the Secretary concerning the annual admission, retention, and graduation rates for individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds and ethnic and racial minorities in the school or schools involved in the projects.
- (2) If any of the rates reported under paragraph (1) fall below the average of the two previous years, the grant or contract recipient shall provide the Secretary with plans for immediately improving such rates.
- (3) A recipient described in paragraph (2) shall be ineligible for continued funding under this section if the plan of the recipient fails to improve the rates within the 1-year period beginning on the date such plan is implemented.
§ 296p. Nurse education, practice, quality, and retention grants
- (a) The Secretary may award grants to or enter into contracts with eligible entities for—
- (1) expanding the enrollment in baccalaureate nursing programs; or
- (2) providing education in new technologies, including distance learning methodologies.
- (b) The Secretary may award grants to or enter into contracts with eligible entities for—
- (1) establishing or expanding nursing practice arrangements in noninstitutional settings to demonstrate methods to improve access to primary health care in medically underserved communities;
- (2) providing care for underserved populations and high risk groups, such as the elderly, individuals with HIV/AIDS, individuals with mental health or substance use disorders, individuals who are homeless, and survivors of domestic violence;
- (3) providing coordinated care, and other skills needed to practice in existing and emerging organized health care systems; or
- (4) developing cultural competencies among nurses.
- (c) The Secretary may award grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities to enhance the nursing workforce by initiating and maintaining nurse retention programs pursuant to paragraph (1) or (2).
- (1) The Secretary may award grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities for programs—
- (A) to promote career advancement for—
- (i) nursing in a variety of training settings, cross training or specialty training among diverse population groups, and the advancement of individuals including to become professional registered nurses, advanced practice registered nurses, and nurses with graduate nursing education; and
- (ii) individuals including licensed practical nurses, licensed vocational nurses, certified nurse assistants, home health aides, diploma degree or associate degree nurses, and other health professionals, such as health aides or community health practitioners certified under the Community Health Aide Program of the Indian Health Service, to become registered nurses with baccalaureate degrees or nurses with graduate nursing education;
- (B) to assist individuals in obtaining education and training required to enter the nursing profession and advance within such profession, such as by providing career counseling and mentoring; and
- (C) developing and implementing internships, accredited fellowships, and accredited residency programs in collaboration with one or more accredited schools of nursing, to encourage the mentoring and development of specialties.
- (A) to promote career advancement for—
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary may award grants to eligible entities to improve the retention of nurses and enhance patient care that is directly related to nursing activities by enhancing collaboration and communication among nurses and other health care professionals, and by promoting nurse involvement in the organizational and clinical decisionmaking processes of a health care facility.
- (B) In making awards of grants under this paragraph, the Secretary shall give a preference to applicants that have not previously received an award under this paragraph.
- (C) The Secretary shall make continuation of any award under this paragraph beyond the second year of such award contingent on the recipient of such award having demonstrated to the Secretary measurable and substantive improvement in nurse retention or patient care.
- (1) The Secretary may award grants to and enter into contracts with eligible entities for programs—
- (d) The Secretary may award grants to or enter into contracts with eligible entities to address other areas that are of high priority to nurse education, practice, and retention, as determined by the Secretary.
- (e) As part of the report on nursing workforce programs described in section 296e(i) of this title , the Secretary shall include a report on the grants awarded and the contracts entered into under this section. Each such report shall identify the overall number of such grants and contracts and provide an explanation of why each such grant or contract will meet the priority need of the nursing workforce.
- (f) For purposes of this section, the term “eligible entity” includes an accredited school of nursing, as defined in section 296(2) of this title , a health care facility, including federally qualified health centers or nurse-managed health clinics, or a partnership of such a school and facility a health care facility, or a partnership of such a school and facility. 1 1 So in original.
§ 297a. Student loan fund
- (a) The Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement for the establishment and operation of a student loan fund in accordance with this part with any public or nonprofit private school of nursing which is located in a State.
- (b) Each agreement entered into under this section shall—
- (1) provide for establishment of a student loan fund by the school;
- (2) provide for deposit in the fund, except as provided in section 298d of this title , of (A) the Federal capital contributions paid from allotments under section 297d of this title to the school by the Secretary, (B) an additional amount from other sources equal to not less than one-ninth of such Federal capital contributions, (C) collections of principal and interest on loans made from the fund, (D) collections pursuant to section 297b(f) of this title , and (E) any other earnings of the fund;
- (3) provide that the fund, except as provided in section 298d of this title , shall be used only for loans to students of the school in accordance with the agreement and for costs of collection of such loans and interest thereon;
- (4) provide that loans may be made from such fund only to students pursuing a full-time or half-time course of study at the school leading to a baccalaureate or associate degree in nursing or an equivalent degree or a diploma in nursing, or to a graduate degree in nursing; and
- (5) contain such other provisions as are necessary to protect the financial interests of the United States.
- (c)
- (1) Any standard established by the Secretary by regulation for the collection by schools of nursing of loans made pursuant to loan agreements under this part shall provide that the failure of any such school to collect such loans shall be measured in accordance with this subsection. With respect to the student loan fund established pursuant to such agreements, this subsection may not be construed to require such schools to reimburse such loan fund for loans that became uncollectable prior to 1983.
- (2) The measurement of a school’s failure to collect loans made under this part shall be the ratio (stated as a percentage) that the defaulted principal amount outstanding of such school bears to the matured loans of such school.
- (3) For purposes of this subsection—
- (A) the term “default” means the failure of a borrower of a loan made under this part to—
- (i) make an installment payment when due; or
- (ii) comply with any other term of the promissory note for such loan,
- (B) the term “defaulted principal amount outstanding” means the total amount borrowed from the loan fund of a school that has reached the repayment stage (minus any principal amount repaid or cancelled) on loans—
- (i) repayable monthly and in default for at least 120 days; and
- (ii) repayable less frequently than monthly and in default for at least 180 days;
- (C) the term “grace period” means the period of nine months beginning on the date on which the borrower ceases to pursue a full-time or half-time course of study at a school of nursing; and
- (D) the term “matured loans” means the total principal amount of all loans made by a school of nursing under this part minus the total principal amount of loans made by such school to students who are—
- (i) enrolled in a full-time or half-time course of study at such school; or
- (ii) in their grace period.
- (A) the term “default” means the failure of a borrower of a loan made under this part to—
§ 297b. Loan provisions
- (a) The total of the loans for any academic year (or its equivalent, as determined under regulations of the Secretary) made by schools of nursing from loan funds established pursuant to agreements under this part may not exceed $3,300 in the case of any student, except that for the final two academic years of the program involved, such total may not exceed $5,200. The aggregate of the loans for all years from such funds may not exceed $17,000 in the case of any student during fiscal years 2010 and 2011. After fiscal year 2011, such amounts shall be adjusted to provide for a cost-of-attendance increase for the yearly loan rate and the aggregate of the loans. In the granting of such loans, a school shall give preference to licensed practical nurses, to persons with exceptional financial need, and to persons who enter as first-year students after enactment of this subchapter.
- (b) Loans from any such student loan fund by any school shall be made on such terms and conditions as the school may determine; subject, however, to such conditions, limitations, and requirements as the Secretary may prescribe (by regulation or in the agreement with the school) with a view to preventing impairment of the capital of such fund to the maximum extent practicable in the light of the objective of enabling the student to complete his course of study; and except that—
- (1) such a loan may be made only to a student who (A) is in need of the amount of the loan to pursue a full-time or half-time course of study at the school leading to a baccalaureate or associate degree in nursing or an equivalent degree, or a diploma in nursing, or a graduate degree in nursing, (B) is capable, in the opinion of the school, of maintaining good standing in such course of study, and (C) with respect to any student enrolling in the school after June 30, 2000 , is of financial need (as defined in regulations issued by the Secretary);; 1 1 So in original.
- (2) such a loan shall be repayable in equal or graduated periodic installments (with the right of the borrower to accelerate repayment) over the ten-year period which begins nine months after the student ceases to pursue a full-time or half-time course of study at a school of nursing, excluding from such 10-year period all (A) periods (up to three years) of (i) active duty performed by the borrower as a member of a uniformed service, or (ii) service as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act [ 22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.], (B) periods (up to ten years) during which the borrower is pursuing a full-time or half-time course of study at a collegiate school of nursing leading to baccalaureate degree in nursing or an equivalent degree, or to graduate degree in nursing, or is otherwise pursuing advanced professional training in nursing (or training to be a nurse anesthetist), and (C) such additional periods under the terms of paragraph (8) of this subsection;
- (3) in the case of a student who received such a loan before September 29, 1995 , an amount up to 85 per centum of any such loan made before such date (plus interest thereon) shall be canceled for full-time employment as a professional nurse (including teaching in any of the fields of nurse training and service as an administrator, supervisor, or consultant in any of the fields of nursing) in any public or nonprofit private agency, institution, or organization (including neighborhood health centers), at the rate of 15 per centum of the amount of such loan (plus interest) unpaid on the first day of such service for each of the first, second, and third complete year of such service, and 20 per centum of such amount (plus interest) for each complete fourth and fifth year of such service;
- (4) the liability to repay the unpaid balance of such loan and accrued interest thereon shall be canceled upon the death of the borrower, or if the Secretary determines that he has become permanently and totally disabled;
- (5) such a loan shall bear interest on the unpaid balance of the loan, computed only for periods during which the loan is repayable, at the rate of 5 percent per annum;
- (6) such a loan shall be made without security or endorsement, except that if the borrower is a minor and the note or other evidence of obligation executed by him would not, under the applicable law, create a binding obligation, either security or endorsement may be required;
- (7) no note or other evidence of any such loan may be transferred or assigned by the school making the loan except that, if the borrower transfers to another school participating in the program under this part such note or other evidence of a loan may be transferred to such other school; and
- (8) pursuant to uniform criteria established by the Secretary, the repayment period established under paragraph (2) for any student borrower who during the repayment period failed to make consecutive payments and who, during the last 12 months of the repayment period, has made at least 12 consecutive payments may be extended for a period not to exceed 10 years.
- (c) Where all or any part of a loan, or interest, is canceled under this section, the Secretary shall pay to the school an amount equal to the school’s proportionate share of the canceled portion, as determined by the Secretary.
- (d) Any loan for any year by a school from a student loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part shall be made in such installments as may be provided in regulations of the Secretary or such agreement and, upon notice to the Secretary by the school that any recipient of a loan is failing to maintain satisfactory standing, any or all further installments of his loan shall be withheld, as may be appropriate.
- (e) An agreement under this part with any school shall include provisions designed to make loans from the student loan fund established thereunder reasonably available (to the extent of the available funds in such fund) to all eligible students in the school in need thereof.
- (f) Subject to regulations of the Secretary and in accordance with this section, a school shall assess a charge with respect to a loan from the loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part for failure of the borrower to pay all or any part of an installment when it is due and, in the case of a borrower who is entitled to deferment of the loan under subsection (b)(2) or cancellation of part or all of the loan under subsection (b)(3), for any failure to file timely and satisfactory evidence of such entitlement. No such charge may be made if the payment of such installment or the filing of such evidence is made within 60 days after the date on which such installment or filing is due. The amount of any such charge may not exceed an amount equal to 6 percent of the amount of such installment. The school may elect to add the amount of any such charge to the principal amount of the loan as of the first day after the day on which such installment or evidence was due, or to make the amount of the charge payable to the school not later than the due date of the next installment after receipt by the borrower of notice of the assessment of the charge.
- (g) A school may provide in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, that during the repayment period of a loan from a loan fund established pursuant to an agreement under this part payments of principal and interest by the borrower with respect to all the outstanding loans made to him from loan funds so established shall be at a rate equal to not less than $40 per month.
- (h) Notwithstanding the amendment made by section 6(b) of the Nurse Training Act of 1971 to this section—
- (A) any person who obtained one or more loans from a loan fund established under this part, who before November 18, 1971 , became eligible for cancellation of all or part of such loans (including accrued interest) under this section (as in effect on the day before such date), and who on such date was not engaged in a service for which loan cancellation was authorized under this section (as so in effect), may at any time elect to receive such cancellation in accordance with this subsection (as so in effect); and
- (B) in the case of any person who obtained one or more loans from a loan fund established under this part and who on such date was engaged in a service for which cancellation of all or part of such loans (including accrued interest) was authorized under this section (as so in effect), this section (as so in effect) shall continue to apply to such person for purposes of providing such loan cancellation until he terminates such service.
- (i) Upon application by a person who received, and is under an obligation to repay, any loan made to such person as a nursing student, the Secretary may undertake to repay (without liability to the applicant) all or any part of such loan, and any interest or portion thereof outstanding thereon, upon his determination, pursuant to regulations establishing criteria therefor, that the applicant—
- (1) failed to complete the nursing studies with respect to which such loan was made;
- (2) is in exceptionally needy circumstances; and
- (3) has not resumed, or cannot reasonably be expected to resume, such nursing studies within two years following the date upon which the applicant terminated the studies with respect to which such loan was made.
- (j) The Secretary is authorized to attempt to collect any loan which was made under this part, which is in default, and which was referred to the Secretary by a school of nursing with which the Secretary has an agreement under this part, on behalf of that school under such terms and conditions as the Secretary may prescribe (including reimbursement from the school’s student loan fund for expenses the Secretary may reasonably incur in attempting collection), but only if the school has complied with such requirements as the Secretary may specify by regulation with respect to the collection of loans under this part. A loan so referred shall be treated as a debt subject to section 5514 of title 5 . Amounts collected shall be deposited in the school’s student loan fund. Whenever the Secretary desires the institution of a civil action regarding any such loan, the Secretary shall refer the matter to the Attorney General for appropriate action.
- (k)
- (1) It is the purpose of this subsection to ensure that obligations to repay loans under this section are enforced without regard to any Federal or State statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period within which debts may be enforced.
- (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, no limitation shall terminate the period within which suit may be filed, a judgment may be enforced, or an offset, garnishment, or other action may be initiated or taken by a school of nursing that has an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to section 297a of this title that is seeking the repayment of the amount due from a borrower on a loan made under this part after the default of the borrower on such loan.
§ 297c. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 123(3) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3562
§ 297c. Repealed. Pub. L. 105–392, title I, § 123(3) , Nov. 13, 1998 , 112 Stat. 3562
§ 297d. Allotments and payments of Federal capital contributions
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall from time to time set dates by which schools of nursing must file applications for Federal capital contributions.
- (2)
- (A) If the total of the amounts requested for any fiscal year in such applications exceeds the total amount appropriated under section 297c 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title for that fiscal year, the allotment from such total amount to the loan fund of each school of nursing shall be reduced to whichever of the following is the smaller:
- (i) The amount requested in its application.
- (ii) An amount which bears the same ratio to the total amount appropriated as the number of students estimated by the Secretary to be enrolled on a full-time basis in such school during such fiscal year bears to the estimated total number of students enrolled in all such schools on a full-time basis during such year.
- (B) Amounts remaining after allotment under subparagraph (A) shall be reallotted in accordance with clause (ii) of such subparagraph among schools whose applications requested more than the amounts so allotted to their loan funds, but with such adjustments as may be necessary to prevent the total allotted to any such school’s loan fund under this paragraph and paragraph (3) from exceeding the total so requested by it.
- (A) If the total of the amounts requested for any fiscal year in such applications exceeds the total amount appropriated under section 297c 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title for that fiscal year, the allotment from such total amount to the loan fund of each school of nursing shall be reduced to whichever of the following is the smaller:
- (3) Funds which, pursuant to section 297e(c) of this title or pursuant to a loan agreement under section 297a of this title are returned to the Secretary in any fiscal year, shall be available for allotment until expended. Funds described in the preceding sentence shall be allotted among schools of nursing in such manner as the Secretary determines will best carry out this part.
- (b) Allotments to a loan fund of a school shall be paid to it from time to time in such installments as the Secretary determines will not result in unnecessary accumulations in the loan fund at such school.
- (c) The Federal capital contributions to a loan fund of a school under this part shall be paid to it from time to time in such installments as the Secretary determines will not result in unnecessary accumulations in the loan fund at such school.
§ 297e. Distribution of assets from loan funds
- (a) If a school terminates a loan fund established under an agreement pursuant to section 297a(b) of this title , or if the Secretary for good cause terminates the agreement with the school, there shall be a capital distribution as follows:
- (1) The Secretary shall first be paid an amount which bears the same ratio to such balance in such fund on the date of termination of the fund as the total amount of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary pursuant to section 297a(b)(2)(A) of this title bears to the total amount in such fund derived from such Federal capital contributions and from funds deposited therein pursuant to section 297a(b)(2)(B) of this title .
- (2) The remainder of such balance shall be paid to the school.
- (b) If a capital distribution is made under subsection (a), the school involved shall, after such capital distribution, pay to the Secretary, not less often than quarterly, the same proportionate share of amounts received by the school in payment of principal or interest on loans made from the loan fund established under section 297a(b) of this title as determined by the Secretary under subsection (a).
- (c)
- (1) Within 90 days after the termination of any agreement with a school under section 297a of this title or the termination in any other manner of a school’s participation in the loan program under this part, 1 1 See References in Text note below. such school shall pay to the Secretary from the balance of the loan fund of such school established under section 297a of this title , an amount which bears the same ratio to the balance in such fund on the date of such termination as the total amount of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary pursuant to section 297a(b)(2)(A) of this title bears to the total amount in such fund on such date derived from such Federal capital contributions and from funds deposited in the fund pursuant to section 297a(b)(2)(B) of this title . The remainder of such balance shall be paid to the school.
- (2) A school to which paragraph (1) applies shall pay to the Secretary after the date on which payment is made under such paragraph and not less than quarterly, the same proportionate share of amounts received by the school after the date of termination referred to in paragraph (1) in payment of principal or interest on loans made from the loan fund as was determined for the Secretary under such paragraph.
§ 297f. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–63, title IX, § 936(e)(1) , July 29, 1975 , 89 Stat. 363
§ 297f. Repealed. Pub. L. 94–63, title IX, § 936(e)(1) , July 29, 1975 , 89 Stat. 363
§ 297g. Modification of agreements; compromise, waiver or release
The Secretary may agree to modifications of agreements made under this part, and may compromise, waive, or release any right, title, claim, or demand of the United States arising or acquired under this part.
§ 297h. Repealed. Pub. L. 99–92, § 9(a)(1) , Aug. 16, 1985 , 99 Stat. 400
§ 297h. Repealed. Pub. L. 99–92, § 9(a)(1) , Aug. 16, 1985 , 99 Stat. 400
§ 297i. Procedures for appeal of terminations
In any case in which the Secretary intends to terminate an agreement with a school of nursing under this part, the Secretary shall provide the school with a written notice specifying such intention and stating that the school may request a formal hearing with respect to such termination. If the school requests such a hearing within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, the Secretary shall provide such school with a hearing conducted by an administrative law judge.
§ 297n. Loan repayment and scholarship programs
- (a) In the case of any individual—
- (1) who has received a baccalaureate or associate degree in nursing (or an equivalent degree), a diploma in nursing, or a graduate degree in nursing;
- (2) who obtained (A) one or more loans from a loan fund established under subpart II, 1 1 See References in Text note below. or (B) any other educational loan for nurse training costs; and
- (3) who enters into an agreement with the Secretary to serve as nurse for a period of not less than two years at a health care facility with a critical shortage of nurses, or in a 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “an”. accredited school of nursing, as defined by section 296(2) of this title , as nurse faculty;
- (b) The payments described in subsection (a) shall be made by the Secretary as follows:
- (1) Upon completion by the individual for whom the payments are to be made of the first year of the service specified in the agreement entered into with the Secretary under subsection (a), the Secretary shall pay 30 percent of the principal of, and the interest on each loan of such individual described in subsection (a)(2) which is outstanding on the date the individual began such practice.
- (2) Upon completion by that individual of the second year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 30 percent of the principal of, and the interest on each such loan.
- (3) Upon completion by that individual of a third year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 25 percent of the principal of, and the interest on each such loan.
- (c) Notwithstanding the requirement of completion of practice specified in subsection (b), the Secretary shall, on or before the due date thereof, pay any loan or loan installment which may fall due within the period of service for which the borrower may receive payments under this subsection, upon the declaration of such borrower, at such times and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe (and supported by such other evidence as the Secretary may reasonably require), that the borrower is then serving as described by subsection (a)(3), and that the borrower will continue to so serve for the period required (in the absence of this subsection) to entitle the borrower to have made the payments provided by this subsection for such period; except that not more than 85 percent of the principal of any such loan shall be paid pursuant to this subsection.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall (for fiscal years 2003 and 2004) and may (for fiscal years thereafter) carry out a program of entering into contracts with eligible individuals under which such individuals agree to serve as nurses for a period of not less than 2 years at a health care facility with a critical shortage of nurses, in consideration of the Federal Government agreeing to provide to the individuals scholarships for attendance at schools of nursing.
- (2) In this subsection, the term “eligible individual” means an individual who is enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a full-time or part-time student in a school of nursing.
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary may not enter into a contract with an eligible individual under this subsection unless the individual agrees to serve as a nurse at a health care facility with a critical shortage of nurses for a period of full-time service of not less than 2 years, or for a period of part-time service in accordance with subparagraph (B).
- (B) An individual may complete the period of service described in subparagraph (A) on a part-time basis if the individual has a written agreement that—
- (i) is entered into by the facility and the individual and is approved by the Secretary; and
- (ii) provides that the period of obligated service will be extended so that the aggregate amount of service performed will equal the amount of service that would be performed through a period of full-time service of not less than 2 years.
- (4) The provisions of subpart III of part D of subchapter II shall, except as inconsistent with this section, apply to the program established in paragraph (1) in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply to the National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program established in such subpart.
- (e) In entering into agreements under subsection (a) or (d), the Secretary shall give preference to qualified applicants with the greatest financial need.
- (f) The Secretary may make payments under subsection (a) on behalf of an individual only if the agreement under such subsection provides that section 298b–7(c) 1 of this title is applicable to the individual.
- (g)
- (1) In the case of any program under this section under which an individual makes an agreement to provide health services for a period of time in accordance with such program in consideration of receiving an award of Federal funds regarding education as a nurse (including an award for the repayment of loans), the following applies if the agreement provides that this subsection is applicable:
- (A) In the case of a program under this section that makes an award of Federal funds for attending an accredited program of nursing (in this section referred to as a “nursing program”), the individual is liable to the Federal Government for the amount of such award (including amounts provided for expenses related to such attendance), and for interest on such amount at the maximum legal prevailing rate, if the individual—
- (i) fails to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing in the nursing program (as indicated by the program in accordance with requirements established by the Secretary);
- (ii) is dismissed from the nursing program for disciplinary reasons; or
- (iii) voluntarily terminates the nursing program.
- (B) The individual is liable to the Federal Government for the amount of such award (including amounts provided for expenses related to such attendance), and for interest on such amount at the maximum legal prevailing rate, if the individual fails to provide health services in accordance with the program under this section for the period of time applicable under the program.
- (A) In the case of a program under this section that makes an award of Federal funds for attending an accredited program of nursing (in this section referred to as a “nursing program”), the individual is liable to the Federal Government for the amount of such award (including amounts provided for expenses related to such attendance), and for interest on such amount at the maximum legal prevailing rate, if the individual—
- (2) In the case of an individual or health facility making an agreement for purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide for the waiver or suspension of liability under such subsection if compliance by the individual or the health facility, as the case may be, with the agreements involved is impossible, or would involve extreme hardship to the individual or facility, and if enforcement of the agreements with respect to the individual or facility would be unconscionable.
- (3) Subject to paragraph (2), any amount that the Federal Government is entitled to recover under paragraph (1) shall be paid to the United States not later than the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the date the United States becomes so entitled.
- (4) Amounts recovered under paragraph (1) with respect to a program under this section shall be available for the purposes of such program, and shall remain available for such purposes until expended.
- (1) In the case of any program under this section under which an individual makes an agreement to provide health services for a period of time in accordance with such program in consideration of receiving an award of Federal funds regarding education as a nurse (including an award for the repayment of loans), the following applies if the agreement provides that this subsection is applicable:
- (h) Not later than 18 months after August 1, 2002 , and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress a report describing the programs carried out under this section, including statements regarding—
- (1) the number of enrollees, scholarships, loan repayments, and grant recipients;
- (2) the number of graduates;
- (3) the amount of scholarship payments and loan repayments made;
- (4) which educational institution the recipients attended;
- (5) the number and placement location of the scholarship and loan repayment recipients at health care facilities with a critical shortage of nurses;
- (6) the default rate and actions required;
- (7) the amount of outstanding default funds of both the scholarship and loan repayment programs;
- (8) to the extent that it can be determined, the reason for the default;
- (9) the demographics of the individuals participating in the scholarship and loan repayment programs;
- (10) justification for the allocation of funds between the scholarship and loan repayment programs; and
- (11) an evaluation of the overall costs and benefits of the programs.
- (i) Of the amounts appropriated under section 298d(b) of this title ,, 3 3 So in original. the Secretary may, as determined appropriate by the Secretary, allocate amounts between the program under subsection (a) and the program under subsection (d).
§ 297o. Eligible individual student loan repayment
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may enter into an agreement with eligible individuals for the repayment of education loans, in accordance with this section, to increase the number of qualified nursing faculty.
- (b) Each agreement entered into under this subsection shall require that the eligible individual shall serve as a full-time member of the faculty of an accredited school of nursing, for a total period, in the aggregate, of at least 4 years during the 6-year period beginning on the later of—
- (1) the date on which the individual receives a master’s or doctorate nursing degree from an accredited school of nursing; or
- (2) the date on which the individual enters into an agreement under this subsection.
- (c) Agreements entered into pursuant to subsection (b) shall be entered into on such terms and conditions as the Secretary may determine, except that—
- (1) not more than 10 months after the date on which the 6-year period described under subsection (b) begins, but in no case before the individual starts as a full-time member of the faculty of an accredited school of nursing 1 1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma. the Secretary shall begin making payments, for and on behalf of that individual, on the outstanding principal of, and interest on, any loan of that individual obtained to pay for such degree;
- (2) for an individual who has completed a master’s in nursing or equivalent degree in nursing—
- (A) payments may not exceed $10,000 per calendar year; and
- (B) total payments may not exceed $40,000 during the 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (after fiscal year 2011, such amounts shall be adjusted to provide for a cost-of-attendance increase for the yearly loan rate and the aggregate loan); and
- (3) for an individual who has completed a doctorate or equivalent degree in nursing—
- (A) payments may not exceed $20,000 per calendar year; and
- (B) total payments may not exceed $80,000 during the 2010 and 2011 fiscal years (adjusted for subsequent fiscal years as provided for in the same manner as in paragraph (2)(B)).
- (d)
- (1) In the case of any agreement made under subsection (b), the individual is liable to the Federal Government for the total amount paid by the Secretary under such agreement, and for interest on such amount at the maximum legal prevailing rate, if the individual fails to meet the agreement terms required under such subsection.
- (2) In the case of an individual making an agreement for purposes of paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide for the waiver or suspension of liability under such paragraph if compliance by the individual with the agreement involved is impossible or would involve extreme hardship to the individual or if enforcement of the agreement with respect to the individual would be unconscionable.
- (3) Subject to paragraph (2), any amount that the Federal Government is entitled to recover under paragraph (1) shall be paid to the United States not later than the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the date the United States becomes so entitled.
- (4) Amounts recovered under paragraph (1) shall be available to the Secretary for making loan repayments under this section and shall remain available for such purpose until expended.
- (e) For purposes of this section, the term “eligible individual” means an individual who—
- (1) is a United States citizen, national, or lawful permanent resident;
- (2) holds an unencumbered license as a registered nurse; and
- (3) has either already completed a master’s or doctorate nursing program at an accredited school of nursing or is currently enrolled on a full-time or part-time basis in such a program.
- (f) For the purposes of this section and section 297n–1 of this title , funding priority will be awarded to School of Nursing Student Loans 2 2 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized. that support doctoral nursing students or Individual Student Loan Repayment 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “individual student loan repayments”. that support doctoral nursing students.
§ 297t. National Advisory Council on Nurse Education and Practice
- (a) The Secretary shall establish an advisory council to be known as the National Advisory Council on Nurse Education and Practice (in this section referred to as the “Advisory Council”).
- (b)
- (1) The Advisory Council shall be composed of—
- (A) not less than 21, nor more than 23 individuals, who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government, appointed by the Secretary without regard to the Federal civil service laws, of which—
- (i) 2 shall be selected from full-time students enrolled in schools of nursing;
- (ii) 2 shall be selected from the general public;
- (iii) 2 shall be selected from practicing professional nurses; and
- (iv) 9 shall be selected from among the leading authorities in the various fields of nursing, higher, secondary education, and associate degree schools of nursing, and from representatives of advanced education nursing groups (such as nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, nurse anesthetists, and clinical nurse specialists), hospitals, and other institutions and organizations which provide nursing services; and
- (B) the Secretary (or the delegate of the Secretary (who shall be an ex officio member and shall serve as the Chairperson)).
- (A) not less than 21, nor more than 23 individuals, who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government, appointed by the Secretary without regard to the Federal civil service laws, of which—
- (2) Not later than 90 days after November 13, 1998 , the Secretary shall appoint the members of the Advisory Council and each such member shall serve a 4 year term. In making such appointments, the Secretary shall ensure a fair balance between the nursing professions, a broad geographic representation of members and a balance between urban and rural members. Members shall be appointed based on their competence, interest, and knowledge of the mission of the profession involved. A majority of the members shall be nurses.
- (3) In appointing the members of the Advisory Council under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall ensure the adequate representation of minorities.
- (1) The Advisory Council shall be composed of—
- (c)
- (1) A vacancy on the Advisory Council shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall be subject to any conditions which applied with respect to the original appointment.
- (2) An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member replaced.
- (d) The Advisory Council shall—
- (1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary and Congress concerning policy matters arising in the administration of this subchapter, including the range of issues relating to the nurse workforce, education, and practice improvement;
- (2) provide advice to the Secretary and Congress in the preparation of general regulations and with respect to policy matters arising in the administration of this subchapter, including the range of issues relating to nurse supply, education and practice improvement; and
- (3) not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of the Title VIII Nursing Reauthorization Act, 1 1 See References in Text note below. and annually thereafter, prepare and submit to the Secretary, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report describing the activities of the Council, including findings and recommendations made by the Council concerning the activities under this subchapter.
- (e)
- (1) The Advisory Council shall meet not less than 2 times each year. Such meetings shall be held jointly with other related entities established under this subchapter where appropriate.
- (2) Not later than 14 days prior to the convening of a meeting under paragraph (1), the Advisory Council shall prepare and make available an agenda of the matters to be considered by the Advisory Council at such meeting. At any such meeting, the Advisory Council shall distribute materials with respect to the issues to be addressed at the meeting. Not later than 30 days after the adjourning of such a meeting, the Advisory Council shall prepare and make available a summary of the meeting and any actions taken by the Council based upon the meeting.
- (f)
- (1) Each member of the Advisory Council shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day (including travel time) during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Council. All members of the Council who are officers or employees of the United States shall serve without compensation in addition to that received for their services as officers or employees of the United States.
- (2) The members of the Advisory Council shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Council.
- (g) Amounts appropriated for carrying out parts B, C, and D may be utilized by the Secretary to support the nurse education and practice activities of the Council.
- (h) The Federal Advisory Committee Act shall apply to the Advisory Committee under this section only to the extent that the provisions of such Act do not conflict with the requirements of this section.
§ 297x. Repealed. Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title III, § 3404(a)(12) , Mar. 27, 2020 , 134 Stat. 394
§§ 297w, 297x. Repealed. Pub. L. 116–136, div. A, title III, § 3404(a)(12) , Mar. 27, 2020 , 134 Stat. 394
§ 298. Comprehensive geriatric education
- (a) The Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to develop and implement, in coordination with programs under section 294c of this title , programs and initiatives to train and educate individuals in providing geriatric care for the elderly.
- (b) An eligible entity that receives a grant under subsection (a) shall use funds under such grant to—
- (1) provide training to individuals who will provide geriatric care for the elderly;
- (2) develop and disseminate curricula relating to the treatment of the health problems of elderly individuals;
- (3) train faculty members in geriatrics;
- (4) provide continuing education to individuals who provide geriatric care; or
- (5) establish traineeships for individuals who are preparing for advanced education nursing degrees in geriatric nursing, long-term care, gero-psychiatric nursing or other nursing areas that specialize in the care of the elderly population.
- (c) An eligible entity desiring a grant under subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
- (d) For purposes of this section, the term “eligible entity” includes a school of nursing, a health care facility, a program leading to certification as a certified nurse assistant, a partnership of such a school and facility, or a partnership of such a program and facility.
- (e) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
§ 298d. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of carrying out parts B, C, and D (subject to section 297t(g) of this title ), there are authorized to be appropriated $137,837,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
- (b) For the purpose of carrying out part E, there are authorized to be appropriated $117,135,000 for each of the fiscal years 2021 through 2025.
§ 299. Mission and duties
- (a) There is established within the Public Health Service an agency to be known as the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, which shall be headed by a director appointed by the Secretary. The Secretary shall carry out this subchapter acting through the Director.
- (b) The purpose of the Agency is to enhance the quality, appropriateness, and effectiveness of health services, and access to such services, through the establishment of a broad base of scientific research and through the promotion of improvements in clinical and health system practices, including the prevention of diseases and other health conditions. The Agency shall promote health care quality improvement by conducting and supporting—
- (1) research that develops and presents scientific evidence regarding all aspects of health care, including—
- (A) the development and assessment of methods for enhancing patient participation in their own care and for facilitating shared patient-physician decision-making;
- (B) the outcomes, effectiveness, and cost-effectiveness of health care practices, including preventive measures and long-term care;
- (C) existing and innovative technologies;
- (D) the costs and utilization of, and access to health care;
- (E) the ways in which health care services are organized, delivered, and financed and the interaction and impact of these factors on the quality of patient care;
- (F) methods for measuring quality and strategies for improving quality; and
- (G) ways in which patients, consumers, purchasers, and practitioners acquire new information about best practices and health benefits, the determinants and impact of their use of this information;
- (2) the synthesis and dissemination of available scientific evidence for use by patients, consumers, practitioners, providers, purchasers, policy makers, and educators; and
- (3) initiatives to advance private and public efforts to improve health care quality.
- (1) research that develops and presents scientific evidence regarding all aspects of health care, including—
- (c)
- (1) In carrying out this subchapter, the Director shall conduct and support research and evaluations, and support demonstration projects, with respect to—
- (A) the delivery of health care in inner-city areas, and in rural areas (including frontier areas); and
- (B) health care for priority populations, which shall include—
- (i) low-income groups;
- (ii) minority groups;
- (iii) women;
- (iv) children;
- (v) the elderly; and
- (vi) individuals with special health care needs, including individuals with disabilities and individuals who need chronic care or end-of-life health care.
- (2) The Director shall establish a process to ensure that the requirements of paragraph (1) are reflected in the overall portfolio of research conducted and supported by the Agency.
- (3) The Director shall establish an Office of Priority Populations to assist in carrying out the requirements of paragraph (1).
- (1) In carrying out this subchapter, the Director shall conduct and support research and evaluations, and support demonstration projects, with respect to—
§ 299a. General authorities
- (a) In carrying out section 299(b) of this title , the Director shall conduct and support research, evaluations, and training, support demonstration projects, research networks, and multidisciplinary centers, provide technical assistance, and disseminate information on health care and on systems for the delivery of such care, including activities with respect to—
- (1) the quality, effectiveness, efficiency, appropriateness and value of health care services;
- (2) quality measurement and improvement;
- (3) the outcomes, cost, cost-effectiveness, and use of health care services and access to such services;
- (4) clinical practice, including primary care and practice-oriented research;
- (5) health care technologies, facilities, and equipment;
- (6) health care costs, productivity, organization, and market forces;
- (7) health promotion and disease prevention, including clinical preventive services;
- (8) health statistics, surveys, database development, and epidemiology; and
- (9) medical liability.
- (b)
- (1) The Director may provide training grants in the field of health services research related to activities authorized under subsection (a), to include pre- and post-doctoral fellowships and training programs, young investigator awards, and other programs and activities as appropriate. In carrying out this subsection, the Director shall make use of funds made available under section 288(d)(3) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title as well as other appropriated funds.
- (2) In developing priorities for the allocation of training funds under this subsection, the Director shall take into consideration shortages in the number of trained researchers who are addressing health care issues for the priority populations identified in section 299(c)(1)(B) of this title and in addition, shall take into consideration indications of long-term commitment, amongst applicants for training funds, to addressing health care needs of the priority populations.
- (c) The Director may provide financial assistance to assist in meeting the costs of planning and establishing new centers, and operating existing and new centers, for multidisciplinary health services research, demonstration projects, evaluations, training, and policy analysis with respect to the matters referred to in subsection (a).
- (d) Activities authorized in this section shall be appropriately coordinated with experiments, demonstration projects, and other related activities authorized by the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.] and the Social Security Amendments of 1967. Activities under subsection (a)(2) of this section that affect the programs under titles XVIII, XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq., 1396 et seq., 1397aa et seq.] shall be carried out consistent with section 1142 of such Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1320b–12 ].
- (e) The Agency shall not mandate national standards of clinical practice or quality health care standards. Recommendations resulting from projects funded and published by the Agency shall include a corresponding disclaimer.
- (f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to imply that the Agency’s role is to mandate a national standard or specific approach to quality measurement and reporting. In research and quality improvement activities, the Agency shall consider a wide range of choices, providers, health care delivery systems, and individual preferences.
§ 299b. Health care outcome improvement research
- (a) In collaboration with experts from the public and private sector, the Agency shall identify and disseminate methods or systems to assess health care research results, particularly methods or systems to rate the strength of the scientific evidence underlying health care practice, recommendations in the research literature, and technology assessments. The Agency shall make methods or systems for evidence rating widely available. Agency publications containing health care recommendations shall indicate the level of substantiating evidence using such methods or systems.
- (b)
- (1) In order to address the full continuum of care and outcomes research, to link research to practice improvement, and to speed the dissemination of research findings to community practice settings, the Agency shall employ research strategies and mechanisms that will link research directly with clinical practice in geographically diverse locations throughout the United States, including—
- (A) health care improvement research centers that combine demonstrated multidisciplinary expertise in outcomes or quality improvement research with linkages to relevant sites of care;
- (B) provider-based research networks, including plan, facility, or delivery system sites of care (especially primary care), that can evaluate outcomes and evaluate and promote quality improvement; and
- (C) other innovative mechanisms or strategies to link research with clinical practice.
- (2) The Director is authorized to establish the requirements for entities applying for grants under this subsection.
- (1) In order to address the full continuum of care and outcomes research, to link research to practice improvement, and to speed the dissemination of research findings to community practice settings, the Agency shall employ research strategies and mechanisms that will link research directly with clinical practice in geographically diverse locations throughout the United States, including—
§ 299c. Advisory Council for Healthcare Research and Quality
- (a) There is established an advisory council to be known as the National Advisory Council for Healthcare Research and Quality.
- (b)
- (1) The Advisory Council shall advise the Secretary and the Director with respect to activities proposed or undertaken to carry out the mission of the Agency under section 299(b) of this title .
- (2) Activities of the Advisory Council under paragraph (1) shall include making recommendations to the Director regarding—
- (A) priorities regarding health care research, especially studies related to quality, outcomes, cost and the utilization of, and access to, health care services;
- (B) the field of health care research and related disciplines, especially issues related to training needs, and dissemination of information pertaining to health care quality; and
- (C) the appropriate role of the Agency in each of these areas in light of private sector activity and identification of opportunities for public-private sector partnerships.
- (c)
- (1) The Advisory Council shall, in accordance with this subsection, be composed of appointed members and ex officio members. All members of the Advisory Council shall be voting members other than the individuals designated under paragraph (3)(B) as ex officio members.
- (2) The Secretary shall appoint to the Advisory Council 21 appropriately qualified individuals. At least 17 members of the Advisory Council shall be representatives of the public who are not officers or employees of the United States and at least 1 member who shall be a specialist in the rural aspects of 1 or more of the professions or fields described in subparagraphs (A) through (G). The Secretary shall ensure that the appointed members of the Council, as a group, are representative of professions and entities concerned with, or affected by, activities under this subchapter and under section 1320b–12 of this title . Of such members—
- (A) three shall be individuals distinguished in the conduct of research, demonstration projects, and evaluations with respect to health care;
- (B) three shall be individuals distinguished in the fields of health care quality research or health care improvement;
- (C) three shall be individuals distinguished in the practice of medicine of which at least one shall be a primary care practitioner;
- (D) three shall be individuals distinguished in the other health professions;
- (E) three shall be individuals either representing the private health care sector, including health plans, providers, and purchasers or individuals distinguished as administrators of health care delivery systems;
- (F) three shall be individuals distinguished in the fields of health care economics, information systems, law, ethics, business, or public policy; and
- (G) three shall be individuals representing the interests of patients and consumers of health care.
- (3) The Secretary shall designate as ex officio members of the Advisory Council—
- (A) the Assistant Secretary for Health, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration, the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs), and the Under Secretary for Health of the Department of Veterans Affairs; and
- (B) such other Federal officials as the Secretary may consider appropriate.
- (d)
- (1) Members of the Advisory Council appointed under subsection (c)(2) shall serve for a term of 3 years.
- (2) To ensure the staggered rotation of one-third of the members of the Advisory Council each year, the Secretary is authorized to appoint the initial members of the Advisory Council for terms of 1, 2, or 3 years.
- (3) A member of the Council appointed under subsection (c)(2) may continue to serve after the expiration of the term of the members until a successor is appointed.
- (e) If a member of the Advisory Council appointed under subsection (c)(2) does not serve the full term applicable under subsection (d), the individual appointed to fill the resulting vacancy shall be appointed for the remainder of the term of the predecessor of the individual.
- (f) The Director shall, from among the members of the Advisory Council appointed under subsection (c)(2), designate an individual to serve as the chair of the Advisory Council.
- (g) The Advisory Council shall meet not less than once during each discrete 4-month period and shall otherwise meet at the call of the Director or the chair.
- (h)
- (1) Members of the Advisory Council appointed under subsection (c)(2) shall receive compensation for each day (including travel time) engaged in carrying out the duties of the Advisory Council unless declined by the member. Such compensation may not be in an amount in excess of the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5 for each day during which such member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Advisory Council.
- (2) Officials designated under subsection (c)(3) as ex officio members of the Advisory Council may not receive compensation for service on the Advisory Council in addition to the compensation otherwise received for duties carried out as officers of the United States.
- (i) The Director shall provide to the Advisory Council such staff, information, and other assistance as may be necessary to carry out the duties of the Council.
- (j) Notwithstanding section 14(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Advisory Council shall continue in existence until otherwise provided by law.
§ 300. Project grants and contracts for family planning services
- (a) The Secretary is authorized to make grants to and enter into contracts with public or nonprofit private entities to assist in the establishment and operation of voluntary family planning projects which shall offer a broad range of acceptable and effective family planning methods and services (including natural family planning methods, infertility services, and services for adolescents). To the extent practical, entities which receive grants or contracts under this subsection shall encourage familiy 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “family”. participation in projects assisted under this subsection.
- (b) In making grants and contracts under this section the Secretary shall take into account the number of patients to be served, the extent to which family planning services are needed locally, the relative need of the applicant, and its capacity to make rapid and effective use of such assistance. Local and regional entities shall be assured the right to apply for direct grants and contracts under this section, and the Secretary shall by regulation fully provide for and protect such right.
- (c) The Secretary, at the request of a recipient of a grant under subsection (a), may reduce the amount of such grant by the fair market value of any supplies or equipment furnished the grant recipient by the Secretary. The amount by which any such grant is so reduced shall be available for payment by the Secretary of the costs incurred in furnishing the supplies or equipment on which the reduction of such grant is based. Such amount shall be deemed as part of the grant and shall be deemed to have been paid to the grant recipient.
- (d) For the purpose of making grants and contracts under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 ; $60,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 ; $111,500,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 , $111,500,000 each for the fiscal years ending June 30, 1974 , and June 30, 1975 ; $115,000,000 for fiscal year 1976; $115,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977 ; $136,400,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978 ; $200,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979 ; $230,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980 ; $264,500,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 ; $126,510,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982 ; $139,200,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1983 ; $150,830,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1984 ; and $158,400,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1985 .
§ 300a. Formula grants to States for family planning services
- (a) The Secretary is authorized to make grants, from allotments made under subsection (b), to State health authorities to assist in planning, establishing, maintaining, coordinating, and evaluating family planning services. No grant may be made to a State health authority under this section unless such authority has submitted, and had approved by the Secretary, a State plan for a coordinated and comprehensive program of family planning services.
- (b) The sums appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section shall be allotted to the States by the Secretary on the basis of the population and the financial need of the respective States.
- (c) For the purposes of this section, the term “State” includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (d) For the purpose of making grants under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1971 ; $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1972 ; and $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1973 .
§ 300b. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–35, title XXI, § 2193(b)(1) , Aug. 13, 1981 , 95 Stat. 827
§ 300b. Repealed. Pub. L. 97–35, title XXI, § 2193(b)(1) , Aug. 13, 1981 , 95 Stat. 827
§ 300cc. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(2)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
§ 300cc. Repealed. Pub. L. 109–482, title I, § 104(b)(2)(C) , Jan. 15, 2007 , 120 Stat. 3693
§ 300d. Establishment
- (a) The Secretary shall, with respect to trauma care—
- (1) conduct and support research, training, evaluations, and demonstration projects;
- (2) foster the development of appropriate, modern systems of such care through the sharing of information among agencies and individuals involved in the study and provision of such care;
- (3) collect, compile, and disseminate information on the achievements of, and problems experienced by, State and local agencies and private entities in providing trauma care and emergency medical services and, in so doing, give special consideration to the unique needs of rural areas;
- (4) provide to State and local agencies technical assistance to enhance each State’s capability to develop, implement, and sustain the trauma care component of each State’s plan for the provision of emergency medical services;
- (5) sponsor workshops and conferences; and
- (6) promote the collection and categorization of trauma data in a consistent and standardized manner.
- (b) The Secretary may make grants, and enter into cooperative agreements and contracts, for the purpose of carrying out subsection (a).
§ 300e. Requirements of health maintenance organizations
- (a) For purposes of this subchapter, the term “health maintenance organization” means a public or private entity which is organized under the laws of any State and which (1) provides basic and supplemental health services to its members in the manner prescribed by subsection (b), and (2) is organized and operated in the manner prescribed by subsection (c).
- (b) A health maintenance organization shall provide, without limitations as to time or cost other than those prescribed by or under this subchapter, basic and supplemental health services to its members in the following manner:
- (1) Each member is to be provided basic health services for a basic health services payment which (A) is to be paid on a periodic basis without regard to the dates health services (within the basic health services) are provided; (B) is fixed without regard to the frequency, extent, or kind of health service (within the basic health services) actually furnished; (C) except in the case of basic health services provided a member who is a full-time student (as defined by the Secretary) at an accredited institution of higher education, is fixed under a community rating system; and (D) may be supplemented by additional nominal payments which may be required for the provision of specific services (within the basic health services), except that such payments may not be required where or in such a manner that they serve (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) as a barrier to the delivery of health services. Such additional nominal payments shall be fixed in accordance with the regulations of the Secretary. If a health maintenance organization offers to its members the opportunity to obtain basic health services through a physician not described in subsection (b)(3)(A), the organization may require, in addition to payments described in clause (D) of this paragraph, a reasonable deductible to be paid by a member when obtaining a basic health service from such a physician. A health maintenance organization may include a health service, defined as a supplemental health service by section 300e–1(2) of this title , in the basic health services provided its members for a basic health services payment described in the first sentence. In the case of an entity which before it became a qualified health maintenance organization (within the meaning of section 300e–9(d) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title) provided comprehensive health services on a prepaid basis, the requirement of clause (C) shall not apply to such entity until the expiration of the forty-eight month period beginning with the month following the month in which the entity became such a qualified health organization. The requirements of this paragraph respecting the basic health services payment shall not apply to the provision of basic health services to a member for an illness or injury for which the member is entitled to benefits under a workmen’s compensation law or an insurance policy but only to the extent such benefits apply to such services. For the provision of such services for an illness or injury for which a member is entitled to benefits under such a law, the health maintenance organization may, if authorized by such law, charge or authorize the provider of such services to charge, in accordance with the charges allowed under such law, the insurance carrier, employer, or other entity which under such law is to pay for the provision of such services or, to the extent that such member has been paid under such law for such services, such member. For the provision of such services for an illness or injury for which a member is entitled to benefits under an insurance policy, a health maintenance organization may charge or authorize the provider of such services to charge the insurance carrier under such policy or, to the extent that such member has been paid under such policy for such services, such member.
- (2) For such payment or payments (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as “supplemental health services payments”) as the health maintenance organization may require in addition to the basic health services payment, the organization may provide to each of its members any of the health services which are included in supplemental health services (as defined in section 300e–1(2) of this title ). Supplemental health services payments which are fixed on a prepayment basis shall be fixed under a community rating system unless the supplemental health services payment is for a supplemental health service provided a member who is a full-time student (as defined by the Secretary) at an accredited institution of higher education, except that, in the case of an entity which before it became a qualified health maintenance organization (within the meaning of section 300e–9(d) 1 of this title) provided comprehensive health services on a prepaid basis, the requirement of this sentence shall not apply to such entity during the forty-eight month period beginning with the month following the month in which the entity became such a qualified health maintenance organization.
- (3)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), at least 90 percent of the services of a physician which are provided as basic health services shall be provided through—
- (i) members of the staff of the health maintenance organization,
- (ii) a medical group (or groups),
- (iii) an individual practice association (or associations),
- (iv) physicians or other health professionals who have contracted with the health maintenance organization for the provision of such services, or
- (v) any combination of such staff, medical group (or groups), individual practice association (or associations) or physicians or other health professionals under contract with the organization.
- (B) Subparagraph (A) does not apply to the provision of the services of a physician—
- (i) which the health maintenance organization determines, in conformity with regulations of the Secretary, are unusual or infrequently used, or
- (ii) which are provided a member of the organization in a manner other than that prescribed by subparagraph (A) because of an emergency which made it medically necessary that the service be provided to the member before it could be provided in a manner prescribed by subparagraph (A).
- (C) Contracts between a health maintenance organization and health professionals for the provision of basic and supplemental health services shall include such provisions as the Secretary may require, but only to the extent that such requirements are designed to insure the delivery of quality health care services and sound fiscal management.
- (D) For purposes of this paragraph the term “health professional” means physicians, dentists, nurses, podiatrists, optometrists, and such other individuals engaged in the delivery of health services as the Secretary may by regulation designate.
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), at least 90 percent of the services of a physician which are provided as basic health services shall be provided through—
- (4) Basic health services (and only such supplemental health services as members have contracted for) shall within the area served by the health maintenance organization be available and accessible to each of its members with reasonable promptness and in a manner which assures continuity, and when medically necessary be available and accessible twenty-four hours a day and seven days a week, except that a health maintenance organization which has a service area located wholly in a nonmetropolitan area may make a basic health service available outside its service area if that basic health service is not a primary care or emergency health care service and if there is an insufficient number of providers of that basic health service within the service area who will provide such service to members of the health maintenance organization. A member of a health maintenance organization shall be reimbursed by the organization for his expenses in securing basic and supplemental health services other than through the organization if the services were medically necessary and immediately required because of an unforeseen illness, injury, or condition.
- (5) To the extent that a natural disaster, war, riot, civil insurrection, or any other similar event not within the control of a health maintenance organization (as determined under regulations of the Secretary) results in the facilities, personnel, or financial resources of a health maintenance organization not being available to provide or arrange for the provision of a basic or supplemental health service in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subsection, such requirements only require the organization to make a good-faith effort to provide or arrange for the provision of such service within such limitation on its facilities, personnel, or resources.
- (6) A health maintenance organization that otherwise meets the requirements of this subchapter may offer a high-deductible health plan (as defined in section 220(c)(2) of title 26 ).
- (c) Each health maintenance organization shall—
- (1)
- (A) have—
- (i) a fiscally sound operation, and
- (ii) adequate provision against the risk of insolvency,
- (A) have—
- (2) assume full financial risk on a prospective basis for the provision of basic health services, except that a health maintenance organization may (A) obtain insurance or make other arrangements for the cost of providing to any member basic health services the aggregate value of which exceeds $5,000 in any year, (B) obtain insurance or make other arrangements for the cost of basic health services provided to its members other than through the organization because medical necessity required their provision before they could be secured through the organization, (C) obtain insurance or make other arrangements for not more than 90 per centum of the amount by which its costs for any of its fiscal years exceed 115 per centum of its income for such fiscal year, and (D) make arrangements with physicians or other health professionals, health care institutions, or any combination of such individuals or institutions to assume all or part of the financial risk on a prospective basis for the provision of basic health services by the physicians or other health professionals or through the institutions;
- (3)
- (A) enroll persons who are broadly representative of the various age, social, and income groups within the area it serves, except that in the case of a health maintenance organization which has a medically underserved population located (in whole or in part) in the area it serves, not more than 75 per centum of the members of that organization may be enrolled from the medically underserved population unless the area in which such population resides is also a rural area (as designated by the Secretary), and (B) carry out enrollment of members who are entitled to medical assistance under a State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] in accordance with procedures approved under regulations promulgated by the Secretary;
- (4) not expel or refuse to re-enroll any member because of his health status or his requirements for health services;
- (5) be organized in such a manner that provides meaningful procedures for hearing and resolving grievances between the health maintenance organization (including the medical group or groups and other health delivery entities providing health services for the organization) and the members of the organization;
- (6) have organizational arrangements, established in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, for an ongoing quality assurance program for its health services which program (A) stresses health outcomes, and (B) provides review by physicians and other health professionals of the process followed in the provision of health services;
- (7) adopt at least one of the following arrangements to protect its members from incurring liability for payment of any fees which are the legal obligation of such organization—
- (A) a contractual arrangement with any hospital that is regularly used by the members of such organization prohibiting such hospital from holding any such member liable for payment of any fees which are the legal obligation of such organization;
- (B) insolvency insurance, acceptable to the Secretary;
- (C) adequate financial reserve, acceptable to the Secretary; and
- (D) other arrangements, acceptable to the Secretary, to protect members,
- (8) provide, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary (including safeguards concerning the confidentiality of the doctor-patient relationship), and effective procedure for developing, compiling, evaluating, and reporting to the Secretary, statistics and other information (which the Secretary shall publish and disseminate on an annual basis and which the health maintenance organization shall disclose, in a manner acceptable to the Secretary, to its members and the general public) relating to (A) the cost of its operations, (B) the patterns of utilization of its services, (C) the availability, accessibility, and acceptability of its services, (D) to the extent practical, developments in the health status of its members, and (E) such other matters as the Secretary may require.
- (1)
- (d) An organization that offers health benefits coverage shall not be considered as failing to meet the requirements of this section notwithstanding that it provides, with respect to coverage offered in connection with a group health plan in the small or large group market (as defined in section 300gg–91(e) of this title ), an affiliation period consistent with the provisions of section 2701(g). 1
§ 300ee. Use of funds
- (a) The purpose of this subchapter is to provide for the establishment of education and information programs to prevent and reduce exposure to, and the transmission of, the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
- (b) All programs of education and information receiving funds under this subchapter shall include information about the harmful effects of promiscuous sexual activity and intravenous substance abuse, and the benefits of abstaining from such activities.
- (c) None of the funds appropriated to carry out this subchapter may be used to provide education or information designed to promote or encourage, directly, homosexual or heterosexual sexual activity or intravenous substance abuse.
- (d) Subsection (c) may not be construed to restrict the ability of an education program that includes the information required in subsection (b) to provide accurate information about various means to reduce an individual’s risk of exposure to, or the transmission of, the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome, provided that any informational materials used are not obscene.
§ 300f. Definitions
For purposes of this subchapter:
- (1) The term “primary drinking water regulation” means a regulation which—
- (A) applies to public water systems;
- (B) specifies contaminants which, in the judgment of the Administrator, may have any adverse effect on the health of persons;
- (C) specifies for each such contaminant either—
- (i) a maximum contaminant level, if, in the judgment of the Administrator, it is economically and technologically feasible to ascertain the level of such contaminant in water in public water systems, or
- (ii) if, in the judgment of the Administrator, it is not economically or technologically feasible to so ascertain the level of such contaminant, each treatment technique known to the Administrator which leads to a reduction in the level of such contaminant sufficient to satisfy the requirements of section 300g–1 of this title ; and
- (D) contains criteria and procedures to assure a supply of drinking water which dependably complies with such maximum contaminant levels; including accepted methods for quality control and testing procedures to insure compliance with such levels and to insure proper operation and maintenance of the system, and requirements as to (i) the minimum quality of water which may be taken into the system and (ii) siting for new facilities for public water systems.
- (2) The term “secondary drinking water regulation” means a regulation which applies to public water systems and which specifies the maximum contaminant levels which, in the judgment of the Administrator, are requisite to protect the public welfare. Such regulations may apply to any contaminant in drinking water (A) which may adversely affect the odor or appearance of such water and consequently may cause a substantial number of the persons served by the public water system providing such water to discontinue its use, or (B) which may otherwise adversely affect the public welfare. Such regulations may vary according to geographic and other circumstances.
- (3) The term “maximum contaminant level” means the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water which is delivered to any user of a public water system.
- (4)
- (A) The term “public water system” means a system for the provision to the public of water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if such system has at least fifteen service connections or regularly serves at least twenty-five individuals. Such term includes (i) any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution facilities under control of the operator of such system and used primarily in connection with such system, and (ii) any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with such system.
- (B)
- (i) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a connection to a system that delivers water by a constructed conveyance other than a pipe shall not be considered a connection, if—
- (I) the water is used exclusively for purposes other than residential uses (consisting of drinking, bathing, and cooking, or other similar uses);
- (II) the Administrator or the State (in the case of a State exercising primary enforcement responsibility for public water systems) determines that alternative water to achieve the equivalent level of public health protection provided by the applicable national primary drinking water regulation is provided for residential or similar uses for drinking and cooking; or
- (III) the Administrator or the State (in the case of a State exercising primary enforcement responsibility for public water systems) determines that the water provided for residential or similar uses for drinking, cooking, and bathing is centrally treated or treated at the point of entry by the provider, a pass-through entity, or the user to achieve the equivalent level of protection provided by the applicable national primary drinking water regulations.
- (ii) An irrigation district in existence prior to May 18, 1994 , that provides primarily agricultural service through a piped water system with only incidental residential or similar use shall not be considered to be a public water system if the system or the residential or similar users of the system comply with subclause (II) or (III) of clause (i).
- (i) For purposes of subparagraph (A), a connection to a system that delivers water by a constructed conveyance other than a pipe shall not be considered a connection, if—
- (C) A water supplier that would be a public water system only as a result of modifications made to this paragraph by the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996 shall not be considered a public water system for purposes of the Act until the date that is two years after August 6, 1996 . If a water supplier does not serve 15 service connections (as defined in subparagraphs (A) and (B)) or 25 people at any time after the conclusion of the 2-year period, the water supplier shall not be considered a public water system.
- (5) The term “supplier of water” means any person who owns or operates a public water system.
- (6) The term “contaminant” means any physical, chemical, biological, or radiological substance or matter in water.
- (7) The term “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
- (8) The term “Agency” means the Environmental Protection Agency.
- (9) The term “Council” means the National Drinking Water Advisory Council established under section 300j–5 of this title .
- (10) The term “municipality” means a city, town, or other public body created by or pursuant to State law, or an Indian Tribe.
- (11) The term “Federal agency” means any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States.
- (12) The term “person” means an individual, corporation, company, association, partnership, State, municipality, or Federal agency (and includes officers, employees, and agents of any corporation, company, association, State, municipality, or Federal agency).
- (13)
- (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term “State” includes, in addition to the several States, only the District of Columbia, Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
- (B) For purposes of section 300j–12 of this title , the term “State” means each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
- (14) The term “Indian Tribe” means any Indian tribe having a Federally recognized governing body carrying out substantial governmental duties and powers over any area. For purposes of sections 300j–12, 300j–19a, and 300j–19b of this title, the term includes any Native village (as defined in section 1602(c) of title 43 ).
- (15) The term “community water system” means a public water system that—
- (A) serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents of the area served by the system; or
- (B) regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents.
- (16) The term “noncommunity water system” means a public water system that is not a community water system.
§ 300ff. Purpose
It is the purpose of this Act to provide emergency assistance to localities that are disproportionately affected by the Human Immunodeficiency Virus epidemic and to make financial assistance available to States and other public or private nonprofit entities to provide for the development, organization, coordination and operation of more effective and cost efficient systems for the delivery of essential services to individuals and families with HIV disease.
§ 300g. Coverage
Subject to sections 300g–4 and 300g–5 of this title, national primary drinking water regulations under this part shall apply to each public water system in each State; except that such regulations shall not apply to a public water system—
- (1) which consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and does not have any collection and treatment facilities);
- (2) which obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by, a public water system to which such regulations apply;
- (3) which does not sell water to any person; and
- (4) which is not a carrier which conveys passengers in interstate commerce.
§ 300gg. Fair health insurance premiums
- (a)
- (1) With respect to the premium rate charged by a health insurance issuer for health insurance coverage offered in the individual or small group market—
- (A) such rate shall vary with respect to the particular plan or coverage involved only by—
- (i) whether such plan or coverage covers an individual or family;
- (ii) rating area, as established in accordance with paragraph (2);
- (iii) age, except that such rate shall not vary by more than 3 to 1 for adults (consistent with section 300gg–6(c) of this title ); and
- (iv) tobacco use, except that such rate shall not vary by more than 1.5 to 1; and
- (B) such rate shall not vary with respect to the particular plan or coverage involved by any other factor not described in subparagraph (A).
- (A) such rate shall vary with respect to the particular plan or coverage involved only by—
- (2)
- (A) Each State shall establish 1 or more rating areas within that State for purposes of applying the requirements of this subchapter.
- (B) The Secretary shall review the rating areas established by each State under subparagraph (A) to ensure the adequacy of such areas for purposes of carrying out the requirements of this subchapter. If the Secretary determines a State’s rating areas are not adequate, or that a State does not establish such areas, the Secretary may establish rating areas for that State.
- (3) The Secretary, in consultation with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, shall define the permissible age bands for rating purposes under paragraph (1)(A)(iii).
- (4) With respect to family coverage under a group health plan or health insurance coverage, the rating variations permitted under clauses (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (1)(A) shall be applied based on the portion of the premium that is attributable to each family member covered under the plan or coverage.
- (5) If a State permits health insurance issuers that offer coverage in the large group market in the State to offer such coverage through the State Exchange (as provided for under section 18032(f)(2)(B) of this title ), the provisions of this subsection shall apply to all coverage offered in such market (other than self-insured group health plans offered in such market) in the State.
- (1) With respect to the premium rate charged by a health insurance issuer for health insurance coverage offered in the individual or small group market—
§ 300h. Regulations for State programs
- (a)
- (1) The Administrator shall publish proposed regulations for State underground injection control programs within 180 days after December 16, 1974 . Within 180 days after publication of such proposed regulations, he shall promulgate such regulations with such modifications as he deems appropriate. Any regulation under this subsection may be amended from time to time.
- (2) Any regulation under this section shall be proposed and promulgated in accordance with section 553 of title 5 (relating to rulemaking), except that the Administrator shall provide opportunity for public hearing prior to promulgation of such regulations. In proposing and promulgating regulations under this section the Administrator shall consult with the Secretary, the National Drinking Water Advisory Council, and other appropriate Federal entities and with interested State entities.
- (b)
- (1) Regulations under subsection (a) for State underground injection programs shall contain minimum requirements for effective programs to prevent underground injection which endangers drinking water sources within the meaning of subsection (d)(2). Such regulations shall require that a State program, in order to be approved under section 300h–1 of this title —
- (A) shall prohibit, effective on the date on which the applicable underground injection control program takes effect, any underground injection in such State which is not authorized by a permit issued by the State (except that the regulations may permit a State to authorize underground injection by rule);
- (B) shall require (i) in the case of a program which provides for authorization of underground injection by permit, that the applicant for the permit to inject must satisfy the State that the underground injection will not endanger drinking water sources, and (ii) in the case of a program which provides for such an authorization by rule, that no rule may be promulgated which authorizes any underground injection which endangers drinking water sources;
- (C) shall include inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements; and
- (D) shall apply (i) as prescribed by section 300j–6(b) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title, to underground injections by Federal agencies, and (ii) to underground injections by any other person whether or not occurring on property owned or leased by the United States.
- (2) Regulations of the Administrator under this section for State underground injection control programs may not prescribe requirements which interfere with or impede—
- (A) the underground injection of brine or other fluids which are brought to the surface in connection with oil or natural gas production or natural gas storage operations, or
- (B) any underground injection for the secondary or tertiary recovery of oil or natural gas,
- (3)
- (A) The regulations of the Administrator under this section shall permit or provide for consideration of varying geologic, hydrological, or historical conditions in different States and in different areas within a State.
- (B)
- (i) In prescribing regulations under this section the Administrator shall, to the extent feasible, avoid promulgation of requirements which would unnecessarily disrupt State underground injection control programs which are in effect and being enforced in a substantial number of States.
- (ii) For the purpose of this subparagraph, a regulation prescribed by the Administrator under this section shall be deemed to disrupt a State underground injection control program only if it would be infeasible to comply with both such regulation and the State underground injection control program.
- (iii) For the purpose of this subparagraph, a regulation prescribed by the Administrator under this section shall be deemed unnecessary only if, without such regulation, underground sources of drinking water will not be endangered by an underground injection.
- (C) Nothing in this section shall be construed to alter or affect the duty to assure that underground sources of drinking water will not be endangered by any underground injection.
- (1) Regulations under subsection (a) for State underground injection programs shall contain minimum requirements for effective programs to prevent underground injection which endangers drinking water sources within the meaning of subsection (d)(2). Such regulations shall require that a State program, in order to be approved under section 300h–1 of this title —
- (c)
- (1) The Administrator may, upon application of the Governor of a State which authorizes underground injection by means of permits, authorize such State to issue (without regard to subsection (b)(1)(B)(i)) temporary permits for underground injection which may be effective until the, expiration of four years after December 16, 1974 , if—
- (A) the Administrator finds that the State has demonstrated that it is unable and could not reasonably have been able to process all permit applications within the time available;
- (B) the Administrator determines the adverse effect on the environment of such temporary permits is not unwarranted;
- (C) such temporary permits will be issued only with respect to injection wells in operation on the date on which such State’s permit program approved under this part first takes effect and for which there was inadequate time to process its permit application; and
- (D) the Administrator determines the temporary permits require the use of adequate safeguards established by rules adopted by him.
- (2) The Administrator may, upon application of the Governor of a State which authorizes underground injection by means of permits, authorize such State to issue (without regard to subsection (b)(1)(B)(i)), but after reasonable notice and hearing, one or more temporary permits each of which is applicable to a particular injection well and to the underground injection of a particular fluid and which may be effective until the expiration of four years after December 16, 1974 , if the State finds, on the record of such hearing—
- (A) that technology (or other means) to permit safe injection of the fluid in accordance with the applicable underground injection control program is not generally available (taking costs into consideration);
- (B) that injection of the fluid would be less harmful to health than the use of other available means of disposing of waste or producing the desired product; and
- (C) that available technology or other means have been employed (and will be employed) to reduce the volume and toxicity of the fluid and to minimize the potentially adverse effect of the injection on the public health.
- (1) The Administrator may, upon application of the Governor of a State which authorizes underground injection by means of permits, authorize such State to issue (without regard to subsection (b)(1)(B)(i)) temporary permits for underground injection which may be effective until the, expiration of four years after December 16, 1974 , if—
- (d) For purposes of this part:
- (1) The term “underground injection”—
- (A) means the subsurface emplacement of fluids by well injection; and
- (B) excludes—
- (i) the underground injection of natural gas for purposes of storage; and
- (ii) the underground injection of fluids or propping agents (other than diesel fuels) pursuant to hydraulic fracturing operations related to oil, gas, or geothermal production activities.
- (2) Underground injection endangers drinking water sources if such injection may result in the presence in underground water which supplies or can reasonably be expected to supply any public water system of any contaminant, and if the presence of such contaminant may result in such system’s not complying with any national primary drinking water regulation or may otherwise adversely affect the health of persons.
- (1) The term “underground injection”—
§ 300hh. Public health and medical preparedness and response functions
- (a) The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall lead all Federal public health and medical response to public health emergencies and incidents covered by the National Response Plan developed pursuant to section 314(6) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of title 6, or any successor plan.
- (b) The Secretary, in collaboration with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, the Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the head of any other relevant Federal agency, shall establish an interagency agreement, consistent with the National Response Plan or any successor plan, under which agreement the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall assume operational control of emergency public health and medical response assets, as necessary, in the event of a public health emergency, except that members of the armed forces under the authority of the Secretary of Defense shall remain under the command and control of the Secretary of Defense, as shall any associated assets of the Department of Defense.
§ 300i. Emergency powers
- (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter the Administrator, upon receipt of information that a contaminant which is present in or is likely to enter a public water system or an underground source of drinking water, or that there is a threatened or potential terrorist attack (or other intentional act designed to disrupt the provision of safe drinking water or to impact adversely the safety of drinking water supplied to communities and individuals), which may present an imminent and substantial endangerment to the health of persons, and that appropriate State and local authorities have not acted to protect the health of such persons, may take such actions as he may deem necessary in order to protect the health of such persons. To the extent he determines it to be practicable in light of such imminent endangerment, he shall consult with the State and local authorities in order to confirm the correctness of the information on which action proposed to be taken under this subsection is based and to ascertain the action which such authorities are or will be taking. The action which the Administrator may take may include (but shall not be limited to) (1) issuing such orders as may be necessary to protect the health of persons who are or may be users of such system (including travelers), including orders requiring the provision of alternative water supplies by persons who caused or contributed to the endangerment, and (2) commencing a civil action for appropriate relief, including a restraining order or permanent or temporary injunction.
- (b) Any person who violates or fails or refuses to comply with any order issued by the Administrator under subsection (a)(1) may, in an action brought in the appropriate United States district court to enforce such order, be subject to a civil penalty of not to exceed $15,000 for each day in which such violation occurs or failure to comply continues.
§ 300ii. Definitions
In this subchapter:
- (1) The term “adult with a special need” means a person 18 years of age or older who requires care or supervision to—
- (A) meet the person’s basic needs;
- (B) prevent physical self-injury or injury to others; or
- (C) avoid placement in an institutional facility.
- (2) The term “aging and disability resource center” means an entity administering a program established by the State, as part of the State’s system of long-term care, to provide a coordinated system for providing—
- (A) comprehensive information on available public and private long-term care programs, options, and resources;
- (B) personal counseling to assist individuals in assessing their existing or anticipated long-term care needs, and developing and implementing a plan for long-term care designed to meet their specific needs and circumstances; and
- (C) consumer access to the range of publicly supported long-term care programs for which consumers may be eligible, by serving as a convenient point of entry for such programs.
- (3) The term “child with a special need” means an individual less than 18 years of age who requires care or supervision beyond that required of children generally to—
- (A) meet the child’s basic needs; or
- (B) prevent physical injury, self-injury, or injury to others.
- (4) The term “eligible State agency” means a State agency that—
- (A) administers the State’s program under the Older Americans Act of 1965 [ 42 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.], administers the State’s program under title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.], or is designated by the Governor of such State to administer the State’s programs under this subchapter;
- (B) is an aging and disability resource center;
- (C) works in collaboration with a public or private nonprofit statewide respite care coalition or organization; and
- (D) demonstrates—
- (i) an ability to work with other State and community-based agencies;
- (ii) an understanding of respite care and family caregiver issues across all age groups, disabilities, and chronic conditions; and
- (iii) the capacity to ensure meaningful involvement of family members, family caregivers, and care recipients.
- (5) The term “family caregiver” means an unpaid family member, a foster parent, or another unpaid adult, who provides in-home monitoring, management, supervision, or treatment of a child or adult with a special need.
- (6) The term “lifespan respite care” means a coordinated system of accessible, community-based respite care services for family caregivers of children or adults with special needs.
- (7) The term “respite care” means planned or emergency care provided to a child or adult with a special need in order to provide temporary relief to the family caregiver of that child or adult.
- (8) The term “State” means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Virgin Islands of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
§ 300j. Assurances of availability of adequate supplies of chemicals necessary for treatment of water
- (a) If any person who uses chlorine, activated carbon, lime, ammonia, soda ash, potassium permanganate, caustic soda, or other chemical or substance for the purpose of treating water in any public water system or in any public treatment works determines that the amount of such chemical or substance necessary to effectively treat such water is not reasonably available to him or will not be so available to him when required for the effective treatment of such water, such person may apply to the Administrator for a certification (hereinafter in this section referred to as a “certification of need”) that the amount of such chemical or substance which such person requires to effectively treat such water is not reasonably available to him or will not be so available when required for the effective treatment of such water.
- (b)
- (1) An application for a certification of need shall be in such form and submitted in such manner as the Administrator may require and shall (A) specify the persons the applicant determines are able to provide the chemical or substance with respect to which the application is submitted, (B) specify the persons from whom the applicant has sought such chemical or substance, and (C) contain such other information as the Administrator may require.
- (2) Upon receipt of an application under this section, the Administrator shall (A) publish in the Federal Register a notice of the receipt of the application and a brief summary of it, (B) notify in writing each person whom the President or his delegate (after consultation with the Administrator) determines could be made subject to an order required to be issued upon the issuance of the certification of need applied for in such application, and (C) provide an opportunity for the submission of written comments on such application. The requirements of the preceding sentence of this paragraph shall not apply when the Administrator for good cause finds (and incorporates the finding with a brief statement of reasons therefor in the order issued) that waiver of such requirements is necessary in order to protect the public health.
- (3) Within 30 days after—
- (A) the date a notice is published under paragraph (2) in the Federal Register with respect to an application submitted under this section for the issuance of a certification of need, or
- (B) the date on which such application is received if as authorized by the second sentence of such paragraph no notice is published with respect to such application,
- (c)
- (1) If the Administrator finds that the amount of a chemical or substance necessary for an applicant under an application submitted under this section to effectively treat water in a public water system or in a public treatment works is not reasonably available to the applicant or will not be so available to him when required for the effective treatment of such water, the Administrator shall issue a certification of need. Not later than seven days following the issuance of such certification, the President or his delegate shall issue an order requiring the provision to such person of such amounts of such chemical or substance as the Administrator deems necessary in the certification of need issued for such person. Such order shall apply to such manufactures, producers, processors, distributors, and repackagers of such chemical or substance as the President or his delegate deems necessary and appropriate, except that such order may not apply to any manufacturer, producer, or processor of such chemical or substance who manufactures, produces, or processes (as the case may be) such chemical or substance solely for its own use. Persons subject to an order issued under this section shall be given a reasonable opportunity to consult with the President or his delegate with respect to the implementation of the order.
- (2) Orders which are to be issued under paragraph (1) to manufacturers, producers, and processors of a chemical or substance shall be equitably apportioned, as far as practicable, among all manufacturers, producers, and processors of such chemical or substance; and orders which are to be issued under paragraph (1) to distributors and repackagers of a chemical or substance shall be equitably apportioned, as far as practicable, among all distributors and repackagers of such chemical or substance. In apportioning orders issued under paragraph (1) to manufacturers, producers, processors, distributors, and repackagers of chlorine, the President or his delegate shall, in carrying out the requirements of the preceding sentence, consider—
- (A) the geographical relationships and established commercial relationships between such manufacturers, producers, processors, distributors, and repackagers and the persons for whom the orders are issued;
- (B) in the case of orders to be issued to producers of chlorine, the (i) amount of chlorine historically supplied by each such producer to treat water in public water systems and public treatment works, and (ii) share of each such producer of the total annual production of chlorine in the United States; and
- (C) such other factors as the President or his delegate may determine are relevant to the apportionment of orders in accordance with the requirements of the preceding sentence.
- (3) Subject to subsection (f), any person for whom a certification of need has been issued under this subsection may upon the expiration of the order issued under paragraph (1) upon such certification apply under this section for additional certifications.
- (d) There shall be available as a defense to any action brought for breach of contract in a Federal or State court arising out of delay or failure to provide, sell, or offer for sale or exchange a chemical or substance subject to an order issued pursuant to subsection (c)(1), that such delay or failure was caused solely by compliance with such order.
- (e)
- (1) Whoever knowingly fails to comply with any order issued pursuant to subsection (c)(1) shall be fined not more than $5,000 for each such failure to comply.
- (2) Whoever fails to comply with any order issued pursuant to subsection (c)(1) shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $2,500 for each such failure to comply.
- (3) Whenever the Administrator or the President or his delegate has reason to believe that any person is violating or will violate any order issued pursuant to subsection (c)(1), he may petition a United States district court to issue a temporary restraining order or preliminary or permanent injunction (including a mandatory injunction) to enforce the provision of such order.
- (f) No certification of need or order issued under this section may remain in effect for more than one year.
§ 300jj. Definitions
In this subchapter:
- (1) The term “certified EHR technology” means a qualified electronic health record that is certified pursuant to section 300jj–11(c)(5) of this title as meeting standards adopted under section 300jj–14 of this title that are applicable to the type of record involved (as determined by the Secretary, such as an ambulatory electronic health record for office-based physicians or an inpatient hospital electronic health record for hospitals).
- (2) The term “enterprise integration” means the electronic linkage of health care providers, health plans, the government, and other interested parties, to enable the electronic exchange and use of health information among all the components in the health care infrastructure in accordance with applicable law, and such term includes related application protocols and other related standards.
- (3) The term “health care provider” includes a hospital, skilled nursing facility, nursing facility, home health entity or other long term care facility, health care clinic, community mental health center (as defined in section 300x–2(b)(1) of this title ), renal dialysis facility, blood center, ambulatory surgical center described in section 1395 l (i) of this title, 1 1 So in original. The words “ambulatory surgical center described in section 1395 l (i) of this title” appear in two places. emergency medical services provider, Federally qualified health center, group practice, a pharmacist, a pharmacy, a laboratory, a physician (as defined in section 1395x(r) of this title ), a practitioner (as described in section 1395u(b)(18)(C) of this title ), a provider operated by, or under contract with, the Indian Health Service or by an Indian tribe (as defined in the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act [ 25 U.S.C. 5301 et seq.]), tribal organization, or urban Indian organization (as defined in section 1603 of title 25 ), a rural health clinic, a covered entity under section 256b of this title , an ambulatory surgical center described in section 1395 l (i) of this title, 1 a therapist (as defined in section 1395w–4(k)(3)(B)(iii) of this title ), and any other category of health care facility, entity, practitioner, or clinician determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (4) The term “health information” has the meaning given such term in section 1320d(4) of this title .
- (5) The term “health information technology” means hardware, software, integrated technologies or related licenses, intellectual property, upgrades, or packaged solutions sold as services that are designed for or support the use by health care entities or patients for the electronic creation, maintenance, access, or exchange of health information 2 2 So in original. Probably should be followed by a period.
- (6) The term “health plan” has the meaning given such term in section 1320d(5) of this title .
- (7) The term “HIT Advisory Committee” means such Committee established under section 300jj–12(a) of this title .
- (8) The term “individually identifiable health information” has the meaning given such term in section 1320d(6) of this title .
- (9) The term “interoperability”, with respect to health information technology, means such health information technology that—
- (A) enables the secure exchange of electronic health information with, and use of electronic health information from, other health information technology without special effort on the part of the user;
- (B) allows for complete access, exchange, and use of all electronically accessible health information for authorized use under applicable State or Federal law; and
- (C) does not constitute information blocking as defined in section 300jj–52(a) of this title .
- (10) The term “laboratory” has the meaning given such term in section 263a(a) of this title .
- (11) The term “National Coordinator” means the head of the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology established under section 300jj–11(a) of this title .
- (12) The term “pharmacist” has the meaning given such term in section 384(2) 3 3 So in original. Probably should be “(a)(2)”. of title 21.
- (13) The term “qualified electronic health record” means an electronic record of health-related information on an individual that—
- (A) includes patient demographic and clinical health information, such as medical history and problem lists; and
- (B) has the capacity—
- (i) to provide clinical decision support;
- (ii) to support physician order entry;
- (iii) to capture and query information relevant to health care quality; and
- (iv) to exchange electronic health information with, and integrate such information from other sources.
- (15) The term “State” means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands.
§ 300k. Establishment of program of grants to States
- (a) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants to States on the basis of an established competitive review process for the purpose of carrying out programs—
- (1) to screen women for breast and cervical cancer as a preventive health measure;
- (2) to provide appropriate referrals for medical treatment of women screened pursuant to paragraph (1) and to ensure, to the extent practicable, the provision of appropriate follow-up services and support services such as case management;
- (3) to develop and disseminate public information and education programs for the detection and control of breast and cervical cancer;
- (4) to improve the education, training, and skills of health professionals (including allied health professionals) in the detection and control of breast and cervical cancer;
- (5) to establish mechanisms through which the States can monitor the quality of screening procedures for breast and cervical cancer, including the interpretation of such procedures; and
- (6) to evaluate activities conducted under paragraphs (1) through (5) through appropriate surveillance or program-monitoring activities.
- (b)
- (1) A State receiving a grant under subsection (a) may, subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), expend the grant to carry out the purpose described in such subsection through grants to public and nonprofit private entities and through contracts with public and private entities.
- (2) If a nonprofit private entity and a private entity that is not a nonprofit entity both submit applications to a State to receive an award of a grant or contract pursuant to paragraph (1), the State may give priority to the application submitted by the nonprofit private entity in any case in which the State determines that the quality of such application is equivalent to the quality of the application submitted by the other private entity.
- (3) The amount paid by a State to an entity under this subsection for a screening procedure under subsection (a)(1) may not exceed the amount that would be paid under part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1395j et seq.] if payment were made under such part for furnishing the procedure to a woman enrolled under such part.
- (c) In making grants under subsection (a) to States whose initial grants under such subsection are made for fiscal year 1995 or any subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall give special consideration to any State whose proposal for carrying out programs under such subsection—
- (1) has been approved through a process of peer review; and
- (2) is made with respect to geographic areas in which there is—
- (A) a substantial rate of mortality from breast or cervical cancer; or
- (B) a substantial incidence of either of such cancers.
- (d) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish a committee to coordinate the activities of the agencies of the Public Health Service (and other appropriate Federal agencies) that are carried out toward achieving the objectives established by the Secretary for reductions in the rate of mortality from breast and cervical cancer in the United States by the year 2020. Such committee shall be comprised of Federal officers or employees designated by the heads of the agencies involved to serve on the committee as representatives of the agencies, and such representatives from other public or private entities as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
§ 300kk. Data collection, analysis, and quality
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary shall ensure that, by not later than 2 years after March 23, 2010 , any federally conducted or supported health care or public health program, activity or survey (including Current Population Surveys and American Community Surveys conducted by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Bureau of the Census) collects and reports, to the extent practicable—
- (A) data on race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, and disability status for applicants, recipients, or participants;
- (B) data at the smallest geographic level such as State, local, or institutional levels if such data can be aggregated;
- (C) sufficient data to generate statistically reliable estimates by racial, ethnic, sex, primary language, and disability status subgroups for applicants, recipients or participants using, if needed, statistical oversamples of these subpopulations; and
- (D) any other demographic data as deemed appropriate by the Secretary regarding health disparities.
- (2) In collecting data described in paragraph (1), the Secretary or designee shall—
- (A) use Office of Management and Budget standards, at a minimum, for race and ethnicity measures;
- (B) develop standards for the measurement of sex, primary language, and disability status;
- (C) develop standards for the collection of data described in paragraph (1) that, at a minimum—
- (i) collects self-reported data by the applicant, recipient, or participant; and
- (ii) collects data from a parent or legal guardian if the applicant, recipient, or participant is a minor or legally incapacitated;
- (D) survey health care providers and establish other procedures in order to assess access to care and treatment for individuals with disabilities and to identify—
- (i) locations where individuals with disabilities access primary, acute (including intensive), and long-term care;
- (ii) the number of providers with accessible facilities and equipment to meet the needs of the individuals with disabilities, including medical diagnostic equipment that meets the minimum technical criteria set forth in section 794f of title 29 ; and
- (iii) the number of employees of health care providers trained in disability awareness and patient care of individuals with disabilities; and
- (E) require that any reporting requirement imposed for purposes of measuring quality under any ongoing or federally conducted or supported health care or public health program, activity, or survey includes requirements for the collection of data on individuals receiving health care items or services under such programs activities 1 1 So in original. by race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, and disability status.
- (3) In collecting data described in paragraph (1), the Secretary, acting through the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology shall—
- (A) develop national standards for the management of data collected; and
- (B) develop interoperability and security systems for data management.
- (1) The Secretary shall ensure that, by not later than 2 years after March 23, 2010 , any federally conducted or supported health care or public health program, activity or survey (including Current Population Surveys and American Community Surveys conducted by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Bureau of the Census) collects and reports, to the extent practicable—
- (b)
- (1) For each federally conducted or supported health care or public health program or activity, the Secretary shall analyze data collected under paragraph (a) to detect and monitor trends in health disparities (as defined for purposes of section 285t 3 3 See References in Text note below. of this title) at the Federal and State levels.
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary shall make the analyses described in (b) 4 4 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “subsection”. available to—
- (A) the Office of Minority Health;
- (B) the National Center on Minority Health and Health Disparities;
- (C) the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;
- (D) the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
- (E) the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
- (F) the Indian Health Service and epidemiology centers funded under the Indian Health Care Improvement Act [ 25 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.];
- (G) the Office of Rural health; 5 5 So in original. Probably should be “Health;”.
- (H) other agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services; and
- (I) other entities as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (2) The Secretary shall report data and analyses described in (a) 6 6 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “subsections”. and (b) through—
- (A) public postings on the Internet websites of the Department of Health and Human Services; and
- (B) any other reporting or dissemination mechanisms determined appropriate by the Secretary.
- (3) The Secretary may make data described in (a) and (b) available for additional research, analyses, and dissemination to other Federal agencies, non-governmental entities, and the public, in accordance with any Federal agency’s data user agreements.
- (1) The Secretary shall make the analyses described in (b) 4 4 So in original. Probably should be preceded by “subsection”. available to—
- (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit the use of information collected under this section in a manner that would adversely affect any individual.
- (e)
- (1) The Secretary shall ensure (through the promulgation of regulations or otherwise) that—
- (A) all data collected pursuant to subsection (a) is protected—
- (i) under privacy protections that are at least as broad as those that the Secretary applies to other health data under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ( Public Law 104–191 ; 110 Stat. 2033 ); and
- (ii) from all inappropriate internal use by any entity that collects, stores, or receives the data, including use of such data in determinations of eligibility (or continued eligibility) in health plans, and from other inappropriate uses, as defined by the Secretary; and
- (B) all appropriate information security safeguards are used in the collection, analysis, and sharing of data collected pursuant to subsection (a).
- (A) all data collected pursuant to subsection (a) is protected—
- (2) The Secretary shall establish procedures for sharing data collected pursuant to subsection (a), measures relating to such data, and analyses of such data, with other relevant Federal and State agencies including the agencies, centers, and entities within the Department of Health and Human Services specified in subsection (c)(1).. 1
- (1) The Secretary shall ensure (through the promulgation of regulations or otherwise) that—
- (f) The Secretary shall ensure that any data collected in accordance with this section regarding racial and ethnic minority groups are also collected regarding underserved rural and frontier populations.
- (g) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014.
- (h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, data may not be collected under this section unless funds are directly appropriated for such purpose in an appropriations Act.
- (i) The Secretary shall consult with the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, the Director of the Bureau of the Census, the Commissioner of Social Security, and the head of other appropriate Federal agencies in carrying out this section.
§ 300l. Requirement of matching funds
- (a) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the State in carrying out the purpose described in such section, to make available non-Federal contributions (in cash or in kind under subsection (b)) toward such costs in an amount equal to not less than $1 for each $3 of Federal funds provided in the grant. Such contributions may be made directly or through donations from public or private entities.
- (b)
- (1) Non-Federal contributions required in subsection (a) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including equipment or services (and excluding indirect or overhead costs). Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such non-Federal contributions.
- (2) In making a determination of the amount of non-Federal contributions for purposes of subsection (a), the Secretary may include only non-Federal contributions in excess of the average amount of non-Federal contributions made by the State involved toward the purpose described in section 300k of this title for the 2-year period preceding the first fiscal year for which the State is applying to receive a grant under such section.
- (3) In making a determination of the amount of non-Federal contributions for purposes of subsection (a), the Secretary shall, subject to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection, include any non-Federal amounts expended pursuant to title XIX of the Social Security Act [ 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.] by the State involved toward the purpose described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title .
§ 300m. Requirements with respect to type and quality of services
- (a) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees—
- (1) to ensure that, initially and throughout the period during which amounts are received pursuant to the grant, not less than 60 percent of the grant is expended to provide each of the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title , including making available screening procedures for both breast and cervical cancers;
- (2) subject to subsection (b), to ensure that—
- (A) in the case of breast cancer, both a physical examination of the breasts and the screening procedure known as a mammography are conducted; and
- (B) in the case of cervical cancer, both a pelvic examination and the screening procedure known as a pap smear are conducted;
- (3) to ensure that, by the end of any second fiscal year of payments pursuant to the grant, each of the services or activities described in section 300k(a) of this title is provided; and
- (4) to ensure that not more than 40 percent of the grant is expended to provide the services or activities described in paragraphs (3) through (6) of such section.
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that, if any screening procedure superior to a procedure described in subsection (a)(2) becomes commonly available and is recommended for use, any entity providing screening procedures pursuant to the grant will utilize the superior procedure rather than the procedure described in such subsection.
- (c) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that the State will, in accordance with applicable law, assure the quality of screening procedures conducted pursuant to such section.
- (d)
- (1) The Secretary shall establish a demonstration project under which the Secretary may waive the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (4) of subsection (a) for not more than 5 States, if—
- (A) the State involved will use the waiver to leverage non-Federal funds to supplement each of the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title ;
- (B) the application of such requirement would result in a barrier to the enrollment of qualifying women;
- (C) the State involved—
- (i) demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, the manner in which the State will use such waiver to expand the level of screening and follow-up services provided immediately prior to the date on which the waiver is granted; and
- (ii) provides assurances, satisfactory to the Secretary, that the State will, on an annual basis, demonstrate, through such documentation as the Secretary may require, that the State has used such waiver as described in clause (i);
- (D) the State involved submits to the Secretary—
- (i) assurances, satisfactory to the Secretary, that the State will maintain the average annual level of State fiscal year expenditures for the services and activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title for the period for which the waiver is granted, and for the period for which any extension of such wavier 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “waiver”. is granted, at a level that is not less than—
- (I) the level of the State fiscal year expenditures for such services and activities for the fiscal year preceding the first fiscal year for which the waiver is granted; or
- (II) at the option of the State and upon approval by the Secretary, the average level of the State expenditures for such services and activities for the 3-fiscal year period preceding the first fiscal year for which the waiver is granted; and
- (ii) a plan, satisfactory to the Secretary, for maintaining the level of activities carried out under the waiver after the expiration of the waiver and any extension of such waiver;
- (i) assurances, satisfactory to the Secretary, that the State will maintain the average annual level of State fiscal year expenditures for the services and activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title for the period for which the waiver is granted, and for the period for which any extension of such wavier 1 1 So in original. Probably should be “waiver”. is granted, at a level that is not less than—
- (E) the Secretary finds that granting such a waiver to a State will increase the number of women in the State that receive each of the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title , including making available screening procedures for both breast and cervical cancers; and
- (F) the Secretary finds that granting such a waiver to a State will not adversely affect the quality of each of the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title .
- (2)
- (A) In granting waivers under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
- (i) shall grant such waivers for a period that is not less than 1 year but not more than 2 years; and
- (ii) upon request of a State, may extend a waiver for an additional period that is not less than 1 year but not more than 2 years in accordance with subparagraph (B).
- (B) The Secretary, upon the request of a State that has received a waiver under paragraph (1), shall, at the end of the waiver period described in subparagraph (A)(i), review performance under the waiver and may extend the waiver for an additional period if the Secretary determines that—
- (i) without an extension of the waiver, there will be a barrier to the enrollment of qualifying women;
- (ii) the State requesting such extended waiver will use the waiver to leverage non-Federal funds to supplement the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title ;
- (iii) the waiver has increased, and will continue to increase, the number of women in the State that receive the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title ;
- (iv) the waiver has not, and will not, result in lower quality in the State of the services or activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title ; and
- (v) the State has maintained the average annual level of State fiscal expenditures for the services and activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title for the period for which the waiver was granted at a level that is not less than—
- (I) the level of the State fiscal year expenditures for such services and activities for the fiscal year preceding the first fiscal year for which the waiver is granted; or
- (II) at the option of the State and upon approval by the Secretary, the average level of the State expenditures for such services and activities for the 3-fiscal year period preceding the first fiscal year for which the waiver is granted.
- (A) In granting waivers under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
- (3) The Secretary shall include as part of the evaluations and reports required under section 300n–4 of this title , the following:
- (A) A description of the total amount of dollars leveraged annually from Non-Federal 2 2 So in original. Probably should be “non-Federal”. entities in States receiving a waiver under paragraph (1) and how these amounts were used.
- (B) With respect to States receiving a waiver under paragraph (1), a description of the percentage of the grant that is expended on providing each of the services or activities described in—
- (i) paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title ; and
- (ii) paragraphs (3) through (6) of section 300k(a) of this title .
- (C) A description of the number of States receiving waivers under paragraph (1) annually.
- (D) With respect to States receiving a waiver under paragraph (1), a description of—
- (i) the number of women receiving services under paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 300k(a) of this title in programs before and after the granting of such waiver; and
- (ii) the average annual level of State fiscal expenditures for the services and activities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title for the year preceding the first year for which the waiver was granted.
- (4) Amounts to which a waiver applies under this subsection shall not be used to increase the number of salaried employees.
- (5) In this subsection:
- (A) The term “Indian tribe” has the meaning given the term in section 1603 of title 25 .
- (B) The term “tribal organization” has the meaning given the term in section 1603 of title 25 .
- (C) The term “State” means each of the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of Palau, an Indian tribe, and a tribal organization.
- (6) The Secretary may not grant a waiver or extension under this subsection after September 30, 2012 .
- (1) The Secretary shall establish a demonstration project under which the Secretary may waive the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (4) of subsection (a) for not more than 5 States, if—
§ 300mm. Establishment of World Trade Center Health Program
- (a) There is hereby established within the Department of Health and Human Services a program to be known as the World Trade Center Health Program, which shall be administered by the WTC Program Administrator, to provide beginning on July 1, 2011 —
- (1) medical monitoring and treatment benefits to eligible emergency responders and recovery and cleanup workers (including those who are Federal employees) who responded to the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks; and
- (2) initial health evaluation, monitoring, and treatment benefits to residents and other building occupants and area workers in New York City who were directly impacted and adversely affected by such attacks.
- (b) The WTC Program includes the following components:
- (1) Medical monitoring under section 300mm–21 of this title , including clinical examinations and long-term health monitoring and analysis for enrolled WTC responders who were likely to have been exposed to airborne toxins that were released, or to other hazards, as a result of the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks.
- (2) An initial health evaluation under section 300mm–31 of this title , including an evaluation to determine eligibility for followup monitoring and treatment.
- (3) Provision under sections 300mm–22, 300mm–32, and 300mm–33 of this title of followup monitoring and treatment and payment, subject to the provisions of subsection (d), for all medically necessary health and mental health care expenses of an individual with respect to a WTC-related health condition (including necessary prescription drugs).
- (4) Establishment under section 300mm–2 of this title of an education and outreach program to potentially eligible individuals concerning the benefits under this subchapter.
- (5) Collection and analysis under section 300mm–3 of this title of health and mental health data relating to individuals receiving monitoring or treatment benefits in a uniform manner in collaboration with the collection of epidemiological data under section 300mm–52 of this title .
- (6) Establishment under part C of a research program on health conditions resulting from the September 11, 2001 , terrorist attacks.
- (c) Monitoring and treatment benefits and initial health evaluation benefits are provided under part B without any deductibles, copayments, or other cost sharing to an enrolled WTC responder or certified-eligible WTC survivor. Initial health evaluation benefits are provided under part B without any deductibles, copayments, or other cost sharing to a screening-eligible WTC survivor.
- (d)
- (1) The Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services shall develop and implement a program to review the WTC Program’s health care expenditures to detect fraudulent or duplicate billing and payment for inappropriate services. This subchapter is a Federal health care program (as defined in section 1320a–7b(f) of this title ) and is a health plan (as defined in section 1320a–7c(c) of this title ) for purposes of applying sections 1320a–7 through 1320a–7e of this title.
- (2) The Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services shall develop and implement a program to review the WTC Program for unreasonable administrative costs, including with respect to infrastructure, administration, and claims processing.
- (e) The WTC Program Administrator working with the Clinical Centers of Excellence shall develop and implement a quality assurance program for the monitoring and treatment delivered by such Centers of Excellence and any other participating health care providers. Such program shall include—
- (1) adherence to monitoring and treatment protocols;
- (2) appropriate diagnostic and treatment referrals for participants;
- (3) prompt communication of test results to participants; and
- (4) such other elements as the Administrator specifies in consultation with the Clinical Centers of Excellence.
- (f)
- (1) Not later than 6 months after the end of each fiscal year in which the WTC Program is in operation, the WTC Program Administrator shall submit an annual report to the Congress on the operations of this subchapter for such fiscal year and for the entire period of operation of the program.
- (2) Each annual report under paragraph (1) shall include at least the following:
- (A) Information for each clinical program described in paragraph (3)—
- (i) on the number of individuals who applied for certification under part B and the number of such individuals who were so certified;
- (ii) of the individuals who were certified, on the number who received monitoring under the program and the number of such individuals who received medical treatment under the program;
- (iii) with respect to individuals so certified who received such treatment, on the WTC-related health conditions for which they were treated; and
- (iv) on the projected number of individuals who will be certified under part B in the succeeding fiscal year and the succeeding 10-year period.
- (B) For each clinical program so described—
- (i) information on the costs of monitoring and initial health evaluation and the costs of treatment and on the estimated costs of such monitoring, evaluation, and treatment in the succeeding fiscal year; and
- (ii) an estimate of the cost of medical treatment for WTC-related health conditions that have been paid for or reimbursed by workers’ compensation, by public or private health plans, or by New York City under section 300mm–41 of this title .
- (C) Information on the cost of administering the program, including costs of program support, data collection and analysis, and research conducted under the program.
- (D) Information on the administrative performance of the program, including—
- (i) the performance of the program in providing timely evaluation of and treatment to eligible individuals; and
- (ii) a list of the Clinical Centers of Excellence and other providers that are participating in the program.
- (E) A summary of the findings of any new scientific reports or studies on the health effects associated with exposure described in section 300mm–5(1) of this title , including the findings of research conducted under section 300mm–51(a) of this title .
- (F) A list of recommendations by the WTC Scientific/Technical Advisory Committee on additional WTC Program eligibility criteria and on additional WTC-related health conditions and the action of the WTC Program Administrator concerning each such recommendation.
- (A) Information for each clinical program described in paragraph (3)—
- (3) In paragraph (2), each of the following shall be treated as a separate clinical program of the WTC Program:
- (A) The benefits provided for enrolled WTC responders described in section 300mm–21(a)(2)(A) of this title .
- (B) The benefits provided for enrolled WTC responders not described in subparagraph (A).
- (C) The benefits provided for screening-eligible WTC survivors and certified-eligible WTC survivors in section 300mm–31(a) of this title .
- (g) The Secretary shall promptly notify the Congress of each of the following:
- (1) When the number of enrollments of WTC responders subject to the limit established under section 300mm–21(a)(4) of this title has reached 80 percent of such limit.
- (2) When the number of certifications for certified-eligible WTC survivors subject to the limit established under section 300mm–31(a)(3) of this title has reached 80 percent of such limit.
- (h) The WTC Program Administrator shall engage in ongoing outreach and consultation with relevant stakeholders, including the WTC Health Program Steering Committees and the Advisory Committee under section 300mm–1 of this title , regarding the implementation and improvement of programs under this subchapter.
- (i)
- (1) Not later than 18 months after December 18, 2015 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report that assesses, with respect to the WTC Program, the effectiveness of each of the following:
- (A) The quality assurance program developed and implemented under subsection (e).
- (B) The procedures for providing certifications of coverage of conditions as WTC-related health conditions for enrolled WTC responders under section 300mm–22(b)(2)(B)(iii) of this title and for screening-eligible WTC survivors and certified-eligible WTC survivors under such section as applied under section 300mm–32(a) of this title .
- (C) Any action under the WTC Program to ensure appropriate payment (including the avoidance of improper payments), including determining the extent to which individuals enrolled in the WTC Program are eligible for workers compensation or sources of health coverage, ascertaining the liability of such compensation or sources of health coverage, and making recommendations for ensuring effective and efficient coordination of benefits for individuals enrolled in the WTC Program that does not place an undue burden on such individuals.
- (2) Not later than 6 years and 6 months after December 18, 2015 , and every 5 years thereafter through fiscal year 2042, the Comptroller General of the United States shall—
- (A) consult the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate on the objectives in assessing the WTC Program; and
- (B) prepare and submit to such Committees a report that assesses the WTC Program for the applicable reporting period, including the objectives described in subparagraph (A).
- (1) Not later than 18 months after December 18, 2015 , the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report that assesses, with respect to the WTC Program, the effectiveness of each of the following:
- (j) The WTC Program Administrator is authorized to promulgate such regulations as the Administrator determines necessary to administer this subchapter.
- (k) The WTC Program shall terminate on October 1, 2090 .
§ 300n. Additional required agreements
- (a) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that low-income women will be given priority in the provision of services and activities pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 300k(a) of this title .
- (b) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that, if a charge is imposed for the provision of services or activities under the grant, such charge—
- (1) will be made according to a schedule of charges that is made available to the public;
- (2) will be adjusted to reflect the income of the woman involved; and
- (3) will not be imposed on any woman with an income of less than 100 percent of the official poverty line, as established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget and revised by the Secretary in accordance with section 9902(2) of this title .
- (c)
- (1) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that services and activities under the grant will be made available throughout the State, including availability to members of any Indian tribe or tribal organization (as such terms are defined in section 5304 of title 25 ).
- (2) The Secretary may waive the requirement established in paragraph (1) for a State if the Secretary determines that compliance by the State with the requirement would result in an inefficient allocation of resources with respect to carrying out the purpose described in section 300k(a) of this title .
- (3)
- (A) The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may make grants to tribes and tribal organizations (as such terms are used in paragraph (1)) for the purpose of carrying out programs described in section 300k(a) of this title . This subchapter applies to such a grant (in relation to the jurisdiction of the tribe or organization) to the same extent and in the same manner as such subchapter applies to a grant to a State under section 300k of this title (in relation to the jurisdiction of the State).
- (B) If a tribe or tribal organization is receiving a grant under subparagraph (A) and the State in which the tribe or organization is located is receiving a grant under section 300k of this title , the requirement established in paragraph (1) for the State regarding the tribe or organization is deemed to have been waived under paragraph (2).
- (d) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that the grant will not be expended to make payment for any item or service to the extent that payment has been made, or can reasonably be expected to be made, with respect to such item or service—
- (1) under any State compensation program, under an insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits program; or
- (2) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid basis.
- (e) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that the services and activities funded through the grant shall be coordinated with other Federal, State, and local breast and cervical cancer programs.
- (f) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that not more than 10 percent of the grant will be expended for administrative expenses with respect to the grant.
- (g) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that the grant will not be expended to provide inpatient hospital services for any individual.
- (h) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees that—
- (1) the State will establish such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to ensure the proper disbursal of, and accounting for, amounts received by the State under such section; and
- (2) upon request, the State will provide records maintained pursuant to paragraph (1) to the Secretary or the Comptroller of the United States for purposes of auditing the expenditures by the State of the grant.
- (i) The Secretary may not make a grant under section 300k of this title unless the State involved agrees to submit to the Secretary such reports as the Secretary may require with respect to the grant.
§ 300q. Loan and loan guarantee authority
- (a)
- (1) The Secretary, during the period ending September 30, 1982 , may, in accordance with this part, make loans from the fund established under section 300q–2(d) of this title to any public or nonprofit private entity for projects for—
- (A) the discontinuance of unneeded hospital services or facilities, 1 1 So in original. The comma probably should be a semicolon.
- (B) the conversion of unneeded hospital services and facilities to needed health services and medical facilities, including outpatient medical facilities and facilities for long-term care;
- (C) the renovation and modernization of medical facilities, particularly projects for the prevention or elimination of safety hazards, projects to avoid noncompliance with licensure or accreditation standards, or projects to replace obsolete facilities;
- (D) the construction of new outpatient medical facilities; and
- (E) the construction of new inpatient medical facilities in areas which have experienced (as determined by the Secretary) recent rapid population growth.
- (2)
- (A) The Secretary, during the period ending September 30, 1982 , may, in accordance with this part, guarantee to—
- (i) non-Federal lenders for their loans to public and nonprofit private entities for medical facilities projects described in paragraph (1), and
- (ii) the Federal Financing Bank for its loans to public and nonprofit private entities for such projects,
- (B) In the case of a guarantee of any loan to a public or nonprofit private entity under subparagraph (A)(i) which is located in an urban or rural poverty area, the Secretary may pay, to the holder of such loan and for and on behalf of the project for which the loan was made, amounts sufficient to reduce by not more than one half the net effective interest rate otherwise payable on such loan if the Secretary finds that without such assistance the project could not be undertaken.
- (A) The Secretary, during the period ending September 30, 1982 , may, in accordance with this part, guarantee to—
- (1) The Secretary, during the period ending September 30, 1982 , may, in accordance with this part, make loans from the fund established under section 300q–2(d) of this title to any public or nonprofit private entity for projects for—
- (b) The principal amount of a loan directly made or guaranteed under subsection (a) for a medical facilities project, when added to any other assistance provided such project under part B, may not exceed 90 per centum of the cost of such project unless the project is located in an area determined by the Secretary to be an urban or rural poverty area, in which case the principal amount, when added to other assistance under part B, may cover up to 100 per centum of such costs.
- (c) The cumulative total of the principal of the loans outstanding at any time with respect to which guarantees have been issued, or which have been directly made, may not exceed such limitations as may be specified in appropriation Acts.
- (d) The Secretary, with the consent of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, shall obtain from the Department of Housing and Urban Development such assistance with respect to the administration of this part as will promote efficiency and economy thereof.
§ 300r. Grants for construction or modernization projects
- (a)
- (1)
- (A) The Secretary may make grants for construction or modernization projects designed to—
- (i) eliminate or prevent in medical facilities imminent safety hazards as defined by Federal, State, or local fire, building, or life safety codes or regulations, or
- (ii) avoid noncompliance by medical facilities with State or voluntary licensure or accreditation standards.
- (B) A grant under subparagraph (A) may only be made to—
- (i) a State or political subdivision of a State, including any city, town, county, borough, hospital district authority, or public or quasi-public corporation, for any medical facility owned or operated by the State or political subdivision; and
- (ii) a nonprofit private entity for any medical facility owned or operated by the entity but only if the Secretary determines—
- (I) the level of community service provided by the facility and the proportion of its patients who are unable to pay for services rendered in the facility is similar to such level and proportion in a medical facility of a State or political subdivision, and
- (II) that without a grant under subparagraph (A) there would be a disruption of the provision of health care to low-income individuals.
- (A) The Secretary may make grants for construction or modernization projects designed to—
- (2) The amount of any grant under paragraph (1) may not exceed 75 per centum of the cost of the project for which the grant is made unless the project is located in an area determined by the Secretary to be an urban or rural poverty area, in which case the grant may cover up to 100 per centum of such costs.
- (3) There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under paragraph (1) $40,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980 , $50,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 , and $50,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982 . Funds available for obligation under this subsection (as in effect before October 4, 1979 ) in the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979 , shall remain available for obligation under this subsection in the succeeding fiscal year.
- (1)
- (b)
- (1) The Secretary may make grants to public and nonprofit private entities for projects for (A) construction or modernization of outpatient medical facilities which are located apart from hospitals and which will provide services for medically underserved populations, and (B) conversion of existing facilities into outpatient medical facilities or facilities for long-term care to provide services for such populations.
- (2) The amount of any grant under paragraph (1) may not exceed 80 per centum of the cost of the project for which the grant is made unless the project is located in an area determined by the Secretary to be an urban or rural poverty area, in which case the grant may cover up to 100 per centum of such costs.
- (3) There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under paragraph (1) $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 , and $15,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982 .
§ 300s. General regulations
The Secretary shall by regulation—
- (1) prescribe the manner in which he shall determine the priority among projects for which assistance is available under part A or B, based on the relative need of different areas for such projects and giving special consideration—
- (A) to projects for medical facilities serving areas with relatively small financial resources and for medical facilities serving rural communities,
- (B) in the case of projects for modernization of medical facilities, to projects for facilities serving densely populated areas,
- (C) in the case of projects for construction of outpatient medical facilities, to projects that will be located in, and provide services for residents of, areas determined by the Secretary to be rural or urban poverty areas,
- (D) to projects designed to (i) eliminate or prevent imminent safety hazards as defined by Federal, State, or local fire, building, or life safety codes or regulations, or (ii) avoid noncompliance with State or voluntary licensure or accreditation standards, and
- (E) to projects for medical facilities which, alone or in conjunction with other facilities, will provide comprehensive health care, including outpatient and preventive care as well as hospitalization;
- (2) prescribe for medical facilities projects assisted under part A or B general standards of construction, modernization, and equipment, which standards may vary on the basis of the class of facilities and their location; and
- (3) prescribe the general manner in which each entity which receives financial assistance under part A or B or has received financial assistance under part A or B or subchapter IV shall be required to comply with the assurances required to be made at the time such assistance was received and the means by which such entity shall be required to demonstrate compliance with such assurances.
§ 300t. Development grants for health systems agencies
- (a) The Secretary shall make in each fiscal year a grant to each health system agency—
- (1) with which there is in effect a designation agreement under section 300 l– 4(c) 1 1 See References in Text note below. of this title,
- (2) which has in effect an HSP and AIP reviewed by the Statewide Health Coordinating Council, and
- (3) which, as determined under the review made under section 300n–4(c) 1 of this title, is organized and operated in the manner prescribed by section 300 l– 1(b) 1 of this title and is performing its functions under section 300 l– 2 1 of this title in a manner satisfactory to the Secretary,
- (b)
- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount of any grant under subsection (a) shall be determined by the Secretary after taking into consideration the population of the health service area for which the health systems agency is designated, the average family income of the area, and the supply of health services in the area.
- (2) The amount of any grant under subsection (a) to a health systems agency for any fiscal year may not exceed the product of $1 and the population of the health service area for which such agency is designated.
- (c) No grant may be made under subsection (a) unless an application therefor has been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary. Such an application shall be submitted in such form and manner and contain such information as the Secretary may require.
- (d) For the purpose of making payments pursuant to grants under subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1975 , $75,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976 , $120,000,000 each for the fiscal years ending September 30, 1977 , and September 30, 1978 , $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1981 , and $30,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1982 .
§ 300u. General authority of Secretary
- (a) The Secretary shall—
- (1) formulate national goals, and a strategy to achieve such goals, with respect to health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (2) analyze the necessary and available resources for implementing the goals and strategy formulated pursuant to paragraph (1), and recommend appropriate educational and quality assurance policies for the needed manpower resources identified by such analysis;
- (3) undertake and support necessary activities and programs to—
- (A) incorporate appropriate health education components into our society, especially into all aspects of education and health care,
- (B) increase the application and use of health knowledge, skills, and practices by the general population in its patterns of daily living, and
- (C) establish systematic processes for the exploration, development, demonstration, and evaluation of innovative health promotion concepts;
- (4) undertake and support research and demonstrations respecting health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (5) undertake and support appropriate training in, and undertake and support appropriate training in the operation of programs concerned with, health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (6) undertake and support, through improved planning and implementation of tested models and evaluation of results, effective and efficient programs respecting health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (7)
- (A) develop model programs through which employers in the public sector, and employers that are small businesses (as defined in section 632 of title 15 ), can provide for their employees a program to promote healthy behaviors and to discourage participation in unhealthy behaviors;
- (B) provide technical assistance to public and private employers in implementing such programs (including private employers that are not small businesses and that will implement programs other than the programs developed by the Secretary pursuant to subparagraph (A)); and
- (C) in providing such technical assistance, give preference to small businesses;
- (8) foster the exchange of information respecting, and foster cooperation in the conduct of, research, demonstration, and training programs respecting health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care;
- (9) provide technical assistance in the programs referred to in paragraph (8);
- (10) use such other authorities for programs respecting health information and health promotion, preventive health services, and education in the appropriate use of health care as are available and coordinate such use with programs conducted under this subchapter; and
- (11) establish in the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health an Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, which shall—
- (A) coordinate all activities within the Department which relate to disease prevention, health promotion, preventive health services, and health information and education with respect to the appropriate use of health care;
- (B) coordinate such activities with similar activities in the private sector;
- (C) establish a national information clearinghouse to facilitate the exchange of information concerning matters relating to health information and health promotion, preventive health services (which may include information concerning models and standards for insurance coverage of such services), and education in the appropriate use of health care, to facilitate access to such information, and to assist in the analysis of issues and problems relating to such matters; and
- (D) support projects, conduct research, and disseminate information relating to preventive medicine, health promotion, and physical fitness and sports medicine.
- (b) For the purpose of carrying out this section and sections 300u–1 through 300u–4 of this title, there are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1992, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1993 through 2002.
- (c) No grant may be made or contract entered into under this subchapter unless an application therefor has been submitted to and approved by the Secretary. Such an application shall be submitted in such form and manner and contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe. Contracts may be entered into under this subchapter without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41 .
§ 300w. Authorization of appropriations
- (a) For the purpose of allotments under section 300w–1 of this title , there are authorized to be appropriated $205,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1994 through 1998.
- (b) Of the amount appropriated for any fiscal year under subsection (a), at least $7,000,000 shall be made available for allotments under section 300w–1(b) of this title .
§ 300x. Formula grants to States
- (a) For the purpose described in subsection (b), the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Center for Mental Health Services, shall make an allotment each fiscal year for each State in an amount determined in accordance with section 300x–7 of this title . The Secretary shall make a grant to the State of the allotment made for the State for the fiscal year if the State submits to the Secretary an application in accordance with section 300x–6 of this title .
- (b) A funding agreement for a grant under subsection (a) is that, subject to section 300x–5 of this title , the State involved will expend the grant only for the purpose of—
- (1) providing community mental health services for adults with a serious mental illness and children with a serious emotional disturbance as defined in accordance with section 300x–1(c) of this title ;
- (2) carrying out the plan submitted under section 300x–1(a) of this title by the State for the fiscal year involved;
- (3) evaluating programs and services carried out under the plan; and
- (4) planning, administration, and educational activities related to providing services under the plan.
§ 300y. Data infrastructure development
- (a) The Secretary may make grants to, and enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with States for the purpose of developing and operating mental health or substance abuse data collection, analysis, and reporting systems with regard to performance measures including capacity, process, and outcomes measures.
- (b) The Secretary shall establish criteria to ensure that services will be available under this section to States that have a fundamental basis for the collection, analysis, and reporting of mental health and substance abuse performance measures and States that do not have such basis. The Secretary will establish criteria for determining whether a State has a fundamental basis for the collection, analysis, and reporting of data.
- (c) As a condition of the receipt of an award under this section a State shall agree to collect, analyze, and report to the Secretary within 2 years of the date of the award on a core set of performance measures to be determined by the Secretary in conjunction with the States.
- (d)
- (1) With respect to the costs of the program to be carried out under subsection (a) by a State, the Secretary may make an award under such subsection only if the applicant agrees to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an amount that is not less than 50 percent of such costs.
- (2) Non-Federal contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal Government, may not be included in determining the amount of such contributions.
- (e) The period during which payments may be made for a project under subsection (a) may be not less than 3 years nor more than 5 years.
- (f)
- (1) For the purpose of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001, 2002 and 2003.
- (2) Of the amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, 50 percent shall be expended to support data infrastructure development for mental health and 50 percent shall be expended to support data infrastructure development for substance abuse.
§ 300z. Findings and purposes
- (a) The Congress finds that—
- (1) in 1978, an estimated one million one hundred thousand teenagers became pregnant, more than five hundred thousand teenagers carried their babies to term, and over one-half of the babies born to such teenagers were born out of wedlock;
- (2) adolescents aged seventeen and younger accounted for more than one-half of the out of wedlock births to teenagers;
- (3) in a high proportion of cases, the pregnant adolescent is herself the product of an unmarried parenthood during adolescence and is continuing the pattern in her own lifestyle;
- (4) it is estimated that approximately 80 per centum of unmarried teenagers who carry their pregnancies to term live with their families before and during their pregnancy and remain with their families after the birth of the child;
- (5) pregnancy and childbirth among unmarried adolescents, particularly young adolescents, often results in severe adverse health, social, and economic consequences including: a higher percentage of pregnancy and childbirth complications; a higher incidence of low birth weight babies; a higher infant mortality and morbidity; a greater likelihood that an adolescent marriage will end in divorce; a decreased likelihood of completing schooling; and higher risks of unemployment and welfare dependency; and therefore, education, training, and job research services are important for adolescent parents;
- (6)
- (A) adoption is a positive option for unmarried pregnant adolescents who are unwilling or unable to care for their children since adoption is a means of providing permanent families for such children from available approved couples who are unable or have difficulty in conceiving or carrying children of their own to term; and
- (B) at present, only 4 per centum of unmarried pregnant adolescents who carry their babies to term enter into an adoption plan or arrange for their babies to be cared for by relatives or friends;
- (7) an unmarried adolescent who becomes pregnant once is likely to experience recurrent pregnancies and childbearing, with increased risks;
- (8)
- (A) the problems of adolescent premarital sexual relations, pregnancy, and parenthood are multiple and complex and are frequently associated with or are a cause of other troublesome situations in the family; and
- (B) such problems are best approached through a variety of integrated and essential services provided to adolescents and their families by other family members, religious and charitable organizations, voluntary associations, and other groups in the private sector as well as services provided by publicly sponsored initiatives;
- (9) a wide array of educational, health, and supportive services are not available to adolescents with such problems or to their families, or when available frequently are fragmented and thus are of limited effectiveness in discouraging adolescent premarital sexual relations and the consequences of such relations;
- (10)
- (A) prevention of adolescent sexual activity and adolescent pregnancy depends primarily upon developing strong family values and close family ties, and since the family is the basic social unit in which the values and attitudes of adolescents concerning sexuality and pregnancy are formed, programs designed to deal with issues of sexuality and pregnancy will be successful to the extent that such programs encourage and sustain the role of the family in dealing with adolescent sexual activity and adolescent pregnancy;
- (B) Federal policy therefore should encourage the development of appropriate health, educational, and social services where such services are now lacking or inadequate, and the better coordination of existing services where they are available; and
- (C) services encouraged by the Federal Government should promote the involvement of parents with their adolescent children, and should emphasize the provision of support by other family members, religious and charitable organizations, voluntary associations, and other groups in the private sector in order to help adolescents and their families deal with complex issues of adolescent premarital sexual relations and the consequences of such relations; and
- (11)
- (A) there has been limited research concerning the societal causes and consequences of adolescent pregnancy;
- (B) there is limited knowledge concerning which means of intervention are effective in mediating or eliminating adolescent premarital sexual relations and adolescent pregnancy; and
- (C) it is necessary to expand and strengthen such knowledge in order to develop an array of approaches to solving the problems of adolescent premarital sexual relations and adolescent pregnancy in both urban and rural settings.
- (b) Therefore, the purposes of this subchapter are—
- (1) to find effective means, within the context of the family, of reaching adolescents before they become sexually active in order to maximize the guidance and support available to adolescents from parents and other family members, and to promote self discipline and other prudent approaches to the problem of adolescent premarital sexual relations, including adolescent pregnancy;
- (2) to promote adoption as an alternative for adolescent parents;
- (3) to establish innovative, comprehensive, and integrated approaches to the delivery of care services both for pregnant adolescents, with primary emphasis on unmarried adolescents who are seventeen years of age or under, and for adolescent parents, which shall be based upon an assessment of existing programs and, where appropriate, upon efforts to establish better coordination, integration, and linkages among such existing programs in order to—
- (A) enable pregnant adolescents to obtain proper care and assist pregnant adolescents and adolescent parents to become productive independent contributors to family and community life; and
- (B) assist families of adolescents to understand and resolve the societal causes which are associated with adolescent pregnancy;
- (4) to encourage and support research projects and demonstration projects concerning the societal causes and consequences of adolescent premarital sexual relations, contraceptive use, pregnancy, and child rearing;
- (5) to support evaluative research to identify effective services which alleviate, eliminate, or resolve any negative consequences of adolescent premarital sexual relations and adolescent childbearing for the parents, the child, and their families; and
- (6) to encourage and provide for the dissemination of results, findings, and information from programs and research projects relating to adolescent premarital sexual relations, pregnancy, and parenthood.